From 8665bd53f2f2e27e5511d90428cb3f60e6d0ce15 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Baumann Date: Sat, 18 May 2024 20:50:12 +0200 Subject: Merging upstream version 6.8.9. Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann --- .../ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs | 72 +- .../ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat_telemetry | 228 + Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre | 2 +- Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec | 2 +- Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip | 2 +- Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-vfio | 25 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cdx | 7 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc | 16 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpdm | 159 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl | 34 + .../testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-caps | 6 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c | 15 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio | 42 +- .../ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-spi-devices-spi-nor | 3 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hwmon | 110 +- .../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev | 39 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty | 56 + .../testing/sysfs-devices-platform-kunpeng_hccs | 6 +- Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs | 12 + .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-i915-hwmon | 14 +- .../ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-hwmon | 70 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs | 56 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-initrd | 8 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs | 21 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon | 33 +- Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-nvmem-cells | 21 + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-silicom | 30 + Documentation/Makefile | 16 + Documentation/PCI/boot-interrupts.rst | 2 +- Documentation/PCI/msi-howto.rst | 2 +- Documentation/RAS/ras.rst | 26 + Documentation/RCU/checklist.rst | 25 +- Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.rst | 27 +- Documentation/RCU/torture.rst | 2 +- Documentation/accel/introduction.rst | 4 +- Documentation/accel/qaic/aic100.rst | 11 +- Documentation/accel/qaic/qaic.rst | 37 +- Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/cppc_sysfs.rst | 2 +- Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst | 2 +- Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst | 48 +- Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/todo.rst | 44 +- Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/usage.rst | 8 +- Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt | 3 + Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst | 6 +- Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/spectre.rst | 44 +- Documentation/admin-guide/hw_random.rst | 5 +- Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst | 1 + Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst | 8 +- Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst | 5 - Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt | 90 +- .../admin-guide/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.rst | 16 +- Documentation/admin-guide/media/index.rst | 10 +- Documentation/admin-guide/media/starfive_camss.rst | 72 + .../admin-guide/media/starfive_camss_graph.dot | 12 + Documentation/admin-guide/media/v4l-drivers.rst | 1 + Documentation/admin-guide/media/visl.rst | 2 + Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst | 147 +- Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst | 55 + Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst | 1 + Documentation/admin-guide/mm/transhuge.rst | 97 +- Documentation/admin-guide/mm/userfaultfd.rst | 3 + Documentation/admin-guide/mm/zswap.rst | 20 + Documentation/admin-guide/perf/dwc_pcie_pmu.rst | 94 + Documentation/admin-guide/perf/imx-ddr.rst | 45 +- Documentation/admin-guide/perf/index.rst | 1 + Documentation/admin-guide/pm/amd-pstate.rst | 2 +- Documentation/admin-guide/pmf.rst | 24 + Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst | 10 +- Documentation/admin-guide/sysrq.rst | 11 +- Documentation/arch/arm64/arm-acpi.rst | 2 +- Documentation/arch/arm64/perf.rst | 72 + Documentation/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.rst | 12 +- Documentation/arch/riscv/hwprobe.rst | 122 +- Documentation/arch/x86/boot.rst | 2 +- Documentation/arch/x86/cpuinfo.rst | 89 +- Documentation/arch/x86/pti.rst | 10 +- Documentation/arch/x86/tdx.rst | 207 +- Documentation/block/ioprio.rst | 13 +- Documentation/bpf/btf.rst | 6 +- Documentation/bpf/cpumasks.rst | 2 +- Documentation/bpf/fs_kfuncs.rst | 21 + Documentation/bpf/index.rst | 1 + Documentation/bpf/kfuncs.rst | 24 + Documentation/conf.py | 9 +- Documentation/core-api/dma-api-howto.rst | 2 +- Documentation/core-api/dma-api.rst | 2 +- Documentation/core-api/maple_tree.rst | 4 + Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst | 2 +- Documentation/core-api/pin_user_pages.rst | 2 + Documentation/core-api/workqueue.rst | 4 +- Documentation/crypto/api.rst | 5 +- Documentation/crypto/device_drivers/index.rst | 9 + Documentation/crypto/device_drivers/octeontx2.rst | 25 + Documentation/crypto/index.rst | 6 +- Documentation/dev-tools/checkuapi.rst | 477 ++ Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst | 6 +- Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/api/resource.rst | 9 + Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/run_manual.rst | 51 +- Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/running_tips.rst | 18 + Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst | 81 +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile | 5 +- .../devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/l2ecc.yaml | 2 +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml | 1 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml | 22 +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/google.yaml | 53 + .../bindings/arm/hisilicon/controller/sysctrl.yaml | 17 + .../bindings/arm/marvell/armada-7k-8k.yaml | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml | 25 + .../bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt | 39 - .../bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.yaml | 153 + .../bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt | 29 - .../bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.yaml | 1 + .../bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.yaml | 3 + .../bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.yaml | 1 + .../bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt | 84 - .../bindings/arm/qcom,coresight-remote-etm.yaml | 51 + .../bindings/arm/qcom,coresight-tpdm.yaml | 20 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom-soc.yaml | 16 +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml | 45 +- .../devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml | 56 +- .../bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.yaml | 6 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/sprd/sprd.yaml | 5 + .../devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32/stm32.yaml | 16 +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml | 10 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/k3.yaml | 2 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/omap.yaml | 2 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.yaml | 137 - .../devicetree/bindings/ata/ceva,ahci-1v84.yaml | 3 +- .../bindings/auxdisplay/hit,hd44780.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/cache/qcom,llcc.yaml | 5 +- .../devicetree/bindings/cache/sifive,ccache0.yaml | 6 +- .../bindings/clock/baikal,bt1-ccu-pll.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.txt | 138 - .../devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.yaml | 181 + .../bindings/clock/fsl,imx93-anatop.yaml | 42 + .../bindings/clock/google,gs101-clock.yaml | 106 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt | 20 - .../bindings/clock/mediatek,apmixedsys.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,ethsys.yaml | 55 + .../bindings/clock/mediatek,mt7988-ethwarp.yaml | 52 + .../bindings/clock/mediatek,mt7988-xfi-pll.yaml | 48 + .../bindings/clock/mediatek,mt8188-clock.yaml | 2 - .../bindings/clock/mediatek,topckgen.yaml | 2 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,a53pll.yaml | 1 + .../bindings/clock/qcom,camcc-sm8250.yaml | 18 +- .../bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-ipq6018.yaml | 57 + .../bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-ipq8074.yaml | 4 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-other.yaml | 3 - .../bindings/clock/qcom,qdu1000-ecpricc.yaml | 68 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmhcc.yaml | 2 + .../bindings/clock/qcom,sc7180-camcc.yaml | 18 +- .../bindings/clock/qcom,sc7280-camcc.yaml | 18 +- .../bindings/clock/qcom,sdm845-camcc.yaml | 18 +- .../bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-camcc.yaml | 20 +- .../bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-gpucc.yaml | 2 + .../bindings/clock/qcom,sm8550-tcsr.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/clock/qcom,sm8650-dispcc.yaml | 106 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8650-gcc.yaml | 65 + .../bindings/clock/qcom,x1e80100-gcc.yaml | 72 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,9series.yaml | 10 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt | 126 - .../devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.yaml | 265 + .../bindings/clock/sophgo,cv1800-clk.yaml | 46 + .../bindings/clock/st,stm32mp25-rcc.yaml | 76 + .../bindings/clock/xlnx,clocking-wizard.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/clock/xlnx,versal-clk.yaml | 31 +- .../bindings/connector/usb-connector.yaml | 124 +- .../devicetree/bindings/cpu/idle-states.yaml | 81 +- .../bindings/crypto/inside-secure,safexcel.yaml | 86 + .../bindings/crypto/inside-secure-safexcel.txt | 40 - .../bindings/crypto/qcom,inline-crypto-engine.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,prng.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom-qce.yaml | 14 + .../bindings/display/bridge/lontium,lt8912b.yaml | 21 + .../bindings/display/bridge/nxp,tda998x.yaml | 7 +- .../bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,aal.yaml | 1 + .../bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,color.yaml | 1 + .../bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.yaml | 4 + .../bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,ethdr.yaml | 6 +- .../display/mediatek/mediatek,mdp-rdma.yaml | 88 - .../bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,merge.yaml | 4 + .../bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,ovl.yaml | 1 + .../display/mediatek/mediatek,padding.yaml | 83 + .../bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,split.yaml | 27 + .../bindings/display/msm/dp-controller.yaml | 2 + .../bindings/display/msm/dsi-controller-main.yaml | 3 + .../bindings/display/msm/dsi-phy-7nm.yaml | 1 + .../bindings/display/msm/mdss-common.yaml | 18 +- .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,qcm2290-mdss.yaml | 21 +- .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7180-mdss.yaml | 14 +- .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7280-mdss.yaml | 14 +- .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm670-mdss.yaml | 292 ++ .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm845-dpu.yaml | 4 +- .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6115-mdss.yaml | 10 + .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6125-mdss.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6350-mdss.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6375-mdss.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8150-mdss.yaml | 15 +- .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8250-mdss.yaml | 10 + .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8450-mdss.yaml | 13 +- .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8650-dpu.yaml | 127 + .../bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8650-mdss.yaml | 328 ++ .../display/panel/fascontek,fs035vg158.yaml | 56 + .../bindings/display/panel/himax,hx8394.yaml | 3 + .../bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9805.yaml | 62 + .../bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9881c.yaml | 1 + .../display/panel/leadtek,ltk035c5444t.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/display/panel/newvision,nv3051d.yaml | 2 +- .../panel/panel-simple-lvds-dual-ports.yaml | 2 + .../bindings/display/panel/panel-simple.yaml | 4 + .../bindings/display/panel/sitronix,st7701.yaml | 1 + .../bindings/display/panel/synaptics,r63353.yaml | 61 + .../display/rockchip/inno_hdmi-rockchip.txt | 49 - .../display/rockchip/rockchip,inno-hdmi.yaml | 139 + .../bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop2.yaml | 100 +- .../display/samsung/samsung,exynos-mixer.yaml | 6 +- .../bindings/display/ti/ti,am65x-dss.yaml | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/dma-controller.yaml | 15 - .../devicetree/bindings/dma/dma-router.yaml | 11 - .../bindings/dma/loongson,ls2x-apbdma.yaml | 62 + .../bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra210-adma.yaml | 3 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom,gpi.yaml | 2 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rz-dmac.yaml | 2 +- .../bindings/dma/sifive,fu540-c000-pdma.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-bcdma.yaml | 39 +- .../devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-pktdma.yaml | 26 +- .../devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-udma.yaml | 20 +- .../devicetree/bindings/dts-coding-style.rst | 196 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.yaml | 6 +- .../devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.yaml | 18 +- .../firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.yaml | 4 +- .../bindings/fpga/altera-fpga2sdram-bridge.txt | 13 - .../bindings/fpga/altera-freeze-bridge.txt | 20 - .../bindings/fpga/altera-hps2fpga-bridge.txt | 36 - .../fpga/altr,freeze-bridge-controller.yaml | 41 + .../fpga/altr,socfpga-fpga2sdram-bridge.yaml | 33 + .../fpga/altr,socfpga-hps2fpga-bridge.yaml | 49 + .../devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-bridge.txt | 13 - .../devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-bridge.yaml | 30 + .../bindings/fpga/xlnx,pr-decoupler.yaml | 5 +- .../devicetree/bindings/gnss/u-blox,neo-6m.yaml | 6 + .../bindings/gpio/brcm,brcmstb-gpio.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/nuvoton,sgpio.yaml | 87 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/realtek,rtd-gpio.yaml | 69 + .../bindings/gpio/rockchip,gpio-bank.yaml | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps,dw-apb-gpio.yaml | 2 + .../bindings/gpio/xlnx,zynqmp-gpio-modepin.yaml | 6 +- .../devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-midgard.yaml | 5 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-utgard.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpu/img,powervr.yaml | 73 + .../devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-g2d.yaml | 71 +- .../devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-rotator.yaml | 9 +- .../devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-scaler.yaml | 81 +- .../bindings/hwinfo/samsung,exynos-chipid.yaml | 18 +- .../devicetree/bindings/hwmon/gpio-fan.txt | 41 - .../devicetree/bindings/hwmon/gpio-fan.yaml | 60 + .../devicetree/bindings/hwmon/iio-hwmon.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lltc,ltc4286.yaml | 50 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.yaml | 33 + .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-exynos5.yaml | 11 +- .../bindings/i2c/samsung,s3c2410-i2c.yaml | 22 +- .../devicetree/bindings/i2c/st,stm32-i2c.yaml | 28 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7091r5.yaml | 82 +- .../devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7780.yaml | 6 +- .../bindings/iio/adc/maxim,max34408.yaml | 139 + .../bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.yaml | 10 +- .../bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-rradc.yaml | 4 +- .../bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/iio/adc/samsung,exynos-adc.yaml | 29 +- .../bindings/iio/adc/ti,palmas-gpadc.yaml | 15 - .../bindings/iio/amplifiers/adi,hmc425a.yaml | 4 + .../bindings/iio/chemical/aosong,ags02ma.yaml | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5791.yaml | 5 + .../bindings/iio/dac/microchip,mcp4821.yaml | 86 + .../bindings/iio/humidity/ti,hdc3020.yaml | 55 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/adi,adis16460.yaml | 4 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/adi,adis16475.yaml | 4 + .../devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/bosch,bmi323.yaml | 77 + .../bindings/iio/light/liteon,ltr390.yaml | 56 + .../bindings/iio/light/vishay,veml6075.yaml | 39 + .../bindings/iio/pressure/honeywell,hsc030pa.yaml | 142 + .../iio/pressure/honeywell,mprls0025pa.yaml | 2 - .../bindings/iio/temperature/melexis,mlx90632.yaml | 19 +- .../iio/temperature/microchip,mcp9600.yaml | 70 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/index.rst | 1 + .../bindings/input/adafruit,seesaw-gamepad.yaml | 63 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/elan,ekth6915.yaml | 5 +- .../devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.yaml | 41 +- .../devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-mouse.txt | 32 - .../devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-mouse.yaml | 68 + .../devicetree/bindings/input/iqs269a.yaml | 98 +- .../bindings/input/mediatek,pmic-keys.yaml | 24 +- .../bindings/input/microchip,cap11xx.yaml | 80 +- .../bindings/input/sprd,sc27xx-vibrator.yaml | 19 +- .../devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2665.txt | 17 - .../devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2667.txt | 17 - .../devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv266x.yaml | 50 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/neonode,zforce.yaml | 72 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/samsung,s6sy761.txt | 32 - .../input/touchscreen/samsung,s6sy761.yaml | 54 + .../bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt | 34 - .../bindings/interconnect/qcom,msm8998-bwmon.yaml | 4 + .../bindings/interconnect/qcom,sm6115.yaml | 152 + .../bindings/interconnect/qcom,sm8650-rpmh.yaml | 136 + .../bindings/interconnect/qcom,x1e80100-rpmh.yaml | 83 + .../interrupt-controller/loongson,liointc.yaml | 18 +- .../bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,mpm.yaml | 54 +- .../bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.yaml | 4 + .../interrupt-controller/renesas,rzg2l-irqc.yaml | 5 +- .../interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.yaml | 1 + .../st,stih407-irq-syscfg.yaml | 4 +- .../devicetree/bindings/iommu/apple,dart.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.yaml | 86 +- .../devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.yaml | 11 +- .../bindings/leds/allwinner,sun50i-a100-ledc.yaml | 137 + .../devicetree/bindings/leds/awinic,aw200xx.yaml | 95 +- .../bindings/leds/backlight/mps,mp3309c.yaml | 10 +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.yaml | 2 +- .../bindings/leds/qcom,spmi-flash-led.yaml | 4 +- .../devicetree/bindings/loongarch/cpus.yaml | 61 + .../devicetree/bindings/loongarch/loongson.yaml | 34 + .../bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.yaml | 62 +- .../devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom-ipcc.yaml | 1 + .../bindings/mailbox/xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-mailbox.yaml | 132 +- .../devicetree/bindings/media/cnm,wave521c.yaml | 61 + .../media/i2c/alliedvision,alvium-csi2.yaml | 81 + .../bindings/media/i2c/asahi-kasei,ak7375.yaml | 4 +- .../bindings/media/i2c/galaxycore,gc0308.yaml | 108 + .../bindings/media/i2c/galaxycore,gc2145.yaml | 113 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov8856.yaml | 24 +- .../bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov64a40.yaml | 103 + .../devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx335.yaml | 13 + .../bindings/media/i2c/techwell,tw9900.yaml | 137 + .../bindings/media/i2c/thine,thp7312.yaml | 224 + .../bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-fg.yaml | 61 + .../bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-hdr.yaml | 61 + .../bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-rdma.yaml | 75 +- .../bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-rsz.yaml | 6 +- .../bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-stitch.yaml | 61 + .../bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-tcc.yaml | 62 + .../bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-tdshp.yaml | 61 + .../bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-wrot.yaml | 6 +- .../devicetree/bindings/media/samsung,s5p-mfc.yaml | 47 +- .../devicetree/bindings/media/st,stm32-dcmipp.yaml | 89 + .../bindings/media/starfive,jh7110-camss.yaml | 180 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/ams,as3711.yaml | 223 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3711.txt | 73 - .../bindings/mfd/hisilicon,hi6421-spmi-pmic.yaml | 140 +- .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,pm8008.yaml | 6 +- .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.yaml | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.yaml | 2 + .../bindings/mfd/samsung,exynos5433-lpass.yaml | 2 +- .../bindings/mfd/sprd,ums512-glbreg.yaml | 4 +- .../devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,am3359-tscadc.yaml | 2 - .../bindings/misc/fsl,dpaa2-console.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.yaml | 8 +- .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/arm,pl18x.yaml | 2 +- .../bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-brcmstb.yaml | 4 +- .../bindings/mmc/marvell,xenon-sdhci.yaml | 4 +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.yaml | 9 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,sdhi.yaml | 2 +- .../bindings/mmc/samsung,exynos-dw-mshc.yaml | 25 +- .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.yaml | 2 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.yaml | 4 +- .../bindings/mmc/snps,dwcmshc-sdhci.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.yaml | 4 + .../devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/u-boot.yaml | 2 +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.yaml | 6 + .../bindings/net/dsa/marvell,mv88e6060.yaml | 88 + .../bindings/net/dsa/marvell,mv88e6xxx.yaml | 337 ++ .../devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell.txt | 109 - .../devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/microchip,ksz.yaml | 34 +- .../devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-switch.yaml | 23 +- .../devicetree/bindings/net/lantiq,pef2256.yaml | 213 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,aquantia.yaml | 116 + .../devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,mvusb.yaml | 7 +- .../bindings/net/marvell,orion-mdio.yaml | 22 - .../devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.yaml | 4 +- .../bindings/net/pcs/mediatek,sgmiisys.yaml | 65 +- .../devicetree/bindings/net/qcom,ipa.yaml | 24 +- .../devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,etheravb.yaml | 3 +- .../devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ethertsn.yaml | 135 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sff,sfp.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/net/xlnx,axi-ethernet.yaml | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/nvmem/st,stm32-romem.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,stb-pcie.yaml | 18 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/qcom,pcie.yaml | 63 +- .../devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci-host.yaml | 11 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/rockchip-dw-pcie.yaml | 2 + .../devicetree/bindings/pci/ti,j721e-pci-ep.yaml | 39 +- .../devicetree/bindings/pci/ti,j721e-pci-host.yaml | 39 +- .../bindings/pci/toshiba,visconti-pcie.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/perf/fsl-imx-ddr.yaml | 3 + .../phy/amlogic,g12a-mipi-dphy-analog.yaml | 12 - .../phy/amlogic,meson-axg-mipi-pcie-analog.yaml | 17 - .../devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,dsi-phy.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,tphy.yaml | 9 + .../bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-pcie-phy.yaml | 5 + .../bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-ufs-phy.yaml | 2 + .../phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-usb3-uni-phy.yaml | 3 + .../phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-usb43dp-phy.yaml | 4 + .../bindings/phy/qcom,snps-eusb2-phy.yaml | 2 + .../bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.yaml | 1 + .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq5018-tlmm.yaml | 12 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq5332-tlmm.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq6018-pinctrl.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq8074-pinctrl.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq9574-tlmm.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml | 75 + .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,mdm9607-tlmm.yaml | 18 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,mdm9615-pinctrl.yaml | 18 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8226-pinctrl.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8660-pinctrl.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8909-tlmm.yaml | 18 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8916-pinctrl.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8953-pinctrl.yaml | 7 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8960-pinctrl.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8976-pinctrl.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8994-pinctrl.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8996-pinctrl.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8998-pinctrl.yaml | 9 +- .../devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.yaml | 62 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qcm2290-tlmm.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qcs404-pinctrl.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qdu1000-tlmm.yaml | 12 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sa8775p-tlmm.yaml | 21 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7180-pinctrl.yaml | 9 +- .../pinctrl/qcom,sc7280-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml | 49 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7280-pinctrl.yaml | 30 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8180x-tlmm.yaml | 20 +- .../pinctrl/qcom,sc8280xp-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml | 49 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8280xp-tlmm.yaml | 18 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm630-pinctrl.yaml | 10 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm670-tlmm.yaml | 19 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm845-pinctrl.yaml | 10 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx55-pinctrl.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx65-tlmm.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx75-tlmm.yaml | 12 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm4450-tlmm.yaml | 151 + .../pinctrl/qcom,sm6115-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml | 48 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6115-tlmm.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6125-tlmm.yaml | 20 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6350-tlmm.yaml | 20 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6375-tlmm.yaml | 18 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm7150-tlmm.yaml | 9 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8150-pinctrl.yaml | 9 +- .../pinctrl/qcom,sm8250-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml | 49 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8250-pinctrl.yaml | 9 +- .../pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml | 49 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-tlmm.yaml | 20 +- .../pinctrl/qcom,sm8450-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml | 49 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8450-tlmm.yaml | 20 +- .../pinctrl/qcom,sm8550-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml | 55 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8550-tlmm.yaml | 12 +- .../pinctrl/qcom,sm8650-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml | 107 + .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8650-tlmm.yaml | 141 + .../bindings/pinctrl/qcom,x1e80100-tlmm.yaml | 137 + .../bindings/pinctrl/renesas,rza2-pinctrl.yaml | 2 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/renesas,rzg2l-pinctrl.yaml | 6 +- .../pinctrl/samsung,pinctrl-wakeup-interrupt.yaml | 45 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/samsung,pinctrl.yaml | 5 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.yaml | 2 +- .../bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynqmp-pinctrl.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,scu-pd.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.yaml | 2 +- .../bindings/power/reset/nvmem-reboot-mode.yaml | 8 +- .../devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.yaml | 13 +- .../bindings/power/reset/syscon-reboot-mode.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/power/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-power.yaml | 4 +- .../devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq24190.yaml | 1 + .../bindings/power/supply/richtek,rt9455.yaml | 8 +- .../devicetree/bindings/power/wakeup-source.txt | 18 +- .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/mediatek,pwm-disp.yaml | 1 - .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-omap-dmtimer.txt | 22 - .../devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-samsung.yaml | 4 + .../bindings/pwm/ti,omap-dmtimer-pwm.yaml | 59 + .../bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml | 2 + .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/mps,mp5416.yaml | 4 +- .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/mps,mpq7920.yaml | 4 +- .../bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.yaml | 14 + .../bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.yaml | 4 + .../bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.yaml | 19 + .../regulator/qcom,usb-vbus-regulator.yaml | 5 +- .../devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.yaml | 13 + .../bindings/remoteproc/fsl,imx-rproc.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/remoteproc/qcom,sc7180-pas.yaml | 21 + .../bindings/reset/amlogic,meson-reset.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx-src.yaml | 31 +- .../bindings/reset/hisilicon,hi3660-reset.yaml | 25 +- .../devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,aoss-reset.yaml | 10 +- .../devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/reset/renesas,rzg2l-usbphy-ctrl.yaml | 2 +- .../bindings/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-reset.yaml | 3 +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml | 10 +- .../devicetree/bindings/riscv/extensions.yaml | 221 +- .../devicetree/bindings/riscv/sophgo.yaml | 4 + .../bindings/rng/starfive,jh7110-trng.yaml | 6 +- .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/adi,max31335.yaml | 70 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/epson,rx8900.yaml | 2 + .../bindings/rtc/nuvoton,ma35d1-rtc.yaml | 48 + .../devicetree/bindings/rtc/qcom-pm8xxx-rtc.yaml | 36 +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.yaml | 5 + .../bindings/security/tpm/google,cr50.txt | 19 - .../devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/ibmvtpm.txt | 41 - .../bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-i2c.txt | 34 - .../bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-spi.txt | 32 - .../devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/tpm-i2c.txt | 26 - .../bindings/security/tpm/tpm_tis_mmio.txt | 25 - .../bindings/security/tpm/tpm_tis_spi.txt | 23 - .../devicetree/bindings/serial/arm,dcc.yaml | 30 + .../bindings/serial/fsl,s32-linflexuart.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.yaml | 29 +- .../bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.yaml | 13 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/serial/samsung_uart.yaml | 28 +- .../bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/serial/sprd-uart.yaml | 1 + .../soc/amlogic/amlogic,meson-gx-hhi-sysctrl.yaml | 33 + .../bindings/soc/mediatek/mediatek,pwrap.yaml | 6 +- .../devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mtk-svs.yaml | 2 + .../microchip/microchip,mpfs-sys-controller.yaml | 10 + .../bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,aoss-qmp.yaml | 2 + .../bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,pmic-glink.yaml | 22 +- .../devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom-stats.yaml | 14 + .../devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.yaml | 2 + .../bindings/soc/samsung/exynos-pmu.yaml | 10 + .../bindings/soc/samsung/exynos-usi.yaml | 7 +- .../soc/samsung/samsung,exynos-sysreg.yaml | 5 + .../devicetree/bindings/soc/xilinx/xilinx.yaml | 142 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,max98363.yaml | 2 +- .../bindings/sound/allwinner,sun4i-a10-spdif.yaml | 5 +- .../bindings/sound/audio-graph-port.yaml | 6 + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/es8328.txt | 38 - .../devicetree/bindings/sound/everest,es8328.yaml | 77 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,mqs.txt | 36 - .../devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,mqs.yaml | 105 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,xcvr.yaml | 22 +- .../bindings/sound/google,sc7280-herobrine.yaml | 1 - .../bindings/sound/mediatek,mt2701-audio.yaml | 116 + .../bindings/sound/mediatek,mt8188-mt6359.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/mt2701-afe-pcm.txt | 146 - .../devicetree/bindings/sound/nuvoton,nau8821.yaml | 9 + .../sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max9808x.yaml | 2 +- .../bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-rx-macro.yaml | 23 +- .../bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-tx-macro.yaml | 25 +- .../bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-va-macro.yaml | 18 +- .../bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-wsa-macro.yaml | 23 +- .../devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,sm8250.yaml | 6 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd934x.yaml | 4 +- .../bindings/sound/qcom,wcd938x-sdw.yaml | 4 +- .../devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd938x.yaml | 4 +- .../devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wsa883x.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wsa8840.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.yaml | 36 +- .../devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rz-ssi.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.yaml | 19 +- .../bindings/sound/sound-card-common.yaml | 7 + .../devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2562.yaml | 2 - .../devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tas2781.yaml | 78 +- .../bindings/sound/ti,tlv320aic32x4.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.txt | 31 - .../bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.yaml | 66 + .../devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rspi.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.yaml | 2 - .../devicetree/bindings/spi/st,stm32-spi.yaml | 2 + .../bindings/thermal/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-ths.yaml | 7 +- .../bindings/thermal/loongson,ls2k-thermal.yaml | 10 +- .../bindings/thermal/mediatek,thermal.yaml | 99 + .../bindings/thermal/mediatek-thermal.txt | 52 - .../bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm-hc.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm5.yaml | 16 +- .../devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-tsens.yaml | 1 + .../devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-zones.yaml | 16 + .../devicetree/bindings/timer/sifive,clint.yaml | 2 + .../devicetree/bindings/tpm/google,cr50.yaml | 65 + .../devicetree/bindings/tpm/ibm,vtpm.yaml | 104 + .../devicetree/bindings/tpm/microsoft,ftpm.yaml | 47 + .../devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm-tis-i2c.yaml | 90 + .../devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm-tis-mmio.yaml | 49 + .../devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm_tis-spi.yaml | 75 + .../devicetree/bindings/tpm/tpm-common.yaml | 87 + .../devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml | 24 +- .../devicetree/bindings/ufs/qcom,ufs.yaml | 2 + .../bindings/ufs/samsung,exynos-ufs.yaml | 9 +- .../devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufs-common.yaml | 2 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-xilinx.yaml | 3 +- .../devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-xhci.yaml | 25 +- .../devicetree/bindings/usb/genesys,gl850g.yaml | 5 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.yaml | 11 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/microchip,usb5744.yaml | 3 +- .../devicetree/bindings/usb/nxp,ptn5110.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.yaml | 151 +- .../bindings/usb/qcom,wcd939x-usbss.yaml | 102 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usbhs.yaml | 2 +- .../devicetree/bindings/usb/snps,dwc3.yaml | 4 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,tps6598x.yaml | 6 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.yaml | 6 + .../devicetree/bindings/usb/xlnx,usb2.yaml | 3 +- .../devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml | 22 + .../devicetree/bindings/w1/amd,axi-1wire-host.yaml | 44 + .../bindings/watchdog/allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt.yaml | 6 +- .../bindings/watchdog/alphascale,asm9260-wdt.yaml | 6 +- .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/apple,wdt.yaml | 6 +- .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/arm-smc-wdt.yaml | 6 +- .../bindings/watchdog/brcm,bcm7038-wdt.yaml | 10 +- .../bindings/watchdog/cnxt,cx92755-wdt.yaml | 6 +- .../bindings/watchdog/dlg,da9062-watchdog.yaml | 12 +- .../bindings/watchdog/intel,keembay-wdt.yaml | 5 +- .../bindings/watchdog/maxim,max63xx.yaml | 8 +- .../bindings/watchdog/mediatek,mtk-wdt.yaml | 1 + .../bindings/watchdog/nxp,pnx4008-wdt.yaml | 34 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt | 17 - .../bindings/watchdog/qca,ar7130-wdt.yaml | 33 + .../bindings/watchdog/qca-ar7130-wdt.txt | 13 - .../bindings/watchdog/qcom,pm8916-wdt.yaml | 33 +- .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom-wdt.yaml | 2 +- .../bindings/watchdog/realtek,rtd119x.txt | 17 - .../watchdog/realtek,rtd1295-watchdog.yaml | 38 + .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.yaml | 29 +- .../devicetree/bindings/watchdog/snps,dw-wdt.yaml | 10 +- .../bindings/watchdog/technologic,ts7200-wdt.yaml | 45 + Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst | 11 +- Documentation/driver-api/crypto/iaa/iaa-crypto.rst | 824 +++ Documentation/driver-api/crypto/iaa/index.rst | 20 + Documentation/driver-api/crypto/index.rst | 20 + Documentation/driver-api/dcdbas.rst | 99 - Documentation/driver-api/device-io.rst | 9 +- Documentation/driver-api/dpll.rst | 2 +- Documentation/driver-api/index.rst | 10 +- Documentation/driver-api/isapnp.rst | 15 - Documentation/driver-api/media/camera-sensor.rst | 7 +- .../driver-api/media/drivers/ccs/mk-ccs-regs | 104 +- Documentation/driver-api/media/index.rst | 7 +- Documentation/driver-api/media/tx-rx.rst | 25 +- Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-subdev.rst | 11 +- Documentation/driver-api/mei/index.rst | 7 +- Documentation/driver-api/mtd/spi-nor.rst | 262 +- Documentation/driver-api/nvmem.rst | 8 +- Documentation/driver-api/pci/index.rst | 5 +- Documentation/driver-api/pwm.rst | 17 +- Documentation/driver-api/soundwire/stream.rst | 4 +- .../driver-api/surface_aggregator/ssh.rst | 2 +- Documentation/driver-api/tee.rst | 66 + Documentation/driver-api/wbrf.rst | 78 + Documentation/fb/index.rst | 1 - Documentation/fb/intelfb.rst | 155 - Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt | 2 +- Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking.rst | 346 +- Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst | 21 +- Documentation/filesystems/index.rst | 5 +- Documentation/filesystems/locking.rst | 4 +- Documentation/filesystems/netfs_library.rst | 23 +- Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.rst | 104 +- Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst | 55 + Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst | 6 +- Documentation/filesystems/smb/ksmbd.rst | 9 +- Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.rst | 60 + Documentation/filesystems/vfs.rst | 8 +- .../filesystems/xfs-delayed-logging-design.rst | 1087 ---- .../filesystems/xfs-maintainer-entry-profile.rst | 194 - .../filesystems/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst | 5315 -------------------- .../filesystems/xfs-self-describing-metadata.rst | 353 -- Documentation/filesystems/xfs/index.rst | 14 + .../filesystems/xfs/xfs-delayed-logging-design.rst | 1087 ++++ .../xfs/xfs-maintainer-entry-profile.rst | 194 + .../filesystems/xfs/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst | 5315 ++++++++++++++++++++ .../xfs/xfs-self-describing-metadata.rst | 353 ++ Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/apu-asic-info-table.csv | 5 +- Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/display/dc-debug.rst | 41 + .../gpu/amdgpu/display/trace-groups-table.csv | 29 + Documentation/gpu/automated_testing.rst | 7 +- Documentation/gpu/driver-uapi.rst | 5 + Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst | 3 + Documentation/gpu/drm-kms-helpers.rst | 6 + Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst | 6 + Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst | 10 + Documentation/gpu/drm-vm-bind-locking.rst | 582 +++ Documentation/gpu/imagination/index.rst | 13 + Documentation/gpu/imagination/uapi.rst | 171 + Documentation/gpu/implementation_guidelines.rst | 1 + Documentation/gpu/rfc/xe.rst | 132 +- Documentation/gpu/todo.rst | 40 + Documentation/gpu/xe/index.rst | 25 + Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_cs.rst | 8 + Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_debugging.rst | 7 + Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_firmware.rst | 37 + Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_gt_mcr.rst | 13 + Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_map.rst | 8 + Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_migrate.rst | 8 + Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_mm.rst | 14 + Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_pcode.rst | 14 + Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_pm.rst | 14 + Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_rtp.rst | 20 + Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_tile.rst | 14 + Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_wa.rst | 14 + Documentation/hwmon/dell-smm-hwmon.rst | 38 +- Documentation/hwmon/gigabyte_waterforce.rst | 47 + Documentation/hwmon/index.rst | 4 + Documentation/hwmon/lm75.rst | 10 + Documentation/hwmon/ltc4286.rst | 95 + Documentation/hwmon/max31827.rst | 75 +- Documentation/hwmon/mp2856.rst | 98 + Documentation/hwmon/mp5990.rst | 84 + Documentation/hwmon/sht3x.rst | 29 +- Documentation/index.rst | 1 + Documentation/input/input_kapi.rst | 5 +- Documentation/input/input_uapi.rst | 5 +- Documentation/input/joydev/index.rst | 5 +- Documentation/kbuild/Kconfig.recursion-issue-01 | 6 +- Documentation/livepatch/callbacks.rst | 4 +- Documentation/locking/mutex-design.rst | 18 + .../maintainer/maintainer-entry-profile.rst | 2 +- Documentation/memory-barriers.txt | 17 +- Documentation/misc-devices/index.rst | 5 +- Documentation/mm/arch_pgtable_helpers.rst | 2 - Documentation/mm/damon/design.rst | 37 +- Documentation/mm/transhuge.rst | 4 +- Documentation/mm/unevictable-lru.rst | 4 +- Documentation/netlink/netlink-raw.yaml | 68 +- Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml | 392 +- Documentation/netlink/specs/dpll.yaml | 11 + Documentation/netlink/specs/ethtool.yaml | 4 + Documentation/netlink/specs/mptcp.yaml | 393 -- Documentation/netlink/specs/mptcp_pm.yaml | 393 ++ Documentation/netlink/specs/netdev.yaml | 289 +- Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_datapath.yaml | 3 +- Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_flow.yaml | 7 +- Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_vport.yaml | 4 - Documentation/netlink/specs/rt_link.yaml | 459 +- Documentation/netlink/specs/tc.yaml | 2031 ++++++++ Documentation/networking/bridge.rst | 334 +- .../device_drivers/ethernet/amazon/ena.rst | 1 + .../device_drivers/ethernet/intel/ice.rst | 141 + .../device_drivers/ethernet/marvell/octeon_ep.rst | 5 + .../networking/device_drivers/wifi/index.rst | 1 - .../networking/device_drivers/wifi/ray_cs.rst | 165 - .../networking/devlink/devlink-reload.rst | 13 +- Documentation/networking/devlink/ice.rst | 9 + Documentation/networking/ethtool-netlink.rst | 12 +- Documentation/networking/index.rst | 3 + Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/index.rst | 16 + .../net_cachelines/inet_connection_sock.rst | 50 + .../networking/net_cachelines/inet_sock.rst | 44 + .../networking/net_cachelines/net_device.rst | 178 + .../net_cachelines/netns_ipv4_sysctl.rst | 158 + Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/snmp.rst | 135 + .../networking/net_cachelines/tcp_sock.rst | 157 + Documentation/networking/netlink_spec/.gitignore | 1 + Documentation/networking/netlink_spec/readme.txt | 4 + Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.rst | 14 +- Documentation/networking/page_pool.rst | 10 +- Documentation/networking/scaling.rst | 15 + Documentation/networking/smc-sysctl.rst | 14 + Documentation/networking/snmp_counter.rst | 16 +- Documentation/networking/timestamping.rst | 3 +- Documentation/networking/xdp-rx-metadata.rst | 10 +- Documentation/networking/xsk-tx-metadata.rst | 81 + Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.rst | 85 +- Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst | 4 + Documentation/process/changes.rst | 8 +- Documentation/process/coding-style.rst | 4 + Documentation/process/cve.rst | 121 + Documentation/process/development-process.rst | 19 +- Documentation/process/howto.rst | 3 +- Documentation/process/index.rst | 85 +- Documentation/process/maintainer-netdev.rst | 2 +- Documentation/process/security-bugs.rst | 5 +- Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst | 15 +- Documentation/rust/arch-support.rst | 13 +- Documentation/rust/coding-guidelines.rst | 13 + Documentation/rust/general-information.rst | 24 + Documentation/rust/quick-start.rst | 18 +- Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst | 8 +- Documentation/scheduler/schedutil.rst | 7 +- Documentation/security/keys/trusted-encrypted.rst | 2 +- Documentation/sphinx-static/custom.css | 63 + Documentation/sphinx-static/theme_overrides.css | 5 - Documentation/sphinx/automarkup.py | 26 +- Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py | 6 +- Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py | 8 +- Documentation/sphinx/requirements.txt | 3 + Documentation/sphinx/templates/kernel-toc.html | 4 +- Documentation/sphinx/templates/translations.html | 15 + Documentation/sphinx/translations.py | 99 + Documentation/spi/pxa2xx.rst | 59 +- Documentation/staging/index.rst | 1 - Documentation/staging/rpmsg.rst | 50 +- Documentation/staging/tee.rst | 364 -- Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst | 1 + Documentation/tee/amd-tee.rst | 90 + Documentation/tee/index.rst | 19 + Documentation/tee/op-tee.rst | 166 + Documentation/tee/tee.rst | 22 + Documentation/trace/coresight/coresight.rst | 4 + Documentation/trace/ftrace-uses.rst | 4 +- Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst | 38 +- Documentation/trace/kprobes.rst | 3 +- .../it_IT/process/development-process.rst | 19 +- Documentation/translations/ja_JP/SubmitChecklist | 4 +- Documentation/translations/sp_SP/disclaimer-sp.rst | 3 + Documentation/translations/sp_SP/howto.rst | 617 --- Documentation/translations/sp_SP/index.rst | 1 - .../sp_SP/process/handling-regressions.rst | 797 +++ Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/howto.rst | 617 +++ Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/index.rst | 4 + .../sp_SP/process/management-style.rst | 299 ++ .../sp_SP/process/submit-checklist.rst | 133 + .../translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/boot.rst | 155 + .../translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/index.rst | 1 + .../translations/zh_CN/core-api/printk-basics.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/index.rst | 5 +- .../zh_CN/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_CN/driver-api/gpio/index.rst | 3 +- .../translations/zh_CN/driver-api/index.rst | 5 +- .../zh_CN/process/development-process.rst | 5 +- Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/index.rst | 53 +- .../translations/zh_CN/process/magic-number.rst | 69 +- .../zh_CN/process/maintainer-pgp-guide.rst | 789 +++ .../zh_CN/process/submit-checklist.rst | 3 +- .../zh_CN/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst | 8 +- .../translations/zh_CN/scheduler/schedutil.rst | 7 +- .../translations/zh_CN/userspace-api/index.rst | 5 +- Documentation/translations/zh_TW/IRQ.txt | 8 +- .../translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/README.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/index.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/init.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/unicode.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/amu.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/booting.txt | 4 +- .../translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/hugetlbpage.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/index.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt | 4 +- .../translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/memory.txt | 4 +- .../translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/perf.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.txt | 4 +- .../zh_TW/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt | 4 +- .../translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/sparse.rst | 10 +- .../zh_TW/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/disclaimer-zh_TW.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/filesystems/debugfs.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/filesystems/index.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/filesystems/sysfs.txt | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/filesystems/virtiofs.rst | 2 +- Documentation/translations/zh_TW/gpio.txt | 8 +- Documentation/translations/zh_TW/index.rst | 2 +- Documentation/translations/zh_TW/io_ordering.txt | 8 +- .../translations/zh_TW/process/1.Intro.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/process/2.Process.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/process/3.Early-stage.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/process/4.Coding.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/process/5.Posting.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/process/6.Followthrough.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/process/8.Conclusion.rst | 2 +- .../process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/process/development-process.rst | 6 +- .../translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst | 2 +- Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/howto.rst | 2 +- Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/index.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/process/kernel-enforcement-statement.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst | 2 +- .../translations/zh_TW/process/magic-number.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/process/management-style.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/process/programming-language.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst | 5 +- .../zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst | 2 +- .../zh_TW/process/volatile-considered-harmful.rst | 2 +- Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.rst | 20 +- Documentation/usb/raw-gadget.rst | 3 - Documentation/userspace-api/dcdbas.rst | 99 + Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst | 9 +- Documentation/userspace-api/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst | 5 +- Documentation/userspace-api/isapnp.rst | 15 + Documentation/userspace-api/lsm.rst | 73 + Documentation/userspace-api/media/cec/cec-api.rst | 7 +- .../userspace-api/media/drivers/index.rst | 8 +- .../userspace-api/media/drivers/thp7312.rst | 39 + Documentation/userspace-api/media/dvb/dvbapi.rst | 7 +- Documentation/userspace-api/media/index.rst | 7 +- .../media/mediactl/media-controller.rst | 7 +- .../userspace-api/media/rc/remote_controllers.rst | 7 +- Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/v4l2.rst | 7 +- .../userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.rst | 8 +- .../userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.rst | 8 + .../userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.rst | 1 + .../v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.rst | 9 +- .../media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.rst | 7 +- .../media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.rst | 7 +- .../media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-client-cap.rst | 5 + .../media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.rst | 7 +- .../media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.rst | 5 +- .../media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.rst | 20 +- .../media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-routing.rst | 7 +- .../media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.rst | 7 +- Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/index.rst | 4 +- Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/intro.rst | 4 + .../userspace-api/netlink/netlink-raw.rst | 96 +- Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/specs.rst | 2 +- Documentation/userspace-api/tee.rst | 39 + Documentation/virt/hyperv/index.rst | 1 + Documentation/virt/hyperv/vpci.rst | 316 ++ Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst | 224 +- Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.rst | 7 +- 919 files changed, 37028 insertions(+), 13969 deletions(-) create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat_telemetry create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-vfio create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-hwmon create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-initrd create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-nvmem-cells create mode 100644 Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-silicom create mode 100644 Documentation/RAS/ras.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/admin-guide/media/starfive_camss.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/admin-guide/media/starfive_camss_graph.dot create mode 100644 Documentation/admin-guide/perf/dwc_pcie_pmu.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/admin-guide/pmf.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/bpf/fs_kfuncs.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/crypto/device_drivers/index.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/crypto/device_drivers/octeontx2.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/dev-tools/checkuapi.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/google.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom,coresight-remote-etm.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fsl,imx93-anatop.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/google,gs101-clock.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,ethsys.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,mt7988-ethwarp.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,mt7988-xfi-pll.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-ipq6018.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,qdu1000-ecpricc.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8650-dispcc.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8650-gcc.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,x1e80100-gcc.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sophgo,cv1800-clk.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32mp25-rcc.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/inside-secure,safexcel.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/inside-secure-safexcel.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,mdp-rdma.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,padding.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm670-mdss.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8650-dpu.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8650-mdss.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/fascontek,fs035vg158.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9805.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/synaptics,r63353.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/inno_hdmi-rockchip.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,inno-hdmi.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/loongson,ls2x-apbdma.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dts-coding-style.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-fpga2sdram-bridge.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-freeze-bridge.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-hps2fpga-bridge.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altr,freeze-bridge-controller.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altr,socfpga-fpga2sdram-bridge.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altr,socfpga-hps2fpga-bridge.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-bridge.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-bridge.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nuvoton,sgpio.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/realtek,rtd-gpio.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/img,powervr.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/gpio-fan.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/gpio-fan.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lltc,ltc4286.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/maxim,max34408.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/aosong,ags02ma.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/microchip,mcp4821.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/humidity/ti,hdc3020.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/bosch,bmi323.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/liteon,ltr390.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/vishay,veml6075.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/honeywell,hsc030pa.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/microchip,mcp9600.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/adafruit,seesaw-gamepad.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-mouse.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-mouse.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2665.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2667.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv266x.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/neonode,zforce.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/samsung,s6sy761.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/samsung,s6sy761.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,sm6115.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,sm8650-rpmh.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,x1e80100-rpmh.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/allwinner,sun50i-a100-ledc.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/loongarch/cpus.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/loongarch/loongson.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cnm,wave521c.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/alliedvision,alvium-csi2.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/galaxycore,gc0308.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/galaxycore,gc2145.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov64a40.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/techwell,tw9900.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/thine,thp7312.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-fg.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-hdr.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-stitch.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-tcc.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-tdshp.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stm32-dcmipp.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/starfive,jh7110-camss.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ams,as3711.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3711.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell,mv88e6060.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell,mv88e6xxx.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lantiq,pef2256.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,aquantia.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ethertsn.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm4450-tlmm.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8650-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8650-tlmm.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,x1e80100-tlmm.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-omap-dmtimer.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/ti,omap-dmtimer-pwm.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/adi,max31335.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nuvoton,ma35d1-rtc.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/google,cr50.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/ibmvtpm.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-i2c.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-spi.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/tpm-i2c.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/tpm_tis_mmio.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/tpm_tis_spi.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arm,dcc.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/xilinx/xilinx.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/es8328.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/everest,es8328.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,mqs.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,mqs.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt2701-audio.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt2701-afe-pcm.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek,thermal.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek-thermal.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/google,cr50.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/ibm,vtpm.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/microsoft,ftpm.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm-tis-i2c.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm-tis-mmio.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm_tis-spi.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tpm-common.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,wcd939x-usbss.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/amd,axi-1wire-host.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/nxp,pnx4008-wdt.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qca,ar7130-wdt.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qca-ar7130-wdt.txt delete mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/realtek,rtd119x.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/realtek,rtd1295-watchdog.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/technologic,ts7200-wdt.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-api/crypto/iaa/iaa-crypto.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-api/crypto/iaa/index.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-api/crypto/index.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/driver-api/dcdbas.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/driver-api/isapnp.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-api/tee.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/driver-api/wbrf.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/fb/intelfb.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/xfs-delayed-logging-design.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/xfs-maintainer-entry-profile.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/xfs-self-describing-metadata.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/xfs/index.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-delayed-logging-design.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-maintainer-entry-profile.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-self-describing-metadata.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/display/trace-groups-table.csv create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/drm-vm-bind-locking.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/imagination/index.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/imagination/uapi.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/xe/index.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_cs.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_debugging.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_firmware.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_gt_mcr.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_map.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_migrate.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_mm.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_pcode.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_pm.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_rtp.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_tile.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_wa.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/gigabyte_waterforce.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/ltc4286.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/mp2856.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/hwmon/mp5990.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/netlink/specs/mptcp.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/netlink/specs/mptcp_pm.yaml create mode 100644 Documentation/netlink/specs/tc.yaml delete mode 100644 Documentation/networking/device_drivers/wifi/ray_cs.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/index.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/inet_connection_sock.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/inet_sock.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/net_device.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/netns_ipv4_sysctl.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/snmp.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/tcp_sock.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/netlink_spec/.gitignore create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/netlink_spec/readme.txt create mode 100644 Documentation/networking/xsk-tx-metadata.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/process/cve.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/sphinx/templates/translations.html create mode 100644 Documentation/sphinx/translations.py delete mode 100644 Documentation/staging/tee.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/tee/amd-tee.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/tee/index.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/tee/op-tee.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/tee/tee.rst delete mode 100644 Documentation/translations/sp_SP/howto.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/handling-regressions.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/howto.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/management-style.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/submit-checklist.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/boot.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/maintainer-pgp-guide.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/userspace-api/dcdbas.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/userspace-api/isapnp.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/userspace-api/lsm.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/thp7312.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/userspace-api/tee.rst create mode 100644 Documentation/virt/hyperv/vpci.rst (limited to 'Documentation') diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs index 042fd125fb..a7a432dc40 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//addr +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//addr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -8,34 +8,34 @@ Description: Sets the device address to be used for read or write through only when the IOMMU is disabled. The acceptable value is a string that starts with "0x" -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//clk_gate +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//clk_gate Date: May 2020 KernelVersion: 5.8 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: This setting is now deprecated as clock gating is handled solely by the f/w -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//command_buffers +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//command_buffers Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with information about the currently allocated command buffers -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//command_submission +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//command_submission Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with information about the currently active command submissions -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//command_submission_jobs +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//command_submission_jobs Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with detailed information about each JOB (CB) of each active command submission -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//data32 +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//data32 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Description: Allows the root user to read or write directly through the If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//data64 +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//data64 Date: Jan 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Description: Allows the root user to read or write 64 bit data directly If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//data_dma +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//data_dma Date: Apr 2021 KernelVersion: 5.13 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Description: Allows the root user to read from the device's internal workloads. Only supported on GAUDI at this stage. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//device +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//device Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -91,14 +91,14 @@ Description: Enables the root user to set the device to specific state. Valid values are "disable", "enable", "suspend", "resume". User can read this property to see the valid values -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//device_release_watchdog_timeout +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//device_release_watchdog_timeout Date: Oct 2022 KernelVersion: 6.2 Contact: ttayar@habana.ai Description: The watchdog timeout value in seconds for a device release upon certain error cases, after which the device is reset. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//dma_size +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//dma_size Date: Apr 2021 KernelVersion: 5.13 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Description: Specify the size of the DMA transaction when using DMA to read When the write is finished, the user can read the "data_dma" blob -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//dump_razwi_events +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//dump_razwi_events Date: Aug 2022 KernelVersion: 5.20 Contact: fkassabri@habana.ai @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Description: Dumps all razwi events to dmesg if exist. the routine will clear the status register. Usage: cat dump_razwi_events -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//dump_security_violations +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//dump_security_violations Date: Jan 2021 KernelVersion: 5.12 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -125,14 +125,14 @@ Description: Dumps all security violations to dmesg. This will also ack all security violations meanings those violations will not be dumped next time user calls this API -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//engines +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//engines Date: Jul 2019 KernelVersion: 5.3 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the status registers values of the device engines and their derived idle status -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//i2c_addr +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//i2c_addr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Description: Sets I2C device address for I2C transaction that is generated by the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//i2c_bus +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//i2c_bus Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Description: Sets I2C bus address for I2C transaction that is generated by the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//i2c_data +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//i2c_data Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Description: Triggers an I2C transaction that is generated by the device's reading from the file generates a read transaction, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//i2c_len +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//i2c_len Date: Dec 2021 KernelVersion: 5.17 Contact: obitton@habana.ai @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Description: Sets I2C length in bytes for I2C transaction that is generated b the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//i2c_reg +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//i2c_reg Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -173,35 +173,35 @@ Description: Sets I2C register id for I2C transaction that is generated by the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//led0 +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//led0 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the state of the first S/W led on the device, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//led1 +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//led1 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the state of the second S/W led on the device, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//led2 +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//led2 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the state of the third S/W led on the device, Not available when device is loaded with secured firmware -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//memory_scrub +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//memory_scrub Date: May 2022 KernelVersion: 5.19 Contact: dhirschfeld@habana.ai Description: Allows the root user to scrub the dram memory. The scrubbing value can be set using the debugfs file memory_scrub_val. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//memory_scrub_val +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//memory_scrub_val Date: May 2022 KernelVersion: 5.19 Contact: dhirschfeld@habana.ai @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Description: The value to which the dram will be set to when the user scrubs the dram using 'memory_scrub' debugfs file and the scrubbing value when using module param 'memory_scrub' -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//mmu +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//mmu Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Description: Displays the hop values and physical address for a given ASID e.g. to display info about VA 0x1000 for ASID 1 you need to do: echo "1 0x1000" > /sys/kernel/debug/accel/0/mmu -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//mmu_error +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//mmu_error Date: Mar 2021 KernelVersion: 5.12 Contact: fkassabri@habana.ai @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Description: Check and display page fault or access violation mmu errors for echo "0x200" > /sys/kernel/debug/accel/0/mmu_error cat /sys/kernel/debug/accel/0/mmu_error -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//monitor_dump +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//monitor_dump Date: Mar 2022 KernelVersion: 5.19 Contact: osharabi@habana.ai @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Description: Allows the root user to dump monitors status from the device's This interface doesn't support concurrency in the same device. Only supported on GAUDI. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//monitor_dump_trig +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//monitor_dump_trig Date: Mar 2022 KernelVersion: 5.19 Contact: osharabi@habana.ai @@ -253,14 +253,14 @@ Description: Triggers dump of monitor data. The value to trigger the operatio When the write is finished, the user can read the "monitor_dump" blob -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//set_power_state +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//set_power_state Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the PCI power state. Valid values are "1" for D0 and "2" for D3Hot -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//skip_reset_on_timeout +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//skip_reset_on_timeout Date: Jun 2021 KernelVersion: 5.13 Contact: ynudelman@habana.ai @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Description: Sets the skip reset on timeout option for the device. Value of "0" means device will be reset in case some CS has timed out, otherwise it will not be reset. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//state_dump +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//state_dump Date: Oct 2021 KernelVersion: 5.15 Contact: ynudelman@habana.ai @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Description: Gets the state dump occurring on a CS timeout or failure. Writing an integer X discards X state dumps, so that the next read would return X+1-st newest state dump. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//stop_on_err +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//stop_on_err Date: Mar 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -287,13 +287,13 @@ Description: Sets the stop-on_error option for the device engines. Value of "0" is for disable, otherwise enable. Relevant only for GOYA and GAUDI. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//timeout_locked +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//timeout_locked Date: Sep 2021 KernelVersion: 5.16 Contact: obitton@habana.ai Description: Sets the command submission timeout value in seconds. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//userptr +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//userptr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ Description: Displays a list with information about the current user pointers (user virtual addresses) that are pinned and mapped to DMA addresses -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//userptr_lookup +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//userptr_lookup Date: Oct 2021 KernelVersion: 5.15 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Description: Allows to search for specific user pointers (user virtual addresses) that are pinned and mapped to DMA addresses, and see their resolution to the specific dma address. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//vm +What: /sys/kernel/debug/accel//vm Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat_telemetry b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat_telemetry new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eacee20720 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-qat_telemetry @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat__/telemetry/control +Date: March 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RW) Enables/disables the reporting of telemetry metrics. + + Allowed values to write: + ======================== + * 0: disable telemetry + * 1: enable telemetry + * 2, 3, 4: enable telemetry and calculate minimum, maximum + and average for each counter over 2, 3 or 4 samples + + Returned values: + ================ + * 1-4: telemetry is enabled and running + * 0: telemetry is disabled + + Example. + + Writing '3' to this file starts the collection of + telemetry metrics. Samples are collected every second and + stored in a circular buffer of size 3. These values are then + used to calculate the minimum, maximum and average for each + counter. After enabling, counters can be retrieved through + the ``device_data`` file:: + + echo 3 > /sys/kernel/debug/qat_4xxx_0000:6b:00.0/telemetry/control + + Writing '0' to this file stops the collection of telemetry + metrics:: + + echo 0 > /sys/kernel/debug/qat_4xxx_0000:6b:00.0/telemetry/control + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat__/telemetry/device_data +Date: March 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RO) Reports device telemetry counters. + Reads report metrics about performance and utilization of + a QAT device: + + ======================= ======================================== + Field Description + ======================= ======================================== + sample_cnt number of acquisitions of telemetry data + from the device. Reads are performed + every 1000 ms. + pci_trans_cnt number of PCIe partial transactions + max_rd_lat maximum logged read latency [ns] (could + be any read operation) + rd_lat_acc_avg average read latency [ns] + max_gp_lat max get to put latency [ns] (only takes + samples for AE0) + gp_lat_acc_avg average get to put latency [ns] + bw_in PCIe, write bandwidth [Mbps] + bw_out PCIe, read bandwidth [Mbps] + at_page_req_lat_avg Address Translator(AT), average page + request latency [ns] + at_trans_lat_avg AT, average page translation latency [ns] + at_max_tlb_used AT, maximum uTLB used + util_cpr utilization of Compression slice N [%] + exec_cpr execution count of Compression slice N + util_xlt utilization of Translator slice N [%] + exec_xlt execution count of Translator slice N + util_dcpr utilization of Decompression slice N [%] + exec_dcpr execution count of Decompression slice N + util_pke utilization of PKE N [%] + exec_pke execution count of PKE N + util_ucs utilization of UCS slice N [%] + exec_ucs execution count of UCS slice N + util_wat utilization of Wireless Authentication + slice N [%] + exec_wat execution count of Wireless Authentication + slice N + util_wcp utilization of Wireless Cipher slice N [%] + exec_wcp execution count of Wireless Cipher slice N + util_cph utilization of Cipher slice N [%] + exec_cph execution count of Cipher slice N + util_ath utilization of Authentication slice N [%] + exec_ath execution count of Authentication slice N + ======================= ======================================== + + The telemetry report file can be read with the following command:: + + cat /sys/kernel/debug/qat_4xxx_0000:6b:00.0/telemetry/device_data + + If ``control`` is set to 1, only the current values of the + counters are displayed:: + + + + If ``control`` is 2, 3 or 4, counters are displayed in the + following format:: + + + + If a device lacks of a specific accelerator, the corresponding + attribute is not reported. + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/qat__/telemetry/rp__data +Date: March 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RW) Selects up to 4 Ring Pairs (RP) to monitor, one per file, + and report telemetry counters related to each. + + Allowed values to write: + ======================== + * 0 to ````: + Ring pair to be monitored. The value of ``num_rps`` can be + retrieved through ``/sys/bus/pci/devices//qat/num_rps``. + See Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat. + + Reads report metrics about performance and utilization of + the selected RP: + + ======================= ======================================== + Field Description + ======================= ======================================== + sample_cnt number of acquisitions of telemetry data + from the device. Reads are performed + every 1000 ms + rp_num RP number associated with slot + service_type service associated to the RP + pci_trans_cnt number of PCIe partial transactions + gp_lat_acc_avg average get to put latency [ns] + bw_in PCIe, write bandwidth [Mbps] + bw_out PCIe, read bandwidth [Mbps] + at_glob_devtlb_hit Message descriptor DevTLB hit rate + at_glob_devtlb_miss Message descriptor DevTLB miss rate + tl_at_payld_devtlb_hit Payload DevTLB hit rate + tl_at_payld_devtlb_miss Payload DevTLB miss rate + ======================= ======================================== + + Example. + + Writing the value '32' to the file ``rp_C_data`` starts the + collection of telemetry metrics for ring pair 32:: + + echo 32 > /sys/kernel/debug/qat_4xxx_0000:6b:00.0/telemetry/rp_C_data + + Once a ring pair is selected, statistics can be read accessing + the file:: + + cat /sys/kernel/debug/qat_4xxx_0000:6b:00.0/telemetry/rp_C_data + + If ``control`` is set to 1, only the current values of the + counters are displayed:: + + + + If ``control`` is 2, 3 or 4, counters are displayed in the + following format:: + + + + + On QAT GEN4 devices there are 64 RPs on a PF, so the allowed + values are 0..63. This number is absolute to the device. + If Virtual Functions (VF) are used, the ring pair number can + be derived from the Bus, Device, Function of the VF: + + ============ ====== ====== ====== ====== + PCI BDF/VF RP0 RP1 RP2 RP3 + ============ ====== ====== ====== ====== + 0000:6b:0.1 RP 0 RP 1 RP 2 RP 3 + 0000:6b:0.2 RP 4 RP 5 RP 6 RP 7 + 0000:6b:0.3 RP 8 RP 9 RP 10 RP 11 + 0000:6b:0.4 RP 12 RP 13 RP 14 RP 15 + 0000:6b:0.5 RP 16 RP 17 RP 18 RP 19 + 0000:6b:0.6 RP 20 RP 21 RP 22 RP 23 + 0000:6b:0.7 RP 24 RP 25 RP 26 RP 27 + 0000:6b:1.0 RP 28 RP 29 RP 30 RP 31 + 0000:6b:1.1 RP 32 RP 33 RP 34 RP 35 + 0000:6b:1.2 RP 36 RP 37 RP 38 RP 39 + 0000:6b:1.3 RP 40 RP 41 RP 42 RP 43 + 0000:6b:1.4 RP 44 RP 45 RP 46 RP 47 + 0000:6b:1.5 RP 48 RP 49 RP 50 RP 51 + 0000:6b:1.6 RP 52 RP 53 RP 54 RP 55 + 0000:6b:1.7 RP 56 RP 57 RP 58 RP 59 + 0000:6b:2.0 RP 60 RP 61 RP 62 RP 63 + ============ ====== ====== ====== ====== + + The mapping is only valid for the BDFs of VFs on the host. + + + The service provided on a ring-pair varies depending on the + configuration. The configuration for a given device can be + queried and set using ``cfg_services``. + See Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat for details. + + The following table reports how ring pairs are mapped to VFs + on the PF 0000:6b:0.0 configured for `sym;asym` or `asym;sym`: + + =========== ============ =========== ============ =========== + PCI BDF/VF RP0/service RP1/service RP2/service RP3/service + =========== ============ =========== ============ =========== + 0000:6b:0.1 RP 0 asym RP 1 sym RP 2 asym RP 3 sym + 0000:6b:0.2 RP 4 asym RP 5 sym RP 6 asym RP 7 sym + 0000:6b:0.3 RP 8 asym RP 9 sym RP10 asym RP11 sym + ... ... ... ... ... + =========== ============ =========== ============ =========== + + All VFs follow the same pattern. + + + The following table reports how ring pairs are mapped to VFs on + the PF 0000:6b:0.0 configured for `dc`: + + =========== ============ =========== ============ =========== + PCI BDF/VF RP0/service RP1/service RP2/service RP3/service + =========== ============ =========== ============ =========== + 0000:6b:0.1 RP 0 dc RP 1 dc RP 2 dc RP 3 dc + 0000:6b:0.2 RP 4 dc RP 5 dc RP 6 dc RP 7 dc + 0000:6b:0.3 RP 8 dc RP 9 dc RP10 dc RP11 dc + ... ... ... ... ... + =========== ============ =========== ============ =========== + + The mapping of a RP to a service can be retrieved using + ``rp2srv`` from sysfs. + See Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat for details. + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre index 82abf92df4..8e8de49c5c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre//qm/status Date: Apr 2020 Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org Description: Dump the status of the QM. - Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed. + Two states: work, stop. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre//qm/diff_regs diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec index 93c530d1bf..deeefe2c73 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2//qm/status Date: Apr 2020 Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org Description: Dump the status of the QM. - Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed. + Two states: work, stop. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2//qm/diff_regs diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip index fd3f314cf8..593714afae 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip//qm/status Date: Apr 2020 Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org Description: Dump the status of the QM. - Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed. + Two states: work, stop. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip//qm/diff_regs diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-vfio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-vfio new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90f7c262f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-vfio @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/vfio +Date: December 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: Longfang Liu +Description: This debugfs file directory is used for debugging + of vfio devices, it's a common directory for all vfio devices. + Vfio core will create a device subdirectory under this + directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/vfio//migration +Date: December 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: Longfang Liu +Description: This debugfs file directory is used for debugging + of vfio devices that support live migration. + The debugfs of each vfio device that supports live migration + could be created under this directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/vfio//migration/state +Date: December 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: Longfang Liu +Description: Read the live migration status of the vfio device. + The contents of the state file reflects the migration state + relative to those defined in the vfio_device_mig_state enum diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cdx b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cdx index 8c067ff99e..e842775314 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cdx +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cdx @@ -98,6 +98,13 @@ Description: # echo 1 > /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../remove +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../resource +Date: July 2023 +Contact: puneet.gupta@amd.com +Description: + The resource binary file contains the content of the memory + regions. These files can be m'maped from userspace. + What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../modalias Date: July 2023 Contact: nipun.gupta@amd.com diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc index 6aa527296c..96aafa66b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc @@ -91,3 +91,19 @@ Contact: Mathieu Poirier Description: (RW) Size of the trace buffer for TMC-ETR when used in SYSFS mode. Writable only for TMC-ETR configurations. The value should be aligned to the kernel pagesize. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.tmc/buf_modes_available +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Anshuman Khandual +Description: (Read) Shows all supported Coresight TMC-ETR buffer modes available + for the users to configure explicitly. This file is avaialble only + for TMC ETR devices. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/.tmc/buf_mode_preferred +Date: August 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Anshuman Khandual +Description: (RW) Current Coresight TMC-ETR buffer mode selected. But user could + only provide a mode which is supported for a given ETR device. This + file is available only for TMC ETR devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpdm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpdm index 4a58e64955..4dd49b1595 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpdm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpdm @@ -11,3 +11,162 @@ Description: Accepts only one of the 2 values - 1 or 2. 1 : Generate 64 bits data 2 : Generate 32 bits data + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//reset_dataset +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + (Write) Reset the dataset of the tpdm. + + Accepts only one value - 1. + 1 : Reset the dataset of the tpdm + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_trig_type +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the trigger type of the DSB for tpdm. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + 0 : Set the DSB trigger type to false + 1 : Set the DSB trigger type to true + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_trig_ts +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the trigger timestamp of the DSB for tpdm. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + 0 : Set the DSB trigger type to false + 1 : Set the DSB trigger type to true + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_mode +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the programming mode of the DSB for tpdm. + + Accepts the value needs to be greater than 0. What data + bits do is listed below. + Bit[0:1] : Test mode control bit for choosing the inputs. + Bit[3] : Set to 0 for low performance mode. Set to 1 for high + performance mode. + Bit[4:8] : Select byte lane for high performance mode. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_edge/ctrl_idx +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the index number of the edge detection for the DSB + subunit TPDM. Since there are at most 256 edge detections, this + value ranges from 0 to 255. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_edge/ctrl_val +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + Write a data to control the edge detection corresponding to + the index number. Before writing data to this sysfs file, + "ctrl_idx" should be written first to configure the index + number of the edge detection which needs to be controlled. + + Accepts only one of the following values. + 0 - Rising edge detection + 1 - Falling edge detection + 2 - Rising and falling edge detection (toggle detection) + + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_edge/ctrl_mask +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + Write a data to mask the edge detection corresponding to the index + number. Before writing data to this sysfs file, "ctrl_idx" should + be written first to configure the index number of the edge detection + which needs to be masked. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_edge/edcr[0:15] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + Read a set of the edge control value of the DSB in TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_edge/edcmr[0:7] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + Read a set of the edge control mask of the DSB in TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_trig_patt/xpr[0:7] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the value of the trigger pattern for the DSB + subunit TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_trig_patt/xpmr[0:7] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the mask of the trigger pattern for the DSB + subunit TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_patt/tpr[0:7] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the value of the pattern for the DSB subunit TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_patt/tpmr[0:7] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the mask of the pattern for the DSB subunit TPDM. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_patt/enable_ts +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + (Write) Set the pattern timestamp of DSB tpdm. Read + the pattern timestamp of DSB tpdm. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + 0 : Disable DSB pattern timestamp. + 1 : Enable DSB pattern timestamp. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_patt/set_type +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + (Write) Set the pattern type of DSB tpdm. Read + the pattern type of DSB tpdm. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 0 or 1. + 0 : Set the DSB pattern type to value. + 1 : Set the DSB pattern type to toggle. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices//dsb_msr/msr[0:31] +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion 6.7 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) , Tao Zhang (QUIC) +Description: + (RW) Set/Get the MSR(mux select register) for the DSB subunit + TPDM. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl index e76c360060..fff2581b80 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl @@ -28,6 +28,23 @@ Description: Payload in the CXL-2.0 specification. +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/ram/qos_class +Date: May, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.8 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) For CXL host platforms that support "QoS Telemmetry" + this attribute conveys a comma delimited list of platform + specific cookies that identifies a QoS performance class + for the volatile partition of the CXL mem device. These + class-ids can be compared against a similar "qos_class" + published for a root decoder. While it is not required + that the endpoints map their local memory-class to a + matching platform class, mismatches are not recommended + and there are platform specific performance related + side-effects that may result. First class-id is displayed. + + What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/pmem/size Date: December, 2020 KernelVersion: v5.12 @@ -38,6 +55,23 @@ Description: Payload in the CXL-2.0 specification. +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/pmem/qos_class +Date: May, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.8 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) For CXL host platforms that support "QoS Telemmetry" + this attribute conveys a comma delimited list of platform + specific cookies that identifies a QoS performance class + for the persistent partition of the CXL mem device. These + class-ids can be compared against a similar "qos_class" + published for a root decoder. While it is not required + that the endpoints map their local memory-class to a + matching platform class, mismatches are not recommended + and there are platform specific performance related + side-effects that may result. First class-id is displayed. + + What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/serial Date: January, 2022 KernelVersion: v5.18 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-caps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-caps index 8757dcf41c..a5f506f7d4 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-caps +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-caps @@ -16,3 +16,9 @@ Description: Example output in powerpc: grep . /sys/bus/event_source/devices/cpu/caps/* /sys/bus/event_source/devices/cpu/caps/pmu_name:POWER9 + + The "branch_counter_nr" in the supported platform exposes the + maximum number of counters which can be shown in the u64 counters + of PERF_SAMPLE_BRANCH_COUNTERS, while the "branch_counter_width" + exposes the width of each counter. Both of them can be used by + the perf tool to parse the logged counters in each branch. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c index e5248fd67a..c812ab180f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c @@ -88,6 +88,21 @@ Description: This entry describes the HDRCAP of the master controller driving the bus. +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-/hotjoin +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + I3C’s Hot-Join mechanism allows an I3C Device to inform the + Active Controller that a newly-joined Target is present on the + I3C Bus and is ready to receive a Dynamic Address, in order to + become fully functional on the Bus. Hot-Join is used when the + Target is mounted on the same I3C bus and remains depowered + until needed or until the Target is physically inserted into the + I3C bus + + This entry allows to enable or disable Hot-join of the Current + Controller driving the bus. + What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-/- KernelVersion: 5.0 Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio index 19cde14f38..2e6d5ebfd3 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -362,10 +362,21 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_peak_raw What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_peak_raw What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_peak_raw KernelVersion: 2.6.36 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: - Highest value since some reset condition. These + Highest value since some reset condition. These + attributes allow access to this and are otherwise + the direct equivalent of the Y[_name]_raw attributes. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_trough_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_trough_raw +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lowest value since some reset condition. These attributes allow access to this and are otherwise the direct equivalent of the Y[_name]_raw attributes. @@ -618,7 +629,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: If a discrete set of scale values is available, they - are listed in this attribute. + are listed in this attribute. Unlike illumination, + multiplying intensity by intensity_scale does not + yield value with any standardized unit. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_hardwaregain @@ -1574,6 +1587,8 @@ What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_raw What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_ir_raw What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_both_raw What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_uv_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_uva_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_uvb_raw What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_duv_raw KernelVersion: 3.4 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -1582,8 +1597,9 @@ Description: that measurements contain visible and infrared light components or just infrared light, respectively. Modifier uv indicates that measurements contain ultraviolet light - components. Modifier duv indicates that measurements - contain deep ultraviolet light components. + components. Modifiers uva, uvb and duv indicate that + measurements contain A, B or deep (C) ultraviolet light + components respectively. What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_uvindex_input KernelVersion: 4.6 @@ -2254,3 +2270,21 @@ Description: If a label is defined for this event add that to the event specific attributes. This is useful for userspace to be able to better identify an individual event. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_wait_timeout +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Enable tap gesture confirmation with timeout. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_wait_dur +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Timeout value in seconds for tap gesture confirmation. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_wait_dur_available +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + List of available timeout value for tap gesture confirmation. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-spi-devices-spi-nor b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-spi-devices-spi-nor index c800621eff..9ed5582dde 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-spi-devices-spi-nor +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-spi-devices-spi-nor @@ -25,6 +25,9 @@ KernelVersion: 5.14 Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org Description: (RO) Part name of the SPI NOR flash. + The attribute is optional. User space should not rely on + it to be present or even correct. Instead, user space + should read the jedec_id attribute. What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../spi-nor/sfdp Date: April 2021 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hwmon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hwmon index 638f4c6d4e..3dac923c9b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hwmon +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hwmon @@ -381,6 +381,15 @@ Description: RW +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_max_alarm +Description: + Maximum temperature alarm flag. + + - 0: OK + - 1: temperature has reached tempY_max + + RO + What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_min Description: Temperature min value. @@ -389,6 +398,15 @@ Description: RW +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_min_alarm +Description: + Minimum temperature alarm flag. + + - 0: OK + - 1: temperature has reached tempY_min + + RO + What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_max_hyst Description: Temperature hysteresis value for max limit. @@ -434,12 +452,7 @@ Description: - 0: OK - 1: temperature has reached tempY_crit - RW - - Contrary to regular alarm flags which clear themselves - automatically when read, this one sticks until cleared by - the user. This is done by writing 0 to the file. Writing - other values is unsupported. + RO What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_crit_hyst Description: @@ -462,6 +475,15 @@ Description: RW +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_emergency_alarm +Description: + Emergency high temperature alarm flag. + + - 0: OK + - 1: temperature has reached tempY_emergency + + RO + What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_emergency_hyst Description: Temperature hysteresis value for emergency limit. @@ -887,15 +909,15 @@ Description: RW -What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_input +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_alarm Description: - Humidity + Humidity limit detection - Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + - 0: OK + - 1: Humidity limit has been reached RO - What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_enable Description: Enable or disable the sensors @@ -908,6 +930,74 @@ Description: RW +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_fault +Description: + Reports a humidity sensor failure. + + - 1: Failed + - 0: Ok + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_input +Description: + Humidity + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_label +Description: + Suggested humidity channel label. + + Text string + + Should only be created if the driver has hints about what + this humidity channel is being used for, and user-space + doesn't. In all other cases, the label is provided by + user-space. + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_max +Description: + Humidity max value. + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_max_hyst +Description: + Humidity hysteresis value for max limit. + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + Must be reported as an absolute humidity, NOT a delta + from the max value. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_min +Description: + Humidity min value. + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_min_hyst +Description: + Humidity hysteresis value for min limit. + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + Must be reported as an absolute humidity, NOT a delta + from the min value. + + RW + What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_rated_min Description: Minimum rated humidity. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev index f6d9d72ce7..a6c307c4be 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev @@ -114,6 +114,45 @@ Description: speed of 1000Mbps of the named network device. Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. +What: /sys/class/leds//link_2500 +Date: Nov 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link speed state of 2500Mbps of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + speed of 2500Mbps of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + +What: /sys/class/leds//link_5000 +Date: Nov 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link speed state of 5000Mbps of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + speed of 5000Mbps of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + +What: /sys/class/leds//link_10000 +Date: Nov 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link speed state of 10000Mbps of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + speed of 10000Mbps of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + What: /sys/class/leds//half_duplex Date: Jun 2023 KernelVersion: 6.5 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty index 2bf6b24e78..30cef9ac0f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty @@ -4,3 +4,59 @@ KernelVersion: 5.10 Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org Description: Specifies the tty device name of the triggering tty + +What: /sys/class/leds//rx +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Description: + Signal reception (rx) of data on the named tty device. + If set to 0, the LED will not blink on reception. + If set to 1 (default), the LED will blink on reception. + +What: /sys/class/leds//tx +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Description: + Signal transmission (tx) of data on the named tty device. + If set to 0, the LED will not blink on transmission. + If set to 1 (default), the LED will blink on transmission. + +What: /sys/class/leds//cts +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Description: + CTS = Clear To Send + DCE is ready to accept data from the DTE. + If the line state is detected, the LED is switched on. + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not evaluate CTS. + If set to 1, the LED will evaluate CTS. + +What: /sys/class/leds//dsr +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Description: + DSR = Data Set Ready + DCE is ready to receive and send data. + If the line state is detected, the LED is switched on. + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not evaluate DSR. + If set to 1, the LED will evaluate DSR. + +What: /sys/class/leds//dcd +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Description: + DCD = Data Carrier Detect + DTE is receiving a carrier from the DCE. + If the line state is detected, the LED is switched on. + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not evaluate CAR (DCD). + If set to 1, the LED will evaluate CAR (DCD). + +What: /sys/class/leds//rng +Date: February 2024 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Description: + RNG = Ring Indicator + DCE has detected an incoming ring signal on the telephone + line. If the line state is detected, the LED is switched on. + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not evaluate RNG. + If set to 1, the LED will evaluate RNG. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-kunpeng_hccs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-kunpeng_hccs index fdb4e36310..1666340820 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-kunpeng_hccs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-kunpeng_hccs @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/linked_full_lane What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/crc_err_cnt Date: November 2023 KernelVersion: 6.6 -Contact: Huisong Li +Contact: Huisong Li Description: The /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/ directory contains read-only attributes exposing some summarization @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/linked_full_lane What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/crc_err_cnt Date: November 2023 KernelVersion: 6.6 -Contact: Huisong Li +Contact: Huisong Li Description: The /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/ directory contains read-only attributes exposing some summarization @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/hccsN/lane_mask What: /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx:00/chipX/dieY/hccsN/crc_err_cnt Date: November 2023 KernelVersion: 6.6 -Contact: Huisong Li +Contact: Huisong Li Description: The /sys/devices/platform/HISI04Bx/chipX/dieX/hccsN/ directory contains read-only attributes exposing information about diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs index c63ca1ad50..4244f5af4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs @@ -149,6 +149,18 @@ Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the MME compute engine. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family +What: /sys/class/accel/accel/device/module_id +Date: Nov 2023 +KernelVersion: not yet upstreamed +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Displays the device's module id + +What: /sys/class/accel/accel/device/parent_device +Date: Nov 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.8 +Contact: ttayar@habana.ai +Description: Displays the name of the parent device of the accel device + What: /sys/class/accel/accel/device/pci_addr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-i915-hwmon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-i915-hwmon index 8d7d8f05f6..92fe7c5c5a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-i915-hwmon +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-i915-hwmon @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon/in0_input +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon/in0_input Date: February 2023 KernelVersion: 6.2 Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Description: RO. Current Voltage in millivolt. Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. -What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon/power1_max +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon/power1_max Date: February 2023 KernelVersion: 6.2 Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Description: RW. Card reactive sustained (PL1/Tau) power limit in microwatts. Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. -What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon/power1_rated_max +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon/power1_rated_max Date: February 2023 KernelVersion: 6.2 Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Description: RO. Card default power limit (default TDP setting). Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. -What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon/power1_max_interval +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon/power1_max_interval Date: February 2023 KernelVersion: 6.2 Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Description: RW. Sustained power limit interval (Tau in PL1/Tau) in Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. -What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon/power1_crit +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon/power1_crit Date: February 2023 KernelVersion: 6.2 Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Description: RW. Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in microwatts. Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. -What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon/curr1_crit +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon/curr1_crit Date: February 2023 KernelVersion: 6.2 Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Description: RW. Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in milliamperes. Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. -What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon/energy1_input +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/i915/.../hwmon/hwmon/energy1_input Date: February 2023 KernelVersion: 6.2 Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-hwmon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-hwmon new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..023fd82de3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-xe-hwmon @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon/power1_max +Date: September 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card reactive sustained (PL1) power limit in microwatts. + + The power controller will throttle the operating frequency + if the power averaged over a window (typically seconds) + exceeds this limit. A read value of 0 means that the PL1 + power limit is disabled, writing 0 disables the + limit. Writing values > 0 and <= TDP will enable the power limit. + + Only supported for particular Intel xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon/power1_rated_max +Date: September 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Card default power limit (default TDP setting). + + Only supported for particular Intel xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon/power1_crit +Date: September 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in microwatts. + + Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in microwatts is exposed + for client products. The power controller will throttle the + operating frequency if the power averaged over a window exceeds + this limit. + + Only supported for particular Intel xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon/curr1_crit +Date: September 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in milliamperes. + + Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in milliamperes is + exposed for server products. The power controller will throttle + the operating frequency if the power averaged over a window + exceeds this limit. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon/in0_input +Date: September 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Current Voltage in millivolt. + + Only supported for particular Intel xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon/energy1_input +Date: September 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Energy input of device in microjoules. + + Only supported for particular Intel xe graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xe/.../hwmon/hwmon/power1_max_interval +Date: October 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.6 +Contact: intel-xe@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Sustained power limit interval (Tau in PL1/Tau) in + milliseconds over which sustained power is averaged. + + Only supported for particular Intel xe graphics platforms. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs index 0c7efaf62d..5bf7073b4f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs @@ -1223,6 +1223,55 @@ Description: This file shows the total latency (in micro seconds) of write The file is read only. +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_info/lane +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_info/lane +Date: September 2023 +Contact: Can Guo +Description: This file shows how many lanes are enabled on the UFS link, + i.e., an output 2 means UFS link is operating with 2 lanes. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_info/mode +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_info/mode +Date: September 2023 +Contact: Can Guo +Description: This file shows the PA power mode of UFS. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_info/rate +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_info/rate +Date: September 2023 +Contact: Can Guo +Description: This file shows the speed rate of UFS link. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_info/gear +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_info/gear +Date: September 2023 +Contact: Can Guo +Description: This file shows the gear of UFS link. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_info/dev_pm +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_info/dev_pm +Date: September 2023 +Contact: Can Guo +Description: This file shows the UFS device power mode. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_info/link_state +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_info/link_state +Date: September 2023 +Contact: Can Guo +Description: This file shows the state of UFS link. + + The file is read only. + What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_presv_us_en What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/wb_presv_us_en Date: June 2020 @@ -1474,3 +1523,10 @@ Description: Indicates status of Write Booster. The file is read only. +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rtc_update_ms +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/rtc_update_ms +Date: November 2023 +Contact: Bean Huo +Description: + rtc_update_ms indicates how often the host should synchronize or update the + UFS RTC. If set to 0, this will disable UFS RTC periodic update. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-initrd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-initrd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..20bf7cf77a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-initrd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/initrd +Date: December 2023 +Contact: Alexander Graf +Description: + When the kernel was booted with an initrd and the + "retain_initrd" option is set on the kernel command + line, /sys/firmware/initrd contains the contents of the + initrd that the kernel was booted with. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs index 36c3cb5479..99fa87a439 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs @@ -498,6 +498,21 @@ Description: Show status of f2fs checkpoint in real time. CP_RESIZEFS_FLAG 0x00004000 =============================== ============================== +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//stat/issued_discard +Date: December 2023 +Contact: "Zhiguo Niu" +Description: Shows the number of issued discard. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//stat/queued_discard +Date: December 2023 +Contact: "Zhiguo Niu" +Description: Shows the number of queued discard. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//stat/undiscard_blks +Date: December 2023 +Contact: "Zhiguo Niu" +Description: Shows the total number of undiscard blocks. + What: /sys/fs/f2fs//ckpt_thread_ioprio Date: January 2021 Contact: "Daeho Jeong" @@ -740,3 +755,9 @@ Description: When compress cache is on, it controls cached page If cached page percent exceed threshold, then deny caching compress page. The value should be in range of (0, 100], by default it was initialized as 20(%). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs//discard_io_aware +Date: November 2023 +Contact: "Chao Yu" +Description: It controls to enable/disable IO aware feature for background discard. + By default, the value is 1 which indicates IO aware is on. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon index b35649a46a..bfa5b8288d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon @@ -25,12 +25,14 @@ Description: Writing 'on' or 'off' to this file makes the kdamond starts or stops, respectively. Reading the file returns the keywords based on the current status. Writing 'commit' to this file makes the kdamond reads the user inputs in the sysfs files - except 'state' again. Writing 'update_schemes_stats' to the - file updates contents of schemes stats files of the kdamond. - Writing 'update_schemes_tried_regions' to the file updates - contents of 'tried_regions' directory of every scheme directory - of this kdamond. Writing 'update_schemes_tried_bytes' to the - file updates only '.../tried_regions/total_bytes' files of this + except 'state' again. Writing 'commit_schemes_quota_goals' to + this file makes the kdamond reads the quota goal files again. + Writing 'update_schemes_stats' to the file updates contents of + schemes stats files of the kdamond. Writing + 'update_schemes_tried_regions' to the file updates contents of + 'tried_regions' directory of every scheme directory of this + kdamond. Writing 'update_schemes_tried_bytes' to the file + updates only '.../tried_regions/total_bytes' files of this kdamond. Writing 'clear_schemes_tried_regions' to the file removes contents of the 'tried_regions' directory. @@ -212,6 +214,25 @@ Contact: SeongJae Park Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the quotas charge reset interval of the scheme in milliseconds. +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds//contexts//schemes//quotas/goals/nr_goals +Date: Nov 2023 +Contact: SeongJae Park +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for setting automatic tuning of the scheme's + aggressiveness named '0' to 'N-1' under the goals/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds//contexts//schemes//quotas/goals//target_value +Date: Nov 2023 +Contact: SeongJae Park +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the target + value of the goal metric. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds//contexts//schemes//quotas/goals//current_value +Date: Nov 2023 +Contact: SeongJae Park +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the current + value of the goal metric. + What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds//contexts//schemes//quotas/weights/sz_permil Date: Mar 2022 Contact: SeongJae Park diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-nvmem-cells b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-nvmem-cells new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c7c9444f92 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-nvmem-cells @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/.../cells/ +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Miquel Raynal +Description: + The "cells" folder contains one file per cell exposed by the + NVMEM device. The name of the file is: "@,", + with being the cell name and its location in + the NVMEM device, in hexadecimal bytes and bits (without the + '0x' prefix, to mimic device tree node names). The length of + the file is the size of the cell (when known). The content of + the file is the binary content of the cell (may sometimes be + ASCII, likely without trailing character). + Note: This file is only present if CONFIG_NVMEM_SYSFS + is enabled. + + Example:: + + hexdump -C /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/1-00563/cells/product-name@d,0 + 00000000 54 4e 34 38 4d 2d 50 2d 44 4e |TN48M-P-DN| + 0000000a diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-silicom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-silicom new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d1cc5bdbc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-silicom @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/silicom-platform/uc_version +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Henry Shi +Description: + This file allows to read microcontroller firmware + version of current platform. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/silicom-platform/power_cycle +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Henry Shi +Description: + This file allow user to power cycle the platform. + Default value is 0; when set to 1, it powers down + the platform, waits 5 seconds, then powers on the + device. It returns to default value after power cycle. + + 0 - default value. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/silicom-platform/efuse_status +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: Henry Shi +Description: + This file is read only. It returns the current + OTP status: + + 0 - not programmed. + 1 - programmed. diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile index 2f35793acd..99cb6cbccb 100644 --- a/Documentation/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/Makefile @@ -97,6 +97,22 @@ quiet_cmd_sphinx = SPHINX $@ --> file://$(abspath $(BUILDDIR)/$3/$4) cp $(if $(patsubst /%,,$(DOCS_CSS)),$(abspath $(srctree)/$(DOCS_CSS)),$(DOCS_CSS)) $(BUILDDIR)/$3/_static/; \ fi +YNL_INDEX:=$(srctree)/Documentation/networking/netlink_spec/index.rst +YNL_RST_DIR:=$(srctree)/Documentation/networking/netlink_spec +YNL_YAML_DIR:=$(srctree)/Documentation/netlink/specs +YNL_TOOL:=$(srctree)/tools/net/ynl/ynl-gen-rst.py + +YNL_RST_FILES_TMP := $(patsubst %.yaml,%.rst,$(wildcard $(YNL_YAML_DIR)/*.yaml)) +YNL_RST_FILES := $(patsubst $(YNL_YAML_DIR)%,$(YNL_RST_DIR)%, $(YNL_RST_FILES_TMP)) + +$(YNL_INDEX): $(YNL_RST_FILES) + $(Q)$(YNL_TOOL) -o $@ -x + +$(YNL_RST_DIR)/%.rst: $(YNL_YAML_DIR)/%.yaml $(YNL_TOOL) + $(Q)$(YNL_TOOL) -i $< -o $@ + +htmldocs texinfodocs latexdocs epubdocs xmldocs: $(YNL_INDEX) + htmldocs: @$(srctree)/scripts/sphinx-pre-install --version-check @+$(foreach var,$(SPHINXDIRS),$(call loop_cmd,sphinx,html,$(var),,$(var))) diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/boot-interrupts.rst b/Documentation/PCI/boot-interrupts.rst index 2ec70121bf..931077bb09 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/boot-interrupts.rst +++ b/Documentation/PCI/boot-interrupts.rst @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Conditions ========== The use of threaded interrupts is the most likely condition to trigger -this problem today. Threaded interrupts may not be reenabled after the IRQ +this problem today. Threaded interrupts may not be re-enabled after the IRQ handler wakes. These "one shot" conditions mean that the threaded interrupt needs to keep the interrupt line masked until the threaded handler has run. Especially when dealing with high data rate interrupts, the thread needs to diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/msi-howto.rst b/Documentation/PCI/msi-howto.rst index c9400f0233..783d30b7bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/msi-howto.rst +++ b/Documentation/PCI/msi-howto.rst @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ including a full 'lspci -v' so we can add the quirks to the kernel. Disabling MSIs below a bridge ----------------------------- -Some PCI bridges are not able to route MSIs between busses properly. +Some PCI bridges are not able to route MSIs between buses properly. In this case, MSIs must be disabled on all devices behind the bridge. Some bridges allow you to enable MSIs by changing some bits in their diff --git a/Documentation/RAS/ras.rst b/Documentation/RAS/ras.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2556b397cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RAS/ras.rst @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +Reliability, Availability and Serviceability features +===================================================== + +This documents different aspects of the RAS functionality present in the +kernel. + +Error decoding +--------------- + +* x86 + +Error decoding on AMD systems should be done using the rasdaemon tool: +https://github.com/mchehab/rasdaemon/ + +While the daemon is running, it would automatically log and decode +errors. If not, one can still decode such errors by supplying the +hardware information from the error:: + + $ rasdaemon -p --status --ipid --smca + +Also, the user can pass particular family and model to decode the error +string:: + + $ rasdaemon -p --status --ipid --smca --family --model --bank diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.rst b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.rst index bd3c58c44b..2d42998a89 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.rst @@ -241,15 +241,22 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! srcu_struct. The rules for the expedited RCU grace-period-wait primitives are the same as for their non-expedited counterparts. - If the updater uses call_rcu_tasks() or synchronize_rcu_tasks(), - then the readers must refrain from executing voluntary - context switches, that is, from blocking. If the updater uses - call_rcu_tasks_trace() or synchronize_rcu_tasks_trace(), then - the corresponding readers must use rcu_read_lock_trace() and - rcu_read_unlock_trace(). If an updater uses call_rcu_tasks_rude() - or synchronize_rcu_tasks_rude(), then the corresponding readers - must use anything that disables preemption, for example, - preempt_disable() and preempt_enable(). + Similarly, it is necessary to correctly use the RCU Tasks flavors: + + a. If the updater uses synchronize_rcu_tasks() or + call_rcu_tasks(), then the readers must refrain from + executing voluntary context switches, that is, from + blocking. + + b. If the updater uses call_rcu_tasks_trace() + or synchronize_rcu_tasks_trace(), then the + corresponding readers must use rcu_read_lock_trace() + and rcu_read_unlock_trace(). + + c. If an updater uses call_rcu_tasks_rude() or + synchronize_rcu_tasks_rude(), then the corresponding + readers must use anything that disables preemption, + for example, preempt_disable() and preempt_enable(). Mixing things up will result in confusion and broken kernels, and has even resulted in an exploitable security issue. Therefore, diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.rst b/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.rst index 3b739f6243..659d591378 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.rst @@ -3,13 +3,26 @@ PROPER CARE AND FEEDING OF RETURN VALUES FROM rcu_dereference() =============================================================== -Most of the time, you can use values from rcu_dereference() or one of -the similar primitives without worries. Dereferencing (prefix "*"), -field selection ("->"), assignment ("="), address-of ("&"), addition and -subtraction of constants, and casts all work quite naturally and safely. - -It is nevertheless possible to get into trouble with other operations. -Follow these rules to keep your RCU code working properly: +Proper care and feeding of address and data dependencies is critically +important to correct use of things like RCU. To this end, the pointers +returned from the rcu_dereference() family of primitives carry address and +data dependencies. These dependencies extend from the rcu_dereference() +macro's load of the pointer to the later use of that pointer to compute +either the address of a later memory access (representing an address +dependency) or the value written by a later memory access (representing +a data dependency). + +Most of the time, these dependencies are preserved, permitting you to +freely use values from rcu_dereference(). For example, dereferencing +(prefix "*"), field selection ("->"), assignment ("="), address-of +("&"), casts, and addition or subtraction of constants all work quite +naturally and safely. However, because current compilers do not take +either address or data dependencies into account it is still possible +to get into trouble. + +Follow these rules to preserve the address and data dependencies emanating +from your calls to rcu_dereference() and friends, thus keeping your RCU +readers working properly: - You must use one of the rcu_dereference() family of primitives to load an RCU-protected pointer, otherwise CONFIG_PROVE_RCU diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/torture.rst b/Documentation/RCU/torture.rst index b3b6dfa852..49e7beea6a 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/torture.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/torture.rst @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ argument. Not all changes require that all scenarios be run. For example, a change to Tree SRCU might run only the SRCU-N and SRCU-P scenarios using the --configs argument to kvm.sh as follows: "--configs 'SRCU-N SRCU-P'". -Large systems can run multiple copies of of the full set of scenarios, +Large systems can run multiple copies of the full set of scenarios, for example, a system with 448 hardware threads can run five instances of the full set concurrently. To make this happen:: diff --git a/Documentation/accel/introduction.rst b/Documentation/accel/introduction.rst index 89984dfece..ae30301366 100644 --- a/Documentation/accel/introduction.rst +++ b/Documentation/accel/introduction.rst @@ -101,8 +101,8 @@ External References email threads ------------- -* `Initial discussion on the New subsystem for acceleration devices `_ - Oded Gabbay (2022) -* `patch-set to add the new subsystem `_ - Oded Gabbay (2022) +* `Initial discussion on the New subsystem for acceleration devices `_ - Oded Gabbay (2022) +* `patch-set to add the new subsystem `_ - Oded Gabbay (2022) Conference talks ---------------- diff --git a/Documentation/accel/qaic/aic100.rst b/Documentation/accel/qaic/aic100.rst index c80d0f1307..590dae77ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/accel/qaic/aic100.rst +++ b/Documentation/accel/qaic/aic100.rst @@ -36,8 +36,9 @@ AIC100 DID (0xa100). AIC100 does not implement FLR (function level reset). -AIC100 implements MSI but does not implement MSI-X. AIC100 requires 17 MSIs to -operate (1 for MHI, 16 for the DMA Bridge). +AIC100 implements MSI but does not implement MSI-X. AIC100 prefers 17 MSIs to +operate (1 for MHI, 16 for the DMA Bridge). Falling back to 1 MSI is possible in +scenarios where reserving 32 MSIs isn't feasible. As a PCIe device, AIC100 utilizes BARs to provide host interfaces to the device hardware. AIC100 provides 3, 64-bit BARs. @@ -220,10 +221,14 @@ of the defined channels, and their uses. +----------------+---------+----------+----------------------------------------+ | QAIC_DEBUG | 18 & 19 | AMSS | Not used. | +----------------+---------+----------+----------------------------------------+ -| QAIC_TIMESYNC | 20 & 21 | SBL/AMSS | Used to synchronize timestamps in the | +| QAIC_TIMESYNC | 20 & 21 | SBL | Used to synchronize timestamps in the | | | | | device side logs with the host time | | | | | source. | +----------------+---------+----------+----------------------------------------+ +| QAIC_TIMESYNC | 22 & 23 | AMSS | Used to periodically synchronize | +| _PERIODIC | | | timestamps in the device side logs with| +| | | | the host time source. | ++----------------+---------+----------+----------------------------------------+ DMA Bridge ========== diff --git a/Documentation/accel/qaic/qaic.rst b/Documentation/accel/qaic/qaic.rst index c885023831..efb7771273 100644 --- a/Documentation/accel/qaic/qaic.rst +++ b/Documentation/accel/qaic/qaic.rst @@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ accelerator products. Interrupts ========== +IRQ Storm Mitigation +-------------------- + While the AIC100 DMA Bridge hardware implements an IRQ storm mitigation mechanism, it is still possible for an IRQ storm to occur. A storm can happen if the workload is particularly quick, and the host is responsive. If the host @@ -35,6 +38,26 @@ generates 100k IRQs per second (per /proc/interrupts) is reduced to roughly 64 IRQs over 5 minutes while keeping the host system stable, and having the same workload throughput performance (within run to run noise variation). +Single MSI Mode +--------------- + +MultiMSI is not well supported on all systems; virtualized ones even less so +(circa 2023). Between hypervisors masking the PCIe MSI capability structure to +large memory requirements for vIOMMUs (required for supporting MultiMSI), it is +useful to be able to fall back to a single MSI when needed. + +To support this fallback, we allow the case where only one MSI is able to be +allocated, and share that one MSI between MHI and the DBCs. The device detects +when only one MSI has been configured and directs the interrupts for the DBCs +to the interrupt normally used for MHI. Unfortunately this means that the +interrupt handlers for every DBC and MHI wake up for every interrupt that +arrives; however, the DBC threaded irq handlers only are started when work to be +done is detected (MHI will always start its threaded handler). + +If the DBC is configured to force MSI interrupts, this can circumvent the +software IRQ storm mitigation mentioned above. Since the MSI is shared it is +never disabled, allowing each new entry to the FIFO to trigger a new interrupt. + Neural Network Control (NNC) Protocol ===================================== @@ -70,8 +93,15 @@ commands (does not impact QAIC). uAPI ==== +QAIC creates an accel device per phsyical PCIe device. This accel device exists +for as long as the PCIe device is known to Linux. + +The PCIe device may not be in the state to accept requests from userspace at +all times. QAIC will trigger KOBJ_ONLINE/OFFLINE uevents to advertise when the +device can accept requests (ONLINE) and when the device is no longer accepting +requests (OFFLINE) because of a reset or other state transition. + QAIC defines a number of driver specific IOCTLs as part of the userspace API. -This section describes those APIs. DRM_IOCTL_QAIC_MANAGE This IOCTL allows userspace to send a NNC request to the QSM. The call will @@ -178,3 +208,8 @@ overrides this for that call. Default is 5000 (5 seconds). Sets the polling interval in microseconds (us) when datapath polling is active. Takes effect at the next polling interval. Default is 100 (100 us). + +**timesync_delay_ms (unsigned int)** + +Sets the time interval in milliseconds (ms) between two consecutive timesync +operations. Default is 1000 (1000 ms). diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/cppc_sysfs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/cppc_sysfs.rst index e53d76365a..36981c6678 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/cppc_sysfs.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/cppc_sysfs.rst @@ -75,4 +75,4 @@ taking two different snapshots of feedback counters at time T1 and T2. delivered_counter_delta = fbc_t2[del] - fbc_t1[del] reference_counter_delta = fbc_t2[ref] - fbc_t1[ref] - delivered_perf = (refernce_perf x delivered_counter_delta) / reference_counter_delta + delivered_perf = (reference_perf x delivered_counter_delta) / reference_counter_delta diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst index e4551579cb..ee2b0030d4 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ as idle:: From now on, any pages on zram are idle pages. The idle mark will be removed until someone requests access of the block. IOW, unless there is access request, those pages are still idle pages. -Additionally, when CONFIG_ZRAM_MEMORY_TRACKING is enabled pages can be +Additionally, when CONFIG_ZRAM_TRACK_ENTRY_ACTIME is enabled pages can be marked as idle based on how long (in seconds) it's been since they were last accessed:: diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst index 3f85254f3c..17e6e95651 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst @@ -1093,7 +1093,11 @@ All time durations are in microseconds. A read-write single value file which exists on non-root cgroups. The default is "100". - The weight in the range [1, 10000]. + For non idle groups (cpu.idle = 0), the weight is in the + range [1, 10000]. + + If the cgroup has been configured to be SCHED_IDLE (cpu.idle = 1), + then the weight will show as a 0. cpu.weight.nice A read-write single value file which exists on non-root @@ -1157,6 +1161,16 @@ All time durations are in microseconds. values similar to the sched_setattr(2). This maximum utilization value is used to clamp the task specific maximum utilization clamp. + cpu.idle + A read-write single value file which exists on non-root cgroups. + The default is 0. + + This is the cgroup analog of the per-task SCHED_IDLE sched policy. + Setting this value to a 1 will make the scheduling policy of the + cgroup SCHED_IDLE. The threads inside the cgroup will retain their + own relative priorities, but the cgroup itself will be treated as + very low priority relative to its peers. + Memory @@ -1679,6 +1693,21 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back. limit, it will refuse to take any more stores before existing entries fault back in or are written out to disk. + memory.zswap.writeback + A read-write single value file. The default value is "1". The + initial value of the root cgroup is 1, and when a new cgroup is + created, it inherits the current value of its parent. + + When this is set to 0, all swapping attempts to swapping devices + are disabled. This included both zswap writebacks, and swapping due + to zswap store failures. If the zswap store failures are recurring + (for e.g if the pages are incompressible), users can observe + reclaim inefficiency after disabling writeback (because the same + pages might be rejected again and again). + + Note that this is subtly different from setting memory.swap.max to + 0, as it still allows for pages to be written to the zswap pool. + memory.pressure A read-only nested-keyed file. @@ -2316,6 +2345,13 @@ Cpuset Interface Files treated to have an implicit value of "cpuset.cpus" in the formation of local partition. + cpuset.cpus.isolated + A read-only and root cgroup only multiple values file. + + This file shows the set of all isolated CPUs used in existing + isolated partitions. It will be empty if no isolated partition + is created. + cpuset.cpus.partition A read-write single value file which exists on non-root cpuset-enabled cgroups. This flag is owned by the parent cgroup @@ -2358,11 +2394,11 @@ Cpuset Interface Files partition or scheduling domain. The set of exclusive CPUs is determined by the value of its "cpuset.cpus.exclusive.effective". - When set to "isolated", the CPUs in that partition will - be in an isolated state without any load balancing from the - scheduler. Tasks placed in such a partition with multiple - CPUs should be carefully distributed and bound to each of the - individual CPUs for optimal performance. + When set to "isolated", the CPUs in that partition will be in + an isolated state without any load balancing from the scheduler + and excluded from the unbound workqueues. Tasks placed in such + a partition with multiple CPUs should be carefully distributed + and bound to each of the individual CPUs for optimal performance. A partition root ("root" or "isolated") can be in one of the two possible states - valid or invalid. An invalid partition diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/todo.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/todo.rst index 2646ed2e2d..9a65c67077 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/todo.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/todo.rst @@ -2,7 +2,8 @@ TODO ==== -Version 2.14 December 21, 2018 +As of 6.7 kernel. See https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/LinuxCIFSKernel +for list of features added by release A Partial List of Missing Features ================================== @@ -12,22 +13,22 @@ for visible, important contributions to this module. Here is a partial list of the known problems and missing features: a) SMB3 (and SMB3.1.1) missing optional features: + multichannel performance optimizations, algorithmic channel selection, + directory leases optimizations, + support for faster packet signing (GMAC), + support for compression over the network, + T10 copy offload ie "ODX" (copy chunk, and "Duplicate Extents" ioctl + are currently the only two server side copy mechanisms supported) - - multichannel (partially integrated), integration of multichannel with RDMA - - directory leases (improved metadata caching). Currently only implemented for root dir - - T10 copy offload ie "ODX" (copy chunk, and "Duplicate Extents" ioctl - currently the only two server side copy mechanisms supported) +b) Better optimized compounding and error handling for sparse file support, + perhaps addition of new optional SMB3.1.1 fsctls to make collapse range + and insert range more atomic -b) improved sparse file support (fiemap and SEEK_HOLE are implemented - but additional features would be supportable by the protocol such - as FALLOC_FL_COLLAPSE_RANGE and FALLOC_FL_INSERT_RANGE) - -c) Directory entry caching relies on a 1 second timer, rather than - using Directory Leases, currently only the root file handle is cached longer - by leveraging Directory Leases +c) Support for SMB3.1.1 over QUIC (and perhaps other socket based protocols + like SCTP) d) quota support (needs minor kernel change since quota calls otherwise - won't make it to network filesystems or deviceless filesystems). + won't make it to network filesystems or deviceless filesystems). e) Additional use cases can be optimized to use "compounding" (e.g. open/query/close and open/setinfo/close) to reduce the number of @@ -92,23 +93,20 @@ t) split cifs and smb3 support into separate modules so legacy (and less v) Additional testing of POSIX Extensions for SMB3.1.1 -w) Add support for additional strong encryption types, and additional spnego - authentication mechanisms (see MS-SMB2). GCM-256 is now partially implemented. +w) Support for the Mac SMB3.1.1 extensions to improve interop with Apple servers + +x) Support for additional authentication options (e.g. IAKERB, peer-to-peer + Kerberos, SCRAM and others supported by existing servers) -x) Finish support for SMB3.1.1 compression +y) Improved tracing, more eBPF trace points, better scripts for performance + analysis Known Bugs ========== See https://bugzilla.samba.org - search on product "CifsVFS" for current bug list. Also check http://bugzilla.kernel.org (Product = File System, Component = CIFS) - -1) existing symbolic links (Windows reparse points) are recognized but - can not be created remotely. They are implemented for Samba and those that - support the CIFS Unix extensions, although earlier versions of Samba - overly restrict the pathnames. -2) follow_link and readdir code does not follow dfs junctions - but recognizes them +and xfstest results e.g. https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/Xfstest-results-smb3 Misc testing to do ================== diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/usage.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/usage.rst index 5f936b4b60..aa8290a29d 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/usage.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/usage.rst @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ much older and less secure than the default dialect SMB3 which includes many advanced security features such as downgrade attack detection and encrypted shares and stronger signing and authentication algorithms. There are additional mount options that may be helpful for SMB3 to get -improved POSIX behavior (NB: can use vers=3.0 to force only SMB3, never 2.1): +improved POSIX behavior (NB: can use vers=3 to force SMB3 or later, never 2.1): ``mfsymlinks`` and either ``cifsacl`` or ``modefromsid`` (usually with ``idsfromsid``) @@ -715,6 +715,7 @@ DebugData Displays information about active CIFS sessions and Stats Lists summary resource usage information as well as per share statistics. open_files List all the open file handles on all active SMB sessions. +mount_params List of all mount parameters available for the module ======================= ======================================================= Configuration pseudo-files: @@ -864,6 +865,11 @@ i.e.:: echo "value" > /sys/module/cifs/parameters/ +More detailed descriptions of the available module parameters and their values +can be seen by doing: + + modinfo cifs (or modinfo smb3) + ================= ========================================================== 1. enable_oplocks Enable or disable oplocks. Oplocks are enabled by default. [Y/y/1]. To disable use any of [N/n/0]. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt index 8390549235..94c98be132 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt @@ -2704,6 +2704,9 @@ ... 185 = /dev/ttyNX15 Hilscher netX serial port 15 186 = /dev/ttyJ0 JTAG1 DCC protocol based serial port emulation + + If maximum number of uartlite serial ports is more than 4, then the driver + uses dynamic allocation instead of static allocation for major number. 187 = /dev/ttyUL0 Xilinx uartlite - port 0 ... 190 = /dev/ttyUL3 Xilinx uartlite - port 3 diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst index 0c526dac84..0e9b48daf6 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst @@ -321,13 +321,13 @@ Examples :#> ddcmd 'format "nfsd: READ" +p' // enable messages in files of which the paths include string "usb" - :#> ddcmd 'file *usb* +p' > /proc/dynamic_debug/control + :#> ddcmd 'file *usb* +p' // enable all messages - :#> ddcmd '+p' > /proc/dynamic_debug/control + :#> ddcmd '+p' // add module, function to all enabled messages - :#> ddcmd '+mf' > /proc/dynamic_debug/control + :#> ddcmd '+mf' // boot-args example, with newlines and comments for readability Kernel command line: ... diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/spectre.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/spectre.rst index 32a8893e56..e0a1be97fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/spectre.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/spectre.rst @@ -138,11 +138,10 @@ associated with the source address of the indirect branch. Specifically, the BHB might be shared across privilege levels even in the presence of Enhanced IBRS. -Currently the only known real-world BHB attack vector is via -unprivileged eBPF. Therefore, it's highly recommended to not enable -unprivileged eBPF, especially when eIBRS is used (without retpolines). -For a full mitigation against BHB attacks, it's recommended to use -retpolines (or eIBRS combined with retpolines). +Previously the only known real-world BHB attack vector was via unprivileged +eBPF. Further research has found attacks that don't require unprivileged eBPF. +For a full mitigation against BHB attacks it is recommended to set BHI_DIS_S or +use the BHB clearing sequence. Attack scenarios ---------------- @@ -430,6 +429,23 @@ The possible values in this file are: 'PBRSB-eIBRS: Not affected' CPU is not affected by PBRSB =========================== ======================================================= + - Branch History Injection (BHI) protection status: + +.. list-table:: + + * - BHI: Not affected + - System is not affected + * - BHI: Retpoline + - System is protected by retpoline + * - BHI: BHI_DIS_S + - System is protected by BHI_DIS_S + * - BHI: SW loop, KVM SW loop + - System is protected by software clearing sequence + * - BHI: Vulnerable + - System is vulnerable to BHI + * - BHI: Vulnerable, KVM: SW loop + - System is vulnerable; KVM is protected by software clearing sequence + Full mitigation might require a microcode update from the CPU vendor. When the necessary microcode is not available, the kernel will report vulnerability. @@ -484,7 +500,11 @@ Spectre variant 2 Systems which support enhanced IBRS (eIBRS) enable IBRS protection once at boot, by setting the IBRS bit, and they're automatically protected against - Spectre v2 variant attacks. + some Spectre v2 variant attacks. The BHB can still influence the choice of + indirect branch predictor entry, and although branch predictor entries are + isolated between modes when eIBRS is enabled, the BHB itself is not isolated + between modes. Systems which support BHI_DIS_S will set it to protect against + BHI attacks. On Intel's enhanced IBRS systems, this includes cross-thread branch target injections on SMT systems (STIBP). In other words, Intel eIBRS enables @@ -638,6 +658,18 @@ kernel command line. spectre_v2=off. Spectre variant 1 mitigations cannot be disabled. + spectre_bhi= + + [X86] Control mitigation of Branch History Injection + (BHI) vulnerability. This setting affects the deployment + of the HW BHI control and the SW BHB clearing sequence. + + on + (default) Enable the HW or SW mitigation as + needed. + off + Disable the mitigation. + For spectre_v2_user see Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt Mitigation selection guide diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw_random.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw_random.rst index d494601717..bfc39f1cf4 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw_random.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw_random.rst @@ -14,10 +14,9 @@ into that core. To make the most effective use of these mechanisms, you should download the support software as well. Download the -latest version of the "rng-tools" package from the -hw_random driver's official Web site: +latest version of the "rng-tools" package from: - http://sourceforge.net/projects/gkernel/ + https://github.com/nhorman/rng-tools Those tools use /dev/hwrng to fill the kernel entropy pool, which is used internally and exported by the /dev/urandom and diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst index 43ea35613d..fb40a1f6f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst @@ -119,6 +119,7 @@ configure specific aspects of kernel behavior to your liking. parport perf-security pm/index + pmf pnp rapidio ras diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst index 78e4d2e7ba..bced9e4b6e 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/vmcoreinfo.rst @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ variables. Offset of the free_list's member. This value is used to compute the number of free pages. -Each zone has a free_area structure array called free_area[MAX_ORDER + 1]. +Each zone has a free_area structure array called free_area[NR_PAGE_ORDERS]. The free_list represents a linked list of free page blocks. (list_head, next|prev) @@ -189,11 +189,11 @@ Offsets of the vmap_area's members. They carry vmalloc-specific information. Makedumpfile gets the start address of the vmalloc region from this. -(zone.free_area, MAX_ORDER + 1) -------------------------------- +(zone.free_area, NR_PAGE_ORDERS) +-------------------------------- Free areas descriptor. User-space tools use this value to iterate the -free_area ranges. MAX_ORDER is used by the zone buddy allocator. +free_area ranges. NR_PAGE_ORDERS is used by the zone buddy allocator. prb --- diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst index 102937bc84..4410384596 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst @@ -218,8 +218,3 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted: .. include:: kernel-parameters.txt :literal: - -Todo ----- - - Add more DRM drivers. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt index 7120c4e169..31fdaf4fe9 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -1,3 +1,14 @@ + accept_memory= [MM] + Format: { eager | lazy } + default: lazy + By default, unaccepted memory is accepted lazily to + avoid prolonged boot times. The lazy option will add + some runtime overhead until all memory is eventually + accepted. In most cases the overhead is negligible. + For some workloads or for debugging purposes + accept_memory=eager can be used to accept all memory + at once during boot. + acpi= [HW,ACPI,X86,ARM64,RISCV64] Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Format: { force | on | off | strict | noirq | rsdt | @@ -877,9 +888,9 @@ memory region [offset, offset + size] for that kernel image. If '@offset' is omitted, then a suitable offset is selected automatically. - [KNL, X86-64, ARM64, RISCV] Select a region under 4G first, and - fall back to reserve region above 4G when '@offset' - hasn't been specified. + [KNL, X86-64, ARM64, RISCV, LoongArch] Select a region + under 4G first, and fall back to reserve region above + 4G when '@offset' hasn't been specified. See Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst for further details. crashkernel=range1:size1[,range2:size2,...][@offset] @@ -890,25 +901,27 @@ Documentation/admin-guide/kdump/kdump.rst for an example. crashkernel=size[KMG],high - [KNL, X86-64, ARM64, RISCV] range could be above 4G. + [KNL, X86-64, ARM64, RISCV, LoongArch] range could be + above 4G. Allow kernel to allocate physical memory region from top, so could be above 4G if system have more than 4G ram installed. Otherwise memory region will be allocated below 4G, if available. It will be ignored if crashkernel=X is specified. crashkernel=size[KMG],low - [KNL, X86-64, ARM64, RISCV] range under 4G. When crashkernel=X,high - is passed, kernel could allocate physical memory region - above 4G, that cause second kernel crash on system - that require some amount of low memory, e.g. swiotlb - requires at least 64M+32K low memory, also enough extra - low memory is needed to make sure DMA buffers for 32-bit - devices won't run out. Kernel would try to allocate + [KNL, X86-64, ARM64, RISCV, LoongArch] range under 4G. + When crashkernel=X,high is passed, kernel could allocate + physical memory region above 4G, that cause second kernel + crash on system that require some amount of low memory, + e.g. swiotlb requires at least 64M+32K low memory, also + enough extra low memory is needed to make sure DMA buffers + for 32-bit devices won't run out. Kernel would try to allocate default size of memory below 4G automatically. The default size is platform dependent. --> x86: max(swiotlb_size_or_default() + 8MiB, 256MiB) --> arm64: 128MiB --> riscv: 128MiB + --> loongarch: 128MiB This one lets the user specify own low range under 4G for second kernel instead. 0: to disable low allocation. @@ -970,17 +983,17 @@ buddy allocator. Bigger value increase the probability of catching random memory corruption, but reduce the amount of memory for normal system use. The maximum - possible value is MAX_ORDER/2. Setting this parameter - to 1 or 2 should be enough to identify most random - memory corruption problems caused by bugs in kernel or - driver code when a CPU writes to (or reads from) a - random memory location. Note that there exists a class - of memory corruptions problems caused by buggy H/W or - F/W or by drivers badly programming DMA (basically when - memory is written at bus level and the CPU MMU is - bypassed) which are not detectable by - CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC, hence this option will not help - tracking down these problems. + possible value is MAX_PAGE_ORDER/2. Setting this + parameter to 1 or 2 should be enough to identify most + random memory corruption problems caused by bugs in + kernel or driver code when a CPU writes to (or reads + from) a random memory location. Note that there exists + a class of memory corruptions problems caused by buggy + H/W or F/W or by drivers badly programming DMA + (basically when memory is written at bus level and the + CPU MMU is bypassed) which are not detectable by + CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC, hence this option will not + help tracking down these problems. debug_pagealloc= [KNL] When CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC is set, this parameter @@ -2458,7 +2471,7 @@ between unregistering the boot console and initializing the real console. - keepinitrd [HW,ARM] + keepinitrd [HW,ARM] See retain_initrd. kernelcore= [KNL,X86,IA-64,PPC] Format: nn[KMGTPE] | nn% | "mirror" @@ -3406,6 +3419,7 @@ reg_file_data_sampling=off [X86] retbleed=off [X86] spec_store_bypass_disable=off [X86,PPC] + spectre_bhi=off [X86] spectre_v2_user=off [X86] srbds=off [X86,INTEL] ssbd=force-off [ARM64] @@ -4004,9 +4018,9 @@ vulnerability. System may allow data leaks with this option. - no-steal-acc [X86,PV_OPS,ARM64,PPC/PSERIES] Disable paravirtualized - steal time accounting. steal time is computed, but - won't influence scheduler behaviour + no-steal-acc [X86,PV_OPS,ARM64,PPC/PSERIES,RISCV] Disable + paravirtualized steal time accounting. steal time is + computed, but won't influence scheduler behaviour nosync [HW,M68K] Disables sync negotiation for all devices. @@ -4155,7 +4169,7 @@ [KNL] Minimal page reporting order Format: Adjust the minimal page reporting order. The page - reporting is disabled when it exceeds MAX_ORDER. + reporting is disabled when it exceeds MAX_PAGE_ORDER. panic= [KNL] Kernel behaviour on panic: delay timeout > 0: seconds before rebooting @@ -5569,6 +5583,13 @@ print every Nth verbose statement, where N is the value specified. + regulator_ignore_unused + [REGULATOR] + Prevents regulator framework from disabling regulators + that are unused, due no driver claiming them. This may + be useful for debug and development, but should not be + needed on a platform with proper driver support. + relax_domain_level= [KNL, SMP] Set scheduler's default relax_domain_level. See Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst. @@ -5605,7 +5626,8 @@ Useful for devices that are detected asynchronously (e.g. USB and MMC devices). - retain_initrd [RAM] Keep initrd memory after extraction + retain_initrd [RAM] Keep initrd memory after extraction. After boot, it will + be accessible via /sys/firmware/initrd. retbleed= [X86] Control mitigation of RETBleed (Arbitrary Speculative Code Execution with Return Instructions) @@ -6010,6 +6032,15 @@ sonypi.*= [HW] Sony Programmable I/O Control Device driver See Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/sonypi.rst + spectre_bhi= [X86] Control mitigation of Branch History Injection + (BHI) vulnerability. This setting affects the + deployment of the HW BHI control and the SW BHB + clearing sequence. + + on - (default) Enable the HW or SW mitigation + as needed. + off - Disable the mitigation. + spectre_v2= [X86] Control mitigation of Spectre variant 2 (indirect branch speculation) vulnerability. The default operation protects the kernel from @@ -6933,6 +6964,9 @@ pause after every control message); o = USB_QUIRK_HUB_SLOW_RESET (Hub needs extra delay after resetting its port); + p = USB_QUIRK_SHORT_SET_ADDRESS_REQ_TIMEOUT + (Reduce timeout of the SET_ADDRESS + request from 5000 ms to 500 ms); Example: quirks=0781:5580:bk,0a5c:5834:gij usbhid.mousepoll= diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.rst index 993c2a05f5..b6aeae3327 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.rst @@ -243,13 +243,9 @@ To reduce its OS jitter, do any of the following: 3. Do any of the following needed to avoid jitter that your application cannot tolerate: - a. Build your kernel with CONFIG_SLUB=y rather than - CONFIG_SLAB=y, thus avoiding the slab allocator's periodic - use of each CPU's workqueues to run its cache_reap() - function. - b. Avoid using oprofile, thus avoiding OS jitter from + a. Avoid using oprofile, thus avoiding OS jitter from wq_sync_buffer(). - c. Limit your CPU frequency so that a CPU-frequency + b. Limit your CPU frequency so that a CPU-frequency governor is not required, possibly enlisting the aid of special heatsinks or other cooling technologies. If done correctly, and if you CPU architecture permits, you should @@ -259,7 +255,7 @@ To reduce its OS jitter, do any of the following: WARNING: Please check your CPU specifications to make sure that this is safe on your particular system. - d. As of v3.18, Christoph Lameter's on-demand vmstat workers + c. As of v3.18, Christoph Lameter's on-demand vmstat workers commit prevents OS jitter due to vmstat_update() on CONFIG_SMP=y systems. Before v3.18, is not possible to entirely get rid of the OS jitter, but you can @@ -274,7 +270,7 @@ To reduce its OS jitter, do any of the following: (based on an earlier one from Gilad Ben-Yossef) that reduces or even eliminates vmstat overhead for some workloads at https://lore.kernel.org/r/00000140e9dfd6bd-40db3d4f-c1be-434f-8132-7820f81bb586-000000@email.amazonses.com. - e. If running on high-end powerpc servers, build with + d. If running on high-end powerpc servers, build with CONFIG_PPC_RTAS_DAEMON=n. This prevents the RTAS daemon from running on each CPU every second or so. (This will require editing Kconfig files and will defeat @@ -282,12 +278,12 @@ To reduce its OS jitter, do any of the following: due to the rtas_event_scan() function. WARNING: Please check your CPU specifications to make sure that this is safe on your particular system. - f. If running on Cell Processor, build your kernel with + e. If running on Cell Processor, build your kernel with CBE_CPUFREQ_SPU_GOVERNOR=n to avoid OS jitter from spu_gov_work(). WARNING: Please check your CPU specifications to make sure that this is safe on your particular system. - g. If running on PowerMAC, build your kernel with + f. If running on PowerMAC, build your kernel with CONFIG_PMAC_RACKMETER=n to disable the CPU-meter, avoiding OS jitter from rackmeter_do_timer(). diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/media/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/media/index.rst index 43f4a292b2..be7e0e4482 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/media/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/media/index.rst @@ -20,16 +20,8 @@ Documentation/driver-api/media/index.rst - for driver development information and Kernel APIs used by media devices; -The media subsystem -=================== - -.. only:: html - - .. class:: toc-title - - Table of Contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of Contents :maxdepth: 2 :numbered: diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/media/starfive_camss.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/media/starfive_camss.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca42e9447c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/media/starfive_camss.rst @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: + +================================ +Starfive Camera Subsystem driver +================================ + +Introduction +------------ + +This file documents the driver for the Starfive Camera Subsystem found on +Starfive JH7110 SoC. The driver is located under drivers/staging/media/starfive/ +camss. + +The driver implements V4L2, Media controller and v4l2_subdev interfaces. Camera +sensor using V4L2 subdev interface in the kernel is supported. + +The driver has been successfully used on the Gstreamer 1.18.5 with v4l2src +plugin. + + +Starfive Camera Subsystem hardware +---------------------------------- + +The Starfive Camera Subsystem hardware consists of:: + + |\ +---------------+ +-----------+ + +----------+ | \ | | | | + | | | | | | | | + | MIPI |----->| |----->| ISP |----->| | + | | | | | | | | + +----------+ | | | | | Memory | + |MUX| +---------------+ | Interface | + +----------+ | | | | + | | | |---------------------------->| | + | Parallel |----->| | | | + | | | | | | + +----------+ | / | | + |/ +-----------+ + +- MIPI: The MIPI interface, receiving data from a MIPI CSI-2 camera sensor. + +- Parallel: The parallel interface, receiving data from a parallel sensor. + +- ISP: The ISP, processing raw Bayer data from an image sensor and producing + YUV frames. + + +Topology +-------- + +The media controller pipeline graph is as follows: + +.. _starfive_camss_graph: + +.. kernel-figure:: starfive_camss_graph.dot + :alt: starfive_camss_graph.dot + :align: center + +The driver has 2 video devices: + +- capture_raw: The capture device, capturing image data directly from a sensor. +- capture_yuv: The capture device, capturing YUV frame data processed by the + ISP module + +The driver has 3 subdevices: + +- stf_isp: is responsible for all the isp operations, outputs YUV frames. +- cdns_csi2rx: a CSI-2 bridge supporting up to 4 CSI lanes in input, and 4 + different pixel streams in output. +- imx219: an image sensor, image data is sent through MIPI CSI-2. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/media/starfive_camss_graph.dot b/Documentation/admin-guide/media/starfive_camss_graph.dot new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8eff1f161a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/media/starfive_camss_graph.dot @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +digraph board { + rankdir=TB + n00000001 [label="{{ 0} | stf_isp\n/dev/v4l-subdev0 | { 1}}", shape=Mrecord, style=filled, fillcolor=green] + n00000001:port1 -> n00000008 [style=dashed] + n00000004 [label="capture_raw\n/dev/video0", shape=box, style=filled, fillcolor=yellow] + n00000008 [label="capture_yuv\n/dev/video1", shape=box, style=filled, fillcolor=yellow] + n0000000e [label="{{ 0} | cdns_csi2rx.19800000.csi-bridge\n | { 1 | 2 | 3 | 4}}", shape=Mrecord, style=filled, fillcolor=green] + n0000000e:port1 -> n00000001:port0 [style=dashed] + n0000000e:port1 -> n00000004 [style=dashed] + n00000018 [label="{{} | imx219 6-0010\n/dev/v4l-subdev1 | { 0}}", shape=Mrecord, style=filled, fillcolor=green] + n00000018:port0 -> n0000000e:port0 [style=bold] +} diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/media/v4l-drivers.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/media/v4l-drivers.rst index 61283d67ce..f4bb2605f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/media/v4l-drivers.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/media/v4l-drivers.rst @@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ Video4Linux (V4L) driver-specific documentation si470x si4713 si476x + starfive_camss vimc visl vivid diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/media/visl.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/media/visl.rst index 4328c6c72d..db1ef29438 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/media/visl.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/media/visl.rst @@ -71,6 +71,7 @@ The following codecs are supported: - VP9 - H.264 - HEVC +- AV1 visl trace events ----------------- @@ -79,6 +80,7 @@ The trace events are defined on a per-codec basis, e.g.: .. code-block:: bash $ ls /sys/kernel/tracing/events/ | grep visl + visl_av1_controls visl_fwht_controls visl_h264_controls visl_hevc_controls diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst index da94feb97e..9d23144bf9 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/usage.rst @@ -59,41 +59,47 @@ Files Hierarchy The files hierarchy of DAMON sysfs interface is shown below. In the below figure, parents-children relations are represented with indentations, each directory is having ``/`` suffix, and files in each directory are separated by -comma (","). :: - - /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin - │ kdamonds/nr_kdamonds - │ │ 0/state,pid - │ │ │ contexts/nr_contexts - │ │ │ │ 0/avail_operations,operations - │ │ │ │ │ monitoring_attrs/ +comma (","). + +.. parsed-literal:: + + :ref:`/sys/kernel/mm/damon `/admin + │ :ref:`kdamonds `/nr_kdamonds + │ │ :ref:`0 `/state,pid + │ │ │ :ref:`contexts `/nr_contexts + │ │ │ │ :ref:`0 `/avail_operations,operations + │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`monitoring_attrs `/ │ │ │ │ │ │ intervals/sample_us,aggr_us,update_us │ │ │ │ │ │ nr_regions/min,max - │ │ │ │ │ targets/nr_targets - │ │ │ │ │ │ 0/pid_target - │ │ │ │ │ │ │ regions/nr_regions - │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ 0/start,end + │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`targets `/nr_targets + │ │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`0 `/pid_target + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`regions `/nr_regions + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`0 `/start,end │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ ... │ │ │ │ │ │ ... - │ │ │ │ │ schemes/nr_schemes - │ │ │ │ │ │ 0/action,apply_interval_us - │ │ │ │ │ │ │ access_pattern/ + │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`schemes `/nr_schemes + │ │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`0 `/action,apply_interval_us + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`access_pattern `/ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ sz/min,max │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ nr_accesses/min,max │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ age/min,max - │ │ │ │ │ │ │ quotas/ms,bytes,reset_interval_ms + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`quotas `/ms,bytes,reset_interval_ms │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ weights/sz_permil,nr_accesses_permil,age_permil - │ │ │ │ │ │ │ watermarks/metric,interval_us,high,mid,low - │ │ │ │ │ │ │ filters/nr_filters + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`goals `/nr_goals + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ 0/target_value,current_value + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`watermarks `/metric,interval_us,high,mid,low + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`filters `/nr_filters │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ 0/type,matching,memcg_id - │ │ │ │ │ │ │ stats/nr_tried,sz_tried,nr_applied,sz_applied,qt_exceeds - │ │ │ │ │ │ │ tried_regions/total_bytes + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`stats `/nr_tried,sz_tried,nr_applied,sz_applied,qt_exceeds + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ :ref:`tried_regions `/total_bytes │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ 0/start,end,nr_accesses,age │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ ... │ │ │ │ │ │ ... │ │ │ │ ... │ │ ... +.. _sysfs_root: + Root ---- @@ -102,6 +108,8 @@ has one directory named ``admin``. The directory contains the files for privileged user space programs' control of DAMON. User space tools or daemons having the root permission could use this directory. +.. _sysfs_kdamonds: + kdamonds/ --------- @@ -113,6 +121,8 @@ details) exists. In the beginning, this directory has only one file, child directories named ``0`` to ``N-1``. Each directory represents each kdamond. +.. _sysfs_kdamond: + kdamonds// ------------- @@ -120,29 +130,37 @@ In each kdamond directory, two files (``state`` and ``pid``) and one directory (``contexts``) exist. Reading ``state`` returns ``on`` if the kdamond is currently running, or -``off`` if it is not running. Writing ``on`` or ``off`` makes the kdamond be -in the state. Writing ``commit`` to the ``state`` file makes kdamond reads the -user inputs in the sysfs files except ``state`` file again. Writing -``update_schemes_stats`` to ``state`` file updates the contents of stats files -for each DAMON-based operation scheme of the kdamond. For details of the -stats, please refer to :ref:`stats section `. - -Writing ``update_schemes_tried_regions`` to ``state`` file updates the -DAMON-based operation scheme action tried regions directory for each -DAMON-based operation scheme of the kdamond. Writing -``update_schemes_tried_bytes`` to ``state`` file updates only -``.../tried_regions/total_bytes`` files. Writing -``clear_schemes_tried_regions`` to ``state`` file clears the DAMON-based -operating scheme action tried regions directory for each DAMON-based operation -scheme of the kdamond. For details of the DAMON-based operation scheme action -tried regions directory, please refer to :ref:`tried_regions section -`. +``off`` if it is not running. + +Users can write below commands for the kdamond to the ``state`` file. + +- ``on``: Start running. +- ``off``: Stop running. +- ``commit``: Read the user inputs in the sysfs files except ``state`` file + again. +- ``commit_schemes_quota_goals``: Read the DAMON-based operation schemes' + :ref:`quota goals `. +- ``update_schemes_stats``: Update the contents of stats files for each + DAMON-based operation scheme of the kdamond. For details of the stats, + please refer to :ref:`stats section `. +- ``update_schemes_tried_regions``: Update the DAMON-based operation scheme + action tried regions directory for each DAMON-based operation scheme of the + kdamond. For details of the DAMON-based operation scheme action tried + regions directory, please refer to + :ref:`tried_regions section `. +- ``update_schemes_tried_bytes``: Update only ``.../tried_regions/total_bytes`` + files. +- ``clear_schemes_tried_regions``: Clear the DAMON-based operating scheme + action tried regions directory for each DAMON-based operation scheme of the + kdamond. If the state is ``on``, reading ``pid`` shows the pid of the kdamond thread. ``contexts`` directory contains files for controlling the monitoring contexts that this kdamond will execute. +.. _sysfs_contexts: + kdamonds//contexts/ ---------------------- @@ -153,7 +171,7 @@ number (``N``) to the file creates the number of child directories named as details). At the moment, only one context per kdamond is supported, so only ``0`` or ``1`` can be written to the file. -.. _sysfs_contexts: +.. _sysfs_context: contexts// ------------- @@ -203,6 +221,8 @@ writing to and rading from the files. For more details about the intervals and monitoring regions range, please refer to the Design document (:doc:`/mm/damon/design`). +.. _sysfs_targets: + contexts//targets/ --------------------- @@ -210,6 +230,8 @@ In the beginning, this directory has only one file, ``nr_targets``. Writing a number (``N``) to the file creates the number of child directories named ``0`` to ``N-1``. Each directory represents each monitoring target. +.. _sysfs_target: + targets// ------------ @@ -244,6 +266,8 @@ In the beginning, this directory has only one file, ``nr_regions``. Writing a number (``N``) to the file creates the number of child directories named ``0`` to ``N-1``. Each directory represents each initial monitoring target region. +.. _sysfs_region: + regions// ------------ @@ -254,6 +278,8 @@ region by writing to and reading from the files, respectively. Each region should not overlap with others. ``end`` of directory ``N`` should be equal or smaller than ``start`` of directory ``N+1``. +.. _sysfs_schemes: + contexts//schemes/ --------------------- @@ -265,6 +291,8 @@ In the beginning, this directory has only one file, ``nr_schemes``. Writing a number (``N``) to the file creates the number of child directories named ``0`` to ``N-1``. Each directory represents each DAMON-based operation scheme. +.. _sysfs_scheme: + schemes// ------------ @@ -277,7 +305,7 @@ The ``action`` file is for setting and getting the scheme's :ref:`action from the file and their meaning are as below. Note that support of each action depends on the running DAMON operations set -:ref:`implementation `. +:ref:`implementation `. - ``willneed``: Call ``madvise()`` for the region with ``MADV_WILLNEED``. Supported by ``vaddr`` and ``fvaddr`` operations set. @@ -299,6 +327,8 @@ Note that support of each action depends on the running DAMON operations set The ``apply_interval_us`` file is for setting and getting the scheme's :ref:`apply_interval ` in microseconds. +.. _sysfs_access_pattern: + schemes//access_pattern/ --------------------------- @@ -312,6 +342,8 @@ to and reading from the ``min`` and ``max`` files under ``sz``, ``nr_accesses``, and ``age`` directories, respectively. Note that the ``min`` and the ``max`` form a closed interval. +.. _sysfs_quotas: + schemes//quotas/ ------------------- @@ -319,8 +351,7 @@ The directory for the :ref:`quotas ` of the given DAMON-based operation scheme. Under ``quotas`` directory, three files (``ms``, ``bytes``, -``reset_interval_ms``) and one directory (``weights``) having three files -(``sz_permil``, ``nr_accesses_permil``, and ``age_permil``) in it exist. +``reset_interval_ms``) and two directores (``weights`` and ``goals``) exist. You can set the ``time quota`` in milliseconds, ``size quota`` in bytes, and ``reset interval`` in milliseconds by writing the values to the three files, @@ -330,11 +361,37 @@ apply the action to only up to ``bytes`` bytes of memory regions within the ``reset_interval_ms``. Setting both ``ms`` and ``bytes`` zero disables the quota limits. -You can also set the :ref:`prioritization weights +Under ``weights`` directory, three files (``sz_permil``, +``nr_accesses_permil``, and ``age_permil``) exist. +You can set the :ref:`prioritization weights ` for size, access frequency, and age in per-thousand unit by writing the values to the three files under the ``weights`` directory. +.. _sysfs_schemes_quota_goals: + +schemes//quotas/goals/ +------------------------- + +The directory for the :ref:`automatic quota tuning goals +` of the given DAMON-based operation +scheme. + +In the beginning, this directory has only one file, ``nr_goals``. Writing a +number (``N``) to the file creates the number of child directories named ``0`` +to ``N-1``. Each directory represents each goal and current achievement. +Among the multiple feedback, the best one is used. + +Each goal directory contains two files, namely ``target_value`` and +``current_value``. Users can set and get any number to those files to set the +feedback. User space main workload's latency or throughput, system metrics +like free memory ratio or memory pressure stall time (PSI) could be example +metrics for the values. Note that users should write +``commit_schemes_quota_goals`` to the ``state`` file of the :ref:`kdamond +directory ` to pass the feedback to DAMON. + +.. _sysfs_watermarks: + schemes//watermarks/ ----------------------- @@ -354,6 +411,8 @@ as below. The ``interval`` should written in microseconds unit. +.. _sysfs_filters: + schemes//filters/ -------------------- @@ -394,7 +453,7 @@ pages of all memory cgroups except ``/having_care_already``.:: echo N > 1/matching Note that ``anon`` and ``memcg`` filters are currently supported only when -``paddr`` :ref:`implementation ` is being used. +``paddr`` :ref:`implementation ` is being used. Also, memory regions that are filtered out by ``addr`` or ``target`` filters are not counted as the scheme has tried to those, while regions that filtered @@ -449,6 +508,8 @@ and query-like efficient data access monitoring results retrievals. For the latter use case, in particular, users can set the ``action`` as ``stat`` and set the ``access pattern`` as their interested pattern that they want to query. +.. _sysfs_schemes_tried_region: + tried_regions// ------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst index e59231ac6b..a639cac124 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst @@ -80,6 +80,9 @@ pages_to_scan how many pages to scan before ksmd goes to sleep e.g. ``echo 100 > /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_to_scan``. + The pages_to_scan value cannot be changed if ``advisor_mode`` has + been set to scan-time. + Default: 100 (chosen for demonstration purposes) sleep_millisecs @@ -164,6 +167,29 @@ smart_scan optimization is enabled. The ``pages_skipped`` metric shows how effective the setting is. +advisor_mode + The ``advisor_mode`` selects the current advisor. Two modes are + supported: none and scan-time. The default is none. By setting + ``advisor_mode`` to scan-time, the scan time advisor is enabled. + The section about ``advisor`` explains in detail how the scan time + advisor works. + +adivsor_max_cpu + specifies the upper limit of the cpu percent usage of the ksmd + background thread. The default is 70. + +advisor_target_scan_time + specifies the target scan time in seconds to scan all the candidate + pages. The default value is 200 seconds. + +advisor_min_pages_to_scan + specifies the lower limit of the ``pages_to_scan`` parameter of the + scan time advisor. The default is 500. + +adivsor_max_pages_to_scan + specifies the upper limit of the ``pages_to_scan`` parameter of the + scan time advisor. The default is 30000. + The effectiveness of KSM and MADV_MERGEABLE is shown in ``/sys/kernel/mm/ksm/``: general_profit @@ -263,6 +289,35 @@ ksm_swpin_copy note that KSM page might be copied when swapping in because do_swap_page() cannot do all the locking needed to reconstitute a cross-anon_vma KSM page. +Advisor +======= + +The number of candidate pages for KSM is dynamic. It can be often observed +that during the startup of an application more candidate pages need to be +processed. Without an advisor the ``pages_to_scan`` parameter needs to be +sized for the maximum number of candidate pages. The scan time advisor can +changes the ``pages_to_scan`` parameter based on demand. + +The advisor can be enabled, so KSM can automatically adapt to changes in the +number of candidate pages to scan. Two advisors are implemented: none and +scan-time. With none, no advisor is enabled. The default is none. + +The scan time advisor changes the ``pages_to_scan`` parameter based on the +observed scan times. The possible values for the ``pages_to_scan`` parameter is +limited by the ``advisor_max_cpu`` parameter. In addition there is also the +``advisor_target_scan_time`` parameter. This parameter sets the target time to +scan all the KSM candidate pages. The parameter ``advisor_target_scan_time`` +decides how aggressive the scan time advisor scans candidate pages. Lower +values make the scan time advisor to scan more aggresively. This is the most +important parameter for the configuration of the scan time advisor. + +The initial value and the maximum value can be changed with +``advisor_min_pages_to_scan`` and ``advisor_max_pages_to_scan``. The default +values are sufficient for most workloads and use cases. + +The ``pages_to_scan`` parameter is re-calculated after a scan has been completed. + + -- Izik Eidus, Hugh Dickins, 17 Nov 2009 diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst index fe17cf2104..f5f065c676 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst @@ -253,6 +253,7 @@ Following flags about pages are currently supported: - ``PAGE_IS_SWAPPED`` - Page is in swapped - ``PAGE_IS_PFNZERO`` - Page has zero PFN - ``PAGE_IS_HUGE`` - Page is THP or Hugetlb backed +- ``PAGE_IS_SOFT_DIRTY`` - Page is soft-dirty The ``struct pm_scan_arg`` is used as the argument of the IOCTL. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/transhuge.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/transhuge.rst index b0cc8243e0..04eb45a2f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/transhuge.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/transhuge.rst @@ -45,10 +45,25 @@ components: the two is using hugepages just because of the fact the TLB miss is going to run faster. +Modern kernels support "multi-size THP" (mTHP), which introduces the +ability to allocate memory in blocks that are bigger than a base page +but smaller than traditional PMD-size (as described above), in +increments of a power-of-2 number of pages. mTHP can back anonymous +memory (for example 16K, 32K, 64K, etc). These THPs continue to be +PTE-mapped, but in many cases can still provide similar benefits to +those outlined above: Page faults are significantly reduced (by a +factor of e.g. 4, 8, 16, etc), but latency spikes are much less +prominent because the size of each page isn't as huge as the PMD-sized +variant and there is less memory to clear in each page fault. Some +architectures also employ TLB compression mechanisms to squeeze more +entries in when a set of PTEs are virtually and physically contiguous +and approporiately aligned. In this case, TLB misses will occur less +often. + THP can be enabled system wide or restricted to certain tasks or even memory ranges inside task's address space. Unless THP is completely disabled, there is ``khugepaged`` daemon that scans memory and -collapses sequences of basic pages into huge pages. +collapses sequences of basic pages into PMD-sized huge pages. The THP behaviour is controlled via :ref:`sysfs ` interface and using madvise(2) and prctl(2) system calls. @@ -95,12 +110,40 @@ Global THP controls Transparent Hugepage Support for anonymous memory can be entirely disabled (mostly for debugging purposes) or only enabled inside MADV_HUGEPAGE regions (to avoid the risk of consuming more memory resources) or enabled -system wide. This can be achieved with one of:: +system wide. This can be achieved per-supported-THP-size with one of:: + + echo always >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/hugepages-kB/enabled + echo madvise >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/hugepages-kB/enabled + echo never >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/hugepages-kB/enabled + +where is the hugepage size being addressed, the available sizes +for which vary by system. + +For example:: + + echo always >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/hugepages-2048kB/enabled + +Alternatively it is possible to specify that a given hugepage size +will inherit the top-level "enabled" value:: + + echo inherit >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/hugepages-kB/enabled + +For example:: + + echo inherit >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/hugepages-2048kB/enabled + +The top-level setting (for use with "inherit") can be set by issuing +one of the following commands:: echo always >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/enabled echo madvise >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/enabled echo never >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/enabled +By default, PMD-sized hugepages have enabled="inherit" and all other +hugepage sizes have enabled="never". If enabling multiple hugepage +sizes, the kernel will select the most appropriate enabled size for a +given allocation. + It's also possible to limit defrag efforts in the VM to generate anonymous hugepages in case they're not immediately free to madvise regions or to never try to defrag memory and simply fallback to regular @@ -146,25 +189,34 @@ madvise never should be self-explanatory. -By default kernel tries to use huge zero page on read page fault to -anonymous mapping. It's possible to disable huge zero page by writing 0 -or enable it back by writing 1:: +By default kernel tries to use huge, PMD-mappable zero page on read +page fault to anonymous mapping. It's possible to disable huge zero +page by writing 0 or enable it back by writing 1:: echo 0 >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/use_zero_page echo 1 >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/use_zero_page -Some userspace (such as a test program, or an optimized memory allocation -library) may want to know the size (in bytes) of a transparent hugepage:: +Some userspace (such as a test program, or an optimized memory +allocation library) may want to know the size (in bytes) of a +PMD-mappable transparent hugepage:: cat /sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/hpage_pmd_size -khugepaged will be automatically started when -transparent_hugepage/enabled is set to "always" or "madvise, and it'll -be automatically shutdown if it's set to "never". +khugepaged will be automatically started when one or more hugepage +sizes are enabled (either by directly setting "always" or "madvise", +or by setting "inherit" while the top-level enabled is set to "always" +or "madvise"), and it'll be automatically shutdown when the last +hugepage size is disabled (either by directly setting "never", or by +setting "inherit" while the top-level enabled is set to "never"). Khugepaged controls ------------------- +.. note:: + khugepaged currently only searches for opportunities to collapse to + PMD-sized THP and no attempt is made to collapse to other THP + sizes. + khugepaged runs usually at low frequency so while one may not want to invoke defrag algorithms synchronously during the page faults, it should be worth invoking defrag at least in khugepaged. However it's @@ -282,19 +334,26 @@ force Need of application restart =========================== -The transparent_hugepage/enabled values and tmpfs mount option only affect -future behavior. So to make them effective you need to restart any -application that could have been using hugepages. This also applies to the -regions registered in khugepaged. +The transparent_hugepage/enabled and +transparent_hugepage/hugepages-kB/enabled values and tmpfs mount +option only affect future behavior. So to make them effective you need +to restart any application that could have been using hugepages. This +also applies to the regions registered in khugepaged. Monitoring usage ================ -The number of anonymous transparent huge pages currently used by the +.. note:: + Currently the below counters only record events relating to + PMD-sized THP. Events relating to other THP sizes are not included. + +The number of PMD-sized anonymous transparent huge pages currently used by the system is available by reading the AnonHugePages field in ``/proc/meminfo``. -To identify what applications are using anonymous transparent huge pages, -it is necessary to read ``/proc/PID/smaps`` and count the AnonHugePages fields -for each mapping. +To identify what applications are using PMD-sized anonymous transparent huge +pages, it is necessary to read ``/proc/PID/smaps`` and count the AnonHugePages +fields for each mapping. (Note that AnonHugePages only applies to traditional +PMD-sized THP for historical reasons and should have been called +AnonHugePmdMapped). The number of file transparent huge pages mapped to userspace is available by reading ShmemPmdMapped and ShmemHugePages fields in ``/proc/meminfo``. @@ -413,7 +472,7 @@ for huge pages. Optimizing the applications =========================== -To be guaranteed that the kernel will map a 2M page immediately in any +To be guaranteed that the kernel will map a THP immediately in any memory region, the mmap region has to be hugepage naturally aligned. posix_memalign() can provide that guarantee. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/userfaultfd.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/userfaultfd.rst index 203e26da5f..e5cc8848dc 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/userfaultfd.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/userfaultfd.rst @@ -113,6 +113,9 @@ events, except page fault notifications, may be generated: areas. ``UFFD_FEATURE_MINOR_SHMEM`` is the analogous feature indicating support for shmem virtual memory areas. +- ``UFFD_FEATURE_MOVE`` indicates that the kernel supports moving an + existing page contents from userspace. + The userland application should set the feature flags it intends to use when invoking the ``UFFDIO_API`` ioctl, to request that those features be enabled if supported. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/zswap.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/zswap.rst index 45b98390e9..b42132969e 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/zswap.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/zswap.rst @@ -153,6 +153,26 @@ attribute, e. g.:: Setting this parameter to 100 will disable the hysteresis. +Some users cannot tolerate the swapping that comes with zswap store failures +and zswap writebacks. Swapping can be disabled entirely (without disabling +zswap itself) on a cgroup-basis as follows: + + echo 0 > /sys/fs/cgroup//memory.zswap.writeback + +Note that if the store failures are recurring (for e.g if the pages are +incompressible), users can observe reclaim inefficiency after disabling +writeback (because the same pages might be rejected again and again). + +When there is a sizable amount of cold memory residing in the zswap pool, it +can be advantageous to proactively write these cold pages to swap and reclaim +the memory for other use cases. By default, the zswap shrinker is disabled. +User can enable it as follows: + + echo Y > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/shrinker_enabled + +This can be enabled at the boot time if ``CONFIG_ZSWAP_SHRINKER_DEFAULT_ON`` is +selected. + A debugfs interface is provided for various statistic about pool size, number of pages stored, same-value filled pages and various counters for the reasons pages are rejected. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/dwc_pcie_pmu.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/dwc_pcie_pmu.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d47cd229d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/dwc_pcie_pmu.rst @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +====================================================================== +Synopsys DesignWare Cores (DWC) PCIe Performance Monitoring Unit (PMU) +====================================================================== + +DesignWare Cores (DWC) PCIe PMU +=============================== + +The PMU is a PCIe configuration space register block provided by each PCIe Root +Port in a Vendor-Specific Extended Capability named RAS D.E.S (Debug, Error +injection, and Statistics). + +As the name indicates, the RAS DES capability supports system level +debugging, AER error injection, and collection of statistics. To facilitate +collection of statistics, Synopsys DesignWare Cores PCIe controller +provides the following two features: + +- one 64-bit counter for Time Based Analysis (RX/TX data throughput and + time spent in each low-power LTSSM state) and +- one 32-bit counter for Event Counting (error and non-error events for + a specified lane) + +Note: There is no interrupt for counter overflow. + +Time Based Analysis +------------------- + +Using this feature you can obtain information regarding RX/TX data +throughput and time spent in each low-power LTSSM state by the controller. +The PMU measures data in two categories: + +- Group#0: Percentage of time the controller stays in LTSSM states. +- Group#1: Amount of data processed (Units of 16 bytes). + +Lane Event counters +------------------- + +Using this feature you can obtain Error and Non-Error information in +specific lane by the controller. The PMU event is selected by all of: + +- Group i +- Event j within the Group i +- Lane k + +Some of the events only exist for specific configurations. + +DesignWare Cores (DWC) PCIe PMU Driver +======================================= + +This driver adds PMU devices for each PCIe Root Port named based on the BDF of +the Root Port. For example, + + 30:03.0 PCI bridge: Device 1ded:8000 (rev 01) + +the PMU device name for this Root Port is dwc_rootport_3018. + +The DWC PCIe PMU driver registers a perf PMU driver, which provides +description of available events and configuration options in sysfs, see +/sys/bus/event_source/devices/dwc_rootport_{bdf}. + +The "format" directory describes format of the config fields of the +perf_event_attr structure. The "events" directory provides configuration +templates for all documented events. For example, +"Rx_PCIe_TLP_Data_Payload" is an equivalent of "eventid=0x22,type=0x1". + +The "perf list" command shall list the available events from sysfs, e.g.:: + + $# perf list | grep dwc_rootport + <...> + dwc_rootport_3018/Rx_PCIe_TLP_Data_Payload/ [Kernel PMU event] + <...> + dwc_rootport_3018/rx_memory_read,lane=?/ [Kernel PMU event] + +Time Based Analysis Event Usage +------------------------------- + +Example usage of counting PCIe RX TLP data payload (Units of bytes):: + + $# perf stat -a -e dwc_rootport_3018/Rx_PCIe_TLP_Data_Payload/ + +The average RX/TX bandwidth can be calculated using the following formula: + + PCIe RX Bandwidth = Rx_PCIe_TLP_Data_Payload / Measure_Time_Window + PCIe TX Bandwidth = Tx_PCIe_TLP_Data_Payload / Measure_Time_Window + +Lane Event Usage +------------------------------- + +Each lane has the same event set and to avoid generating a list of hundreds +of events, the user need to specify the lane ID explicitly, e.g.:: + + $# perf stat -a -e dwc_rootport_3018/rx_memory_read,lane=4/ + +The driver does not support sampling, therefore "perf record" will not +work. Per-task (without "-a") perf sessions are not supported. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/imx-ddr.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/imx-ddr.rst index 90926d0fb8..77418ae5a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/imx-ddr.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/imx-ddr.rst @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ is one register for each counter. Counter 0 is special in that it always counts interrupt is raised. If any other counter overflows, it continues counting, and no interrupt is raised. -The "format" directory describes format of the config (event ID) and config1 -(AXI filtering) fields of the perf_event_attr structure, see /sys/bus/event_source/ +The "format" directory describes format of the config (event ID) and config1/2 +(AXI filter setting) fields of the perf_event_attr structure, see /sys/bus/event_source/ devices/imx8_ddr0/format/. The "events" directory describes the events types hardware supported that can be used with perf tool, see /sys/bus/event_source/ devices/imx8_ddr0/events/. The "caps" directory describes filter features implemented @@ -28,12 +28,11 @@ in DDR PMU, see /sys/bus/events_source/devices/imx8_ddr0/caps/. AXI filtering is only used by CSV modes 0x41 (axid-read) and 0x42 (axid-write) to count reading or writing matches filter setting. Filter setting is various from different DRAM controller implementations, which is distinguished by quirks -in the driver. You also can dump info from userspace, filter in "caps" directory -indicates whether PMU supports AXI ID filter or not; enhanced_filter indicates -whether PMU supports enhanced AXI ID filter or not. Value 0 for un-supported, and -value 1 for supported. +in the driver. You also can dump info from userspace, "caps" directory show the +type of AXI filter (filter, enhanced_filter and super_filter). Value 0 for +un-supported, and value 1 for supported. -* With DDR_CAP_AXI_ID_FILTER quirk(filter: 1, enhanced_filter: 0). +* With DDR_CAP_AXI_ID_FILTER quirk(filter: 1, enhanced_filter: 0, super_filter: 0). Filter is defined with two configuration parts: --AXI_ID defines AxID matching value. --AXI_MASKING defines which bits of AxID are meaningful for the matching. @@ -65,7 +64,37 @@ value 1 for supported. perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/axid-read,axi_id=0x12/ cmd, which will monitor ARID=0x12 -* With DDR_CAP_AXI_ID_FILTER_ENHANCED quirk(filter: 1, enhanced_filter: 1). +* With DDR_CAP_AXI_ID_FILTER_ENHANCED quirk(filter: 1, enhanced_filter: 1, super_filter: 0). This is an extension to the DDR_CAP_AXI_ID_FILTER quirk which permits counting the number of bytes (as opposed to the number of bursts) from DDR read and write transactions concurrently with another set of data counters. + +* With DDR_CAP_AXI_ID_PORT_CHANNEL_FILTER quirk(filter: 0, enhanced_filter: 0, super_filter: 1). + There is a limitation in previous AXI filter, it cannot filter different IDs + at the same time as the filter is shared between counters. This quirk is the + extension of AXI ID filter. One improvement is that counter 1-3 has their own + filter, means that it supports concurrently filter various IDs. Another + improvement is that counter 1-3 supports AXI PORT and CHANNEL selection. Support + selecting address channel or data channel. + + Filter is defined with 2 configuration registers per counter 1-3. + --Counter N MASK COMP register - including AXI_ID and AXI_MASKING. + --Counter N MUX CNTL register - including AXI CHANNEL and AXI PORT. + + - 0: address channel + - 1: data channel + + PMU in DDR subsystem, only one single port0 exists, so axi_port is reserved + which should be 0. + + .. code-block:: bash + + perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/axid-read,axi_mask=0xMMMM,axi_id=0xDDDD,axi_channel=0xH/ cmd + perf stat -a -e imx8_ddr0/axid-write,axi_mask=0xMMMM,axi_id=0xDDDD,axi_channel=0xH/ cmd + + .. note:: + + axi_channel is inverted in userspace, and it will be reverted in driver + automatically. So that users do not need specify axi_channel if want to + monitor data channel from DDR transactions, since data channel is more + meaningful. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/index.rst index a2e6f2c811..f4a4513c52 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/index.rst @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ Performance monitor support arm_dsu_pmu thunderx2-pmu alibaba_pmu + dwc_pcie_pmu nvidia-pmu meson-ddr-pmu cxl diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/amd-pstate.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/amd-pstate.rst index 1cf40f6927..9eb26014d3 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/amd-pstate.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/amd-pstate.rst @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Global Attributes ``amd-pstate`` exposes several global attributes (files) in ``sysfs`` to control its functionality at the system level. They are located in the -``/sys/devices/system/cpu/amd-pstate/`` directory and affect all CPUs. +``/sys/devices/system/cpu/amd_pstate/`` directory and affect all CPUs. ``status`` Operation mode of the driver: "active", "passive" or "disable". diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pmf.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pmf.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ee729ffc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pmf.rst @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +Set udev rules for PMF Smart PC Builder +--------------------------------------- + +AMD PMF(Platform Management Framework) Smart PC Solution builder has to set the system states +like S0i3, Screen lock, hibernate etc, based on the output actions provided by the PMF +TA (Trusted Application). + +In order for this to work the PMF driver generates a uevent for userspace to react to. Below are +sample udev rules that can facilitate this experience when a machine has PMF Smart PC solution builder +enabled. + +Please add the following line(s) to +``/etc/udev/rules.d/99-local.rules``:: + + DRIVERS=="amd-pmf", ACTION=="change", ENV{EVENT_ID}=="0", RUN+="/usr/bin/systemctl suspend" + DRIVERS=="amd-pmf", ACTION=="change", ENV{EVENT_ID}=="1", RUN+="/usr/bin/systemctl hibernate" + DRIVERS=="amd-pmf", ACTION=="change", ENV{EVENT_ID}=="2", RUN+="/bin/loginctl lock-sessions" + +EVENT_ID values: +0= Put the system to S0i3/S2Idle +1= Put the system to hibernate +2= Lock the screen diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst index c7525942f1..7250c05428 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/net.rst @@ -206,6 +206,11 @@ Will increase power usage. Default: 0 (off) +mem_pcpu_rsv +------------ + +Per-cpu reserved forward alloc cache size in page units. Default 1MB per CPU. + rmem_default ------------ @@ -345,7 +350,10 @@ optmem_max ---------- Maximum ancillary buffer size allowed per socket. Ancillary data is a sequence -of struct cmsghdr structures with appended data. +of struct cmsghdr structures with appended data. TCP tx zerocopy also uses +optmem_max as a limit for its internal structures. + +Default : 128 KB fb_tunnels_only_for_init_net ---------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysrq.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysrq.rst index 51906e4732..2f2e5bd440 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysrq.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysrq.rst @@ -75,10 +75,19 @@ On other submit a patch to be included in this section. On all - Write a character to /proc/sysrq-trigger. e.g.:: + Write a single character to /proc/sysrq-trigger. + Only the first character is processed, the rest of the string is + ignored. However, it is not recommended to write any extra characters + as the behavior is undefined and might change in the future versions. + E.g.:: echo t > /proc/sysrq-trigger + Alternatively, write multiple characters prepended by underscore. + This way, all characters will be processed. E.g.:: + + echo _reisub > /proc/sysrq-trigger + The :kbd:`` is case sensitive. What are the 'command' keys? diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm64/arm-acpi.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm64/arm-acpi.rst index a46c34fa96..e59e4505d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/arm64/arm-acpi.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/arm64/arm-acpi.rst @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ When an Arm system boots, it can either have DT information, ACPI tables, or in some very unusual cases, both. If no command line parameters are used, the kernel will try to use DT for device enumeration; if there is no DT present, the kernel will try to use ACPI tables, but only if they are present. -In neither is available, the kernel will not boot. If acpi=force is used +If neither is available, the kernel will not boot. If acpi=force is used on the command line, the kernel will attempt to use ACPI tables first, but fall back to DT if there are no ACPI tables present. The basic idea is that the kernel will not fail to boot unless it absolutely has no other choice. diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm64/perf.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm64/perf.rst index 1f87b57c23..997fd716b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/arm64/perf.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/arm64/perf.rst @@ -164,3 +164,75 @@ and should be used to mask the upper bits as needed. https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/tools/perf/arch/arm64/tests/user-events.c .. _tools/lib/perf/tests/test-evsel.c: https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/tools/lib/perf/tests/test-evsel.c + +Event Counting Threshold +========================================== + +Overview +-------- + +FEAT_PMUv3_TH (Armv8.8) permits a PMU counter to increment only on +events whose count meets a specified threshold condition. For example if +threshold_compare is set to 2 ('Greater than or equal'), and the +threshold is set to 2, then the PMU counter will now only increment by +when an event would have previously incremented the PMU counter by 2 or +more on a single processor cycle. + +To increment by 1 after passing the threshold condition instead of the +number of events on that cycle, add the 'threshold_count' option to the +commandline. + +How-to +------ + +These are the parameters for controlling the feature: + +.. list-table:: + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Parameter + - Description + * - threshold + - Value to threshold the event by. A value of 0 means that + thresholding is disabled and the other parameters have no effect. + * - threshold_compare + - | Comparison function to use, with the following values supported: + | + | 0: Not-equal + | 1: Equals + | 2: Greater-than-or-equal + | 3: Less-than + * - threshold_count + - If this is set, count by 1 after passing the threshold condition + instead of the value of the event on this cycle. + +The threshold, threshold_compare and threshold_count values can be +provided per event, for example: + +.. code-block:: sh + + perf stat -e stall_slot/threshold=2,threshold_compare=2/ \ + -e dtlb_walk/threshold=10,threshold_compare=3,threshold_count/ + +In this example the stall_slot event will count by 2 or more on every +cycle where 2 or more stalls happen. And dtlb_walk will count by 1 on +every cycle where the number of dtlb walks were less than 10. + +The maximum supported threshold value can be read from the caps of each +PMU, for example: + +.. code-block:: sh + + cat /sys/bus/event_source/devices/armv8_pmuv3/caps/threshold_max + + 0x000000ff + +If a value higher than this is given, then opening the event will result +in an error. The highest possible maximum is 4095, as the config field +for threshold is limited to 12 bits, and the Perf tool will refuse to +parse higher values. + +If the PMU doesn't support FEAT_PMUv3_TH, then threshold_max will read +0, and attempting to set a threshold value will also result in an error. +threshold_max will also read as 0 on aarch32 guests, even if the host +is running on hardware with the feature. diff --git a/Documentation/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.rst b/Documentation/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.rst index 29fd5213ee..45a7f4932f 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.rst @@ -119,6 +119,10 @@ stable kernels. +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | ARM | Cortex-A76 | #1463225 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1463225 | +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ +| ARM | Cortex-A76 | #1490853 | N/A | ++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ +| ARM | Cortex-A77 | #1491015 | N/A | ++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | ARM | Cortex-A77 | #1508412 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1508412 | +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | ARM | Cortex-A710 | #2119858 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2119858 | @@ -129,6 +133,8 @@ stable kernels. +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | ARM | Cortex-A715 | #2645198 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2645198 | +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ +| ARM | Cortex-X1 | #1502854 | N/A | ++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | ARM | Cortex-X2 | #2119858 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2119858 | +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | ARM | Cortex-X2 | #2224489 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2224489 | @@ -137,6 +143,8 @@ stable kernels. +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #1349291 | N/A | +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ +| ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #1490853 | N/A | ++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #1542419 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1542419 | +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | ARM | Neoverse-N2 | #2139208 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2139208 | @@ -145,6 +153,8 @@ stable kernels. +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | ARM | Neoverse-N2 | #2253138 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2253138 | +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ +| ARM | Neoverse-V1 | #1619801 | N/A | ++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | ARM | MMU-500 | #841119,826419 | N/A | +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | ARM | MMU-600 | #1076982,1209401| N/A | @@ -227,11 +237,9 @@ stable kernels. +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | Rockchip | RK3588 | #3588001 | ROCKCHIP_ERRATUM_3588001 | +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ - +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | Fujitsu | A64FX | E#010001 | FUJITSU_ERRATUM_010001 | +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ - +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ | ASR | ASR8601 | #8601001 | N/A | +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+ diff --git a/Documentation/arch/riscv/hwprobe.rst b/Documentation/arch/riscv/hwprobe.rst index 7b2384de47..b2bcc9eed9 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/riscv/hwprobe.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/riscv/hwprobe.rst @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ is defined in :: }; long sys_riscv_hwprobe(struct riscv_hwprobe *pairs, size_t pair_count, - size_t cpu_count, cpu_set_t *cpus, + size_t cpusetsize, cpu_set_t *cpus, unsigned int flags); The arguments are split into three groups: an array of key-value pairs, a CPU @@ -20,12 +20,26 @@ set, and some flags. The key-value pairs are supplied with a count. Userspace must prepopulate the key field for each element, and the kernel will fill in the value if the key is recognized. If a key is unknown to the kernel, its key field will be cleared to -1, and its value set to 0. The CPU set is defined by -CPU_SET(3). For value-like keys (eg. vendor/arch/impl), the returned value will -be only be valid if all CPUs in the given set have the same value. Otherwise -1 -will be returned. For boolean-like keys, the value returned will be a logical -AND of the values for the specified CPUs. Usermode can supply NULL for cpus and -0 for cpu_count as a shortcut for all online CPUs. There are currently no flags, -this value must be zero for future compatibility. +CPU_SET(3) with size ``cpusetsize`` bytes. For value-like keys (eg. vendor, +arch, impl), the returned value will only be valid if all CPUs in the given set +have the same value. Otherwise -1 will be returned. For boolean-like keys, the +value returned will be a logical AND of the values for the specified CPUs. +Usermode can supply NULL for ``cpus`` and 0 for ``cpusetsize`` as a shortcut for +all online CPUs. The currently supported flags are: + +* :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_WHICH_CPUS`: This flag basically reverses the behavior + of sys_riscv_hwprobe(). Instead of populating the values of keys for a given + set of CPUs, the values of each key are given and the set of CPUs is reduced + by sys_riscv_hwprobe() to only those which match each of the key-value pairs. + How matching is done depends on the key type. For value-like keys, matching + means to be the exact same as the value. For boolean-like keys, matching + means the result of a logical AND of the pair's value with the CPU's value is + exactly the same as the pair's value. Additionally, when ``cpus`` is an empty + set, then it is initialized to all online CPUs which fit within it, i.e. the + CPU set returned is the reduction of all the online CPUs which can be + represented with a CPU set of size ``cpusetsize``. + +All other flags are reserved for future compatibility and must be zero. On success 0 is returned, on failure a negative error code is returned. @@ -80,6 +94,100 @@ The following keys are defined: * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZICBOZ`: The Zicboz extension is supported, as ratified in commit 3dd606f ("Create cmobase-v1.0.pdf") of riscv-CMOs. + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZBC` The Zbc extension is supported, as defined + in version 1.0 of the Bit-Manipulation ISA extensions. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZBKB` The Zbkb extension is supported, as + defined in version 1.0 of the Scalar Crypto ISA extensions. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZBKC` The Zbkc extension is supported, as + defined in version 1.0 of the Scalar Crypto ISA extensions. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZBKX` The Zbkx extension is supported, as + defined in version 1.0 of the Scalar Crypto ISA extensions. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZKND` The Zknd extension is supported, as + defined in version 1.0 of the Scalar Crypto ISA extensions. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZKNE` The Zkne extension is supported, as + defined in version 1.0 of the Scalar Crypto ISA extensions. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZKNH` The Zknh extension is supported, as + defined in version 1.0 of the Scalar Crypto ISA extensions. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZKSED` The Zksed extension is supported, as + defined in version 1.0 of the Scalar Crypto ISA extensions. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZKSH` The Zksh extension is supported, as + defined in version 1.0 of the Scalar Crypto ISA extensions. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZKT` The Zkt extension is supported, as defined + in version 1.0 of the Scalar Crypto ISA extensions. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZVBB`: The Zvbb extension is supported as + defined in version 1.0 of the RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume II. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZVBC`: The Zvbc extension is supported as + defined in version 1.0 of the RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume II. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZVKB`: The Zvkb extension is supported as + defined in version 1.0 of the RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume II. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZVKG`: The Zvkg extension is supported as + defined in version 1.0 of the RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume II. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZVKNED`: The Zvkned extension is supported as + defined in version 1.0 of the RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume II. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZVKNHA`: The Zvknha extension is supported as + defined in version 1.0 of the RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume II. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZVKNHB`: The Zvknhb extension is supported as + defined in version 1.0 of the RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume II. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZVKSED`: The Zvksed extension is supported as + defined in version 1.0 of the RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume II. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZVKSH`: The Zvksh extension is supported as + defined in version 1.0 of the RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume II. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZVKT`: The Zvkt extension is supported as + defined in version 1.0 of the RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume II. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZFH`: The Zfh extension version 1.0 is supported + as defined in the RISC-V ISA manual. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZFHMIN`: The Zfhmin extension version 1.0 is + supported as defined in the RISC-V ISA manual. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZIHINTNTL`: The Zihintntl extension version 1.0 + is supported as defined in the RISC-V ISA manual. + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZVFH`: The Zvfh extension is supported as + defined in the RISC-V Vector manual starting from commit e2ccd0548d6c + ("Remove draft warnings from Zvfh[min]"). + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZVFHMIN`: The Zvfhmin extension is supported as + defined in the RISC-V Vector manual starting from commit e2ccd0548d6c + ("Remove draft warnings from Zvfh[min]"). + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZFA`: The Zfa extension is supported as + defined in the RISC-V ISA manual starting from commit 056b6ff467c7 + ("Zfa is ratified"). + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZTSO`: The Ztso extension is supported as + defined in the RISC-V ISA manual starting from commit 5618fb5a216b + ("Ztso is now ratified.") + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZACAS`: The Zacas extension is supported as + defined in the Atomic Compare-and-Swap (CAS) instructions manual starting + from commit 5059e0ca641c ("update to ratified"). + + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_EXT_ZICOND`: The Zicond extension is supported as + defined in the RISC-V Integer Conditional (Zicond) operations extension + manual starting from commit 95cf1f9 ("Add changes requested by Ved + during signoff") + * :c:macro:`RISCV_HWPROBE_KEY_CPUPERF_0`: A bitmask that contains performance information about the selected set of processors. diff --git a/Documentation/arch/x86/boot.rst b/Documentation/arch/x86/boot.rst index 22cc7a040d..c513855a54 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/x86/boot.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/x86/boot.rst @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Protocol 2.13 (Kernel 3.14) Support 32- and 64-bit flags being set in Protocol 2.14 BURNT BY INCORRECT COMMIT ae7e1238e68f2a472a125673ab506d49158c1889 - (x86/boot: Add ACPI RSDP address to setup_header) + ("x86/boot: Add ACPI RSDP address to setup_header") DO NOT USE!!! ASSUME SAME AS 2.13. Protocol 2.15 (Kernel 5.5) Added the kernel_info and kernel_info.setup_type_max. diff --git a/Documentation/arch/x86/cpuinfo.rst b/Documentation/arch/x86/cpuinfo.rst index 08246e8ac8..8895784d47 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/x86/cpuinfo.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/x86/cpuinfo.rst @@ -7,27 +7,74 @@ x86 Feature Flags Introduction ============ -On x86, flags appearing in /proc/cpuinfo have an X86_FEATURE definition -in arch/x86/include/asm/cpufeatures.h. If the kernel cares about a feature -or KVM want to expose the feature to a KVM guest, it can and should have -an X86_FEATURE_* defined. These flags represent hardware features as -well as software features. - -If users want to know if a feature is available on a given system, they -try to find the flag in /proc/cpuinfo. If a given flag is present, it -means that the kernel supports it and is currently making it available. -If such flag represents a hardware feature, it also means that the -hardware supports it. - -If the expected flag does not appear in /proc/cpuinfo, things are murkier. -Users need to find out the reason why the flag is missing and find the way -how to enable it, which is not always easy. There are several factors that -can explain missing flags: the expected feature failed to enable, the feature -is missing in hardware, platform firmware did not enable it, the feature is -disabled at build or run time, an old kernel is in use, or the kernel does -not support the feature and thus has not enabled it. In general, /proc/cpuinfo -shows features which the kernel supports. For a full list of CPUID flags -which the CPU supports, use tools/arch/x86/kcpuid. +The list of feature flags in /proc/cpuinfo is not complete and +represents an ill-fated attempt from long time ago to put feature flags +in an easy to find place for userspace. + +However, the amount of feature flags is growing by the CPU generation, +leading to unparseable and unwieldy /proc/cpuinfo. + +What is more, those feature flags do not even need to be in that file +because userspace doesn't care about them - glibc et al already use +CPUID to find out what the target machine supports and what not. + +And even if it doesn't show a particular feature flag - although the CPU +still does have support for the respective hardware functionality and +said CPU supports CPUID faulting - userspace can simply probe for the +feature and figure out if it is supported or not, regardless of whether +it is being advertised somewhere. + +Furthermore, those flag strings become an ABI the moment they appear +there and maintaining them forever when nothing even uses them is a lot +of wasted effort. + +So, the current use of /proc/cpuinfo is to show features which the +kernel has *enabled* and *supports*. As in: the CPUID feature flag is +there, there's an additional setup which the kernel has done while +booting and the functionality is ready to use. A perfect example for +that is "user_shstk" where additional code enablement is present in the +kernel to support shadow stack for user programs. + +So, if users want to know if a feature is available on a given system, +they try to find the flag in /proc/cpuinfo. If a given flag is present, +it means that + +* the kernel knows about the feature enough to have an X86_FEATURE bit + +* the kernel supports it and is currently making it available either to + userspace or some other part of the kernel + +* if the flag represents a hardware feature the hardware supports it. + +The absence of a flag in /proc/cpuinfo by itself means almost nothing to +an end user. + +On the one hand, a feature like "vaes" might be fully available to user +applications on a kernel that has not defined X86_FEATURE_VAES and thus +there is no "vaes" in /proc/cpuinfo. + +On the other hand, a new kernel running on non-VAES hardware would also +have no "vaes" in /proc/cpuinfo. There's no way for an application or +user to tell the difference. + +The end result is that the flags field in /proc/cpuinfo is marginally +useful for kernel debugging, but not really for anything else. +Applications should instead use things like the glibc facilities for +querying CPU support. Users should rely on tools like +tools/arch/x86/kcpuid and cpuid(1). + +Regarding implementation, flags appearing in /proc/cpuinfo have an +X86_FEATURE definition in arch/x86/include/asm/cpufeatures.h. These flags +represent hardware features as well as software features. + +If the kernel cares about a feature or KVM want to expose the feature to +a KVM guest, it should only then expose it to the guest when the guest +needs to parse /proc/cpuinfo. Which, as mentioned above, is highly +unlikely. KVM can synthesize the CPUID bit and the KVM guest can simply +query CPUID and figure out what the hypervisor supports and what not. As +already stated, /proc/cpuinfo is not a dumping ground for useless +feature flags. + How are feature flags created? ============================== diff --git a/Documentation/arch/x86/pti.rst b/Documentation/arch/x86/pti.rst index 4b858a9bad..e08d35177b 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/x86/pti.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/x86/pti.rst @@ -81,11 +81,9 @@ this protection comes at a cost: and exit (it can be skipped when the kernel is interrupted, though.) Moves to CR3 are on the order of a hundred cycles, and are required at every entry and exit. - b. A "trampoline" must be used for SYSCALL entry. This - trampoline depends on a smaller set of resources than the - non-PTI SYSCALL entry code, so requires mapping fewer - things into the userspace page tables. The downside is - that stacks must be switched at entry time. + b. Percpu TSS is mapped into the user page tables to allow SYSCALL64 path + to work under PTI. This doesn't have a direct runtime cost but it can + be argued it opens certain timing attack scenarios. c. Global pages are disabled for all kernel structures not mapped into both kernel and userspace page tables. This feature of the MMU allows different processes to share TLB @@ -167,7 +165,7 @@ that are worth noting here. * Failures of the selftests/x86 code. Usually a bug in one of the more obscure corners of entry_64.S * Crashes in early boot, especially around CPU bringup. Bugs - in the trampoline code or mappings cause these. + in the mappings cause these. * Crashes at the first interrupt. Caused by bugs in entry_64.S, like screwing up a page table switch. Also caused by incorrectly mapping the IRQ handler entry code. diff --git a/Documentation/arch/x86/tdx.rst b/Documentation/arch/x86/tdx.rst index dc8d9fd2c3..719043cd8b 100644 --- a/Documentation/arch/x86/tdx.rst +++ b/Documentation/arch/x86/tdx.rst @@ -10,6 +10,191 @@ encrypting the guest memory. In TDX, a special module running in a special mode sits between the host and the guest and manages the guest/host separation. +TDX Host Kernel Support +======================= + +TDX introduces a new CPU mode called Secure Arbitration Mode (SEAM) and +a new isolated range pointed by the SEAM Ranger Register (SEAMRR). A +CPU-attested software module called 'the TDX module' runs inside the new +isolated range to provide the functionalities to manage and run protected +VMs. + +TDX also leverages Intel Multi-Key Total Memory Encryption (MKTME) to +provide crypto-protection to the VMs. TDX reserves part of MKTME KeyIDs +as TDX private KeyIDs, which are only accessible within the SEAM mode. +BIOS is responsible for partitioning legacy MKTME KeyIDs and TDX KeyIDs. + +Before the TDX module can be used to create and run protected VMs, it +must be loaded into the isolated range and properly initialized. The TDX +architecture doesn't require the BIOS to load the TDX module, but the +kernel assumes it is loaded by the BIOS. + +TDX boot-time detection +----------------------- + +The kernel detects TDX by detecting TDX private KeyIDs during kernel +boot. Below dmesg shows when TDX is enabled by BIOS:: + + [..] virt/tdx: BIOS enabled: private KeyID range: [16, 64) + +TDX module initialization +--------------------------------------- + +The kernel talks to the TDX module via the new SEAMCALL instruction. The +TDX module implements SEAMCALL leaf functions to allow the kernel to +initialize it. + +If the TDX module isn't loaded, the SEAMCALL instruction fails with a +special error. In this case the kernel fails the module initialization +and reports the module isn't loaded:: + + [..] virt/tdx: module not loaded + +Initializing the TDX module consumes roughly ~1/256th system RAM size to +use it as 'metadata' for the TDX memory. It also takes additional CPU +time to initialize those metadata along with the TDX module itself. Both +are not trivial. The kernel initializes the TDX module at runtime on +demand. + +Besides initializing the TDX module, a per-cpu initialization SEAMCALL +must be done on one cpu before any other SEAMCALLs can be made on that +cpu. + +The kernel provides two functions, tdx_enable() and tdx_cpu_enable() to +allow the user of TDX to enable the TDX module and enable TDX on local +cpu respectively. + +Making SEAMCALL requires VMXON has been done on that CPU. Currently only +KVM implements VMXON. For now both tdx_enable() and tdx_cpu_enable() +don't do VMXON internally (not trivial), but depends on the caller to +guarantee that. + +To enable TDX, the caller of TDX should: 1) temporarily disable CPU +hotplug; 2) do VMXON and tdx_enable_cpu() on all online cpus; 3) call +tdx_enable(). For example:: + + cpus_read_lock(); + on_each_cpu(vmxon_and_tdx_cpu_enable()); + ret = tdx_enable(); + cpus_read_unlock(); + if (ret) + goto no_tdx; + // TDX is ready to use + +And the caller of TDX must guarantee the tdx_cpu_enable() has been +successfully done on any cpu before it wants to run any other SEAMCALL. +A typical usage is do both VMXON and tdx_cpu_enable() in CPU hotplug +online callback, and refuse to online if tdx_cpu_enable() fails. + +User can consult dmesg to see whether the TDX module has been initialized. + +If the TDX module is initialized successfully, dmesg shows something +like below:: + + [..] virt/tdx: 262668 KBs allocated for PAMT + [..] virt/tdx: module initialized + +If the TDX module failed to initialize, dmesg also shows it failed to +initialize:: + + [..] virt/tdx: module initialization failed ... + +TDX Interaction to Other Kernel Components +------------------------------------------ + +TDX Memory Policy +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +TDX reports a list of "Convertible Memory Region" (CMR) to tell the +kernel which memory is TDX compatible. The kernel needs to build a list +of memory regions (out of CMRs) as "TDX-usable" memory and pass those +regions to the TDX module. Once this is done, those "TDX-usable" memory +regions are fixed during module's lifetime. + +To keep things simple, currently the kernel simply guarantees all pages +in the page allocator are TDX memory. Specifically, the kernel uses all +system memory in the core-mm "at the time of TDX module initialization" +as TDX memory, and in the meantime, refuses to online any non-TDX-memory +in the memory hotplug. + +Physical Memory Hotplug +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Note TDX assumes convertible memory is always physically present during +machine's runtime. A non-buggy BIOS should never support hot-removal of +any convertible memory. This implementation doesn't handle ACPI memory +removal but depends on the BIOS to behave correctly. + +CPU Hotplug +~~~~~~~~~~~ + +TDX module requires the per-cpu initialization SEAMCALL must be done on +one cpu before any other SEAMCALLs can be made on that cpu. The kernel +provides tdx_cpu_enable() to let the user of TDX to do it when the user +wants to use a new cpu for TDX task. + +TDX doesn't support physical (ACPI) CPU hotplug. During machine boot, +TDX verifies all boot-time present logical CPUs are TDX compatible before +enabling TDX. A non-buggy BIOS should never support hot-add/removal of +physical CPU. Currently the kernel doesn't handle physical CPU hotplug, +but depends on the BIOS to behave correctly. + +Note TDX works with CPU logical online/offline, thus the kernel still +allows to offline logical CPU and online it again. + +Kexec() +~~~~~~~ + +TDX host support currently lacks the ability to handle kexec. For +simplicity only one of them can be enabled in the Kconfig. This will be +fixed in the future. + +Erratum +~~~~~~~ + +The first few generations of TDX hardware have an erratum. A partial +write to a TDX private memory cacheline will silently "poison" the +line. Subsequent reads will consume the poison and generate a machine +check. + +A partial write is a memory write where a write transaction of less than +cacheline lands at the memory controller. The CPU does these via +non-temporal write instructions (like MOVNTI), or through UC/WC memory +mappings. Devices can also do partial writes via DMA. + +Theoretically, a kernel bug could do partial write to TDX private memory +and trigger unexpected machine check. What's more, the machine check +code will present these as "Hardware error" when they were, in fact, a +software-triggered issue. But in the end, this issue is hard to trigger. + +If the platform has such erratum, the kernel prints additional message in +machine check handler to tell user the machine check may be caused by +kernel bug on TDX private memory. + +Interaction vs S3 and deeper states +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +TDX cannot survive from S3 and deeper states. The hardware resets and +disables TDX completely when platform goes to S3 and deeper. Both TDX +guests and the TDX module get destroyed permanently. + +The kernel uses S3 for suspend-to-ram, and use S4 and deeper states for +hibernation. Currently, for simplicity, the kernel chooses to make TDX +mutually exclusive with S3 and hibernation. + +The kernel disables TDX during early boot when hibernation support is +available:: + + [..] virt/tdx: initialization failed: Hibernation support is enabled + +Add 'nohibernate' kernel command line to disable hibernation in order to +use TDX. + +ACPI S3 is disabled during kernel early boot if TDX is enabled. The user +needs to turn off TDX in the BIOS in order to use S3. + +TDX Guest Support +================= Since the host cannot directly access guest registers or memory, much normal functionality of a hypervisor must be moved into the guest. This is implemented using a Virtualization Exception (#VE) that is handled by the @@ -20,7 +205,7 @@ TDX includes new hypercall-like mechanisms for communicating from the guest to the hypervisor or the TDX module. New TDX Exceptions -================== +------------------ TDX guests behave differently from bare-metal and traditional VMX guests. In TDX guests, otherwise normal instructions or memory accesses can cause @@ -30,7 +215,7 @@ Instructions marked with an '*' conditionally cause exceptions. The details for these instructions are discussed below. Instruction-based #VE ---------------------- +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - Port I/O (INS, OUTS, IN, OUT) - HLT @@ -41,7 +226,7 @@ Instruction-based #VE - CPUID* Instruction-based #GP ---------------------- +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - All VMX instructions: INVEPT, INVVPID, VMCLEAR, VMFUNC, VMLAUNCH, VMPTRLD, VMPTRST, VMREAD, VMRESUME, VMWRITE, VMXOFF, VMXON @@ -52,7 +237,7 @@ Instruction-based #GP - RDMSR*,WRMSR* RDMSR/WRMSR Behavior --------------------- +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ MSR access behavior falls into three categories: @@ -73,7 +258,7 @@ trapping and handling in the TDX module. Other than possibly being slow, these MSRs appear to function just as they would on bare metal. CPUID Behavior --------------- +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ For some CPUID leaves and sub-leaves, the virtualized bit fields of CPUID return values (in guest EAX/EBX/ECX/EDX) are configurable by the @@ -93,7 +278,7 @@ not know how to handle. The guest kernel may ask the hypervisor for the value with a hypercall. #VE on Memory Accesses -====================== +---------------------- There are essentially two classes of TDX memory: private and shared. Private memory receives full TDX protections. Its content is protected @@ -107,7 +292,7 @@ entries. This helps ensure that a guest does not place sensitive information in shared memory, exposing it to the untrusted hypervisor. #VE on Shared Memory --------------------- +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Access to shared mappings can cause a #VE. The hypervisor ultimately controls whether a shared memory access causes a #VE, so the guest must be @@ -127,7 +312,7 @@ be careful not to access device MMIO regions unless it is also prepared to handle a #VE. #VE on Private Pages --------------------- +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ An access to private mappings can also cause a #VE. Since all kernel memory is also private memory, the kernel might theoretically need to @@ -145,7 +330,7 @@ The hypervisor is permitted to unilaterally move accepted pages to a to handle the exception. Linux #VE handler -================= +----------------- Just like page faults or #GP's, #VE exceptions can be either handled or be fatal. Typically, an unhandled userspace #VE results in a SIGSEGV. @@ -167,7 +352,7 @@ While the block is in place, any #VE is elevated to a double fault (#DF) which is not recoverable. MMIO handling -============= +------------- In non-TDX VMs, MMIO is usually implemented by giving a guest access to a mapping which will cause a VMEXIT on access, and then the hypervisor @@ -189,7 +374,7 @@ MMIO access via other means (like structure overlays) may result in an oops. Shared Memory Conversions -========================= +------------------------- All TDX guest memory starts out as private at boot. This memory can not be accessed by the hypervisor. However, some kernel users like device diff --git a/Documentation/block/ioprio.rst b/Documentation/block/ioprio.rst index a25c6d5df8..4662e1ff3d 100644 --- a/Documentation/block/ioprio.rst +++ b/Documentation/block/ioprio.rst @@ -6,17 +6,16 @@ Block io priorities Intro ----- -With the introduction of cfq v3 (aka cfq-ts or time sliced cfq), basic io -priorities are supported for reads on files. This enables users to io nice -processes or process groups, similar to what has been possible with cpu -scheduling for ages. This document mainly details the current possibilities -with cfq; other io schedulers do not support io priorities thus far. +The io priority feature enables users to io nice processes or process groups, +similar to what has been possible with cpu scheduling for ages. Support for io +priorities is io scheduler dependent and currently supported by bfq and +mq-deadline. Scheduling classes ------------------ -CFQ implements three generic scheduling classes that determine how io is -served for a process. +Three generic scheduling classes are implemented for io priorities that +determine how io is served for a process. IOPRIO_CLASS_RT: This is the realtime io class. This scheduling class is given higher priority than any other in the system, processes from this class are diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/btf.rst b/Documentation/bpf/btf.rst index e43c2fdafc..257a7e1cdf 100644 --- a/Documentation/bpf/btf.rst +++ b/Documentation/bpf/btf.rst @@ -272,10 +272,8 @@ In this case, if the base type is an int type, it must be a regular int type: * ``BTF_INT_OFFSET()`` must be 0. * ``BTF_INT_BITS()`` must be equal to ``{1,2,4,8,16} * 8``. -The following kernel patch introduced ``kind_flag`` and explained why both -modes exist: - - https://github.com/torvalds/linux/commit/9d5f9f701b1891466fb3dbb1806ad97716f95cc3#diff-fa650a64fdd3968396883d2fe8215ff3 +Commit 9d5f9f701b18 introduced ``kind_flag`` and explains why both modes +exist. 2.2.6 BTF_KIND_ENUM ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/cpumasks.rst b/Documentation/bpf/cpumasks.rst index a22b6ad105..b5d47a04da 100644 --- a/Documentation/bpf/cpumasks.rst +++ b/Documentation/bpf/cpumasks.rst @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ can be used to query the contents of cpumasks. .. kernel-doc:: kernel/bpf/cpumask.c :identifiers: bpf_cpumask_first bpf_cpumask_first_zero bpf_cpumask_first_and - bpf_cpumask_test_cpu + bpf_cpumask_test_cpu bpf_cpumask_weight .. kernel-doc:: kernel/bpf/cpumask.c :identifiers: bpf_cpumask_equal bpf_cpumask_intersects bpf_cpumask_subset diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/fs_kfuncs.rst b/Documentation/bpf/fs_kfuncs.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8762c3233a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/bpf/fs_kfuncs.rst @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. _fs_kfuncs-header-label: + +===================== +BPF filesystem kfuncs +===================== + +BPF LSM programs need to access filesystem data from LSM hooks. The following +BPF kfuncs can be used to get these data. + + * ``bpf_get_file_xattr()`` + + * ``bpf_get_fsverity_digest()`` + +To avoid recursions, these kfuncs follow the following rules: + +1. These kfuncs are only permitted from BPF LSM function. +2. These kfuncs should not call into other LSM hooks, i.e. security_*(). For + example, ``bpf_get_file_xattr()`` does not use ``vfs_getxattr()``, because + the latter calls LSM hook ``security_inode_getxattr``. diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/index.rst b/Documentation/bpf/index.rst index aeaeb35e6d..0bb5cb8157 100644 --- a/Documentation/bpf/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/bpf/index.rst @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ that goes into great technical depth about the BPF Architecture. helpers kfuncs cpumasks + fs_kfuncs programs maps bpf_prog_run diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/kfuncs.rst b/Documentation/bpf/kfuncs.rst index 723408e399..7985c6615f 100644 --- a/Documentation/bpf/kfuncs.rst +++ b/Documentation/bpf/kfuncs.rst @@ -135,6 +135,30 @@ Either way, the returned buffer is either NULL, or of size buffer_szk. Without t annotation, the verifier will reject the program if a null pointer is passed in with a nonzero size. +2.2.5 __str Annotation +---------------------------- +This annotation is used to indicate that the argument is a constant string. + +An example is given below:: + + __bpf_kfunc bpf_get_file_xattr(..., const char *name__str, ...) + { + ... + } + +In this case, ``bpf_get_file_xattr()`` can be called as:: + + bpf_get_file_xattr(..., "xattr_name", ...); + +Or:: + + const char name[] = "xattr_name"; /* This need to be global */ + int BPF_PROG(...) + { + ... + bpf_get_file_xattr(..., name, ...); + ... + } .. _BPF_kfunc_nodef: diff --git a/Documentation/conf.py b/Documentation/conf.py index e385e24fe9..d148f3e8dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/conf.py +++ b/Documentation/conf.py @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ from load_config import loadConfig # -- General configuration ------------------------------------------------ # If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. -needs_sphinx = '1.7' +needs_sphinx = '2.4.4' # Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be # extensions coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ needs_sphinx = '1.7' extensions = ['kerneldoc', 'rstFlatTable', 'kernel_include', 'kfigure', 'sphinx.ext.ifconfig', 'automarkup', 'maintainers_include', 'sphinx.ext.autosectionlabel', - 'kernel_abi', 'kernel_feat'] + 'kernel_abi', 'kernel_feat', 'translations'] if major >= 3: if (major > 3) or (minor > 0 or patch >= 2): @@ -106,6 +106,7 @@ if major >= 3: "__weak", "noinline", "__fix_address", + "__counted_by", # include/linux/memblock.h: "__init_memblock", @@ -357,6 +358,10 @@ html_sidebars = { '**': ['searchbox.html', 'kernel-toc.html', 'sourcelink.html'] if html_theme == 'alabaster': html_sidebars['**'].insert(0, 'about.html') +# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top +# of the sidebar. +html_logo = 'images/logo.svg' + # Output file base name for HTML help builder. htmlhelp_basename = 'TheLinuxKerneldoc' diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/dma-api-howto.rst b/Documentation/core-api/dma-api-howto.rst index 72f6cdb6be..e8a55f9d61 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/dma-api-howto.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/dma-api-howto.rst @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Dynamic DMA mapping Guide This is a guide to device driver writers on how to use the DMA API with example pseudo-code. For a concise description of the API, see -DMA-API.txt. +Documentation/core-api/dma-api.rst. CPU and DMA addresses ===================== diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/dma-api.rst b/Documentation/core-api/dma-api.rst index 829f20a193..8e3cce3d0a 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/dma-api.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/dma-api.rst @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ DMA address entries returned. Synchronise a single contiguous or scatter/gather mapping for the CPU and device. With the sync_sg API, all the parameters must be the same -as those passed into the single mapping API. With the sync_single API, +as those passed into the sg mapping API. With the sync_single API, you can use dma_handle and size parameters that aren't identical to those passed into the single mapping API to do a partial sync. diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/maple_tree.rst b/Documentation/core-api/maple_tree.rst index 96f3d5f076..ccdd1615cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/maple_tree.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/maple_tree.rst @@ -81,6 +81,9 @@ section. Sometimes it is necessary to ensure the next call to store to a maple tree does not allocate memory, please see :ref:`maple-tree-advanced-api` for this use case. +You can use mtree_dup() to duplicate an entire maple tree. It is a more +efficient way than inserting all elements one by one into a new tree. + Finally, you can remove all entries from a maple tree by calling mtree_destroy(). If the maple tree entries are pointers, you may wish to free the entries first. @@ -112,6 +115,7 @@ Takes ma_lock internally: * mtree_insert() * mtree_insert_range() * mtree_erase() + * mtree_dup() * mtree_destroy() * mt_set_in_rcu() * mt_clear_in_rcu() diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst b/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst index 2d091c873d..af8151db88 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ The Slab Cache .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/slab.h :internal: -.. kernel-doc:: mm/slab.c +.. kernel-doc:: mm/slub.c :export: .. kernel-doc:: mm/slab_common.c diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/pin_user_pages.rst b/Documentation/core-api/pin_user_pages.rst index d3c1f6d8c0..6b5f7e6e71 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/pin_user_pages.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/pin_user_pages.rst @@ -153,6 +153,8 @@ NOTE: Some pages, such as DAX pages, cannot be pinned with longterm pins. That's because DAX pages do not have a separate page cache, and so "pinning" implies locking down file system blocks, which is not (yet) supported in that way. +.. _mmu-notifier-registration-case: + CASE 3: MMU notifier registration, with or without page faulting hardware ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Device drivers can pin pages via get_user_pages*(), and register for mmu diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/workqueue.rst b/Documentation/core-api/workqueue.rst index 0046af0653..3599cf9267 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/workqueue.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/workqueue.rst @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Workqueue currently supports the following affinity scopes. cases. This is the default affinity scope. ``numa`` - CPUs are grouped according to NUMA bounaries. + CPUs are grouped according to NUMA boundaries. ``system`` All CPUs are put in the same group. Workqueue makes no effort to process a @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ The command used: :: There are 24 issuers, each issuing 64 IOs concurrently. ``--verify=sha512`` makes ``fio`` generate and read back the content each time which makes -execution locality matter between the issuer and ``kcryptd``. The followings +execution locality matter between the issuer and ``kcryptd``. The following are the read bandwidths and CPU utilizations depending on different affinity scope settings on ``kcryptd`` measured over five runs. Bandwidths are in MiBps, and CPU util in percents. diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/api.rst b/Documentation/crypto/api.rst index b91b31736d..ff31c30561 100644 --- a/Documentation/crypto/api.rst +++ b/Documentation/crypto/api.rst @@ -1,11 +1,8 @@ Programming Interface ===================== -.. class:: toc-title - - Table of contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of contents :maxdepth: 2 api-skcipher diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/device_drivers/index.rst b/Documentation/crypto/device_drivers/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c81d311ac6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/crypto/device_drivers/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +Hardware Device Driver Specific Documentation +--------------------------------------------- + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + octeontx2 diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/device_drivers/octeontx2.rst b/Documentation/crypto/device_drivers/octeontx2.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e469b173a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/crypto/device_drivers/octeontx2.rst @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +========================= +octeontx2 devlink support +========================= + +This document describes the devlink features implemented by the ``octeontx2 CPT`` +device drivers. + +Parameters +========== + +The ``octeontx2`` driver implements the following driver-specific parameters. + +.. list-table:: Driver-specific parameters implemented + :widths: 5 5 5 85 + + * - Name + - Type + - Mode + - Description + * - ``t106_mode`` + - u8 + - runtime + - Used to configure CN10KA B0/CN10KB CPT to work as CN10KA A0/A1. diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/index.rst b/Documentation/crypto/index.rst index da5d5ad2bd..92eec78b57 100644 --- a/Documentation/crypto/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/crypto/index.rst @@ -9,11 +9,8 @@ This documentation outlines the Linux kernel crypto API with its concepts, details about developing cipher implementations, employment of the API for cryptographic use cases, as well as programming examples. -.. class:: toc-title - - Table of contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of contents :maxdepth: 2 intro @@ -28,3 +25,4 @@ for cryptographic use cases, as well as programming examples. api api-samples descore-readme + device_drivers/index diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/checkuapi.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/checkuapi.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9072f21b50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/checkuapi.rst @@ -0,0 +1,477 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only + +============ +UAPI Checker +============ + +The UAPI checker (``scripts/check-uapi.sh``) is a shell script which +checks UAPI header files for userspace backwards-compatibility across +the git tree. + +Options +======= + +This section will describe the options with which ``check-uapi.sh`` +can be run. + +Usage:: + + check-uapi.sh [-b BASE_REF] [-p PAST_REF] [-j N] [-l ERROR_LOG] [-i] [-q] [-v] + +Available options:: + + -b BASE_REF Base git reference to use for comparison. If unspecified or empty, + will use any dirty changes in tree to UAPI files. If there are no + dirty changes, HEAD will be used. + -p PAST_REF Compare BASE_REF to PAST_REF (e.g. -p v6.1). If unspecified or empty, + will use BASE_REF^1. Must be an ancestor of BASE_REF. Only headers + that exist on PAST_REF will be checked for compatibility. + -j JOBS Number of checks to run in parallel (default: number of CPU cores). + -l ERROR_LOG Write error log to file (default: no error log is generated). + -i Ignore ambiguous changes that may or may not break UAPI compatibility. + -q Quiet operation. + -v Verbose operation (print more information about each header being checked). + +Environmental args:: + + ABIDIFF Custom path to abidiff binary + CC C compiler (default is "gcc") + ARCH Target architecture of C compiler (default is host arch) + +Exit codes:: + + 0) Success + 1) ABI difference detected + 2) Prerequisite not met + +Examples +======== + +Basic Usage +----------- + +First, let's try making a change to a UAPI header file that obviously +won't break userspace:: + + cat << 'EOF' | patch -l -p1 + --- a/include/uapi/linux/acct.h + +++ b/include/uapi/linux/acct.h + @@ -21,7 +21,9 @@ + #include + #include + + -/* + +#define FOO + + + +/* + * comp_t is a 16-bit "floating" point number with a 3-bit base 8 + * exponent and a 13-bit fraction. + * comp2_t is 24-bit with 5-bit base 2 exponent and 20 bit fraction + diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h b/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h + EOF + +Now, let's use the script to validate:: + + % ./scripts/check-uapi.sh + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from dirty tree... OK + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from HEAD... OK + Checking changes to UAPI headers between HEAD and dirty tree... + All 912 UAPI headers compatible with x86 appear to be backwards compatible + +Let's add another change that *might* break userspace:: + + cat << 'EOF' | patch -l -p1 + --- a/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h + +++ b/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h + @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ struct bpf_insn { + __u8 dst_reg:4; /* dest register */ + __u8 src_reg:4; /* source register */ + __s16 off; /* signed offset */ + - __s32 imm; /* signed immediate constant */ + + __u32 imm; /* unsigned immediate constant */ + }; + + /* Key of an a BPF_MAP_TYPE_LPM_TRIE entry */ + EOF + +The script will catch this:: + + % ./scripts/check-uapi.sh + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from dirty tree... OK + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from HEAD... OK + Checking changes to UAPI headers between HEAD and dirty tree... + ==== ABI differences detected in include/linux/bpf.h from HEAD -> dirty tree ==== + [C] 'struct bpf_insn' changed: + type size hasn't changed + 1 data member change: + type of '__s32 imm' changed: + typedef name changed from __s32 to __u32 at int-ll64.h:27:1 + underlying type 'int' changed: + type name changed from 'int' to 'unsigned int' + type size hasn't changed + ================================================================================== + + error - 1/912 UAPI headers compatible with x86 appear _not_ to be backwards compatible + +In this case, the script is reporting the type change because it could +break a userspace program that passes in a negative number. Now, let's +say you know that no userspace program could possibly be using a negative +value in ``imm``, so changing to an unsigned type there shouldn't hurt +anything. You can pass the ``-i`` flag to the script to ignore changes +in which the userspace backwards compatibility is ambiguous:: + + % ./scripts/check-uapi.sh -i + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from dirty tree... OK + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from HEAD... OK + Checking changes to UAPI headers between HEAD and dirty tree... + All 912 UAPI headers compatible with x86 appear to be backwards compatible + +Now, let's make a similar change that *will* break userspace:: + + cat << 'EOF' | patch -l -p1 + --- a/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h + +++ b/include/uapi/linux/bpf.h + @@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ enum { + + struct bpf_insn { + __u8 code; /* opcode */ + - __u8 dst_reg:4; /* dest register */ + __u8 src_reg:4; /* source register */ + + __u8 dst_reg:4; /* dest register */ + __s16 off; /* signed offset */ + __s32 imm; /* signed immediate constant */ + }; + EOF + +Since we're re-ordering an existing struct member, there's no ambiguity, +and the script will report the breakage even if you pass ``-i``:: + + % ./scripts/check-uapi.sh -i + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from dirty tree... OK + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from HEAD... OK + Checking changes to UAPI headers between HEAD and dirty tree... + ==== ABI differences detected in include/linux/bpf.h from HEAD -> dirty tree ==== + [C] 'struct bpf_insn' changed: + type size hasn't changed + 2 data member changes: + '__u8 dst_reg' offset changed from 8 to 12 (in bits) (by +4 bits) + '__u8 src_reg' offset changed from 12 to 8 (in bits) (by -4 bits) + ================================================================================== + + error - 1/912 UAPI headers compatible with x86 appear _not_ to be backwards compatible + +Let's commit the breaking change, then commit the innocuous change:: + + % git commit -m 'Breaking UAPI change' include/uapi/linux/bpf.h + [detached HEAD f758e574663a] Breaking UAPI change + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) + % git commit -m 'Innocuous UAPI change' include/uapi/linux/acct.h + [detached HEAD 2e87df769081] Innocuous UAPI change + 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) + +Now, let's run the script again with no arguments:: + + % ./scripts/check-uapi.sh + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from HEAD... OK + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from HEAD^1... OK + Checking changes to UAPI headers between HEAD^1 and HEAD... + All 912 UAPI headers compatible with x86 appear to be backwards compatible + +It doesn't catch any breaking change because, by default, it only +compares ``HEAD`` to ``HEAD^1``. The breaking change was committed on +``HEAD~2``. If we wanted the search scope to go back further, we'd have to +use the ``-p`` option to pass a different past reference. In this case, +let's pass ``-p HEAD~2`` to the script so it checks UAPI changes between +``HEAD~2`` and ``HEAD``:: + + % ./scripts/check-uapi.sh -p HEAD~2 + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from HEAD... OK + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from HEAD~2... OK + Checking changes to UAPI headers between HEAD~2 and HEAD... + ==== ABI differences detected in include/linux/bpf.h from HEAD~2 -> HEAD ==== + [C] 'struct bpf_insn' changed: + type size hasn't changed + 2 data member changes: + '__u8 dst_reg' offset changed from 8 to 12 (in bits) (by +4 bits) + '__u8 src_reg' offset changed from 12 to 8 (in bits) (by -4 bits) + ============================================================================== + + error - 1/912 UAPI headers compatible with x86 appear _not_ to be backwards compatible + +Alternatively, we could have also run with ``-b HEAD~``. This would set the +base reference to ``HEAD~`` so then the script would compare it to ``HEAD~^1``. + +Architecture-specific Headers +----------------------------- + +Consider this change:: + + cat << 'EOF' | patch -l -p1 + --- a/arch/arm64/include/uapi/asm/sigcontext.h + +++ b/arch/arm64/include/uapi/asm/sigcontext.h + @@ -70,6 +70,7 @@ struct sigcontext { + struct _aarch64_ctx { + __u32 magic; + __u32 size; + + __u32 new_var; + }; + + #define FPSIMD_MAGIC 0x46508001 + EOF + +This is a change to an arm64-specific UAPI header file. In this example, I'm +running the script from an x86 machine with an x86 compiler, so, by default, +the script only checks x86-compatible UAPI header files:: + + % ./scripts/check-uapi.sh + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from dirty tree... OK + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from HEAD... OK + No changes to UAPI headers were applied between HEAD and dirty tree + +With an x86 compiler, we can't check header files in ``arch/arm64``, so the +script doesn't even try. + +If we want to check the header file, we'll have to use an arm64 compiler and +set ``ARCH`` accordingly:: + + % CC=aarch64-linux-gnu-gcc ARCH=arm64 ./scripts/check-uapi.sh + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from dirty tree... OK + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from HEAD... OK + Checking changes to UAPI headers between HEAD and dirty tree... + ==== ABI differences detected in include/asm/sigcontext.h from HEAD -> dirty tree ==== + [C] 'struct _aarch64_ctx' changed: + type size changed from 64 to 96 (in bits) + 1 data member insertion: + '__u32 new_var', at offset 64 (in bits) at sigcontext.h:73:1 + -- snip -- + [C] 'struct zt_context' changed: + type size changed from 128 to 160 (in bits) + 2 data member changes (1 filtered): + '__u16 nregs' offset changed from 64 to 96 (in bits) (by +32 bits) + '__u16 __reserved[3]' offset changed from 80 to 112 (in bits) (by +32 bits) + ======================================================================================= + + error - 1/884 UAPI headers compatible with arm64 appear _not_ to be backwards compatible + +We can see with ``ARCH`` and ``CC`` set properly for the file, the ABI +change is reported properly. Also notice that the total number of UAPI +header files checked by the script changes. This is because the number +of headers installed for arm64 platforms is different than x86. + +Cross-Dependency Breakages +-------------------------- + +Consider this change:: + + cat << 'EOF' | patch -l -p1 + --- a/include/uapi/linux/types.h + +++ b/include/uapi/linux/types.h + @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ typedef __u32 __bitwise __wsum; + #define __aligned_be64 __be64 __attribute__((aligned(8))) + #define __aligned_le64 __le64 __attribute__((aligned(8))) + + -typedef unsigned __bitwise __poll_t; + +typedef unsigned short __bitwise __poll_t; + + #endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */ + #endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_TYPES_H */ + EOF + +Here, we're changing a ``typedef`` in ``types.h``. This doesn't break +a UAPI in ``types.h``, but other UAPIs in the tree may break due to +this change:: + + % ./scripts/check-uapi.sh + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from dirty tree... OK + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from HEAD... OK + Checking changes to UAPI headers between HEAD and dirty tree... + ==== ABI differences detected in include/linux/eventpoll.h from HEAD -> dirty tree ==== + [C] 'struct epoll_event' changed: + type size changed from 96 to 80 (in bits) + 2 data member changes: + type of '__poll_t events' changed: + underlying type 'unsigned int' changed: + type name changed from 'unsigned int' to 'unsigned short int' + type size changed from 32 to 16 (in bits) + '__u64 data' offset changed from 32 to 16 (in bits) (by -16 bits) + ======================================================================================== + include/linux/eventpoll.h did not change between HEAD and dirty tree... + It's possible a change to one of the headers it includes caused this error: + #include + #include + +Note that the script noticed the failing header file did not change, +so it assumes one of its includes must have caused the breakage. Indeed, +we can see ``linux/types.h`` is used from ``eventpoll.h``. + +UAPI Header Removals +-------------------- + +Consider this change:: + + cat << 'EOF' | patch -l -p1 + diff --git a/include/uapi/asm-generic/Kbuild b/include/uapi/asm-generic/Kbuild + index ebb180aac74e..a9c88b0a8b3b 100644 + --- a/include/uapi/asm-generic/Kbuild + +++ b/include/uapi/asm-generic/Kbuild + @@ -31,6 +31,6 @@ mandatory-y += stat.h + mandatory-y += statfs.h + mandatory-y += swab.h + mandatory-y += termbits.h + -mandatory-y += termios.h + +#mandatory-y += termios.h + mandatory-y += types.h + mandatory-y += unistd.h + EOF + +This script removes a UAPI header file from the install list. Let's run +the script:: + + % ./scripts/check-uapi.sh + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from dirty tree... OK + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from HEAD... OK + Checking changes to UAPI headers between HEAD and dirty tree... + ==== UAPI header include/asm/termios.h was removed between HEAD and dirty tree ==== + + error - 1/912 UAPI headers compatible with x86 appear _not_ to be backwards compatible + +Removing a UAPI header is considered a breaking change, and the script +will flag it as such. + +Checking Historic UAPI Compatibility +------------------------------------ + +You can use the ``-b`` and ``-p`` options to examine different chunks of your +git tree. For example, to check all changed UAPI header files between tags +v6.0 and v6.1, you'd run:: + + % ./scripts/check-uapi.sh -b v6.1 -p v6.0 + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from v6.1... OK + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from v6.0... OK + Checking changes to UAPI headers between v6.0 and v6.1... + + --- snip --- + error - 37/907 UAPI headers compatible with x86 appear _not_ to be backwards compatible + +Note: Before v5.3, a header file needed by the script is not present, +so the script is unable to check changes before then. + +You'll notice that the script detected many UAPI changes that are not +backwards compatible. Knowing that kernel UAPIs are supposed to be stable +forever, this is an alarming result. This brings us to the next section: +caveats. + +Caveats +======= + +The UAPI checker makes no assumptions about the author's intention, so some +types of changes may be flagged even though they intentionally break UAPI. + +Removals For Refactoring or Deprecation +--------------------------------------- + +Sometimes drivers for very old hardware are removed, such as in this example:: + + % ./scripts/check-uapi.sh -b ba47652ba655 + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from ba47652ba655... OK + Installing user-facing UAPI headers from ba47652ba655^1... OK + Checking changes to UAPI headers between ba47652ba655^1 and ba47652ba655... + ==== UAPI header include/linux/meye.h was removed between ba47652ba655^1 and ba47652ba655 ==== + + error - 1/910 UAPI headers compatible with x86 appear _not_ to be backwards compatible + +The script will always flag removals (even if they're intentional). + +Struct Expansions +----------------- + +Depending on how a structure is handled in kernelspace, a change which +expands a struct could be non-breaking. + +If a struct is used as the argument to an ioctl, then the kernel driver +must be able to handle ioctl commands of any size. Beyond that, you need +to be careful when copying data from the user. Say, for example, that +``struct foo`` is changed like this:: + + struct foo { + __u64 a; /* added in version 1 */ + + __u32 b; /* added in version 2 */ + + __u32 c; /* added in version 2 */ + } + +By default, the script will flag this kind of change for further review:: + + [C] 'struct foo' changed: + type size changed from 64 to 128 (in bits) + 2 data member insertions: + '__u32 b', at offset 64 (in bits) + '__u32 c', at offset 96 (in bits) + +However, it is possible that this change was made safely. + +If a userspace program was built with version 1, it will think +``sizeof(struct foo)`` is 8. That size will be encoded in the +ioctl value that gets sent to the kernel. If the kernel is built +with version 2, it will think the ``sizeof(struct foo)`` is 16. + +The kernel can use the ``_IOC_SIZE`` macro to get the size encoded +in the ioctl code that the user passed in and then use +``copy_struct_from_user()`` to safely copy the value:: + + int handle_ioctl(unsigned long cmd, unsigned long arg) + { + switch _IOC_NR(cmd) { + 0x01: { + struct foo my_cmd; /* size 16 in the kernel */ + + ret = copy_struct_from_user(&my_cmd, arg, sizeof(struct foo), _IOC_SIZE(cmd)); + ... + +``copy_struct_from_user`` will zero the struct in the kernel and then copy +only the bytes passed in from the user (leaving new members zeroized). +If the user passed in a larger struct, the extra members are ignored. + +If you know this situation is accounted for in the kernel code, you can +pass ``-i`` to the script, and struct expansions like this will be ignored. + +Flex Array Migration +-------------------- + +While the script handles expansion into an existing flex array, it does +still flag initial migration to flex arrays from 1-element fake flex +arrays. For example:: + + struct foo { + __u32 x; + - __u32 flex[1]; /* fake flex */ + + __u32 flex[]; /* real flex */ + }; + +This change would be flagged by the script:: + + [C] 'struct foo' changed: + type size changed from 64 to 32 (in bits) + 1 data member change: + type of '__u32 flex[1]' changed: + type name changed from '__u32[1]' to '__u32[]' + array type size changed from 32 to 'unknown' + array type subrange 1 changed length from 1 to 'unknown' + +At this time, there's no way to filter these types of changes, so be +aware of this possible false positive. + +Summary +------- + +While many types of false positives are filtered out by the script, +it's possible there are some cases where the script flags a change +which does not break UAPI. It's also possible a change which *does* +break userspace would not be flagged by this script. While the script +has been run on much of the kernel history, there could still be corner +cases that are not accounted for. + +The intention is for this script to be used as a quick check for +maintainers or automated tooling, not as the end-all authority on +patch compatibility. It's best to remember: use your best judgment +(and ideally a unit test in userspace) to make sure your UAPI changes +are backwards-compatible! diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst index 6b0663075d..efa49cdc8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst @@ -10,11 +10,8 @@ whole; patches welcome! A brief overview of testing-specific tools can be found in Documentation/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst -.. class:: toc-title - - Table of contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of contents :maxdepth: 2 testing-overview @@ -34,6 +31,7 @@ Documentation/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst kselftest kunit/index ktap + checkuapi .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/api/resource.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/api/resource.rst index 0a94f83125..ec6002a6b0 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/api/resource.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/api/resource.rst @@ -11,3 +11,12 @@ state on a per-test basis, register custom cleanup actions, and more. .. kernel-doc:: include/kunit/resource.h :internal: + +Managed Devices +--------------- + +Functions for using KUnit-managed struct device and struct device_driver. +Include ``kunit/device.h`` to use these. + +.. kernel-doc:: include/kunit/device.h + :internal: diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/run_manual.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/run_manual.rst index e7b46421f2..699d928850 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/run_manual.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/run_manual.rst @@ -49,9 +49,52 @@ loaded. The results will appear in TAP format in ``dmesg``. +debugfs +======= + +KUnit can be accessed from userspace via the debugfs filesystem (See more +information about debugfs at Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.rst). + +If ``CONFIG_KUNIT_DEBUGFS`` is enabled, the KUnit debugfs filesystem is +mounted at /sys/kernel/debug/kunit. You can use this filesystem to perform +the following actions. + +Retrieve Test Results +===================== + +You can use debugfs to retrieve KUnit test results. The test results are +accessible from the debugfs filesystem in the following read-only file: + +.. code-block :: bash + + /sys/kernel/debug/kunit//results + +The test results are printed in a KTAP document. Note this document is separate +to the kernel log and thus, may have different test suite numbering. + +Run Tests After Kernel Has Booted +================================= + +You can use the debugfs filesystem to trigger built-in tests to run after +boot. To run the test suite, you can use the following command to write to +the ``/sys/kernel/debug/kunit//run`` file: + +.. code-block :: bash + + echo "any string" > /sys/kernel/debugfs/kunit//run + +As a result, the test suite runs and the results are printed to the kernel +log. + +However, this feature is not available with KUnit suites that use init data, +because init data may have been discarded after the kernel boots. KUnit +suites that use init data should be defined using the +kunit_test_init_section_suites() macro. + +Also, you cannot use this feature to run tests concurrently. Instead a test +will wait to run until other tests have completed or failed. + .. note :: - If ``CONFIG_KUNIT_DEBUGFS`` is enabled, KUnit test results will - be accessible from the ``debugfs`` filesystem (if mounted). - They will be in ``/sys/kernel/debug/kunit//results``, in - TAP format. + For test authors, to use this feature, tests will need to correctly initialise + and/or clean up any data, so the test runs correctly a second time. diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/running_tips.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/running_tips.rst index 766f9cdea0..bd689db6fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/running_tips.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/running_tips.rst @@ -139,6 +139,17 @@ If your installed version of gcc doesn't work, you can tweak the steps: $ ./tools/testing/kunit/kunit.py run --make_options=CC=/usr/bin/gcc-6 $ lcov -t "my_kunit_tests" -o coverage.info -c -d .kunit/ --gcov-tool=/usr/bin/gcov-6 +Alternatively, LLVM-based toolchains can also be used: + +.. code-block:: bash + + # Build with LLVM and append coverage options to the current config + $ ./tools/testing/kunit/kunit.py run --make_options LLVM=1 --kunitconfig=.kunit/ --kunitconfig=tools/testing/kunit/configs/coverage_uml.config + $ llvm-profdata merge -sparse default.profraw -o default.profdata + $ llvm-cov export --format=lcov .kunit/vmlinux -instr-profile default.profdata > coverage.info + # The coverage.info file is in lcov-compatible format and it can be used to e.g. generate HTML report + $ genhtml -o /tmp/coverage_html coverage.info + Running tests manually ====================== @@ -428,3 +439,10 @@ This attribute indicates the name of the module associated with the test. This attribute is automatically saved as a string and is printed for each suite. Tests can also be filtered using this attribute. + +``is_init`` + +This attribute indicates whether the test uses init data or functions. + +This attribute is automatically saved as a boolean and tests can also be +filtered using this attribute. diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst index 9db12e9166..22955d56b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst @@ -566,13 +566,9 @@ By reusing the same ``cases`` array from above, we can write the test as a }, }; - // Need a helper function to generate a name for each test case. - static void case_to_desc(const struct sha1_test_case *t, char *desc) - { - strcpy(desc, t->str); - } - // Creates `sha1_gen_params()` to iterate over `cases`. - KUNIT_ARRAY_PARAM(sha1, cases, case_to_desc); + // Creates `sha1_gen_params()` to iterate over `cases` while using + // the struct member `str` for the case description. + KUNIT_ARRAY_PARAM_DESC(sha1, cases, str); // Looks no different from a normal test. static void sha1_test(struct kunit *test) @@ -588,7 +584,7 @@ By reusing the same ``cases`` array from above, we can write the test as a } // Instead of KUNIT_CASE, we use KUNIT_CASE_PARAM and pass in the - // function declared by KUNIT_ARRAY_PARAM. + // function declared by KUNIT_ARRAY_PARAM or KUNIT_ARRAY_PARAM_DESC. static struct kunit_case sha1_test_cases[] = { KUNIT_CASE_PARAM(sha1_test, sha1_gen_params), {} @@ -675,8 +671,23 @@ Testing Static Functions ------------------------ If we do not want to expose functions or variables for testing, one option is to -conditionally ``#include`` the test file at the end of your .c file. For -example: +conditionally export the used symbol. For example: + +.. code-block:: c + + /* In my_file.c */ + + VISIBLE_IF_KUNIT int do_interesting_thing(); + EXPORT_SYMBOL_IF_KUNIT(do_interesting_thing); + + /* In my_file.h */ + + #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_KUNIT) + int do_interesting_thing(void); + #endif + +Alternatively, you could conditionally ``#include`` the test file at the end of +your .c file. For example: .. code-block:: c @@ -797,3 +808,53 @@ structures as shown below: KUnit is not enabled, or if no test is running in the current task, it will do nothing. This compiles down to either a no-op or a static key check, so will have a negligible performance impact when no test is running. + +Managing Fake Devices and Drivers +--------------------------------- + +When testing drivers or code which interacts with drivers, many functions will +require a ``struct device`` or ``struct device_driver``. In many cases, setting +up a real device is not required to test any given function, so a fake device +can be used instead. + +KUnit provides helper functions to create and manage these fake devices, which +are internally of type ``struct kunit_device``, and are attached to a special +``kunit_bus``. These devices support managed device resources (devres), as +described in Documentation/driver-api/driver-model/devres.rst + +To create a KUnit-managed ``struct device_driver``, use ``kunit_driver_create()``, +which will create a driver with the given name, on the ``kunit_bus``. This driver +will automatically be destroyed when the corresponding test finishes, but can also +be manually destroyed with ``driver_unregister()``. + +To create a fake device, use the ``kunit_device_register()``, which will create +and register a device, using a new KUnit-managed driver created with ``kunit_driver_create()``. +To provide a specific, non-KUnit-managed driver, use ``kunit_device_register_with_driver()`` +instead. Like with managed drivers, KUnit-managed fake devices are automatically +cleaned up when the test finishes, but can be manually cleaned up early with +``kunit_device_unregister()``. + +The KUnit devices should be used in preference to ``root_device_register()``, and +instead of ``platform_device_register()`` in cases where the device is not otherwise +a platform device. + +For example: + +.. code-block:: c + + #include + + static void test_my_device(struct kunit *test) + { + struct device *fake_device; + const char *dev_managed_string; + + // Create a fake device. + fake_device = kunit_device_register(test, "my_device"); + KUNIT_ASSERT_NOT_ERR_OR_NULL(test, fake_device) + + // Pass it to functions which need a device. + dev_managed_string = devm_kstrdup(fake_device, "Hello, World!"); + + // Everything is cleaned up automatically when the test ends. + } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile index 3e886194b0..129cf698fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile @@ -28,7 +28,10 @@ $(obj)/%.example.dts: $(src)/%.yaml check_dtschema_version FORCE find_all_cmd = find $(srctree)/$(src) \( -name '*.yaml' ! \ -name 'processed-schema*' \) -find_cmd = $(find_all_cmd) | grep -F -e "$(subst :," -e ",$(DT_SCHEMA_FILES))" +find_cmd = $(find_all_cmd) | \ + sed 's|^$(srctree)/||' | \ + grep -F -e "$(subst :," -e ",$(DT_SCHEMA_FILES))" | \ + sed 's|^|$(srctree)/|' CHK_DT_DOCS := $(shell $(find_cmd)) quiet_cmd_yamllint = LINT $(src) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/l2ecc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/l2ecc.yaml index a9fe01238a..76b65ea149 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/l2ecc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda/l2ecc.yaml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - const: "calxeda,hb-sregs-l2-ecc" + const: calxeda,hb-sregs-l2-ecc reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml index ffd526363f..cc5a21b47e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml @@ -198,6 +198,7 @@ properties: - qcom,kryo660 - qcom,kryo685 - qcom,kryo780 + - qcom,oryon - qcom,scorpion enable-method: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml index 32b195852a..228dcc5c7d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml @@ -967,6 +967,7 @@ properties: - menlo,mx8menlo # Verdin iMX8M Mini Module on i.MX8MM Menlo board - toradex,verdin-imx8mm-nonwifi-dahlia # Verdin iMX8M Mini Module on Dahlia - toradex,verdin-imx8mm-nonwifi-dev # Verdin iMX8M Mini Module on Verdin Development Board + - toradex,verdin-imx8mm-nonwifi-mallow # Verdin iMX8M Mini Module on Mallow - toradex,verdin-imx8mm-nonwifi-yavia # Verdin iMX8M Mini Module on Yavia - const: toradex,verdin-imx8mm-nonwifi # Verdin iMX8M Mini Module without Wi-Fi / BT - const: toradex,verdin-imx8mm # Verdin iMX8M Mini Module @@ -977,6 +978,7 @@ properties: - enum: - toradex,verdin-imx8mm-wifi-dahlia # Verdin iMX8M Mini Wi-Fi / BT Module on Dahlia - toradex,verdin-imx8mm-wifi-dev # Verdin iMX8M Mini Wi-Fi / BT M. on Verdin Development B. + - toradex,verdin-imx8mm-wifi-mallow # Verdin iMX8M Mini Wi-Fi / BT Module on Mallow - toradex,verdin-imx8mm-wifi-yavia # Verdin iMX8M Mini Wi-Fi / BT Module on Yavia - const: toradex,verdin-imx8mm-wifi # Verdin iMX8M Mini Wi-Fi / BT Module - const: toradex,verdin-imx8mm # Verdin iMX8M Mini Module @@ -1022,7 +1024,10 @@ properties: - description: Variscite VAR-SOM-MX8MN based boards items: - - const: variscite,var-som-mx8mn-symphony + - enum: + - dimonoff,gateway-evk # i.MX8MN Dimonoff Gateway EVK Board + - rve,rve-gateway # i.MX8MN RVE Gateway Board + - variscite,var-som-mx8mn-symphony - const: variscite,var-som-mx8mn - const: fsl,imx8mn @@ -1048,6 +1053,9 @@ properties: - gateworks,imx8mp-gw73xx-2x # i.MX8MP Gateworks Board - gateworks,imx8mp-gw74xx # i.MX8MP Gateworks Board - gateworks,imx8mp-gw7905-2x # i.MX8MP Gateworks Board + - skov,imx8mp-skov-revb-hdmi # SKOV i.MX8MP climate control without panel + - skov,imx8mp-skov-revb-lt6 # SKOV i.MX8MP climate control with 7” panel + - skov,imx8mp-skov-revb-mi1010ait-1cp1 # SKOV i.MX8MP climate control with 10.1" panel - toradex,verdin-imx8mp # Verdin iMX8M Plus Modules - toradex,verdin-imx8mp-nonwifi # Verdin iMX8M Plus Modules without Wi-Fi / BT - toradex,verdin-imx8mp-wifi # Verdin iMX8M Plus Wi-Fi / BT Modules @@ -1100,6 +1108,7 @@ properties: - enum: - toradex,verdin-imx8mp-nonwifi-dahlia # Verdin iMX8M Plus Module on Dahlia - toradex,verdin-imx8mp-nonwifi-dev # Verdin iMX8M Plus Module on Verdin Development Board + - toradex,verdin-imx8mp-nonwifi-mallow # Verdin iMX8M Plus Module on Mallow - toradex,verdin-imx8mp-nonwifi-yavia # Verdin iMX8M Plus Module on Yavia - const: toradex,verdin-imx8mp-nonwifi # Verdin iMX8M Plus Module without Wi-Fi / BT - const: toradex,verdin-imx8mp # Verdin iMX8M Plus Module @@ -1110,6 +1119,7 @@ properties: - enum: - toradex,verdin-imx8mp-wifi-dahlia # Verdin iMX8M Plus Wi-Fi / BT Module on Dahlia - toradex,verdin-imx8mp-wifi-dev # Verdin iMX8M Plus Wi-Fi / BT M. on Verdin Development B. + - toradex,verdin-imx8mp-wifi-mallow # Verdin iMX8M Plus Wi-Fi / BT Module on Mallow - toradex,verdin-imx8mp-wifi-yavia # Verdin iMX8M Plus Wi-Fi / BT Module on Yavia - const: toradex,verdin-imx8mp-wifi # Verdin iMX8M Plus Wi-Fi / BT Module - const: toradex,verdin-imx8mp # Verdin iMX8M Plus Module @@ -1476,6 +1486,16 @@ properties: - const: solidrun,lx2162a-som - const: fsl,lx2160a + - description: + TQ-Systems TQMLX2160A is a series of socketable SOM featuring + LX2160A system-on-chip variants. MBLX2160A mainboard can be used a + starterkit. + items: + - enum: + - tq,lx2160a-tqmlx2160a-mblx2160a + - const: tq,lx2160a-tqmlx2160a + - const: fsl,lx2160a + - description: S32G2 based Boards items: - enum: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/google.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/google.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e20b5c9b16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/google.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/google.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Google Tensor platforms + +maintainers: + - Peter Griffin + +description: | + ARM platforms using SoCs designed by Google branded "Tensor" used in Pixel + devices. + + Currently upstream this is devices using "gs101" SoC which is found in Pixel + 6, Pixel 6 Pro and Pixel 6a. + + Google have a few different names for the SoC: + - Marketing name ("Tensor") + - Codename ("Whitechapel") + - SoC ID ("gs101") + - Die ID ("S5P9845") + + Likewise there are a couple of names for the actual device + - Marketing name ("Pixel 6") + - Codename ("Oriole") + + Devicetrees should use the lowercased SoC ID and lowercased board codename, + e.g. gs101 and gs101-oriole. + +properties: + $nodename: + const: '/' + compatible: + oneOf: + - description: Google Pixel 6 / Oriole + items: + - enum: + - google,gs101-oriole + - const: google,gs101 + + # Bootloader requires empty ect node to be present + ect: + type: object + additionalProperties: false + +required: + - ect + +additionalProperties: true + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/controller/sysctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/controller/sysctrl.yaml index 5a53d433b6..7a221e1c09 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/controller/sysctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/controller/sysctrl.yaml @@ -82,6 +82,23 @@ properties: ranges: true +patternProperties: + '^clock@': + type: object + additionalProperties: false + + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - hisilicon,hi3620-clock + - hisilicon,hi3620-mmc-clock + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-7k-8k.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-7k-8k.yaml index 52d78521e4..16d2e132d3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-7k-8k.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-7k-8k.yaml @@ -60,4 +60,26 @@ properties: - const: marvell,armada-ap807-quad - const: marvell,armada-ap807 + - description: + Alleycat5X (98DX35xx) Reference Design as COM Express Carrier plus + Armada CN9130 COM Express CPU module + items: + - const: marvell,cn9130-ac5x-carrier + - const: marvell,rd-ac5x-carrier + - const: marvell,cn9130-cpu-module + - const: marvell,cn9130 + - const: marvell,armada-ap807-quad + - const: marvell,armada-ap807 + + - description: + Alleycat5X (98DX35xx) Reference Design as COM Express Carrier plus + Armada CN9131 COM Express CPU module + items: + - const: marvell,cn9131-ac5x-carrier + - const: marvell,rd-ac5x-carrier + - const: marvell,cn9131-cpu-module + - const: marvell,cn9131 + - const: marvell,armada-ap807-quad + - const: marvell,armada-ap807 + additionalProperties: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml index a5999b3afc..6f2f64ae76 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml @@ -174,6 +174,10 @@ properties: - enum: - mediatek,mt8186-evb - const: mediatek,mt8186 + - items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt8188-evb + - const: mediatek,mt8188 - items: - enum: - mediatek,mt8192-evb @@ -235,6 +239,13 @@ properties: items: - const: google,kappa - const: mediatek,mt8183 + - description: Google Katsu (ASUS Chromebook Detachable CZ1) + items: + - enum: + - google,katsu-sku32 + - google,katsu-sku38 + - const: google,katsu + - const: mediatek,mt8183 - description: Google Kodama (Lenovo 10e Chromebook Tablet) items: - enum: @@ -244,6 +255,20 @@ properties: - google,kodama-sku32 - const: google,kodama - const: mediatek,mt8183 + - description: Google Makomo (Lenovo 100e Chromebook 2nd Gen MTK 2) + items: + - enum: + - google,makomo-sku0 + - google,makomo-sku1 + - const: google,makomo + - const: mediatek,mt8183 + - description: Google Pico (Acer Chromebook Spin 311) + items: + - enum: + - google,pico-sku1 + - google,pico-sku2 + - const: google,pico + - const: mediatek,mt8183 - description: Google Willow (Acer Chromebook 311 C722/C722T) items: - enum: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 699776be1d..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -MediaTek AUDSYS controller -============================ - -The MediaTek AUDSYS controller provides various clocks to the system. - -Required Properties: - -- compatible: Should be one of: - - "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon" - - "mediatek,mt6765-audsys", "syscon" - - "mediatek,mt6779-audio", "syscon" - - "mediatek,mt7622-audsys", "syscon" - - "mediatek,mt7623-audsys", "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon" - - "mediatek,mt8167-audiosys", "syscon" - - "mediatek,mt8183-audiosys", "syscon" - - "mediatek,mt8192-audsys", "syscon" - - "mediatek,mt8516-audsys", "syscon" -- #clock-cells: Must be 1 - -The AUDSYS controller uses the common clk binding from -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt -The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. - -Required sub-nodes: -------- -For common binding part and usage, refer to -../sonud/mt2701-afe-pcm.txt. - -Example: - - audsys: clock-controller@11220000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-audsys", "syscon"; - reg = <0 0x11220000 0 0x2000>; - #clock-cells = <1>; - - afe: audio-controller { - ... - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45d4a66200 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek AUDSYS controller + +maintainers: + - Eugen Hristev + +description: + The MediaTek AUDSYS controller provides various clocks to the system. + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt2701-audsys + - mediatek,mt6765-audsys + - mediatek,mt6779-audsys + - mediatek,mt7622-audsys + - mediatek,mt8167-audsys + - mediatek,mt8173-audsys + - mediatek,mt8183-audsys + - mediatek,mt8186-audsys + - mediatek,mt8192-audsys + - mediatek,mt8516-audsys + - const: syscon + - items: + # Special case for mt7623 for backward compatibility + - const: mediatek,mt7623-audsys + - const: mediatek,mt2701-audsys + - const: syscon + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + + audio-controller: + $ref: /schemas/sound/mediatek,mt2701-audio.yaml# + type: object + +required: + - compatible + - '#clock-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + #include + #include + soc { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + audsys: clock-controller@11220000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-audsys", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x11220000 0 0x2000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + afe: audio-controller { + compatible = "mediatek,mt2701-audio"; + interrupts = , + ; + interrupt-names = "afe", "asys"; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT2701_POWER_DOMAIN_IFR_MSC>; + + clocks = <&infracfg CLK_INFRA_AUDIO>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_MUX1_SEL>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_MUX2_SEL>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_48K_TIMING>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_44K_TIMING>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K1_SRC_SEL>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K2_SRC_SEL>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K3_SRC_SEL>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K4_SRC_SEL>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K1_SRC_DIV>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K2_SRC_DIV>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K3_SRC_DIV>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K4_SRC_DIV>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_I2S1_MCLK>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_I2S2_MCLK>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_I2S3_MCLK>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_I2S4_MCLK>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SO1>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SO2>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SO3>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SO4>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SIN1>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SIN2>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SIN3>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SIN4>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_ASRCO1>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_ASRCO2>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_ASRCO3>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_ASRCO4>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_AFE>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_AFE_CONN>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_A1SYS>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_A2SYS>, + <&audsys CLK_AUD_AFE_MRGIF>; + + clock-names = "infra_sys_audio_clk", + "top_audio_mux1_sel", + "top_audio_mux2_sel", + "top_audio_a1sys_hp", + "top_audio_a2sys_hp", + "i2s0_src_sel", + "i2s1_src_sel", + "i2s2_src_sel", + "i2s3_src_sel", + "i2s0_src_div", + "i2s1_src_div", + "i2s2_src_div", + "i2s3_src_div", + "i2s0_mclk_en", + "i2s1_mclk_en", + "i2s2_mclk_en", + "i2s3_mclk_en", + "i2so0_hop_ck", + "i2so1_hop_ck", + "i2so2_hop_ck", + "i2so3_hop_ck", + "i2si0_hop_ck", + "i2si1_hop_ck", + "i2si2_hop_ck", + "i2si3_hop_ck", + "asrc0_out_ck", + "asrc1_out_ck", + "asrc2_out_ck", + "asrc3_out_ck", + "audio_afe_pd", + "audio_afe_conn_pd", + "audio_a1sys_pd", + "audio_a2sys_pd", + "audio_mrgif_pd"; + + assigned-clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_MUX1_SEL>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_MUX2_SEL>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_MUX1_DIV>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_MUX2_DIV>; + assigned-clock-parents = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD1PLL_98M>, + <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD2PLL_90M>; + assigned-clock-rates = <0>, <0>, <49152000>, <45158400>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt deleted file mode 100644 index eccd4b706a..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -Mediatek ethsys controller -============================ - -The Mediatek ethsys controller provides various clocks to the system. - -Required Properties: - -- compatible: Should be: - - "mediatek,mt2701-ethsys", "syscon" - - "mediatek,mt7622-ethsys", "syscon" - - "mediatek,mt7623-ethsys", "mediatek,mt2701-ethsys", "syscon" - - "mediatek,mt7629-ethsys", "syscon" - - "mediatek,mt7981-ethsys", "syscon" - - "mediatek,mt7986-ethsys", "syscon" -- #clock-cells: Must be 1 -- #reset-cells: Must be 1 - -The ethsys controller uses the common clk binding from -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt -The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. - -Example: - -ethsys: clock-controller@1b000000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt2701-ethsys", "syscon"; - reg = <0 0x1b000000 0 0x1000>; - #clock-cells = <1>; - #reset-cells = <1>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.yaml index ea98043c6b..230b5188a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.yaml @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt7629-infracfg - mediatek,mt7981-infracfg - mediatek,mt7986-infracfg + - mediatek,mt7988-infracfg - mediatek,mt8135-infracfg - mediatek,mt8167-infracfg - mediatek,mt8173-infracfg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.yaml index 536f5a5ebd..b3c6888c14 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.yaml @@ -32,6 +32,9 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt8183-mmsys - mediatek,mt8186-mmsys - mediatek,mt8188-vdosys0 + - mediatek,mt8188-vdosys1 + - mediatek,mt8188-vppsys0 + - mediatek,mt8188-vppsys1 - mediatek,mt8192-mmsys - mediatek,mt8195-vdosys1 - mediatek,mt8195-vppsys0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.yaml index 26158d0d72..33c94c4918 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.yaml @@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt8173-pericfg - mediatek,mt8183-pericfg - mediatek,mt8186-pericfg + - mediatek,mt8188-pericfg - mediatek,mt8195-pericfg - mediatek,mt8516-pericfg - const: syscon diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 606b4b1b70..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -QCOM Idle States for cpuidle driver - -ARM provides idle-state node to define the cpuidle states, as defined in [1]. -cpuidle-qcom is the cpuidle driver for Qualcomm SoCs and uses these idle -states. Idle states have different enter/exit latency and residency values. -The idle states supported by the QCOM SoC are defined as - - - * Standby - * Retention - * Standalone Power Collapse (Standalone PC or SPC) - * Power Collapse (PC) - -Standby: Standby does a little more in addition to architectural clock gating. -When the WFI instruction is executed the ARM core would gate its internal -clocks. In addition to gating the clocks, QCOM cpus use this instruction as a -trigger to execute the SPM state machine. The SPM state machine waits for the -interrupt to trigger the core back in to active. This triggers the cache -hierarchy to enter standby states, when all cpus are idle. An interrupt brings -the SPM state machine out of its wait, the next step is to ensure that the -cache hierarchy is also out of standby, and then the cpu is allowed to resume -execution. This state is defined as a generic ARM WFI state by the ARM cpuidle -driver and is not defined in the DT. The SPM state machine should be -configured to execute this state by default and after executing every other -state below. - -Retention: Retention is a low power state where the core is clock gated and -the memory and the registers associated with the core are retained. The -voltage may be reduced to the minimum value needed to keep the processor -registers active. The SPM should be configured to execute the retention -sequence and would wait for interrupt, before restoring the cpu to execution -state. Retention may have a slightly higher latency than Standby. - -Standalone PC: A cpu can power down and warmboot if there is a sufficient time -between the time it enters idle and the next known wake up. SPC mode is used -to indicate a core entering a power down state without consulting any other -cpu or the system resources. This helps save power only on that core. The SPM -sequence for this idle state is programmed to power down the supply to the -core, wait for the interrupt, restore power to the core, and ensure the -system state including cache hierarchy is ready before allowing core to -resume. Applying power and resetting the core causes the core to warmboot -back into Elevation Level (EL) which trampolines the control back to the -kernel. Entering a power down state for the cpu, needs to be done by trapping -into a EL. Failing to do so, would result in a crash enforced by the warm boot -code in the EL for the SoC. On SoCs with write-back L1 cache, the cache has to -be flushed in s/w, before powering down the core. - -Power Collapse: This state is similar to the SPC mode, but distinguishes -itself in that the cpu acknowledges and permits the SoC to enter deeper sleep -modes. In a hierarchical power domain SoC, this means L2 and other caches can -be flushed, system bus, clocks - lowered, and SoC main XO clock gated and -voltages reduced, provided all cpus enter this state. Since the span of low -power modes possible at this state is vast, the exit latency and the residency -of this low power mode would be considered high even though at a cpu level, -this essentially is cpu power down. The SPM in this state also may handshake -with the Resource power manager (RPM) processor in the SoC to indicate a -complete application processor subsystem shut down. - -The idle-state for QCOM SoCs are distinguished by the compatible property of -the idle-states device node. - -The devicetree representation of the idle state should be - - -Required properties: - -- compatible: Must be one of - - "qcom,idle-state-ret", - "qcom,idle-state-spc", - "qcom,idle-state-pc", - and "arm,idle-state". - -Other required and optional properties are specified in [1]. - -Example: - - idle-states { - CPU_SPC: spc { - compatible = "qcom,idle-state-spc", "arm,idle-state"; - entry-latency-us = <150>; - exit-latency-us = <200>; - min-residency-us = <2000>; - }; - }; - -[1]. Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpu/idle-states.yaml diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom,coresight-remote-etm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom,coresight-remote-etm.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4fd5752978 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom,coresight-remote-etm.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/qcom,coresight-remote-etm.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Coresight Remote ETM(Embedded Trace Macrocell) + +maintainers: + - Jinlong Mao + - Tao Zhang + +description: + Support for ETM trace collection on remote processor using coresight + framework. Enabling this will allow turning on ETM tracing on remote + processor like modem processor via sysfs and collecting the trace + via coresight TMC sinks. + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,coresight-remote-etm + + out-ports: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + additionalProperties: false + + properties: + port: + description: Output connection to the CoreSight Trace bus. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + +required: + - compatible + - out-ports + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + etm { + compatible = "qcom,coresight-remote-etm"; + + out-ports { + port { + modem_etm0_out_funnel_modem: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&funnel_modem_in_modem_etm0>; + }; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom,coresight-tpdm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom,coresight-tpdm.yaml index 3bad47b7b0..61ddc3b5b2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom,coresight-tpdm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom,coresight-tpdm.yaml @@ -44,6 +44,23 @@ properties: minItems: 1 maxItems: 2 + qcom,dsb-element-size: + description: + Specifies the DSB(Discrete Single Bit) element size supported by + the monitor. The associated aggregator will read this size before it + is enabled. DSB element size currently only supports 32-bit and 64-bit. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint8 + enum: [32, 64] + + qcom,dsb-msrs-num: + description: + Specifies the number of DSB(Discrete Single Bit) MSR(mux select register) + registers supported by the monitor. If this property is not configured + or set to 0, it means this DSB TPDM doesn't support MSR. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 32 + clocks: maxItems: 1 @@ -77,6 +94,9 @@ examples: compatible = "qcom,coresight-tpdm", "arm,primecell"; reg = <0x0684c000 0x1000>; + qcom,dsb-element-size = /bits/ 8 <32>; + qcom,dsb-msrs-num = <16>; + clocks = <&aoss_qmp>; clock-names = "apb_pclk"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom-soc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom-soc.yaml index 97621c92a1..d0751a572a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom-soc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom-soc.yaml @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ description: | select: properties: compatible: - pattern: "^qcom,.*(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|sa|sc|sdm|sdx|sm)[0-9]+.*$" + pattern: "^qcom,.*(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|q[dr]u|sa|sc|sd[amx]|sm|x1e)[0-9]+.*$" required: - compatible @@ -31,17 +31,17 @@ properties: compatible: oneOf: # Preferred naming style for compatibles of SoC components: - - pattern: "^qcom,(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|sa|sc|sdm|sdx|sm)[0-9]+(pro)?-.*$" + - pattern: "^qcom,(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|q[dr]u|sa|sc|sd[amx]|sm|x1e)[0-9]+(pro)?-.*$" - pattern: "^qcom,(sa|sc)8[0-9]+[a-z][a-z]?-.*$" # Legacy namings - variations of existing patterns/compatibles are OK, # but do not add completely new entries to these: - - pattern: "^qcom,[ak]pss-wdt-(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|sa|sc|sdm|sdx|sm)[0-9]+.*$" - - pattern: "^qcom,gcc-(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|sa|sc|sdm|sdx|sm)[0-9]+.*$" - - pattern: "^qcom,mmcc-(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|sa|sc|sdm|sdx|sm)[0-9]+.*$" - - pattern: "^qcom,pcie-(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|sa|sc|sdm|sdx|sm)[0-9]+.*$" - - pattern: "^qcom,rpm-(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|sa|sc|sdm|sdx|sm)[0-9]+.*$" - - pattern: "^qcom,scm-(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|sa|sc|sdm|sdx|sm)[0-9]+.*$" + - pattern: "^qcom,[ak]pss-wdt-(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|q[dr]u|sa|sc|sd[amx]|sm)[0-9]+.*$" + - pattern: "^qcom,gcc-(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|q[dr]u|sa|sc|sd[amx]|sm)[0-9]+.*$" + - pattern: "^qcom,mmcc-(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|q[dr]u|sa|sc|sd[amx]|sm)[0-9]+.*$" + - pattern: "^qcom,pcie-(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|q[dr]u|sa|sc|sd[amx]|sm|x1e)[0-9]+.*$" + - pattern: "^qcom,rpm-(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|q[dr]u|sa|sc|sd[amx]|sm)[0-9]+.*$" + - pattern: "^qcom,scm-(apq|ipq|mdm|msm|qcm|qcs|q[dr]u|sa|sc|sd[amx]|sm|x1e)[0-9]+.*$" - enum: - qcom,dsi-ctrl-6g-qcm2290 - qcom,gpucc-sdm630 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml index 8a6466d1fc..1a5fb889a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml @@ -87,29 +87,18 @@ description: | sm8350 sm8450 sm8550 + sm8650 + x1e80100 The 'board' element must be one of the following strings: adp - ap-al02-c2 - ap-al02-c6 - ap-al02-c7 - ap-al02-c8 - ap-al02-c9 - ap-mi01.2 - ap-mi01.3 - ap-mi01.6 - ap-mi01.9 cdp - cp01-c1 dragonboard - hk01 - hk10-c1 - hk10-c2 idp liquid - rdp432-c2 mtp + qcp qrd rb2 ride @@ -186,11 +175,24 @@ properties: - items: - enum: + - microsoft,dempsey + - microsoft,makepeace + - microsoft,moneypenny - samsung,s3ve3g - const: qcom,msm8226 - items: - enum: + - htc,memul + - microsoft,superman-lte + - microsoft,tesla + - motorola,peregrine + - const: qcom,msm8926 + - const: qcom,msm8226 + + - items: + - enum: + - huawei,kiwi - longcheer,l9100 - samsung,a7 - sony,kanuti-tulip @@ -397,6 +399,8 @@ properties: - items: - enum: - fairphone,fp5 + - qcom,qcm6490-idp + - qcom,qcs6490-rb3gen2 - const: qcom,qcm6490 - description: Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. Distributed Unit 1000 platform @@ -1009,6 +1013,7 @@ properties: - sony,pdx203-generic - sony,pdx206-generic - xiaomi,elish + - xiaomi,pipa - const: qcom,sm8250 - items: @@ -1034,6 +1039,18 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8550-qrd - const: qcom,sm8550 + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,sm8650-mtp + - qcom,sm8650-qrd + - const: qcom,sm8650 + + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,x1e80100-crd + - qcom,x1e80100-qcp + - const: qcom,x1e80100 + # Board compatibles go above qcom,msm-id: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml index 5f7c6c4aad..5cf5cbef2c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml @@ -30,9 +30,11 @@ properties: - const: amarula,vyasa-rk3288 - const: rockchip,rk3288 - - description: Anbernic RG351M + - description: Anbernic RK3326 Handheld Gaming Console items: - - const: anbernic,rg351m + - enum: + - anbernic,rg351m + - anbernic,rg351v - const: rockchip,rk3326 - description: Anbernic RG353P @@ -95,22 +97,30 @@ properties: - const: chipspark,rayeager-px2 - const: rockchip,rk3066a + - description: Cool Pi Compute Module 5(CM5) EVB + items: + - enum: + - coolpi,pi-cm5-evb + - const: coolpi,pi-cm5 + - const: rockchip,rk3588 + + - description: Cool Pi 4 Model B + items: + - const: coolpi,pi-4b + - const: rockchip,rk3588s + - description: Edgeble Neural Compute Module 2(Neu2) SoM based boards items: - const: edgeble,neural-compute-module-2-io # Edgeble Neural Compute Module 2 IO Board - const: edgeble,neural-compute-module-2 # Edgeble Neural Compute Module 2 SoM - const: rockchip,rv1126 - - description: Edgeble Neural Compute Module 6(Neu6) Model A SoM based boards - items: - - const: edgeble,neural-compute-module-6a-io # Edgeble Neural Compute Module 6A IO Board - - const: edgeble,neural-compute-module-6a # Edgeble Neural Compute Module 6A SoM - - const: rockchip,rk3588 - - - description: Edgeble Neural Compute Module 6(Neu6) Model B SoM based boards + - description: Edgeble Neural Compute Module 6(Neu6) SoM based boards items: - - const: edgeble,neural-compute-module-6b-io # Edgeble Neural Compute Module 6B IO Board - - const: edgeble,neural-compute-module-6b # Edgeble Neural Compute Module 6B SoM + - const: edgeble,neural-compute-module-6a-io # Edgeble NCM6A-IO Board + - enum: + - edgeble,neural-compute-module-6a # Edgeble Neural Compute Module 6A SoM + - edgeble,neural-compute-module-6b # Edgeble Neural Compute Module 6B SoM - const: rockchip,rk3588 - description: Elgin RV1108 R1 @@ -237,6 +247,11 @@ properties: - const: geekbuying,geekbox - const: rockchip,rk3368 + - description: Geniatech XPI-3128 + items: + - const: geniatech,xpi-3128 + - const: rockchip,rk3128 + - description: Google Bob (Asus Chromebook Flip C101PA) items: - const: google,bob-rev13 @@ -674,9 +689,12 @@ properties: - const: pine64,soquartz - const: rockchip,rk3566 - - description: Powkiddy RGB30 + - description: Powkiddy RK3566 Handheld Gaming Console items: - - const: powkiddy,rgb30 + - enum: + - powkiddy,rgb30 + - powkiddy,rk2023 + - powkiddy,x55 - const: rockchip,rk3566 - description: Radxa Compute Module 3(CM3) @@ -875,6 +893,11 @@ properties: - const: tsd,rk3399-puma-haikou - const: rockchip,rk3399 + - description: Theobroma Systems RK3588-SBC Jaguar + items: + - const: tsd,rk3588-jaguar + - const: rockchip,rk3588 + - description: Tronsmart Orion R68 Meta items: - const: tronsmart,orion-r68-meta @@ -922,6 +945,13 @@ properties: - const: rockchip,rk3568-bpi-r2pro - const: rockchip,rk3568 + - description: Sonoff iHost Smart Home Hub + items: + - const: itead,sonoff-ihost + - enum: + - rockchip,rv1126 + - rockchip,rv1109 + additionalProperties: true ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.yaml index e3ffd8159a..01dcbd8aa7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.yaml @@ -230,6 +230,12 @@ properties: - samsung,exynosautov9-sadk # Samsung Exynos Auto v9 SADK - const: samsung,exynosautov9 + - description: Exynos Auto v920 based boards + items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynosautov920-sadk # Samsung Exynos Auto v920 SADK + - const: samsung,exynosautov920 + required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sprd/sprd.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sprd/sprd.yaml index eaa67b8e0d..40fc3c8b9d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sprd/sprd.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sprd/sprd.yaml @@ -35,6 +35,11 @@ properties: - sprd,ums512-1h10 - const: sprd,ums512 + - items: + - enum: + - sprd,ums9620-2h10 + - const: sprd,ums9620 + additionalProperties: true ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32/stm32.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32/stm32.yaml index df087c81c6..bc2f43330a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32/stm32.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32/stm32.yaml @@ -82,29 +82,19 @@ properties: - shiratech,stm32mp157a-iot-box # IoT Box - shiratech,stm32mp157a-stinger96 # Stinger96 - st,stm32mp157c-ed1 + - st,stm32mp157c-ed1-scmi - st,stm32mp157a-dk1 + - st,stm32mp157a-dk1-scmi - st,stm32mp157c-dk2 + - st,stm32mp157c-dk2-scmi - const: st,stm32mp157 - - items: - - const: st,stm32mp157a-dk1-scmi - - const: st,stm32mp157a-dk1 - - const: st,stm32mp157 - - items: - - const: st,stm32mp157c-dk2-scmi - - const: st,stm32mp157c-dk2 - - const: st,stm32mp157 - - items: - - const: st,stm32mp157c-ed1-scmi - - const: st,stm32mp157c-ed1 - - const: st,stm32mp157 - items: - const: st,stm32mp157c-ev1 - const: st,stm32mp157c-ed1 - const: st,stm32mp157 - items: - const: st,stm32mp157c-ev1-scmi - - const: st,stm32mp157c-ev1 - const: st,stm32mp157c-ed1 - const: st,stm32mp157 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml index 11c5ce941d..a9d8e85565 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml @@ -868,6 +868,11 @@ properties: - const: topwise,a721 - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10 + - description: Transpeed 8K618-T + items: + - const: transpeed,8k618-t + - const: allwinner,sun50i-h618 + - description: Utoo P66 items: - const: utoo,p66 @@ -1013,6 +1018,11 @@ properties: - const: xunlong,orangepi-zero2 - const: allwinner,sun50i-h616 + - description: Xunlong OrangePi Zero 2W + items: + - const: xunlong,orangepi-zero2w + - const: allwinner,sun50i-h618 + - description: Xunlong OrangePi Zero 3 items: - const: xunlong,orangepi-zero3 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/k3.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/k3.yaml index 03d2a0d79f..c6506bccfe 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/k3.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/k3.yaml @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ properties: - enum: - toradex,verdin-am62-nonwifi-dahlia # Verdin AM62 Module on Dahlia - toradex,verdin-am62-nonwifi-dev # Verdin AM62 Module on Verdin Development Board + - toradex,verdin-am62-nonwifi-mallow # Verdin AM62 Module on Mallow - toradex,verdin-am62-nonwifi-yavia # Verdin AM62 Module on Yavia - const: toradex,verdin-am62-nonwifi # Verdin AM62 Module without Wi-Fi / BT - const: toradex,verdin-am62 # Verdin AM62 Module @@ -60,6 +61,7 @@ properties: - enum: - toradex,verdin-am62-wifi-dahlia # Verdin AM62 Wi-Fi / BT Module on Dahlia - toradex,verdin-am62-wifi-dev # Verdin AM62 Wi-Fi / BT M. on Verdin Development B. + - toradex,verdin-am62-wifi-mallow # Verdin AM62 Wi-Fi / BT Module on Mallow - toradex,verdin-am62-wifi-yavia # Verdin AM62 Wi-Fi / BT Module on Yavia - const: toradex,verdin-am62-wifi # Verdin AM62 Wi-Fi / BT Module - const: toradex,verdin-am62 # Verdin AM62 Module diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/omap.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/omap.yaml index b18fc04639..93e04a109a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/omap.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/omap.yaml @@ -134,6 +134,8 @@ properties: - amazon,omap4-kc1 # Amazon Kindle Fire (first generation) - motorola,droid4 # Motorola Droid 4 XT894 - motorola,droid-bionic # Motorola Droid Bionic XT875 + - motorola,xyboard-mz609 + - motorola,xyboard-mz617 - ti,omap4-panda - ti,omap4-sdp - const: ti,omap4430 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index f57ed03478..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 -%YAML 1.2 ---- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/xilinx.yaml# -$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# - -title: Xilinx Zynq Platforms - -maintainers: - - Michal Simek - -description: | - Xilinx boards with Zynq-7000 SOC or Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC - -properties: - $nodename: - const: '/' - compatible: - oneOf: - - items: - - enum: - - adapteva,parallella - - digilent,zynq-zybo - - digilent,zynq-zybo-z7 - - ebang,ebaz4205 - - myir,zynq-zturn-v5 - - myir,zynq-zturn - - xlnx,zynq-cc108 - - xlnx,zynq-zc702 - - xlnx,zynq-zc706 - - xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm010 - - xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm011 - - xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm012 - - xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm013 - - const: xlnx,zynq-7000 - - - items: - - const: avnet,zynq-microzed - - const: xlnx,zynq-microzed - - const: xlnx,zynq-7000 - - - items: - - const: avnet,zynq-zed - - const: xlnx,zynq-zed - - const: xlnx,zynq-7000 - - - items: - - enum: - - xlnx,zynqmp-zc1751 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp - - - description: Xilinx internal board zc1232 - items: - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1232-revA - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1232 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp - - - description: Xilinx internal board zc1254 - items: - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1254-revA - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1254 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp - - - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu1275 - items: - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu1275-revA - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu1275 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp - - - description: Xilinx 96boards compatible board zcu100 - items: - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100-revC - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp - - - description: Xilinx 96boards compatible board Ultra96 - items: - - const: avnet,ultra96-rev1 - - const: avnet,ultra96 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100-revC - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp - - - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu102 - items: - - enum: - - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-revA - - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-revB - - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-rev1.0 - - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-rev1.1 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp - - - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu104 - items: - - enum: - - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104-revA - - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104-revC - - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104-rev1.0 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp - - - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu106 - items: - - enum: - - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu106-revA - - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu106-rev1.0 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu106 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp - - - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu111 - items: - - enum: - - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111-revA - - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111-rev1.0 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp - - - description: Xilinx Kria SOMs - items: - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-sm-k26-rev1 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-sm-k26-revB - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-sm-k26-revA - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-sm-k26 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp - - - description: Xilinx Kria SOMs (starter) - items: - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-smk-k26-rev1 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-smk-k26-revB - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-smk-k26-revA - - const: xlnx,zynqmp-smk-k26 - - const: xlnx,zynqmp - -additionalProperties: true - -... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ceva,ahci-1v84.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ceva,ahci-1v84.yaml index b29ce598f9..9952e0ef77 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ceva,ahci-1v84.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ceva,ahci-1v84.yaml @@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Ceva AHCI SATA Controller maintainers: - - Piyush Mehta + - Mubin Sayyed + - Radhey Shyam Pandey description: | The Ceva SATA controller mostly conforms to the AHCI interface with some diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/auxdisplay/hit,hd44780.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/auxdisplay/hit,hd44780.yaml index fde07e4b11..406a922a71 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/auxdisplay/hit,hd44780.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/auxdisplay/hit,hd44780.yaml @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ examples: hd44780 { compatible = "hit,hd44780"; display-height-chars = <2>; - display-width-chars = <16>; + display-width-chars = <16>; data-gpios = <&pcf8574 4 0>, <&pcf8574 5 0>, <&pcf8574 6 0>, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cache/qcom,llcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cache/qcom,llcc.yaml index 580f9a97dd..07ccbda4a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cache/qcom,llcc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cache/qcom,llcc.yaml @@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8350-llcc - qcom,sm8450-llcc - qcom,sm8550-llcc + - qcom,sm8650-llcc + - qcom,x1e80100-llcc reg: minItems: 2 @@ -64,6 +66,7 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: + - qcom,qdu1000-llcc - qcom,sc7180-llcc - qcom,sm6350-llcc then: @@ -101,9 +104,9 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: - - qcom,qdu1000-llcc - qcom,sc8180x-llcc - qcom,sc8280xp-llcc + - qcom,x1e80100-llcc then: properties: reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cache/sifive,ccache0.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cache/sifive,ccache0.yaml index 8a6a78e1a7..7e8cebe215 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cache/sifive,ccache0.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cache/sifive,ccache0.yaml @@ -38,7 +38,9 @@ properties: - sifive,fu740-c000-ccache - const: cache - items: - - const: starfive,jh7110-ccache + - enum: + - starfive,jh7100-ccache + - starfive,jh7110-ccache - const: sifive,ccache0 - const: cache - items: @@ -88,6 +90,7 @@ allOf: contains: enum: - sifive,fu740-c000-ccache + - starfive,jh7100-ccache - starfive,jh7110-ccache - microchip,mpfs-ccache @@ -111,6 +114,7 @@ allOf: contains: enum: - sifive,fu740-c000-ccache + - starfive,jh7100-ccache - starfive,jh7110-ccache then: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/baikal,bt1-ccu-pll.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/baikal,bt1-ccu-pll.yaml index 624984d51c..7f8d982264 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/baikal,bt1-ccu-pll.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/baikal,bt1-ccu-pll.yaml @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ examples: clk25m: clock-oscillator-25m { compatible = "fixed-clock"; #clock-cells = <0>; - clock-frequency = <25000000>; + clock-frequency = <25000000>; clock-output-names = "clk25m"; }; ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8e5a7d8685..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ -Broadcom Kona Family Clocks - -This binding is associated with Broadcom SoCs having "Kona" style -clock control units (CCUs). A CCU is a clock provider that manages -a set of clock signals. Each CCU is represented by a node in the -device tree. - -This binding uses the common clock binding: - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt - -Required properties: -- compatible - Shall have a value of the form "brcm,--ccu", - where is a Broadcom SoC model number and is - the name of a defined CCU. For example: - "brcm,bcm11351-root-ccu" - The compatible strings used for each supported SoC family - are defined below. -- reg - Shall define the base and range of the address space - containing clock control registers -- #clock-cells - Shall have value <1>. The permitted clock-specifier values - are defined below. -- clock-output-names - Shall be an ordered list of strings defining the names of - the clocks provided by the CCU. - -Device tree example: - - slave_ccu: slave_ccu { - compatible = "brcm,bcm11351-slave-ccu"; - reg = <0x3e011000 0x0f00>; - #clock-cells = <1>; - clock-output-names = "uartb", - "uartb2", - "uartb3", - "uartb4"; - }; - - ref_crystal_clk: ref_crystal { - #clock-cells = <0>; - compatible = "fixed-clock"; - clock-frequency = <26000000>; - }; - - uart@3e002000 { - compatible = "brcm,bcm11351-dw-apb-uart", "snps,dw-apb-uart"; - reg = <0x3e002000 0x1000>; - clocks = <&slave_ccu BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB3>; - interrupts = ; - reg-shift = <2>; - reg-io-width = <4>; - }; - -BCM281XX family ---------------- -CCU compatible string values for SoCs in the BCM281XX family are: - "brcm,bcm11351-root-ccu" - "brcm,bcm11351-aon-ccu" - "brcm,bcm11351-hub-ccu" - "brcm,bcm11351-master-ccu" - "brcm,bcm11351-slave-ccu" - -The following table defines the set of CCUs and clock specifiers for -BCM281XX family clocks. When a clock consumer references a clocks, -its symbolic specifier (rather than its numeric index value) should -be used. These specifiers are defined in: - "include/dt-bindings/clock/bcm281xx.h" - - CCU Clock Type Index Specifier - --- ----- ---- ----- --------- - root frac_1m peri 0 BCM281XX_ROOT_CCU_FRAC_1M - - aon hub_timer peri 0 BCM281XX_AON_CCU_HUB_TIMER - aon pmu_bsc peri 1 BCM281XX_AON_CCU_PMU_BSC - aon pmu_bsc_var peri 2 BCM281XX_AON_CCU_PMU_BSC_VAR - - hub tmon_1m peri 0 BCM281XX_HUB_CCU_TMON_1M - - master sdio1 peri 0 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_SDIO1 - master sdio2 peri 1 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_SDIO2 - master sdio3 peri 2 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_SDIO3 - master sdio4 peri 3 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_SDIO4 - master dmac peri 4 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_DMAC - master usb_ic peri 5 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_USB_IC - master hsic2_48m peri 6 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_HSIC_48M - master hsic2_12m peri 7 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_HSIC_12M - - slave uartb peri 0 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB - slave uartb2 peri 1 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB2 - slave uartb3 peri 2 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB3 - slave uartb4 peri 3 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB4 - slave ssp0 peri 4 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_SSP0 - slave ssp2 peri 5 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_SSP2 - slave bsc1 peri 6 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_BSC1 - slave bsc2 peri 7 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_BSC2 - slave bsc3 peri 8 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_BSC3 - slave pwm peri 9 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_PWM - - -BCM21664 family ---------------- -CCU compatible string values for SoCs in the BCM21664 family are: - "brcm,bcm21664-root-ccu" - "brcm,bcm21664-aon-ccu" - "brcm,bcm21664-master-ccu" - "brcm,bcm21664-slave-ccu" - -The following table defines the set of CCUs and clock specifiers for -BCM21664 family clocks. When a clock consumer references a clocks, -its symbolic specifier (rather than its numeric index value) should -be used. These specifiers are defined in: - "include/dt-bindings/clock/bcm21664.h" - - CCU Clock Type Index Specifier - --- ----- ---- ----- --------- - root frac_1m peri 0 BCM21664_ROOT_CCU_FRAC_1M - - aon hub_timer peri 0 BCM21664_AON_CCU_HUB_TIMER - - master sdio1 peri 0 BCM21664_MASTER_CCU_SDIO1 - master sdio2 peri 1 BCM21664_MASTER_CCU_SDIO2 - master sdio3 peri 2 BCM21664_MASTER_CCU_SDIO3 - master sdio4 peri 3 BCM21664_MASTER_CCU_SDIO4 - master sdio1_sleep peri 4 BCM21664_MASTER_CCU_SDIO1_SLEEP - master sdio2_sleep peri 5 BCM21664_MASTER_CCU_SDIO2_SLEEP - master sdio3_sleep peri 6 BCM21664_MASTER_CCU_SDIO3_SLEEP - master sdio4_sleep peri 7 BCM21664_MASTER_CCU_SDIO4_SLEEP - - slave uartb peri 0 BCM21664_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB - slave uartb2 peri 1 BCM21664_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB2 - slave uartb3 peri 2 BCM21664_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB3 - slave uartb4 peri 3 BCM21664_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB4 - slave bsc1 peri 4 BCM21664_SLAVE_CCU_BSC1 - slave bsc2 peri 5 BCM21664_SLAVE_CCU_BSC2 - slave bsc3 peri 6 BCM21664_SLAVE_CCU_BSC3 - slave bsc4 peri 7 BCM21664_SLAVE_CCU_BSC4 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5656950b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Broadcom Kona family clock control units (CCU) + +maintainers: + - Florian Fainelli + - Ray Jui + - Scott Branden + +description: | + Broadcom "Kona" style clock control unit (CCU) is a clock provider that + manages a set of clock signals. + + All available clock IDs are defined in + - include/dt-bindings/clock/bcm281xx.h for BCM281XX family + - include/dt-bindings/clock/bcm21664.h for BCM21664 family + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - brcm,bcm11351-aon-ccu + - brcm,bcm11351-hub-ccu + - brcm,bcm11351-master-ccu + - brcm,bcm11351-root-ccu + - brcm,bcm11351-slave-ccu + - brcm,bcm21664-aon-ccu + - brcm,bcm21664-master-ccu + - brcm,bcm21664-root-ccu + - brcm,bcm21664-slave-ccu + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + + clock-output-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 10 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - '#clock-cells' + - clock-output-names + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: brcm,bcm11351-aon-ccu + then: + properties: + clock-output-names: + items: + - const: hub_timer + - const: pmu_bsc + - const: pmu_bsc_var + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: brcm,bcm11351-hub-ccu + then: + properties: + clock-output-names: + const: tmon_1m + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: brcm,bcm11351-master-ccu + then: + properties: + clock-output-names: + items: + - const: sdio1 + - const: sdio2 + - const: sdio3 + - const: sdio4 + - const: usb_ic + - const: hsic2_48m + - const: hsic2_12m + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - brcm,bcm11351-root-ccu + - brcm,bcm21664-root-ccu + then: + properties: + clock-output-names: + const: frac_1m + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: brcm,bcm11351-slave-ccu + then: + properties: + clock-output-names: + items: + - const: uartb + - const: uartb2 + - const: uartb3 + - const: uartb4 + - const: ssp0 + - const: ssp2 + - const: bsc1 + - const: bsc2 + - const: bsc3 + - const: pwm + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: brcm,bcm21664-aon-ccu + then: + properties: + clock-output-names: + const: hub_timer + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: brcm,bcm21664-master-ccu + then: + properties: + clock-output-names: + items: + - const: sdio1 + - const: sdio2 + - const: sdio3 + - const: sdio4 + - const: sdio1_sleep + - const: sdio2_sleep + - const: sdio3_sleep + - const: sdio4_sleep + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: brcm,bcm21664-slave-ccu + then: + properties: + clock-output-names: + items: + - const: uartb + - const: uartb2 + - const: uartb3 + - const: bsc1 + - const: bsc2 + - const: bsc3 + - const: bsc4 + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + clock-controller@3e011000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm11351-slave-ccu"; + reg = <0x3e011000 0x0f00>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clock-output-names = "uartb", + "uartb2", + "uartb3", + "uartb4", + "ssp0", + "ssp2", + "bsc1", + "bsc2", + "bsc3", + "pwm"; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fsl,imx93-anatop.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fsl,imx93-anatop.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a3b247641 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fsl,imx93-anatop.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/fsl,imx93-anatop.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: NXP i.MX93 ANATOP Clock Module + +maintainers: + - Peng Fan + +description: | + NXP i.MX93 ANATOP module which contains PLL and OSC to Clock Controller + Module. + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - const: fsl,imx93-anatop + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - '#clock-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + clock-controller@44480000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx93-anatop"; + reg = <0x44480000 0x2000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/google,gs101-clock.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/google,gs101-clock.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca7fdada3f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/google,gs101-clock.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/google,gs101-clock.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Google GS101 SoC clock controller + +maintainers: + - Peter Griffin + +description: | + Google GS101 clock controller is comprised of several CMU units, generating + clocks for different domains. Those CMU units are modeled as separate device + tree nodes, and might depend on each other. The root clock in that clock tree + is OSCCLK (24.576 MHz). That external clock must be defined as a fixed-rate + clock in dts. + + CMU_TOP is a top-level CMU, where all base clocks are prepared using PLLs and + dividers; all other leaf clocks (other CMUs) are usually derived from CMU_TOP. + + Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier + to specify the clock which they consume. All clocks available for usage + in clock consumer nodes are defined as preprocessor macros in + 'dt-bindings/clock/gs101.h' header. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - google,gs101-cmu-top + - google,gs101-cmu-apm + - google,gs101-cmu-misc + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + "#clock-cells": + const: 1 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - "#clock-cells" + - clocks + - clock-names + - reg + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - google,gs101-cmu-top + - google,gs101-cmu-apm + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: External reference clock (24.576 MHz) + + clock-names: + items: + - const: oscclk + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: google,gs101-cmu-misc + + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: Misc bus clock (from CMU_TOP) + - description: Misc sss clock (from CMU_TOP) + + clock-names: + items: + - const: bus + - const: sss + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + # Clock controller node for CMU_TOP + - | + #include + + cmu_top: clock-controller@1e080000 { + compatible = "google,gs101-cmu-top"; + reg = <0x1e080000 0x8000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&ext_24_5m>; + clock-names = "oscclk"; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt deleted file mode 100644 index dad6269f52..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -* Hisilicon Hi3620 Clock Controller - -The Hi3620 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various -controllers within the Hi3620 SoC. - -Required Properties: - -- compatible: should be one of the following. - - "hisilicon,hi3620-clock" - controller compatible with Hi3620 SoC. - - "hisilicon,hi3620-mmc-clock" - controller specific for Hi3620 mmc. - -- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped - region. - -- #clock-cells: should be 1. - -Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier -to specify the clock which they consume. - -All these identifier could be found in . diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,apmixedsys.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,apmixedsys.yaml index 372c1d744b..685535846c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,apmixedsys.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,apmixedsys.yaml @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt7622-apmixedsys - mediatek,mt7981-apmixedsys - mediatek,mt7986-apmixedsys + - mediatek,mt7988-apmixedsys - mediatek,mt8135-apmixedsys - mediatek,mt8173-apmixedsys - mediatek,mt8516-apmixedsys diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,ethsys.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,ethsys.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f9cddacc2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,ethsys.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/mediatek,ethsys.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Mediatek ethsys controller + +description: + The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. + +maintainers: + - James Liao + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt2701-ethsys + - mediatek,mt7622-ethsys + - mediatek,mt7629-ethsys + - mediatek,mt7981-ethsys + - mediatek,mt7986-ethsys + - mediatek,mt7988-ethsys + - const: syscon + - items: + - const: mediatek,mt7623-ethsys + - const: mediatek,mt2701-ethsys + - const: syscon + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + "#clock-cells": + const: 1 + + "#reset-cells": + const: 1 + +required: + - reg + - "#clock-cells" + - "#reset-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + clock-controller@1b000000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt2701-ethsys", "syscon"; + reg = <0x1b000000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,mt7988-ethwarp.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,mt7988-ethwarp.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e32a0251ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,mt7988-ethwarp.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/mediatek,mt7988-ethwarp.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek MT7988 ethwarp Controller + +maintainers: + - Daniel Golle + +description: + The Mediatek MT7988 ethwarp controller provides clocks and resets for the + Ethernet related subsystems found the MT7988 SoC. + The clock values can be found in . + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - const: mediatek,mt7988-ethwarp + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + + '#reset-cells': + const: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - '#clock-cells' + - '#reset-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + soc { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + clock-controller@15031000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt7988-ethwarp"; + reg = <0 0x15031000 0 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,mt7988-xfi-pll.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,mt7988-xfi-pll.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..192f1451f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,mt7988-xfi-pll.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/mediatek,mt7988-xfi-pll.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek MT7988 XFI PLL Clock Controller + +maintainers: + - Daniel Golle + +description: + The MediaTek XFI PLL controller provides the 156.25MHz clock for the + Ethernet SerDes PHY from the 40MHz top_xtal clock. + +properties: + compatible: + const: mediatek,mt7988-xfi-pll + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - resets + - '#clock-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + soc { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + clock-controller@11f40000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt7988-xfi-pll"; + reg = <0 0x11f40000 0 0x1000>; + resets = <&watchdog 16>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,mt8188-clock.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,mt8188-clock.yaml index d7214d97b2..8605703205 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,mt8188-clock.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,mt8188-clock.yaml @@ -43,8 +43,6 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt8188-vdecsys - mediatek,mt8188-vdecsys-soc - mediatek,mt8188-vencsys - - mediatek,mt8188-vppsys0 - - mediatek,mt8188-vppsys1 - mediatek,mt8188-wpesys - mediatek,mt8188-wpesys-vpp0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,topckgen.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,topckgen.yaml index 6d087ded74..bdf3b55bd5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,topckgen.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mediatek,topckgen.yaml @@ -37,6 +37,8 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt7629-topckgen - mediatek,mt7981-topckgen - mediatek,mt7986-topckgen + - mediatek,mt7988-mcusys + - mediatek,mt7988-topckgen - mediatek,mt8167-topckgen - mediatek,mt8183-topckgen - const: syscon diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,a53pll.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,a53pll.yaml index 9436266828..5ca927a8b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,a53pll.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,a53pll.yaml @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ description: properties: compatible: enum: + - qcom,ipq5018-a53pll - qcom,ipq5332-a53pll - qcom,ipq6018-a53pll - qcom,ipq8074-a53pll diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,camcc-sm8250.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,camcc-sm8250.yaml index 426335a284..3fd3dc1069 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,camcc-sm8250.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,camcc-sm8250.yaml @@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ description: | See also:: include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,camcc-sm8250.h +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,gcc.yaml# + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sm8250-camcc @@ -33,15 +36,6 @@ properties: - const: bi_tcxo_ao - const: sleep_clk - '#clock-cells': - const: 1 - - '#reset-cells': - const: 1 - - '#power-domain-cells': - const: 1 - power-domains: items: - description: MMCX power domain @@ -56,14 +50,10 @@ properties: required: - compatible - - reg - clocks - clock-names - - '#clock-cells' - - '#reset-cells' - - '#power-domain-cells' -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-ipq6018.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-ipq6018.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af5d883cfd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-ipq6018.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/qcom,gcc-ipq6018.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Global Clock & Reset Controller on IPQ6018 + +maintainers: + - Stephen Boyd + - Taniya Das + - Robert Marko + +description: | + Qualcomm global clock control module provides the clocks, resets and power + domains on IPQ6018. + + See also:: + include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-ipq6018.h + include/dt-bindings/reset/qcom,gcc-ipq6018.h + +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,gcc.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,gcc-ipq6018 + + clocks: + items: + - description: board XO clock + - description: sleep clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: xo + - const: sleep_clk + +required: + - compatible + - clocks + - clock-names + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + clock-controller@1800000 { + compatible = "qcom,gcc-ipq6018"; + reg = <0x01800000 0x80000>; + clocks = <&xo>, <&sleep_clk>; + clock-names = "xo", "sleep_clk"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-ipq8074.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-ipq8074.yaml index 52e7831a8d..2d44ddc45a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-ipq8074.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-ipq8074.yaml @@ -27,11 +27,15 @@ properties: items: - description: board XO clock - description: sleep clock + - description: Gen3 QMP PCIe PHY PIPE clock + - description: Gen2 QMP PCIe PHY PIPE clock clock-names: items: - const: xo - const: sleep_clk + - const: pcie0_pipe + - const: pcie1_pipe required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-other.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-other.yaml index 559fc21435..7d05f0f63c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-other.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-other.yaml @@ -15,8 +15,6 @@ description: | domains. See also:: - include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-ipq6018.h - include/dt-bindings/reset/qcom,gcc-ipq6018.h include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-msm8953.h include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-mdm9607.h @@ -26,7 +24,6 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: enum: - - qcom,gcc-ipq6018 - qcom,gcc-mdm9607 required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,qdu1000-ecpricc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,qdu1000-ecpricc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd21df0e76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,qdu1000-ecpricc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/qcom,qdu1000-ecpricc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm ECPRI Clock & Reset Controller for QDU1000 and QRU1000 + +maintainers: + - Taniya Das + - Imran Shaik + +description: | + Qualcomm ECPRI Specification V2.0 Common Public Radio Interface clock control + module which supports the clocks, resets on QDU1000 and QRU1000 + + See also:: include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,qdu1000-ecpricc.h + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,qdu1000-ecpricc + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: Board XO source + - description: GPLL0 source from GCC + - description: GPLL1 source from GCC + - description: GPLL2 source from GCC + - description: GPLL3 source from GCC + - description: GPLL4 source from GCC + - description: GPLL5 source from GCC + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + + '#reset-cells': + const: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - '#clock-cells' + - '#reset-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + clock-controller@280000 { + compatible = "qcom,qdu1000-ecpricc"; + reg = <0x00280000 0x31c00>; + clocks = <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>, + <&gcc GCC_ECPRI_CC_GPLL0_CLK_SRC>, + <&gcc GCC_ECPRI_CC_GPLL1_EVEN_CLK_SRC>, + <&gcc GCC_ECPRI_CC_GPLL2_EVEN_CLK_SRC>, + <&gcc GCC_ECPRI_CC_GPLL3_CLK_SRC>, + <&gcc GCC_ECPRI_CC_GPLL4_CLK_SRC>, + <&gcc GCC_ECPRI_CC_GPLL5_EVEN_CLK_SRC>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmhcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmhcc.yaml index 4eb5e59f67..ca857942ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmhcc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmhcc.yaml @@ -35,6 +35,8 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8350-rpmh-clk - qcom,sm8450-rpmh-clk - qcom,sm8550-rpmh-clk + - qcom,sm8650-rpmh-clk + - qcom,x1e80100-rpmh-clk clocks: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sc7180-camcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sc7180-camcc.yaml index 2dfc2a4f19..c7fe6400ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sc7180-camcc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sc7180-camcc.yaml @@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ description: | See also:: include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,camcc-sc7180.h +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,gcc.yaml# + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sc7180-camcc @@ -31,28 +34,15 @@ properties: - const: iface - const: xo - '#clock-cells': - const: 1 - - '#reset-cells': - const: 1 - - '#power-domain-cells': - const: 1 - reg: maxItems: 1 required: - compatible - - reg - clocks - clock-names - - '#clock-cells' - - '#reset-cells' - - '#power-domain-cells' -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sc7280-camcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sc7280-camcc.yaml index 01feef1cab..dcef8de3a9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sc7280-camcc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sc7280-camcc.yaml @@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ description: | See also:: include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,camcc-sc7280.h +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,gcc.yaml# + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sc7280-camcc @@ -31,28 +34,15 @@ properties: - const: bi_tcxo_ao - const: sleep_clk - '#clock-cells': - const: 1 - - '#reset-cells': - const: 1 - - '#power-domain-cells': - const: 1 - reg: maxItems: 1 required: - compatible - - reg - clocks - clock-names - - '#clock-cells' - - '#reset-cells' - - '#power-domain-cells' -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sdm845-camcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sdm845-camcc.yaml index 91d1f79180..810b852ae3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sdm845-camcc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sdm845-camcc.yaml @@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ description: | See also:: include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,camcc-sm845.h +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,gcc.yaml# + properties: compatible: const: qcom,sdm845-camcc @@ -27,28 +30,15 @@ properties: items: - const: bi_tcxo - '#clock-cells': - const: 1 - - '#reset-cells': - const: 1 - - '#power-domain-cells': - const: 1 - reg: maxItems: 1 required: - compatible - - reg - clocks - clock-names - - '#clock-cells' - - '#reset-cells' - - '#power-domain-cells' -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-camcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-camcc.yaml index dc3c18e4ea..48986460f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-camcc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-camcc.yaml @@ -16,10 +16,15 @@ description: | See also:: include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-camcc.h include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sm8550-camcc.h + include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sc8280xp-camcc.h + +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,gcc.yaml# properties: compatible: enum: + - qcom,sc8280xp-camcc - qcom,sm8450-camcc - qcom,sm8550-camcc @@ -40,29 +45,16 @@ properties: description: A phandle to an OPP node describing required MMCX performance point. - '#clock-cells': - const: 1 - - '#reset-cells': - const: 1 - - '#power-domain-cells': - const: 1 - reg: maxItems: 1 required: - compatible - - reg - clocks - power-domains - required-opps - - '#clock-cells' - - '#reset-cells' - - '#power-domain-cells' -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-gpucc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-gpucc.yaml index 2320be920a..1a384e8532 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-gpucc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-gpucc.yaml @@ -17,12 +17,14 @@ description: | include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sm8450-gpucc.h include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sm8550-gpucc.h include/dt-bindings/reset/qcom,sm8450-gpucc.h + include/dt-bindings/reset/qcom,sm8650-gpucc.h properties: compatible: enum: - qcom,sm8450-gpucc - qcom,sm8550-gpucc + - qcom,sm8650-gpucc clocks: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8550-tcsr.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8550-tcsr.yaml index 1bf1a41fd8..af16b05eac 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8550-tcsr.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8550-tcsr.yaml @@ -13,12 +13,16 @@ description: | Qualcomm TCSR clock control module provides the clocks, resets and power domains on SM8550 - See also:: include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sm8550-tcsr.h + See also: + - include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sm8550-tcsr.h + - include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sm8650-tcsr.h properties: compatible: items: - - const: qcom,sm8550-tcsr + - enum: + - qcom,sm8550-tcsr + - qcom,sm8650-tcsr - const: syscon clocks: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8650-dispcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8650-dispcc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e0c45c380 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8650-dispcc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/qcom,sm8650-dispcc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Display Clock & Reset Controller for SM8650 + +maintainers: + - Bjorn Andersson + - Neil Armstrong + +description: | + Qualcomm display clock control module provides the clocks, resets and power + domains on SM8650. + + See also:: include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sm8650-dispcc.h + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,sm8650-dispcc + + clocks: + items: + - description: Board XO source + - description: Board Always On XO source + - description: Display's AHB clock + - description: sleep clock + - description: Byte clock from DSI PHY0 + - description: Pixel clock from DSI PHY0 + - description: Byte clock from DSI PHY1 + - description: Pixel clock from DSI PHY1 + - description: Link clock from DP PHY0 + - description: VCO DIV clock from DP PHY0 + - description: Link clock from DP PHY1 + - description: VCO DIV clock from DP PHY1 + - description: Link clock from DP PHY2 + - description: VCO DIV clock from DP PHY2 + - description: Link clock from DP PHY3 + - description: VCO DIV clock from DP PHY3 + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + + '#reset-cells': + const: 1 + + '#power-domain-cells': + const: 1 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + power-domains: + description: + A phandle and PM domain specifier for the MMCX power domain. + maxItems: 1 + + required-opps: + description: + A phandle to an OPP node describing required MMCX performance point. + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - '#clock-cells' + - '#reset-cells' + - '#power-domain-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + #include + #include + clock-controller@af00000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8650-dispcc"; + reg = <0x0af00000 0x10000>; + clocks = <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>, + <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK_A>, + <&gcc GCC_DISP_AHB_CLK>, + <&sleep_clk>, + <&dsi0_phy 0>, + <&dsi0_phy 1>, + <&dsi1_phy 0>, + <&dsi1_phy 1>, + <&dp0_phy 0>, + <&dp0_phy 1>, + <&dp1_phy 0>, + <&dp1_phy 1>, + <&dp2_phy 0>, + <&dp2_phy 1>, + <&dp3_phy 0>, + <&dp3_phy 1>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + power-domains = <&rpmhpd RPMHPD_MMCX>; + required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_low_svs>; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8650-gcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8650-gcc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b54761cc86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,sm8650-gcc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/qcom,sm8650-gcc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Global Clock & Reset Controller on SM8650 + +maintainers: + - Bjorn Andersson + +description: | + Qualcomm global clock control module provides the clocks, resets and power + domains on SM8650 + + See also:: include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,sm8650-gcc.h + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm8650-gcc + + clocks: + items: + - description: Board XO source + - description: Board Always On XO source + - description: Sleep clock source + - description: PCIE 0 Pipe clock source + - description: PCIE 1 Pipe clock source + - description: PCIE 1 Phy Auxiliary clock source + - description: UFS Phy Rx symbol 0 clock source + - description: UFS Phy Rx symbol 1 clock source + - description: UFS Phy Tx symbol 0 clock source + - description: USB3 Phy wrapper pipe clock source + +required: + - compatible + - clocks + +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,gcc.yaml# + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + clock-controller@100000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8650-gcc"; + reg = <0x00100000 0x001f4200>; + clocks = <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>, + <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK_A>, + <&sleep_clk>, + <&pcie0_phy>, + <&pcie1_phy>, + <&pcie_1_phy_aux_clk>, + <&ufs_mem_phy 0>, + <&ufs_mem_phy 1>, + <&ufs_mem_phy 2>, + <&usb_1_qmpphy>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,x1e80100-gcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,x1e80100-gcc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..14a796dbf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,x1e80100-gcc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/qcom,x1e80100-gcc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Global Clock & Reset Controller on X1E80100 + +maintainers: + - Rajendra Nayak + +description: | + Qualcomm global clock control module provides the clocks, resets and power + domains on X1E80100 + + See also:: include/dt-bindings/clock/qcom,x1e80100-gcc.h + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,x1e80100-gcc + + clocks: + items: + - description: Board XO source + - description: Sleep clock source + - description: PCIe 3 pipe clock + - description: PCIe 4 pipe clock + - description: PCIe 5 pipe clock + - description: PCIe 6a pipe clock + - description: PCIe 6b pipe clock + - description: USB QMP Phy 0 clock source + - description: USB QMP Phy 1 clock source + - description: USB QMP Phy 2 clock source + + power-domains: + description: + A phandle and PM domain specifier for the CX power domain. + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - clocks + - power-domains + +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,gcc.yaml# + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + clock-controller@100000 { + compatible = "qcom,x1e80100-gcc"; + reg = <0x00100000 0x200000>; + clocks = <&bi_tcxo_div2>, + <&sleep_clk>, + <&pcie3_phy>, + <&pcie4_phy>, + <&pcie5_phy>, + <&pcie6a_phy>, + <&pcie6b_phy>, + <&usb_1_ss0_qmpphy 0>, + <&usb_1_ss1_qmpphy 1>, + <&usb_1_ss2_qmpphy 2>; + power-domains = <&rpmhpd RPMHPD_CX>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,9series.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,9series.yaml index 3afdebdb52..af6319697b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,9series.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,9series.yaml @@ -21,6 +21,15 @@ description: | 1 -- DIF1 2 -- DIF2 3 -- DIF3 + - 9FGV0841: + 0 -- DIF0 + 1 -- DIF1 + 2 -- DIF2 + 3 -- DIF3 + 4 -- DIF4 + 5 -- DIF5 + 6 -- DIF6 + 7 -- DIF7 maintainers: - Marek Vasut @@ -30,6 +39,7 @@ properties: enum: - renesas,9fgv0241 - renesas,9fgv0441 + - renesas,9fgv0841 reg: description: I2C device address diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt deleted file mode 100644 index bfda6af76b..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -Binding for Silicon Labs Si5351a/b/c programmable i2c clock generator. - -Reference -[1] Si5351A/B/C Data Sheet - https://www.skyworksinc.com/-/media/Skyworks/SL/documents/public/data-sheets/Si5351-B.pdf - -The Si5351a/b/c are programmable i2c clock generators with up to 8 output -clocks. Si5351a also has a reduced pin-count package (MSOP10) where only -3 output clocks are accessible. The internal structure of the clock -generators can be found in [1]. - -==I2C device node== - -Required properties: -- compatible: shall be one of the following: - "silabs,si5351a" - Si5351a, QFN20 package - "silabs,si5351a-msop" - Si5351a, MSOP10 package - "silabs,si5351b" - Si5351b, QFN20 package - "silabs,si5351c" - Si5351c, QFN20 package -- reg: i2c device address, shall be 0x60 or 0x61. -- #clock-cells: from common clock binding; shall be set to 1. -- clocks: from common clock binding; list of parent clock - handles, shall be xtal reference clock or xtal and clkin for - si5351c only. Corresponding clock input names are "xtal" and - "clkin" respectively. -- #address-cells: shall be set to 1. -- #size-cells: shall be set to 0. - -Optional properties: -- silabs,pll-source: pair of (number, source) for each pll. Allows - to overwrite clock source of pll A (number=0) or B (number=1). - -==Child nodes== - -Each of the clock outputs can be overwritten individually by -using a child node to the I2C device node. If a child node for a clock -output is not set, the eeprom configuration is not overwritten. - -Required child node properties: -- reg: number of clock output. - -Optional child node properties: -- silabs,clock-source: source clock of the output divider stage N, shall be - 0 = multisynth N - 1 = multisynth 0 for output clocks 0-3, else multisynth4 - 2 = xtal - 3 = clkin (si5351c only) -- silabs,drive-strength: output drive strength in mA, shall be one of {2,4,6,8}. -- silabs,multisynth-source: source pll A(0) or B(1) of corresponding multisynth - divider. -- silabs,pll-master: boolean, multisynth can change pll frequency. -- silabs,pll-reset: boolean, clock output can reset its pll. -- silabs,disable-state : clock output disable state, shall be - 0 = clock output is driven LOW when disabled - 1 = clock output is driven HIGH when disabled - 2 = clock output is FLOATING (HIGH-Z) when disabled - 3 = clock output is NEVER disabled - -==Example== - -/* 25MHz reference crystal */ -ref25: ref25M { - compatible = "fixed-clock"; - #clock-cells = <0>; - clock-frequency = <25000000>; -}; - -i2c-master-node { - - /* Si5351a msop10 i2c clock generator */ - si5351a: clock-generator@60 { - compatible = "silabs,si5351a-msop"; - reg = <0x60>; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - #clock-cells = <1>; - - /* connect xtal input to 25MHz reference */ - clocks = <&ref25>; - clock-names = "xtal"; - - /* connect xtal input as source of pll0 and pll1 */ - silabs,pll-source = <0 0>, <1 0>; - - /* - * overwrite clkout0 configuration with: - * - 8mA output drive strength - * - pll0 as clock source of multisynth0 - * - multisynth0 as clock source of output divider - * - multisynth0 can change pll0 - * - set initial clock frequency of 74.25MHz - */ - clkout0 { - reg = <0>; - silabs,drive-strength = <8>; - silabs,multisynth-source = <0>; - silabs,clock-source = <0>; - silabs,pll-master; - clock-frequency = <74250000>; - }; - - /* - * overwrite clkout1 configuration with: - * - 4mA output drive strength - * - pll1 as clock source of multisynth1 - * - multisynth1 as clock source of output divider - * - multisynth1 can change pll1 - */ - clkout1 { - reg = <1>; - silabs,drive-strength = <4>; - silabs,multisynth-source = <1>; - silabs,clock-source = <0>; - pll-master; - }; - - /* - * overwrite clkout2 configuration with: - * - xtal as clock source of output divider - */ - clkout2 { - reg = <2>; - silabs,clock-source = <2>; - }; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3e0ec2999 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/silabs,si5351.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Silicon Labs Si5351A/B/C programmable I2C clock generators + +description: | + The Silicon Labs Si5351A/B/C are programmable I2C clock generators with up to + 8 outputs. Si5351A also has a reduced pin-count package (10-MSOP) where only 3 + output clocks are accessible. The internal structure of the clock generators + can be found in [1]. + + [1] Si5351A/B/C Data Sheet + https://www.skyworksinc.com/-/media/Skyworks/SL/documents/public/data-sheets/Si5351-B.pdf + +maintainers: + - Alvin Šipraga + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - silabs,si5351a # Si5351A, 20-QFN package + - silabs,si5351a-msop # Si5351A, 10-MSOP package + - silabs,si5351b # Si5351B, 20-QFN package + - silabs,si5351c # Si5351C, 20-QFN package + + reg: + enum: + - 0x60 + - 0x61 + + "#address-cells": + const: 1 + + "#size-cells": + const: 0 + + "#clock-cells": + const: 1 + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + items: + - const: xtal + - const: clkin + + silabs,pll-source: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-matrix + description: | + A list of cell pairs containing a PLL index and its source. Allows to + overwrite clock source of the internal PLLs. + items: + items: + - description: PLL A (0) or PLL B (1) + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + - description: PLL source, XTAL (0) or CLKIN (1, Si5351C only). + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + + silabs,pll-reset-mode: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-matrix + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + description: A list of cell pairs containing a PLL index and its reset mode. + items: + items: + - description: PLL A (0) or PLL B (1) + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + - description: | + Reset mode for the PLL. Mode can be one of: + + 0 - reset whenever PLL rate is adjusted (default mode) + 1 - do not reset when PLL rate is adjusted + + In mode 1, the PLL is only reset if the silabs,pll-reset is + specified in one of the clock output child nodes that also sources + the PLL. This mode may be preferable if output clocks are expected + to be adjusted without glitches. + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + +patternProperties: + "^clkout@[0-7]$": + type: object + + additionalProperties: false + + properties: + reg: + description: Clock output number. + + clock-frequency: true + + silabs,clock-source: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: | + Source clock of the this output's divider stage. + + 0 - use multisynth N for this output, where N is the output number + 1 - use either multisynth 0 (if output number is 0-3) or multisynth 4 + (otherwise) for this output + 2 - use XTAL for this output + 3 - use CLKIN for this output (Si5351C only) + + silabs,drive-strength: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 2, 4, 6, 8 ] + description: Output drive strength in mA. + + silabs,multisynth-source: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + description: + Source PLL A (0) or B (1) for the corresponding multisynth divider. + + silabs,pll-master: + type: boolean + description: | + The frequency of the source PLL is allowed to be changed by the + multisynth when setting the rate of this clock output. + + silabs,pll-reset: + type: boolean + description: Reset the source PLL when enabling this clock output. + + silabs,disable-state: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 1, 2, 3 ] + description: | + Clock output disable state. The state can be one of: + + 0 - clock output is driven LOW when disabled + 1 - clock output is driven HIGH when disabled + 2 - clock output is FLOATING (HIGH-Z) when disabled + 3 - clock output is never disabled + + allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: silabs,si5351a-msop + then: + properties: + reg: + maximum: 2 + else: + properties: + reg: + maximum: 7 + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: silabs,si5351c + then: + properties: + silabs,clock-source: + enum: [ 0, 1, 2, 3 ] + else: + properties: + silabs,clock-source: + enum: [ 0, 1, 2 ] + + required: + - reg + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - silabs,si5351a + - silabs,si5351a-msop + - silabs,si5351b + then: + properties: + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + clock-names: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - reg + - "#address-cells" + - "#size-cells" + - "#clock-cells" + - clocks + - clock-names + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + clock-generator@60 { + compatible = "silabs,si5351a-msop"; + reg = <0x60>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + /* Connect XTAL input to 25MHz reference */ + clocks = <&ref25>; + clock-names = "xtal"; + + /* Use XTAL input as source of PLL0 and PLL1 */ + silabs,pll-source = <0 0>, <1 0>; + + /* Don't reset PLL1 on rate adjustment */ + silabs,pll-reset-mode = <1 1>; + + /* + * Overwrite CLK0 configuration with: + * - 8 mA output drive strength + * - PLL0 as clock source of multisynth 0 + * - Multisynth 0 as clock source of output divider + * - Multisynth 0 can change PLL0 + * - Set initial clock frequency of 74.25MHz + */ + clkout@0 { + reg = <0>; + silabs,drive-strength = <8>; + silabs,multisynth-source = <0>; + silabs,clock-source = <0>; + silabs,pll-master; + clock-frequency = <74250000>; + }; + + /* + * Overwrite CLK1 configuration with: + * - 4 mA output drive strength + * - PLL1 as clock source of multisynth 1 + * - Multisynth 1 as clock source of output divider + * - Multisynth 1 can change PLL1 + * - Reset PLL1 when enabling this clock output + */ + clkout@1 { + reg = <1>; + silabs,drive-strength = <4>; + silabs,multisynth-source = <1>; + silabs,clock-source = <0>; + silabs,pll-master; + silabs,pll-reset; + }; + + /* + * Overwrite CLK2 configuration with: + * - XTAL as clock source of output divider + */ + clkout@2 { + reg = <2>; + silabs,clock-source = <2>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sophgo,cv1800-clk.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sophgo,cv1800-clk.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c1dc24673c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sophgo,cv1800-clk.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/sophgo,cv1800-clk.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Sophgo CV1800 Series Clock Controller + +maintainers: + - Inochi Amaoto + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - sophgo,cv1800-clk + - sophgo,cv1810-clk + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + "#clock-cells": + const: 1 + description: + See for valid indices. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - "#clock-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + clock-controller@3002000 { + compatible = "sophgo,cv1800-clk"; + reg = <0x03002000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&osc>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32mp25-rcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32mp25-rcc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7732e79a42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32mp25-rcc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/st,stm32mp25-rcc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: STM32MP25 Reset Clock Controller + +maintainers: + - Gabriel Fernandez + +description: | + The RCC hardware block is both a reset and a clock controller. + RCC makes also power management (resume/supend). + + See also:: + include/dt-bindings/clock/st,stm32mp25-rcc.h + include/dt-bindings/reset/st,stm32mp25-rcc.h + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - st,stm32mp25-rcc + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + + '#reset-cells': + const: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: CK_SCMI_HSE High Speed External oscillator (8 to 48 MHz) + - description: CK_SCMI_HSI High Speed Internal oscillator (~ 64 MHz) + - description: CK_SCMI_MSI Low Power Internal oscillator (~ 4 MHz or ~ 16 MHz) + - description: CK_SCMI_LSE Low Speed External oscillator (32 KHz) + - description: CK_SCMI_LSI Low Speed Internal oscillator (~ 32 KHz) + + clock-names: + items: + - const: hse + - const: hsi + - const: msi + - const: lse + - const: lsi + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - '#clock-cells' + - '#reset-cells' + - clocks + - clock-names + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + rcc: clock-controller@44200000 { + compatible = "st,stm32mp25-rcc"; + reg = <0x44200000 0x10000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + clock-names = "hse", "hsi", "msi", "lse", "lsi"; + clocks = <&scmi_clk CK_SCMI_HSE>, + <&scmi_clk CK_SCMI_HSI>, + <&scmi_clk CK_SCMI_MSI>, + <&scmi_clk CK_SCMI_LSE>, + <&scmi_clk CK_SCMI_LSI>; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xlnx,clocking-wizard.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xlnx,clocking-wizard.yaml index 02bd556bd9..9d5324dc10 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xlnx,clocking-wizard.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xlnx,clocking-wizard.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ properties: - xlnx,clocking-wizard - xlnx,clocking-wizard-v5.2 - xlnx,clocking-wizard-v6.0 + - xlnx,versal-clk-wizard reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xlnx,versal-clk.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xlnx,versal-clk.yaml index 1ba687d433..bef109d163 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xlnx,versal-clk.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xlnx,versal-clk.yaml @@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ properties: clocks: description: List of clock specifiers which are external input clocks to the given clock controller. - minItems: 3 + minItems: 2 maxItems: 8 clock-names: - minItems: 3 + minItems: 2 maxItems: 8 required: @@ -59,15 +59,34 @@ allOf: clocks: items: - description: reference clock - - description: alternate reference clock - description: alternate reference clock for programmable logic clock-names: items: - const: ref - - const: alt_ref - const: pl_alt_ref + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - xlnx,versal-net-clk + + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: reference clock + - description: alternate reference clock for programmable logic + - description: alternate reference clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: ref + - const: pl_alt_ref + - const: alt_ref + - if: properties: compatible: @@ -110,8 +129,8 @@ examples: versal_clk: clock-controller { #clock-cells = <1>; compatible = "xlnx,versal-clk"; - clocks = <&ref>, <&alt_ref>, <&pl_alt_ref>; - clock-names = "ref", "alt_ref", "pl_alt_ref"; + clocks = <&ref>, <&pl_alt_ref>; + clock-names = "ref", "pl_alt_ref"; }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.yaml index 7c8a3e8430..fb216ce68b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.yaml @@ -66,7 +66,6 @@ properties: Particularly, if use an output GPIO to control a VBUS regulator, should model it as a regulator. See bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml - # The following are optional properties for "usb-c-connector". power-role: description: Determines the power role that the Type C connector will support. "dual" refers to Dual Role Port (DRP). @@ -119,30 +118,6 @@ properties: # The following are optional properties for "usb-c-connector" with power # delivery support. - source-pdos: - description: An array of u32 with each entry providing supported power - source data object(PDO), the detailed bit definitions of PDO can be found - in "Universal Serial Bus Power Delivery Specification" chapter 6.4.1.2 - Source_Capabilities Message, the order of each entry(PDO) should follow - the PD spec chapter 6.4.1. Required for power source and power dual role. - User can specify the source PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR/PPS_APDO() - defined in dt-bindings/usb/pd.h. - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 7 - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array - - sink-pdos: - description: An array of u32 with each entry providing supported power sink - data object(PDO), the detailed bit definitions of PDO can be found in - "Universal Serial Bus Power Delivery Specification" chapter 6.4.1.3 - Sink Capabilities Message, the order of each entry(PDO) should follow the - PD spec chapter 6.4.1. Required for power sink and power dual role. User - can specify the sink PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR/PPS_APDO() defined - in dt-bindings/usb/pd.h. - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 7 - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array - sink-vdos: description: An array of u32 with each entry, a Vendor Defined Message Object (VDO), providing additional information corresponding to the product, the detailed bit @@ -166,10 +141,43 @@ properties: maxItems: 6 $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array - op-sink-microwatt: - description: Sink required operating power in microwatt, if source can't - offer the power, Capability Mismatch is set. Required for power sink and - power dual role. + accessory-mode-audio: + type: boolean + description: Whether the device supports Audio Adapter Accessory Mode. This + is only necessary if there are no other means to discover supported + alternative modes (e.g. through the UCSI firmware interface). + + accessory-mode-debug: + type: boolean + description: Whether the device supports Debug Accessory Mode. This + is only necessary if there are no other means to discover supported + alternative modes (e.g. through the UCSI firmware interface). + + altmodes: + type: object + description: List of Alternative Modes supported by the schematics on the + particular device. This is only necessary if there are no other means to + discover supported alternative modes (e.g. through the UCSI firmware + interface). + + additionalProperties: false + + patternProperties: + "^(displayport)$": + type: object + description: + A single USB-C Alternative Mode as supported by the USB-C connector logic. + + additionalProperties: false + + properties: + svid: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint16 + description: Unique value assigned by USB-IF to the Vendor / AltMode. + enum: [ 0xff01 ] + vdo: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: VDO returned by Discover Modes USB PD command. port: $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port @@ -231,6 +239,20 @@ properties: SNK_READY for non-pd link. type: boolean + capabilities: + description: A child node to contain all the selectable USB Power Delivery capabilities. + type: object + + patternProperties: + "^caps-[0-9]+$": + description: Child nodes under "capabilities" node. Each node contains a selectable USB + Power Delivery capability. + type: object + $ref: "#/$defs/capabilities" + unevaluatedProperties: false + + additionalProperties: false + dependencies: sink-vdos-v1: [ sink-vdos ] sink-vdos: [ sink-vdos-v1 ] @@ -238,7 +260,42 @@ dependencies: required: - compatible +$defs: + capabilities: + type: object + + properties: + source-pdos: + description: An array of u32 with each entry providing supported power + source data object(PDO), the detailed bit definitions of PDO can be found + in "Universal Serial Bus Power Delivery Specification" chapter 6.4.1.2 + Source_Capabilities Message, the order of each entry(PDO) should follow + the PD spec chapter 6.4.1. Required for power source and power dual role. + User can specify the source PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR/PPS_APDO() + defined in dt-bindings/usb/pd.h. + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 7 + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + + sink-pdos: + description: An array of u32 with each entry providing supported power sink + data object(PDO), the detailed bit definitions of PDO can be found in + "Universal Serial Bus Power Delivery Specification" chapter 6.4.1.3 + Sink Capabilities Message, the order of each entry(PDO) should follow the + PD spec chapter 6.4.1. Required for power sink and power dual role. User + can specify the sink PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR/PPS_APDO() defined + in dt-bindings/usb/pd.h. + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 7 + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + + op-sink-microwatt: + description: Sink required operating power in microwatt, if source can't + offer the power, Capability Mismatch is set. Required for power sink and + power dual role. + allOf: + - $ref: "#/$defs/capabilities" - if: properties: compatible: @@ -267,7 +324,7 @@ anyOf: - typec-power-opmode - new-source-frs-typec-current -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: # Micro-USB connector with HS lines routed via controller (MUIC). @@ -289,6 +346,13 @@ examples: compatible = "usb-c-connector"; label = "USB-C"; + altmodes { + displayport { + svid = /bits/ 16 <0xff01>; + vdo = <0x00001c46>; + }; + }; + ports { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpu/idle-states.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpu/idle-states.yaml index b3a5356f99..239480ef7c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpu/idle-states.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpu/idle-states.yaml @@ -243,7 +243,64 @@ description: |+ just supports idle_standby, an idle-states node is not required. =========================================== - 6 - References + 6 - Qualcomm specific STATES + =========================================== + + Idle states have different enter/exit latency and residency values. + The idle states supported by the QCOM SoC are defined as - + + * Standby + * Retention + * Standalone Power Collapse (Standalone PC or SPC) + * Power Collapse (PC) + + Standby: Standby does a little more in addition to architectural clock gating. + When the WFI instruction is executed the ARM core would gate its internal + clocks. In addition to gating the clocks, QCOM cpus use this instruction as a + trigger to execute the SPM state machine. The SPM state machine waits for the + interrupt to trigger the core back in to active. This triggers the cache + hierarchy to enter standby states, when all cpus are idle. An interrupt brings + the SPM state machine out of its wait, the next step is to ensure that the + cache hierarchy is also out of standby, and then the cpu is allowed to resume + execution. This state is defined as a generic ARM WFI state by the ARM cpuidle + driver and is not defined in the DT. The SPM state machine should be + configured to execute this state by default and after executing every other + state below. + + Retention: Retention is a low power state where the core is clock gated and + the memory and the registers associated with the core are retained. The + voltage may be reduced to the minimum value needed to keep the processor + registers active. The SPM should be configured to execute the retention + sequence and would wait for interrupt, before restoring the cpu to execution + state. Retention may have a slightly higher latency than Standby. + + Standalone PC: A cpu can power down and warmboot if there is a sufficient time + between the time it enters idle and the next known wake up. SPC mode is used + to indicate a core entering a power down state without consulting any other + cpu or the system resources. This helps save power only on that core. The SPM + sequence for this idle state is programmed to power down the supply to the + core, wait for the interrupt, restore power to the core, and ensure the + system state including cache hierarchy is ready before allowing core to + resume. Applying power and resetting the core causes the core to warmboot + back into Elevation Level (EL) which trampolines the control back to the + kernel. Entering a power down state for the cpu, needs to be done by trapping + into a EL. Failing to do so, would result in a crash enforced by the warm boot + code in the EL for the SoC. On SoCs with write-back L1 cache, the cache has to + be flushed in s/w, before powering down the core. + + Power Collapse: This state is similar to the SPC mode, but distinguishes + itself in that the cpu acknowledges and permits the SoC to enter deeper sleep + modes. In a hierarchical power domain SoC, this means L2 and other caches can + be flushed, system bus, clocks - lowered, and SoC main XO clock gated and + voltages reduced, provided all cpus enter this state. Since the span of low + power modes possible at this state is vast, the exit latency and the residency + of this low power mode would be considered high even though at a cpu level, + this essentially is cpu power down. The SPM in this state also may handshake + with the Resource power manager (RPM) processor in the SoC to indicate a + complete application processor subsystem shut down. + + =========================================== + 7 - References =========================================== [1] ARM Linux Kernel documentation - CPUs bindings @@ -301,9 +358,16 @@ patternProperties: properties: compatible: - enum: - - arm,idle-state - - riscv,idle-state + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,idle-state-ret + - qcom,idle-state-spc + - qcom,idle-state-pc + - const: arm,idle-state + - enum: + - arm,idle-state + - riscv,idle-state arm,psci-suspend-param: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 @@ -852,4 +916,13 @@ examples: }; }; + // Example 4 - Qualcomm SPC + idle-states { + cpu_spc: cpu-spc { + compatible = "qcom,idle-state-spc", "arm,idle-state"; + entry-latency-us = <150>; + exit-latency-us = <200>; + min-residency-us = <2000>; + }; + }; ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/inside-secure,safexcel.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/inside-secure,safexcel.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef07258d16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/inside-secure,safexcel.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/crypto/inside-secure,safexcel.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Inside Secure SafeXcel cryptographic engine + +maintainers: + - Antoine Tenart + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - const: inside-secure,safexcel-eip197b + - const: inside-secure,safexcel-eip197d + - const: inside-secure,safexcel-eip97ies + - const: inside-secure,safexcel-eip197 + description: Equivalent of inside-secure,safexcel-eip197b + deprecated: true + - const: inside-secure,safexcel-eip97 + description: Equivalent of inside-secure,safexcel-eip97ies + deprecated: true + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 6 + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: ring0 + - const: ring1 + - const: ring2 + - const: ring3 + - const: eip + - const: mem + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + items: + - const: core + - const: reg + +required: + - reg + - interrupts + - interrupt-names + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + clocks: + minItems: 2 + then: + properties: + clock-names: + minItems: 2 + required: + - clock-names + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + + crypto@800000 { + compatible = "inside-secure,safexcel-eip197b"; + reg = <0x800000 0x200000>; + interrupts = , + , + , + , + , + ; + interrupt-names = "ring0", "ring1", "ring2", "ring3", "eip", "mem"; + clocks = <&cpm_syscon0 1 26>; + clock-names = "core"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/inside-secure-safexcel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/inside-secure-safexcel.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3bbf144c99..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/inside-secure-safexcel.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -Inside Secure SafeXcel cryptographic engine - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "inside-secure,safexcel-eip197b", - "inside-secure,safexcel-eip197d" or - "inside-secure,safexcel-eip97ies". -- reg: Base physical address of the engine and length of memory mapped region. -- interrupts: Interrupt numbers for the rings and engine. -- interrupt-names: Should be "ring0", "ring1", "ring2", "ring3", "eip", "mem". - -Optional properties: -- clocks: Reference to the crypto engine clocks, the second clock is - needed for the Armada 7K/8K SoCs. -- clock-names: mandatory if there is a second clock, in this case the - name must be "core" for the first clock and "reg" for - the second one. - -Backward compatibility: -Two compatibles are kept for backward compatibility, but shouldn't be used for -new submissions: -- "inside-secure,safexcel-eip197" is equivalent to - "inside-secure,safexcel-eip197b". -- "inside-secure,safexcel-eip97" is equivalent to - "inside-secure,safexcel-eip97ies". - -Example: - - crypto: crypto@800000 { - compatible = "inside-secure,safexcel-eip197b"; - reg = <0x800000 0x200000>; - interrupts = , - , - , - , - , - ; - interrupt-names = "mem", "ring0", "ring1", "ring2", "ring3", - "eip"; - clocks = <&cpm_syscon0 1 26>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,inline-crypto-engine.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,inline-crypto-engine.yaml index ca4f7d1cef..09e43157cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,inline-crypto-engine.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,inline-crypto-engine.yaml @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sa8775p-inline-crypto-engine - qcom,sm8450-inline-crypto-engine - qcom,sm8550-inline-crypto-engine + - qcom,sm8650-inline-crypto-engine - const: qcom,inline-crypto-engine reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,prng.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,prng.yaml index 13070db0f7..89c88004b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,prng.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom,prng.yaml @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sc7280-trng - qcom,sm8450-trng - qcom,sm8550-trng + - qcom,sm8650-trng - const: qcom,trng reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom-qce.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom-qce.yaml index 8e665d910e..a48bd38106 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom-qce.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/qcom-qce.yaml @@ -44,10 +44,12 @@ properties: - items: - enum: + - qcom,sc7280-qce - qcom,sm8250-qce - qcom,sm8350-qce - qcom,sm8450-qce - qcom,sm8550-qce + - qcom,sm8650-qce - const: qcom,sm8150-qce - const: qcom,qce @@ -96,6 +98,7 @@ allOf: - qcom,crypto-v5.4 - qcom,ipq6018-qce - qcom,ipq8074-qce + - qcom,ipq9574-qce - qcom,msm8996-qce - qcom,sdm845-qce then: @@ -129,6 +132,17 @@ allOf: - clocks - clock-names + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - qcom,sm8150-qce + then: + properties: + clocks: false + clock-names: false + required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lontium,lt8912b.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lontium,lt8912b.yaml index f201ae4af4..2cef252157 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lontium,lt8912b.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lontium,lt8912b.yaml @@ -55,6 +55,27 @@ properties: - port@0 - port@1 + vcchdmipll-supply: + description: A 1.8V supply that powers the HDMI PLL. + + vcchdmitx-supply: + description: A 1.8V supply that powers the HDMI TX part. + + vcclvdspll-supply: + description: A 1.8V supply that powers the LVDS PLL. + + vcclvdstx-supply: + description: A 1.8V supply that powers the LVDS TX part. + + vccmipirx-supply: + description: A 1.8V supply that powers the MIPI RX part. + + vccsysclk-supply: + description: A 1.8V supply that powers the SYSCLK. + + vdd-supply: + description: A 1.8V supply that powers the digital part. + required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/nxp,tda998x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/nxp,tda998x.yaml index 21d995f29a..b8e9cf6ce4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/nxp,tda998x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/nxp,tda998x.yaml @@ -29,19 +29,22 @@ properties: audio-ports: description: - Array of 8-bit values, 2 values per DAI (Documentation/sound/soc/dai.rst). + Array of 2 values per DAI (Documentation/sound/soc/dai.rst). The implementation allows one or two DAIs. If two DAIs are defined, they must be of different type. $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-matrix + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 items: - minItems: 1 items: - description: | The first value defines the DAI type: TDA998x_SPDIF or TDA998x_I2S (see include/dt-bindings/display/tda998x.h). + enum: [ 1, 2 ] - description: The second value defines the tda998x AP_ENA reg content when the DAI in question is used. + maximum: 0xff '#sound-dai-cells': enum: [ 0, 1 ] diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,aal.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,aal.yaml index 7fd42c8fdc..b4c28e96dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,aal.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,aal.yaml @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ properties: - enum: - mediatek,mt8173-disp-aal - mediatek,mt8183-disp-aal + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-aal - items: - enum: - mediatek,mt2712-disp-aal diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,color.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,color.yaml index f21e440920..b886ca0d89 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,color.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,color.yaml @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt2701-disp-color - mediatek,mt8167-disp-color - mediatek,mt8173-disp-color + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-color - items: - enum: - mediatek,mt7623-disp-color diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.yaml index ed24b61709..8611319bed 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.yaml @@ -34,6 +34,10 @@ properties: - enum: - mediatek,mt6795-dsi - const: mediatek,mt8173-dsi + - items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt8195-dsi + - const: mediatek,mt8183-dsi reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,ethdr.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,ethdr.yaml index 801fa66ae6..677882348e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,ethdr.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,ethdr.yaml @@ -23,7 +23,11 @@ description: properties: compatible: - const: mediatek,mt8195-disp-ethdr + oneOf: + - const: mediatek,mt8195-disp-ethdr + - items: + - const: mediatek,mt8188-disp-ethdr + - const: mediatek,mt8195-disp-ethdr reg: maxItems: 7 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,mdp-rdma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,mdp-rdma.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index dd12e2ff68..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,mdp-rdma.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) -%YAML 1.2 ---- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/mediatek/mediatek,mdp-rdma.yaml# -$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# - -title: MediaTek MDP RDMA - -maintainers: - - Chun-Kuang Hu - - Philipp Zabel - -description: - The MediaTek MDP RDMA stands for Read Direct Memory Access. - It provides real time data to the back-end panel driver, such as DSI, - DPI and DP_INTF. - It contains one line buffer to store the sufficient pixel data. - RDMA device node must be siblings to the central MMSYS_CONFIG node. - For a description of the MMSYS_CONFIG binding, see - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.yaml for details. - -properties: - compatible: - const: mediatek,mt8195-vdo1-rdma - - reg: - maxItems: 1 - - interrupts: - maxItems: 1 - - power-domains: - maxItems: 1 - - clocks: - items: - - description: RDMA Clock - - iommus: - maxItems: 1 - - mediatek,gce-client-reg: - description: - The register of display function block to be set by gce. There are 4 arguments, - such as gce node, subsys id, offset and register size. The subsys id that is - mapping to the register of display function blocks is defined in the gce header - include/dt-bindings/gce/-gce.h of each chips. - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array - items: - items: - - description: phandle of GCE - - description: GCE subsys id - - description: register offset - - description: register size - maxItems: 1 - -required: - - compatible - - reg - - power-domains - - clocks - - iommus - - mediatek,gce-client-reg - -additionalProperties: false - -examples: - - | - #include - #include - #include - #include - #include - - soc { - #address-cells = <2>; - #size-cells = <2>; - - rdma@1c104000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt8195-vdo1-rdma"; - reg = <0 0x1c104000 0 0x1000>; - interrupts = ; - clocks = <&vdosys1 CLK_VDO1_MDP_RDMA0>; - power-domains = <&spm MT8195_POWER_DOMAIN_VDOSYS1>; - iommus = <&iommu_vdo M4U_PORT_L2_MDP_RDMA0>; - mediatek,gce-client-reg = <&gce0 SUBSYS_1c10XXXX 0x4000 0x1000>; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,merge.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,merge.yaml index eead5cb863..dae8392799 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,merge.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,merge.yaml @@ -24,9 +24,13 @@ properties: - enum: - mediatek,mt8173-disp-merge - mediatek,mt8195-disp-merge + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-merge - items: - const: mediatek,mt6795-disp-merge - const: mediatek,mt8173-disp-merge + - items: + - const: mediatek,mt8188-disp-merge + - const: mediatek,mt8195-disp-merge reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,ovl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,ovl.yaml index 3e1069b00b..c471a181d1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,ovl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,ovl.yaml @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt8173-disp-ovl - mediatek,mt8183-disp-ovl - mediatek,mt8192-disp-ovl + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-ovl - items: - enum: - mediatek,mt7623-disp-ovl diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,padding.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,padding.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be07bbdc54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,padding.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/mediatek/mediatek,padding.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek Display Padding + +maintainers: + - Chun-Kuang Hu + - Philipp Zabel + +description: + Padding provides ability to add pixels to width and height of a layer with + specified colors. Due to hardware design, Mixer in VDOSYS1 requires + width of a layer to be 2-pixel-align, or 4-pixel-align when ETHDR is enabled, + we need Padding to deal with odd width. + Please notice that even if the Padding is in bypass mode, settings in + register must be cleared to 0, or undefined behaviors could happen. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - mediatek,mt8188-disp-padding + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-padding + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: Padding's clocks + + mediatek,gce-client-reg: + description: + GCE (Global Command Engine) is a multi-core micro processor that helps + its clients to execute commands without interrupting CPU. This property + describes GCE client's information that is composed by 4 fields. + 1. Phandle of the GCE (there may be several GCE processors) + 2. Sub-system ID defined in the dt-binding like a user ID + (Please refer to include/dt-bindings/gce/-gce.h) + 3. Offset from base address of the subsys you are at + 4. Size of the register the client needs + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + items: + items: + - description: Phandle of the GCE + - description: Subsys ID defined in the dt-binding + - description: Offset from base address of the subsys + - description: Size of register + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - power-domains + - clocks + - mediatek,gce-client-reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + #include + #include + + soc { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + padding0: padding@1c11d000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8188-disp-padding"; + reg = <0 0x1c11d000 0 0x1000>; + clocks = <&vdosys1 CLK_VDO1_PADDING0>; + power-domains = <&spm MT8188_POWER_DOMAIN_VDOSYS1>; + mediatek,gce-client-reg = <&gce0 SUBSYS_1c11XXXX 0xd000 0x1000>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,split.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,split.yaml index a8a5c96085..e4affc854f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,split.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,split.yaml @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ properties: oneOf: - enum: - mediatek,mt8173-disp-split + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-split - items: - const: mediatek,mt6795-disp-split - const: mediatek,mt8173-disp-split @@ -38,6 +39,21 @@ properties: the power controller specified by phandle. See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power-domain.yaml for details. + mediatek,gce-client-reg: + description: + The register of display function block to be set by gce. There are 4 arguments, + such as gce node, subsys id, offset and register size. The subsys id that is + mapping to the register of display function blocks is defined in the gce header + include/dt-bindings/gce/-gce.h of each chips. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + items: + items: + - description: phandle of GCE + - description: GCE subsys id + - description: register offset + - description: register size + maxItems: 1 + clocks: items: - description: SPLIT Clock @@ -48,6 +64,17 @@ required: - power-domains - clocks +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-split + + then: + required: + - mediatek,gce-client-reg + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dp-controller.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dp-controller.yaml index dbe398f84f..ae53cbfb21 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dp-controller.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dp-controller.yaml @@ -26,8 +26,10 @@ properties: - qcom,sc8280xp-edp - qcom,sdm845-dp - qcom,sm8350-dp + - qcom,sm8650-dp - items: - enum: + - qcom,sm8150-dp - qcom,sm8250-dp - qcom,sm8450-dp - qcom,sm8550-dp diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi-controller-main.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi-controller-main.yaml index c6dbab65d5..4219936eda 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi-controller-main.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi-controller-main.yaml @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sc7180-dsi-ctrl - qcom,sc7280-dsi-ctrl - qcom,sdm660-dsi-ctrl + - qcom,sdm670-dsi-ctrl - qcom,sdm845-dsi-ctrl - qcom,sm6115-dsi-ctrl - qcom,sm6125-dsi-ctrl @@ -35,6 +36,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8350-dsi-ctrl - qcom,sm8450-dsi-ctrl - qcom,sm8550-dsi-ctrl + - qcom,sm8650-dsi-ctrl - const: qcom,mdss-dsi-ctrl - enum: - qcom,dsi-ctrl-6g-qcm2290 @@ -333,6 +335,7 @@ allOf: - qcom,sm8350-dsi-ctrl - qcom,sm8450-dsi-ctrl - qcom,sm8550-dsi-ctrl + - qcom,sm8650-dsi-ctrl then: properties: clocks: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi-phy-7nm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi-phy-7nm.yaml index dd6619555a..7e764eac3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi-phy-7nm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi-phy-7nm.yaml @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8350-dsi-phy-5nm - qcom,sm8450-dsi-phy-5nm - qcom,sm8550-dsi-phy-4nm + - qcom,sm8650-dsi-phy-4nm reg: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/mdss-common.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/mdss-common.yaml index f69196e4cc..c6305a6e03 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/mdss-common.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/mdss-common.yaml @@ -61,17 +61,27 @@ properties: ranges: true + # This is not a perfect description, but it's impossible to discern and match + # the entries like we do with interconnect-names interconnects: minItems: 1 items: - description: Interconnect path from mdp0 (or a single mdp) port to the data bus - description: Interconnect path from mdp1 port to the data bus + - description: Interconnect path from CPU to the reg bus interconnect-names: - minItems: 1 - items: - - const: mdp0-mem - - const: mdp1-mem + oneOf: + - minItems: 1 + items: + - const: mdp0-mem + - const: cpu-cfg + + - minItems: 2 + items: + - const: mdp0-mem + - const: mdp1-mem + - const: cpu-cfg resets: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,qcm2290-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,qcm2290-mdss.yaml index 5ad155612b..f0cdb54226 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,qcm2290-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,qcm2290-mdss.yaml @@ -36,10 +36,14 @@ properties: maxItems: 2 interconnects: - maxItems: 1 + items: + - description: Interconnect path from mdp0 port to the data bus + - description: Interconnect path from CPU to the reg bus interconnect-names: - maxItems: 1 + items: + - const: mdp0-mem + - const: cpu-cfg patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": @@ -56,7 +60,9 @@ patternProperties: properties: compatible: - const: qcom,dsi-ctrl-6g-qcm2290 + items: + - const: qcom,qcm2290-dsi-ctrl + - const: qcom,mdss-dsi-ctrl "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object @@ -96,8 +102,10 @@ examples: interrupt-controller; #interrupt-cells = <1>; - interconnects = <&mmrt_virt MASTER_MDP0 &bimc SLAVE_EBI1>; - interconnect-names = "mdp0-mem"; + interconnects = <&mmrt_virt MASTER_MDP0 &bimc SLAVE_EBI1>, + <&bimc MASTER_APPSS_PROC &config_noc SLAVE_DISPLAY_CFG>; + interconnect-names = "mdp0-mem", + "cpu-cfg"; iommus = <&apps_smmu 0x420 0x2>, <&apps_smmu 0x421 0x0>; @@ -136,7 +144,8 @@ examples: }; dsi@5e94000 { - compatible = "qcom,dsi-ctrl-6g-qcm2290"; + compatible = "qcom,qcm2290-dsi-ctrl", + "qcom,mdss-dsi-ctrl"; reg = <0x05e94000 0x400>; reg-names = "dsi_ctrl"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7180-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7180-mdss.yaml index 3432a2407c..7a0555b15d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7180-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7180-mdss.yaml @@ -36,10 +36,14 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 interconnects: - maxItems: 1 + items: + - description: Interconnect path from mdp0 port to the data bus + - description: Interconnect path from CPU to the reg bus interconnect-names: - maxItems: 1 + items: + - const: mdp0-mem + - const: cpu-cfg patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": @@ -106,8 +110,10 @@ examples: interrupt-controller; #interrupt-cells = <1>; - interconnects = <&mmss_noc MASTER_MDP0 &mc_virt SLAVE_EBI1>; - interconnect-names = "mdp0-mem"; + interconnects = <&mmss_noc MASTER_MDP0 &mc_virt SLAVE_EBI1>, + <&gem_noc MASTER_APPSS_PROC &config_noc SLAVE_DISPLAY_CFG>; + interconnect-names = "mdp0-mem", + "cpu-cfg"; iommus = <&apps_smmu 0x800 0x2>; ranges; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7280-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7280-mdss.yaml index bbb727831f..2947f27e05 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7280-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sc7280-mdss.yaml @@ -36,10 +36,14 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 interconnects: - maxItems: 1 + items: + - description: Interconnect path from mdp0 port to the data bus + - description: Interconnect path from CPU to the reg bus interconnect-names: - maxItems: 1 + items: + - const: mdp0-mem + - const: cpu-cfg patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": @@ -118,8 +122,10 @@ examples: interrupt-controller; #interrupt-cells = <1>; - interconnects = <&mmss_noc MASTER_MDP0 &mc_virt SLAVE_EBI1>; - interconnect-names = "mdp0-mem"; + interconnects = <&mmss_noc MASTER_MDP0 &mc_virt SLAVE_EBI1>, + <&gem_noc MASTER_APPSS_PROC &cnoc2 SLAVE_DISPLAY_CFG>; + interconnect-names = "mdp0-mem", + "cpu-cfg"; iommus = <&apps_smmu 0x900 0x402>; ranges; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm670-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm670-mdss.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7dc269322b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm670-mdss.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,292 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/msm/qcom,sdm670-mdss.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm SDM670 Display MDSS + +maintainers: + - Richard Acayan + +description: + SDM670 MSM Mobile Display Subsystem (MDSS), which encapsulates sub-blocks + like DPU display controller, DSI and DP interfaces etc. + +$ref: /schemas/display/msm/mdss-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sdm670-mdss + + clocks: + items: + - description: Display AHB clock from gcc + - description: Display core clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: iface + - const: core + + iommus: + maxItems: 2 + + interconnects: + maxItems: 2 + + interconnect-names: + maxItems: 2 + +patternProperties: + "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + additionalProperties: true + + properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sdm670-dpu + + "^displayport-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + additionalProperties: true + + properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sdm670-dp + + "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + additionalProperties: true + + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: qcom,sdm670-dsi-ctrl + + "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + additionalProperties: true + + properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,dsi-phy-10nm + +required: + - compatible + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + #include + #include + #include + #include + + display-subsystem@ae00000 { + compatible = "qcom,sdm670-mdss"; + reg = <0x0ae00000 0x1000>; + reg-names = "mdss"; + power-domains = <&dispcc MDSS_GDSC>; + + clocks = <&gcc GCC_DISP_AHB_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_MDP_CLK>; + clock-names = "iface", "core"; + + interrupts = ; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + + interconnects = <&mmss_noc MASTER_MDP_PORT0 0 &mem_noc SLAVE_EBI_CH0 0>, + <&mmss_noc MASTER_MDP_PORT1 0 &mem_noc SLAVE_EBI_CH0 0>; + interconnect-names = "mdp0-mem", "mdp1-mem"; + + iommus = <&apps_smmu 0x880 0x8>, + <&apps_smmu 0xc80 0x8>; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + display-controller@ae01000 { + compatible = "qcom,sdm670-dpu"; + reg = <0x0ae01000 0x8f000>, + <0x0aeb0000 0x2008>; + reg-names = "mdp", "vbif"; + + clocks = <&gcc GCC_DISP_AXI_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_AHB_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_AXI_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_MDP_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_VSYNC_CLK>; + clock-names = "gcc-bus", "iface", "bus", "core", "vsync"; + + interrupt-parent = <&mdss>; + interrupts = <0>; + power-domains = <&rpmhpd SDM670_CX>; + operating-points-v2 = <&mdp_opp_table>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + dpu_intf1_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mdss_dsi0_in>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + dpu_intf2_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mdss_dsi1_in>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + + dsi@ae94000 { + compatible = "qcom,sdm670-dsi-ctrl", "qcom,mdss-dsi-ctrl"; + reg = <0x0ae94000 0x400>; + reg-names = "dsi_ctrl"; + + interrupt-parent = <&mdss>; + interrupts = <4>; + + clocks = <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_BYTE0_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_BYTE0_INTF_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_PCLK0_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_ESC0_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_AHB_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_AXI_CLK>; + clock-names = "byte", + "byte_intf", + "pixel", + "core", + "iface", + "bus"; + assigned-clocks = <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_BYTE0_CLK_SRC>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_PCLK0_CLK_SRC>; + assigned-clock-parents = <&mdss_dsi0_phy 0>, <&mdss_dsi0_phy 1>; + + operating-points-v2 = <&dsi_opp_table>; + power-domains = <&rpmhpd SDM670_CX>; + + phys = <&mdss_dsi0_phy>; + phy-names = "dsi"; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + mdss_dsi0_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dpu_intf1_out>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + mdss_dsi0_out: endpoint { + }; + }; + }; + }; + + mdss_dsi0_phy: phy@ae94400 { + compatible = "qcom,dsi-phy-10nm"; + reg = <0x0ae94400 0x200>, + <0x0ae94600 0x280>, + <0x0ae94a00 0x1e0>; + reg-names = "dsi_phy", + "dsi_phy_lane", + "dsi_pll"; + + #clock-cells = <1>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + + clocks = <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_AHB_CLK>, + <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>; + clock-names = "iface", "ref"; + vdds-supply = <&vreg_dsi_phy>; + }; + + dsi@ae96000 { + compatible = "qcom,sdm670-dsi-ctrl", "qcom,mdss-dsi-ctrl"; + reg = <0x0ae96000 0x400>; + reg-names = "dsi_ctrl"; + + interrupt-parent = <&mdss>; + interrupts = <5>; + + clocks = <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_BYTE1_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_BYTE1_INTF_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_PCLK1_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_ESC1_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_AHB_CLK>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_AXI_CLK>; + clock-names = "byte", + "byte_intf", + "pixel", + "core", + "iface", + "bus"; + assigned-clocks = <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_BYTE1_CLK_SRC>, + <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_PCLK1_CLK_SRC>; + assigned-clock-parents = <&dsi1_phy 0>, <&dsi1_phy 1>; + + operating-points-v2 = <&dsi_opp_table>; + power-domains = <&rpmhpd SDM670_CX>; + + phys = <&dsi1_phy>; + phy-names = "dsi"; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + mdss_dsi1_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dpu_intf2_out>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + mdss_dsi1_out: endpoint { + }; + }; + }; + }; + + mdss_dsi1_phy: phy@ae96400 { + compatible = "qcom,dsi-phy-10nm"; + reg = <0x0ae96400 0x200>, + <0x0ae96600 0x280>, + <0x0ae96a00 0x10e>; + reg-names = "dsi_phy", + "dsi_phy_lane", + "dsi_pll"; + + #clock-cells = <1>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + + clocks = <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_AHB_CLK>, + <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>; + clock-names = "iface", "ref"; + vdds-supply = <&vreg_dsi_phy>; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm845-dpu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm845-dpu.yaml index b917064bdf..dc11fd421a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm845-dpu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sdm845-dpu.yaml @@ -13,7 +13,9 @@ $ref: /schemas/display/msm/dpu-common.yaml# properties: compatible: - const: qcom,sdm845-dpu + enum: + - qcom,sdm670-dpu + - qcom,sdm845-dpu reg: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6115-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6115-mdss.yaml index dde5c2acea..309de1953c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6115-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6115-mdss.yaml @@ -29,6 +29,16 @@ properties: iommus: maxItems: 2 + interconnects: + items: + - description: Interconnect path from mdp0 port to the data bus + - description: Interconnect path from CPU to the reg bus + + interconnect-names: + items: + - const: mdp0-mem + - const: cpu-cfg + patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6125-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6125-mdss.yaml index 671c2c2aa8..3deb9dc81c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6125-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6125-mdss.yaml @@ -35,10 +35,14 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 interconnects: - maxItems: 2 + items: + - description: Interconnect path from mdp0 port to the data bus + - description: Interconnect path from CPU to the reg bus interconnect-names: - maxItems: 2 + items: + - const: mdp0-mem + - const: cpu-cfg patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6350-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6350-mdss.yaml index e1dcb45376..c9ba1fae80 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6350-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6350-mdss.yaml @@ -35,10 +35,14 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 interconnects: - maxItems: 2 + items: + - description: Interconnect path from mdp0 port to the data bus + - description: Interconnect path from CPU to the reg bus interconnect-names: - maxItems: 2 + items: + - const: mdp0-mem + - const: cpu-cfg patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6375-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6375-mdss.yaml index b15c3950f0..8e8a288d31 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6375-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm6375-mdss.yaml @@ -35,10 +35,14 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 interconnects: - maxItems: 2 + items: + - description: Interconnect path from mdp0 port to the data bus + - description: Interconnect path from CPU to the reg bus interconnect-names: - maxItems: 2 + items: + - const: mdp0-mem + - const: cpu-cfg patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8150-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8150-mdss.yaml index a2a8be7f64..e6dc5494ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8150-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8150-mdss.yaml @@ -53,6 +53,15 @@ patternProperties: compatible: const: qcom,sm8150-dpu + "^displayport-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + additionalProperties: true + + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: qcom,sm8150-dp + "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object additionalProperties: true @@ -69,7 +78,7 @@ patternProperties: properties: compatible: - const: qcom,dsi-phy-7nm + const: qcom,dsi-phy-7nm-8150 unevaluatedProperties: false @@ -247,7 +256,7 @@ examples: }; dsi0_phy: phy@ae94400 { - compatible = "qcom,dsi-phy-7nm"; + compatible = "qcom,dsi-phy-7nm-8150"; reg = <0x0ae94400 0x200>, <0x0ae94600 0x280>, <0x0ae94900 0x260>; @@ -318,7 +327,7 @@ examples: }; dsi1_phy: phy@ae96400 { - compatible = "qcom,dsi-phy-7nm"; + compatible = "qcom,dsi-phy-7nm-8150"; reg = <0x0ae96400 0x200>, <0x0ae96600 0x280>, <0x0ae96900 0x260>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8250-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8250-mdss.yaml index 994975909f..51368cda7b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8250-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8250-mdss.yaml @@ -52,6 +52,16 @@ patternProperties: compatible: const: qcom,sm8250-dpu + "^displayport-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + additionalProperties: true + + properties: + compatible: + items: + - const: qcom,sm8250-dp + - const: qcom,sm8350-dp + "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object additionalProperties: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8450-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8450-mdss.yaml index 001b26e653..747a2e9665 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8450-mdss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8450-mdss.yaml @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 interconnects: - maxItems: 2 + maxItems: 3 interconnect-names: - maxItems: 2 + maxItems: 3 patternProperties: "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": @@ -91,9 +91,12 @@ examples: reg = <0x0ae00000 0x1000>; reg-names = "mdss"; - interconnects = <&mmss_noc MASTER_MDP_DISP 0 &mc_virt SLAVE_EBI1_DISP 0>, - <&mmss_noc MASTER_MDP_DISP 0 &mc_virt SLAVE_EBI1_DISP 0>; - interconnect-names = "mdp0-mem", "mdp1-mem"; + interconnects = <&mmss_noc MASTER_MDP_DISP &mc_virt SLAVE_EBI1_DISP>, + <&mmss_noc MASTER_MDP_DISP &mc_virt SLAVE_EBI1_DISP>, + <&gem_noc MASTER_APPSS_PROC &config_noc SLAVE_DISPLAY_CFG>; + interconnect-names = "mdp0-mem", + "mdp1-mem", + "cpu-cfg"; resets = <&dispcc DISP_CC_MDSS_CORE_BCR>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8650-dpu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8650-dpu.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a01d15a033 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8650-dpu.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/msm/qcom,sm8650-dpu.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm SM8650 Display DPU + +maintainers: + - Neil Armstrong + +$ref: /schemas/display/msm/dpu-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm8650-dpu + + reg: + items: + - description: Address offset and size for mdp register set + - description: Address offset and size for vbif register set + + reg-names: + items: + - const: mdp + - const: vbif + + clocks: + items: + - description: Display hf axi + - description: Display MDSS ahb + - description: Display lut + - description: Display core + - description: Display vsync + + clock-names: + items: + - const: nrt_bus + - const: iface + - const: lut + - const: core + - const: vsync + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reg-names + - clocks + - clock-names + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + + display-controller@ae01000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8650-dpu"; + reg = <0x0ae01000 0x8f000>, + <0x0aeb0000 0x2008>; + reg-names = "mdp", "vbif"; + + clocks = <&gcc_axi_clk>, + <&dispcc_ahb_clk>, + <&dispcc_mdp_lut_clk>, + <&dispcc_mdp_clk>, + <&dispcc_vsync_clk>; + clock-names = "nrt_bus", + "iface", + "lut", + "core", + "vsync"; + + assigned-clocks = <&dispcc_vsync_clk>; + assigned-clock-rates = <19200000>; + + operating-points-v2 = <&mdp_opp_table>; + power-domains = <&rpmhpd RPMHPD_MMCX>; + + interrupt-parent = <&mdss>; + interrupts = <0>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + dpu_intf1_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi0_in>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + dpu_intf2_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi1_in>; + }; + }; + }; + + mdp_opp_table: opp-table { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + + opp-200000000 { + opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <200000000>; + required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_low_svs>; + }; + + opp-325000000 { + opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <325000000>; + required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_svs>; + }; + + opp-375000000 { + opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <375000000>; + required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_svs_l1>; + }; + + opp-514000000 { + opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <514000000>; + required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_nom>; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8650-mdss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8650-mdss.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd11119dc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/qcom,sm8650-mdss.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,328 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/msm/qcom,sm8650-mdss.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm SM8650 Display MDSS + +maintainers: + - Neil Armstrong + +description: + SM8650 MSM Mobile Display Subsystem(MDSS), which encapsulates sub-blocks like + DPU display controller, DSI and DP interfaces etc. + +$ref: /schemas/display/msm/mdss-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm8650-mdss + + clocks: + items: + - description: Display AHB + - description: Display hf AXI + - description: Display core + + iommus: + maxItems: 1 + + interconnects: + maxItems: 2 + + interconnect-names: + maxItems: 2 + +patternProperties: + "^display-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm8650-dpu + + "^displayport-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm8650-dp + + "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + properties: + compatible: + items: + - const: qcom,sm8650-dsi-ctrl + - const: qcom,mdss-dsi-ctrl + + "^phy@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm8650-dsi-phy-4nm + +required: + - compatible + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + #include + + display-subsystem@ae00000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8650-mdss"; + reg = <0x0ae00000 0x1000>; + reg-names = "mdss"; + + resets = <&dispcc_core_bcr>; + + power-domains = <&dispcc_gdsc>; + + clocks = <&gcc_ahb_clk>, + <&gcc_axi_clk>, + <&dispcc_mdp_clk>; + clock-names = "bus", "nrt_bus", "core"; + + interrupts = ; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + + iommus = <&apps_smmu 0x1c00 0x2>; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + display-controller@ae01000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8650-dpu"; + reg = <0x0ae01000 0x8f000>, + <0x0aeb0000 0x2008>; + reg-names = "mdp", "vbif"; + + clocks = <&gcc_axi_clk>, + <&dispcc_ahb_clk>, + <&dispcc_mdp_lut_clk>, + <&dispcc_mdp_clk>, + <&dispcc_mdp_vsync_clk>; + clock-names = "nrt_bus", + "iface", + "lut", + "core", + "vsync"; + + assigned-clocks = <&dispcc_mdp_vsync_clk>; + assigned-clock-rates = <19200000>; + + operating-points-v2 = <&mdp_opp_table>; + power-domains = <&rpmhpd RPMHPD_MMCX>; + + interrupt-parent = <&mdss>; + interrupts = <0>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + dpu_intf1_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi0_in>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + dpu_intf2_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dsi1_in>; + }; + }; + }; + + mdp_opp_table: opp-table { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + + opp-200000000 { + opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <200000000>; + required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_low_svs>; + }; + + opp-325000000 { + opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <325000000>; + required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_svs>; + }; + + opp-375000000 { + opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <375000000>; + required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_svs_l1>; + }; + + opp-514000000 { + opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <514000000>; + required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_nom>; + }; + }; + }; + + dsi@ae94000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8650-dsi-ctrl", "qcom,mdss-dsi-ctrl"; + reg = <0x0ae94000 0x400>; + reg-names = "dsi_ctrl"; + + interrupt-parent = <&mdss>; + interrupts = <4>; + + clocks = <&dispc_byte_clk>, + <&dispcc_intf_clk>, + <&dispcc_pclk>, + <&dispcc_esc_clk>, + <&dispcc_ahb_clk>, + <&gcc_bus_clk>; + clock-names = "byte", + "byte_intf", + "pixel", + "core", + "iface", + "bus"; + + assigned-clocks = <&dispcc_byte_clk>, + <&dispcc_pclk>; + assigned-clock-parents = <&dsi0_phy 0>, <&dsi0_phy 1>; + + operating-points-v2 = <&dsi_opp_table>; + power-domains = <&rpmhpd RPMHPD_MMCX>; + + phys = <&dsi0_phy>; + phy-names = "dsi"; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + dsi0_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dpu_intf1_out>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + dsi0_out: endpoint { + }; + }; + }; + + dsi_opp_table: opp-table { + compatible = "operating-points-v2"; + + opp-187500000 { + opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <187500000>; + required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_low_svs>; + }; + + opp-300000000 { + opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <300000000>; + required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_svs>; + }; + + opp-358000000 { + opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <358000000>; + required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_svs_l1>; + }; + }; + }; + + dsi0_phy: phy@ae94400 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8650-dsi-phy-4nm"; + reg = <0x0ae95000 0x200>, + <0x0ae95200 0x280>, + <0x0ae95500 0x400>; + reg-names = "dsi_phy", + "dsi_phy_lane", + "dsi_pll"; + + #clock-cells = <1>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + + clocks = <&dispcc_iface_clk>, + <&rpmhcc_ref_clk>; + clock-names = "iface", "ref"; + }; + + dsi@ae96000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8650-dsi-ctrl", "qcom,mdss-dsi-ctrl"; + reg = <0x0ae96000 0x400>; + reg-names = "dsi_ctrl"; + + interrupt-parent = <&mdss>; + interrupts = <5>; + + clocks = <&dispc_byte_clk>, + <&dispcc_intf_clk>, + <&dispcc_pclk>, + <&dispcc_esc_clk>, + <&dispcc_ahb_clk>, + <&gcc_bus_clk>; + clock-names = "byte", + "byte_intf", + "pixel", + "core", + "iface", + "bus"; + + assigned-clocks = <&dispcc_byte_clk>, + <&dispcc_pclk>; + assigned-clock-parents = <&dsi1_phy 0>, <&dsi1_phy 1>; + + operating-points-v2 = <&dsi_opp_table>; + power-domains = <&rpmhpd RPMHPD_MMCX>; + + phys = <&dsi1_phy>; + phy-names = "dsi"; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + dsi1_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dpu_intf2_out>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + dsi1_out: endpoint { + }; + }; + }; + }; + + dsi1_phy: phy@ae96400 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8650-dsi-phy-4nm"; + reg = <0x0ae97000 0x200>, + <0x0ae97200 0x280>, + <0x0ae97500 0x400>; + reg-names = "dsi_phy", + "dsi_phy_lane", + "dsi_pll"; + + #clock-cells = <1>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + + clocks = <&dispcc_iface_clk>, + <&rpmhcc_ref_clk>; + clock-names = "iface", "ref"; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/fascontek,fs035vg158.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/fascontek,fs035vg158.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d13c4bd26d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/fascontek,fs035vg158.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/panel/fascontek,fs035vg158.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Fascontek FS035VG158 3.5" (640x480 pixels) 24-bit IPS LCD panel + +maintainers: + - John Watts + +allOf: + - $ref: panel-common.yaml# + - $ref: /schemas/spi/spi-peripheral-props.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: fascontek,fs035vg158 + + spi-3wire: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - port + - power-supply + - reset-gpios + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + spi { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + panel@0 { + compatible = "fascontek,fs035vg158"; + reg = <0>; + + spi-3wire; + spi-max-frequency = <3125000>; + + reset-gpios = <&gpe 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + + backlight = <&backlight>; + power-supply = <&vcc>; + + port { + panel_input: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&panel_output>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/himax,hx8394.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/himax,hx8394.yaml index ffb35288ff..916bb7f942 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/himax,hx8394.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/himax,hx8394.yaml @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ properties: items: - enum: - hannstar,hsd060bhw4 + - powkiddy,x55-panel - const: himax,hx8394 reg: true @@ -31,6 +32,8 @@ properties: backlight: true + rotation: true + port: true vcc-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9805.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9805.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f4f91f93f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9805.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/panel/ilitek,ili9805.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Ilitek ILI9805 based MIPI-DSI panels + +maintainers: + - Michael Trimarchi + +allOf: + - $ref: panel-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - giantplus,gpm1790a0 + - tianma,tm041xdhg01 + - const: ilitek,ili9805 + + avdd-supply: true + dvdd-supply: true + reg: true + +required: + - compatible + - avdd-supply + - dvdd-supply + - reg + - reset-gpios + - port + - backlight + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + dsi { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + panel@0 { + compatible = "giantplus,gpm1790a0", "ilitek,ili9805"; + reg = <0>; + avdd-supply = <&avdd_display>; + dvdd-supply = <&dvdd_display>; + reset-gpios = <&r_pio 0 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; /* PL05 */ + backlight = <&backlight>; + + port { + panel_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mipi_dsi_out>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9881c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9881c.yaml index e7ab6224b5..b1e624be3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9881c.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ilitek,ili9881c.yaml @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ properties: compatible: items: - enum: + - ampire,am8001280g - bananapi,lhr050h41 - feixin,k101-im2byl02 - tdo,tl050hdv35 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/leadtek,ltk035c5444t.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/leadtek,ltk035c5444t.yaml index ebdca5f5a0..7a55961e1a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/leadtek,ltk035c5444t.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/leadtek,ltk035c5444t.yaml @@ -18,16 +18,12 @@ properties: compatible: const: leadtek,ltk035c5444t - backlight: true - port: true - power-supply: true - reg: true - reset-gpios: true - spi-3wire: true required: - compatible + - reg + - port - power-supply - reset-gpios diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/newvision,nv3051d.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/newvision,nv3051d.yaml index cce775a87f..7a634fbc46 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/newvision,nv3051d.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/newvision,nv3051d.yaml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ properties: - enum: - anbernic,rg351v-panel - anbernic,rg353p-panel - - anbernic,rg353v-panel + - powkiddy,rk2023-panel - const: newvision,nv3051d reg: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple-lvds-dual-ports.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple-lvds-dual-ports.yaml index a5a596ff8e..716ece5f39 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple-lvds-dual-ports.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple-lvds-dual-ports.yaml @@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ properties: # AU Optronics Corporation 13.3" FHD (1920x1080) TFT LCD panel - auo,g133han01 + # AU Optronics Corporation 15.6" FHD (1920x1080) TFT LCD panel + - auo,g156han04 # AU Optronics Corporation 18.5" FHD (1920x1080) TFT LCD panel - auo,g185han01 # AU Optronics Corporation 19.0" (1280x1024) TFT LCD panel diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple.yaml index 11422af347..634a10c6f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple.yaml @@ -73,6 +73,8 @@ properties: - auo,t215hvn01 # Shanghai AVIC Optoelectronics 7" 1024x600 color TFT-LCD panel - avic,tm070ddh03 + # BOE BP101WX1-100 10.1" WXGA (1280x800) LVDS panel + - boe,bp101wx1-100 # BOE EV121WXM-N10-1850 12.1" WXGA (1280x800) TFT LCD panel - boe,ev121wxm-n10-1850 # BOE HV070WSA-100 7.01" WSVGA TFT LCD panel @@ -144,6 +146,8 @@ properties: - edt,etmv570g2dhu # E Ink VB3300-KCA - eink,vb3300-kca + # Evervision Electronics Co. Ltd. VGG644804 5.7" VGA TFT LCD Panel + - evervision,vgg644804 # Evervision Electronics Co. Ltd. VGG804821 5.0" WVGA TFT LCD Panel - evervision,vgg804821 # Foxlink Group 5" WVGA TFT LCD panel diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/sitronix,st7701.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/sitronix,st7701.yaml index 4dc0cd4a6a..b348f5bf0a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/sitronix,st7701.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/sitronix,st7701.yaml @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ properties: compatible: items: - enum: + - anbernic,rg-arc-panel - densitron,dmt028vghmcmi-1a - elida,kd50t048a - techstar,ts8550b diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/synaptics,r63353.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/synaptics,r63353.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5617d1255 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/synaptics,r63353.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/panel/synaptics,r63353.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Synaptics R63353 based MIPI-DSI panels + +maintainers: + - Michael Trimarchi + +allOf: + - $ref: panel-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - sharp,ls068b3sx02 + - const: syna,r63353 + + avdd-supply: true + dvdd-supply: true + reg: true + +required: + - compatible + - avdd-supply + - dvdd-supply + - reg + - reset-gpios + - port + - backlight + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + dsi { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + panel@0 { + compatible = "sharp,ls068b3sx02", "syna,r63353"; + reg = <0>; + avdd-supply = <&avdd_display>; + dvdd-supply = <&dvdd_display>; + reset-gpios = <&r_pio 0 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; /* PL05 */ + backlight = <&backlight>; + + port { + panel_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mipi_dsi_out>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/inno_hdmi-rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/inno_hdmi-rockchip.txt deleted file mode 100644 index cec21714f0..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/inno_hdmi-rockchip.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -Rockchip specific extensions to the Innosilicon HDMI -================================ - -Required properties: -- compatible: - "rockchip,rk3036-inno-hdmi"; -- reg: - Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. -- clocks, clock-names: - Phandle to hdmi controller clock, name should be "pclk" -- interrupts: - HDMI interrupt number -- ports: - Contain one port node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. -- pinctrl-0, pinctrl-name: - Switch the iomux of HPD/CEC pins to HDMI function. - -Example: -hdmi: hdmi@20034000 { - compatible = "rockchip,rk3036-inno-hdmi"; - reg = <0x20034000 0x4000>; - interrupts = ; - clocks = <&cru PCLK_HDMI>; - clock-names = "pclk"; - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&hdmi_ctl>; - - hdmi_in: port { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - hdmi_in_lcdc: endpoint@0 { - reg = <0>; - remote-endpoint = <&lcdc_out_hdmi>; - }; - }; -}; - -&pinctrl { - hdmi { - hdmi_ctl: hdmi-ctl { - rockchip,pins = <1 8 RK_FUNC_1 &pcfg_pull_none>, - <1 9 RK_FUNC_1 &pcfg_pull_none>, - <1 10 RK_FUNC_1 &pcfg_pull_none>, - <1 11 RK_FUNC_1 &pcfg_pull_none>; - }; - }; - -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,inno-hdmi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,inno-hdmi.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be78dcfa1c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,inno-hdmi.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/rockchip/rockchip,inno-hdmi.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Rockchip Innosilicon HDMI controller + +maintainers: + - Sandy Huang + - Heiko Stuebner + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - rockchip,rk3036-inno-hdmi + - rockchip,rk3128-inno-hdmi + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + items: + - description: The HDMI controller main clock + - description: The HDMI PHY reference clock + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + items: + - const: pclk + - const: ref + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + + ports: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + + properties: + port@0: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: + Port node with one endpoint connected to a vop node. + + port@1: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: + Port node with one endpoint connected to a hdmi-connector node. + + required: + - port@0 + - port@1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - clocks + - clock-names + - pinctrl-0 + - pinctrl-names + - ports + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: rockchip,rk3036-inno-hdmi + + then: + properties: + power-domains: false + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: rockchip,rk3128-inno-hdmi + + then: + properties: + clocks: + minItems: 2 + clock-names: + minItems: 2 + required: + - power-domains + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + #include + hdmi: hdmi@20034000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3036-inno-hdmi"; + reg = <0x20034000 0x4000>; + interrupts = ; + clocks = <&cru PCLK_HDMI>; + clock-names = "pclk"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&hdmi_ctl>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + hdmi_in: port@0 { + reg = <0>; + hdmi_in_vop: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&vop_out_hdmi>; + }; + }; + + hdmi_out: port@1 { + reg = <1>; + hdmi_out_con: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_con_in>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + + pinctrl { + hdmi { + hdmi_ctl: hdmi-ctl { + rockchip,pins = <1 RK_PB0 1 &pcfg_pull_none>, + <1 RK_PB1 1 &pcfg_pull_none>, + <1 RK_PB2 1 &pcfg_pull_none>, + <1 RK_PB3 1 &pcfg_pull_none>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop2.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop2.yaml index b60b90472d..2531726af3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop2.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop2.yaml @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ title: Rockchip SoC display controller (VOP2) description: VOP2 (Video Output Processor v2) is the display controller for the Rockchip - series of SoCs which transfers the image data from a video memory - buffer to an external LCD interface. + series of SoCs which transfers the image data from a video memory buffer to + an external LCD interface. maintainers: - Sandy Huang @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ properties: enum: - rockchip,rk3566-vop - rockchip,rk3568-vop + - rockchip,rk3588-vop reg: items: @@ -27,8 +28,8 @@ properties: Must contain one entry corresponding to the base address and length of the register space. - description: - Can optionally contain a second entry corresponding to - the CRTC gamma LUT address. + Can optionally contain a second entry corresponding to the CRTC gamma + LUT address. reg-names: items: @@ -41,45 +42,63 @@ properties: The VOP interrupt is shared by several interrupt sources, such as frame start (VSYNC), line flag and other status interrupts. + # See compatible-specific constraints below. clocks: + minItems: 5 items: - - description: Clock for ddr buffer transfer. - - description: Clock for the ahb bus to R/W the phy regs. + - description: Clock for ddr buffer transfer via axi. + - description: Clock for the ahb bus to R/W the regs. - description: Pixel clock for video port 0. - description: Pixel clock for video port 1. - description: Pixel clock for video port 2. + - description: Pixel clock for video port 3. + - description: Peripheral(vop grf/dsi) clock. clock-names: + minItems: 5 items: - const: aclk - const: hclk - const: dclk_vp0 - const: dclk_vp1 - const: dclk_vp2 + - const: dclk_vp3 + - const: pclk_vop rockchip,grf: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle description: - Phandle to GRF regs used for misc control + Phandle to GRF regs used for control the polarity of dclk/hsync/vsync of DPI, + also used for query vop memory bisr enable status, etc. + + rockchip,vo1-grf: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + Phandle to VO GRF regs used for control the polarity of dclk/hsync/vsync of hdmi + on rk3588. + + rockchip,vop-grf: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + Phandle to VOP GRF regs used for control data path between vopr and hdmi/edp. + + rockchip,pmu: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + Phandle to PMU GRF used for query vop memory bisr status on rk3588. ports: $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports - properties: - port@0: + patternProperties: + "^port@[0-3]$": $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port - description: - Output endpoint of VP0 + description: Output endpoint of VP0/1/2/3. - port@1: - $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port - description: - Output endpoint of VP1 + required: + - port@0 - port@2: - $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port - description: - Output endpoint of VP2 + unevaluatedProperties: false iommus: maxItems: 1 @@ -96,6 +115,49 @@ required: - clock-names - ports +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: rockchip,rk3588-vop + then: + properties: + clocks: + minItems: 7 + clock-names: + minItems: 7 + + ports: + required: + - port@0 + - port@1 + - port@2 + - port@3 + + required: + - rockchip,grf + - rockchip,vo1-grf + - rockchip,vop-grf + - rockchip,pmu + + else: + properties: + rockchip,vo1-grf: false + rockchip,vop-grf: false + rockchip,pmu: false + + clocks: + maxItems: 5 + clock-names: + maxItems: 5 + + ports: + required: + - port@0 + - port@1 + - port@2 + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/samsung/samsung,exynos-mixer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/samsung/samsung,exynos-mixer.yaml index 25d53fde92..597c9cc6a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/samsung/samsung,exynos-mixer.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/samsung/samsung,exynos-mixer.yaml @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ allOf: clocks: minItems: 6 maxItems: 6 - regs: + reg: minItems: 2 maxItems: 2 @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ allOf: clocks: minItems: 4 maxItems: 4 - regs: + reg: minItems: 2 maxItems: 2 @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ allOf: clocks: minItems: 3 maxItems: 3 - regs: + reg: minItems: 1 maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,am65x-dss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,am65x-dss.yaml index ae09cd3cbc..b6767ef0d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,am65x-dss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,am65x-dss.yaml @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - ti,am625-dss + - ti,am62a7,dss - ti,am65x-dss reg: @@ -87,6 +88,7 @@ properties: For AM65x DSS, the OLDI output port node from video port 1. For AM625 DSS, the internal DPI output port node from video port 1. + For AM62A7 DSS, the port is tied off inside the SoC. port@1: $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port @@ -108,6 +110,18 @@ properties: Input memory (from main memory to dispc) bandwidth limit in bytes per second +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: ti,am62a7-dss + then: + properties: + ports: + properties: + port@0: false + required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma-controller.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma-controller.yaml index 04d150d4d1..e6afca558c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma-controller.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma-controller.yaml @@ -19,19 +19,4 @@ properties: additionalProperties: true -examples: - - | - dma: dma-controller@48000000 { - compatible = "ti,omap-sdma"; - reg = <0x48000000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <0 12 0x4>, - <0 13 0x4>, - <0 14 0x4>, - <0 15 0x4>; - #dma-cells = <1>; - dma-channels = <32>; - dma-requests = <127>; - dma-channel-mask = <0xfffe>; - }; - ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma-router.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma-router.yaml index 346fe0fa44..5ad2febc58 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma-router.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma-router.yaml @@ -40,15 +40,4 @@ required: additionalProperties: true -examples: - - | - sdma_xbar: dma-router@4a002b78 { - compatible = "ti,dra7-dma-crossbar"; - reg = <0x4a002b78 0xfc>; - #dma-cells = <1>; - dma-requests = <205>; - ti,dma-safe-map = <0>; - dma-masters = <&sdma>; - }; - ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/loongson,ls2x-apbdma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/loongson,ls2x-apbdma.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a1b49a49a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/loongson,ls2x-apbdma.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/dma/loongson,ls2x-apbdma.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Loongson LS2X APB DMA controller + +description: + The Loongson LS2X APB DMA controller is used for transferring data + between system memory and the peripherals on the APB bus. + +maintainers: + - Binbin Zhou + +allOf: + - $ref: dma-controller.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - const: loongson,ls2k1000-apbdma + - items: + - const: loongson,ls2k0500-apbdma + - const: loongson,ls2k1000-apbdma + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + '#dma-cells': + const: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - clocks + - '#dma-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + + dma-controller@1fe00c00 { + compatible = "loongson,ls2k1000-apbdma"; + reg = <0x1fe00c00 0x8>; + interrupt-parent = <&liointc1>; + interrupts = <12 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&clk LOONGSON2_APB_CLK>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra210-adma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra210-adma.yaml index 4003dbe949..877147e95e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra210-adma.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra210-adma.yaml @@ -53,6 +53,9 @@ properties: ADMA_CHn_CTRL register. const: 1 + dma-channel-mask: + maxItems: 1 + required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom,gpi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom,gpi.yaml index 88d0de3d1b..deb64cb9ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom,gpi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom,gpi.yaml @@ -32,6 +32,8 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8350-gpi-dma - qcom,sm8450-gpi-dma - qcom,sm8550-gpi-dma + - qcom,sm8650-gpi-dma + - qcom,x1e80100-gpi-dma - const: qcom,sm6350-gpi-dma - items: - enum: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rz-dmac.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rz-dmac.yaml index c284abc678..a42b6a26a6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rz-dmac.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rz-dmac.yaml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ properties: compatible: items: - enum: - - renesas,r9a07g043-dmac # RZ/G2UL + - renesas,r9a07g043-dmac # RZ/G2UL and RZ/Five - renesas,r9a07g044-dmac # RZ/G2{L,LC} - renesas,r9a07g054-dmac # RZ/V2L - const: renesas,rz-dmac diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sifive,fu540-c000-pdma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sifive,fu540-c000-pdma.yaml index a1af0b9063..3b22183a1a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sifive,fu540-c000-pdma.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sifive,fu540-c000-pdma.yaml @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ properties: compatible: items: - enum: + - microchip,mpfs-pdma - sifive,fu540-c000-pdma - const: sifive,pdma0 description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-bcdma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-bcdma.yaml index 4ca300a42a..27b8e16365 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-bcdma.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-bcdma.yaml @@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ properties: reg: minItems: 3 - maxItems: 5 + maxItems: 9 reg-names: minItems: 3 - maxItems: 5 + maxItems: 9 "#dma-cells": const: 3 @@ -141,7 +141,10 @@ allOf: ti,sci-rm-range-tchan: false reg: - maxItems: 3 + items: + - description: BCDMA Control /Status Registers region + - description: RX Channel Realtime Registers region + - description: Ring Realtime Registers region reg-names: items: @@ -161,14 +164,29 @@ allOf: properties: reg: minItems: 5 + items: + - description: BCDMA Control /Status Registers region + - description: Block Copy Channel Realtime Registers region + - description: RX Channel Realtime Registers region + - description: TX Channel Realtime Registers region + - description: Ring Realtime Registers region + - description: Ring Configuration Registers region + - description: TX Channel Configuration Registers region + - description: RX Channel Configuration Registers region + - description: Block Copy Channel Configuration Registers region reg-names: + minItems: 5 items: - const: gcfg - const: bchanrt - const: rchanrt - const: tchanrt - const: ringrt + - const: ring + - const: tchan + - const: rchan + - const: bchan required: - ti,sci-rm-range-bchan @@ -184,7 +202,11 @@ allOf: ti,sci-rm-range-bchan: false reg: - maxItems: 4 + items: + - description: BCDMA Control /Status Registers region + - description: RX Channel Realtime Registers region + - description: TX Channel Realtime Registers region + - description: Ring Realtime Registers region reg-names: items: @@ -220,8 +242,13 @@ examples: <0x0 0x4c000000 0x0 0x20000>, <0x0 0x4a820000 0x0 0x20000>, <0x0 0x4aa40000 0x0 0x20000>, - <0x0 0x4bc00000 0x0 0x100000>; - reg-names = "gcfg", "bchanrt", "rchanrt", "tchanrt", "ringrt"; + <0x0 0x4bc00000 0x0 0x100000>, + <0x0 0x48600000 0x0 0x8000>, + <0x0 0x484a4000 0x0 0x2000>, + <0x0 0x484c2000 0x0 0x2000>, + <0x0 0x48420000 0x0 0x2000>; + reg-names = "gcfg", "bchanrt", "rchanrt", "tchanrt", "ringrt", + "ring", "tchan", "rchan", "bchan"; msi-parent = <&inta_main_dmss>; #dma-cells = <3>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-pktdma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-pktdma.yaml index a69f62f854..11e064c029 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-pktdma.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-pktdma.yaml @@ -45,14 +45,28 @@ properties: The second cell is the ASEL value for the channel reg: - maxItems: 4 + minItems: 4 + items: + - description: Packet DMA Control /Status Registers region + - description: RX Channel Realtime Registers region + - description: TX Channel Realtime Registers region + - description: Ring Realtime Registers region + - description: Ring Configuration Registers region + - description: TX Configuration Registers region + - description: RX Configuration Registers region + - description: RX Flow Configuration Registers region reg-names: + minItems: 4 items: - const: gcfg - const: rchanrt - const: tchanrt - const: ringrt + - const: ring + - const: tchan + - const: rchan + - const: rflow msi-parent: true @@ -136,8 +150,14 @@ examples: reg = <0x0 0x485c0000 0x0 0x100>, <0x0 0x4a800000 0x0 0x20000>, <0x0 0x4aa00000 0x0 0x40000>, - <0x0 0x4b800000 0x0 0x400000>; - reg-names = "gcfg", "rchanrt", "tchanrt", "ringrt"; + <0x0 0x4b800000 0x0 0x400000>, + <0x0 0x485e0000 0x0 0x20000>, + <0x0 0x484a0000 0x0 0x4000>, + <0x0 0x484c0000 0x0 0x2000>, + <0x0 0x48430000 0x0 0x4000>; + reg-names = "gcfg", "rchanrt", "tchanrt", "ringrt", + "ring", "tchan", "rchan", "rflow"; + msi-parent = <&inta_main_dmss>; #dma-cells = <2>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-udma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-udma.yaml index 22f6c5e2f7..b18cf2bfdb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-udma.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-udma.yaml @@ -69,13 +69,24 @@ properties: - ti,j721e-navss-mcu-udmap reg: - maxItems: 3 + minItems: 3 + items: + - description: UDMA-P Control /Status Registers region + - description: RX Channel Realtime Registers region + - description: TX Channel Realtime Registers region + - description: TX Configuration Registers region + - description: RX Configuration Registers region + - description: RX Flow Configuration Registers region reg-names: + minItems: 3 items: - const: gcfg - const: rchanrt - const: tchanrt + - const: tchan + - const: rchan + - const: rflow msi-parent: true @@ -158,8 +169,11 @@ examples: compatible = "ti,am654-navss-main-udmap"; reg = <0x0 0x31150000 0x0 0x100>, <0x0 0x34000000 0x0 0x100000>, - <0x0 0x35000000 0x0 0x100000>; - reg-names = "gcfg", "rchanrt", "tchanrt"; + <0x0 0x35000000 0x0 0x100000>, + <0x0 0x30b00000 0x0 0x20000>, + <0x0 0x30c00000 0x0 0x8000>, + <0x0 0x30d00000 0x0 0x4000>; + reg-names = "gcfg", "rchanrt", "tchanrt", "tchan", "rchan", "rflow"; #dma-cells = <1>; ti,ringacc = <&ringacc>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dts-coding-style.rst b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dts-coding-style.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9bdd2b59d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dts-coding-style.rst @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +===================================== +Devicetree Sources (DTS) Coding Style +===================================== + +When writing Devicetree Sources (DTS) please observe below guidelines. They +should be considered complementary to any rules expressed already in +the Devicetree Specification and the dtc compiler (including W=1 and W=2 +builds). + +Individual architectures and subarchitectures can define additional rules, +making the coding style stricter. + +Naming and Valid Characters +--------------------------- + +The Devicetree Specification allows a broad range of characters in node +and property names, but this coding style narrows the range down to achieve +better code readability. + +1. Node and property names can use only the following characters: + + * Lowercase characters: [a-z] + * Digits: [0-9] + * Dash: - + +2. Labels can use only the following characters: + + * Lowercase characters: [a-z] + * Digits: [0-9] + * Underscore: _ + +3. Unless a bus defines differently, unit addresses shall use lowercase + hexadecimal digits, without leading zeros (padding). + +4. Hex values in properties, e.g. "reg", shall use lowercase hex. The address + part can be padded with leading zeros. + +Example:: + + gpi_dma2: dma-controller@a00000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8550-gpi-dma", "qcom,sm6350-gpi-dma"; + reg = <0x0 0x00a00000 0x0 0x60000>; + } + +Order of Nodes +-------------- + +1. Nodes on any bus, thus using unit addresses for children, shall be + ordered by unit address in ascending order. + Alternatively for some subarchitectures, nodes of the same type can be + grouped together, e.g. all I2C controllers one after another even if this + breaks unit address ordering. + +2. Nodes without unit addresses shall be ordered alpha-numerically by the node + name. For a few node types, they can be ordered by the main property, e.g. + pin configuration states ordered by value of "pins" property. + +3. When extending nodes in the board DTS via &label, the entries shall be + ordered either alpha-numerically or by keeping the order from DTSI, where + the choice depends on the subarchitecture. + +The above-described ordering rules are easy to enforce during review, reduce +chances of conflicts for simultaneous additions of new nodes to a file and help +in navigating through the DTS source. + +Example:: + + /* SoC DTSI */ + + / { + cpus { + /* ... */ + }; + + psci { + /* ... */ + }; + + soc@0 { + dma: dma-controller@10000 { + /* ... */ + }; + + clk: clock-controller@80000 { + /* ... */ + }; + }; + }; + + /* Board DTS - alphabetical order */ + + &clk { + /* ... */ + }; + + &dma { + /* ... */ + }; + + /* Board DTS - alternative order, keep as DTSI */ + + &dma { + /* ... */ + }; + + &clk { + /* ... */ + }; + +Order of Properties in Device Node +---------------------------------- + +The following order of properties in device nodes is preferred: + +1. "compatible" +2. "reg" +3. "ranges" +4. Standard/common properties (defined by common bindings, e.g. without + vendor-prefixes) +5. Vendor-specific properties +6. "status" (if applicable) +7. Child nodes, where each node is preceded with a blank line + +The "status" property is by default "okay", thus it can be omitted. + +The above-described ordering follows this approach: + +1. Most important properties start the node: compatible then bus addressing to + match unit address. +2. Each node will have common properties in similar place. +3. Status is the last information to annotate that device node is or is not + finished (board resources are needed). + +Example:: + + /* SoC DTSI */ + + device_node: device-class@6789abc { + compatible = "vendor,device"; + reg = <0x0 0x06789abc 0x0 0xa123>; + ranges = <0x0 0x0 0x06789abc 0x1000>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&clock_controller 0>, <&clock_controller 1>; + clock-names = "bus", "host"; + vendor,custom-property = <2>; + status = "disabled"; + + child_node: child-class@100 { + reg = <0x100 0x200>; + /* ... */ + }; + }; + + /* Board DTS */ + + &device_node { + vdd-supply = <&board_vreg1>; + status = "okay"; + } + +Indentation +----------- + +1. Use indentation according to Documentation/process/coding-style.rst. +2. Each entry in arrays with multiple cells, e.g. "reg" with two IO addresses, + shall be enclosed in <>. +3. For arrays spanning across lines, it is preferred to align the continued + entries with opening < from the first line. + +Example:: + + thermal-sensor@c271000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8550-tsens", "qcom,tsens-v2"; + reg = <0x0 0x0c271000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0x0c222000 0x0 0x1000>; + }; + +Organizing DTSI and DTS +----------------------- + +The DTSI and DTS files shall be organized in a way representing the common, +reusable parts of hardware. Typically, this means organizing DTSI and DTS files +into several files: + +1. DTSI with contents of the entire SoC, without nodes for hardware not present + on the SoC. +2. If applicable: DTSI with common or re-usable parts of the hardware, e.g. + entire System-on-Module. +3. DTS representing the board. + +Hardware components that are present on the board shall be placed in the +board DTS, not in the SoC or SoM DTSI. A partial exception is a common +external reference SoC input clock, which could be coded as a fixed-clock in +the SoC DTSI with its frequency provided by each board DTS. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.yaml index b6864d0ee8..3c36cd0510 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.yaml @@ -68,14 +68,10 @@ properties: pattern: cs16$ - items: pattern: c32$ - - items: - pattern: c32d-wl$ - items: pattern: cs32$ - items: pattern: c64$ - - items: - pattern: c64d-wl$ - items: pattern: cs64$ - items: @@ -123,6 +119,7 @@ properties: - enum: - onnn,cat24c04 - onnn,cat24c05 + - rohm,br24g04 - const: atmel,24c04 - items: - const: renesas,r1ex24016 @@ -135,6 +132,7 @@ properties: - renesas,r1ex24128 - samsung,s524ad0xd1 - const: atmel,24c128 + - pattern: '^atmel,24c(32|64)d-wl$' # Actual vendor is st label: description: Descriptive name of the EEPROM. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.yaml index 0613a37a85..47d3d2d52a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.yaml @@ -63,7 +63,9 @@ properties: - qcom,scm-sm8350 - qcom,scm-sm8450 - qcom,scm-sm8550 + - qcom,scm-sm8650 - qcom,scm-qcs404 + - qcom,scm-x1e80100 - const: qcom,scm clocks: @@ -178,21 +180,6 @@ allOf: minItems: 3 maxItems: 3 - # Interconnects - - if: - not: - properties: - compatible: - contains: - enum: - - qcom,scm-qdu1000 - - qcom,scm-sc8280xp - - qcom,scm-sm8450 - - qcom,scm-sm8550 - then: - properties: - interconnects: false - # Interrupts - if: not: @@ -202,6 +189,7 @@ allOf: enum: - qcom,scm-sm8450 - qcom,scm-sm8550 + - qcom,scm-sm8650 then: properties: interrupts: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.yaml index 822864488d..8e584857dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.yaml @@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ examples: versal_clk: clock-controller { #clock-cells = <1>; compatible = "xlnx,versal-clk"; - clocks = <&ref>, <&alt_ref>, <&pl_alt_ref>; - clock-names = "ref", "alt_ref", "pl_alt_ref"; + clocks = <&ref>, <&pl_alt_ref>; + clock-names = "ref", "pl_alt_ref"; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-fpga2sdram-bridge.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-fpga2sdram-bridge.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5dd0ff0f7b..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-fpga2sdram-bridge.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -Altera FPGA To SDRAM Bridge Driver - -Required properties: -- compatible : Should contain "altr,socfpga-fpga2sdram-bridge" - -See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-bridge.txt for generic bindings. - -Example: - fpga_bridge3: fpga-bridge@ffc25080 { - compatible = "altr,socfpga-fpga2sdram-bridge"; - reg = <0xffc25080 0x4>; - bridge-enable = <0>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-freeze-bridge.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-freeze-bridge.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8b26fbcff3..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-freeze-bridge.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -Altera Freeze Bridge Controller Driver - -The Altera Freeze Bridge Controller manages one or more freeze bridges. -The controller can freeze/disable the bridges which prevents signal -changes from passing through the bridge. The controller can also -unfreeze/enable the bridges which allows traffic to pass through the -bridge normally. - -Required properties: -- compatible : Should contain "altr,freeze-bridge-controller" -- regs : base address and size for freeze bridge module - -See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-bridge.txt for generic bindings. - -Example: - freeze-controller@100000450 { - compatible = "altr,freeze-bridge-controller"; - regs = <0x1000 0x10>; - bridge-enable = <0>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-hps2fpga-bridge.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-hps2fpga-bridge.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 68cce3945b..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-hps2fpga-bridge.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -Altera FPGA/HPS Bridge Driver - -Required properties: -- regs : base address and size for AXI bridge module -- compatible : Should contain one of: - "altr,socfpga-lwhps2fpga-bridge", - "altr,socfpga-hps2fpga-bridge", or - "altr,socfpga-fpga2hps-bridge" -- resets : Phandle and reset specifier for this bridge's reset -- clocks : Clocks used by this module. - -See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-bridge.txt for generic bindings. - -Example: - fpga_bridge0: fpga-bridge@ff400000 { - compatible = "altr,socfpga-lwhps2fpga-bridge"; - reg = <0xff400000 0x100000>; - resets = <&rst LWHPS2FPGA_RESET>; - clocks = <&l4_main_clk>; - bridge-enable = <0>; - }; - - fpga_bridge1: fpga-bridge@ff500000 { - compatible = "altr,socfpga-hps2fpga-bridge"; - reg = <0xff500000 0x10000>; - resets = <&rst HPS2FPGA_RESET>; - clocks = <&l4_main_clk>; - bridge-enable = <1>; - }; - - fpga_bridge2: fpga-bridge@ff600000 { - compatible = "altr,socfpga-fpga2hps-bridge"; - reg = <0xff600000 0x100000>; - resets = <&rst FPGA2HPS_RESET>; - clocks = <&l4_main_clk>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altr,freeze-bridge-controller.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altr,freeze-bridge-controller.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fccffeebb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altr,freeze-bridge-controller.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/fpga/altr,freeze-bridge-controller.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Altera Freeze Bridge Controller + +description: + The Altera Freeze Bridge Controller manages one or more freeze bridges. + The controller can freeze/disable the bridges which prevents signal + changes from passing through the bridge. The controller can also + unfreeze/enable the bridges which allows traffic to pass through the bridge + normally. + +maintainers: + - Xu Yilun + +allOf: + - $ref: fpga-bridge.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: altr,freeze-bridge-controller + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + fpga-bridge@100000450 { + compatible = "altr,freeze-bridge-controller"; + reg = <0x1000 0x10>; + bridge-enable = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altr,socfpga-fpga2sdram-bridge.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altr,socfpga-fpga2sdram-bridge.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..22b58453c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altr,socfpga-fpga2sdram-bridge.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/fpga/altr,socfpga-fpga2sdram-bridge.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Altera FPGA To SDRAM Bridge + +maintainers: + - Xu Yilun + +allOf: + - $ref: fpga-bridge.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: altr,socfpga-fpga2sdram-bridge + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + fpga-bridge@ffc25080 { + compatible = "altr,socfpga-fpga2sdram-bridge"; + reg = <0xffc25080 0x4>; + bridge-enable = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altr,socfpga-hps2fpga-bridge.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altr,socfpga-hps2fpga-bridge.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d19c6660d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altr,socfpga-hps2fpga-bridge.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/fpga/altr,socfpga-hps2fpga-bridge.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Altera FPGA/HPS Bridge + +maintainers: + - Xu Yilun + +allOf: + - $ref: fpga-bridge.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - altr,socfpga-lwhps2fpga-bridge + - altr,socfpga-hps2fpga-bridge + - altr,socfpga-fpga2hps-bridge + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - resets + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + fpga-bridge@ff400000 { + compatible = "altr,socfpga-lwhps2fpga-bridge"; + reg = <0xff400000 0x100000>; + bridge-enable = <0>; + clocks = <&l4_main_clk>; + resets = <&rst LWHPS2FPGA_RESET>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-bridge.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-bridge.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 72e0691728..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-bridge.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -FPGA Bridge Device Tree Binding - -Optional properties: -- bridge-enable : 0 if driver should disable bridge at startup - 1 if driver should enable bridge at startup - Default is to leave bridge in current state. - -Example: - fpga_bridge3: fpga-bridge@ffc25080 { - compatible = "altr,socfpga-fpga2sdram-bridge"; - reg = <0xffc25080 0x4>; - bridge-enable = <0>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-bridge.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-bridge.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ccb2aa187 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-bridge.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/fpga/fpga-bridge.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: FPGA Bridge + +maintainers: + - Michal Simek + +properties: + $nodename: + pattern: "^fpga-bridge(@.*|-([0-9]|[1-9][0-9]+))?$" + + bridge-enable: + description: | + 0 if driver should disable bridge at startup + 1 if driver should enable bridge at startup + Default is to leave bridge in current state. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + +additionalProperties: true + +examples: + - | + fpga-bridge { + bridge-enable = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/xlnx,pr-decoupler.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/xlnx,pr-decoupler.yaml index a7d4b8e59e..5bf731f9d9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/xlnx,pr-decoupler.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/xlnx,pr-decoupler.yaml @@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ title: Xilinx LogiCORE Partial Reconfig Decoupler/AXI shutdown manager Softcore maintainers: - Nava kishore Manne +allOf: + - $ref: fpga-bridge.yaml# + description: | The Xilinx LogiCORE Partial Reconfig(PR) Decoupler manages one or more decouplers/fpga bridges. The controller can decouple/disable the bridges @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ required: - clocks - clock-names -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/u-blox,neo-6m.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/u-blox,neo-6m.yaml index 4835a280b3..cd80668182 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/u-blox,neo-6m.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/u-blox,neo-6m.yaml @@ -28,6 +28,9 @@ properties: port or the USB host-controller port to which this device is attached, depending on the bus used. Required for the DDC, SPI or USB busses. + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + vcc-supply: description: > Main voltage regulator @@ -49,10 +52,13 @@ unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | + #include + serial { gnss { compatible = "u-blox,neo-8"; v-bckp-supply = <&gnss_v_bckp_reg>; vcc-supply = <&gnss_vcc_reg>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,brcmstb-gpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,brcmstb-gpio.yaml index 4a896ff7ed..a1e71c974e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,brcmstb-gpio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,brcmstb-gpio.yaml @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ required: - reg - gpio-controller - "#gpio-cells" - - "brcm,gpio-bank-widths" + - brcm,gpio-bank-widths additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nuvoton,sgpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nuvoton,sgpio.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9e32e54aeb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nuvoton,sgpio.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/gpio/nuvoton,sgpio.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Nuvoton SGPIO controller + +maintainers: + - Jim LIU + +description: | + This SGPIO controller is for NUVOTON NPCM7xx and NPCM8xx SoC and detailed + information is in the NPCM7XX/8XX SERIAL I/O EXPANSION INTERFACE section. + Nuvoton NPCM7xx SGPIO module is combines a serial to parallel IC (HC595) + and a parallel to serial IC (HC165). + Clock is a division of the APB3 clock. + This interface has 4 pins (D_out , D_in, S_CLK, LDSH). + NPCM7xx/NPCM8xx have two sgpio modules. Each module can support up + to 64 output pins, and up to 64 input pins, the pin is only for GPI or GPO. + GPIO pins can be programmed to support the following options + - Support interrupt option for each input port and various interrupt + sensitivity options (level-high, level-low, edge-high, edge-low) + - ngpios is number of nuvoton,input-ngpios GPIO lines and nuvoton,output-ngpios GPIO lines. + nuvoton,input-ngpios GPIO lines is only for GPI. + nuvoton,output-ngpios GPIO lines is only for GPO. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - nuvoton,npcm750-sgpio + - nuvoton,npcm845-sgpio + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + gpio-controller: true + + '#gpio-cells': + const: 2 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + nuvoton,input-ngpios: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: + The numbers of GPIO's exposed. GPIO lines are only for GPI. + minimum: 0 + maximum: 64 + + nuvoton,output-ngpios: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: + The numbers of GPIO's exposed. GPIO lines are only for GPO. + minimum: 0 + maximum: 64 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - gpio-controller + - '#gpio-cells' + - interrupts + - nuvoton,input-ngpios + - nuvoton,output-ngpios + - clocks + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + gpio8: gpio@101000 { + compatible = "nuvoton,npcm750-sgpio"; + reg = <0x101000 0x200>; + clocks = <&clk NPCM7XX_CLK_APB3>; + interrupts = ; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + nuvoton,input-ngpios = <64>; + nuvoton,output-ngpios = <64>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/realtek,rtd-gpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/realtek,rtd-gpio.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd768db37a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/realtek,rtd-gpio.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright 2023 Realtek Semiconductor Corporation +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/gpio/realtek,rtd-gpio.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Realtek DHC GPIO controller + +maintainers: + - Tzuyi Chang + +description: + The GPIO controller is designed for the Realtek DHC (Digital Home Center) + RTD series SoC family, which are high-definition media processor SoCs. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - realtek,rtd1295-misc-gpio + - realtek,rtd1295-iso-gpio + - realtek,rtd1315e-iso-gpio + - realtek,rtd1319-iso-gpio + - realtek,rtd1319d-iso-gpio + - realtek,rtd1395-iso-gpio + - realtek,rtd1619-iso-gpio + - realtek,rtd1619b-iso-gpio + + reg: + items: + - description: GPIO controller registers + - description: GPIO interrupt registers + + interrupts: + items: + - description: Interrupt number of the assert GPIO interrupt, which is + triggered when there is a rising edge. + - description: Interrupt number of the deassert GPIO interrupt, which is + triggered when there is a falling edge. + + gpio-ranges: true + + gpio-controller: true + + "#gpio-cells": + const: 2 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - gpio-ranges + - gpio-controller + - "#gpio-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + gpio@100 { + compatible = "realtek,rtd1319d-iso-gpio"; + reg = <0x100 0x100>, + <0x0 0xb0>; + interrupt-parent = <&iso_irq_mux>; + interrupts = <19>, <20>; + gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl 0 0 82>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/rockchip,gpio-bank.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/rockchip,gpio-bank.yaml index affd823c88..d76987ce8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/rockchip,gpio-bank.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/rockchip,gpio-bank.yaml @@ -41,6 +41,13 @@ properties: "#interrupt-cells": const: 2 +patternProperties: + "^.+-hog(-[0-9]+)?$": + type: object + + required: + - gpio-hog + required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps,dw-apb-gpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps,dw-apb-gpio.yaml index eefe7b3452..ab2afc0e41 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps,dw-apb-gpio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps,dw-apb-gpio.yaml @@ -65,6 +65,8 @@ patternProperties: minItems: 1 maxItems: 32 + gpio-ranges: true + ngpios: default: 32 minimum: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/xlnx,zynqmp-gpio-modepin.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/xlnx,zynqmp-gpio-modepin.yaml index 56143f1fe8..bb93baa888 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/xlnx,zynqmp-gpio-modepin.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/xlnx,zynqmp-gpio-modepin.yaml @@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ description: PS_MODE). Every pin can be configured as input/output. maintainers: - - Piyush Mehta + - Mubin Sayyed + - Radhey Shyam Pandey properties: compatible: @@ -23,6 +24,8 @@ properties: "#gpio-cells": const: 2 + label: true + required: - compatible - gpio-controller @@ -37,6 +40,7 @@ examples: compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-gpio-modepin"; gpio-controller; #gpio-cells = <2>; + label = "modepin"; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-midgard.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-midgard.yaml index ca02baba55..0801da33a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-midgard.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-midgard.yaml @@ -40,6 +40,11 @@ properties: - rockchip,rk3288-mali - samsung,exynos5433-mali - const: arm,mali-t760 + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos7-mali + - const: samsung,exynos5433-mali + - const: arm,mali-t760 - items: - enum: - rockchip,rk3399-mali diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-utgard.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-utgard.yaml index 0fae1ef013..abd4aa335f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-utgard.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-utgard.yaml @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ properties: - allwinner,sun50i-a64-mali - rockchip,rk3036-mali - rockchip,rk3066-mali + - rockchip,rk3128-mali - rockchip,rk3188-mali - rockchip,rk3228-mali - samsung,exynos4210-mali diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.yaml index dae55b8a26..dc078ceeca 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - brcm,2711-v3d + - brcm,2712-v3d - brcm,7268-v3d - brcm,7278-v3d diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/img,powervr.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/img,powervr.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a13298f1a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/img,powervr.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (c) 2023 Imagination Technologies Ltd. +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/gpu/img,powervr.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Imagination Technologies PowerVR and IMG GPU + +maintainers: + - Frank Binns + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - ti,am62-gpu + - const: img,img-axe # IMG AXE GPU model/revision is fully discoverable + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 3 + + clock-names: + items: + - const: core + - const: mem + - const: sys + minItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + - interrupts + +additionalProperties: false + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: ti,am62-gpu + then: + properties: + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + #include + + gpu@fd00000 { + compatible = "ti,am62-gpu", "img,img-axe"; + reg = <0x0fd00000 0x20000>; + clocks = <&k3_clks 187 0>; + clock-names = "core"; + interrupts = ; + power-domains = <&k3_pds 187 TI_SCI_PD_EXCLUSIVE>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-g2d.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-g2d.yaml index e7daae8625..132aaa4959 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-g2d.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-g2d.yaml @@ -22,36 +22,20 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - clocks: {} - clock-names: {} - iommus: {} - power-domains: {} - -if: - properties: - compatible: - contains: - const: samsung,exynos5250-g2d - -then: - properties: - clocks: - items: - - description: fimg2d clock - clock-names: - items: - - const: fimg2d - -else: - properties: - clocks: - items: - - description: sclk_fimg2d clock - - description: fimg2d clock - clock-names: - items: - - const: sclk_fimg2d - - const: fimg2d + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + iommus: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 required: - compatible @@ -60,6 +44,33 @@ required: - clocks - clock-names +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: samsung,exynos5250-g2d + + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: fimg2d clock + clock-names: + items: + - const: fimg2d + + else: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: sclk_fimg2d clock + - description: fimg2d clock + clock-names: + items: + - const: sclk_fimg2d + - const: fimg2d + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-rotator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-rotator.yaml index d60626ffb2..18bf44e06e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-rotator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-rotator.yaml @@ -12,10 +12,11 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: enum: - - "samsung,s5pv210-rotator" - - "samsung,exynos4210-rotator" - - "samsung,exynos4212-rotator" - - "samsung,exynos5250-rotator" + - samsung,s5pv210-rotator + - samsung,exynos4210-rotator + - samsung,exynos4212-rotator + - samsung,exynos5250-rotator + reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-scaler.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-scaler.yaml index 5317ac6442..9fb530e65d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-scaler.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-scaler.yaml @@ -21,40 +21,20 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - clocks: {} - clock-names: {} - iommus: {} - power-domains: {} - -if: - properties: - compatible: - contains: - const: samsung,exynos5420-scaler - -then: - properties: - clocks: - items: - - description: mscl clock - - clock-names: - items: - - const: mscl - -else: - properties: - clocks: - items: - - description: pclk clock - - description: aclk clock - - description: aclk_xiu clock - - clock-names: - items: - - const: pclk - - const: aclk - - const: aclk_xiu + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 3 + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 3 + + iommus: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 required: - compatible @@ -63,6 +43,39 @@ required: - clocks - clock-names +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: samsung,exynos5420-scaler + + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: mscl clock + clock-names: + items: + - const: mscl + iommus: + minItems: 2 + + else: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: pclk clock + - description: aclk clock + - description: aclk_xiu clock + clock-names: + items: + - const: pclk + - const: aclk + - const: aclk_xiu + iommus: + maxItems: 1 + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwinfo/samsung,exynos-chipid.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwinfo/samsung,exynos-chipid.yaml index 95cbdcb56e..780ccb5ee9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwinfo/samsung,exynos-chipid.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwinfo/samsung,exynos-chipid.yaml @@ -11,9 +11,21 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - enum: - - samsung,exynos4210-chipid - - samsung,exynos850-chipid + oneOf: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos4210-chipid + - samsung,exynos850-chipid + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos5433-chipid + - samsung,exynos7-chipid + - const: samsung,exynos4210-chipid + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos7885-chipid + - samsung,exynosautov9-chipid + - samsung,exynosautov920-chipid + - const: samsung,exynos850-chipid reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/gpio-fan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/gpio-fan.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f4cfa350f6..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/gpio-fan.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -Bindings for fan connected to GPIO lines - -Required properties: -- compatible : "gpio-fan" - -Optional properties: -- gpios: Specifies the pins that map to bits in the control value, - ordered MSB-->LSB. -- gpio-fan,speed-map: A mapping of possible fan RPM speeds and the - control value that should be set to achieve them. This array - must have the RPM values in ascending order. -- alarm-gpios: This pin going active indicates something is wrong with - the fan, and a udev event will be fired. -- #cooling-cells: If used as a cooling device, must be <2> - Also see: - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-cooling-devices.yaml - min and max states are derived from the speed-map of the fan. - -Note: At least one the "gpios" or "alarm-gpios" properties must be set. - -Examples: - - gpio_fan { - compatible = "gpio-fan"; - gpios = <&gpio1 14 1 - &gpio1 13 1>; - gpio-fan,speed-map = <0 0 - 3000 1 - 6000 2>; - alarm-gpios = <&gpio1 15 1>; - }; - gpio_fan_cool: gpio_fan { - compatible = "gpio-fan"; - gpios = <&gpio2 14 1 - &gpio2 13 1>; - gpio-fan,speed-map = <0 0>, - <3000 1>, - <6000 2>; - alarm-gpios = <&gpio2 15 1>; - #cooling-cells = <2>; /* min followed by max */ - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/gpio-fan.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/gpio-fan.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f30cfc873 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/gpio-fan.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/hwmon/gpio-fan.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Fan connected to GPIO lines + +maintainers: + - Rob Herring + +properties: + compatible: + const: gpio-fan + + gpios: + description: | + Specifies the pins that map to bits in the control value, + ordered MSB-->LSB. + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 7 + + alarm-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + gpio-fan,speed-map: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-matrix + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 127 + items: + items: + - description: fan speed in RPMs + - description: control value + description: | + A mapping of possible fan RPM speeds and the + control value that should be set to achieve them. This array + must have the RPM values in ascending order. + + '#cooling-cells': + const: 2 + +required: + - compatible + - gpios + - gpio-fan,speed-map + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + gpio-fan { + compatible = "gpio-fan"; + gpios = <&gpio2 14 1 + &gpio2 13 1>; + gpio-fan,speed-map = < 0 0>, + <3000 1>, + <6000 2>; + alarm-gpios = <&gpio2 15 1>; + #cooling-cells = <2>; /* min followed by max */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/iio-hwmon.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/iio-hwmon.yaml index e5b24782f4..be5c7d4579 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/iio-hwmon.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/iio-hwmon.yaml @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ properties: io-channels: minItems: 1 - maxItems: 8 # Should be enough + maxItems: 51 # Should be enough description: > List of phandles to ADC channels to read the monitoring values diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lltc,ltc4286.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lltc,ltc4286.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..98ca163d34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lltc,ltc4286.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/hwmon/lltc,ltc4286.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: LTC4286 power monitors + +maintainers: + - Delphine CC Chiu + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - lltc,ltc4286 + - lltc,ltc4287 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + adi,vrange-low-enable: + description: + This property is a bool parameter to represent the + voltage range is 25.6 volts or 102.4 volts for this chip. + The default is 102.4 volts. + type: boolean + + shunt-resistor-micro-ohms: + description: + Resistor value micro-ohms. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + power-monitor@40 { + compatible = "lltc,ltc4286"; + reg = <0x40>; + adi,vrange-low-enable; + shunt-resistor-micro-ohms = <300>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.yaml index 0b69897f0c..ed269e428a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.yaml @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - adi,adt75 + - ams,as6200 - atmel,at30ts74 - dallas,ds1775 - dallas,ds75 @@ -48,10 +49,28 @@ properties: vs-supply: description: phandle to the regulator that provides the +VS supply + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + required: - compatible - reg +allOf: + - if: + not: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - ams,as6200 + - ti,tmp100 + - ti,tmp101 + - ti,tmp112 + then: + properties: + interrupts: false + additionalProperties: false examples: @@ -66,3 +85,17 @@ examples: vs-supply = <&vs>; }; }; + - | + #include + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + temperature-sensor@48 { + compatible = "ams,as6200"; + reg = <0x48>; + vs-supply = <&vs>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <17 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-exynos5.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-exynos5.yaml index 3e52a0db6c..df9c57bca2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-exynos5.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-exynos5.yaml @@ -25,7 +25,16 @@ properties: - samsung,exynos5250-hsi2c # Exynos5250 and Exynos5420 - samsung,exynos5260-hsi2c # Exynos5260 - samsung,exynos7-hsi2c # Exynos7 - - samsung,exynosautov9-hsi2c # ExynosAutoV9 and Exynos850 + - samsung,exynosautov9-hsi2c + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos5433-hsi2c + - tesla,fsd-hsi2c + - const: samsung,exynos7-hsi2c + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos850-hsi2c + - const: samsung,exynosautov9-hsi2c - const: samsung,exynos5-hsi2c # Exynos5250 and Exynos5420 deprecated: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/samsung,s3c2410-i2c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/samsung,s3c2410-i2c.yaml index b204e35e4f..1303502cf2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/samsung,s3c2410-i2c.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/samsung,s3c2410-i2c.yaml @@ -11,14 +11,20 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - enum: - - samsung,s3c2410-i2c - - samsung,s3c2440-i2c - # For s3c2440-like I2C used inside HDMIPHY block found on several SoCs: - - samsung,s3c2440-hdmiphy-i2c - # For s3c2440-like I2C used as a host to SATA PHY controller on an - # internal bus: - - samsung,exynos5-sata-phy-i2c + oneOf: + - enum: + - samsung,s3c2410-i2c + - samsung,s3c2440-i2c + # For s3c2440-like I2C used inside HDMIPHY block found on several SoCs: + - samsung,s3c2440-hdmiphy-i2c + # For s3c2440-like I2C used as a host to SATA PHY controller on an + # internal bus: + - samsung,exynos5-sata-phy-i2c + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos7885-i2c + - samsung,exynos850-i2c + - const: samsung,s3c2440-i2c '#address-cells': const: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/st,stm32-i2c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/st,stm32-i2c.yaml index 94b75d9f66..1b31b87c18 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/st,stm32-i2c.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/st,stm32-i2c.yaml @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ allOf: - st,stm32f7-i2c - st,stm32mp13-i2c - st,stm32mp15-i2c + - st,stm32mp25-i2c then: properties: i2c-scl-rising-time-ns: @@ -41,6 +42,30 @@ allOf: clock-frequency: enum: [100000, 400000] + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - st,stm32f4-i2c + - st,stm32f7-i2c + - st,stm32mp13-i2c + - st,stm32mp15-i2c + then: + properties: + interrupts: + minItems: 2 + + interrupt-names: + minItems: 2 + else: + properties: + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupt-names: + maxItems: 1 + properties: compatible: enum: @@ -48,6 +73,7 @@ properties: - st,stm32f7-i2c - st,stm32mp13-i2c - st,stm32mp15-i2c + - st,stm32mp25-i2c reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -56,11 +82,13 @@ properties: items: - description: interrupt ID for I2C event - description: interrupt ID for I2C error + minItems: 1 interrupt-names: items: - const: event - const: error + minItems: 1 resets: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7091r5.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7091r5.yaml index ce7ba63464..ddec974743 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7091r5.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7091r5.yaml @@ -4,36 +4,92 @@ $id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/adc/adi,ad7091r5.yaml# $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# -title: Analog Devices AD7091R5 4-Channel 12-Bit ADC +title: Analog Devices AD7091R-2/-4/-5/-8 Multi-Channel 12-Bit ADCs maintainers: - Michael Hennerich + - Marcelo Schmitt description: | - Analog Devices AD7091R5 4-Channel 12-Bit ADC + Analog Devices AD7091R5 4-Channel 12-Bit ADC supporting I2C interface https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/ad7091r-5.pdf + Analog Devices AD7091R-2/AD7091R-4/AD7091R-8 2-/4-/8-Channel 12-Bit ADCs + supporting SPI interface + https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/AD7091R-2_7091R-4_7091R-8.pdf properties: compatible: enum: + - adi,ad7091r2 + - adi,ad7091r4 - adi,ad7091r5 + - adi,ad7091r8 reg: maxItems: 1 + vdd-supply: + description: + Provide VDD power to the sensor (VDD range is from 2.7V to 5.25V). + + vdrive-supply: + description: + Determines the voltage level at which the interface logic will operate. + The V_drive voltage range is from 1.8V to 5.25V and must not exceed VDD by + more than 0.3V. + vref-supply: description: Phandle to the vref power supply - interrupts: + convst-gpios: + description: + GPIO connected to the CONVST pin. + This logic input is used to initiate conversions on the analog + input channels. maxItems: 1 + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + description: + Interrupt for signaling when conversion results exceed the high limit for + ADC readings or fall below the low limit for them. Interrupt source must + be attached to ALERT/BUSY/GPO0 pin. + maxItems: 1 required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/spi/spi-peripheral-props.yaml# + + # AD7091R-2 does not have ALERT/BUSY/GPO pin + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - adi,ad7091r2 + then: + properties: + interrupts: false + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - adi,ad7091r2 + - adi,ad7091r4 + - adi,ad7091r8 + then: + required: + - convst-gpios + +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | @@ -51,4 +107,22 @@ examples: interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; }; }; + - | + #include + #include + spi { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + adc@0 { + compatible = "adi,ad7091r8"; + reg = <0x0>; + spi-max-frequency = <1000000>; + vref-supply = <&adc_vref>; + convst-gpios = <&gpio 25 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio 27 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + interrupts = <22 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + }; + }; ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7780.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7780.yaml index 5fcc8dd012..be2616ff9a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7780.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7780.yaml @@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ examples: compatible = "adi,ad7780"; reg = <0>; - avdd-supply = <&vdd_supply>; - powerdown-gpios = <&gpio0 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; - adi,gain-gpios = <&gpio1 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + avdd-supply = <&vdd_supply>; + powerdown-gpios = <&gpio0 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + adi,gain-gpios = <&gpio1 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; adi,filter-gpios = <&gpio2 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/maxim,max34408.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/maxim,max34408.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4cba856e8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/maxim,max34408.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/adc/maxim,max34408.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Maxim MAX34408/MAX34409 current monitors with overcurrent control + +maintainers: + - Ivan Mikhaylov + +description: | + The MAX34408/MAX34409 are two- and four-channel current monitors that are + configured and monitored with a standard I2C/SMBus serial interface. Each + unidirectional current sensor offers precision high-side operation with a + low full-scale sense voltage. The devices automatically sequence through + two or four channels and collect the current-sense samples and average them + to reduce the effect of impulse noise. The raw ADC samples are compared to + user-programmable digital thresholds to indicate overcurrent conditions. + Overcurrent conditions trigger a hardware output to provide an immediate + indication to shut down any necessary external circuitry. + + Specifications about the devices can be found at: + https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/MAX34408-MAX34409.pdf + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - maxim,max34408 + - maxim,max34409 + + "#address-cells": + const: 1 + + "#size-cells": + const: 0 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + powerdown-gpios: + description: + Shutdown Output. Open-drain output. This output transitions to high impedance + when any of the digital comparator thresholds are exceeded as long as the ENA + pin is high. + maxItems: 1 + + powerdown-status-gpios: + description: + SHTDN Enable Input. CMOS digital input. Connect to GND to clear the latch and + unconditionally deassert (force low) the SHTDN output and reset the shutdown + delay. Connect to VDD to enable normal latch operation of the SHTDN output. + maxItems: 1 + + vdd-supply: true + +patternProperties: + "^channel@[0-3]$": + $ref: adc.yaml + type: object + description: + Represents the internal channels of the ADC. + + properties: + reg: + items: + - minimum: 0 + maximum: 3 + + maxim,rsense-val-micro-ohms: + description: + Adjust the Rsense value to monitor higher or lower current levels for + input. + enum: [250, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, 50000, 100000, 200000, 500000] + default: 1000 + + required: + - reg + - maxim,rsense-val-micro-ohms + + unevaluatedProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: maxim,max34408 + then: + patternProperties: + "^channel@[2-3]$": false + "^channel@[0-1]$": + properties: + reg: + maximum: 1 + else: + patternProperties: + "^channel@[0-3]$": + properties: + reg: + maximum: 3 + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + adc@1e { + compatible = "maxim,max34409"; + reg = <0x1e>; + powerdown-gpios = <&gpio0 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + powerdown-status-gpios = <&gpio0 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + channel@0 { + reg = <0x0>; + maxim,rsense-val-micro-ohms = <5000>; + }; + + channel@1 { + reg = <0x1>; + maxim,rsense-val-micro-ohms = <10000>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.yaml index 73def67fbe..5ed893ef5c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-iadc.yaml @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ properties: - const: qcom,spmi-iadc reg: - description: IADC base address and length in the SPMI PMIC register map + description: IADC base address in the SPMI PMIC register map maxItems: 1 qcom,external-resistor-micro-ohms: @@ -50,15 +50,17 @@ additionalProperties: false examples: - | #include - spmi { + + pmic { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; - pmic_iadc: adc@3600 { + + adc@3600 { compatible = "qcom,pm8941-iadc", "qcom,spmi-iadc"; reg = <0x3600>; interrupts = <0x0 0x36 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; qcom,external-resistor-micro-ohms = <10000>; - #io-channel-cells = <1>; + #io-channel-cells = <1>; }; }; ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-rradc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-rradc.yaml index b3a6263898..f39bc92c2b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-rradc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-rradc.yaml @@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ examples: #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; - pmic_rradc: adc@4500 { + adc@4500 { compatible = "qcom,pmi8998-rradc"; reg = <0x4500>; - #io-channel-cells = <1>; + #io-channel-cells = <1>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.yaml index ad7d6fc49d..40fa0710f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.yaml @@ -236,11 +236,11 @@ additionalProperties: false examples: - | - spmi { + pmic { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; - /* VADC node */ - pmic_vadc: adc@3100 { + + adc@3100 { compatible = "qcom,spmi-vadc"; reg = <0x3100>; interrupts = <0x0 0x31 0x0 0x1>; @@ -281,9 +281,10 @@ examples: #include #include - spmi { + pmic { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; + adc@3100 { reg = <0x3100>; compatible = "qcom,spmi-adc7"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/samsung,exynos-adc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/samsung,exynos-adc.yaml index 582d0a03b8..4e40f6bed5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/samsung,exynos-adc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/samsung,exynos-adc.yaml @@ -11,18 +11,23 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - enum: - - samsung,exynos-adc-v1 # Exynos5250 - - samsung,exynos-adc-v2 - - samsung,exynos3250-adc - - samsung,exynos4212-adc # Exynos4212 and Exynos4412 - - samsung,exynos7-adc - - samsung,s3c2410-adc - - samsung,s3c2416-adc - - samsung,s3c2440-adc - - samsung,s3c2443-adc - - samsung,s3c6410-adc - - samsung,s5pv210-adc + oneOf: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos-adc-v1 # Exynos5250 + - samsung,exynos-adc-v2 + - samsung,exynos3250-adc + - samsung,exynos4212-adc # Exynos4212 and Exynos4412 + - samsung,exynos7-adc + - samsung,s3c2410-adc + - samsung,s3c2416-adc + - samsung,s3c2440-adc + - samsung,s3c2443-adc + - samsung,s3c6410-adc + - samsung,s5pv210-adc + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos5433-adc + - const: samsung,exynos7-adc reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti,palmas-gpadc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti,palmas-gpadc.yaml index 720c16a108..f94057d8f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti,palmas-gpadc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti,palmas-gpadc.yaml @@ -67,19 +67,4 @@ required: - compatible - "#io-channel-cells" -examples: - - | - #include - pmic { - compatible = "ti,twl6035-pmic", "ti,palmas-pmic"; - adc { - compatible = "ti,palmas-gpadc"; - interrupts = <18 0>, - <16 0>, - <17 0>; - #io-channel-cells = <1>; - ti,channel0-current-microamp = <5>; - ti,channel3-current-microamp = <10>; - }; - }; ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/amplifiers/adi,hmc425a.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/amplifiers/adi,hmc425a.yaml index 2ee6080dea..67de9d4e3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/amplifiers/adi,hmc425a.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/amplifiers/adi,hmc425a.yaml @@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ maintainers: description: | Digital Step Attenuator IIO devices with gpio interface. Offer various frequency and attenuation ranges. + ADRF5750 2 dB LSB, 4-Bit, Silicon Digital Attenuator, 10 MHz to 60 GHz + https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/adrf5740.pdf + HMC425A 0.5 dB LSB GaAs MMIC 6-BIT DIGITAL POSITIVE CONTROL ATTENUATOR, 2.2 - 8.0 GHz https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/hmc425A.pdf @@ -22,6 +25,7 @@ description: | properties: compatible: enum: + - adi,adrf5740 - adi,hmc425a - adi,hmc540s diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/aosong,ags02ma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/aosong,ags02ma.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35e7b094e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/aosong,ags02ma.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/chemical/aosong,ags02ma.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Aosong AGS02MA VOC Sensor + +description: | + AGS02MA is an TVOC (Total Volatile Organic Compounds) i2c sensor with default + address of 0x1a. + + Datasheet: + https://asairsensors.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/AGS02MA.pdf + +maintainers: + - Anshul Dalal + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - aosong,ags02ma + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + vdd-supply: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - vdd-supply + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + voc-sensor@1a { + compatible = "aosong,ags02ma"; + reg = <0x1a>; + vdd-supply = <&vdd_regulator>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5791.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5791.yaml index 3a84739736..c81285d84d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5791.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5791.yaml @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ properties: vdd-supply: true vss-supply: true + adi,rbuf-gain2-en: + description: Specify to allow an external amplifier to be connected in a + gain of two configuration. + type: boolean + required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/microchip,mcp4821.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/microchip,mcp4821.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0dc577c339 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/microchip,mcp4821.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/dac/microchip,mcp4821.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Microchip MCP4821 and similar DACs + +description: | + Supports MCP48x1 (single channel) and MCP48x2 (dual channel) series of DACs. + Device supports simplex communication over SPI in Mode 0 and Mode 3. + + +---------+--------------+-------------+ + | Device | Resolution | Channels | + |---------|--------------|-------------| + | MCP4801 | 8-bit | 1 | + | MCP4802 | 8-bit | 2 | + | MCP4811 | 10-bit | 1 | + | MCP4812 | 10-bit | 2 | + | MCP4821 | 12-bit | 1 | + | MCP4822 | 12-bit | 2 | + +---------+--------------+-------------+ + + Datasheet: + MCP48x1: https://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22244B.pdf + MCP48x2: https://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/20002249B.pdf + +maintainers: + - Anshul Dalal + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/spi/spi-peripheral-props.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - microchip,mcp4801 + - microchip,mcp4802 + - microchip,mcp4811 + - microchip,mcp4812 + - microchip,mcp4821 + - microchip,mcp4822 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + vdd-supply: true + + ldac-gpios: + description: | + Active Low LDAC (Latch DAC Input) pin used to update the DAC output. + maxItems: 1 + + powerdown-gpios: + description: | + Active Low SHDN pin used to enter the shutdown mode. + maxItems: 1 + + spi-cpha: true + spi-cpol: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - vdd-supply + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + spi { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + dac@0 { + compatible = "microchip,mcp4821"; + reg = <0>; + vdd-supply = <&vdd_regulator>; + ldac-gpios = <&gpio0 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + powerdown-gpios = <&gpio0 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + spi-cpha; + spi-cpol; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/humidity/ti,hdc3020.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/humidity/ti,hdc3020.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f6d0f9edc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/humidity/ti,hdc3020.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/humidity/ti,hdc3020.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: HDC3020/HDC3021/HDC3022 humidity and temperature iio sensors + +maintainers: + - Li peiyu <579lpy@gmail.com> + - Javier Carrasco + +description: + https://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/hdc3020.pdf + + The HDC302x is an integrated capacitive based relative humidity (RH) + and temperature sensor. + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - ti,hdc3021 + - ti,hdc3022 + - const: ti,hdc3020 + - const: ti,hdc3020 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + vdd-supply: true + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - vdd-supply + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + humidity-sensor@47 { + compatible = "ti,hdc3021", "ti,hdc3020"; + reg = <0x47>; + vdd-supply = <&vcc_3v3>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/adi,adis16460.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/adi,adis16460.yaml index 4e43c80e51..4cacc99487 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/adi,adis16460.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/adi,adis16460.yaml @@ -25,6 +25,10 @@ properties: spi-cpol: true + spi-cs-inactive-delay-ns: + minimum: 16000 + default: 16000 + interrupts: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/adi,adis16475.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/adi,adis16475.yaml index c73533c545..9b7ad609f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/adi,adis16475.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/adi,adis16475.yaml @@ -47,6 +47,10 @@ properties: spi-max-frequency: maximum: 2000000 + spi-cs-inactive-delay-ns: + minimum: 16000 + default: 16000 + interrupts: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/bosch,bmi323.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/bosch,bmi323.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..64ef26e196 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/bosch,bmi323.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/imu/bosch,bmi323.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Bosch BMI323 6-Axis IMU + +maintainers: + - Jagath Jog J + +description: + BMI323 is a 6-axis inertial measurement unit that supports acceleration and + gyroscopic measurements with hardware fifo buffering. Sensor also provides + events information such as motion, steps, orientation, single and double + tap detection. + +properties: + compatible: + const: bosch,bmi323 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + vdd-supply: true + vddio-supply: true + + interrupts: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + interrupt-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + items: + enum: + - INT1 + - INT2 + + drive-open-drain: + description: + set if the specified interrupt pin should be configured as + open drain. If not set, defaults to push-pull. + + mount-matrix: + description: + an optional 3x3 mounting rotation matrix. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - vdd-supply + - vddio-supply + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/spi/spi-peripheral-props.yaml# + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + // Example for I2C + #include + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + imu@68 { + compatible = "bosch,bmi323"; + reg = <0x68>; + vddio-supply = <&vddio>; + vdd-supply = <&vdd>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <29 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + interrupt-names = "INT1"; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/liteon,ltr390.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/liteon,ltr390.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d98ef2af7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/liteon,ltr390.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/light/liteon,ltr390.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Lite-On LTR390 ALS and UV Sensor + +description: | + The Lite-On LTR390 is an ALS (Ambient Light Sensor) and a UV sensor in a + single package with i2c address of 0x53. + + Datasheet: + https://optoelectronics.liteon.com/upload/download/DS86-2015-0004/LTR-390UV_Final_%20DS_V1%201.pdf + +maintainers: + - Anshul Dalal + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - liteon,ltr390 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + description: | + Level interrupt pin with open drain output. + The sensor pulls this pin low when the measured reading is greater than + some configured threshold. + + vdd-supply: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + light-sensor@53 { + compatible = "liteon,ltr390"; + reg = <0x53>; + interrupts = <18 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + vdd-supply = <&vdd_regulator>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/vishay,veml6075.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/vishay,veml6075.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..abee04cd12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/vishay,veml6075.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/light/vishay,veml6075.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Vishay VEML6075 UVA and UVB sensor + +maintainers: + - Javier Carrasco + +properties: + compatible: + const: vishay,veml6075 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + vdd-supply: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + uv-sensor@10 { + compatible = "vishay,veml6075"; + reg = <0x10>; + vdd-supply = <&vdd_reg>; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/honeywell,hsc030pa.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/honeywell,hsc030pa.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..65a24ed67b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/honeywell,hsc030pa.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/pressure/honeywell,hsc030pa.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Honeywell TruStability HSC and SSC pressure sensor series + +description: | + support for Honeywell TruStability HSC and SSC digital pressure sensor + series. + + These sensors have either an I2C, an SPI or an analog interface. Only the + digital versions are supported by this driver. + + There are 118 models with different pressure ranges available in each family. + The vendor calls them "HSC series" and "SSC series". All of them have an + identical programming model but differ in pressure range, unit and transfer + function. + + To support different models one needs to specify the pressure range as well + as the transfer function. Pressure range can either be provided via + pressure-triplet (directly extracted from the part number) or in case it's + a custom chip via numerical range limits converted to pascals. + + The transfer function defines the ranges of raw conversion values delivered + by the sensor. pmin-pascal and pmax-pascal corespond to the minimum and + maximum pressure that can be measured. + + Please note that in case of an SPI-based sensor, the clock signal should not + exceed 800kHz and the MOSI signal is not required. + + Specifications about the devices can be found at: + https://prod-edam.honeywell.com/content/dam/honeywell-edam/sps/siot/en-us/products/sensors/pressure-sensors/board-mount-pressure-sensors/trustability-hsc-series/documents/sps-siot-trustability-hsc-series-high-accuracy-board-mount-pressure-sensors-50099148-a-en-ciid-151133.pdf + https://prod-edam.honeywell.com/content/dam/honeywell-edam/sps/siot/en-us/products/sensors/pressure-sensors/board-mount-pressure-sensors/trustability-ssc-series/documents/sps-siot-trustability-ssc-series-standard-accuracy-board-mount-pressure-sensors-50099533-a-en-ciid-151134.pdf + +maintainers: + - Petre Rodan + +properties: + compatible: + const: honeywell,hsc030pa + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + honeywell,transfer-function: + description: | + Transfer function which defines the range of valid values delivered by + the sensor. + 0 - A, 10% to 90% of 2^14 + 1 - B, 5% to 95% of 2^14 + 2 - C, 5% to 85% of 2^14 + 3 - F, 4% to 94% of 2^14 + enum: [0, 1, 2, 3] + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + + honeywell,pressure-triplet: + description: | + Case-sensitive five character string that defines pressure range, unit + and type as part of the device nomenclature. In the unlikely case of a + custom chip, set to "NA" and provide pmin-pascal and pmax-pascal. + enum: [001BA, 1.6BA, 2.5BA, 004BA, 006BA, 010BA, 1.6MD, 2.5MD, 004MD, + 006MD, 010MD, 016MD, 025MD, 040MD, 060MD, 100MD, 160MD, 250MD, + 400MD, 600MD, 001BD, 1.6BD, 2.5BD, 004BD, 2.5MG, 004MG, 006MG, + 010MG, 016MG, 025MG, 040MG, 060MG, 100MG, 160MG, 250MG, 400MG, + 600MG, 001BG, 1.6BG, 2.5BG, 004BG, 006BG, 010BG, 100KA, 160KA, + 250KA, 400KA, 600KA, 001GA, 160LD, 250LD, 400LD, 600LD, 001KD, + 1.6KD, 2.5KD, 004KD, 006KD, 010KD, 016KD, 025KD, 040KD, 060KD, + 100KD, 160KD, 250KD, 400KD, 250LG, 400LG, 600LG, 001KG, 1.6KG, + 2.5KG, 004KG, 006KG, 010KG, 016KG, 025KG, 040KG, 060KG, 100KG, + 160KG, 250KG, 400KG, 600KG, 001GG, 015PA, 030PA, 060PA, 100PA, + 150PA, 0.5ND, 001ND, 002ND, 004ND, 005ND, 010ND, 020ND, 030ND, + 001PD, 005PD, 015PD, 030PD, 060PD, 001NG, 002NG, 004NG, 005NG, + 010NG, 020NG, 030NG, 001PG, 005PG, 015PG, 030PG, 060PG, 100PG, + 150PG, NA] + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string + + honeywell,pmin-pascal: + description: | + Minimum pressure value the sensor can measure in pascal. + To be specified only if honeywell,pressure-triplet is set to "NA". + + honeywell,pmax-pascal: + description: | + Maximum pressure value the sensor can measure in pascal. + To be specified only if honeywell,pressure-triplet is set to "NA". + + vdd-supply: + description: + Provide VDD power to the sensor (either 3.3V or 5V depending on the chip) + + spi-max-frequency: + maximum: 800000 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - honeywell,transfer-function + - honeywell,pressure-triplet + +additionalProperties: false + +dependentSchemas: + honeywell,pmin-pascal: + properties: + honeywell,pressure-triplet: + const: NA + honeywell,pmax-pascal: + properties: + honeywell,pressure-triplet: + const: NA + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + pressure@28 { + compatible = "honeywell,hsc030pa"; + reg = <0x28>; + honeywell,transfer-function = <0>; + honeywell,pressure-triplet = "030PA"; + }; + }; + - | + spi { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + pressure@0 { + compatible = "honeywell,hsc030pa"; + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <800000>; + honeywell,transfer-function = <0>; + honeywell,pressure-triplet = "NA"; + honeywell,pmin-pascal = <0>; + honeywell,pmax-pascal = <200000>; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/honeywell,mprls0025pa.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/honeywell,mprls0025pa.yaml index b31f8120f1..d9e903fbfd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/honeywell,mprls0025pa.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/honeywell,mprls0025pa.yaml @@ -53,12 +53,10 @@ properties: honeywell,pmin-pascal: description: Minimum pressure value the sensor can measure in pascal. - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 honeywell,pmax-pascal: description: Maximum pressure value the sensor can measure in pascal. - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 honeywell,transfer-function: description: | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/melexis,mlx90632.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/melexis,mlx90632.yaml index 4a55e7f25a..03bb5d4fa8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/melexis,mlx90632.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/melexis,mlx90632.yaml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ $id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/temperature/melexis,mlx90632.yaml# $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# -title: Melexis MLX90632 contactless Infra Red temperature sensor +title: Melexis MLX90632 and MLX90635 contactless Infra Red temperature sensor maintainers: - Crt Mori @@ -27,9 +27,24 @@ description: | Since measured object emissivity effects Infra Red energy emitted, emissivity should be set before requesting the object temperature. + https://www.melexis.com/en/documents/documentation/datasheets/datasheet-mlx90635 + + MLX90635 is most suitable for consumer applications where + measured object temperature is in range between -20 to 100 degrees + Celsius with relative error of measurement 2 degree Celsius in + object temperature range for industrial applications, while just 0.2 + degree Celsius for human body measurement applications. Since it can + operate and measure ambient temperature in range of -20 to 85 degrees + Celsius it is suitable also for outdoor use. + + Since measured object emissivity effects Infra Red energy emitted, + emissivity should be set before requesting the object temperature. + properties: compatible: - const: melexis,mlx90632 + enum: + - melexis,mlx90632 + - melexis,mlx90635 reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/microchip,mcp9600.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/microchip,mcp9600.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d2cafa38a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/microchip,mcp9600.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/temperature/microchip,mcp9600.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Microchip MCP9600 thermocouple EMF converter + +maintainers: + - Andrew Hepp + +description: + https://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/MCP960X-Data-Sheet-20005426.pdf + +properties: + compatible: + const: microchip,mcp9600 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 6 + + interrupt-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 6 + items: + enum: + - open-circuit + - short-circuit + - alert1 + - alert2 + - alert3 + - alert4 + + thermocouple-type: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: + Type of thermocouple (THERMOCOUPLE_TYPE_K if omitted). + Use defines in dt-bindings/iio/temperature/thermocouple.h. + Supported types are B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T. + + vdd-supply: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + temperature-sensor@60 { + compatible = "microchip,mcp9600"; + reg = <0x60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <25 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + interrupt-names = "open-circuit"; + thermocouple-type = ; + vdd-supply = <&vdd>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/index.rst b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/index.rst index d9002a3a0a..cc1fbdc056 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/index.rst @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ :maxdepth: 1 ABI + dts-coding-style writing-bindings writing-schema submitting-patches diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/adafruit,seesaw-gamepad.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/adafruit,seesaw-gamepad.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e86f6de69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/adafruit,seesaw-gamepad.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/input/adafruit,seesaw-gamepad.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Adafruit Mini I2C Gamepad with seesaw + +maintainers: + - Anshul Dalal + +description: | + Adafruit Mini I2C Gamepad + + +-----------------------------+ + | ___ | + | / \ (X) | + | | S | __ __ (Y) (A) | + | \___/ |ST| |SE| (B) | + | | + +-----------------------------+ + + S -> 10-bit precision bidirectional analog joystick + ST -> Start + SE -> Select + X, A, B, Y -> Digital action buttons + + Datasheet: https://cdn-learn.adafruit.com/downloads/pdf/gamepad-qt.pdf + Product page: https://www.adafruit.com/product/5743 + Arduino Driver: https://github.com/adafruit/Adafruit_Seesaw + +properties: + compatible: + const: adafruit,seesaw-gamepad + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + description: + The gamepad's IRQ pin triggers a rising edge if interrupts are enabled. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + joystick@50 { + compatible = "adafruit,seesaw-gamepad"; + interrupts = <18 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + reg = <0x50>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elan,ekth6915.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elan,ekth6915.yaml index 3e2d216c64..dc4ac41f24 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elan,ekth6915.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/elan,ekth6915.yaml @@ -18,8 +18,9 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: - items: - - const: elan,ekth6915 + enum: + - elan,ekth6915 + - ilitek,ili2901 reg: const: 0x10 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.yaml index 159cd9d9fe..cc78c21529 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.yaml @@ -31,7 +31,23 @@ patternProperties: maxItems: 1 interrupts: - maxItems: 1 + oneOf: + - items: + - description: Optional key interrupt or wakeup interrupt + - items: + - description: Key interrupt + - description: Wakeup interrupt + + interrupt-names: + description: + Optional interrupt names, can be used to specify a separate dedicated + wake-up interrupt in addition to the gpio irq + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: [ irq, wakeup ] + - items: + - const: irq + - const: wakeup label: description: Descriptive name of the key. @@ -97,6 +113,20 @@ patternProperties: - required: - gpios + allOf: + - if: + properties: + interrupts: + minItems: 2 + required: + - interrupts + then: + properties: + interrupt-names: + minItems: 2 + required: + - interrupt-names + dependencies: wakeup-event-action: [ wakeup-source ] linux,input-value: [ gpios ] @@ -137,6 +167,15 @@ examples: linux,code = <108>; interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; }; + + key-wakeup { + label = "GPIO Key WAKEUP"; + linux,code = <143>; + interrupts-extended = <&intc 2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>, + <&intc_wakeup 0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "irq", "wakeup"; + wakeup-source; + }; }; ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-mouse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-mouse.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 519510a11a..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-mouse.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -Device-Tree bindings for GPIO attached mice - -This simply uses standard GPIO handles to define a simple mouse connected -to 5-7 GPIO lines. - -Required properties: - - compatible: must be "gpio-mouse" - - scan-interval-ms: The scanning interval in milliseconds - - up-gpios: GPIO line phandle to the line indicating "up" - - down-gpios: GPIO line phandle to the line indicating "down" - - left-gpios: GPIO line phandle to the line indicating "left" - - right-gpios: GPIO line phandle to the line indicating "right" - -Optional properties: - - button-left-gpios: GPIO line handle to the left mouse button - - button-middle-gpios: GPIO line handle to the middle mouse button - - button-right-gpios: GPIO line handle to the right mouse button -Example: - -#include - -gpio-mouse { - compatible = "gpio-mouse"; - scan-interval-ms = <50>; - up-gpios = <&gpio0 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - down-gpios = <&gpio0 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - left-gpios = <&gpio0 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - right-gpios = <&gpio0 3 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - button-left-gpios = <&gpio0 4 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - button-middle-gpios = <&gpio0 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - button-right-gpios = <&gpio0 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-mouse.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-mouse.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3928ec6aff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-mouse.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/input/gpio-mouse.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: GPIO attached mouse + +description: | + This simply uses standard GPIO handles to define a simple mouse connected + to 5-7 GPIO lines. + +maintainers: + - Anshul Dalal + +properties: + compatible: + const: gpio-mouse + + scan-interval-ms: + maxItems: 1 + + up-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + down-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + left-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + right-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + button-left-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + button-middle-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + button-right-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - scan-interval-ms + - up-gpios + - down-gpios + - left-gpios + - right-gpios + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + gpio-mouse { + compatible = "gpio-mouse"; + scan-interval-ms = <50>; + up-gpios = <&gpio0 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + down-gpios = <&gpio0 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + left-gpios = <&gpio0 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + right-gpios = <&gpio0 3 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + button-left-gpios = <&gpio0 4 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + button-middle-gpios = <&gpio0 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + button-right-gpios = <&gpio0 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/iqs269a.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/iqs269a.yaml index 3c430d3859..2c3f693b89 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/iqs269a.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/iqs269a.yaml @@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ title: Azoteq IQS269A Capacitive Touch Controller maintainers: - Jeff LaBundy +allOf: + - $ref: input.yaml# + description: | The Azoteq IQS269A is an 8-channel capacitive touch controller that features additional Hall-effect and inductive sensing capabilities. @@ -17,7 +20,10 @@ description: | properties: compatible: - const: azoteq,iqs269a + enum: + - azoteq,iqs269a + - azoteq,iqs269a-00 + - azoteq,iqs269a-d0 reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -204,6 +210,73 @@ properties: default: 1 description: Specifies the slider coordinate filter strength. + azoteq,touch-hold-ms: + multipleOf: 256 + minimum: 256 + maximum: 65280 + default: 5120 + description: + Specifies the length of time (in ms) for which the channel selected by + 'azoteq,gpio3-select' must be held in a state of touch in order for an + approximately 60-ms pulse to be asserted on the GPIO4 pin. + + linux,keycodes: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 8 + description: | + Specifies the numeric keycodes associated with each available gesture in + the following order (enter 0 for unused gestures): + 0: Slider 0 tap + 1: Slider 0 hold + 2: Slider 0 positive flick or swipe + 3: Slider 0 negative flick or swipe + 4: Slider 1 tap + 5: Slider 1 hold + 6: Slider 1 positive flick or swipe + 7: Slider 1 negative flick or swipe + + azoteq,gesture-swipe: + type: boolean + description: + Directs the device to interpret axial gestures as a swipe (finger remains + on slider) instead of a flick (finger leaves slider). + + azoteq,timeout-tap-ms: + multipleOf: 16 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 4080 + default: 400 + description: + Specifies the length of time (in ms) within which a slider touch must be + released in order to be interpreted as a tap. Default and maximum values + as well as step size are reduced by a factor of 4 with device version 2. + + azoteq,timeout-swipe-ms: + multipleOf: 16 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 4080 + default: 2000 + description: + Specifies the length of time (in ms) within which an axial gesture must be + completed in order to be interpreted as a flick or swipe. Default and max- + imum values as well as step size are reduced by a factor of 4 with device + version 2. + + azoteq,thresh-swipe: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 255 + default: 128 + description: + Specifies the number of points across which an axial gesture must travel + in order to be interpreted as a flick or swipe. + +dependencies: + azoteq,gesture-swipe: ["linux,keycodes"] + azoteq,timeout-tap-ms: ["linux,keycodes"] + azoteq,timeout-swipe-ms: ["linux,keycodes"] + azoteq,thresh-swipe: ["linux,keycodes"] + patternProperties: "^channel@[0-7]$": type: object @@ -454,6 +527,21 @@ patternProperties: additionalProperties: false +if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - azoteq,iqs269a-d0 +then: + patternProperties: + "^channel@[0-7]$": + properties: + azoteq,slider1-select: false +else: + properties: + azoteq,touch-hold-ms: false + required: - compatible - reg @@ -484,6 +572,14 @@ examples: azoteq,hall-enable; azoteq,suspend-mode = <2>; + linux,keycodes = , + , + , + ; + + azoteq,timeout-tap-ms = <400>; + azoteq,timeout-swipe-ms = <800>; + channel@0 { reg = <0x0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/mediatek,pmic-keys.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/mediatek,pmic-keys.yaml index e34c9e78d3..70567d92c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/mediatek,pmic-keys.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/mediatek,pmic-keys.yaml @@ -90,26 +90,4 @@ required: unevaluatedProperties: false -examples: - - | - #include - #include - - pmic { - compatible = "mediatek,mt6397"; - - keys { - compatible = "mediatek,mt6397-keys"; - mediatek,long-press-mode = <1>; - power-off-time-sec = <0>; - - key-power { - linux,keycodes = ; - wakeup-source; - }; - - key-home { - linux,keycodes = ; - }; - }; - }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/microchip,cap11xx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/microchip,cap11xx.yaml index 5b5d4f7d34..7ade03f1b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/microchip,cap11xx.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/microchip,cap11xx.yaml @@ -45,13 +45,13 @@ properties: Enables the Linux input system's autorepeat feature on the input device. linux,keycodes: - minItems: 6 - maxItems: 6 + minItems: 3 + maxItems: 8 description: | Specifies an array of numeric keycode values to be used for the channels. If this property is omitted, KEY_A, KEY_B, etc are used as defaults. - The array must have exactly six entries. + The number of entries must correspond to the number of channels. microchip,sensor-gain: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 @@ -70,6 +70,59 @@ properties: open drain. This property allows using the active high push-pull output. + microchip,sensitivity-delta-sense: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + default: 32 + enum: [1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128] + description: + Controls the sensitivity multiplier of a touch detection. + Higher value means more sensitive settings. + At the more sensitive settings, touches are detected for a smaller delta + capacitance corresponding to a "lighter" touch. + + microchip,signal-guard: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + minItems: 3 + maxItems: 8 + items: + enum: [0, 1] + description: | + 0 - off + 1 - on + The signal guard isolates the signal from virtual grounds. + If enabled then the behavior of the channel is changed to signal guard. + The number of entries must correspond to the number of channels. + + microchip,input-threshold: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + minItems: 3 + maxItems: 8 + items: + minimum: 0 + maximum: 127 + description: + Specifies the delta threshold that is used to determine if a touch has + been detected. A higher value means a larger difference in capacitance + is required for a touch to be registered, making the touch sensor less + sensitive. + The number of entries must correspond to the number of channels. + + microchip,calib-sensitivity: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + minItems: 3 + maxItems: 8 + items: + enum: [1, 2, 4] + description: | + Specifies an array of numeric values that controls the gain + used by the calibration routine to enable sensor inputs + to be more sensitive for proximity detection. + Gain is based on touch pad capacitance range + 1 - 5-50pF + 2 - 0-25pF + 4 - 0-12.5pF + The number of entries must correspond to the number of channels. + patternProperties: "^led@[0-7]$": type: object @@ -99,10 +152,29 @@ allOf: contains: enum: - microchip,cap1106 + - microchip,cap1203 + - microchip,cap1206 + - microchip,cap1293 + - microchip,cap1298 then: patternProperties: "^led@[0-7]$": false + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - microchip,cap1106 + - microchip,cap1126 + - microchip,cap1188 + - microchip,cap1203 + - microchip,cap1206 + then: + properties: + microchip,signal-guard: false + microchip,calib-sensitivity: false + required: - compatible - interrupts @@ -122,6 +194,8 @@ examples: reg = <0x28>; autorepeat; microchip,sensor-gain = <2>; + microchip,sensitivity-delta-sense = <16>; + microchip,input-threshold = <21>, <18>, <46>, <46>, <46>, <21>; linux,keycodes = <103>, /* KEY_UP */ <106>, /* KEY_RIGHT */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/sprd,sc27xx-vibrator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/sprd,sc27xx-vibrator.yaml index a401a0bfcb..4c8d303ff9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/sprd,sc27xx-vibrator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/sprd,sc27xx-vibrator.yaml @@ -28,21 +28,4 @@ required: additionalProperties: false -examples: - - | - #include - sc2731_pmic: pmic@0 { - compatible = "sprd,sc2731"; - reg = <0 0>; - spi-max-frequency = <26000000>; - interrupts = ; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - vibrator@eb4 { - compatible = "sprd,sc2731-vibrator"; - reg = <0xeb4>; - }; - }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2665.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2665.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1ba97ac043..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2665.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -* Texas Instruments - drv2665 Haptics driver - -Required properties: - - compatible - "ti,drv2665" - DRV2665 - - reg - I2C slave address - - vbat-supply - Required supply regulator - -Example: - -haptics: haptics@59 { - compatible = "ti,drv2665"; - reg = <0x59>; - vbat-supply = <&vbat>; -}; - -For more product information please see the link below: -http://www.ti.com/product/drv2665 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2667.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2667.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 996382cf99..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv2667.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -* Texas Instruments - drv2667 Haptics driver - -Required properties: - - compatible - "ti,drv2667" - DRV2667 - - reg - I2C slave address - - vbat-supply - Required supply regulator - -Example: - -haptics: haptics@59 { - compatible = "ti,drv2667"; - reg = <0x59>; - vbat-supply = <&vbat>; -}; - -For more product information please see the link below: -http://www.ti.com/product/drv2667 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv266x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv266x.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..da18188243 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ti,drv266x.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/input/ti,drv266x.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Texas Instruments - drv266x Haptics driver + +description: | + Product Page: + http://www.ti.com/product/drv2665 + http://www.ti.com/product/drv2667 + +maintainers: + - Anshul Dalal + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - ti,drv2665 + - ti,drv2667 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + vbat-supply: + description: Required supply regulator + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - vbat-supply + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + haptics@59 { + compatible = "ti,drv2667"; + reg = <0x59>; + vbat-supply = <&vbat>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/neonode,zforce.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/neonode,zforce.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c2ee89b76e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/neonode,zforce.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/input/touchscreen/neonode,zforce.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Neonode infrared touchscreen controller + +maintainers: + - Heiko Stuebner + +allOf: + - $ref: touchscreen.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: neonode,zforce + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + irq-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + x-size: + deprecated: true + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + + y-size: + deprecated: true + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + + vdd-supply: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - reset-gpios + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + touchscreen@50 { + compatible = "neonode,zforce"; + reg = <0x50>; + interrupts = <2 0>; + vdd-supply = <®_zforce_vdd>; + + reset-gpios = <&gpio5 9 0>; /* RST */ + irq-gpios = <&gpio5 6 0>; /* IRQ, optional */ + + touchscreen-min-x = <0>; + touchscreen-size-x = <800>; + touchscreen-min-y = <0>; + touchscreen-size-y = <600>; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/samsung,s6sy761.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/samsung,s6sy761.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 6805d10d22..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/samsung,s6sy761.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -* Samsung S6SY761 touchscreen controller - -Required properties: -- compatible : must be "samsung,s6sy761" -- reg : I2C slave address, (e.g. 0x48) -- interrupts : interrupt specification -- avdd-supply : analogic power supply -- vdd-supply : power supply - -Optional properties: -- touchscreen-size-x : see touchscreen.txt. This property is embedded in the - device. If defined it forces a different x resolution. -- touchscreen-size-y : see touchscreen.txt. This property is embedded in the - device. If defined it forces a different y resolution. - -Example: - -i2c@00000000 { - - /* ... */ - - touchscreen@48 { - compatible = "samsung,s6sy761"; - reg = <0x48>; - interrupt-parent = <&gpa1>; - interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; - avdd-supply = <&ldo30_reg>; - vdd-supply = <&ldo31_reg>; - touchscreen-size-x = <4096>; - touchscreen-size-y = <4096>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/samsung,s6sy761.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/samsung,s6sy761.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1ffd17af3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/samsung,s6sy761.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/input/touchscreen/samsung,s6sy761.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Samsung S6SY761 touchscreen controller + +maintainers: + - Andi Shyti + +allOf: + - $ref: touchscreen.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: samsung,s6sy761 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + avdd-supply: true + vdd-supply: true + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - avdd-supply + - vdd-supply + +examples: + - | + #include + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + touchscreen@48 { + compatible = "samsung,s6sy761"; + reg = <0x48>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpa1>; + interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + avdd-supply = <&ldo30_reg>; + vdd-supply = <&ldo31_reg>; + touchscreen-size-x = <4096>; + touchscreen-size-y = <4096>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e3c27c4fd9..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/zforce_ts.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -* Neonode infrared touchscreen controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: must be "neonode,zforce" -- reg: I2C address of the chip -- interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected -- reset-gpios: reset gpio the chip is connected to -- x-size: horizontal resolution of touchscreen -- y-size: vertical resolution of touchscreen - -Optional properties: -- irq-gpios : interrupt gpio the chip is connected to -- vdd-supply: Regulator controlling the controller supply - -Example: - - i2c@00000000 { - /* ... */ - - zforce_ts@50 { - compatible = "neonode,zforce"; - reg = <0x50>; - interrupts = <2 0>; - vdd-supply = <®_zforce_vdd>; - - reset-gpios = <&gpio5 9 0>; /* RST */ - irq-gpios = <&gpio5 6 0>; /* IRQ, optional */ - - x-size = <800>; - y-size = <600>; - }; - - /* ... */ - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,msm8998-bwmon.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,msm8998-bwmon.yaml index 73f809cdb7..05067e197a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,msm8998-bwmon.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,msm8998-bwmon.yaml @@ -25,13 +25,16 @@ properties: - const: qcom,msm8998-bwmon # BWMON v4 - items: - enum: + - qcom,qcm2290-cpu-bwmon - qcom,sc7180-cpu-bwmon - qcom,sc7280-cpu-bwmon - qcom,sc8280xp-cpu-bwmon - qcom,sdm845-cpu-bwmon + - qcom,sm6115-cpu-bwmon - qcom,sm6350-llcc-bwmon - qcom,sm8250-cpu-bwmon - qcom,sm8550-cpu-bwmon + - qcom,sm8650-cpu-bwmon - const: qcom,sdm845-bwmon # BWMON v4, unified register space - items: - enum: @@ -40,6 +43,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sm6350-cpu-bwmon - qcom,sm8250-llcc-bwmon - qcom,sm8550-llcc-bwmon + - qcom,sm8650-llcc-bwmon - const: qcom,sc7280-llcc-bwmon - const: qcom,sc7280-llcc-bwmon # BWMON v5 - const: qcom,sdm845-llcc-bwmon # BWMON v5 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,sm6115.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,sm6115.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..14b1a0b08e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,sm6115.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/interconnect/qcom,sm6115.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm SM6115 Network-On-Chip interconnect + +maintainers: + - Konrad Dybcio + +description: + The Qualcomm SM6115 interconnect providers support adjusting the + bandwidth requirements between the various NoC fabrics. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,sm6115-bimc + - qcom,sm6115-cnoc + - qcom,sm6115-snoc + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 4 + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 4 + +# Child node's properties +patternProperties: + '^interconnect-[a-z0-9]+$': + type: object + description: + The interconnect providers do not have a separate QoS register space, + but share parent's space. + + $ref: qcom,rpm-common.yaml# + + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,sm6115-clk-virt + - qcom,sm6115-mmrt-virt + - qcom,sm6115-mmnrt-virt + + required: + - compatible + + unevaluatedProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,rpm-common.yaml# + - if: + properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm6115-cnoc + + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: USB-NoC AXI clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: usb_axi + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm6115-snoc + + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: CPU-NoC AXI clock. + - description: UFS-NoC AXI clock. + - description: USB-NoC AXI clock. + - description: IPA clock. + + clock-names: + items: + - const: cpu_axi + - const: ufs_axi + - const: usb_axi + - const: ipa + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,sm6115-bimc + - qcom,sm6115-clk-virt + - qcom,sm6115-mmrt-virt + - qcom,sm6115-mmnrt-virt + + then: + properties: + clocks: false + clock-names: false + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + + snoc: interconnect@1880000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm6115-snoc"; + reg = <0x01880000 0x60200>; + clocks = <&gcc GCC_SYS_NOC_CPUSS_AHB_CLK>, + <&gcc GCC_SYS_NOC_UFS_PHY_AXI_CLK>, + <&gcc GCC_SYS_NOC_USB3_PRIM_AXI_CLK>, + <&rpmcc RPM_SMD_IPA_CLK>; + clock-names = "cpu_axi", + "ufs_axi", + "usb_axi", + "ipa"; + #interconnect-cells = <1>; + + qup_virt: interconnect-clk { + compatible = "qcom,sm6115-clk-virt"; + #interconnect-cells = <1>; + }; + + mmnrt_virt: interconnect-mmnrt { + compatible = "qcom,sm6115-mmnrt-virt"; + #interconnect-cells = <1>; + }; + + mmrt_virt: interconnect-mmrt { + compatible = "qcom,sm6115-mmrt-virt"; + #interconnect-cells = <1>; + }; + }; + + cnoc: interconnect@1900000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm6115-cnoc"; + reg = <0x01900000 0x8200>; + #interconnect-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,sm8650-rpmh.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,sm8650-rpmh.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f9322de7cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,sm8650-rpmh.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/interconnect/qcom,sm8650-rpmh.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm RPMh Network-On-Chip Interconnect on SM8650 + +maintainers: + - Abel Vesa + - Neil Armstrong + +description: | + RPMh interconnect providers support system bandwidth requirements through + RPMh hardware accelerators known as Bus Clock Manager (BCM). The provider is + able to communicate with the BCM through the Resource State Coordinator (RSC) + associated with each execution environment. Provider nodes must point to at + least one RPMh device child node pertaining to their RSC and each provider + can map to multiple RPMh resources. + + See also:: include/dt-bindings/interconnect/qcom,sm8650-rpmh.h + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,sm8650-aggre1-noc + - qcom,sm8650-aggre2-noc + - qcom,sm8650-clk-virt + - qcom,sm8650-cnoc-main + - qcom,sm8650-config-noc + - qcom,sm8650-gem-noc + - qcom,sm8650-lpass-ag-noc + - qcom,sm8650-lpass-lpiaon-noc + - qcom,sm8650-lpass-lpicx-noc + - qcom,sm8650-mc-virt + - qcom,sm8650-mmss-noc + - qcom,sm8650-nsp-noc + - qcom,sm8650-pcie-anoc + - qcom,sm8650-system-noc + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + +required: + - compatible + +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,rpmh-common.yaml# + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - qcom,sm8650-clk-virt + - qcom,sm8650-mc-virt + then: + properties: + reg: false + else: + required: + - reg + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - qcom,sm8650-pcie-anoc + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: aggre-NOC PCIe AXI clock + - description: cfg-NOC PCIe a-NOC AHB clock + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - qcom,sm8650-aggre1-noc + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: aggre UFS PHY AXI clock + - description: aggre USB3 PRIM AXI clock + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - qcom,sm8650-aggre2-noc + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: RPMH CC IPA clock + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - qcom,sm8650-aggre1-noc + - qcom,sm8650-aggre2-noc + - qcom,sm8650-pcie-anoc + then: + required: + - clocks + else: + properties: + clocks: false + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + clk_virt: interconnect-0 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8650-clk-virt"; + #interconnect-cells = <2>; + qcom,bcm-voters = <&apps_bcm_voter>; + }; + + aggre1_noc: interconnect@16e0000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8650-aggre1-noc"; + reg = <0x016e0000 0x14400>; + #interconnect-cells = <2>; + clocks = <&gcc_phy_axi_clk>, <&gcc_prim_axi_clk>; + qcom,bcm-voters = <&apps_bcm_voter>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,x1e80100-rpmh.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,x1e80100-rpmh.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08b0210e0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,x1e80100-rpmh.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/interconnect/qcom,x1e80100-rpmh.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm RPMh Network-On-Chip Interconnect on X1E80100 + +maintainers: + - Rajendra Nayak + - Abel Vesa + +description: | + RPMh interconnect providers support system bandwidth requirements through + RPMh hardware accelerators known as Bus Clock Manager (BCM). The provider is + able to communicate with the BCM through the Resource State Coordinator (RSC) + associated with each execution environment. Provider nodes must point to at + least one RPMh device child node pertaining to their RSC and each provider + can map to multiple RPMh resources. + + See also:: include/dt-bindings/interconnect/qcom,x1e80100-rpmh.h + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,x1e80100-aggre1-noc + - qcom,x1e80100-aggre2-noc + - qcom,x1e80100-clk-virt + - qcom,x1e80100-cnoc-cfg + - qcom,x1e80100-cnoc-main + - qcom,x1e80100-gem-noc + - qcom,x1e80100-lpass-ag-noc + - qcom,x1e80100-lpass-lpiaon-noc + - qcom,x1e80100-lpass-lpicx-noc + - qcom,x1e80100-mc-virt + - qcom,x1e80100-mmss-noc + - qcom,x1e80100-nsp-noc + - qcom,x1e80100-pcie-center-anoc + - qcom,x1e80100-pcie-north-anoc + - qcom,x1e80100-pcie-south-anoc + - qcom,x1e80100-system-noc + - qcom,x1e80100-usb-center-anoc + - qcom,x1e80100-usb-north-anoc + - qcom,x1e80100-usb-south-anoc + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,rpmh-common.yaml# + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - qcom,x1e80100-clk-virt + - qcom,x1e80100-mc-virt + then: + properties: + reg: false + else: + required: + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + clk_virt: interconnect-0 { + compatible = "qcom,x1e80100-clk-virt"; + #interconnect-cells = <2>; + qcom,bcm-voters = <&apps_bcm_voter>; + }; + + aggre1_noc: interconnect@16e0000 { + compatible = "qcom,x1e80100-aggre1-noc"; + reg = <0x016e0000 0x14400>; + #interconnect-cells = <2>; + qcom,bcm-voters = <&apps_bcm_voter>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/loongson,liointc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/loongson,liointc.yaml index 00b570c829..60441f0c5d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/loongson,liointc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/loongson,liointc.yaml @@ -11,8 +11,13 @@ maintainers: description: | This interrupt controller is found in the Loongson-3 family of chips and - Loongson-2K1000 chip, as the primary package interrupt controller which + Loongson-2K series chips, as the primary package interrupt controller which can route local I/O interrupt to interrupt lines of cores. + Be aware of the following points. + 1.The Loongson-2K0500 is a single core CPU; + 2.The Loongson-2K0500/2K1000 has 64 device interrupt sources as inputs, so we + need to define two nodes in dts{i} to describe the "0-31" and "32-61" interrupt + sources respectively. allOf: - $ref: /schemas/interrupt-controller.yaml# @@ -33,6 +38,7 @@ properties: - const: main - const: isr0 - const: isr1 + minItems: 2 interrupt-controller: true @@ -45,11 +51,9 @@ properties: interrupt-names: description: List of names for the parent interrupts. items: - - const: int0 - - const: int1 - - const: int2 - - const: int3 + pattern: int[0-3] minItems: 1 + maxItems: 4 '#interrupt-cells': const: 2 @@ -69,6 +73,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg - interrupts + - interrupt-names - interrupt-controller - '#interrupt-cells' - loongson,parent_int_map @@ -86,7 +91,8 @@ if: then: properties: reg: - minItems: 3 + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 3 required: - reg-names diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,mpm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,mpm.yaml index 6a206111d4..ebb40c4895 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,mpm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,mpm.yaml @@ -29,6 +29,12 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 description: Specifies the base address and size of vMPM registers in RPM MSG RAM. + deprecated: true + + qcom,rpm-msg-ram: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + Phandle to the APSS MPM slice of the RPM Message RAM interrupts: maxItems: 1 @@ -67,34 +73,46 @@ properties: required: - compatible - - reg - interrupts - mboxes - interrupt-controller - '#interrupt-cells' - qcom,mpm-pin-count - qcom,mpm-pin-map + - qcom,rpm-msg-ram additionalProperties: false examples: - | #include - mpm: interrupt-controller@45f01b8 { - compatible = "qcom,mpm"; - interrupts = ; - reg = <0x45f01b8 0x1000>; - mboxes = <&apcs_glb 1>; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - interrupt-parent = <&intc>; - qcom,mpm-pin-count = <96>; - qcom,mpm-pin-map = <2 275>, - <5 296>, - <12 422>, - <24 79>, - <86 183>, - <90 260>, - <91 260>; - #power-domain-cells = <0>; + + remoteproc-rpm { + compatible = "qcom,msm8998-rpm-proc", "qcom,rpm-proc"; + + glink-edge { + compatible = "qcom,glink-rpm"; + + interrupts = ; + qcom,rpm-msg-ram = <&rpm_msg_ram>; + mboxes = <&apcs_glb 0>; + }; + + mpm: interrupt-controller { + compatible = "qcom,mpm"; + qcom,rpm-msg-ram = <&apss_mpm>; + interrupts = ; + mboxes = <&apcs_glb 1>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + qcom,mpm-pin-count = <96>; + qcom,mpm-pin-map = <2 275>, + <5 296>, + <12 422>, + <24 79>, + <86 183>, + <91 260>; + #power-domain-cells = <0>; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.yaml index 86d61896f5..4bdc832190 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.yaml @@ -35,12 +35,16 @@ properties: - qcom,sdm845-pdc - qcom,sdx55-pdc - qcom,sdx65-pdc + - qcom,sdx75-pdc - qcom,sm4450-pdc - qcom,sm6350-pdc - qcom,sm8150-pdc - qcom,sm8250-pdc - qcom,sm8350-pdc - qcom,sm8450-pdc + - qcom,sm8550-pdc + - qcom,sm8650-pdc + - qcom,x1e80100-pdc - const: qcom,pdc reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,rzg2l-irqc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,rzg2l-irqc.yaml index 2ef3081eaa..d3b5aec0a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,rzg2l-irqc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,rzg2l-irqc.yaml @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ properties: - renesas,r9a07g043u-irqc # RZ/G2UL - renesas,r9a07g044-irqc # RZ/G2{L,LC} - renesas,r9a07g054-irqc # RZ/V2L + - renesas,r9a08g045-irqc # RZ/G3S - const: renesas,rzg2l-irqc '#interrupt-cells': @@ -167,7 +168,9 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: contains: - const: renesas,r9a07g043u-irqc + enum: + - renesas,r9a07g043u-irqc + - renesas,r9a08g045-irqc then: properties: interrupts: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.yaml index 0c07e8dda4..709b221127 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.yaml @@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ properties: - enum: - allwinner,sun20i-d1-plic - sophgo,cv1800b-plic + - sophgo,cv1812h-plic - sophgo,sg2042-plic - thead,th1520-plic - const: thead,c900-plic diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,stih407-irq-syscfg.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,stih407-irq-syscfg.yaml index 2b153d7c54..e44e4e5708 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,stih407-irq-syscfg.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,stih407-irq-syscfg.yaml @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ examples: - | #include irq-syscfg { - compatible = "st,stih407-irq-syscfg"; - st,syscfg = <&syscfg_cpu>; + compatible = "st,stih407-irq-syscfg"; + st,syscfg = <&syscfg_cpu>; st,irq-device = , ; st,fiq-device = , diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/apple,dart.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/apple,dart.yaml index 903edf85d7..7adb1de455 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/apple,dart.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/apple,dart.yaml @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - apple,t8103-dart + - apple,t8103-usb4-dart - apple,t8110-dart - apple,t6000-dart diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.yaml index aa9e1c0895..38c48131e6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.yaml @@ -56,6 +56,8 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8350-smmu-500 - qcom,sm8450-smmu-500 - qcom,sm8550-smmu-500 + - qcom,sm8650-smmu-500 + - qcom,x1e80100-smmu-500 - const: qcom,smmu-500 - const: arm,mmu-500 @@ -89,6 +91,8 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8150-smmu-500 - qcom,sm8250-smmu-500 - qcom,sm8350-smmu-500 + - qcom,sm8450-smmu-500 + - qcom,sm8550-smmu-500 - const: qcom,adreno-smmu - const: qcom,smmu-500 - const: arm,mmu-500 @@ -429,6 +433,30 @@ allOf: - description: interface clock required to access smmu's registers through the TCU's programming interface. + - if: + properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - qcom,sm8350-smmu-500 + - const: qcom,adreno-smmu + - const: qcom,smmu-500 + - const: arm,mmu-500 + then: + properties: + clock-names: + items: + - const: bus + - const: iface + - const: ahb + - const: hlos1_vote_gpu_smmu + - const: cx_gmu + - const: hub_cx_int + - const: hub_aon + clocks: + minItems: 7 + maxItems: 7 + - if: properties: compatible: @@ -453,6 +481,59 @@ allOf: - description: Voter clock required for HLOS SMMU access - description: Interface clock required for register access + - if: + properties: + compatible: + items: + - const: qcom,sm8450-smmu-500 + - const: qcom,adreno-smmu + - const: qcom,smmu-500 + - const: arm,mmu-500 + + then: + properties: + clock-names: + items: + - const: gmu + - const: hub + - const: hlos + - const: bus + - const: iface + - const: ahb + + clocks: + items: + - description: GMU clock + - description: GPU HUB clock + - description: HLOS vote clock + - description: GPU memory bus clock + - description: GPU SNoC bus clock + - description: GPU AHB clock + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + items: + - const: qcom,sm8550-smmu-500 + - const: qcom,adreno-smmu + - const: qcom,smmu-500 + - const: arm,mmu-500 + then: + properties: + clock-names: + items: + - const: hlos + - const: bus + - const: iface + - const: ahb + + clocks: + items: + - description: HLOS vote clock + - description: GPU memory bus clock + - description: GPU SNoC bus clock + - description: GPU AHB clock + # Disallow clocks for all other platforms with specific compatibles - if: properties: @@ -472,9 +553,8 @@ allOf: - qcom,sdx65-smmu-500 - qcom,sm6350-smmu-500 - qcom,sm6375-smmu-500 - - qcom,sm8350-smmu-500 - - qcom,sm8450-smmu-500 - - qcom,sm8550-smmu-500 + - qcom,sm8650-smmu-500 + - qcom,x1e80100-smmu-500 then: properties: clock-names: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.yaml index ba9124f721..621dde0e45 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.yaml @@ -19,9 +19,14 @@ description: |+ properties: compatible: - enum: - - rockchip,iommu - - rockchip,rk3568-iommu + oneOf: + - enum: + - rockchip,iommu + - rockchip,rk3568-iommu + - items: + - enum: + - rockchip,rk3588-iommu + - const: rockchip,rk3568-iommu reg: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/allwinner,sun50i-a100-ledc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/allwinner,sun50i-a100-ledc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..760cb336dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/allwinner,sun50i-a100-ledc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/leds/allwinner,sun50i-a100-ledc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Allwinner A100 LED Controller + +maintainers: + - Samuel Holland + +description: + The LED controller found in Allwinner sunxi SoCs uses a one-wire serial + interface to drive up to 1024 RGB LEDs. + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - const: allwinner,sun50i-a100-ledc + - items: + - enum: + - allwinner,sun20i-d1-ledc + - allwinner,sun50i-r329-ledc + - const: allwinner,sun50i-a100-ledc + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + "#address-cells": + const: 1 + + "#size-cells": + const: 0 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: Bus clock + - description: Module clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: bus + - const: mod + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + dmas: + maxItems: 1 + description: TX DMA channel + + dma-names: + const: tx + + allwinner,pixel-format: + description: Pixel format (subpixel transmission order), default is "grb" + enum: + - bgr + - brg + - gbr + - grb + - rbg + - rgb + + allwinner,t0h-ns: + default: 336 + description: Length of high pulse when transmitting a "0" bit + + allwinner,t0l-ns: + default: 840 + description: Length of low pulse when transmitting a "0" bit + + allwinner,t1h-ns: + default: 882 + description: Length of high pulse when transmitting a "1" bit + + allwinner,t1l-ns: + default: 294 + description: Length of low pulse when transmitting a "1" bit + + allwinner,treset-ns: + default: 300000 + description: Minimum delay between transmission frames + +patternProperties: + "^multi-led@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + $ref: leds-class-multicolor.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + properties: + reg: + minimum: 0 + maximum: 1023 + description: Index of the LED in the series (must be contiguous) + + required: + - reg + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - clocks + - clock-names + - resets + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + + ledc: led-controller@2008000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun20i-d1-ledc", + "allwinner,sun50i-a100-ledc"; + reg = <0x2008000 0x400>; + interrupts = <36 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&ccu 12>, <&ccu 34>; + clock-names = "bus", "mod"; + resets = <&ccu 12>; + dmas = <&dma 42>; + dma-names = "tx"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + multi-led@0 { + reg = <0x0>; + color = ; + function = LED_FUNCTION_INDICATOR; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/awinic,aw200xx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/awinic,aw200xx.yaml index feb5febaf3..54d6d1f08e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/awinic,aw200xx.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/awinic,aw200xx.yaml @@ -10,15 +10,19 @@ maintainers: - Martin Kurbanov description: | - This controller is present on AW20036/AW20054/AW20072. - It is a 3x12/6x9/6x12 matrix LED programmed via - an I2C interface, up to 36/54/72 LEDs or 12/18/24 RGBs, - 3 pattern controllers for auto breathing or group dimming control. + It is a matrix LED driver programmed via an I2C interface. Devices have + a set of individually controlled leds and support 3 pattern controllers + for auto breathing or group dimming control. Supported devices: + - AW20036 (3x12) 36 LEDs + - AW20054 (6x9) 54 LEDs + - AW20072 (6x12) 72 LEDs + - AW20108 (9x12) 108 LEDs For more product information please see the link below: aw20036 - https://www.awinic.com/en/productDetail/AW20036QNR#tech-docs aw20054 - https://www.awinic.com/en/productDetail/AW20054QNR#tech-docs aw20072 - https://www.awinic.com/en/productDetail/AW20072QNR#tech-docs + aw20108 - https://www.awinic.com/en/productDetail/AW20108QNR#tech-docs properties: compatible: @@ -26,6 +30,7 @@ properties: - awinic,aw20036 - awinic,aw20054 - awinic,aw20072 + - awinic,aw20108 reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -36,13 +41,11 @@ properties: "#size-cells": const: 0 - awinic,display-rows: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: - Leds matrix size + enable-gpios: + maxItems: 1 patternProperties: - "^led@[0-9a-f]$": + "^led@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object $ref: common.yaml# unevaluatedProperties: false @@ -60,16 +63,11 @@ patternProperties: since the chip has a single global setting. The maximum output current of each LED is calculated by the following formula: - IMAXled = 160000 * (592 / 600.5) * (1 / display-rows) + IMAXled = 160000 * (592 / 600.5) * (1 / max-current-switch-number) And the minimum output current formula: - IMINled = 3300 * (592 / 600.5) * (1 / display-rows) - -required: - - compatible - - reg - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - - awinic,display-rows + IMINled = 3300 * (592 / 600.5) * (1 / max-current-switch-number) + where max-current-switch-number is determinated by led configuration + and depends on how leds are physically connected to the led driver. allOf: - if: @@ -78,18 +76,67 @@ allOf: contains: const: awinic,aw20036 then: + patternProperties: + "^led@[0-9a-f]+$": + properties: + reg: + items: + minimum: 0 + maximum: 36 + + - if: properties: - awinic,display-rows: - enum: [1, 2, 3] - else: + compatible: + contains: + const: awinic,aw20054 + then: + patternProperties: + "^led@[0-9a-f]+$": + properties: + reg: + items: + minimum: 0 + maximum: 54 + + - if: properties: - awinic,display-rows: - enum: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + compatible: + contains: + const: awinic,aw20072 + then: + patternProperties: + "^led@[0-9a-f]+$": + properties: + reg: + items: + minimum: 0 + maximum: 72 + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: awinic,aw20108 + then: + patternProperties: + "^led@[0-9a-f]+$": + properties: + reg: + items: + minimum: 0 + maximum: 108 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - "#address-cells" + - "#size-cells" additionalProperties: false examples: - | + #include #include i2c { @@ -101,7 +148,7 @@ examples: reg = <0x3a>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; - awinic,display-rows = <3>; + enable-gpios = <&gpio 3 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; led@0 { reg = <0x0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/mps,mp3309c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/mps,mp3309c.yaml index 4191e33626..527a37368e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/mps,mp3309c.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/mps,mp3309c.yaml @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ description: | programmable switching frequency to optimize efficiency. It supports two different dimming modes: - - analog mode, via I2C commands (default) - - PWM controlled mode. + - analog mode, via I2C commands, as default mode (32 dimming levels) + - PWM controlled mode (optional) The datasheet is available at: https://www.monolithicpower.com/en/mp3309c.html @@ -50,8 +50,6 @@ properties: required: - compatible - reg - - max-brightness - - default-brightness unevaluatedProperties: false @@ -66,8 +64,8 @@ examples: compatible = "mps,mp3309c"; reg = <0x17>; pwms = <&pwm1 0 3333333 0>; /* 300 Hz --> (1/f) * 1*10^9 */ - max-brightness = <100>; - default-brightness = <80>; + brightness-levels = <0 4 8 16 32 64 128 255>; + default-brightness = <6>; mps,overvoltage-protection-microvolt = <24000000>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.yaml index c8d0ba5f23..55a8d1385e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.yaml @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ properties: Note that this flag is mainly used for PWM-LEDs, where it is not possible to map brightness to current. Drivers for other controllers should use led-max-microamp. - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#definitions/uint32 + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 panic-indicator: description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/qcom,spmi-flash-led.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/qcom,spmi-flash-led.yaml index a8736fd5a5..1ba607685f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/qcom,spmi-flash-led.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/qcom,spmi-flash-led.yaml @@ -89,9 +89,11 @@ additionalProperties: false examples: - | #include - spmi { + + pmic { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; + led-controller@ee00 { compatible = "qcom,pm8350c-flash-led", "qcom,spmi-flash-led"; reg = <0xee00>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/loongarch/cpus.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/loongarch/cpus.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f175872995 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/loongarch/cpus.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/loongarch/cpus.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: LoongArch CPUs + +maintainers: + - Binbin Zhou + +description: + This document describes the list of LoongArch CPU cores that support FDT, + it describe the layout of CPUs in a system through the "cpus" node. + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/cpu.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - loongson,la264 + - loongson,la364 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + cpus { + #size-cells = <0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + + cpu@0 { + compatible = "loongson,la264"; + device_type = "cpu"; + reg = <0>; + clocks = <&clk LOONGSON2_NODE_CLK>; + }; + + cpu@1 { + compatible = "loongson,la264"; + device_type = "cpu"; + reg = <1>; + clocks = <&clk LOONGSON2_NODE_CLK>; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/loongarch/loongson.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/loongarch/loongson.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e1a4a97b75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/loongarch/loongson.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/loongarch/loongson.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Loongson SoC-based boards + +maintainers: + - Binbin Zhou + +properties: + $nodename: + const: '/' + compatible: + oneOf: + - description: Loongson-2K0500 processor based boards + items: + - const: loongson,ls2k0500-ref + - const: loongson,ls2k0500 + + - description: Loongson-2K1000 processor based boards + items: + - const: loongson,ls2k1000-ref + - const: loongson,ls2k1000 + + - description: Loongson-2K2000 processor based boards + items: + - const: loongson,ls2k2000-ref + - const: loongson,ls2k2000 + +additionalProperties: true + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.yaml index a38413f8d1..79eb523b84 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.yaml @@ -23,6 +23,24 @@ properties: - qcom,ipq8074-apcs-apps-global - qcom,ipq9574-apcs-apps-global - const: qcom,ipq6018-apcs-apps-global + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,qcs404-apcs-apps-global + - const: qcom,msm8916-apcs-kpss-global + - const: syscon + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,msm8976-apcs-kpss-global + - const: qcom,msm8994-apcs-kpss-global + - const: syscon + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,msm8998-apcs-hmss-global + - qcom,sdm660-apcs-hmss-global + - qcom,sm4250-apcs-hmss-global + - qcom,sm6115-apcs-hmss-global + - qcom,sm6125-apcs-hmss-global + - const: qcom,msm8994-apcs-kpss-global - items: - enum: - qcom,sc7180-apss-shared @@ -34,22 +52,14 @@ properties: - qcom,msm8916-apcs-kpss-global - qcom,msm8939-apcs-kpss-global - qcom,msm8953-apcs-kpss-global - - qcom,msm8976-apcs-kpss-global - qcom,msm8994-apcs-kpss-global - - qcom,qcs404-apcs-apps-global - qcom,sdx55-apcs-gcc - const: syscon - enum: - qcom,ipq6018-apcs-apps-global - - qcom,ipq8074-apcs-apps-global - qcom,msm8996-apcs-hmss-global - - qcom,msm8998-apcs-hmss-global - qcom,qcm2290-apcs-hmss-global - - qcom,sdm660-apcs-hmss-global - qcom,sdm845-apss-shared - - qcom,sm4250-apcs-hmss-global - - qcom,sm6115-apcs-hmss-global - - qcom,sm6125-apcs-hmss-global reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -80,20 +90,38 @@ allOf: - if: properties: compatible: - enum: - - qcom,msm8916-apcs-kpss-global - - qcom,msm8939-apcs-kpss-global - - qcom,qcs404-apcs-apps-global + contains: + enum: + - qcom,msm8916-apcs-kpss-global + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: primary pll parent of the clock driver + - description: auxiliary parent + clock-names: + items: + - const: pll + - const: aux + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - qcom,msm8939-apcs-kpss-global then: properties: clocks: items: - description: primary pll parent of the clock driver - description: auxiliary parent + - description: reference clock clock-names: items: - const: pll - const: aux + - const: ref - if: properties: @@ -113,6 +141,7 @@ allOf: - const: ref - const: pll - const: aux + - if: properties: compatible: @@ -137,16 +166,10 @@ allOf: compatible: enum: - qcom,msm8953-apcs-kpss-global - - qcom,msm8976-apcs-kpss-global - qcom,msm8994-apcs-kpss-global - qcom,msm8996-apcs-hmss-global - - qcom,msm8998-apcs-hmss-global - qcom,qcm2290-apcs-hmss-global - - qcom,sdm660-apcs-hmss-global - qcom,sdm845-apss-shared - - qcom,sm4250-apcs-hmss-global - - qcom,sm6115-apcs-hmss-global - - qcom,sm6125-apcs-hmss-global then: properties: clocks: false @@ -192,7 +215,8 @@ examples: #define GCC_APSS_AHB_CLK_SRC 1 #define GCC_GPLL0_AO_OUT_MAIN 123 apcs: mailbox@b011000 { - compatible = "qcom,qcs404-apcs-apps-global", "syscon"; + compatible = "qcom,qcs404-apcs-apps-global", + "qcom,msm8916-apcs-kpss-global", "syscon"; reg = <0x0b011000 0x1000>; #mbox-cells = <1>; clocks = <&apcs_hfpll>, <&gcc GCC_GPLL0_AO_OUT_MAIN>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom-ipcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom-ipcc.yaml index a35f9483dc..8f004868aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom-ipcc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom-ipcc.yaml @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8450-ipcc - qcom,sm8550-ipcc - qcom,sm8650-ipcc + - qcom,x1e80100-ipcc - const: qcom,ipcc reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-mailbox.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-mailbox.yaml index 8b15a05321..fe83b5cb12 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-mailbox.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-mailbox.yaml @@ -37,7 +37,9 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - const: xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-mailbox + enum: + - xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-mailbox + - xlnx,versal-ipi-mailbox method: description: | @@ -58,6 +60,12 @@ properties: '#size-cells': const: 2 + reg: + maxItems: 2 + + reg-names: + maxItems: 2 + xlnx,ipi-id: description: | Remote Xilinx IPI agent ID of which the mailbox is connected to. @@ -76,7 +84,17 @@ patternProperties: properties: compatible: - const: xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-dest-mailbox + enum: + - xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-dest-mailbox + - xlnx,versal-ipi-dest-mailbox + + reg: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 4 + + reg-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 4 xlnx,ipi-id: description: @@ -88,23 +106,44 @@ patternProperties: description: It contains tx(0) or rx(1) channel IPI id number. - reg: - maxItems: 4 - - reg-names: - items: - - const: local_request_region - - const: local_response_region - - const: remote_request_region - - const: remote_response_region + allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-dest-mailbox + then: + properties: + reg: + maxItems: 4 + + reg-names: + items: + - const: local_request_region + - const: local_response_region + - const: remote_request_region + - const: remote_response_region + else: + properties: + reg: + minItems: 1 + items: + - description: Remote IPI agent control register region + - description: Remote IPI agent optional message buffers + + reg-names: + minItems: 1 + items: + - const: ctrl + - const: msg required: - compatible - reg - reg-names - "#mbox-cells" - -additionalProperties: false + - xlnx,ipi-id required: - compatible @@ -113,6 +152,36 @@ required: - '#size-cells' - xlnx,ipi-id +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-mailbox + then: + properties: + reg: false + reg-names: false + + else: + properties: + reg: + items: + - description: Host IPI agent control register region + - description: Host IPI agent optional message buffers + + reg-names: + items: + - const: ctrl + - const: msg + + required: + - reg + - reg-names + +additionalProperties: false + examples: - | #include @@ -144,4 +213,41 @@ examples: }; }; + - | + #include + + bus { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + mailbox@ff300000 { + compatible = "xlnx,versal-ipi-mailbox"; + interrupts = ; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + reg = <0x0 0xff300000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0xff990000 0x0 0x1ff>; + reg-names = "ctrl", "msg"; + xlnx,ipi-id = <0>; + ranges; + + /* buffered IPI */ + mailbox@ff340000 { + compatible = "xlnx,versal-ipi-dest-mailbox"; + reg = <0x0 0xff340000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0xff990400 0x0 0x1ff>; + reg-names = "ctrl", "msg"; + #mbox-cells = <1>; + xlnx,ipi-id = <4>; + }; + + /* bufferless IPI */ + mailbox@ff370000 { + compatible = "xlnx,versal-ipi-dest-mailbox"; + reg = <0x0 0xff370000 0x0 0x1000>; + reg-names = "ctrl"; + #mbox-cells = <1>; + xlnx,ipi-id = <7>; + }; + }; + }; ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cnm,wave521c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cnm,wave521c.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a11c1d11f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cnm,wave521c.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/cnm,wave521c.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Chips&Media Wave 5 Series multi-standard codec IP + +maintainers: + - Nas Chung + - Jackson Lee + +description: + The Chips&Media WAVE codec IP is a multi format video encoder/decoder + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - ti,j721s2-wave521c + - const: cnm,wave521c + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: VCODEC clock + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + sram: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + The VPU uses the SRAM to store some of the reference data instead of + storing it on DMA memory. It is mainly used for the purpose of reducing + bandwidth. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + vpu: video-codec@12345678 { + compatible = "ti,j721s2-wave521c", "cnm,wave521c"; + reg = <0x12345678 0x1000>; + clocks = <&clks 42>; + interrupts = <42>; + sram = <&sram>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/alliedvision,alvium-csi2.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/alliedvision,alvium-csi2.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3329e991d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/alliedvision,alvium-csi2.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/i2c/alliedvision,alvium-csi2.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Allied Vision Alvium Camera + +maintainers: + - Tommaso Merciai + - Martin Hecht + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/media/video-interface-devices.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: alliedvision,alvium-csi2 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + vcc-ext-in-supply: + description: | + The regulator that supplies power to the VCC_EXT_IN pins. + + port: + description: Digital Output Port + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + additionalProperties: false + + properties: + endpoint: + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + link-frequencies: true + + data-lanes: + minItems: 1 + items: + - const: 1 + - const: 2 + - const: 3 + - const: 4 + + required: + - data-lanes + - link-frequencies + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - vcc-ext-in-supply + - port + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + alvium: camera@3c { + compatible = "alliedvision,alvium-csi2"; + reg = <0x3c>; + vcc-ext-in-supply = <®_vcc_ext_in>; + + port { + alvium_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mipi_csi_0_in>; + data-lanes = <1 2 3 4>; + link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 <681250000>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/asahi-kasei,ak7375.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/asahi-kasei,ak7375.yaml index 22a810fc72..fe312cc6a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/asahi-kasei,ak7375.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/asahi-kasei,ak7375.yaml @@ -15,7 +15,9 @@ description: properties: compatible: - const: asahi-kasei,ak7375 + enum: + - asahi-kasei,ak7345 + - asahi-kasei,ak7375 reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/galaxycore,gc0308.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/galaxycore,gc0308.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f81e7daed6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/galaxycore,gc0308.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/i2c/galaxycore,gc0308.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Galaxycore GC0308 and GC0309 Image Sensors + +maintainers: + - Sebastian Reichel + +description: | + The GalaxyCore GC0308 (1/6.5") and GC0309 (1/9") are 640x480 VGA sensors + programmable through an I2C interface and connected via parallel bus. + They include an ISP capable of auto exposure and auto white balance. + +allOf: + - $ref: ../video-interface-devices.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - const: galaxycore,gc0308 + - items: + - const: galaxycore,gc0309 + - const: galaxycore,gc0308 + + reg: + const: 0x21 + + clocks: + description: Reference to the xclk clock. + maxItems: 1 + + reset-gpios: + description: GPIO descriptor for the reset pin. + maxItems: 1 + + powerdown-gpios: + description: GPIO descriptor for the powerdown pin. + maxItems: 1 + + vdd28-supply: + description: 2.8V supply + + port: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + description: | + Video output port. + + properties: + endpoint: + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + bus-width: true + data-shift: true + hsync-active: true + vsync-active: true + data-active: true + pclk-sample: true + + required: + - bus-width + + additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - powerdown-gpios + - port + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + camera-sensor@21 { + compatible = "galaxycore,gc0308"; + reg = <0x21>; + clocks = <&camera_clk>; + powerdown-gpios = <&gpio1 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + vdd28-supply = <&vdd28>; + + port { + gc0308_ep: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <¶llel_from_gc0308>; + bus-width = <8>; + data-shift = <2>; /* lines 9:2 are used */ + hsync-active = <1>; /* active high */ + vsync-active = <1>; /* active high */ + data-active = <1>; /* active high */ + pclk-sample = <1>; /* sample on rising edge */ + }; + }; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/galaxycore,gc2145.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/galaxycore,gc2145.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1726ecca4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/galaxycore,gc2145.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/i2c/galaxycore,gc2145.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Galaxy Core 1/5'' UXGA CMOS Image Sensor + +maintainers: + - Alain Volmat + +description: + The Galaxy Core GC2145 is a 2 Megapixel CMOS image sensor, for mobile + phone camera applications and digital camera products. GC2145 incorporates a + 1616V x 1232H active pixel array, on-chip 10-bit ADC, and image signal + processor allowing AE/AWB/interpolation/de-noise/color-conversion and + gamma correction. Bayer RGB, RGB565 and YCbCr 4:2:2 can be provided by the + sensor. It is programmable through an I2C interface. Image data is sent + either through a parallel interface or through MIPI CSI-2. + +allOf: + - $ref: ../video-interface-devices.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: galaxycore,gc2145 + + reg: + const: 0x3c + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + powerdown-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + iovdd-supply: + description: Power Supply for I/O circuits (1.7 - 3V). + + avdd-supply: + description: Power for analog circuit/sensor array (2.7 - 3V). + + dvdd-supply: + description: Power for digital core (1.7 - 1.9V). + + orientation: true + + rotation: true + + port: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + + properties: + endpoint: + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + link-frequencies: true + + required: + - link-frequencies + + required: + - endpoint + + additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - powerdown-gpios + - reset-gpios + - iovdd-supply + - avdd-supply + - dvdd-supply + - port + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + camera@3c { + compatible = "galaxycore,gc2145"; + reg = <0x3c>; + clocks = <&clk_ext_camera>; + iovdd-supply = <&scmi_v3v3_sw>; + avdd-supply = <&scmi_v3v3_sw>; + dvdd-supply = <&scmi_v3v3_sw>; + powerdown-gpios = <&mcp23017 3 (GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW | GPIO_PUSH_PULL)>; + reset-gpios = <&mcp23017 4 (GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW | GPIO_PUSH_PULL)>; + + port { + endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mipid02_0>; + data-lanes = <1 2>; + link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 <120000000 192000000 240000000>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov8856.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov8856.yaml index 57f5e48fd8..816dac9c6f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov8856.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov8856.yaml @@ -67,19 +67,17 @@ properties: properties: data-lanes: - description: |- - The driver only supports four-lane operation. - items: - - const: 1 - - const: 2 - - const: 3 - - const: 4 - - link-frequencies: - description: Frequencies listed are driver, not h/w limitations. - maxItems: 2 - items: - enum: [ 360000000, 180000000 ] + oneOf: + - items: + - const: 1 + - items: + - const: 1 + - const: 2 + - items: + - const: 1 + - const: 2 + - const: 3 + - const: 4 required: - link-frequencies diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov64a40.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov64a40.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b6143aff3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov64a40.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/i2c/ovti,ov64a40.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: OmniVision OV64A40 Image Sensor + +maintainers: + - Jacopo Mondi + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/media/video-interface-devices.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: ovti,ov64a40 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + avdd-supply: + description: Analog voltage supply, 2.8 volts + + dvdd-supply: + description: Digital core voltage supply, 1.1 volts + + dovdd-supply: + description: Digital I/O voltage supply, 1.8 volts + + powerdown-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + port: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + additionalProperties: false + + properties: + endpoint: + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + additionalProperties: false + + properties: + bus-type: + enum: + - 1 # MIPI CSI-2 C-PHY + - 4 # MIPI CSI-2 D-PHY + data-lanes: true + link-frequencies: true + clock-noncontinuous: true + remote-endpoint: true + + required: + - bus-type + - data-lanes + - link-frequencies + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - port + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + camera@36 { + compatible = "ovti,ov64a40"; + reg = <0x36>; + clocks = <&camera_clk>; + dovdd-supply = <&vgen4_reg>; + avdd-supply = <&vgen3_reg>; + dvdd-supply = <&vgen2_reg>; + powerdown-gpios = <&gpio1 9 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 10 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + rotation = <180>; + orientation = <2>; + + port { + endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mipi_csi2_in>; + bus-type = <4>; + data-lanes = <1 2 3 4>; + link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 <456000000>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx335.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx335.yaml index a167dcdb3a..106c36ee96 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx335.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx335.yaml @@ -32,6 +32,15 @@ properties: description: Clock frequency from 6 to 27 MHz, 37.125MHz, 74.25MHz maxItems: 1 + avdd-supply: + description: Analog power supply (2.9V) + + ovdd-supply: + description: Interface power supply (1.8V) + + dvdd-supply: + description: Digital power supply (1.2V) + reset-gpios: description: Reference to the GPIO connected to the XCLR pin, if any. maxItems: 1 @@ -79,6 +88,10 @@ examples: assigned-clock-parents = <&imx335_clk_parent>; assigned-clock-rates = <24000000>; + avdd-supply = <&camera_vdda_2v9>; + ovdd-supply = <&camera_vddo_1v8>; + dvdd-supply = <&camera_vddd_1v2>; + port { imx335: endpoint { remote-endpoint = <&cam>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/techwell,tw9900.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/techwell,tw9900.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c9673391af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/techwell,tw9900.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/i2c/techwell,tw9900.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Techwell TW9900 NTSC/PAL video decoder + +maintainers: + - Mehdi Djait + +description: + The tw9900 is a multi-standard video decoder, supporting NTSC, PAL standards + with auto-detection features. + +properties: + compatible: + const: techwell,tw9900 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + vdd-supply: + description: VDD power supply + + reset-gpios: + description: GPIO descriptor for the RESET input pin + maxItems: 1 + + powerdown-gpios: + description: GPIO descriptor for the POWERDOWN input pin + maxItems: 1 + + ports: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + + properties: + port@0: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Analog input port + + properties: + endpoint@0: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/endpoint + description: CVBS over MUX0 + + endpoint@1: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/endpoint + description: CVBS over MUX1 + + endpoint@2: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/endpoint + description: Chroma over CIN0 and Y over MUX0 + + endpoint@3: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/endpoint + description: Chroma over CIN0 and Y over MUX1 + + oneOf: + - required: + - endpoint@0 + - required: + - endpoint@1 + - required: + - endpoint@2 + - required: + - endpoint@3 + + port@1: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Video port for the decoder output. + + + required: + - port@0 + - port@1 + +required: + - compatible + - ports + - reg + - vdd-supply + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + + composite_connector { + compatible = "composite-video-connector"; + label = "tv"; + sdtv-standards = <(SDTV_STD_PAL | SDTV_STD_NTSC)>; + + port { + composite_to_tw9900: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&tw9900_to_composite>; + }; + }; + }; + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + video-decoder@44 { + compatible = "techwell,tw9900"; + reg = <0x44>; + + vdd-supply = <&tw9900_supply>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio2 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + reg = <0>; + tw9900_to_composite: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&composite_to_tw9900>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&cif_in>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/thine,thp7312.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/thine,thp7312.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1978fbb77a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/thine,thp7312.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (c) 2023 Ideas on Board +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/i2c/thine,thp7312.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: THine THP7312 + +maintainers: + - Paul Elder + +description: + The THP7312 is a standalone ISP controlled over i2c, and is capable of + various image processing and correction functions, including 3A control. It + can be connected to CMOS image sensors from various vendors, supporting both + MIPI CSI-2 and parallel interfaces. It can also output on either MIPI CSI-2 + or parallel. The hardware is capable of transmitting and receiving MIPI + interlaved data strams with data types or multiple virtual channel + identifiers. + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/media/video-interface-devices.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: thine,thp7312 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + description: CLKI clock input + + thine,boot-mode: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 1 + default: 1 + description: + Boot mode of the THP7312, reflecting the value of the BOOT[0] pin strap. + 0 is for the SPI/2-wire slave boot, 1 is for the SPI master boot (from + external flash ROM). + + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + description: + Reference to the GPIO connected to the RESET_N pin, if any. + Must be released (set high) after all supplies are applied. + + vddcore-supply: + description: + 1.2V supply for core, PLL, MIPI rx and MIPI tx. + + vhtermrx-supply: + description: + Supply for input (RX). 1.8V for MIPI, or 1.8/2.8/3.3V for parallel. + + vddtx-supply: + description: + Supply for output (TX). 1.8V for MIPI, or 1.8/2.8/3.3V for parallel. + + vddhost-supply: + description: + Supply for host interface. 1.8V, 2.8V, or 3.3V. + + vddcmos-supply: + description: + Supply for sensor interface. 1.8V, 2.8V, or 3.3V. + + vddgpio-0-supply: + description: + Supply for GPIO_0. 1.8V, 2.8V, or 3.3V. + + vddgpio-1-supply: + description: + Supply for GPIO_1. 1.8V, 2.8V, or 3.3V. + + orientation: true + rotation: true + + port: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + additionalProperties: false + + properties: + endpoint: + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + bus-type: + const: 4 # CSI-2 D-PHY + + data-lanes: + description: + This property is for lane reordering between the THP7312 and the + SoC. The sensor supports either two-lane, or four-lane operation. + If this property is omitted four-lane operation is assumed. For + two-lane operation the property must be set to <1 2>. + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 4 + items: + maximum: 4 + + sensors: + type: object + description: List of connected sensors + + properties: + "#address-cells": + const: 1 + + "#size-cells": + const: 0 + + patternProperties: + "^sensor@[01]$": + type: object + description: + Sensors connected to the first and second input, with one node per + sensor. + + properties: + thine,model: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string + description: + Model of the connected sensors. Must be a valid compatible string. + + reg: + description: THP7312 input port number + items: + - maximum: 1 + + data-lanes: + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml#/properties/data-lanes + items: + maxItems: 4 + description: + This property is for lane reordering between the THP7312 and the imaging + sensor that it is connected to. + + required: + - reg + - data-lanes + + additionalProperties: false + + required: + - "#address-cells" + - "#size-cells" + + additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reset-gpios + - clocks + - vddcore-supply + - vhtermrx-supply + - vddtx-supply + - vddhost-supply + - vddcmos-supply + - vddgpio-0-supply + - vddgpio-1-supply + - sensors + - port + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + camera@61 { + compatible = "thine,thp7312"; + reg = <0x61>; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&cam1_pins_default>; + + reset-gpios = <&pio 119 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + clocks = <&camera61_clk>; + + vddcore-supply = <&vsys_v4p2>; + vhtermrx-supply = <&vsys_v4p2>; + vddtx-supply = <&vsys_v4p2>; + vddhost-supply = <&vsys_v4p2>; + vddcmos-supply = <&vsys_v4p2>; + vddgpio-0-supply = <&vsys_v4p2>; + vddgpio-1-supply = <&vsys_v4p2>; + + orientation = <0>; + rotation = <0>; + + sensors { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + sensor@0 { + thine,model = "sony,imx258"; + reg = <0>; + + data-lanes = <4 1 3 2>; + }; + }; + + port { + thp7312_2_endpoint: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mipi_thp7312_2>; + bus-type = ; + data-lanes = <4 2 1 3>; + }; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-fg.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-fg.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03f31b0090 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-fg.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/mediatek,mdp3-fg.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek Media Data Path 3 Film Grain + +maintainers: + - Matthias Brugger + - Moudy Ho + +description: + Film Grain (FG) is a Media Data Path 3 (MDP3) component used to add + the film grain according to the AOMedia Video 1 (AV1) standard. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-fg + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + mediatek,gce-client-reg: + description: + The register of display function block to be set by gce. There are 4 arguments, + such as gce node, subsys id, offset and register size. The subsys id that is + mapping to the register of display function blocks is defined in the gce header + include/dt-bindings/gce/-gce.h of each chips. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + items: + items: + - description: phandle of GCE + - description: GCE subsys id + - description: register offset + - description: register size + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - mediatek,gce-client-reg + - clocks + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + + display@14002000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-fg"; + reg = <0x14002000 0x1000>; + mediatek,gce-client-reg = <&gce1 SUBSYS_1400XXXX 0x2000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&vppsys0 CLK_VPP0_MDP_FG>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-hdr.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-hdr.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4609bba65 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-hdr.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/mediatek,mdp3-hdr.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek Media Data Path 3 HDR + +maintainers: + - Matthias Brugger + - Moudy Ho + +description: + A Media Data Path 3 (MDP3) component used to perform conversion from + High Dynamic Range (HDR) to Standard Dynamic Range (SDR). + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-hdr + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + mediatek,gce-client-reg: + description: + The register of display function block to be set by gce. There are 4 arguments, + such as gce node, subsys id, offset and register size. The subsys id that is + mapping to the register of display function blocks is defined in the gce header + include/dt-bindings/gce/-gce.h of each chips. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + items: + items: + - description: phandle of GCE + - description: GCE subsys id + - description: register offset + - description: register size + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - mediatek,gce-client-reg + - clocks + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + + display@14004000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-hdr"; + reg = <0x14004000 0x1000>; + mediatek,gce-client-reg = <&gce1 SUBSYS_1400XXXX 0x4000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&vppsys0 CLK_VPP0_MDP_HDR>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-rdma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-rdma.yaml index 3e128733ef..59db830648 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-rdma.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-rdma.yaml @@ -20,8 +20,14 @@ description: | properties: compatible: - items: - - const: mediatek,mt8183-mdp3-rdma + oneOf: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt8183-mdp3-rdma + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-rdma + - mediatek,mt8195-vdo1-rdma + - items: + - const: mediatek,mt8188-vdo1-rdma + - const: mediatek,mt8195-vdo1-rdma reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -45,6 +51,14 @@ properties: include/dt-bindings/gce/-gce.h of each chips. $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + mediatek,scp: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + Phandle to the System Control Processor (SCP) used for initializing + and stopping the MDP3, for sending frame data locations to the MDP3's + VPU and to install Inter-Processor Interrupt handlers to control + processing states. + power-domains: maxItems: 1 @@ -52,6 +66,7 @@ properties: items: - description: RDMA clock - description: RSZ clock + minItems: 1 iommus: maxItems: 1 @@ -60,6 +75,13 @@ properties: items: - description: used for 1st data pipe from RDMA - description: used for 2nd data pipe from RDMA + - description: used for 3rd data pipe from RDMA + - description: used for 4th data pipe from RDMA + - description: used for the data pipe from SPLIT + minItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 '#dma-cells': const: 1 @@ -68,13 +90,58 @@ required: - compatible - reg - mediatek,gce-client-reg - - mediatek,gce-events - power-domains - clocks - iommus - - mboxes - '#dma-cells' +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: mediatek,mt8183-mdp3-rdma + + then: + properties: + clocks: + minItems: 2 + + mboxes: + minItems: 2 + + required: + - mboxes + - mediatek,gce-events + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-rdma + + then: + properties: + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + mboxes: + minItems: 5 + + required: + - mediatek,gce-events + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: mediatek,mt8195-vdo1-rdma + + then: + properties: + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-rsz.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-rsz.yaml index 78f9de6192..f5676bec43 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-rsz.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-rsz.yaml @@ -15,9 +15,13 @@ description: | properties: compatible: - items: + oneOf: - enum: - mediatek,mt8183-mdp3-rsz + - items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-rsz + - const: mediatek,mt8183-mdp3-rsz reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-stitch.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-stitch.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d815bea291 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-stitch.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/mediatek,mdp3-stitch.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek Media Data Path 3 STITCH + +maintainers: + - Matthias Brugger + - Moudy Ho + +description: + One of Media Data Path 3 (MDP3) components used to combine multiple video frame + with overlapping fields of view to produce a segmented panorame. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-stitch + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + mediatek,gce-client-reg: + description: + The register of display function block to be set by gce. There are 4 arguments, + such as gce node, subsys id, offset and register size. The subsys id that is + mapping to the register of display function blocks is defined in the gce header + include/dt-bindings/gce/-gce.h of each chips. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + items: + items: + - description: phandle of GCE + - description: GCE subsys id + - description: register offset + - description: register size + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - mediatek,gce-client-reg + - clocks + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + + display@14003000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-stitch"; + reg = <0x14003000 0x1000>; + mediatek,gce-client-reg = <&gce1 SUBSYS_1400XXXX 0x3000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&vppsys0 CLK_VPP0_STITCH>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-tcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-tcc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..14ea556d4f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-tcc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/mediatek,mdp3-tcc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek Media Data Path 3 Tone Curve Conversion + +maintainers: + - Matthias Brugger + +description: + Tone Curve Conversion (TCC) is one of Media Profile Path 3 (MDP3) components. + It is used to handle the tone mapping of various gamma curves in order to + achieve HDR10 effects. This helps adapt the content to the color and + brightness range that standard display devices typically support. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-tcc + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + mediatek,gce-client-reg: + description: + The register of display function block to be set by gce. There are 4 arguments, + such as gce node, subsys id, offset and register size. The subsys id that is + mapping to the register of display function blocks is defined in the gce header + include/dt-bindings/gce/-gce.h of each chips. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + items: + items: + - description: phandle of GCE + - description: GCE subsys id + - description: register offset + - description: register size + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - mediatek,gce-client-reg + - clocks + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + + display@1400b000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-tcc"; + reg = <0x1400b000 0x1000>; + mediatek,gce-client-reg = <&gce1 SUBSYS_1400XXXX 0xb000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&vppsys0 CLK_VPP0_MDP_TCC>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-tdshp.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-tdshp.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8ab7f2d8e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-tdshp.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/mediatek,mdp3-tdshp.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek Media Data Path 3 Two-Dimensional Sharpness + +maintainers: + - Matthias Brugger + - Moudy Ho + +description: + Two-Dimensional Sharpness (TDSHP) is a Media Profile Path 3 (MDP3) component + used to perform image edge sharpening and enhance vividness and contrast. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-tdshp + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + mediatek,gce-client-reg: + description: + The register of display function block to be set by gce. There are 4 arguments, + such as gce node, subsys id, offset and register size. The subsys id that is + mapping to the register of display function blocks is defined in the gce header + include/dt-bindings/gce/-gce.h of each chips. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + items: + items: + - description: phandle of GCE + - description: GCE subsys id + - description: register offset + - description: register size + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - mediatek,gce-client-reg + - clocks + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + + display@14007000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-tdshp"; + reg = <0x14007000 0x1000>; + mediatek,gce-client-reg = <&gce1 SUBSYS_1400XXXX 0x7000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&vppsys0 CLK_VPP0_MDP_TDSHP>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-wrot.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-wrot.yaml index 64ea98aa05..53a6793384 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-wrot.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek,mdp3-wrot.yaml @@ -15,9 +15,13 @@ description: | properties: compatible: - items: + oneOf: - enum: - mediatek,mt8183-mdp3-wrot + - items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt8195-mdp3-wrot + - const: mediatek,mt8183-mdp3-wrot reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung,s5p-mfc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung,s5p-mfc.yaml index 084b44582a..b46cc78070 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung,s5p-mfc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung,s5p-mfc.yaml @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ properties: - samsung,mfc-v7 # Exynos5420 - samsung,mfc-v8 # Exynos5800 - samsung,mfc-v10 # Exynos7880 + - tesla,fsd-mfc # Tesla FSD - items: - enum: - samsung,exynos3250-mfc # Exynos3250 @@ -49,7 +50,9 @@ properties: iommu-names: minItems: 1 - maxItems: 2 + items: + - const: left + - const: right power-domains: maxItems: 1 @@ -84,7 +87,7 @@ allOf: - const: sclk_mfc iommus: maxItems: 1 - iommus-names: false + iommu-names: false - if: properties: @@ -102,11 +105,9 @@ allOf: - const: aclk - const: aclk_xiu iommus: - maxItems: 2 - iommus-names: - items: - - const: left - - const: right + minItems: 2 + iommu-names: + minItems: 2 - if: properties: @@ -123,11 +124,9 @@ allOf: - const: mfc - const: sclk_mfc iommus: - maxItems: 2 - iommus-names: - items: - - const: left - - const: right + minItems: 2 + iommu-names: + minItems: 2 - if: properties: @@ -144,11 +143,9 @@ allOf: items: - const: mfc iommus: - maxItems: 2 - iommus-names: - items: - - const: left - - const: right + minItems: 2 + iommu-names: + minItems: 2 - if: properties: @@ -161,9 +158,23 @@ allOf: clocks: minItems: 1 maxItems: 2 + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - tesla,fsd-mfc + then: + properties: + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + clock-names: + items: + - const: mfc iommus: - minItems: 1 maxItems: 2 + iommus-names: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stm32-dcmipp.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stm32-dcmipp.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..87731f3ce7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stm32-dcmipp.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/st,stm32-dcmipp.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: STMicroelectronics STM32 DCMIPP Digital Camera Memory Interface Pixel Processor + +maintainers: + - Hugues Fruchet + - Alain Volmat + +properties: + compatible: + const: st,stm32mp13-dcmipp + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + port: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: + DCMIPP supports a single port node with parallel bus. + + properties: + endpoint: + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + bus-type: + enum: [5, 6] + default: 5 + + bus-width: + enum: [8, 10, 12, 14] + default: 8 + + pclk-sample: true + hsync-active: true + vsync-active: true + + required: + - pclk-sample + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - clocks + - resets + - port + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + #include + dcmipp@5a000000 { + compatible = "st,stm32mp13-dcmipp"; + reg = <0x5a000000 0x400>; + interrupts = ; + resets = <&rcc DCMIPP_R>; + clocks = <&rcc DCMIPP_K>; + + port { + endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mipid02_2>; + bus-width = <8>; + hsync-active = <0>; + vsync-active = <0>; + pclk-sample = <0>; + }; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/starfive,jh7110-camss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/starfive,jh7110-camss.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c66586d90f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/starfive,jh7110-camss.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/starfive,jh7110-camss.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Starfive SoC CAMSS ISP + +maintainers: + - Jack Zhu + - Changhuang Liang + +description: + The Starfive CAMSS ISP is a Camera interface for Starfive JH7110 SoC. It + consists of a VIN controller (Video In Controller, a top-level control unit) + and an ISP. + +properties: + compatible: + const: starfive,jh7110-camss + + reg: + maxItems: 2 + + reg-names: + items: + - const: syscon + - const: isp + + clocks: + maxItems: 7 + + clock-names: + items: + - const: apb_func + - const: wrapper_clk_c + - const: dvp_inv + - const: axiwr + - const: mipi_rx0_pxl + - const: ispcore_2x + - const: isp_axi + + resets: + maxItems: 6 + + reset-names: + items: + - const: wrapper_p + - const: wrapper_c + - const: axird + - const: axiwr + - const: isp_top_n + - const: isp_top_axi + + power-domains: + items: + - description: JH7110 ISP Power Domain Switch Controller. + + interrupts: + maxItems: 4 + + ports: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + + properties: + port@0: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: Input port for receiving DVP data. + + properties: + endpoint: + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + bus-type: + enum: [5, 6] + + bus-width: + enum: [8, 10, 12] + + data-shift: + enum: [0, 2] + default: 0 + + hsync-active: + enum: [0, 1] + default: 1 + + vsync-active: + enum: [0, 1] + default: 1 + + required: + - bus-type + - bus-width + + port@1: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Input port for receiving CSI data. + + required: + - port@0 + - port@1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reg-names + - clocks + - clock-names + - resets + - reset-names + - power-domains + - interrupts + - ports + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + isp@19840000 { + compatible = "starfive,jh7110-camss"; + reg = <0x19840000 0x10000>, + <0x19870000 0x30000>; + reg-names = "syscon", "isp"; + clocks = <&ispcrg 0>, + <&ispcrg 13>, + <&ispcrg 2>, + <&ispcrg 12>, + <&ispcrg 1>, + <&syscrg 51>, + <&syscrg 52>; + clock-names = "apb_func", + "wrapper_clk_c", + "dvp_inv", + "axiwr", + "mipi_rx0_pxl", + "ispcore_2x", + "isp_axi"; + resets = <&ispcrg 0>, + <&ispcrg 1>, + <&ispcrg 10>, + <&ispcrg 11>, + <&syscrg 41>, + <&syscrg 42>; + reset-names = "wrapper_p", + "wrapper_c", + "axird", + "axiwr", + "isp_top_n", + "isp_top_axi"; + power-domains = <&pwrc 5>; + interrupts = <92>, <87>, <88>, <90>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + vin_from_sc2235: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&sc2235_to_vin>; + bus-type = <5>; + bus-width = <8>; + data-shift = <2>; + hsync-active = <1>; + vsync-active = <0>; + pclk-sample = <1>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + vin_from_csi2rx: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&csi2rx_to_vin>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ams,as3711.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ams,as3711.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ad8649cbb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ams,as3711.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mfd/ams,as3711.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Austria MicroSystems AS3711 Quad Buck High Current PMIC with Charger + +maintainers: + - Guennadi Liakhovetski + +description: + AS3711 is an I2C PMIC from Austria MicroSystems with multiple DC/DC and LDO + power supplies, a battery charger and an RTC. So far only bindings for the + two step-up DC/DC converters are defined. + +properties: + compatible: + const: ams,as3711 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + backlight: + description: + Step-up converter configuration, to be used as a backlight source + type: object + additionalProperties: false + properties: + compatible: + const: ams,as3711-bl + + su1-dev: + description: Framebuffer phandle for the first step-up converter + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + + su1-max-uA: + description: Maximum current for the first step-up converter + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + + su2-dev: + description: Framebuffer phandle for the second step-up converter + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + + su2-max-uA: + description: Maximum current for the second step-up converter + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + + su2-feedback-voltage: + description: Second step-up converter uses voltage feedback + type: boolean + + su2-feedback-curr1: + description: + Second step-up converter uses CURR1 input for current feedback + type: boolean + + su2-feedback-curr2: + description: + Second step-up converter uses CURR2 input for current feedback + type: boolean + + su2-feedback-curr3: + description: + Second step-up converter uses CURR3 input for current feedback + type: boolean + + su2-feedback-curr-auto: + description: + Second step-up converter uses automatic current feedback selection + type: boolean + + su2-fbprot-lx-sd4: + description: + Second step-up converter uses LX_SD4 for over-voltage protection + type: boolean + + su2-fbprot-gpio2: + description: + Second step-up converter uses GPIO2 for over-voltage protection + type: boolean + + su2-fbprot-gpio3: + description: + Second step-up converter uses GPIO3 for over-voltage protection + type: boolean + + su2-fbprot-gpio4: + description: + Second step-up converter uses GPIO4 for over-voltage protection + type: boolean + + su2-auto-curr1: + description: + Second step-up converter uses CURR1 input for automatic current + feedback + type: boolean + + su2-auto-curr2: + description: + Second step-up converter uses CURR2 input for automatic current + feedback + type: boolean + + su2-auto-curr3: + description: + Second step-up converter uses CURR3 input for automatic current + feedback + type: boolean + + required: + - compatible + + dependentRequired: + # To use the SU1 converter as a backlight source the following two + # properties must be provided: + su1-dev: [ su1-max-uA ] + su1-max-uA: [ su1-dev ] + + # To use the SU2 converter as a backlight source the following two + # properties must be provided: + su2-dev: [ su2-max-uA ] + su2-max-uA: [ su2-dev ] + + su2-feedback-voltage: [ su2-dev ] + su2-feedback-curr1: [ su2-dev ] + su2-feedback-curr2: [ su2-dev ] + su2-feedback-curr3: [ su2-dev ] + su2-feedback-curr-auto: [ su2-dev ] + su2-fbprot-lx-sd4: [ su2-dev ] + su2-fbprot-gpio2: [ su2-dev ] + su2-fbprot-gpio3: [ su2-dev ] + su2-fbprot-gpio4: [ su2-dev ] + su2-auto-curr1: [ su2-feedback-curr-auto ] + su2-auto-curr2: [ su2-feedback-curr-auto ] + su2-auto-curr3: [ su2-feedback-curr-auto ] + + dependentSchemas: + su2-dev: + allOf: + - oneOf: + - required: + - su2-feedback-voltage + - required: + - su2-feedback-curr1 + - required: + - su2-feedback-curr2 + - required: + - su2-feedback-curr3 + - required: + - su2-feedback-curr-auto + - oneOf: + - required: + - su2-fbprot-lx-sd4 + - required: + - su2-fbprot-gpio2 + - required: + - su2-fbprot-gpio3 + - required: + - su2-fbprot-gpio4 + + su2-feedback-curr-auto: + anyOf: + - required: + - su2-auto-curr1 + - required: + - su2-auto-curr2 + - required: + - su2-auto-curr3 + + regulators: + description: Other DC/DC and LDO supplies + type: object + unevaluatedProperties: false + patternProperties: + "^(sd[1-4]|ldo[1-8])$": + type: object + $ref: /schemas/regulator/regulator.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + pmic@40 { + compatible = "ams,as3711"; + reg = <0x40>; + + regulators { + sd4 { + regulator-name = "1.215V"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1215000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1235000>; + }; + ldo2 { + regulator-name = "2.8V CPU"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-boot-on; + }; + }; + + backlight { + compatible = "ams,as3711-bl"; + su2-dev = <&lcdc>; + su2-max-uA = <36000>; + su2-feedback-curr-auto; + su2-fbprot-gpio4; + su2-auto-curr1; + su2-auto-curr2; + su2-auto-curr3; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3711.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3711.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d98cf18c72..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/as3711.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -AS3711 is an I2C PMIC from Austria MicroSystems with multiple DCDC and LDO power -supplies, a battery charger and an RTC. So far only bindings for the two stepup -DCDC converters are defined. Other DCDC and LDO supplies are configured, using -standard regulator properties, they must belong to a sub-node, called -"regulators" and be called "sd1" to "sd4" and "ldo1" to "ldo8." Stepup converter -configuration should be placed in a subnode, called "backlight." - -Compulsory properties: -- compatible : must be "ams,as3711" -- reg : specifies the I2C address - -To use the SU1 converter as a backlight source the following two properties must -be provided: -- su1-dev : framebuffer phandle -- su1-max-uA : maximum current - -To use the SU2 converter as a backlight source the following two properties must -be provided: -- su2-dev : framebuffer phandle -- su1-max-uA : maximum current - -Additionally one of these properties must be provided to select the type of -feedback used: -- su2-feedback-voltage : voltage feedback is used -- su2-feedback-curr1 : CURR1 input used for current feedback -- su2-feedback-curr2 : CURR2 input used for current feedback -- su2-feedback-curr3 : CURR3 input used for current feedback -- su2-feedback-curr-auto: automatic current feedback selection - -and one of these to select the over-voltage protection pin -- su2-fbprot-lx-sd4 : LX_SD4 is used for over-voltage protection -- su2-fbprot-gpio2 : GPIO2 is used for over-voltage protection -- su2-fbprot-gpio3 : GPIO3 is used for over-voltage protection -- su2-fbprot-gpio4 : GPIO4 is used for over-voltage protection - -If "su2-feedback-curr-auto" is selected, one or more of the following properties -have to be specified: -- su2-auto-curr1 : use CURR1 input for current feedback -- su2-auto-curr2 : use CURR2 input for current feedback -- su2-auto-curr3 : use CURR3 input for current feedback - -Example: - -as3711@40 { - compatible = "ams,as3711"; - reg = <0x40>; - - regulators { - sd4 { - regulator-name = "1.215V"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1215000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1235000>; - }; - ldo2 { - regulator-name = "2.8V CPU"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <2800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>; - regulator-always-on; - regulator-boot-on; - }; - }; - - backlight { - compatible = "ams,as3711-bl"; - su2-dev = <&lcdc>; - su2-max-uA = <36000>; - su2-feedback-curr-auto; - su2-fbprot-gpio4; - su2-auto-curr1; - su2-auto-curr2; - su2-auto-curr3; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/hisilicon,hi6421-spmi-pmic.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/hisilicon,hi6421-spmi-pmic.yaml index bdff5b6534..6a82435183 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/hisilicon,hi6421-spmi-pmic.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/hisilicon,hi6421-spmi-pmic.yaml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ description: | node. The SPMI controller part is provided by - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/hisilicon,hi6421-spmi-pmic.yaml + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/hisilicon,hisi-spmi-controller.yaml properties: $nodename: @@ -42,13 +42,6 @@ properties: additionalProperties: false - properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 - patternProperties: '^ldo[0-9]+$': type: object @@ -66,72 +59,75 @@ additionalProperties: false examples: - | + #include - pmic: pmic@0 { - compatible = "hisilicon,hi6421v600-spmi"; - reg = <0 0>; - - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - interrupt-controller; - interrupt-parent = <&gpio28>; - interrupts = <0 0>; - - regulators { - #address-cells = <1>; + spmi { + #address-cells = <2>; #size-cells = <0>; - ldo3: ldo3 { - regulator-name = "ldo3"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <2000000>; - regulator-boot-on; - }; - - ldo4: ldo4 { - regulator-name = "ldo4"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1725000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <1900000>; - regulator-boot-on; - }; - - ldo9: ldo9 { - regulator-name = "ldo9"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1750000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; - regulator-boot-on; - }; - - ldo15: ldo15 { - regulator-name = "ldo15"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>; - regulator-always-on; - }; - - ldo16: ldo16 { - regulator-name = "ldo16"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>; - regulator-boot-on; - }; - - ldo17: ldo17 { - regulator-name = "ldo17"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <2500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; - }; - - ldo33: ldo33 { - regulator-name = "ldo33"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <2500000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; - regulator-boot-on; - }; - - ldo34: ldo34 { - regulator-name = "ldo34"; - regulator-min-microvolt = <2600000>; - regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + pmic@0 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6421v600-spmi"; + reg = <0 SPMI_USID>; + + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio28>; + interrupts = <0 0>; + + regulators { + ldo3 { + regulator-name = "ldo3"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1500000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2000000>; + regulator-boot-on; + }; + + ldo4 { + regulator-name = "ldo4"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1725000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1900000>; + regulator-boot-on; + }; + + ldo9 { + regulator-name = "ldo9"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1750000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-boot-on; + }; + + ldo15 { + regulator-name = "ldo15"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + ldo16 { + regulator-name = "ldo16"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>; + regulator-boot-on; + }; + + ldo17 { + regulator-name = "ldo17"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2500000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + + ldo33 { + regulator-name = "ldo33"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2500000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-boot-on; + }; + + ldo34 { + regulator-name = "ldo34"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2600000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + }; }; - }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,pm8008.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,pm8008.yaml index 9e4eed34da..0c75d8bde5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,pm8008.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,pm8008.yaml @@ -99,10 +99,12 @@ examples: - | #include #include - qupv3_se13_i2c { + + i2c { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; - pm8008i@8 { + + pmic@8 { compatible = "qcom,pm8008"; reg = <0x8>; #address-cells = <1>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.yaml index 9fa5686039..8103fb61a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,spmi-pmic.yaml @@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ properties: - qcom,pm8841 - qcom,pm8909 - qcom,pm8916 + - qcom,pm8937 - qcom,pm8941 - qcom,pm8950 - qcom,pm8953 @@ -134,9 +135,15 @@ patternProperties: type: object $ref: /schemas/sound/qcom,pm8916-wcd-analog-codec.yaml# + "^battery@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + oneOf: + - $ref: /schemas/power/supply/qcom,pm8916-bms-vm.yaml# + "^charger@[0-9a-f]+$": type: object oneOf: + - $ref: /schemas/power/supply/qcom,pm8916-lbc.yaml# - $ref: /schemas/power/supply/qcom,pm8941-charger.yaml# - $ref: /schemas/power/supply/qcom,pm8941-coincell.yaml# - $ref: /schemas/power/supply/qcom,pmi8998-charger.yaml# diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.yaml index 33c3d023a1..798705ab6a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.yaml @@ -29,6 +29,8 @@ properties: - qcom,sdx65-tcsr - qcom,sm4450-tcsr - qcom,sm8150-tcsr + - qcom,sm8250-tcsr + - qcom,sm8350-tcsr - qcom,sm8450-tcsr - qcom,tcsr-apq8064 - qcom,tcsr-apq8084 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/samsung,exynos5433-lpass.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/samsung,exynos5433-lpass.yaml index b97b068487..f154103f32 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/samsung,exynos5433-lpass.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/samsung,exynos5433-lpass.yaml @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ examples: }; i2s@11440000 { - compatible = "samsung,exynos7-i2s"; + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-i2s", "samsung,exynos7-i2s"; reg = <0x11440000 0x100>; dmas = <&adma 0>, <&adma 2>; dma-names = "tx", "rx"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sprd,ums512-glbreg.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sprd,ums512-glbreg.yaml index 996bd4a17c..a750fa23d7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sprd,ums512-glbreg.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/sprd,ums512-glbreg.yaml @@ -19,7 +19,9 @@ description: properties: compatible: items: - - const: sprd,ums512-glbregs + - enum: + - sprd,ums512-glbregs + - sprd,ums9620-glbregs - const: syscon - const: simple-mfd diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,am3359-tscadc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,am3359-tscadc.yaml index 23a63265be..70b5dfce07 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,am3359-tscadc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti,am3359-tscadc.yaml @@ -61,8 +61,6 @@ required: - interrupts - clocks - clock-names - - dmas - - dma-names additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,dpaa2-console.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,dpaa2-console.yaml index 8cc951feb7..59b83ea5e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,dpaa2-console.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,dpaa2-console.yaml @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - const: "fsl,dpaa2-console" + const: fsl,dpaa2-console reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.yaml index 3e99801f77..9075add020 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.yaml @@ -226,8 +226,8 @@ examples: interrupt-parent = <&gic>; interrupts = <0 48 4>; reg = <0xff160000 0x1000>; - clocks = <&clk200>, <&clk200>; - clock-names = "clk_xin", "clk_ahb"; + clocks = <&clk200>, <&clk200>, <&clk1200>; + clock-names = "clk_xin", "clk_ahb", "gate"; clock-output-names = "clk_out_sd0", "clk_in_sd0"; #clock-cells = <1>; clk-phase-sd-hs = <63>, <72>; @@ -239,8 +239,8 @@ examples: interrupt-parent = <&gic>; interrupts = <0 126 4>; reg = <0xf1040000 0x10000>; - clocks = <&clk200>, <&clk200>; - clock-names = "clk_xin", "clk_ahb"; + clocks = <&clk200>, <&clk200>, <&clk1200>; + clock-names = "clk_xin", "clk_ahb", "gate"; clock-output-names = "clk_out_sd0", "clk_in_sd0"; #clock-cells = <1>; clk-phase-sd-hs = <132>, <60>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arm,pl18x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arm,pl18x.yaml index 2459a55ed5..940b126881 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arm,pl18x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arm,pl18x.yaml @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ examples: bus-width = <4>; cap-sd-highspeed; cap-mmc-highspeed; - cd-gpios = <&gpio2 31 0x4>; + cd-gpios = <&gpio2 31 0x4>; st,sig-dir-dat0; st,sig-dir-dat2; st,sig-dir-cmd; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-brcmstb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-brcmstb.yaml index c028039bc4..cbd3d6c6c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-brcmstb.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-brcmstb.yaml @@ -20,10 +20,8 @@ properties: - const: brcm,sdhci-brcmstb - items: - enum: + - brcm,bcm74165b0-sdhci - brcm,bcm7445-sdhci - - const: brcm,sdhci-brcmstb - - items: - - enum: - brcm,bcm7425-sdhci - const: brcm,sdhci-brcmstb diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/marvell,xenon-sdhci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/marvell,xenon-sdhci.yaml index 3a8e74894a..cfe6237716 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/marvell,xenon-sdhci.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/marvell,xenon-sdhci.yaml @@ -27,7 +27,9 @@ properties: - marvell,armada-ap806-sdhci - items: - - const: marvell,armada-ap807-sdhci + - enum: + - marvell,armada-ap807-sdhci + - marvell,ac5-sdhci - const: marvell,armada-ap806-sdhci - items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.yaml index 3fffa467e4..c532ec92d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.yaml @@ -145,6 +145,15 @@ properties: minimum: 0 maximum: 7 + mediatek,tuning-step: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: + Some SoCs need extend tuning step for better delay value to avoid CRC issue. + If not present, default tuning step is 32. For eMMC and SD, this can yield + satisfactory calibration results in most cases. + enum: [32, 64] + default: 32 + resets: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,sdhi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,sdhi.yaml index 94e2287876..f7a4c6bc70 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,sdhi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,sdhi.yaml @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ properties: - renesas,sdhi-r8a77980 # R-Car V3H - renesas,sdhi-r8a77990 # R-Car E3 - renesas,sdhi-r8a77995 # R-Car D3 - - renesas,sdhi-r9a07g043 # RZ/G2UL + - renesas,sdhi-r9a07g043 # RZ/G2UL and RZ/Five - renesas,sdhi-r9a07g044 # RZ/G2{L,LC} - renesas,sdhi-r9a07g054 # RZ/V2L - renesas,sdhi-r9a08g045 # RZ/G3S diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung,exynos-dw-mshc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung,exynos-dw-mshc.yaml index 6ee78a38bd..5fe65795f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung,exynos-dw-mshc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung,exynos-dw-mshc.yaml @@ -14,15 +14,22 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - enum: - - samsung,exynos4210-dw-mshc - - samsung,exynos4412-dw-mshc - - samsung,exynos5250-dw-mshc - - samsung,exynos5420-dw-mshc - - samsung,exynos5420-dw-mshc-smu - - samsung,exynos7-dw-mshc - - samsung,exynos7-dw-mshc-smu - - axis,artpec8-dw-mshc + oneOf: + - enum: + - axis,artpec8-dw-mshc + - samsung,exynos4210-dw-mshc + - samsung,exynos4412-dw-mshc + - samsung,exynos5250-dw-mshc + - samsung,exynos5420-dw-mshc + - samsung,exynos5420-dw-mshc-smu + - samsung,exynos7-dw-mshc + - samsung,exynos7-dw-mshc-smu + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos5433-dw-mshc-smu + - samsung,exynos7885-dw-mshc-smu + - samsung,exynos850-dw-mshc-smu + - const: samsung,exynos7-dw-mshc-smu reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.yaml index 86fae733d9..c24c537f62 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.yaml @@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ properties: - items: - enum: - qcom,apq8084-sdhci + - qcom,ipq4019-sdhci + - qcom,ipq8074-sdhci - qcom,msm8226-sdhci - qcom,msm8953-sdhci - qcom,msm8974-sdhci diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.yaml index 09455f9fa8..4869ddef36 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.yaml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ allOf: const: marvell,armada-380-sdhci then: properties: - regs: + reg: minItems: 3 reg-names: minItems: 3 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ allOf: - reg-names else: properties: - regs: + reg: maxItems: 1 reg-names: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/snps,dwcmshc-sdhci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/snps,dwcmshc-sdhci.yaml index a43eb837f8..42804d9552 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/snps,dwcmshc-sdhci.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/snps,dwcmshc-sdhci.yaml @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ properties: - rockchip,rk3568-dwcmshc - rockchip,rk3588-dwcmshc - snps,dwcmshc-sdhci + - thead,th1520-dwcmshc reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.yaml index b13b5166d2..a6292777e3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.yaml @@ -35,6 +35,9 @@ properties: - const: biu - const: ciu + iommus: + maxItems: 1 + altr,sysmgr-syscon: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array items: @@ -62,6 +65,7 @@ allOf: altr,sysmgr-syscon: true else: properties: + iommus: false altr,sysmgr-syscon: false required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/u-boot.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/u-boot.yaml index 3c56efe48e..327fa872c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/u-boot.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/u-boot.yaml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: U-Boot bootloader partition description: | - U-Boot is a bootlodaer commonly used in embedded devices. It's almost always + U-Boot is a bootloader commonly used in embedded devices. It's almost always located on some kind of flash device. Device configuration is stored as a set of environment variables that are diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.yaml index 6107189d27..2abd036578 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.yaml @@ -46,4 +46,10 @@ $defs: $ref: dsa-port.yaml# unevaluatedProperties: false +oneOf: + - required: + - ports + - required: + - ethernet-ports + ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell,mv88e6060.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell,mv88e6060.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f1adf0043 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell,mv88e6060.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/dsa/marvell,mv88e6060.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Marvell MV88E6060 DSA switch + +maintainers: + - Andrew Lunn + +description: + The Marvell MV88E6060 switch has been produced and sold by Marvell + since at least 2008. The switch has one pin ADDR4 that controls the + MDIO address of the switch to be 0x10 or 0x00, and on the MDIO bus + connected to the switch, the PHYs inside the switch appear as + independent devices on address 0x00-0x04 or 0x10-0x14, so in difference + from many other DSA switches this switch does not have an internal + MDIO bus for the PHY devices. + +properties: + compatible: + const: marvell,mv88e6060 + description: + The MV88E6060 is the oldest Marvell DSA switch product, and + as such a bit limited in features compared to later hardware. + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-gpios: + description: + GPIO to be used to reset the whole device + maxItems: 1 + +allOf: + - $ref: dsa.yaml#/$defs/ethernet-ports + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + mdio { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ethernet-switch@16 { + compatible = "marvell,mv88e6060"; + reg = <16>; + + ethernet-ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ethernet-port@0 { + reg = <0>; + label = "lan1"; + }; + ethernet-port@1 { + reg = <1>; + label = "lan2"; + }; + ethernet-port@2 { + reg = <2>; + label = "lan3"; + }; + ethernet-port@3 { + reg = <3>; + label = "lan4"; + }; + ethernet-port@5 { + reg = <5>; + phy-mode = "rev-mii"; + ethernet = <ðc>; + fixed-link { + speed = <100>; + full-duplex; + }; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell,mv88e6xxx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell,mv88e6xxx.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19f15bdd1c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell,mv88e6xxx.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/dsa/marvell,mv88e6xxx.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Marvell MV88E6xxx DSA switch family + +maintainers: + - Andrew Lunn + +description: + The Marvell MV88E6xxx switch series has been produced and sold + by Marvell since at least 2008. The switch has a few compatibles which + just indicate the base address of the switch, then operating systems + can investigate switch ID registers to find out which actual version + of the switch it is dealing with. + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - enum: + - marvell,mv88e6085 + - marvell,mv88e6190 + - marvell,mv88e6250 + description: | + marvell,mv88e6085: This switch uses base address 0x10. + This switch and its siblings will be autodetected from + ID registers found in the switch, so only "marvell,mv88e6085" should be + specified. This includes the following list of MV88Exxxx switches: + 6085, 6095, 6097, 6123, 6131, 6141, 6161, 6165, 6171, 6172, 6175, 6176, + 6185, 6240, 6320, 6321, 6341, 6350, 6351, 6352 + marvell,mv88e6190: This switch uses base address 0x00. + This switch and its siblings will be autodetected from + ID registers found in the switch, so only "marvell,mv88e6190" should be + specified. This includes the following list of MV88Exxxx switches: + 6190, 6190X, 6191, 6290, 6361, 6390, 6390X + marvell,mv88e6250: This switch uses base address 0x08 or 0x18. + This switch and its siblings will be autodetected from + ID registers found in the switch, so only "marvell,mv88e6250" should be + specified. This includes the following list of MV88Exxxx switches: + 6220, 6250 + - items: + - const: marvell,turris-mox-mv88e6085 + - const: marvell,mv88e6085 + - items: + - const: marvell,turris-mox-mv88e6190 + - const: marvell,mv88e6190 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + eeprom-length: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: Set to the length of an EEPROM connected to the switch. Must be + set if the switch can not detect the presence and/or size of a connected + EEPROM, otherwise optional. + + reset-gpios: + description: + GPIO to be used to reset the whole device + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + description: The switch provides an external interrupt line, but it is + not always used by target systems. + maxItems: 1 + + interrupt-controller: + description: The switch has an internal interrupt controller used by + the different sub-blocks. + + '#interrupt-cells': + description: The internal interrupt controller only supports triggering + on active high level interrupts so the second cell must alway be set to + IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH. + const: 2 + + mdio: + $ref: /schemas/net/mdio.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: Marvell MV88E6xxx switches have an varying combination of + internal and external MDIO buses, in some cases a combined bus that + can be used both internally and externally. This node is for the + primary bus, used internally and sometimes also externally. + + mdio-external: + $ref: /schemas/net/mdio.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: Marvell MV88E6xxx switches that have a separate external + MDIO bus use this port to access external components on the MDIO bus. + + properties: + compatible: + const: marvell,mv88e6xxx-mdio-external + + required: + - compatible + +allOf: + - $ref: dsa.yaml#/$defs/ethernet-ports + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + mdio { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ethernet-switch@0 { + compatible = "marvell,mv88e6085"; + reg = <0>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio5 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + + mdio { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + sw_phy0: ethernet-phy@0 { + reg = <0x0>; + }; + + sw_phy1: ethernet-phy@1 { + reg = <0x1>; + }; + + sw_phy2: ethernet-phy@2 { + reg = <0x2>; + }; + + sw_phy3: ethernet-phy@3 { + reg = <0x3>; + }; + }; + + ethernet-ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ethernet-port@0 { + reg = <0>; + label = "lan4"; + phy-handle = <&sw_phy0>; + phy-mode = "internal"; + }; + + ethernet-port@1 { + reg = <1>; + label = "lan3"; + phy-handle = <&sw_phy1>; + phy-mode = "internal"; + }; + + ethernet-port@2 { + reg = <2>; + label = "lan2"; + phy-handle = <&sw_phy2>; + phy-mode = "internal"; + }; + + ethernet-port@3 { + reg = <3>; + label = "lan1"; + phy-handle = <&sw_phy3>; + phy-mode = "internal"; + }; + + ethernet-port@5 { + reg = <5>; + ethernet = <&fec>; + phy-mode = "rgmii-id"; + + fixed-link { + speed = <1000>; + full-duplex; + }; + }; + }; + }; + }; + - | + #include + mdio { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ethernet-switch@0 { + compatible = "marvell,mv88e6190"; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + pinctrl-0 = <&switch_interrupt_pins>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + reg = <0>; + + mdio { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + switch0phy1: ethernet-phy@1 { + reg = <0x1>; + }; + + switch0phy2: ethernet-phy@2 { + reg = <0x2>; + }; + + switch0phy3: ethernet-phy@3 { + reg = <0x3>; + }; + + switch0phy4: ethernet-phy@4 { + reg = <0x4>; + }; + + switch0phy5: ethernet-phy@5 { + reg = <0x5>; + }; + + switch0phy6: ethernet-phy@6 { + reg = <0x6>; + }; + + switch0phy7: ethernet-phy@7 { + reg = <0x7>; + }; + + switch0phy8: ethernet-phy@8 { + reg = <0x8>; + }; + }; + + mdio-external { + compatible = "marvell,mv88e6xxx-mdio-external"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + phy1: ethernet-phy@b { + reg = <0xb>; + compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45"; + }; + + phy2: ethernet-phy@c { + reg = <0xc>; + compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45"; + }; + }; + + ethernet-ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ethernet-port@0 { + ethernet = <ð0>; + phy-mode = "rgmii"; + reg = <0>; + + fixed-link { + full-duplex; + pause; + speed = <1000>; + }; + }; + + ethernet-port@1 { + label = "lan1"; + phy-handle = <&switch0phy1>; + reg = <1>; + }; + + ethernet-port@2 { + label = "lan2"; + phy-handle = <&switch0phy2>; + reg = <2>; + }; + + ethernet-port@3 { + label = "lan3"; + phy-handle = <&switch0phy3>; + reg = <3>; + }; + + ethernet-port@4 { + label = "lan4"; + phy-handle = <&switch0phy4>; + reg = <4>; + }; + + ethernet-port@5 { + label = "lan5"; + phy-handle = <&switch0phy5>; + reg = <5>; + }; + + ethernet-port@6 { + label = "lan6"; + phy-handle = <&switch0phy6>; + reg = <6>; + }; + + ethernet-port@7 { + label = "lan7"; + phy-handle = <&switch0phy7>; + reg = <7>; + }; + + ethernet-port@8 { + label = "lan8"; + phy-handle = <&switch0phy8>; + reg = <8>; + }; + + ethernet-port@9 { + /* 88X3310P external phy */ + label = "lan9"; + phy-handle = <&phy1>; + phy-mode = "xaui"; + reg = <9>; + }; + + ethernet-port@a { + /* 88X3310P external phy */ + label = "lan10"; + phy-handle = <&phy2>; + phy-mode = "xaui"; + reg = <0xa>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 6ec0c181b6..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -Marvell DSA Switch Device Tree Bindings ---------------------------------------- - -WARNING: This binding is currently unstable. Do not program it into a -FLASH never to be changed again. Once this binding is stable, this -warning will be removed. - -If you need a stable binding, use the old dsa.txt binding. - -Marvell Switches are MDIO devices. The following properties should be -placed as a child node of an mdio device. - -The properties described here are those specific to Marvell devices. -Additional required and optional properties can be found in dsa.txt. - -The compatibility string is used only to find an identification register, -which is at a different MDIO base address in different switch families. -- "marvell,mv88e6085" : Switch has base address 0x10. Use with models: - 6085, 6095, 6097, 6123, 6131, 6141, 6161, 6165, - 6171, 6172, 6175, 6176, 6185, 6240, 6320, 6321, - 6341, 6350, 6351, 6352 -- "marvell,mv88e6190" : Switch has base address 0x00. Use with models: - 6190, 6190X, 6191, 6290, 6361, 6390, 6390X -- "marvell,mv88e6250" : Switch has base address 0x08 or 0x18. Use with model: - 6220, 6250 - -Required properties: -- compatible : Should be one of "marvell,mv88e6085", - "marvell,mv88e6190" or "marvell,mv88e6250" as - indicated above -- reg : Address on the MII bus for the switch. - -Optional properties: - -- reset-gpios : Should be a gpio specifier for a reset line -- interrupts : Interrupt from the switch -- interrupt-controller : Indicates the switch is itself an interrupt - controller. This is used for the PHY interrupts. -#interrupt-cells = <2> : Controller uses two cells, number and flag -- eeprom-length : Set to the length of an EEPROM connected to the - switch. Must be set if the switch can not detect - the presence and/or size of a connected EEPROM, - otherwise optional. -- mdio : Container of PHY and devices on the switches MDIO - bus. -- mdio? : Container of PHYs and devices on the external MDIO - bus. The node must contains a compatible string of - "marvell,mv88e6xxx-mdio-external" - -Example: - - mdio { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>; - interrupts = <27 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - - switch0: switch@0 { - compatible = "marvell,mv88e6085"; - reg = <0>; - reset-gpios = <&gpio5 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - - mdio { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - switch1phy0: switch1phy0@0 { - reg = <0>; - interrupt-parent = <&switch0>; - interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - }; - }; - }; - }; - - mdio { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>; - interrupts = <27 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - - switch0: switch@0 { - compatible = "marvell,mv88e6190"; - reg = <0>; - reset-gpios = <&gpio5 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - - mdio { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - switch1phy0: switch1phy0@0 { - reg = <0>; - interrupt-parent = <&switch0>; - interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - }; - }; - - mdio1 { - compatible = "marvell,mv88e6xxx-mdio-external"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - switch1phy9: switch1phy0@9 { - reg = <9>; - }; - }; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/microchip,ksz.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/microchip,ksz.yaml index b3029c64d0..c963dc09e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/microchip,ksz.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/microchip,ksz.yaml @@ -11,7 +11,6 @@ maintainers: - Woojung Huh allOf: - - $ref: dsa.yaml#/$defs/ethernet-ports - $ref: /schemas/spi/spi-peripheral-props.yaml# properties: @@ -78,6 +77,39 @@ required: - compatible - reg +if: + not: + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - microchip,ksz8863 + - microchip,ksz8873 +then: + $ref: dsa.yaml#/$defs/ethernet-ports +else: + patternProperties: + "^(ethernet-)?ports$": + patternProperties: + "^(ethernet-)?port@[0-2]$": + $ref: dsa-port.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + properties: + microchip,rmii-clk-internal: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: + When ksz88x3 is acting as clock provier (via REFCLKO) it + can select between internal and external RMII reference + clock. Internal reference clock means that the clock for + the RMII of ksz88x3 is provided by the ksz88x3 internally + and the REFCLKI pin is unconnected. For the external + reference clock, the clock needs to be fed back to ksz88x3 + via REFCLKI. + If microchip,rmii-clk-internal is set, ksz88x3 will provide + rmii reference clock internally, otherwise reference clock + should be provided externally. + dependencies: + microchip,rmii-clk-internal: [ethernet] + unevaluatedProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-switch.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-switch.yaml index 72ac67ca34..b3b7e1a1b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-switch.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-switch.yaml @@ -20,9 +20,26 @@ description: select: false -properties: - $nodename: - pattern: "^(ethernet-)?switch(@.*)?$" +allOf: + # This condition is here to satisfy the case where certain device + # nodes have to preserve non-standard names because of + # backward-compatibility with boot loaders inspecting certain + # node names. + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - marvell,turris-mox-mv88e6085 + - marvell,turris-mox-mv88e6190 + then: + properties: + $nodename: + pattern: "switch[0-3]@[0-3]+$" + else: + properties: + $nodename: + pattern: "^(ethernet-)?switch(@.*)?$" patternProperties: "^(ethernet-)?ports$": diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lantiq,pef2256.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lantiq,pef2256.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7da8370e24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lantiq,pef2256.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/lantiq,pef2256.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Lantiq PEF2256 + +maintainers: + - Herve Codina + +description: + The Lantiq PEF2256, also known as Infineon PEF2256 or FALC56, is a framer and + line interface component designed to fulfill all required interfacing between + an analog E1/T1/J1 line and the digital PCM system highway/H.100 bus. + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - const: lantiq,pef2256 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: Master Clock + - description: System Clock Receive + - description: System Clock Transmit + + clock-names: + items: + - const: mclk + - const: sclkr + - const: sclkx + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-gpios: + description: + GPIO used to reset the device. + maxItems: 1 + + pinctrl: + $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/pinctrl.yaml# + additionalProperties: false + + patternProperties: + '-pins$': + type: object + $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/pinmux-node.yaml# + additionalProperties: false + + properties: + pins: + enum: [ RPA, RPB, RPC, RPD, XPA, XPB, XPC, XPD ] + + function: + enum: [ SYPR, RFM, RFMB, RSIGM, RSIG, DLR, FREEZE, RFSP, LOS, + SYPX, XFMS, XSIG, TCLK, XMFB, XSIGM, DLX, XCLK, XLT, + GPI, GPOH, GPOL ] + + required: + - pins + - function + + lantiq,data-rate-bps: + enum: [2048000, 4096000, 8192000, 16384000] + default: 2048000 + description: + Data rate (bit per seconds) on the system highway. + + lantiq,clock-falling-edge: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: + Data is sent on falling edge of the clock (and received on the rising + edge). If 'clock-falling-edge' is not present, data is sent on the + rising edge (and received on the falling edge). + + lantiq,channel-phase: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + default: 0 + description: | + The pef2256 delivers a full frame (32 8-bit time-slots in E1 and 24 8-bit + time-slots 8 8-bit signaling in E1/J1) every 125us. This lead to a data + rate of 2048000 bit/s. When lantiq,data-rate-bps is more than 2048000 + bit/s, the data (all 32 8-bit) present in the frame are interleave with + unused time-slots. The lantiq,channel-phase property allows to set the + correct alignment of the interleave mechanism. + For instance, suppose lantiq,data-rate-bps = 8192000 (ie 4*2048000), and + lantiq,channel-phase = 2, the interleave schema with unused time-slots + (nu) and used time-slots (XX) for TSi is + nu nu XX nu nu nu XX nu nu nu XX nu + <-- TSi --> <- TSi+1 -> <- TSi+2 -> + With lantiq,data-rate-bps = 8192000, and lantiq,channel-phase = 1, the + interleave schema is + nu XX nu nu nu XX nu nu nu XX nu nu + <-- TSi --> <- TSi+1 -> <- TSi+2 -> + With lantiq,data-rate-bps = 4096000 (ie 2*2048000), and + lantiq,channel-phase = 1, the interleave schema is + nu XX nu XX nu XX + <-- TSi --> <- TSi+1 -> <- TSi+2 -> + +patternProperties: + '^codec(-([0-9]|[1-2][0-9]|3[0-1]))?$': + type: object + $ref: /schemas/sound/dai-common.yaml + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: + Codec provided by the pef2256. This codec allows to use some of the PCM + system highway time-slots as audio channels to transport audio data over + the E1/T1/J1 lines. + The time-slots used by the codec must be set and so, the properties + 'dai-tdm-slot-num', 'dai-tdm-slot-width', 'dai-tdm-slot-tx-mask' and + 'dai-tdm-slot-rx-mask' must be present in the sound card node for + sub-nodes that involve the codec. The codec uses 8-bit time-slots. + 'dai-tdm-tdm-slot-with' must be set to 8. + The tx and rx masks define the pef2256 time-slots assigned to the codec. + + properties: + compatible: + const: lantiq,pef2256-codec + + '#sound-dai-cells': + const: 0 + + required: + - compatible + - '#sound-dai-cells' + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + - interrupts + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + + pef2256: framer@2000000 { + compatible = "lantiq,pef2256"; + reg = <0x2000000 0x100>; + interrupts = <8 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + clocks = <&clk_mclk>, <&clk_sclkr>, <&clk_sclkx>; + clock-names = "mclk", "sclkr", "sclkx"; + reset-gpios = <&gpio 11 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + lantiq,data-rate-bps = <4096000>; + + pinctrl { + pef2256_rpa_sypr: rpa-pins { + pins = "RPA"; + function = "SYPR"; + }; + pef2256_xpa_sypx: xpa-pins { + pins = "XPA"; + function = "SYPX"; + }; + }; + + pef2256_codec0: codec-0 { + compatible = "lantiq,pef2256-codec"; + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + sound-name-prefix = "PEF2256_0"; + }; + + pef2256_codec1: codec-1 { + compatible = "lantiq,pef2256-codec"; + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + sound-name-prefix = "PEF2256_1"; + }; + }; + + sound { + compatible = "simple-audio-card"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + simple-audio-card,dai-link@0 { /* CPU DAI1 - pef2256 codec 1 */ + reg = <0>; + cpu { + sound-dai = <&cpu_dai1>; + }; + codec { + sound-dai = <&pef2256_codec0>; + dai-tdm-slot-num = <4>; + dai-tdm-slot-width = <8>; + /* TS 1, 2, 3, 4 */ + dai-tdm-slot-tx-mask = <0 1 1 1 1>; + dai-tdm-slot-rx-mask = <0 1 1 1 1>; + }; + }; + simple-audio-card,dai-link@1 { /* CPU DAI2 - pef2256 codec 2 */ + reg = <1>; + cpu { + sound-dai = <&cpu_dai2>; + }; + codec { + sound-dai = <&pef2256_codec1>; + dai-tdm-slot-num = <4>; + dai-tdm-slot-width = <8>; + /* TS 5, 6, 7, 8 */ + dai-tdm-slot-tx-mask = <0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1>; + dai-tdm-slot-rx-mask = <0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,aquantia.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,aquantia.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9854fab4c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,aquantia.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/marvell,aquantia.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Marvell Aquantia Ethernet PHY + +maintainers: + - Christian Marangi + +description: | + Marvell Aquantia Ethernet PHY require a firmware to be loaded to actually + work. + + This can be done and is implemented by OEM in 3 different way: + - Attached SPI flash directly to the PHY with the firmware. The PHY + will self load the firmware in the presence of this configuration. + - Read from a dedicated partition on system NAND declared in an + NVMEM cell, and loaded to the PHY using its mailbox interface. + - Manually provided firmware loaded from a file in the filesystem. + +allOf: + - $ref: ethernet-phy.yaml# + +select: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - ethernet-phy-id03a1.b445 + - ethernet-phy-id03a1.b460 + - ethernet-phy-id03a1.b4a2 + - ethernet-phy-id03a1.b4d0 + - ethernet-phy-id03a1.b4e0 + - ethernet-phy-id03a1.b5c2 + - ethernet-phy-id03a1.b4b0 + - ethernet-phy-id03a1.b662 + - ethernet-phy-id03a1.b712 + - ethernet-phy-id31c3.1c12 + required: + - compatible + +properties: + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + firmware-name: + description: specify the name of PHY firmware to load + + nvmem-cells: + description: phandle to the firmware nvmem cell + maxItems: 1 + + nvmem-cell-names: + const: firmware + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + mdio { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ethernet-phy@0 { + compatible = "ethernet-phy-id31c3.1c12", + "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45"; + + reg = <0>; + firmware-name = "AQR-G4_v5.4.C-AQR_CIG_WF-1945_0x8_ID44776_VER1630.cld"; + }; + + ethernet-phy@1 { + compatible = "ethernet-phy-id31c3.1c12", + "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45"; + + reg = <1>; + nvmem-cells = <&aqr_fw>; + nvmem-cell-names = "firmware"; + }; + }; + + flash { + compatible = "jedec,spi-nor"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + partitions { + compatible = "fixed-partitions"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + /* ... */ + + partition@650000 { + compatible = "nvmem-cells"; + label = "0:ethphyfw"; + reg = <0x650000 0x80000>; + read-only; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + aqr_fw: aqr_fw@0 { + reg = <0x0 0x5f42a>; + }; + }; + + /* ... */ + + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,mvusb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,mvusb.yaml index 3a33251680..ab838c1ffe 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,mvusb.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,mvusb.yaml @@ -50,11 +50,14 @@ examples: #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; - switch@0 { + ethernet-switch@0 { compatible = "marvell,mv88e6190"; reg = <0x0>; - ports { + ethernet-ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + /* Port definitions */ }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,orion-mdio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,orion-mdio.yaml index e35da8b01d..73429855d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,orion-mdio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,orion-mdio.yaml @@ -39,28 +39,6 @@ required: allOf: - $ref: mdio.yaml# - - if: - required: - - interrupts - - then: - properties: - reg: - items: - - items: - - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/cell - - const: 0x84 - - else: - properties: - reg: - items: - - items: - - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/cell - - enum: - - 0x4 - - 0x10 - unevaluatedProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.yaml index 5ea8b73663..16ff892f7b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.yaml @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ examples: pcie@0 { #address-cells = <3>; #size-cells = <2>; - ranges = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0>; - reg = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0>; + ranges = <0x02000000 0x0 0x100000 0x10000000 0x0 0x0>; + reg = <0x0 0x1000>; device_type = "pci"; switch@0,0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/pcs/mediatek,sgmiisys.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/pcs/mediatek,sgmiisys.yaml index 66a95191bd..1bacc0eeff 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/pcs/mediatek,sgmiisys.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/pcs/mediatek,sgmiisys.yaml @@ -15,15 +15,22 @@ description: properties: compatible: - items: - - enum: - - mediatek,mt7622-sgmiisys - - mediatek,mt7629-sgmiisys - - mediatek,mt7981-sgmiisys_0 - - mediatek,mt7981-sgmiisys_1 - - mediatek,mt7986-sgmiisys_0 - - mediatek,mt7986-sgmiisys_1 - - const: syscon + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt7622-sgmiisys + - mediatek,mt7629-sgmiisys + - mediatek,mt7981-sgmiisys_0 + - mediatek,mt7981-sgmiisys_1 + - mediatek,mt7986-sgmiisys_0 + - mediatek,mt7986-sgmiisys_1 + - const: syscon + - items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt7988-sgmiisys0 + - mediatek,mt7988-sgmiisys1 + - const: simple-mfd + - const: syscon reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -35,11 +42,51 @@ properties: description: Invert polarity of the SGMII data lanes type: boolean + pcs: + type: object + description: MediaTek LynxI HSGMII PCS + properties: + compatible: + const: mediatek,mt7988-sgmii + + clocks: + maxItems: 3 + + clock-names: + items: + - const: sgmii_sel + - const: sgmii_tx + - const: sgmii_rx + + required: + - compatible + - clocks + - clock-names + + additionalProperties: false + required: - compatible - reg - '#clock-cells' +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - mediatek,mt7988-sgmiisys0 + - mediatek,mt7988-sgmiisys1 + + then: + required: + - pcs + + else: + properties: + pcs: false + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qcom,ipa.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qcom,ipa.yaml index 2d5e4ffb2f..c30218684c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qcom,ipa.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qcom,ipa.yaml @@ -43,15 +43,21 @@ description: properties: compatible: - enum: - - qcom,msm8998-ipa - - qcom,sc7180-ipa - - qcom,sc7280-ipa - - qcom,sdm845-ipa - - qcom,sdx55-ipa - - qcom,sdx65-ipa - - qcom,sm6350-ipa - - qcom,sm8350-ipa + oneOf: + - enum: + - qcom,msm8998-ipa + - qcom,sc7180-ipa + - qcom,sc7280-ipa + - qcom,sdm845-ipa + - qcom,sdx55-ipa + - qcom,sdx65-ipa + - qcom,sm6350-ipa + - qcom,sm8350-ipa + - qcom,sm8550-ipa + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,sm8650-ipa + - const: qcom,sm8550-ipa reg: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,etheravb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,etheravb.yaml index 5d074f27d4..890f7858d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,etheravb.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,etheravb.yaml @@ -55,9 +55,10 @@ properties: - items: - enum: - - renesas,r9a07g043-gbeth # RZ/G2UL + - renesas,r9a07g043-gbeth # RZ/G2UL and RZ/Five - renesas,r9a07g044-gbeth # RZ/G2{L,LC} - renesas,r9a07g054-gbeth # RZ/V2L + - renesas,r9a08g045-gbeth # RZ/G3S - const: renesas,rzg2l-gbeth # RZ/{G2L,G2UL,V2L} family reg: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ethertsn.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ethertsn.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea35d19be8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ethertsn.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/renesas,ethertsn.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Renesas Ethernet TSN End-station + +maintainers: + - Niklas Söderlund + +description: + The RTSN device provides Ethernet network using a 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, or 1 + Gbps full-duplex link via MII/GMII/RMII/RGMII. Depending on the connected PHY. + +allOf: + - $ref: ethernet-controller.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - renesas,r8a779g0-ethertsn # R-Car V4H + - const: renesas,rcar-gen4-ethertsn + + reg: + items: + - description: TSN End Station target + - description: generalized Precision Time Protocol target + + reg-names: + items: + - const: tsnes + - const: gptp + + interrupts: + items: + - description: TX data interrupt + - description: RX data interrupt + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: tx + - const: rx + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + phy-mode: + contains: + enum: + - mii + - rgmii + + phy-handle: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + Specifies a reference to a node representing a PHY device. + + rx-internal-delay-ps: + enum: [0, 1800] + default: 0 + + tx-internal-delay-ps: + enum: [0, 2000] + default: 0 + + '#address-cells': + const: 1 + + '#size-cells': + const: 0 + +patternProperties: + "^ethernet-phy@[0-9a-f]$": + type: object + $ref: ethernet-phy.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reg-names + - interrupts + - interrupt-names + - clocks + - power-domains + - resets + - phy-mode + - phy-handle + - '#address-cells' + - '#size-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + #include + #include + + tsn0: ethernet@e6460000 { + compatible = "renesas,r8a779g0-ethertsn", "renesas,rcar-gen4-ethertsn"; + reg = <0xe6460000 0x7000>, + <0xe6449000 0x500>; + reg-names = "tsnes", "gptp"; + interrupts = , + ; + interrupt-names = "tx", "rx"; + clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 2723>; + power-domains = <&sysc R8A779G0_PD_ALWAYS_ON>; + resets = <&cpg 2723>; + + phy-mode = "rgmii"; + tx-internal-delay-ps = <2000>; + phy-handle = <&phy3>; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + phy3: ethernet-phy@3 { + compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45"; + reg = <0>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>; + interrupts = <3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 23 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sff,sfp.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sff,sfp.yaml index 973e478a39..bf6cbc7c2b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sff,sfp.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sff,sfp.yaml @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ examples: pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&cps_sfpp0_pins>; tx-disable-gpios = <&cps_gpio1 29 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; - tx-fault-gpios = <&cps_gpio1 26 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + tx-fault-gpios = <&cps_gpio1 26 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; }; mdio { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/xlnx,axi-ethernet.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/xlnx,axi-ethernet.yaml index 1d33d80af1..bbe89ea959 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/xlnx,axi-ethernet.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/xlnx,axi-ethernet.yaml @@ -122,6 +122,20 @@ properties: and "phy-handle" should point to an external PHY if exists. maxItems: 1 + dmas: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 32 + description: TX and RX DMA channel phandle + + dma-names: + items: + pattern: "^[tr]x_chan([0-9]|1[0-5])$" + description: + Should be "tx_chan0", "tx_chan1" ... "tx_chan15" for DMA Tx channel + Should be "rx_chan0", "rx_chan1" ... "rx_chan15" for DMA Rx channel + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 32 + required: - compatible - interrupts @@ -143,6 +157,8 @@ examples: clocks = <&axi_clk>, <&axi_clk>, <&pl_enet_ref_clk>, <&mgt_clk>; phy-mode = "mii"; reg = <0x40c00000 0x40000>,<0x50c00000 0x40000>; + dmas = <&xilinx_dma 0>, <&xilinx_dma 1>; + dma-names = "tx_chan0", "rx_chan0"; xlnx,rxcsum = <0x2>; xlnx,rxmem = <0x800>; xlnx,txcsum = <0x2>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/st,stm32-romem.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/st,stm32-romem.yaml index a69de3e922..92bfe25f05 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/st,stm32-romem.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/st,stm32-romem.yaml @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ properties: - st,stm32f4-otp - st,stm32mp13-bsec - st,stm32mp15-bsec + - st,stm32mp25-bsec reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,stb-pcie.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,stb-pcie.yaml index 7e15aae7d6..22491f7f88 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,stb-pcie.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,stb-pcie.yaml @@ -64,6 +64,24 @@ properties: aspm-no-l0s: true + brcm,clkreq-mode: + description: A string that determines the operating + clkreq mode of the PCIe RC HW with respect to controlling the refclk + signal. There are three different modes -- "safe", which drives the + refclk signal unconditionally and will work for all devices but does + not provide any power savings; "no-l1ss" -- which provides Clock + Power Management, L0s, and L1, but cannot provide L1 substate (L1SS) + power savings. If the downstream device connected to the RC is L1SS + capable AND the OS enables L1SS, all PCIe traffic may abruptly halt, + potentially hanging the system; "default" -- which provides L0s, L1, + and L1SS, but not compliant to provide Clock Power Management; + specifically, may not be able to meet the T_CLRon max timing of 400ns + as specified in "Dynamic Clock Control", section 3.2.5.2.2 PCI + Express Mini CEM 2.1 specification. This situation is atypical and + should happen only with older devices. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string + enum: [ safe, no-l1ss, default ] + brcm,scb-sizes: description: u64 giving the 64bit PCIe memory viewport size of a memory controller. There may be up to diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/qcom,pcie.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/qcom,pcie.yaml index eadba38171..a93ab3b540 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/qcom,pcie.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/qcom,pcie.yaml @@ -41,6 +41,10 @@ properties: - qcom,pcie-sm8450-pcie0 - qcom,pcie-sm8450-pcie1 - qcom,pcie-sm8550 + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,pcie-sm8650 + - const: qcom,pcie-sm8550 - items: - const: qcom,pcie-msm8998 - const: qcom,pcie-msm8996 @@ -62,7 +66,8 @@ properties: maxItems: 8 iommu-map: - maxItems: 2 + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 16 # Common definitions for clocks, clock-names and reset. # Platform constraints are described later. @@ -88,7 +93,7 @@ properties: minItems: 1 maxItems: 12 - resets-names: + reset-names: minItems: 1 maxItems: 12 @@ -478,6 +483,33 @@ allOf: items: - const: pci # PCIe core reset + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - qcom,pcie-sc8180x + then: + properties: + clocks: + minItems: 8 + maxItems: 8 + clock-names: + items: + - const: pipe # PIPE clock + - const: aux # Auxiliary clock + - const: cfg # Configuration clock + - const: bus_master # Master AXI clock + - const: bus_slave # Slave AXI clock + - const: slave_q2a # Slave Q2A clock + - const: ref # REFERENCE clock + - const: tbu # PCIe TBU clock + resets: + maxItems: 1 + reset-names: + items: + - const: pci # PCIe core reset + - if: properties: compatible: @@ -526,8 +558,33 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: - - qcom,pcie-sc8180x - qcom,pcie-sm8150 + then: + properties: + clocks: + minItems: 8 + maxItems: 8 + clock-names: + items: + - const: pipe # PIPE clock + - const: aux # Auxiliary clock + - const: cfg # Configuration clock + - const: bus_master # Master AXI clock + - const: bus_slave # Slave AXI clock + - const: slave_q2a # Slave Q2A clock + - const: tbu # PCIe TBU clock + - const: ref # REFERENCE clock + resets: + maxItems: 1 + reset-names: + items: + - const: pci # PCIe core reset + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: - qcom,pcie-sm8250 then: oneOf: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci-host.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci-host.yaml index 8fdfbc763d..b6a7cb32f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci-host.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci-host.yaml @@ -68,6 +68,15 @@ properties: phy-names: const: pcie + vpcie1v5-supply: + description: The 1.5v regulator to use for PCIe. + + vpcie3v3-supply: + description: The 3.3v regulator to use for PCIe. + + vpcie12v-supply: + description: The 12v regulator to use for PCIe. + required: - compatible - reg @@ -121,5 +130,7 @@ examples: clock-names = "pcie", "pcie_bus"; power-domains = <&sysc R8A7791_PD_ALWAYS_ON>; resets = <&cpg 319>; + vpcie3v3-supply = <&pcie_3v3>; + vpcie12v-supply = <&pcie_12v>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rockchip-dw-pcie.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rockchip-dw-pcie.yaml index 1ae8dcfa07..5f719218c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rockchip-dw-pcie.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rockchip-dw-pcie.yaml @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ properties: - description: APB clock for PCIe - description: Auxiliary clock for PCIe - description: PIPE clock + - description: Reference clock for PCIe clock-names: minItems: 5 @@ -59,6 +60,7 @@ properties: - const: pclk - const: aux - const: pipe + - const: ref interrupts: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti,j721e-pci-ep.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti,j721e-pci-ep.yaml index 62292185fe..97f2579ea9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti,j721e-pci-ep.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti,j721e-pci-ep.yaml @@ -10,13 +10,11 @@ title: TI J721E PCI EP (PCIe Wrapper) maintainers: - Kishon Vijay Abraham I -allOf: - - $ref: cdns-pcie-ep.yaml# - properties: compatible: oneOf: - const: ti,j721e-pcie-ep + - const: ti,j784s4-pcie-ep - description: PCIe EP controller in AM64 items: - const: ti,am64-pcie-ep @@ -65,6 +63,41 @@ properties: items: - const: link_state +allOf: + - $ref: cdns-pcie-ep.yaml# + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - ti,am64-pcie-ep + then: + properties: + num-lanes: + const: 1 + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - ti,j7200-pcie-ep + - ti,j721e-pcie-ep + then: + properties: + num-lanes: + minimum: 1 + maximum: 2 + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - ti,j784s4-pcie-ep + then: + properties: + num-lanes: + minimum: 1 + maximum: 4 + required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti,j721e-pci-host.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti,j721e-pci-host.yaml index a2c5eaea57..b7a534cef2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti,j721e-pci-host.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti,j721e-pci-host.yaml @@ -10,13 +10,11 @@ title: TI J721E PCI Host (PCIe Wrapper) maintainers: - Kishon Vijay Abraham I -allOf: - - $ref: cdns-pcie-host.yaml# - properties: compatible: oneOf: - const: ti,j721e-pcie-host + - const: ti,j784s4-pcie-host - description: PCIe controller in AM64 items: - const: ti,am64-pcie-host @@ -94,6 +92,41 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 +allOf: + - $ref: cdns-pcie-host.yaml# + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - ti,am64-pcie-host + then: + properties: + num-lanes: + const: 1 + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - ti,j7200-pcie-host + - ti,j721e-pcie-host + then: + properties: + num-lanes: + minimum: 1 + maximum: 2 + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - ti,j784s4-pcie-host + then: + properties: + num-lanes: + minimum: 1 + maximum: 4 + required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/toshiba,visconti-pcie.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/toshiba,visconti-pcie.yaml index 53da2edd7c..120e3bb1e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/toshiba,visconti-pcie.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/toshiba,visconti-pcie.yaml @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ examples: <0x0 0x28050000 0x0 0x00010000>, <0x0 0x24200000 0x0 0x00002000>, <0x0 0x24162000 0x0 0x00001000>; - reg-names = "dbi", "config", "ulreg", "smu", "mpu"; + reg-names = "dbi", "config", "ulreg", "smu", "mpu"; device_type = "pci"; bus-range = <0x00 0xff>; num-lanes = <2>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/fsl-imx-ddr.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/fsl-imx-ddr.yaml index e9fad4b3de..6c96a4204e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/fsl-imx-ddr.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/fsl-imx-ddr.yaml @@ -27,6 +27,9 @@ properties: - fsl,imx8mq-ddr-pmu - fsl,imx8mp-ddr-pmu - const: fsl,imx8m-ddr-pmu + - items: + - const: fsl,imx8dxl-ddr-pmu + - const: fsl,imx8-ddr-pmu reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/amlogic,g12a-mipi-dphy-analog.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/amlogic,g12a-mipi-dphy-analog.yaml index c8c83acfb8..81c2654b7e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/amlogic,g12a-mipi-dphy-analog.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/amlogic,g12a-mipi-dphy-analog.yaml @@ -16,20 +16,8 @@ properties: "#phy-cells": const: 0 - reg: - maxItems: 1 - required: - compatible - - reg - "#phy-cells" additionalProperties: false - -examples: - - | - phy@0 { - compatible = "amlogic,g12a-mipi-dphy-analog"; - reg = <0x0 0xc>; - #phy-cells = <0>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/amlogic,meson-axg-mipi-pcie-analog.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/amlogic,meson-axg-mipi-pcie-analog.yaml index 009a398083..70def36e56 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/amlogic,meson-axg-mipi-pcie-analog.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/amlogic,meson-axg-mipi-pcie-analog.yaml @@ -9,16 +9,6 @@ title: Amlogic AXG shared MIPI/PCIE analog PHY maintainers: - Remi Pommarel -description: |+ - The Everything-Else Power Domains node should be the child of a syscon - node with the required property: - - - compatible: Should be the following: - "amlogic,meson-gx-hhi-sysctrl", "simple-mfd", "syscon" - - Refer to the bindings described in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.yaml - properties: compatible: const: amlogic,axg-mipi-pcie-analog-phy @@ -31,10 +21,3 @@ required: - "#phy-cells" additionalProperties: false - -examples: - - | - mpphy: phy { - compatible = "amlogic,axg-mipi-pcie-analog-phy"; - #phy-cells = <0>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,dsi-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,dsi-phy.yaml index 6703689fcd..f6e494d0d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,dsi-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,dsi-phy.yaml @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ properties: - items: - enum: - mediatek,mt8188-mipi-tx + - mediatek,mt8195-mipi-tx - mediatek,mt8365-mipi-tx - const: mediatek,mt8183-mipi-tx - const: mediatek,mt2701-mipi-tx diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,tphy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,tphy.yaml index 2bb91542e9..acba072012 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,tphy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,tphy.yaml @@ -235,6 +235,15 @@ patternProperties: Specify the flag to enable BC1.2 if support it type: boolean + mediatek,force-mode: + description: + The force mode is used to manually switch the shared phy mode between + USB3 and PCIe, when USB3 phy type is selected by the consumer, and + force-mode is set, will cause phy's power and pipe toggled and force + phy as USB3 mode which switched from default PCIe mode. But perfer to + use the property "mediatek,syscon-type" for newer SoCs that support it. + type: boolean + mediatek,syscon-type: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-pcie-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-pcie-phy.yaml index 2c3d6553a7..6c03f2d5fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-pcie-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-pcie-phy.yaml @@ -36,6 +36,8 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8450-qmp-gen4x2-pcie-phy - qcom,sm8550-qmp-gen3x2-pcie-phy - qcom,sm8550-qmp-gen4x2-pcie-phy + - qcom,sm8650-qmp-gen3x2-pcie-phy + - qcom,sm8650-qmp-gen4x2-pcie-phy reg: minItems: 1 @@ -147,6 +149,8 @@ allOf: - qcom,sm8450-qmp-gen3x2-pcie-phy - qcom,sm8550-qmp-gen3x2-pcie-phy - qcom,sm8550-qmp-gen4x2-pcie-phy + - qcom,sm8650-qmp-gen3x2-pcie-phy + - qcom,sm8650-qmp-gen4x2-pcie-phy then: properties: clocks: @@ -189,6 +193,7 @@ allOf: contains: enum: - qcom,sm8550-qmp-gen4x2-pcie-phy + - qcom,sm8650-qmp-gen4x2-pcie-phy then: properties: resets: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-ufs-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-ufs-phy.yaml index f3a3296c81..8474eef8d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-ufs-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-ufs-phy.yaml @@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8350-qmp-ufs-phy - qcom,sm8450-qmp-ufs-phy - qcom,sm8550-qmp-ufs-phy + - qcom,sm8650-qmp-ufs-phy reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -112,6 +113,7 @@ allOf: - qcom,sm8250-qmp-ufs-phy - qcom,sm8350-qmp-ufs-phy - qcom,sm8550-qmp-ufs-phy + - qcom,sm8650-qmp-ufs-phy then: properties: clocks: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-usb3-uni-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-usb3-uni-phy.yaml index 57702f7f2a..15d82c67f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-usb3-uni-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-usb3-uni-phy.yaml @@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8150-qmp-usb3-uni-phy - qcom,sm8250-qmp-usb3-uni-phy - qcom,sm8350-qmp-usb3-uni-phy + - qcom,x1e80100-qmp-usb3-uni-phy reg: @@ -135,6 +136,7 @@ allOf: - qcom,sm8150-qmp-usb3-uni-phy - qcom,sm8250-qmp-usb3-uni-phy - qcom,sm8350-qmp-usb3-uni-phy + - qcom,x1e80100-qmp-usb3-uni-phy then: properties: clocks: @@ -171,6 +173,7 @@ allOf: enum: - qcom,sa8775p-qmp-usb3-uni-phy - qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-usb3-uni-phy + - qcom,x1e80100-qmp-usb3-uni-phy then: required: - power-domains diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-usb43dp-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-usb43dp-phy.yaml index fa7408eb74..2d0d7e9e64 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-usb43dp-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-usb43dp-phy.yaml @@ -27,6 +27,8 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8350-qmp-usb3-dp-phy - qcom,sm8450-qmp-usb3-dp-phy - qcom,sm8550-qmp-usb3-dp-phy + - qcom,sm8650-qmp-usb3-dp-phy + - qcom,x1e80100-qmp-usb3-dp-phy reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -128,6 +130,8 @@ allOf: - qcom,sc8280xp-qmp-usb43dp-phy - qcom,sm6350-qmp-usb3-dp-phy - qcom,sm8550-qmp-usb3-dp-phy + - qcom,sm8650-qmp-usb3-dp-phy + - qcom,x1e80100-qmp-usb3-dp-phy then: required: - power-domains diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,snps-eusb2-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,snps-eusb2-phy.yaml index c95828607a..b82f7f5731 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,snps-eusb2-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,snps-eusb2-phy.yaml @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ properties: - items: - enum: - qcom,sdx75-snps-eusb2-phy + - qcom,sm8650-snps-eusb2-phy + - qcom,x1e80100-snps-eusb2-phy - const: qcom,sm8550-snps-eusb2-phy - const: qcom,sm8550-snps-eusb2-phy diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.yaml index 45a307d3ce..c11495524d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.yaml @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ properties: - ti,omap3-padconf - ti,omap4-padconf - ti,omap5-padconf + - ti,j7200-padconf - const: pinctrl-single reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq5018-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq5018-tlmm.yaml index fad0118fd5..2330060654 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq5018-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq5018-tlmm.yaml @@ -23,13 +23,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 24 @@ -95,7 +88,10 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/qcom,tlmm-common.yaml# + +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq5332-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq5332-tlmm.yaml index 3d3086ae1b..e571cd6441 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq5332-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq5332-tlmm.yaml @@ -26,13 +26,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 27 @@ -100,7 +93,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq6018-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq6018-pinctrl.yaml index 7c3e5e043f..ed00fbaec1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq6018-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq6018-pinctrl.yaml @@ -22,12 +22,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -100,7 +94,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq8074-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq8074-pinctrl.yaml index e053fbd588..6f90dbbdbd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq8074-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq8074-pinctrl.yaml @@ -23,13 +23,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 35 @@ -103,7 +96,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq9574-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq9574-tlmm.yaml index e5e9962b21..bca903b5da 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq9574-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,ipq9574-tlmm.yaml @@ -23,13 +23,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 33 @@ -97,7 +90,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3b50457304 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pinctrl/qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm SoC LPASS LPI TLMM Common Properties + +maintainers: + - Bjorn Andersson + - Srinivas Kandagatla + - Krzysztof Kozlowski + +description: + Common properties for the Top Level Mode Multiplexer pin controllers in the + Low Power Audio SubSystem (LPASS) Low Power Island (LPI) of Qualcomm SoCs. + +properties: + gpio-controller: true + + "#gpio-cells": + description: + Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined in + include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h + const: 2 + + gpio-ranges: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - gpio-controller + - "#gpio-cells" + - gpio-ranges + +allOf: + - $ref: pinctrl.yaml# + +additionalProperties: true + +$defs: + qcom-tlmm-state: + properties: + drive-strength: + enum: [2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16] + default: 2 + description: + Selects the drive strength for the specified pins, in mA. + + slew-rate: + enum: [0, 1, 2, 3] + default: 0 + description: | + 0: No adjustments + 1: Higher Slew rate (faster edges) + 2: Lower Slew rate (slower edges) + 3: Reserved (No adjustments) + + bias-bus-hold: true + bias-pull-down: true + bias-pull-up: true + bias-disable: true + input-enable: true + output-high: true + output-low: true + + required: + - pins + - function + + allOf: + - $ref: pincfg-node.yaml# + - $ref: pinmux-node.yaml# + + additionalProperties: true + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,mdm9607-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,mdm9607-tlmm.yaml index 5ece3b9d67..bd3cbb44c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,mdm9607-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,mdm9607-tlmm.yaml @@ -25,19 +25,7 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true gpio-reserved-ranges: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - -required: - - compatible - - reg - -additionalProperties: false patternProperties: "-state$": @@ -110,6 +98,12 @@ $defs: required: - pins +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | #include diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,mdm9615-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,mdm9615-pinctrl.yaml index 5885aee95c..299e0b4b0a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,mdm9615-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,mdm9615-pinctrl.yaml @@ -23,18 +23,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - '#interrupt-cells': true - gpio-controller: true - '#gpio-cells': true - gpio-ranges: true - -required: - - compatible - - reg - -additionalProperties: false - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -74,6 +62,12 @@ $defs: required: - pins +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | #include diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8226-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8226-pinctrl.yaml index a602bf0d27..68d3fa2105 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8226-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8226-pinctrl.yaml @@ -23,12 +23,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: maxItems: 1 @@ -82,7 +76,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8660-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8660-pinctrl.yaml index a059716117..61f5be21f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8660-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8660-pinctrl.yaml @@ -23,13 +23,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 86 @@ -92,7 +85,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8909-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8909-tlmm.yaml index 5095e86fe9..295dd5fcf4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8909-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8909-tlmm.yaml @@ -25,19 +25,7 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true gpio-reserved-ranges: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - -required: - - compatible - - reg - -additionalProperties: false patternProperties: "-state$": @@ -108,6 +96,12 @@ $defs: required: - pins +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | #include diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8916-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8916-pinctrl.yaml index 063d004967..904af87f9e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8916-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8916-pinctrl.yaml @@ -23,13 +23,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 61 @@ -114,7 +107,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8953-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8953-pinctrl.yaml index 798aac9e6e..8a3a962f6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8953-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8953-pinctrl.yaml @@ -22,12 +22,7 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true gpio-reserved-ranges: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true patternProperties: "-state$": @@ -117,7 +112,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8960-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8960-pinctrl.yaml index 9172b50f7a..46618740bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8960-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8960-pinctrl.yaml @@ -23,13 +23,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 76 @@ -108,7 +101,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.yaml index 8a3be65c51..840fdaabde 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8974-pinctrl.yaml @@ -23,13 +23,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 73 @@ -124,7 +117,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8976-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8976-pinctrl.yaml index ca95de0b87..d4391c194f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8976-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8976-pinctrl.yaml @@ -23,13 +23,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 73 @@ -104,7 +97,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8994-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8994-pinctrl.yaml index 41525ecfa8..fa90981db4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8994-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8994-pinctrl.yaml @@ -25,13 +25,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 73 @@ -114,7 +107,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8996-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8996-pinctrl.yaml index 59d406b609..c5010c175b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8996-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8996-pinctrl.yaml @@ -23,13 +23,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 75 @@ -133,7 +126,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8998-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8998-pinctrl.yaml index bd6d7caf49..bcaa231ada 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8998-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8998-pinctrl.yaml @@ -23,13 +23,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 75 @@ -118,7 +111,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.yaml index 80f9606718..fe717d8d47 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.yaml @@ -158,34 +158,40 @@ examples: - | #include - pm8841_mpp: mpps@a000 { - compatible = "qcom,pm8841-mpp", "qcom,spmi-mpp"; - reg = <0xa000 0>; - gpio-controller; - #gpio-cells = <2>; - gpio-ranges = <&pm8841_mpp 0 0 4>; - gpio-line-names = "VDD_PX_BIAS", "WLAN_LED_CTRL", - "BT_LED_CTRL", "GPIO-F"; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&pm8841_default>; - - mpp1-state { - pins = "mpp1"; - function = "digital"; - input-enable; - power-source = ; - }; - - default-state { - gpio-pins { - pins = "mpp1", "mpp2", "mpp3", "mpp4"; - function = "digital"; - input-enable; - power-source = ; + pmic { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + pm8841_mpp: mpps@a000 { + compatible = "qcom,pm8841-mpp", "qcom,spmi-mpp"; + reg = <0xa000>; + + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&pm8841_mpp 0 0 4>; + gpio-line-names = "VDD_PX_BIAS", "WLAN_LED_CTRL", + "BT_LED_CTRL", "GPIO-F"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pm8841_default>; + + mpp1-state { + pins = "mpp1"; + function = "digital"; + input-enable; + power-source = ; + }; + + default-state { + gpio-pins { + pins = "mpp1", "mpp2", "mpp3", "mpp4"; + function = "digital"; + input-enable; + power-source = ; + }; + }; }; - }; }; ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qcm2290-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qcm2290-tlmm.yaml index c323f6d495..e123beb33a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qcm2290-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qcm2290-tlmm.yaml @@ -22,13 +22,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -92,7 +85,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qcs404-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qcs404-pinctrl.yaml index b1b9cd319e..4009501b34 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qcs404-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qcs404-pinctrl.yaml @@ -29,13 +29,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 60 @@ -130,7 +123,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qdu1000-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qdu1000-tlmm.yaml index 237cac4f6c..88afeae530 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qdu1000-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,qdu1000-tlmm.yaml @@ -23,10 +23,8 @@ properties: reg: maxItems: 1 - interrupts: true - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 @@ -35,10 +33,6 @@ properties: gpio-line-names: maxItems: 151 - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -101,7 +95,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sa8775p-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sa8775p-tlmm.yaml index 2173c52556..e9abbf2c06 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sa8775p-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sa8775p-tlmm.yaml @@ -22,13 +22,8 @@ properties: reg: maxItems: 1 - interrupts: true - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 @@ -37,12 +32,6 @@ properties: gpio-line-names: maxItems: 148 -required: - - compatible - - reg - -additionalProperties: false - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -108,6 +97,12 @@ $defs: required: - pins +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | #include diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7180-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7180-pinctrl.yaml index 573e459b1c..5606f2136a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7180-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7180-pinctrl.yaml @@ -29,13 +29,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 60 @@ -112,7 +105,7 @@ required: - reg - reg-names -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7280-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7280-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml index 00c5a00e35..08801cc4e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7280-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7280-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml @@ -20,16 +20,6 @@ properties: reg: maxItems: 2 - gpio-controller: true - - "#gpio-cells": - description: Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined in - include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h - const: 2 - - gpio-ranges: - maxItems: 1 - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -45,7 +35,8 @@ $defs: description: Pinctrl node's client devices use subnodes for desired pin configuration. Client device subnodes use below standard properties. - $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/pincfg-node.yaml + $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml#/$defs/qcom-tlmm-state + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: pins: @@ -68,42 +59,14 @@ $defs: Specify the alternative function to be configured for the specified pins. - drive-strength: - enum: [2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16] - default: 2 - description: - Selects the drive strength for the specified pins, in mA. - - slew-rate: - enum: [0, 1, 2, 3] - default: 0 - description: | - 0: No adjustments - 1: Higher Slew rate (faster edges) - 2: Lower Slew rate (slower edges) - 3: Reserved (No adjustments) - - bias-pull-down: true - bias-pull-up: true - bias-bus-hold: true - bias-disable: true - output-high: true - output-low: true - - required: - - pins - - function - - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg - - gpio-controller - - "#gpio-cells" - - gpio-ranges -additionalProperties: false +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml# + +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7280-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7280-pinctrl.yaml index c8735ab97e..5329fe2a43 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7280-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc7280-pinctrl.yaml @@ -23,24 +23,6 @@ properties: description: Specifies the TLMM summary IRQ maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - - '#interrupt-cells': - description: - Specifies the PIN numbers and Flags, as defined in defined in - include/dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h - const: 2 - - gpio-controller: true - - '#gpio-cells': - description: Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined in - include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h - const: 2 - - gpio-ranges: - maxItems: 1 - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 88 @@ -48,8 +30,6 @@ properties: gpio-line-names: maxItems: 175 - wakeup-parent: true - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -124,14 +104,8 @@ allOf: required: - compatible - reg - - interrupts - - interrupt-controller - - '#interrupt-cells' - - gpio-controller - - '#gpio-cells' - - gpio-ranges - -additionalProperties: false + +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8180x-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8180x-tlmm.yaml index b086a51842..c122bb849f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8180x-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8180x-tlmm.yaml @@ -31,20 +31,7 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - '#interrupt-cells': true - gpio-controller: true gpio-reserved-ranges: true - '#gpio-cells': true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - -required: - - compatible - - reg - - reg-names - -additionalProperties: false patternProperties: "-state$": @@ -106,6 +93,13 @@ $defs: required: - pins +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reg-names + +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | #include diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8280xp-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8280xp-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml index a9167dac9a..240e6d45cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8280xp-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8280xp-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml @@ -32,16 +32,6 @@ properties: - const: core - const: audio - gpio-controller: true - - "#gpio-cells": - description: Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined in - include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h - const: 2 - - gpio-ranges: - maxItems: 1 - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -57,7 +47,8 @@ $defs: description: Pinctrl node's client devices use subnodes for desired pin configuration. Client device subnodes use below standard properties. - $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/pincfg-node.yaml + $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml#/$defs/qcom-tlmm-state + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: pins: @@ -79,48 +70,16 @@ $defs: Specify the alternative function to be configured for the specified pins. - drive-strength: - enum: [2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16] - default: 2 - description: - Selects the drive strength for the specified pins, in mA. - - slew-rate: - enum: [0, 1, 2, 3] - default: 0 - description: | - 0: No adjustments - 1: Higher Slew rate (faster edges) - 2: Lower Slew rate (slower edges) - 3: Reserved (No adjustments) - - bias-bus-hold: true - bias-pull-down: true - bias-pull-up: true - bias-disable: true - input-enable: true - output-high: true - output-low: true - - required: - - pins - - function - - additionalProperties: false - allOf: - - $ref: pinctrl.yaml# + - $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml# required: - compatible - reg - clocks - clock-names - - gpio-controller - - "#gpio-cells" - - gpio-ranges -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8280xp-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8280xp-tlmm.yaml index 4bd6d7977d..ed344deaf8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8280xp-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8280xp-tlmm.yaml @@ -25,19 +25,7 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true gpio-reserved-ranges: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - -required: - - compatible - - reg - -additionalProperties: false patternProperties: "-state$": @@ -108,6 +96,12 @@ $defs: required: - pins +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | #include diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm630-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm630-pinctrl.yaml index 508e0633b2..a00cb43df1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm630-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm630-pinctrl.yaml @@ -34,10 +34,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 57 @@ -45,10 +41,6 @@ properties: gpio-line-names: maxItems: 114 - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -130,7 +122,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm670-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm670-tlmm.yaml index 84a15f77e7..b56e717aa2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm670-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm670-tlmm.yaml @@ -25,23 +25,10 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 75 - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - -required: - - compatible - - reg - -additionalProperties: false - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -98,6 +85,12 @@ $defs: required: - pins +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | #include diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm845-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm845-pinctrl.yaml index d301881ddf..dfe5616b9b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm845-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm845-pinctrl.yaml @@ -26,10 +26,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 75 @@ -37,10 +33,6 @@ properties: gpio-line-names: maxItems: 150 - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -110,7 +102,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx55-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx55-pinctrl.yaml index 67af99dd8f..edbcff92bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx55-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx55-pinctrl.yaml @@ -23,12 +23,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: maxItems: 1 @@ -102,7 +96,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx65-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx65-tlmm.yaml index 27319782d9..a31b638c45 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx65-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx65-tlmm.yaml @@ -22,12 +22,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: maxItems: 1 @@ -122,7 +116,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx75-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx75-tlmm.yaml index 7cb96aa75b..cb1d978d02 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx75-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdx75-tlmm.yaml @@ -22,10 +22,8 @@ properties: reg: maxItems: 1 - interrupts: true - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 @@ -34,10 +32,6 @@ properties: gpio-line-names: maxItems: 133 - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -100,7 +94,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm4450-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm4450-tlmm.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bb08ca5a15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm4450-tlmm.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pinctrl/qcom,sm4450-tlmm.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. SM4450 TLMM block + +maintainers: + - Tengfei Fan + +description: + Top Level Mode Multiplexer pin controller in Qualcomm SM4450 SoC. + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/qcom,tlmm-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm4450-pinctrl + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: true + interrupt-controller: true + "#interrupt-cells": true + gpio-controller: true + + gpio-reserved-ranges: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 68 + + gpio-line-names: + maxItems: 136 + + "#gpio-cells": true + gpio-ranges: true + wakeup-parent: true + +patternProperties: + "-state$": + oneOf: + - $ref: "#/$defs/qcom-sm4450-tlmm-state" + - patternProperties: + "-pins$": + $ref: "#/$defs/qcom-sm4450-tlmm-state" + additionalProperties: false + +$defs: + qcom-sm4450-tlmm-state: + type: object + description: + Pinctrl node's client devices use subnodes for desired pin configuration. + Client device subnodes use below standard properties. + $ref: qcom,tlmm-common.yaml#/$defs/qcom-tlmm-state + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + pins: + description: + List of gpio pins affected by the properties specified in this + subnode. + items: + oneOf: + - pattern: "^gpio([0-9]|[1-9][0-9]|1[0-2][0-9]|13[0-5])$" + - enum: [ sdc2_clk, sdc2_cmd, sdc2_data, ufs_reset ] + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 36 + + function: + description: + Specify the alternative function to be configured for the specified + pins. + enum: [ gpio, atest_char, atest_char0, atest_char1, atest_char2, + atest_char3, atest_usb0, atest_usb00, atest_usb01, atest_usb02, + atest_usb03, audio_ref, cam_mclk, cci_async, cci_i2c, + cci_timer0, cci_timer1, cci_timer2, cci_timer3, cci_timer4, + cmu_rng0, cmu_rng1, cmu_rng2, cmu_rng3, coex_uart1, cri_trng, + cri_trng0, cri_trng1, dbg_out, ddr_bist, ddr_pxi0, ddr_pxi1, + dp0_hot, gcc_gp1, gcc_gp2, gcc_gp3, host2wlan_sol, ibi_i3c, + jitter_bist, mdp_vsync, mdp_vsync0, mdp_vsync1, mdp_vsync2, + mdp_vsync3, mi2s0_data0, mi2s0_data1, mi2s0_sck, mi2s0_ws, + mi2s2_data0, mi2s2_data1, mi2s2_sck, mi2s2_ws, mi2s_mclk0, + mi2s_mclk1, nav_gpio0, nav_gpio1, nav_gpio2, pcie0_clk, + phase_flag0, phase_flag1, phase_flag10, phase_flag11, + phase_flag12, phase_flag13, phase_flag14, phase_flag15, + phase_flag16, phase_flag17, phase_flag18, phase_flag19, + phase_flag2, phase_flag20, phase_flag21, phase_flag22, + phase_flag23, phase_flag24, phase_flag25, phase_flag26, + phase_flag27, phase_flag28, phase_flag29, phase_flag3, + phase_flag30, phase_flag31, phase_flag4, phase_flag5, + phase_flag6, phase_flag7, phase_flag8, phase_flag9, + pll_bist, pll_clk, prng_rosc0, prng_rosc1, prng_rosc2, + prng_rosc3, qdss_cti, qdss_gpio, qdss_gpio0, qdss_gpio1, + qdss_gpio10, qdss_gpio11, qdss_gpio12, qdss_gpio13, qdss_gpio14, + qdss_gpio15, qdss_gpio2, qdss_gpio3, qdss_gpio4, qdss_gpio5, + qdss_gpio6, qdss_gpio7, qdss_gpio8, qdss_gpio9, qlink0_enable, + qlink0_request, qlink0_wmss, qlink1_enable, qlink1_request, + qlink1_wmss, qlink2_enable, qlink2_request, qlink2_wmss, + qup0_se0, qup0_se1, qup0_se2, qup0_se3, qup0_se4, qup0_se5, + qup0_se6, qup0_se7, qup1_se0, qup1_se1, qup1_se2, qup1_se3, + qup1_se4, qup1_se5, qup1_se6, sd_write, tb_trig, tgu_ch0, + tgu_ch1, tgu_ch2, tgu_ch3, tmess_prng0, tmess_prng1, + tmess_prng2, tmess_prng3, tsense_pwm1, tsense_pwm2, uim0_clk, + uim0_data, uim0_present, uim0_reset, uim1_clk, uim1_data, + uim1_present, uim1_reset, usb0_hs, usb0_phy, vfr_0, vfr_1, + vsense_trigger ] + + required: + - pins + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + tlmm: pinctrl@f100000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm4450-tlmm"; + reg = <0x0f100000 0x300000>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&tlmm 0 0 137>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupts = ; + + gpio-wo-state { + pins = "gpio1"; + function = "gpio"; + }; + + uart-w-state { + rx-pins { + pins = "gpio23"; + function = "qup1_se2"; + bias-pull-up; + }; + + tx-pins { + pins = "gpio22"; + function = "qup1_se2"; + bias-disable; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6115-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6115-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml index abac3311fc..f4cf2ce86f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6115-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6115-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml @@ -31,16 +31,6 @@ properties: items: - const: audio - gpio-controller: true - - "#gpio-cells": - description: Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined in - include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h - const: 2 - - gpio-ranges: - maxItems: 1 - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -56,7 +46,8 @@ $defs: description: Pinctrl node's client devices use subnodes for desired pin configuration. Client device subnodes use below standard properties. - $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/pincfg-node.yaml + $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml#/$defs/qcom-tlmm-state + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: pins: @@ -75,48 +66,17 @@ $defs: Specify the alternative function to be configured for the specified pins. - drive-strength: - enum: [2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16] - default: 2 - description: - Selects the drive strength for the specified pins, in mA. - - slew-rate: - enum: [0, 1, 2, 3] - default: 0 - description: | - 0: No adjustments - 1: Higher Slew rate (faster edges) - 2: Lower Slew rate (slower edges) - 3: Reserved (No adjustments) - - bias-bus-hold: true - bias-pull-down: true - bias-pull-up: true - bias-disable: true - input-enable: true - output-high: true - output-low: true - - required: - - pins - - function - - additionalProperties: false allOf: - - $ref: pinctrl.yaml# + - $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml# required: - compatible - reg - clocks - clock-names - - gpio-controller - - "#gpio-cells" - - gpio-ranges -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6115-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6115-tlmm.yaml index 871df54f69..7f36f9b933 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6115-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6115-tlmm.yaml @@ -29,13 +29,7 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true gpio-reserved-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true patternProperties: "-state$": @@ -97,7 +91,7 @@ required: - reg - reg-names -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6125-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6125-tlmm.yaml index 8d77707b02..ddeaeaa9a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6125-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6125-tlmm.yaml @@ -30,20 +30,7 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true gpio-reserved-ranges: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - -required: - - compatible - - reg - - reg-names - -additionalProperties: false patternProperties: "-state$": @@ -105,6 +92,13 @@ $defs: required: - pins +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reg-names + +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | #include diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6350-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6350-tlmm.yaml index 27af379cf7..a4771f87d9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6350-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6350-tlmm.yaml @@ -26,10 +26,6 @@ properties: minItems: 9 maxItems: 9 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 78 @@ -37,16 +33,6 @@ properties: gpio-line-names: maxItems: 156 - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - -required: - - compatible - - reg - -additionalProperties: false - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -112,6 +98,12 @@ $defs: required: - pins +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | #include diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6375-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6375-tlmm.yaml index 6e02ba2482..047f82863f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6375-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm6375-tlmm.yaml @@ -25,19 +25,7 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true gpio-reserved-ranges: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - -required: - - compatible - - reg - -additionalProperties: false patternProperties: "-state$": @@ -113,6 +101,12 @@ $defs: required: - pins +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | #include diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm7150-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm7150-tlmm.yaml index ede0f3acad..7f23f939ad 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm7150-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm7150-tlmm.yaml @@ -32,13 +32,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 60 @@ -111,7 +104,7 @@ required: - reg - reg-names -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8150-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8150-pinctrl.yaml index c643962646..bdb7ed4be0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8150-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8150-pinctrl.yaml @@ -30,13 +30,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 88 @@ -113,7 +106,7 @@ required: - reg - reg-names -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8250-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8250-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml index 4b4be7efc1..750c996c10 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8250-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8250-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml @@ -30,16 +30,6 @@ properties: - const: core - const: audio - gpio-controller: true - - "#gpio-cells": - description: Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined in - include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h - const: 2 - - gpio-ranges: - maxItems: 1 - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -55,7 +45,8 @@ $defs: description: Pinctrl node's client devices use subnodes for desired pin configuration. Client device subnodes use below standard properties. - $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/pincfg-node.yaml + $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml#/$defs/qcom-tlmm-state + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: pins: @@ -78,48 +69,16 @@ $defs: Specify the alternative function to be configured for the specified pins. - drive-strength: - enum: [2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16] - default: 2 - description: - Selects the drive strength for the specified pins, in mA. - - slew-rate: - enum: [0, 1, 2, 3] - default: 0 - description: | - 0: No adjustments - 1: Higher Slew rate (faster edges) - 2: Lower Slew rate (slower edges) - 3: Reserved (No adjustments) - - bias-pull-down: true - bias-pull-up: true - bias-bus-hold: true - bias-disable: true - input-enable: true - output-high: true - output-low: true - - required: - - pins - - function - - additionalProperties: false - allOf: - - $ref: pinctrl.yaml# + - $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml# required: - compatible - reg - clocks - clock-names - - gpio-controller - - "#gpio-cells" - - gpio-ranges -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8250-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8250-pinctrl.yaml index 021c547085..b5d04347c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8250-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8250-pinctrl.yaml @@ -28,13 +28,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 90 @@ -106,7 +99,7 @@ required: - reg - reg-names -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml index 2e65ae08dd..9d782f910b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml @@ -33,16 +33,6 @@ properties: - const: core - const: audio - gpio-controller: true - - "#gpio-cells": - description: Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined in - include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h - const: 2 - - gpio-ranges: - maxItems: 1 - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -58,7 +48,8 @@ $defs: description: Pinctrl node's client devices use subnodes for desired pin configuration. Client device subnodes use below standard properties. - $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/pincfg-node.yaml + $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml#/$defs/qcom-tlmm-state + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: pins: @@ -81,48 +72,16 @@ $defs: Specify the alternative function to be configured for the specified pins. - drive-strength: - enum: [2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16] - default: 2 - description: - Selects the drive strength for the specified pins, in mA. - - slew-rate: - enum: [0, 1, 2, 3] - default: 0 - description: | - 0: No adjustments - 1: Higher Slew rate (faster edges) - 2: Lower Slew rate (slower edges) - 3: Reserved (No adjustments) - - bias-bus-hold: true - bias-pull-down: true - bias-pull-up: true - bias-disable: true - input-enable: true - output-high: true - output-low: true - - required: - - pins - - function - - additionalProperties: false - allOf: - - $ref: pinctrl.yaml# + - $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml# required: - compatible - reg - clocks - clock-names - - gpio-controller - - "#gpio-cells" - - gpio-ranges -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-tlmm.yaml index 6e8f41ff0a..ec5e09611d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-tlmm.yaml @@ -25,10 +25,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 102 @@ -36,16 +32,6 @@ properties: gpio-line-names: maxItems: 203 - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - -required: - - compatible - - reg - -additionalProperties: false - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -108,6 +94,12 @@ $defs: required: - pins +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | #include diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8450-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8450-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml index 1eefa9aa6a..e7565592da 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8450-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8450-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml @@ -32,16 +32,6 @@ properties: - const: core - const: audio - gpio-controller: true - - "#gpio-cells": - description: Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined in - include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h - const: 2 - - gpio-ranges: - maxItems: 1 - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -57,7 +47,8 @@ $defs: description: Pinctrl node's client devices use subnodes for desired pin configuration. Client device subnodes use below standard properties. - $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/pincfg-node.yaml + $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml#/$defs/qcom-tlmm-state + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: pins: @@ -81,48 +72,16 @@ $defs: Specify the alternative function to be configured for the specified pins. - drive-strength: - enum: [2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16] - default: 2 - description: - Selects the drive strength for the specified pins, in mA. - - slew-rate: - enum: [0, 1, 2, 3] - default: 0 - description: | - 0: No adjustments - 1: Higher Slew rate (faster edges) - 2: Lower Slew rate (slower edges) - 3: Reserved (No adjustments) - - bias-bus-hold: true - bias-pull-down: true - bias-pull-up: true - bias-disable: true - input-enable: true - output-high: true - output-low: true - - required: - - pins - - function - - additionalProperties: false - allOf: - - $ref: pinctrl.yaml# + - $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml# required: - compatible - reg - clocks - clock-names - - gpio-controller - - "#gpio-cells" - - gpio-ranges -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8450-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8450-tlmm.yaml index 5163fe3f53..16fd2c5e23 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8450-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8450-tlmm.yaml @@ -25,10 +25,6 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true - gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 maxItems: 105 @@ -36,16 +32,6 @@ properties: gpio-line-names: maxItems: 210 - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - -required: - - compatible - - reg - -additionalProperties: false - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -107,6 +93,12 @@ $defs: required: - pins +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | #include diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8550-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8550-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml index ef97432468..bf4a72faca 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8550-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8550-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml @@ -16,7 +16,11 @@ description: properties: compatible: - const: qcom,sm8550-lpass-lpi-pinctrl + oneOf: + - const: qcom,sm8550-lpass-lpi-pinctrl + - items: + - const: qcom,x1e80100-lpass-lpi-pinctrl + - const: qcom,sm8550-lpass-lpi-pinctrl reg: items: @@ -33,16 +37,6 @@ properties: - const: core - const: audio - gpio-controller: true - - "#gpio-cells": - description: Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined in - include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h - const: 2 - - gpio-ranges: - maxItems: 1 - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -58,7 +52,8 @@ $defs: description: Pinctrl node's client devices use subnodes for desired pin configuration. Client device subnodes use below standard properties. - $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/pincfg-node.yaml + $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml#/$defs/qcom-tlmm-state + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: pins: @@ -81,48 +76,16 @@ $defs: Specify the alternative function to be configured for the specified pins. - drive-strength: - enum: [2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16] - default: 2 - description: - Selects the drive strength for the specified pins, in mA. - - slew-rate: - enum: [0, 1, 2, 3] - default: 0 - description: | - 0: No adjustments - 1: Higher Slew rate (faster edges) - 2: Lower Slew rate (slower edges) - 3: Reserved (No adjustments) - - bias-bus-hold: true - bias-pull-down: true - bias-pull-up: true - bias-disable: true - input-enable: true - output-high: true - output-low: true - - required: - - pins - - function - - additionalProperties: false - allOf: - - $ref: pinctrl.yaml# + - $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml# required: - compatible - reg - clocks - clock-names - - gpio-controller - - "#gpio-cells" - - gpio-ranges -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8550-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8550-tlmm.yaml index f789c7753a..c2ae79df42 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8550-tlmm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8550-tlmm.yaml @@ -22,10 +22,8 @@ properties: reg: maxItems: 1 - interrupts: true - interrupt-controller: true - "#interrupt-cells": true - gpio-controller: true + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 gpio-reserved-ranges: minItems: 1 @@ -34,10 +32,6 @@ properties: gpio-line-names: maxItems: 210 - "#gpio-cells": true - gpio-ranges: true - wakeup-parent: true - patternProperties: "-state$": oneOf: @@ -117,7 +111,7 @@ required: - compatible - reg -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8650-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8650-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..db72143623 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8650-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pinctrl/qcom,sm8650-lpass-lpi-pinctrl.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm SM8650 SoC LPASS LPI TLMM + +maintainers: + - Krzysztof Kozlowski + - Srinivas Kandagatla + +description: + Top Level Mode Multiplexer pin controller in the Low Power Audio SubSystem + (LPASS) Low Power Island (LPI) of Qualcomm SM8650 SoC. + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm8650-lpass-lpi-pinctrl + + reg: + items: + - description: LPASS LPI TLMM Control and Status registers + + clocks: + items: + - description: LPASS Core voting clock + - description: LPASS Audio voting clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: core + - const: audio + +patternProperties: + "-state$": + oneOf: + - $ref: "#/$defs/qcom-sm8650-lpass-state" + - patternProperties: + "-pins$": + $ref: "#/$defs/qcom-sm8650-lpass-state" + additionalProperties: false + +$defs: + qcom-sm8650-lpass-state: + type: object + description: + Pinctrl node's client devices use subnodes for desired pin configuration. + Client device subnodes use below standard properties. + $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml#/$defs/qcom-tlmm-state + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + pins: + description: + List of gpio pins affected by the properties specified in this + subnode. + items: + pattern: "^gpio([0-9]|1[0-9]|2[0-2])$" + + function: + enum: [ dmic1_clk, dmic1_data, dmic2_clk, dmic2_data, dmic3_clk, + dmic3_data, dmic4_clk, dmic4_data, ext_mclk1_a, ext_mclk1_b, + ext_mclk1_c, ext_mclk1_d, ext_mclk1_e, gpio, i2s0_clk, + i2s0_data, i2s0_ws, i2s1_clk, i2s1_data, i2s1_ws, i2s2_clk, + i2s2_data, i2s2_ws, i2s3_clk, i2s3_data, i2s3_ws, i2s4_clk, + i2s4_data, i2s4_ws, qca_swr_clk, qca_swr_data, slimbus_clk, + slimbus_data, swr_rx_clk, swr_rx_data, swr_tx_clk, swr_tx_data, + wsa_swr_clk, wsa_swr_data, wsa2_swr_clk, wsa2_swr_data ] + description: + Specify the alternative function to be configured for the specified + pins. + +allOf: + - $ref: qcom,lpass-lpi-common.yaml# + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + lpass_tlmm: pinctrl@6e80000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8650-lpass-lpi-pinctrl"; + reg = <0x06e80000 0x20000>; + + clocks = <&q6prmcc LPASS_HW_MACRO_VOTE LPASS_CLK_ATTRIBUTE_COUPLE_NO>, + <&q6prmcc LPASS_HW_DCODEC_VOTE LPASS_CLK_ATTRIBUTE_COUPLE_NO>; + clock-names = "core", "audio"; + + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&lpass_tlmm 0 0 23>; + + tx-swr-sleep-clk-state { + pins = "gpio0"; + function = "swr_tx_clk"; + drive-strength = <2>; + bias-pull-down; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8650-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8650-tlmm.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0a06abf85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8650-tlmm.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pinctrl/qcom,sm8650-tlmm.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. SM8650 TLMM block + +maintainers: + - Bjorn Andersson + +description: + Top Level Mode Multiplexer pin controller in Qualcomm SM8650 SoC. + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/qcom,tlmm-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm8650-tlmm + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + gpio-reserved-ranges: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 105 + + gpio-line-names: + maxItems: 210 + +patternProperties: + "-state$": + oneOf: + - $ref: "#/$defs/qcom-sm8650-tlmm-state" + - patternProperties: + "-pins$": + $ref: "#/$defs/qcom-sm8650-tlmm-state" + additionalProperties: false + +$defs: + qcom-sm8650-tlmm-state: + type: object + description: + Pinctrl node's client devices use subnodes for desired pin configuration. + Client device subnodes use below standard properties. + $ref: qcom,tlmm-common.yaml#/$defs/qcom-tlmm-state + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + pins: + description: + List of gpio pins affected by the properties specified in this + subnode. + items: + oneOf: + - pattern: "^gpio([0-9]|[1-9][0-9]|1[0-9][0-9]|20[0-9])$" + - enum: [ ufs_reset, sdc2_clk, sdc2_cmd, sdc2_data ] + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 36 + + function: + description: + Specify the alternative function to be configured for the specified + pins. + enum: [ gpio, aoss_cti, atest_char, atest_usb, audio_ext_mclk0, + audio_ext_mclk1, audio_ref_clk, cam_aon_mclk2, cam_aon_mclk4, + cam_mclk, cci_async_in, cci_i2c_scl, cci_i2c_sda, cci_timer, + cmu_rng, coex_uart1_rx, coex_uart1_tx, coex_uart2_rx, + coex_uart2_tx, cri_trng, dbg_out_clk, ddr_bist_complete, + ddr_bist_fail, ddr_bist_start, ddr_bist_stop, ddr_pxi0, + ddr_pxi1, ddr_pxi2, ddr_pxi3, do_not, dp_hot, gcc_gp1, + gcc_gp2, gcc_gp3, gnss_adc0, gnss_adc1, i2chub0_se0, + i2chub0_se1, i2chub0_se2, i2chub0_se3, i2chub0_se4, + i2chub0_se5, i2chub0_se6, i2chub0_se7, i2chub0_se8, + i2chub0_se9, i2s0_data0, i2s0_data1, i2s0_sck, i2s0_ws, + i2s1_data0, i2s1_data1, i2s1_sck, i2s1_ws, ibi_i3c, + jitter_bist, mdp_vsync, mdp_vsync0_out, mdp_vsync1_out, + mdp_vsync2_out, mdp_vsync3_out, mdp_vsync_e, nav_gpio0, + nav_gpio1, nav_gpio2, nav_gpio3, pcie0_clk_req_n, + pcie1_clk_req_n, phase_flag, pll_bist_sync, pll_clk_aux, + prng_rosc0, prng_rosc1, prng_rosc2, prng_rosc3, qdss_cti, + qdss_gpio, qlink_big_enable, qlink_big_request, + qlink_little_enable, qlink_little_request, qlink_wmss, + qspi0, qspi1, qspi2, qspi3, qspi_clk, qspi_cs, qup1_se0, + qup1_se1, qup1_se2, qup1_se3, qup1_se4, qup1_se5, qup1_se6, + qup1_se7, qup2_se0, qup2_se1, qup2_se2, qup2_se3, qup2_se4, + qup2_se5, qup2_se6, qup2_se7, sd_write_protect, sdc40, sdc41, + sdc42, sdc43, sdc4_clk, sdc4_cmd, tb_trig_sdc2, tb_trig_sdc4, + tgu_ch0_trigout, tgu_ch1_trigout, tgu_ch2_trigout, + tgu_ch3_trigout, tmess_prng0, tmess_prng1, tmess_prng2, + tmess_prng3, tsense_pwm1, tsense_pwm2, tsense_pwm3, uim0_clk, + uim0_data, uim0_present, uim0_reset, uim1_clk, uim1_data, + uim1_present, uim1_reset, usb1_hs, usb_phy, vfr_0, vfr_1, + vsense_trigger_mirnat ] + + required: + - pins + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + tlmm: pinctrl@f100000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8650-tlmm"; + reg = <0x0f100000 0x300000>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&tlmm 0 0 211>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupts = ; + + gpio-wo-state { + pins = "gpio1"; + function = "gpio"; + }; + + uart-w-state { + rx-pins { + pins = "gpio60"; + function = "qup1_se7"; + bias-pull-up; + }; + + tx-pins { + pins = "gpio61"; + function = "qup1_se7"; + bias-disable; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,x1e80100-tlmm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,x1e80100-tlmm.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a1333e0743 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,x1e80100-tlmm.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pinctrl/qcom,x1e80100-tlmm.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. X1E80100 TLMM block + +maintainers: + - Rajendra Nayak + +description: + Top Level Mode Multiplexer pin controller in Qualcomm X1E80100 SoC. + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/qcom,tlmm-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,x1e80100-tlmm + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + gpio-reserved-ranges: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 119 + + gpio-line-names: + maxItems: 238 + +patternProperties: + "-state$": + oneOf: + - $ref: "#/$defs/qcom-x1e80100-tlmm-state" + - patternProperties: + "-pins$": + $ref: "#/$defs/qcom-x1e80100-tlmm-state" + additionalProperties: false + +$defs: + qcom-x1e80100-tlmm-state: + type: object + description: + Pinctrl node's client devices use subnodes for desired pin configuration. + Client device subnodes use below standard properties. + $ref: qcom,tlmm-common.yaml#/$defs/qcom-tlmm-state + unevaluatedProperties: false + + properties: + pins: + description: + List of gpio pins affected by the properties specified in this + subnode. + items: + oneOf: + - pattern: "^gpio([0-9]|[1-9][0-9]|1[0-9][0-9]|2[0-2][0-9]|23[0-7])$" + - enum: [ ufs_reset, sdc2_clk, sdc2_cmd, sdc2_data ] + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 36 + + function: + description: + Specify the alternative function to be configured for the specified + pins. + enum: [ aon_cci, aoss_cti, atest_char, atest_char0, + atest_char1, atest_char2, atest_char3, atest_usb, + audio_ext, audio_ref, cam_aon, cam_mclk, cci_async, + cci_i2c, cci_timer0, cci_timer1, cci_timer2, cci_timer3, + cci_timer4, cmu_rng0, cmu_rng1, cmu_rng2, cmu_rng3, + cri_trng, dbg_out, ddr_bist, ddr_pxi0, ddr_pxi1, + ddr_pxi2, ddr_pxi3, ddr_pxi4, ddr_pxi5, ddr_pxi6, ddr_pxi7, + edp0_hot, edp0_lcd, edp1_hot, edp1_lcd, eusb0_ac, eusb1_ac, + eusb2_ac, eusb3_ac, eusb5_ac, eusb6_ac, gcc_gp1, gcc_gp2, + gcc_gp3, gpio, i2s0_data0, i2s0_data1, i2s0_sck, i2s0_ws, i2s1_data0, + i2s1_data1, i2s1_sck, i2s1_ws, ibi_i3c, jitter_bist, mdp_vsync0, + mdp_vsync1, mdp_vsync2, mdp_vsync3, mdp_vsync4, mdp_vsync5, + mdp_vsync6, mdp_vsync7, mdp_vsync8, pcie3_clk, pcie4_clk, + pcie5_clk, pcie6a_clk, pcie6b_clk, phase_flag, pll_bist, pll_clk, + prng_rosc0, prng_rosc1, prng_rosc2, prng_rosc3, qdss_cti, + qdss_gpio, qspi00, qspi01, qspi02, qspi03, qspi0_clk, qspi0_cs0, + qspi0_cs1, qup0_se0, qup0_se1, qup0_se2, qup0_se3, qup0_se4, + qup0_se5, qup0_se6, qup0_se7, qup1_se0, qup1_se1, qup1_se2, qup1_se3, + qup1_se4, qup1_se5, qup1_se6, qup1_se7, qup2_se0, qup2_se1, qup2_se2, + qup2_se3, qup2_se4, qup2_se5, qup2_se6, qup2_se7, sd_write, sdc4_clk, + sdc4_cmd, sdc4_data0, sdc4_data1, sdc4_data2, sdc4_data3, sys_throttle, + tb_trig, tgu_ch0, tgu_ch1, tgu_ch2, tgu_ch3, tgu_ch4, tgu_ch5, + tgu_ch6, tgu_ch7, tmess_prng0, tmess_prng1, tmess_prng2, tmess_prng3, + tsense_pwm1, tsense_pwm2, sense_pwm3, tsense_pwm4, usb0_dp, usb0_phy, + usb0_sbrx, usb0_sbtx, usb1_dp, usb1_phy, usb1_sbrx, usb1_sbtx, + usb2_dp, usb2_phy, usb2_sbrx, usb2_sbtx, vsense_trigger ] + + required: + - pins + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + tlmm: pinctrl@f100000 { + compatible = "qcom,x1e80100-tlmm"; + reg = <0x0f100000 0xf00000>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&tlmm 0 0 239>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupts = ; + + gpio-wo-state { + pins = "gpio1"; + function = "gpio"; + }; + + uart-w-state { + rx-pins { + pins = "gpio26"; + function = "qup2_se7"; + bias-pull-up; + }; + + tx-pins { + pins = "gpio27"; + function = "qup2_se7"; + bias-disable; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,rza2-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,rza2-pinctrl.yaml index 8271e7b2c1..8b8e4e1a00 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,rza2-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,rza2-pinctrl.yaml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ description: properties: compatible: - const: "renesas,r7s9210-pinctrl" # RZ/A2M + const: renesas,r7s9210-pinctrl # RZ/A2M reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,rzg2l-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,rzg2l-pinctrl.yaml index b5ca40d0e2..d476de82e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,rzg2l-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,rzg2l-pinctrl.yaml @@ -185,17 +185,17 @@ examples: sd1_mux { pinmux = , /* CD */ ; /* WP */ - power-source = <3300>; + power-source = <3300>; }; sd1_data { pins = "SD1_DATA0", "SD1_DATA1", "SD1_DATA2", "SD1_DATA3"; - power-source = <3300>; + power-source = <3300>; }; sd1_ctrl { pins = "SD1_CLK", "SD1_CMD"; - power-source = <3300>; + power-source = <3300>; }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung,pinctrl-wakeup-interrupt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung,pinctrl-wakeup-interrupt.yaml index 1de91a5123..4dfb49b0e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung,pinctrl-wakeup-interrupt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung,pinctrl-wakeup-interrupt.yaml @@ -28,15 +28,27 @@ description: | properties: compatible: - enum: - - samsung,s3c2410-wakeup-eint - - samsung,s3c2412-wakeup-eint - - samsung,s3c64xx-wakeup-eint - - samsung,s5pv210-wakeup-eint - - samsung,exynos4210-wakeup-eint - - samsung,exynos7-wakeup-eint - - samsung,exynos850-wakeup-eint - - samsung,exynosautov9-wakeup-eint + oneOf: + - enum: + - samsung,s3c2410-wakeup-eint + - samsung,s3c2412-wakeup-eint + - samsung,s3c64xx-wakeup-eint + - samsung,s5pv210-wakeup-eint + - samsung,exynos4210-wakeup-eint + - samsung,exynos7-wakeup-eint + - samsung,exynosautov920-wakeup-eint + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos5433-wakeup-eint + - samsung,exynos7885-wakeup-eint + - samsung,exynos850-wakeup-eint + - const: samsung,exynos7-wakeup-eint + - items: + - enum: + - google,gs101-wakeup-eint + - samsung,exynosautov9-wakeup-eint + - const: samsung,exynos850-wakeup-eint + - const: samsung,exynos7-wakeup-eint interrupts: description: @@ -79,11 +91,14 @@ allOf: - if: properties: compatible: - contains: - enum: - - samsung,s5pv210-wakeup-eint - - samsung,exynos4210-wakeup-eint - - samsung,exynos7-wakeup-eint + # Match without "contains", to skip newer variants which are still + # compatible with samsung,exynos7-wakeup-eint + enum: + - samsung,s5pv210-wakeup-eint + - samsung,exynos4210-wakeup-eint + - samsung,exynos5433-wakeup-eint + - samsung,exynos7-wakeup-eint + - samsung,exynos7885-wakeup-eint then: properties: interrupts: @@ -98,7 +113,7 @@ allOf: contains: enum: - samsung,exynos850-wakeup-eint - - samsung,exynosautov9-wakeup-eint + - samsung,exynosautov920-wakeup-eint then: properties: interrupts: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung,pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung,pinctrl.yaml index 2661462177..118549c259 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung,pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung,pinctrl.yaml @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: + - google,gs101-pinctrl - samsung,s3c2412-pinctrl - samsung,s3c2416-pinctrl - samsung,s3c2440-pinctrl @@ -53,6 +54,7 @@ properties: - samsung,exynos7885-pinctrl - samsung,exynos850-pinctrl - samsung,exynosautov9-pinctrl + - samsung,exynosautov920-pinctrl - tesla,fsd-pinctrl interrupts: @@ -313,7 +315,8 @@ examples: pinctrl-0 = <&initial_alive>; wakeup-interrupt-controller { - compatible = "samsung,exynos7-wakeup-eint"; + compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-wakeup-eint", + "samsung,exynos7-wakeup-eint"; interrupts = ; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.yaml index b85f9e36ce..d2676f92ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.yaml @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ properties: phandle to the SLCR. patternProperties: - '^(.*-)?(default|gpio)$': + '^(.*-)?(default|gpio-grp)$': type: object patternProperties: '^mux': diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynqmp-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynqmp-pinctrl.yaml index 01b6f2b578..f13d315b5d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynqmp-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynqmp-pinctrl.yaml @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ properties: const: xlnx,zynqmp-pinctrl patternProperties: - '^(.*-)?(default|gpio)$': + '^(.*-)?(default|gpio-grp)$': type: object patternProperties: '^mux': diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,scu-pd.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,scu-pd.yaml index 407b7cfec7..7a0f1a4008 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,scu-pd.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,scu-pd.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ properties: compatible: items: - enum: + - fsl,imx8dl-scu-pd - fsl,imx8qm-scu-pd - fsl,imx8qxp-scu-pd - const: fsl,scu-pd diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.yaml index da9c5846f4..2ff246cf8b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.yaml @@ -39,7 +39,6 @@ properties: - qcom,sc7280-rpmhpd - qcom,sc8180x-rpmhpd - qcom,sc8280xp-rpmhpd - - qcom,sc8380xp-rpmhpd - qcom,sdm660-rpmpd - qcom,sdm670-rpmhpd - qcom,sdm845-rpmhpd @@ -57,6 +56,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8450-rpmhpd - qcom,sm8550-rpmhpd - qcom,sm8650-rpmhpd + - qcom,x1e80100-rpmhpd - items: - enum: - qcom,msm8937-rpmpd diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/nvmem-reboot-mode.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/nvmem-reboot-mode.yaml index 14a262bcbf..627f8a6078 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/nvmem-reboot-mode.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/nvmem-reboot-mode.yaml @@ -28,17 +28,15 @@ properties: items: - const: reboot-mode -patternProperties: - "^mode-.+": - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: Vendor-specific mode value written to the mode register +allOf: + - $ref: reboot-mode.yaml# required: - compatible - nvmem-cells - nvmem-cell-names -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.yaml index 5e460128b0..fc8105a7b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.yaml @@ -111,21 +111,24 @@ examples: #include #include #include - spmi_bus: spmi@c440000 { + + spmi@c440000 { reg = <0x0c440000 0x1100>; #address-cells = <2>; #size-cells = <0>; - pmk8350: pmic@0 { + + pmic@0 { reg = <0x0 SPMI_USID>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; - pmk8350_pon: pon_hlos@1300 { - reg = <0x1300>; + + pon@800 { compatible = "qcom,pm8998-pon"; + reg = <0x800>; pwrkey { compatible = "qcom,pm8941-pwrkey"; - interrupts = < 0x0 0x8 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH >; + interrupts = <0x0 0x8 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>; debounce = <15625>; bias-pull-up; linux,code = ; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-reboot-mode.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-reboot-mode.yaml index 9b1ffceefe..b6acff199c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-reboot-mode.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-reboot-mode.yaml @@ -29,12 +29,10 @@ properties: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: Offset in the register map for the mode register (in bytes) -patternProperties: - "^mode-.+": - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - description: Vendor-specific mode value written to the mode register +allOf: + - $ref: reboot-mode.yaml# -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-power.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-power.yaml index 45792e2169..7998316361 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-power.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-power.yaml @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ examples: firmware { zynqmp-firmware { - zynqmp-power { + power-management { compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-power"; interrupts = <0 35 4>; }; @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ examples: firmware { zynqmp-firmware { - zynqmp-power { + power-management { compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-power"; interrupt-parent = <&gic>; interrupts = <0 35 4>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq24190.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq24190.yaml index d3ebc9de8c..131b7e57d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq24190.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq24190.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ properties: - ti,bq24192 - ti,bq24192i - ti,bq24196 + - ti,bq24296 reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/richtek,rt9455.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/richtek,rt9455.yaml index 07e38be39f..89f9603499 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/richtek,rt9455.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/richtek,rt9455.yaml @@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ examples: interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; - richtek,output-charge-current = <500000>; - richtek,end-of-charge-percentage = <10>; - richtek,battery-regulation-voltage = <4200000>; - richtek,boost-output-voltage = <5050000>; + richtek,output-charge-current = <500000>; + richtek,end-of-charge-percentage = <10>; + richtek,battery-regulation-voltage = <4200000>; + richtek,boost-output-voltage = <5050000>; richtek,min-input-voltage-regulation = <4500000>; richtek,avg-input-current-regulation = <500000>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/wakeup-source.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/wakeup-source.txt index 697333a56d..75bc20b956 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/wakeup-source.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/wakeup-source.txt @@ -3,16 +3,20 @@ Specifying wakeup capability for devices Any device nodes ---------------- -Nodes that describe devices which has wakeup capability must contain an +Nodes that describe devices which have wakeup capability may contain a "wakeup-source" boolean property. -Also, if device is marked as a wakeup source, then all the primary -interrupt(s) can be used as wakeup interrupt(s). +If the device is marked as a wakeup-source, interrupt wake capability depends +on the device specific "interrupt-names" property. If no interrupts are labeled +as wake capable, then it is up to the device to determine which interrupts can +wake the system. -However if the devices have dedicated interrupt as the wakeup source -then they need to specify/identify the same using device specific -interrupt name. In such cases only that interrupt can be used as wakeup -interrupt. +However if a device has a dedicated interrupt as the wakeup source, then it +needs to specify/identify it using a device specific interrupt name. In such +cases only that interrupt can be used as a wakeup interrupt. + +While various legacy interrupt names exist, new devices should use "wakeup" as +the canonical interrupt name. List of legacy properties and respective binding document --------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/mediatek,pwm-disp.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/mediatek,pwm-disp.yaml index 153e146df7..afcdeed4e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/mediatek,pwm-disp.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/mediatek,pwm-disp.yaml @@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ title: MediaTek DISP_PWM Controller maintainers: - Jitao Shi - - Xinlei Lee allOf: - $ref: pwm.yaml# diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-omap-dmtimer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-omap-dmtimer.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 25ecfe14c6..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-omap-dmtimer.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -* OMAP PWM for dual-mode timers - -Required properties: -- compatible: Shall contain "ti,omap-dmtimer-pwm". -- ti,timers: phandle to PWM capable OMAP timer. See timer/ti,timer-dm.yaml for info - about these timers. -- #pwm-cells: Should be 3. See pwm.yaml in this directory for a description of - the cells format. - -Optional properties: -- ti,prescaler: Should be a value between 0 and 7, see the timers datasheet -- ti,clock-source: Set dmtimer parent clock, values between 0 and 2: - - 0x00 - high-frequency system clock (timer_sys_ck) - - 0x01 - 32-kHz always-on clock (timer_32k_ck) - - 0x02 - external clock (timer_ext_ck, OMAP2 only) - -Example: - pwm9: dmtimer-pwm@9 { - compatible = "ti,omap-dmtimer-pwm"; - ti,timers = <&timer9>; - #pwm-cells = <3>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-samsung.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-samsung.yaml index 2162f661ed..17a2b927af 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-samsung.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-samsung.yaml @@ -29,7 +29,11 @@ properties: - samsung,exynos4210-pwm # 32-bit, Exynos - items: - enum: + - samsung,exynos5433-pwm + - samsung,exynos7-pwm - samsung,exynosautov9-pwm + - samsung,exynosautov920-pwm + - tesla,fsd-pwm - const: samsung,exynos4210-pwm reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/ti,omap-dmtimer-pwm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/ti,omap-dmtimer-pwm.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e8e094aad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/ti,omap-dmtimer-pwm.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pwm/ti,omap-dmtimer-pwm.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: TI dual mode timer PWM controller + +maintainers: + - Tony Lindgren + +description: + TI dual mode timer instances have an IO pin for PWM capability + +allOf: + - $ref: pwm.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: ti,omap-dmtimer-pwm + + "#pwm-cells": + const: 3 + + ti,timers: + description: Timer instance phandle for the PWM + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + + ti,prescaler: + description: | + Legacy clock prescaler for timer. The timer counter is prescaled + with 2^n where n is the prescaler. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ] + deprecated: true + + ti,clock-source: + description: | + Legacy clock for timer, please use assigned-clocks instead. + 0x00 - high-frequency system clock (timer_sys_ck) + 0x01 - 32-kHz always-on clock (timer_32k_ck) + 0x02 - external clock (timer_ext_ck, OMAP2 only) + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 1, 2 ] + deprecated: true + +required: + - compatible + - ti,timers + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + pwm9: pwm { + compatible = "ti,omap-dmtimer-pwm"; + ti,timers = <&timer9>; + #pwm-cells = <3>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml index ce7751b912..9ff9abf269 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml @@ -105,6 +105,8 @@ properties: description: Interrupt signaling a critical under-voltage event. + system-critical-regulator: true + required: - compatible - regulator-name diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mps,mp5416.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mps,mp5416.yaml index 0221397eb5..f825ee9efd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mps,mp5416.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mps,mp5416.yaml @@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ examples: regulator-name = "buck1"; regulator-min-microvolt = <600000>; regulator-max-microvolt = <2187500>; - regulator-min-microamp = <3800000>; - regulator-max-microamp = <6800000>; + regulator-min-microamp = <3800000>; + regulator-max-microamp = <6800000>; regulator-boot-on; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mps,mpq7920.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mps,mpq7920.yaml index 6de5b027f9..0d34af9840 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mps,mpq7920.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mps,mpq7920.yaml @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ examples: regulator-name = "buck1"; regulator-min-microvolt = <400000>; regulator-max-microvolt = <3587500>; - regulator-min-microamp = <460000>; - regulator-max-microamp = <7600000>; + regulator-min-microamp = <460000>; + regulator-max-microamp = <7600000>; regulator-boot-on; mps,buck-ovp-disable; mps,buck-phase-delay = /bits/ 8 <2>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.yaml index acd37f28ef..27c6d51524 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.yaml @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ description: | For PM7325, smps1 - smps8, ldo1 - ldo19 For PM8005, smps1 - smps4 For PM8009, smps1 - smps2, ldo1 - ldo7 + For PM8010, ldo1 - ldo7 For PM8150, smps1 - smps10, ldo1 - ldo18 For PM8150L, smps1 - smps8, ldo1 - ldo11, bob, flash, rgb For PM8350, smps1 - smps12, ldo1 - ldo10 @@ -68,6 +69,7 @@ properties: - qcom,pm8005-rpmh-regulators - qcom,pm8009-rpmh-regulators - qcom,pm8009-1-rpmh-regulators + - qcom,pm8010-rpmh-regulators - qcom,pm8150-rpmh-regulators - qcom,pm8150l-rpmh-regulators - qcom,pm8350-rpmh-regulators @@ -238,6 +240,18 @@ allOf: "^vdd-l[1-47]-supply$": true "^vdd-s[1-2]-supply$": true + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,pm8010-rpmh-regulators + then: + properties: + vdd-l1-l2-supply: true + vdd-l3-l4-supply: true + patternProperties: + "^vdd-l[5-7]-supply$": true + - if: properties: compatible: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.yaml index 9ea8ac0786..f2fd2df68a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.yaml @@ -47,6 +47,9 @@ description: For pm8916, s1, s2, s3, s4, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, l11, l12, l13, l14, l15, l16, l17, l18 + For pm8937, s1, s2, s3, s4, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, + l11, l12, l13, l14, l15, l16, l17, l18, l19, l20, l21, l22, l23 + For pm8941, s1, s2, s3, s4, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, l11, l12, l13, l14, l15, l16, l17, l18, l19, l20, l21, l22, l23, l24, lvs1, lvs2, lvs3, 5vs1, 5vs2 @@ -92,6 +95,7 @@ properties: - qcom,rpm-pm8841-regulators - qcom,rpm-pm8909-regulators - qcom,rpm-pm8916-regulators + - qcom,rpm-pm8937-regulators - qcom,rpm-pm8941-regulators - qcom,rpm-pm8950-regulators - qcom,rpm-pm8953-regulators diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.yaml index 7a1b7d2abb..aea849e8ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,spmi-regulator.yaml @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ properties: - qcom,pm8841-regulators - qcom,pm8909-regulators - qcom,pm8916-regulators + - qcom,pm8937-regulators - qcom,pm8941-regulators - qcom,pm8950-regulators - qcom,pm8994-regulators @@ -291,6 +292,24 @@ allOf: patternProperties: "^vdd_s[1-3]-supply$": true + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - qcom,pm8937-regulators + then: + properties: + vdd_l1_l19-supply: true + vdd_l20_l21-supply: true + vdd_l2_l23-supply: true + vdd_l3-supply: true + vdd_l4_l5_l6_l7_l16-supply: true + vdd_l8_l11_l12_l17_l22-supply: true + vdd_l9_l10_l13_l14_l15_l18-supply: true + patternProperties: + "^vdd_s[1-6]-supply$": true + - if: properties: compatible: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,usb-vbus-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,usb-vbus-regulator.yaml index 89c564dfa5..534f87e987 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,usb-vbus-regulator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,usb-vbus-regulator.yaml @@ -36,10 +36,11 @@ unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | - pm8150b { + pmic { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; - pm8150b_vbus: usb-vbus-regulator@1100 { + + usb-vbus-regulator@1100 { compatible = "qcom,pm8150b-vbus-reg"; reg = <0x1100>; regulator-min-microamp = <500000>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.yaml index 9daf0fc246..1ef380d151 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.yaml @@ -114,6 +114,11 @@ properties: description: Enable pull down resistor when the regulator is disabled. type: boolean + system-critical-regulator: + description: Set if the regulator is critical to system stability or + functionality. + type: boolean + regulator-over-current-protection: description: Enable over current protection. type: boolean @@ -181,6 +186,14 @@ properties: be enabled but limit setting can be omitted. Limit is given as microvolt offset from voltage set to regulator. + regulator-uv-less-critical-window-ms: + description: Specifies the time window (in milliseconds) following a + critical under-voltage event during which the system can continue to + operate safely while performing less critical operations. This property + provides a defined duration before a more severe reaction to the + under-voltage event is needed, allowing for certain non-urgent actions to + be carried out in preparation for potential power loss. + regulator-temp-protection-kelvin: description: Set over temperature protection limit. This is a limit where hardware performs emergency shutdown. Zero can be passed to disable diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/fsl,imx-rproc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/fsl,imx-rproc.yaml index 30632efdad..df36e29d97 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/fsl,imx-rproc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/fsl,imx-rproc.yaml @@ -113,10 +113,10 @@ examples: }; imx7d-cm4 { - compatible = "fsl,imx7d-cm4"; - memory-region = <&m4_reserved_sysmem1>, <&m4_reserved_sysmem2>; - syscon = <&src>; - clocks = <&clks IMX7D_ARM_M4_ROOT_CLK>; + compatible = "fsl,imx7d-cm4"; + memory-region = <&m4_reserved_sysmem1>, <&m4_reserved_sysmem2>; + syscon = <&src>; + clocks = <&clks IMX7D_ARM_M4_ROOT_CLK>; }; - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,sc7180-pas.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,sc7180-pas.yaml index f10f329677..c054b84fdc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,sc7180-pas.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,sc7180-pas.yaml @@ -18,7 +18,10 @@ properties: enum: - qcom,sc7180-adsp-pas - qcom,sc7180-mpss-pas + - qcom,sc7280-adsp-pas + - qcom,sc7280-cdsp-pas - qcom,sc7280-mpss-pas + - qcom,sc7280-wpss-pas reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -75,6 +78,7 @@ allOf: compatible: enum: - qcom,sc7180-adsp-pas + - qcom,sc7280-adsp-pas then: properties: power-domains: @@ -109,6 +113,23 @@ allOf: compatible: enum: - qcom,sc7280-mpss-pas + then: + properties: + power-domains: + items: + - description: CX power domain + - description: MSS power domain + power-domain-names: + items: + - const: cx + - const: mss + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,sc7280-cdsp-pas + - qcom,sc7280-wpss-pas then: properties: power-domains: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/amlogic,meson-reset.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/amlogic,meson-reset.yaml index d3fdee89d4..f0c6c0df0c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/amlogic,meson-reset.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/amlogic,meson-reset.yaml @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ properties: - amlogic,meson-axg-reset # Reset Controller on AXG and compatible SoCs - amlogic,meson-a1-reset # Reset Controller on A1 and compatible SoCs - amlogic,meson-s4-reset # Reset Controller on S4 and compatible SoCs + - amlogic,c3-reset # Reset Controller on C3 and compatible SoCs reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx-src.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx-src.yaml index b11ac533f9..f5ec1d54aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx-src.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx-src.yaml @@ -28,28 +28,17 @@ description: | properties: compatible: oneOf: - - const: "fsl,imx51-src" + - const: fsl,imx51-src - items: - - const: "fsl,imx50-src" - - const: "fsl,imx51-src" - - items: - - const: "fsl,imx53-src" - - const: "fsl,imx51-src" - - items: - - const: "fsl,imx6q-src" - - const: "fsl,imx51-src" - - items: - - const: "fsl,imx6sx-src" - - const: "fsl,imx51-src" - - items: - - const: "fsl,imx6sl-src" - - const: "fsl,imx51-src" - - items: - - const: "fsl,imx6ul-src" - - const: "fsl,imx51-src" - - items: - - const: "fsl,imx6sll-src" - - const: "fsl,imx51-src" + - enum: + - fsl,imx50-src + - fsl,imx53-src + - fsl,imx6q-src + - fsl,imx6sx-src + - fsl,imx6sl-src + - fsl,imx6ul-src + - fsl,imx6sll-src + - const: fsl,imx51-src reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/hisilicon,hi3660-reset.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/hisilicon,hi3660-reset.yaml index cdfcf32c53..e4de002d69 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/hisilicon,hi3660-reset.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/hisilicon,hi3660-reset.yaml @@ -50,32 +50,9 @@ additionalProperties: false examples: - | - #include - #include - #include - - iomcu: iomcu@ffd7e000 { - compatible = "hisilicon,hi3660-iomcu", "syscon"; - reg = <0xffd7e000 0x1000>; - }; - - iomcu_rst: iomcu_rst_controller { + iomcu_rst_controller { compatible = "hisilicon,hi3660-reset"; hisilicon,rst-syscon = <&iomcu>; #reset-cells = <2>; }; - - /* Specifying reset lines connected to IP modules */ - i2c@ffd71000 { - compatible = "snps,designware-i2c"; - reg = <0xffd71000 0x1000>; - interrupts = ; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - clock-frequency = <400000>; - clocks = <&crg_ctrl HI3660_CLK_GATE_I2C0>; - resets = <&iomcu_rst 0x20 3>; - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&i2c0_pmx_func &i2c0_cfg_func>; - }; ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,aoss-reset.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,aoss-reset.yaml index d92e2b3cc8..24beb712b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,aoss-reset.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,aoss-reset.yaml @@ -18,17 +18,17 @@ properties: oneOf: - description: on SC7180 SoCs the following compatibles must be specified items: - - const: "qcom,sc7180-aoss-cc" - - const: "qcom,sdm845-aoss-cc" + - const: qcom,sc7180-aoss-cc + - const: qcom,sdm845-aoss-cc - description: on SC7280 SoCs the following compatibles must be specified items: - - const: "qcom,sc7280-aoss-cc" - - const: "qcom,sdm845-aoss-cc" + - const: qcom,sc7280-aoss-cc + - const: qcom,sdm845-aoss-cc - description: on SDM845 SoCs the following compatibles must be specified items: - - const: "qcom,sdm845-aoss-cc" + - const: qcom,sdm845-aoss-cc reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.yaml index ca5d793321..f514363aa4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.yaml @@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ properties: oneOf: - description: on SC7180 SoCs the following compatibles must be specified items: - - const: "qcom,sc7180-pdc-global" - - const: "qcom,sdm845-pdc-global" + - const: qcom,sc7180-pdc-global + - const: qcom,sdm845-pdc-global - description: on SC7280 SoCs the following compatibles must be specified items: - - const: "qcom,sc7280-pdc-global" + - const: qcom,sc7280-pdc-global - description: on SDM845 SoCs the following compatibles must be specified items: - - const: "qcom,sdm845-pdc-global" + - const: qcom,sdm845-pdc-global reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rzg2l-usbphy-ctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rzg2l-usbphy-ctrl.yaml index 731b8ce015..03c18611e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rzg2l-usbphy-ctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rzg2l-usbphy-ctrl.yaml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ properties: compatible: items: - enum: - - renesas,r9a07g043-usbphy-ctrl # RZ/G2UL + - renesas,r9a07g043-usbphy-ctrl # RZ/G2UL and RZ/Five - renesas,r9a07g044-usbphy-ctrl # RZ/G2{L,LC} - renesas,r9a07g054-usbphy-ctrl # RZ/V2L - const: renesas,rzg2l-usbphy-ctrl diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-reset.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-reset.yaml index 49db668014..1f1b42dde9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-reset.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-reset.yaml @@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC and Versal reset maintainers: - - Piyush Mehta + - Mubin Sayyed + - Radhey Shyam Pandey description: | The Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC and Versal has several different resets. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml index f392e367d6..9d8670c00e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml @@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ properties: oneOf: - items: - enum: + - amd,mbv32 - andestech,ax45mp - canaan,k210 - sifive,bullet0 @@ -62,8 +63,8 @@ properties: mmu-type: description: - Identifies the MMU address translation mode used on this - hart. These values originate from the RISC-V Privileged + Identifies the largest MMU address translation mode supported by + this hart. These values originate from the RISC-V Privileged Specification document, available from https://riscv.org/specifications/ $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string @@ -79,6 +80,11 @@ properties: description: The blocksize in bytes for the Zicbom cache operations. + riscv,cbop-block-size: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: + The blocksize in bytes for the Zicbop cache operations. + riscv,cboz-block-size: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/extensions.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/extensions.yaml index c91ab0e466..63d81dc895 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/extensions.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/extensions.yaml @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ properties: insensitive, letters in the riscv,isa string must be all lowercase. $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string - pattern: ^rv(?:64|32)imaf?d?q?c?b?k?j?p?v?h?(?:[hsxz](?:[a-z])+)?(?:_[hsxz](?:[a-z])+)*$ + pattern: ^rv(?:64|32)imaf?d?q?c?b?k?j?p?v?h?(?:[hsxz](?:[0-9a-z])+)?(?:_[hsxz](?:[0-9a-z])+)*$ deprecated: true riscv,isa-base: @@ -171,6 +171,12 @@ properties: memory types as ratified in the 20191213 version of the privileged ISA specification. + - const: zacas + description: | + The Zacas extension for Atomic Compare-and-Swap (CAS) instructions + is supported as ratified at commit 5059e0ca641c ("update to + ratified") of the riscv-zacas. + - const: zba description: | The standard Zba bit-manipulation extension for address generation @@ -190,12 +196,111 @@ properties: multiplication as ratified at commit 6d33919 ("Merge pull request #158 from hirooih/clmul-fix-loop-end-condition") of riscv-bitmanip. + - const: zbkb + description: + The standard Zbkb bitmanip instructions for cryptography as ratified + in version 1.0 of RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume I + specification. + + - const: zbkc + description: + The standard Zbkc carry-less multiply instructions as ratified + in version 1.0 of RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume I + specification. + + - const: zbkx + description: + The standard Zbkx crossbar permutation instructions as ratified + in version 1.0 of RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume I + specification. + - const: zbs description: | The standard Zbs bit-manipulation extension for single-bit instructions as ratified at commit 6d33919 ("Merge pull request #158 from hirooih/clmul-fix-loop-end-condition") of riscv-bitmanip. + - const: zfa + description: + The standard Zfa extension for additional floating point + instructions, as ratified in commit 056b6ff ("Zfa is ratified") of + riscv-isa-manual. + + - const: zfh + description: + The standard Zfh extension for 16-bit half-precision binary + floating-point instructions, as ratified in commit 64074bc ("Update + version numbers for Zfh/Zfinx") of riscv-isa-manual. + + - const: zfhmin + description: + The standard Zfhmin extension which provides minimal support for + 16-bit half-precision binary floating-point instructions, as ratified + in commit 64074bc ("Update version numbers for Zfh/Zfinx") of + riscv-isa-manual. + + - const: zk + description: + The standard Zk Standard Scalar cryptography extension as ratified + in version 1.0 of RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume I + specification. + + - const: zkn + description: + The standard Zkn NIST algorithm suite extensions as ratified in + version 1.0 of RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume I + specification. + + - const: zknd + description: | + The standard Zknd for NIST suite: AES decryption instructions as + ratified in version 1.0 of RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume I + specification. + + - const: zkne + description: | + The standard Zkne for NIST suite: AES encryption instructions as + ratified in version 1.0 of RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume I + specification. + + - const: zknh + description: | + The standard Zknh for NIST suite: hash function instructions as + ratified in version 1.0 of RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume I + specification. + + - const: zkr + description: + The standard Zkr entropy source extension as ratified in version + 1.0 of RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume I specification. + This string being present means that the CSR associated to this + extension is accessible at the privilege level to which that + device-tree has been provided. + + - const: zks + description: + The standard Zks ShangMi algorithm suite extensions as ratified in + version 1.0 of RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume I + specification. + + - const: zksed + description: | + The standard Zksed for ShangMi suite: SM4 block cipher instructions + as ratified in version 1.0 of RISC-V Cryptography Extensions + Volume I specification. + + - const: zksh + description: | + The standard Zksh for ShangMi suite: SM3 hash function instructions + as ratified in version 1.0 of RISC-V Cryptography Extensions + Volume I specification. + + - const: zkt + description: + The standard Zkt for data independent execution latency as ratified + in version 1.0 of RISC-V Cryptography Extensions Volume I + specification. + - const: zicbom description: The standard Zicbom extension for base cache management operations as @@ -246,6 +351,12 @@ properties: The standard Zihintpause extension for pause hints, as ratified in commit d8ab5c7 ("Zihintpause is ratified") of the riscv-isa-manual. + - const: zihintntl + description: + The standard Zihintntl extension for non-temporal locality hints, as + ratified in commit 0dc91f5 ("Zihintntl is ratified") of the + riscv-isa-manual. + - const: zihpm description: The standard Zihpm extension for hardware performance counters, as @@ -258,5 +369,113 @@ properties: in commit 2e5236 ("Ztso is now ratified.") of the riscv-isa-manual. + - const: zvbb + description: + The standard Zvbb extension for vectored basic bit-manipulation + instructions, as ratified in commit 56ed795 ("Update + riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvbc + description: + The standard Zvbc extension for vectored carryless multiplication + instructions, as ratified in commit 56ed795 ("Update + riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvfh + description: + The standard Zvfh extension for vectored half-precision + floating-point instructions, as ratified in commit e2ccd05 + ("Remove draft warnings from Zvfh[min]") of riscv-v-spec. + + - const: zvfhmin + description: + The standard Zvfhmin extension for vectored minimal half-precision + floating-point instructions, as ratified in commit e2ccd05 + ("Remove draft warnings from Zvfh[min]") of riscv-v-spec. + + - const: zvkb + description: + The standard Zvkb extension for vector cryptography bit-manipulation + instructions, as ratified in commit 56ed795 ("Update + riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvkg + description: + The standard Zvkg extension for vector GCM/GMAC instructions, as + ratified in commit 56ed795 ("Update riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") + of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvkn + description: + The standard Zvkn extension for NIST algorithm suite instructions, as + ratified in commit 56ed795 ("Update riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") + of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvknc + description: + The standard Zvknc extension for NIST algorithm suite with carryless + multiply instructions, as ratified in commit 56ed795 ("Update + riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvkned + description: + The standard Zvkned extension for Vector AES block cipher + instructions, as ratified in commit 56ed795 ("Update + riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvkng + description: + The standard Zvkng extension for NIST algorithm suite with GCM + instructions, as ratified in commit 56ed795 ("Update + riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvknha + description: | + The standard Zvknha extension for NIST suite: vector SHA-2 secure, + hash (SHA-256 only) instructions, as ratified in commit + 56ed795 ("Update riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvknhb + description: | + The standard Zvknhb extension for NIST suite: vector SHA-2 secure, + hash (SHA-256 and SHA-512) instructions, as ratified in commit + 56ed795 ("Update riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvks + description: + The standard Zvks extension for ShangMi algorithm suite + instructions, as ratified in commit 56ed795 ("Update + riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvksc + description: + The standard Zvksc extension for ShangMi algorithm suite with + carryless multiplication instructions, as ratified in commit 56ed795 + ("Update riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvksed + description: | + The standard Zvksed extension for ShangMi suite: SM4 block cipher + instructions, as ratified in commit 56ed795 ("Update + riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvksh + description: | + The standard Zvksh extension for ShangMi suite: SM3 secure hash + instructions, as ratified in commit 56ed795 ("Update + riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvksg + description: + The standard Zvksg extension for ShangMi algorithm suite with GCM + instructions, as ratified in commit 56ed795 ("Update + riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + + - const: zvkt + description: + The standard Zvkt extension for vector data-independent execution + latency, as ratified in commit 56ed795 ("Update + riscv-crypto-spec-vector.adoc") of riscv-crypto. + additionalProperties: true ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sophgo.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sophgo.yaml index 86748c5390..9bc813dad0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sophgo.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sophgo.yaml @@ -22,6 +22,10 @@ properties: - enum: - milkv,duo - const: sophgo,cv1800b + - items: + - enum: + - sophgo,huashan-pi + - const: sophgo,cv1812h - items: - enum: - milkv,pioneer diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/starfive,jh7110-trng.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/starfive,jh7110-trng.yaml index 2b76ce25ac..4639247e9e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/starfive,jh7110-trng.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/starfive,jh7110-trng.yaml @@ -11,7 +11,11 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - const: starfive,jh7110-trng + oneOf: + - items: + - const: starfive,jh8100-trng + - const: starfive,jh7110-trng + - const: starfive,jh7110-trng reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/adi,max31335.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/adi,max31335.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0125cf6727 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/adi,max31335.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/rtc/adi,max31335.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Analog Devices MAX31335 RTC + +maintainers: + - Antoniu Miclaus + +description: + Analog Devices MAX31335 I2C RTC ±2ppm Automotive Real-Time Clock with + Integrated MEMS Resonator. + +allOf: + - $ref: rtc.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: adi,max31335 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + "#clock-cells": + description: + RTC can be used as a clock source through its clock output pin. + const: 0 + + adi,tc-diode: + description: + Select the diode configuration for the trickle charger. + schottky - Schottky diode in series. + standard+schottky - standard diode + Schottky diode in series. + enum: [schottky, standard+schottky] + + trickle-resistor-ohms: + description: + Selected resistor for trickle charger. Should be specified if trickle + charger should be enabled. + enum: [3000, 6000, 11000] + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + rtc@68 { + compatible = "adi,max31335"; + reg = <0x68>; + pinctrl-0 = <&rtc_nint_pins>; + interrupts-extended = <&gpio1 16 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + aux-voltage-chargeable = <1>; + trickle-resistor-ohms = <6000>; + adi,tc-diode = "schottky"; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/epson,rx8900.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/epson,rx8900.yaml index 1df7c45d95..b770149c5f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/epson,rx8900.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/epson,rx8900.yaml @@ -29,6 +29,8 @@ properties: trickle-diode-disable: true + wakeup-source: true + required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nuvoton,ma35d1-rtc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nuvoton,ma35d1-rtc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e4ade803e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nuvoton,ma35d1-rtc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/rtc/nuvoton,ma35d1-rtc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Nuvoton MA35D1 Real Time Clock + +maintainers: + - Min-Jen Chen + +allOf: + - $ref: rtc.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - nuvoton,ma35d1-rtc + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - clocks + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + rtc@40410000 { + compatible = "nuvoton,ma35d1-rtc"; + reg = <0x40410000 0x200>; + interrupts = ; + clocks = <&clk RTC_GATE>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/qcom-pm8xxx-rtc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/qcom-pm8xxx-rtc.yaml index b95a69cc9a..d274bb7a53 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/qcom-pm8xxx-rtc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/qcom-pm8xxx-rtc.yaml @@ -61,27 +61,27 @@ additionalProperties: false examples: - | + #include #include - spmi_bus: spmi@c440000 { - reg = <0x0c440000 0x1100>; - #address-cells = <2>; - #size-cells = <0>; - pmicintc: pmic@0 { - reg = <0x0 SPMI_USID>; - compatible = "qcom,pm8921"; - interrupts = <104 8>; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - interrupt-controller; - #address-cells = <1>; + + spmi { + #address-cells = <2>; #size-cells = <0>; - pm8921_rtc: rtc@11d { - compatible = "qcom,pm8921-rtc"; - reg = <0x11d>; - interrupts = <0x27 0>; - nvmem-cells = <&rtc_offset>; - nvmem-cell-names = "offset"; + pmic@0 { + compatible = "qcom,pm8941", "qcom,spmi-pmic"; + reg = <0x0 SPMI_USID>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + rtc@6000 { + compatible = "qcom,pm8941-rtc"; + reg = <0x6000>, <0x6100>; + reg-names = "rtc", "alarm"; + interrupts = <0x0 0x61 0x1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + nvmem-cells = <&rtc_offset>; + nvmem-cell-names = "offset"; + }; }; - }; }; ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.yaml index d51b236939..bf4e11d6df 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/s3c-rtc.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,11 @@ properties: - samsung,s3c2416-rtc - samsung,s3c2443-rtc - samsung,s3c6410-rtc + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos7-rtc + - samsung,exynos850-rtc + - const: samsung,s3c6410-rtc - const: samsung,exynos3250-rtc deprecated: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/google,cr50.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/google,cr50.txt deleted file mode 100644 index cd69c2efdd..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/google,cr50.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -* H1 Secure Microcontroller with Cr50 Firmware on SPI Bus. - -H1 Secure Microcontroller running Cr50 firmware provides several -functions, including TPM-like functionality. It communicates over -SPI using the FIFO protocol described in the PTP Spec, section 6. - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "google,cr50". -- spi-max-frequency: Maximum SPI frequency. - -Example: - -&spi0 { - tpm@0 { - compatible = "google,cr50"; - reg = <0>; - spi-max-frequency = <800000>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/ibmvtpm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/ibmvtpm.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d89f999713..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/ibmvtpm.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -* Device Tree Bindings for IBM Virtual Trusted Platform Module(vtpm) - -Required properties: - -- compatible : property name that conveys the platform architecture - identifiers, as 'IBM,vtpm' -- device_type : specifies type of virtual device -- interrupts : property specifying the interrupt source number and - sense code associated with this virtual I/O Adapters -- ibm,my-drc-index : integer index for the connector between the device - and its parent - present only if Dynamic - Reconfiguration(DR) Connector is enabled -- ibm,#dma-address-cells: specifies the number of cells that are used to - encode the physical address field of dma-window - properties -- ibm,#dma-size-cells : specifies the number of cells that are used to - encode the size field of dma-window properties -- ibm,my-dma-window : specifies DMA window associated with this virtual - IOA -- ibm,loc-code : specifies the unique and persistent location code - associated with this virtual I/O Adapters -- linux,sml-base : 64-bit base address of the reserved memory allocated - for the firmware event log -- linux,sml-size : size of the memory allocated for the firmware event log - -Example (IBM Virtual Trusted Platform Module) ---------------------------------------------- - - vtpm@30000003 { - ibm,#dma-size-cells = <0x2>; - compatible = "IBM,vtpm"; - device_type = "IBM,vtpm"; - ibm,my-drc-index = <0x30000003>; - ibm,#dma-address-cells = <0x2>; - linux,sml-base = <0xc60e 0x0>; - interrupts = <0xa0003 0x0>; - ibm,my-dma-window = <0x10000003 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x10000000>; - ibm,loc-code = "U8286.41A.10082DV-V3-C3"; - reg = <0x30000003>; - linux,sml-size = <0xbce10200>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-i2c.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0dc121b6ea..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-i2c.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -* STMicroelectronics SAS. ST33ZP24 TPM SoC - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "st,st33zp24-i2c". -- clock-frequency: I²C work frequency. -- reg: address on the bus - -Optional ST33ZP24 Properties: -- interrupts: GPIO interrupt to which the chip is connected -- lpcpd-gpios: Output GPIO pin used for ST33ZP24 power management D1/D2 state. -If set, power must be present when the platform is going into sleep/hibernate mode. - -Optional SoC Specific Properties: -- pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default". -- pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller. - -Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST33ZP24 on I2C2): - -&i2c2 { - - - st33zp24: st33zp24@13 { - - compatible = "st,st33zp24-i2c"; - - reg = <0x13>; - clock-frequency = <400000>; - - interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>; - interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - - lpcpd-gpios = <&gpio5 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-spi.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 37198971f1..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-spi.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -* STMicroelectronics SAS. ST33ZP24 TPM SoC - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "st,st33zp24-spi". -- spi-max-frequency: Maximum SPI frequency (<= 10000000). - -Optional ST33ZP24 Properties: -- interrupts: GPIO interrupt to which the chip is connected -- lpcpd-gpios: Output GPIO pin used for ST33ZP24 power management D1/D2 state. -If set, power must be present when the platform is going into sleep/hibernate mode. - -Optional SoC Specific Properties: -- pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default". -- pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller. - -Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST33ZP24 on SPI4): - -&mcspi4 { - - - st33zp24@0 { - - compatible = "st,st33zp24-spi"; - - spi-max-frequency = <10000000>; - - interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>; - interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - - lpcpd-gpios = <&gpio5 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/tpm-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/tpm-i2c.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a65d7b71e8..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/tpm-i2c.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -* Device Tree Bindings for I2C based Trusted Platform Module(TPM) - -Required properties: - -- compatible : 'manufacturer,model', eg. nuvoton,npct650 -- label : human readable string describing the device, eg. "tpm" -- linux,sml-base : 64-bit base address of the reserved memory allocated for - the firmware event log -- linux,sml-size : size of the memory allocated for the firmware event log - -Optional properties: - -- powered-while-suspended: present when the TPM is left powered on between - suspend and resume (makes the suspend/resume - callbacks do nothing). - -Example (for OpenPower Systems with Nuvoton TPM 2.0 on I2C) ----------------------------------------------------------- - -tpm@57 { - reg = <0x57>; - label = "tpm"; - compatible = "nuvoton,npct650", "nuvoton,npct601"; - linux,sml-base = <0x7f 0xfd450000>; - linux,sml-size = <0x10000>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/tpm_tis_mmio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/tpm_tis_mmio.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7c6304426d..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/tpm_tis_mmio.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -Trusted Computing Group MMIO Trusted Platform Module - -The TCG defines multi vendor standard for accessing a TPM chip, this -is the standard protocol defined to access the TPM via MMIO. Typically -this interface will be implemented over Intel's LPC bus. - -Refer to the 'TCG PC Client Specific TPM Interface Specification (TIS)' TCG -publication for the specification. - -Required properties: - -- compatible: should contain a string below for the chip, followed by - "tcg,tpm-tis-mmio". Valid chip strings are: - * "atmel,at97sc3204" -- reg: The location of the MMIO registers, should be at least 0x5000 bytes -- interrupts: An optional interrupt indicating command completion. - -Example: - - tpm_tis@90000 { - compatible = "atmel,at97sc3204", "tcg,tpm-tis-mmio"; - reg = <0x90000 0x5000>; - interrupt-parent = <&EIC0>; - interrupts = <1 2>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/tpm_tis_spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/tpm_tis_spi.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b800667da9..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/tpm_tis_spi.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -Required properties: -- compatible: should be one of the following - "st,st33htpm-spi" - "infineon,slb9670" - "tcg,tpm_tis-spi" -- spi-max-frequency: Maximum SPI frequency (depends on TPMs). - -Optional SoC Specific Properties: -- pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default". -- pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller. - -Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with TPM_TIS on SPI4): - -&mcspi4 { - - - tpm_tis@0 { - - compatible = "tcg,tpm_tis-spi"; - - spi-max-frequency = <10000000>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arm,dcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arm,dcc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd05893566 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/arm,dcc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/serial/arm,dcc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: ARM DCC (Data communication channel) serial emulation + +maintainers: + - Michal Simek + +description: | + ARM DCC (Data communication channel) serial emulation interface available + via JTAG can be also used as one of serial line tightly coupled with every + ARM CPU available in the system. + +properties: + compatible: + const: arm,dcc + +required: + - compatible + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + serial { + compatible = "arm,dcc"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl,s32-linflexuart.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl,s32-linflexuart.yaml index 920539926d..7a105551fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl,s32-linflexuart.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl,s32-linflexuart.yaml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ description: | https://www.nxp.com/webapp/Download?colCode=S32V234RM. maintainers: - - Chester Lin + - Chester Lin allOf: - $ref: serial.yaml# diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.yaml index 8303555304..9c6dc16f88 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.yaml @@ -9,10 +9,6 @@ title: Freescale i.MX Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) maintainers: - Fabio Estevam -allOf: - - $ref: serial.yaml# - - $ref: rs485.yaml# - properties: compatible: oneOf: @@ -68,7 +64,11 @@ properties: - const: tx interrupts: - maxItems: 1 + items: + - description: UART RX Interrupt + - description: UART TX Interrupt + - description: UART RTS Interrupt + minItems: 1 wakeup-source: true @@ -110,6 +110,25 @@ required: - clock-names - interrupts +allOf: + - $ref: serial.yaml# + - $ref: rs485.yaml# + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: fsl,imx1-uart + then: + properties: + interrupts: + minItems: 3 + maxItems: 3 + else: + properties: + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + unevaluatedProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.yaml index ee52bf8e89..e0fa363ad7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/qcom,msm-uartdm.yaml @@ -48,9 +48,17 @@ properties: - const: tx - const: rx + interconnects: + maxItems: 1 + interrupts: maxItems: 1 + operating-points-v2: true + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + qcom,rx-crci: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: @@ -99,7 +107,9 @@ unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | + #include #include + #include serial@f991e000 { compatible = "qcom,msm-uartdm-v1.4", "qcom,msm-uartdm"; @@ -109,4 +119,7 @@ examples: clock-names = "core", "iface"; dmas = <&dma0 0>, <&dma0 1>; dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + power-domains = <&rpmpd MSM8996_VDDCX>; + operating-points-v2 = <&uart_opp_table>; + interconnects = <&pnoc MASTER_BLSP_1 &bimc SLAVE_EBI_CH0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci.yaml index 9f7305200c..64d3db6e54 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci.yaml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ properties: oneOf: - items: - enum: - - renesas,r9a07g043-sci # RZ/G2UL + - renesas,r9a07g043-sci # RZ/G2UL and RZ/Five - renesas,r9a07g044-sci # RZ/G2{L,LC} - renesas,r9a07g054-sci # RZ/V2L - const: renesas,sci # generic SCI compatible UART diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/samsung_uart.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/samsung_uart.yaml index ac60ab1e35..133259ed3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/samsung_uart.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/samsung_uart.yaml @@ -18,17 +18,29 @@ description: |+ properties: compatible: oneOf: - - items: - - const: samsung,exynosautov9-uart - - const: samsung,exynos850-uart - enum: - apple,s5l-uart - axis,artpec8-uart + - google,gs101-uart - samsung,s3c6400-uart - samsung,s5pv210-uart - samsung,exynos4210-uart - samsung,exynos5433-uart - samsung,exynos850-uart + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos7-uart + - tesla,fsd-uart + - const: samsung,exynos4210-uart + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos7885-uart + - const: samsung,exynos5433-uart + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynosautov9-uart + - samsung,exynosautov920-uart + - const: samsung,exynos850-uart reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -122,6 +134,16 @@ allOf: - const: uart - const: clk_uart_baud0 + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - google,gs101-uart + then: + required: + - samsung,uart-fifosize + unevaluatedProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.yaml index 17c553123f..1001d2a6ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.yaml @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ maintainers: allOf: - $ref: serial.yaml# + - $ref: rs485.yaml# properties: compatible: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sprd-uart.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sprd-uart.yaml index 28ff77aa86..f4dbb6dc2b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sprd-uart.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sprd-uart.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ properties: - sprd,sc9860-uart - sprd,sc9863a-uart - sprd,ums512-uart + - sprd,ums9620-uart - const: sprd,sc9836-uart - const: sprd,sc9836-uart diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/amlogic,meson-gx-hhi-sysctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/amlogic,meson-gx-hhi-sysctrl.yaml index 16977e4e43..c6bce40946 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/amlogic,meson-gx-hhi-sysctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/amlogic,meson-gx-hhi-sysctrl.yaml @@ -158,3 +158,36 @@ examples: }; }; }; + + - | + system-controller@ff63c000 { + compatible = "amlogic,meson-axg-hhi-sysctrl", "simple-mfd", "syscon"; + reg = <0xff63c000 0x400>; + + clock-controller { + compatible = "amlogic,axg-clkc"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&xtal>; + clock-names = "xtal"; + }; + + power-controller { + compatible = "amlogic,meson-axg-pwrc"; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + amlogic,ao-sysctrl = <&sysctrl_AO>; + + resets = <&reset_viu>, + <&reset_venc>, + <&reset_vcbus>, + <&reset_vencl>, + <&reset_vid_lock>; + reset-names = "viu", "venc", "vcbus", "vencl", "vid_lock"; + clocks = <&clk_vpu>, <&clk_vapb>; + clock-names = "vpu", "vapb"; + }; + + phy { + compatible = "amlogic,axg-mipi-pcie-analog-phy"; + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mediatek,pwrap.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mediatek,pwrap.yaml index a06ac21774..4737e5f45d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mediatek,pwrap.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mediatek,pwrap.yaml @@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt8173-pwrap - mediatek,mt8183-pwrap - mediatek,mt8186-pwrap - - mediatek,mt8188-pwrap - mediatek,mt8195-pwrap - mediatek,mt8365-pwrap - mediatek,mt8516-pwrap @@ -50,6 +49,11 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt8186-pwrap - mediatek,mt8195-pwrap - const: syscon + - items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt8188-pwrap + - const: mediatek,mt8195-pwrap + - const: syscon reg: minItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mtk-svs.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mtk-svs.yaml index 7eda63d568..742b91d1d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mtk-svs.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/mtk-svs.yaml @@ -22,8 +22,10 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - mediatek,mt8183-svs + - mediatek,mt8186-svs - mediatek,mt8188-svs - mediatek,mt8192-svs + - mediatek,mt8195-svs reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/microchip/microchip,mpfs-sys-controller.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/microchip/microchip,mpfs-sys-controller.yaml index 365a9fed59..a3fa04f3a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/microchip/microchip,mpfs-sys-controller.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/microchip/microchip,mpfs-sys-controller.yaml @@ -26,6 +26,16 @@ properties: compatible: const: microchip,mpfs-sys-controller + microchip,bitstream-flash: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + The SPI flash connected to the system controller's QSPI controller. + The system controller may retrieve FPGA bitstreams from this flash to + perform In-Application Programming (IAP) or during device initialisation + for Auto Update. The MSS and system controller have separate QSPI + controllers and this flash is connected to both. Software running in the + MSS can write bitstreams to the flash. + required: - compatible - mboxes diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,aoss-qmp.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,aoss-qmp.yaml index d1c7c2be86..b4478f417e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,aoss-qmp.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,aoss-qmp.yaml @@ -38,6 +38,8 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8350-aoss-qmp - qcom,sm8450-aoss-qmp - qcom,sm8550-aoss-qmp + - qcom,sm8650-aoss-qmp + - qcom,x1e80100-aoss-qmp - const: qcom,aoss-qmp reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,pmic-glink.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,pmic-glink.yaml index 422921cf1f..61df97ffe1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,pmic-glink.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,pmic-glink.yaml @@ -20,14 +20,20 @@ description: properties: compatible: - items: - - enum: - - qcom,sc8180x-pmic-glink - - qcom,sc8280xp-pmic-glink - - qcom,sm8350-pmic-glink - - qcom,sm8450-pmic-glink - - qcom,sm8550-pmic-glink - - const: qcom,pmic-glink + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,sc8180x-pmic-glink + - qcom,sc8280xp-pmic-glink + - qcom,sm8350-pmic-glink + - qcom,sm8450-pmic-glink + - qcom,sm8550-pmic-glink + - const: qcom,pmic-glink + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,sm8650-pmic-glink + - const: qcom,sm8550-pmic-glink + - const: qcom,pmic-glink '#address-cells': const: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom-stats.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom-stats.yaml index 96a7f18220..686a7ef2f4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom-stats.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom-stats.yaml @@ -31,10 +31,24 @@ properties: reg: maxItems: 1 + qcom,qmp: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: Reference to the AOSS side-channel message RAM + required: - compatible - reg +allOf: + - if: + not: + properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,rpmh-stats + then: + properties: + qcom,qmp: false + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.yaml index 1309bf5ae0..9793ea6f0f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.yaml @@ -28,6 +28,8 @@ properties: - rockchip,rk3588-sys-grf - rockchip,rk3588-pcie3-phy-grf - rockchip,rk3588-pcie3-pipe-grf + - rockchip,rk3588-vo-grf + - rockchip,rk3588-vop-grf - rockchip,rv1108-usbgrf - const: syscon - items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/samsung/exynos-pmu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/samsung/exynos-pmu.yaml index e1d716df5d..15fcd8f1d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/samsung/exynos-pmu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/samsung/exynos-pmu.yaml @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ select: compatible: contains: enum: + - google,gs101-pmu - samsung,exynos3250-pmu - samsung,exynos4210-pmu - samsung,exynos4212-pmu @@ -35,6 +36,7 @@ properties: oneOf: - items: - enum: + - google,gs101-pmu - samsung,exynos3250-pmu - samsung,exynos4210-pmu - samsung,exynos4212-pmu @@ -48,6 +50,14 @@ properties: - samsung,exynos850-pmu - samsung-s5pv210-pmu - const: syscon + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos7885-pmu + - samsung,exynosautov9-pmu + - samsung,exynosautov920-pmu + - tesla,fsd-pmu + - const: samsung,exynos7-pmu + - const: syscon - items: - enum: - samsung,exynos3250-pmu diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/samsung/exynos-usi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/samsung/exynos-usi.yaml index a6836904a4..8b478d6cdc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/samsung/exynos-usi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/samsung/exynos-usi.yaml @@ -24,7 +24,10 @@ properties: compatible: oneOf: - items: - - const: samsung,exynosautov9-usi + - enum: + - google,gs101-usi + - samsung,exynosautov9-usi + - samsung,exynosautov920-usi - const: samsung,exynos850-usi - enum: - samsung,exynos850-usi @@ -155,7 +158,7 @@ examples: }; hsi2c_0: i2c@13820000 { - compatible = "samsung,exynosautov9-hsi2c"; + compatible = "samsung,exynos850-hsi2c", "samsung,exynosautov9-hsi2c"; reg = <0x13820000 0xc0>; interrupts = ; #address-cells = <1>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/samsung/samsung,exynos-sysreg.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/samsung/samsung,exynos-sysreg.yaml index 163e912e9c..1794e3799f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/samsung/samsung,exynos-sysreg.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/samsung/samsung,exynos-sysreg.yaml @@ -14,9 +14,14 @@ properties: oneOf: - items: - enum: + - google,gs101-apm-sysreg + - google,gs101-peric0-sysreg + - google,gs101-peric1-sysreg - samsung,exynos3-sysreg - samsung,exynos4-sysreg - samsung,exynos5-sysreg + - samsung,exynosautov920-peric0-sysreg + - samsung,exynosautov920-peric1-sysreg - tesla,fsd-cam-sysreg - tesla,fsd-fsys0-sysreg - tesla,fsd-fsys1-sysreg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/xilinx/xilinx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/xilinx/xilinx.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4c0fe1fe4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/xilinx/xilinx.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/soc/xilinx/xilinx.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Xilinx Zynq Platforms + +maintainers: + - Michal Simek + +description: | + Xilinx boards with Zynq-7000 SOC or Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC + +properties: + $nodename: + const: '/' + compatible: + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - adapteva,parallella + - digilent,zynq-zybo + - digilent,zynq-zybo-z7 + - ebang,ebaz4205 + - myir,zynq-zturn-v5 + - myir,zynq-zturn + - xlnx,zynq-cc108 + - xlnx,zynq-zc702 + - xlnx,zynq-zc706 + - xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm010 + - xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm011 + - xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm012 + - xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm013 + - const: xlnx,zynq-7000 + + - items: + - const: avnet,zynq-microzed + - const: xlnx,zynq-microzed + - const: xlnx,zynq-7000 + + - items: + - const: avnet,zynq-zed + - const: xlnx,zynq-zed + - const: xlnx,zynq-7000 + + - items: + - enum: + - xlnx,zynqmp-zc1751 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp + + - description: Xilinx internal board zc1232 + items: + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1232-revA + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1232 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp + + - description: Xilinx internal board zc1254 + items: + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1254-revA + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1254 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp + + - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu1275 + items: + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu1275-revA + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu1275 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp + + - description: Xilinx 96boards compatible board zcu100 + items: + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100-revC + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp + + - description: Xilinx 96boards compatible board Ultra96 + items: + - const: avnet,ultra96-rev1 + - const: avnet,ultra96 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100-revC + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp + + - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu102 + items: + - enum: + - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-revA + - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-revB + - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-rev1.0 + - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-rev1.1 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp + + - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu104 + items: + - enum: + - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104-revA + - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104-revC + - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104-rev1.0 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp + + - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu106 + items: + - enum: + - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu106-revA + - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu106-rev1.0 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu106 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp + + - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu111 + items: + - enum: + - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111-revA + - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111-rev1.0 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp + + - description: Xilinx Kria SOMs + items: + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-sm-k26-rev1 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-sm-k26-revB + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-sm-k26-revA + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-sm-k26 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp + + - description: Xilinx Kria SOMs (starter) + items: + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-smk-k26-rev1 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-smk-k26-revB + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-smk-k26-revA + - const: xlnx,zynqmp-smk-k26 + - const: xlnx,zynqmp + + - description: AMD MicroBlaze V (QEMU) + items: + - const: qemu,mbv + - const: amd,mbv + +additionalProperties: true + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,max98363.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,max98363.yaml index a844b63f39..c388cda560 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,max98363.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,max98363.yaml @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | - soundwire-controller@3250000 { + soundwire@3250000 { #address-cells = <2>; #size-cells = <0>; reg = <0x3250000 0x2000>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/allwinner,sun4i-a10-spdif.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/allwinner,sun4i-a10-spdif.yaml index 8108c564dd..aa32dc950e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/allwinner,sun4i-a10-spdif.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/allwinner,sun4i-a10-spdif.yaml @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ properties: - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-spdif - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3-spdif - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6-spdif + - const: allwinner,sun50i-h616-spdif - items: - const: allwinner,sun8i-a83t-spdif - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3-spdif @@ -62,6 +63,8 @@ allOf: enum: - allwinner,sun6i-a31-spdif - allwinner,sun8i-h3-spdif + - allwinner,sun50i-h6-spdif + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-spdif then: required: @@ -73,7 +76,7 @@ allOf: contains: enum: - allwinner,sun8i-h3-spdif - - allwinner,sun50i-h6-spdif + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-spdif then: properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-port.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-port.yaml index 60b5e3fd11..b13c08de50 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-port.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-port.yaml @@ -19,6 +19,12 @@ definitions: properties: mclk-fs: $ref: simple-card.yaml#/definitions/mclk-fs + playback-only: + description: port connection used only for playback + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + capture-only: + description: port connection used only for capture + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag endpoint-base: allOf: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/es8328.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/es8328.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 33fbf058c9..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/es8328.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -Everest ES8328 audio CODEC - -This device supports both I2C and SPI. - -Required properties: - - - compatible : Should be "everest,es8328" or "everest,es8388" - - DVDD-supply : Regulator providing digital core supply voltage 1.8 - 3.6V - - AVDD-supply : Regulator providing analog supply voltage 3.3V - - PVDD-supply : Regulator providing digital IO supply voltage 1.8 - 3.6V - - IPVDD-supply : Regulator providing analog output voltage 3.3V - - clocks : A 22.5792 or 11.2896 MHz clock - - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C, the chip select number for SPI - -Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes): - - * LOUT1 - * LOUT2 - * ROUT1 - * ROUT2 - * LINPUT1 - * RINPUT1 - * LINPUT2 - * RINPUT2 - * Mic Bias - - -Example: - -codec: es8328@11 { - compatible = "everest,es8328"; - DVDD-supply = <®_3p3v>; - AVDD-supply = <®_3p3v>; - PVDD-supply = <®_3p3v>; - HPVDD-supply = <®_3p3v>; - clocks = <&clks 169>; - reg = <0x11>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/everest,es8328.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/everest,es8328.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0f4670fa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/everest,es8328.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/everest,es8328.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Everest ES8328 audio CODEC + +description: + Everest Audio Codec, which can be connected via I2C or SPI. + Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes) are + * LOUT1 + * LOUT2 + * ROUT1 + * ROUT2 + * LINPUT1 + * RINPUT1 + * LINPUT2 + * RINPUT2 + * Mic Bias + +maintainers: + - David Yang + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - everest,es8328 + - everest,es8388 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + "#sound-dai-cells": + const: 0 + + clocks: + items: + - description: A 22.5792 or 11.2896 MHz clock + + DVDD-supply: + description: Regulator providing digital core supply voltage 1.8 - 3.6V + + AVDD-supply: + description: Regulator providing analog supply voltage 3.3V + + PVDD-supply: + description: Regulator providing digital IO supply voltage 1.8 - 3.6V + + HPVDD-supply: + description: Regulator providing analog output voltage 3.3V + +required: + - compatible + - clocks + - DVDD-supply + - AVDD-supply + - PVDD-supply + - HPVDD-supply + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + es8328: codec@11 { + compatible = "everest,es8328"; + reg = <0x11>; + AVDD-supply = <®_3p3v>; + DVDD-supply = <®_3p3v>; + HPVDD-supply = <®_3p3v>; + PVDD-supply = <®_3p3v>; + clocks = <&clks 169>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,mqs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,mqs.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d66284b8be..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,mqs.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -fsl,mqs audio CODEC - -Required properties: - - compatible : Must contain one of "fsl,imx6sx-mqs", "fsl,codec-mqs" - "fsl,imx8qm-mqs", "fsl,imx8qxp-mqs", "fsl,imx93-mqs". - - clocks : A list of phandles + clock-specifiers, one for each entry in - clock-names - - clock-names : "mclk" - must required. - "core" - required if compatible is "fsl,imx8qm-mqs", it - is for register access. - - gpr : A phandle of General Purpose Registers in IOMUX Controller. - Required if compatible is "fsl,imx6sx-mqs". - -Required if compatible is "fsl,imx8qm-mqs": - - power-domains: A phandle of PM domain provider node. - - reg: Offset and length of the register set for the device. - -Example: - -mqs: mqs { - compatible = "fsl,imx6sx-mqs"; - gpr = <&gpr>; - clocks = <&clks IMX6SX_CLK_SAI1>; - clock-names = "mclk"; - status = "disabled"; -}; - -mqs: mqs@59850000 { - compatible = "fsl,imx8qm-mqs"; - reg = <0x59850000 0x10000>; - clocks = <&clk IMX8QM_AUD_MQS_IPG>, - <&clk IMX8QM_AUD_MQS_HMCLK>; - clock-names = "core", "mclk"; - power-domains = <&pd_mqs0>; - status = "disabled"; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,mqs.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,mqs.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8b33353a80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,mqs.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/fsl,mqs.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: NXP Medium Quality Sound (MQS) + +maintainers: + - Shengjiu Wang + - Chancel Liu + +description: | + Medium quality sound (MQS) is used to generate medium quality audio + via a standard GPIO in the pinmux, allowing the user to connect + stereo speakers or headphones to a power amplifier without an + additional DAC chip. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - fsl,imx6sx-mqs + - fsl,imx8qm-mqs + - fsl,imx8qxp-mqs + - fsl,imx93-mqs + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + gpr: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: The phandle to the General Purpose Register (GPR) node + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - clocks + - clock-names + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - fsl,imx8qm-mqs + - fsl,imx8qxp-mqs + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: Master clock + - description: Clock for register access + clock-names: + items: + - const: mclk + - const: core + required: + - reg + - power-domains + else: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: Master clock + clock-names: + items: + - const: mclk + required: + - gpr + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + mqs0: mqs { + compatible = "fsl,imx6sx-mqs"; + gpr = <&gpr>; + clocks = <&clks IMX6SX_CLK_SAI1>; + clock-names = "mclk"; + }; + + - | + #include + mqs1: mqs@59850000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx8qm-mqs"; + reg = <0x59850000 0x10000>; + clocks = <&mqs0_lpcg 0>, <&mqs0_lpcg 1>; + clock-names = "mclk", "core"; + power-domains = <&pd IMX_SC_R_MQS_0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,xcvr.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,xcvr.yaml index 799b362ba4..0eb0c1ba87 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,xcvr.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,xcvr.yaml @@ -38,7 +38,10 @@ properties: - const: txfifo interrupts: - maxItems: 1 + items: + - description: WAKEUPMIX Audio XCVR Interrupt 1 + - description: WAKEUPMIX Audio XCVR Interrupt 2 + minItems: 1 clocks: items: @@ -78,6 +81,23 @@ required: - dma-names - resets +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - fsl,imx93-xcvr + then: + properties: + interrupts: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 2 + else: + properties: + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/google,sc7280-herobrine.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/google,sc7280-herobrine.yaml index ec4b6e547c..cdcd7c6f21 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/google,sc7280-herobrine.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/google,sc7280-herobrine.yaml @@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Google SC7280-Herobrine ASoC sound card driver maintainers: - - Srinivasa Rao Mandadapu - Judy Hsiao description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt2701-audio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt2701-audio.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45382c4d86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt2701-audio.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/mediatek,mt2701-audio.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek Audio Front End (AFE) PCM controller for mt2701 + +description: + The AFE PCM node must be a subnode of the MediaTek audsys device tree node. + +maintainers: + - Eugen Hristev + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - mediatek,mt2701-audio + - mediatek,mt7622-audio + + interrupts: + items: + - description: AFE interrupt + - description: ASYS interrupt + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: afe + - const: asys + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: audio infra sys clock + - description: top audio mux 1 + - description: top audio mux 2 + - description: top audio sys a1 clock + - description: top audio sys a2 clock + - description: i2s0 source selection + - description: i2s1 source selection + - description: i2s2 source selection + - description: i2s3 source selection + - description: i2s0 source divider + - description: i2s1 source divider + - description: i2s2 source divider + - description: i2s3 source divider + - description: i2s0 master clock + - description: i2s1 master clock + - description: i2s2 master clock + - description: i2s3 master clock + - description: i2so0 hopping clock + - description: i2so1 hopping clock + - description: i2so2 hopping clock + - description: i2so3 hopping clock + - description: i2si0 hopping clock + - description: i2si1 hopping clock + - description: i2si2 hopping clock + - description: i2si3 hopping clock + - description: asrc0 output clock + - description: asrc1 output clock + - description: asrc2 output clock + - description: asrc3 output clock + - description: audio front end pd clock + - description: audio front end conn pd clock + - description: top audio a1 sys pd + - description: top audio a2 sys pd + - description: audio merge interface pd + + clock-names: + items: + - const: infra_sys_audio_clk + - const: top_audio_mux1_sel + - const: top_audio_mux2_sel + - const: top_audio_a1sys_hp + - const: top_audio_a2sys_hp + - const: i2s0_src_sel + - const: i2s1_src_sel + - const: i2s2_src_sel + - const: i2s3_src_sel + - const: i2s0_src_div + - const: i2s1_src_div + - const: i2s2_src_div + - const: i2s3_src_div + - const: i2s0_mclk_en + - const: i2s1_mclk_en + - const: i2s2_mclk_en + - const: i2s3_mclk_en + - const: i2so0_hop_ck + - const: i2so1_hop_ck + - const: i2so2_hop_ck + - const: i2so3_hop_ck + - const: i2si0_hop_ck + - const: i2si1_hop_ck + - const: i2si2_hop_ck + - const: i2si3_hop_ck + - const: asrc0_out_ck + - const: asrc1_out_ck + - const: asrc2_out_ck + - const: asrc3_out_ck + - const: audio_afe_pd + - const: audio_afe_conn_pd + - const: audio_a1sys_pd + - const: audio_a2sys_pd + - const: audio_mrgif_pd + +required: + - compatible + - interrupts + - interrupt-names + - power-domains + - clocks + - clock-names + +additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt8188-mt6359.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt8188-mt6359.yaml index 4c8c95057e..f94ad0715e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt8188-mt6359.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mediatek,mt8188-mt6359.yaml @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: enum: + - mediatek,mt8188-es8326 - mediatek,mt8188-mt6359-evb - mediatek,mt8188-nau8825 - mediatek,mt8188-rt5682s diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt2701-afe-pcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt2701-afe-pcm.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f548e6a582..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt2701-afe-pcm.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ -Mediatek AFE PCM controller for mt2701 - -Required properties: -- compatible: should be one of the following. - - "mediatek,mt2701-audio" - - "mediatek,mt7622-audio" -- interrupts: should contain AFE and ASYS interrupts -- interrupt-names: should be "afe" and "asys" -- power-domains: should define the power domain -- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names - See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details -- clock-names: should have these clock names: - "infra_sys_audio_clk", - "top_audio_mux1_sel", - "top_audio_mux2_sel", - "top_audio_a1sys_hp", - "top_audio_a2sys_hp", - "i2s0_src_sel", - "i2s1_src_sel", - "i2s2_src_sel", - "i2s3_src_sel", - "i2s0_src_div", - "i2s1_src_div", - "i2s2_src_div", - "i2s3_src_div", - "i2s0_mclk_en", - "i2s1_mclk_en", - "i2s2_mclk_en", - "i2s3_mclk_en", - "i2so0_hop_ck", - "i2so1_hop_ck", - "i2so2_hop_ck", - "i2so3_hop_ck", - "i2si0_hop_ck", - "i2si1_hop_ck", - "i2si2_hop_ck", - "i2si3_hop_ck", - "asrc0_out_ck", - "asrc1_out_ck", - "asrc2_out_ck", - "asrc3_out_ck", - "audio_afe_pd", - "audio_afe_conn_pd", - "audio_a1sys_pd", - "audio_a2sys_pd", - "audio_mrgif_pd"; -- assigned-clocks: list of input clocks and dividers for the audio system. - See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. -- assigned-clocks-parents: parent of input clocks of assigned clocks. -- assigned-clock-rates: list of clock frequencies of assigned clocks. - -Must be a subnode of MediaTek audsys device tree node. -See ../arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt for details about the parent node. - -Example: - - audsys: audio-subsystem@11220000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon"; - ... - - afe: audio-controller { - compatible = "mediatek,mt2701-audio"; - interrupts = , - ; - interrupt-names = "afe", "asys"; - power-domains = <&scpsys MT2701_POWER_DOMAIN_IFR_MSC>; - - clocks = <&infracfg CLK_INFRA_AUDIO>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_MUX1_SEL>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_MUX2_SEL>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_48K_TIMING>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_44K_TIMING>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K1_SRC_SEL>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K2_SRC_SEL>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K3_SRC_SEL>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K4_SRC_SEL>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K1_SRC_DIV>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K2_SRC_DIV>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K3_SRC_DIV>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_K4_SRC_DIV>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_I2S1_MCLK>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_I2S2_MCLK>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_I2S3_MCLK>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_I2S4_MCLK>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SO1>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SO2>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SO3>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SO4>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SIN1>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SIN2>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SIN3>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_I2SIN4>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_ASRCO1>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_ASRCO2>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_ASRCO3>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_ASRCO4>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_AFE>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_AFE_CONN>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_A1SYS>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_A2SYS>, - <&audsys CLK_AUD_AFE_MRGIF>; - - clock-names = "infra_sys_audio_clk", - "top_audio_mux1_sel", - "top_audio_mux2_sel", - "top_audio_a1sys_hp", - "top_audio_a2sys_hp", - "i2s0_src_sel", - "i2s1_src_sel", - "i2s2_src_sel", - "i2s3_src_sel", - "i2s0_src_div", - "i2s1_src_div", - "i2s2_src_div", - "i2s3_src_div", - "i2s0_mclk_en", - "i2s1_mclk_en", - "i2s2_mclk_en", - "i2s3_mclk_en", - "i2so0_hop_ck", - "i2so1_hop_ck", - "i2so2_hop_ck", - "i2so3_hop_ck", - "i2si0_hop_ck", - "i2si1_hop_ck", - "i2si2_hop_ck", - "i2si3_hop_ck", - "asrc0_out_ck", - "asrc1_out_ck", - "asrc2_out_ck", - "asrc3_out_ck", - "audio_afe_pd", - "audio_afe_conn_pd", - "audio_a1sys_pd", - "audio_a2sys_pd", - "audio_mrgif_pd"; - - assigned-clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_MUX1_SEL>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_MUX2_SEL>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_MUX1_DIV>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD_MUX2_DIV>; - assigned-clock-parents = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD1PLL_98M>, - <&topckgen CLK_TOP_AUD2PLL_90M>; - assigned-clock-rates = <0>, <0>, <49152000>, <45158400>; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nuvoton,nau8821.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nuvoton,nau8821.yaml index 3e54abd4ca..054b53954a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nuvoton,nau8821.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nuvoton,nau8821.yaml @@ -89,6 +89,14 @@ properties: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 default: 3072000 + nuvoton,dmic-slew-rate: + description: The range 0 to 7 represents the speed of DMIC slew rate. + The lowest value 0 means the slowest rate and the highest value + 7 means the fastest rate. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + maximum: 7 + default: 0 + nuvoton,left-input-single-end: description: Enable left input with single-ended settings if set. For the headset mic application, the single-ended control is @@ -127,6 +135,7 @@ examples: nuvoton,jack-insert-debounce = <7>; nuvoton,jack-eject-debounce = <0>; nuvoton,dmic-clk-threshold = <3072000>; + nuvoton,dmic-slew-rate = <0>; #sound-dai-cells = <0>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max9808x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max9808x.yaml index c29d794291..241d20f3aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max9808x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-max9808x.yaml @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ examples: #include #include sound { - compatible = "lge,tegra-audio-max98089-p895", + compatible = "lg,tegra-audio-max98089-p895", "nvidia,tegra-audio-max98089"; nvidia,model = "LG Optimus Vu MAX98089"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-rx-macro.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-rx-macro.yaml index ec4b0ac8ad..b8540b3074 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-rx-macro.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-rx-macro.yaml @@ -11,12 +11,18 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - enum: - - qcom,sc7280-lpass-rx-macro - - qcom,sm8250-lpass-rx-macro - - qcom,sm8450-lpass-rx-macro - - qcom,sm8550-lpass-rx-macro - - qcom,sc8280xp-lpass-rx-macro + oneOf: + - enum: + - qcom,sc7280-lpass-rx-macro + - qcom,sm8250-lpass-rx-macro + - qcom,sm8450-lpass-rx-macro + - qcom,sm8550-lpass-rx-macro + - qcom,sc8280xp-lpass-rx-macro + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,sm8650-lpass-rx-macro + - qcom,x1e80100-lpass-rx-macro + - const: qcom,sm8550-lpass-rx-macro reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -96,8 +102,9 @@ allOf: - if: properties: compatible: - enum: - - qcom,sm8550-lpass-rx-macro + contains: + enum: + - qcom,sm8550-lpass-rx-macro then: properties: clocks: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-tx-macro.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-tx-macro.yaml index 962701e9eb..3e2ae16c6a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-tx-macro.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-tx-macro.yaml @@ -11,13 +11,19 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - enum: - - qcom,sc7280-lpass-tx-macro - - qcom,sm6115-lpass-tx-macro - - qcom,sm8250-lpass-tx-macro - - qcom,sm8450-lpass-tx-macro - - qcom,sm8550-lpass-tx-macro - - qcom,sc8280xp-lpass-tx-macro + oneOf: + - enum: + - qcom,sc7280-lpass-tx-macro + - qcom,sm6115-lpass-tx-macro + - qcom,sm8250-lpass-tx-macro + - qcom,sm8450-lpass-tx-macro + - qcom,sm8550-lpass-tx-macro + - qcom,sc8280xp-lpass-tx-macro + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,sm8650-lpass-tx-macro + - qcom,x1e80100-lpass-tx-macro + - const: qcom,sm8550-lpass-tx-macro reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -118,8 +124,9 @@ allOf: - if: properties: compatible: - enum: - - qcom,sm8550-lpass-tx-macro + contains: + enum: + - qcom,sm8550-lpass-tx-macro then: properties: clocks: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-va-macro.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-va-macro.yaml index 4a56108c44..6b483fa3c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-va-macro.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-va-macro.yaml @@ -11,12 +11,18 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - enum: - - qcom,sc7280-lpass-va-macro - - qcom,sm8250-lpass-va-macro - - qcom,sm8450-lpass-va-macro - - qcom,sm8550-lpass-va-macro - - qcom,sc8280xp-lpass-va-macro + oneOf: + - enum: + - qcom,sc7280-lpass-va-macro + - qcom,sm8250-lpass-va-macro + - qcom,sm8450-lpass-va-macro + - qcom,sm8550-lpass-va-macro + - qcom,sc8280xp-lpass-va-macro + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,sm8650-lpass-va-macro + - qcom,x1e80100-lpass-va-macro + - const: qcom,sm8550-lpass-va-macro reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-wsa-macro.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-wsa-macro.yaml index eea7609d1b..06b5f7be36 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-wsa-macro.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-wsa-macro.yaml @@ -11,12 +11,18 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - enum: - - qcom,sc7280-lpass-wsa-macro - - qcom,sm8250-lpass-wsa-macro - - qcom,sm8450-lpass-wsa-macro - - qcom,sm8550-lpass-wsa-macro - - qcom,sc8280xp-lpass-wsa-macro + oneOf: + - enum: + - qcom,sc7280-lpass-wsa-macro + - qcom,sm8250-lpass-wsa-macro + - qcom,sm8450-lpass-wsa-macro + - qcom,sm8550-lpass-wsa-macro + - qcom,sc8280xp-lpass-wsa-macro + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,sm8650-lpass-wsa-macro + - qcom,x1e80100-lpass-wsa-macro + - const: qcom,sm8550-lpass-wsa-macro reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -94,8 +100,9 @@ allOf: - if: properties: compatible: - enum: - - qcom,sm8550-lpass-wsa-macro + contains: + enum: + - qcom,sm8550-lpass-wsa-macro then: properties: clocks: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,sm8250.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,sm8250.yaml index e082a4fe09..6f41974727 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,sm8250.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,sm8250.yaml @@ -21,6 +21,11 @@ properties: - lenovo,yoga-c630-sndcard - qcom,db845c-sndcard - const: qcom,sdm845-sndcard + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,sm8550-sndcard + - qcom,sm8650-sndcard + - const: qcom,sm8450-sndcard - enum: - qcom,apq8016-sbc-sndcard - qcom,msm8916-qdsp6-sndcard @@ -30,6 +35,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sdm845-sndcard - qcom,sm8250-sndcard - qcom,sm8450-sndcard + - qcom,x1e80100-sndcard audio-routing: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/non-unique-string-array diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd934x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd934x.yaml index 4df59f3b7b..beb0ff0245 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd934x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd934x.yaml @@ -201,9 +201,9 @@ examples: - | codec@1,0{ compatible = "slim217,250"; - reg = <1 0>; + reg = <1 0>; reset-gpios = <&tlmm 64 0>; - slim-ifc-dev = <&wcd9340_ifd>; + slim-ifc-dev = <&wcd9340_ifd>; #sound-dai-cells = <1>; interrupt-parent = <&tlmm>; interrupts = <54 4>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd938x-sdw.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd938x-sdw.yaml index b430dd3e18..7b31bf93f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd938x-sdw.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd938x-sdw.yaml @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ examples: reg = <0x03210000 0x2000>; wcd938x_rx: codec@0,4 { compatible = "sdw20217010d00"; - reg = <0 4>; + reg = <0 4>; qcom,rx-port-mapping = <1 2 3 4 5>; }; }; @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ examples: reg = <0x03230000 0x2000>; wcd938x_tx: codec@0,3 { compatible = "sdw20217010d00"; - reg = <0 3>; + reg = <0 3>; qcom,tx-port-mapping = <2 3 4 5>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd938x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd938x.yaml index 018565793a..adbfa67f88 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd938x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd938x.yaml @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ examples: reg = <0x03210000 0x2000>; wcd938x_rx: codec@0,4 { compatible = "sdw20217010d00"; - reg = <0 4>; + reg = <0 4>; qcom,rx-port-mapping = <1 2 3 4 5>; }; }; @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ examples: reg = <0x03230000 0x2000>; wcd938x_tx: codec@0,3 { compatible = "sdw20217010d00"; - reg = <0 3>; + reg = <0 3>; qcom,tx-port-mapping = <2 3 4 5>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wsa883x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wsa883x.yaml index ba572a7f4f..8e462cdf00 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wsa883x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wsa883x.yaml @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ examples: - | #include - soundwire-controller@3250000 { + soundwire@3250000 { #address-cells = <2>; #size-cells = <0>; reg = <0x3250000 0x2000>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wsa8840.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wsa8840.yaml index e6723c9e31..d717017b0f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wsa8840.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wsa8840.yaml @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ examples: - | #include - soundwire-controller { + soundwire { #address-cells = <2>; #size-cells = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.yaml index 13a5a0a10f..0d7a6b576d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.yaml @@ -9,20 +9,6 @@ title: Renesas R-Car Sound Driver maintainers: - Kuninori Morimoto -definitions: - port-def: - $ref: audio-graph-port.yaml#/definitions/port-base - unevaluatedProperties: false - patternProperties: - "^endpoint(@[0-9a-f]+)?": - $ref: audio-graph-port.yaml#/definitions/endpoint-base - properties: - playback: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array - capture: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array - unevaluatedProperties: false - properties: compatible: @@ -125,7 +111,17 @@ properties: # ports is below port: - $ref: "#/definitions/port-def" + $ref: audio-graph-port.yaml#/definitions/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false + patternProperties: + "^endpoint(@[0-9a-f]+)?": + $ref: audio-graph-port.yaml#/definitions/endpoint-base + properties: + playback: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + capture: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + unevaluatedProperties: false rcar_sound,dvc: description: DVC subnode. @@ -269,7 +265,7 @@ patternProperties: unevaluatedProperties: false patternProperties: '^port(@[0-9a-f]+)?$': - $ref: "#/definitions/port-def" + $ref: "#/properties/port" required: - compatible @@ -501,19 +497,19 @@ examples: rcar_sound,dai { dai0 { playback = <&ssi5>, <&src5>; - capture = <&ssi6>; + capture = <&ssi6>; }; dai1 { playback = <&ssi3>; }; dai2 { - capture = <&ssi4>; + capture = <&ssi4>; }; dai3 { playback = <&ssi7>; }; dai4 { - capture = <&ssi8>; + capture = <&ssi8>; }; }; @@ -527,7 +523,7 @@ examples: frame-master = <&rsnd_endpoint0>; playback = <&ssi0>, <&src0>, <&dvc0>; - capture = <&ssi1>, <&src1>, <&dvc1>; + capture = <&ssi1>, <&src1>, <&dvc1>; }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rz-ssi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rz-ssi.yaml index 3b5ae45eee..8b9695f5de 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rz-ssi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rz-ssi.yaml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ properties: compatible: items: - enum: - - renesas,r9a07g043-ssi # RZ/G2UL + - renesas,r9a07g043-ssi # RZ/G2UL and RZ/Five - renesas,r9a07g044-ssi # RZ/G2{L,LC} - renesas,r9a07g054-ssi # RZ/V2L - const: renesas,rz-ssi diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.yaml index 30b3b6e982..f45f73b505 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.yaml @@ -44,13 +44,18 @@ properties: frequencies supported by Exynos7 I2S and 7.1 channel TDM support for playback and capture TDM (Time division multiplexing) to allow transfer of multiple channel audio data on single data line. - enum: - - samsung,s3c6410-i2s - - samsung,s5pv210-i2s - - samsung,exynos5420-i2s - - samsung,exynos7-i2s - - samsung,exynos7-i2s1 - - tesla,fsd-i2s + oneOf: + - enum: + - samsung,s3c6410-i2s + - samsung,s5pv210-i2s + - samsung,exynos5420-i2s + - samsung,exynos7-i2s + - samsung,exynos7-i2s1 + - tesla,fsd-i2s + - items: + - enum: + - samsung,exynos5433-i2s + - const: samsung,exynos7-i2s '#address-cells': const: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sound-card-common.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sound-card-common.yaml index 3a941177f6..721950f657 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sound-card-common.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sound-card-common.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,13 @@ properties: pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, the second being the connection's source. + ignore-suspend-widgets: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/non-unique-string-array + description: | + A list of audio sound widgets which are marked ignoring system suspend. + Paths between these endpoints are still active over suspend of the main + application processor that the current operating system is running. + model: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string description: User specified audio sound card name diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2562.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2562.yaml index f01c0dde0c..d28c102c0c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2562.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2562.yaml @@ -18,7 +18,6 @@ description: | Specifications about the audio amplifier can be found at: https://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tas2562 - https://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tas2563 https://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tas2564 https://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tas2110 @@ -29,7 +28,6 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - ti,tas2562 - - ti,tas2563 - ti,tas2564 - ti,tas2110 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tas2781.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tas2781.yaml index a69e6c2233..9762386892 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tas2781.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tas2781.yaml @@ -5,36 +5,46 @@ $id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/ti,tas2781.yaml# $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# -title: Texas Instruments TAS2781 SmartAMP +title: Texas Instruments TAS2563/TAS2781 SmartAMP maintainers: - Shenghao Ding -description: - The TAS2781 is a mono, digital input Class-D audio amplifier - optimized for efficiently driving high peak power into small - loudspeakers. An integrated on-chip DSP supports Texas Instruments - Smart Amp speaker protection algorithm. The integrated speaker - voltage and current sense provides for real time +description: | + The TAS2563/TAS2781 is a mono, digital input Class-D audio + amplifier optimized for efficiently driving high peak power into + small loudspeakers. An integrated on-chip DSP supports Texas + Instruments Smart Amp speaker protection algorithm. The + integrated speaker voltage and current sense provides for real time monitoring of loudspeaker behavior. -allOf: - - $ref: dai-common.yaml# + Specifications about the audio amplifier can be found at: + https://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tas2563 + https://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tas2781 properties: compatible: - enum: - - ti,tas2781 + description: | + ti,tas2563: 6.1-W Boosted Class-D Audio Amplifier With Integrated + DSP and IV Sense, 16/20/24/32bit stereo I2S or multichannel TDM. + + ti,tas2781: 24-V Class-D Amplifier with Real Time Integrated Speaker + Protection and Audio Processing, 16/20/24/32bit stereo I2S or + multichannel TDM. + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - ti,tas2563 + - const: ti,tas2781 + - enum: + - ti,tas2781 reg: description: - I2C address, in multiple tas2781s case, all the i2c address + I2C address, in multiple-AMP case, all the i2c address aggregate as one Audio Device to support multiple audio slots. maxItems: 8 minItems: 1 - items: - minimum: 0x38 - maximum: 0x3f reset-gpios: maxItems: 1 @@ -49,6 +59,44 @@ required: - compatible - reg +allOf: + - $ref: dai-common.yaml# + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - ti,tas2563 + then: + properties: + reg: + description: + I2C address, in multiple-AMP case, all the i2c address + aggregate as one Audio Device to support multiple audio slots. + maxItems: 4 + minItems: 1 + items: + minimum: 0x4c + maximum: 0x4f + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - ti,tas2781 + then: + properties: + reg: + description: + I2C address, in multiple-AMP case, all the i2c address + aggregate as one Audio Device to support multiple audio slots. + maxItems: 8 + minItems: 1 + items: + minimum: 0x38 + maximum: 0x3f + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tlv320aic32x4.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tlv320aic32x4.yaml index a7cc9aa344..4783e6dbb5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tlv320aic32x4.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,tlv320aic32x4.yaml @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ examples: ldoin-supply = <®_3v3>; clocks = <&clks 201>; clock-names = "mclk"; - aic32x4-gpio-func= < + aic32x4-gpio-func = < 0xff /* AIC32X4_MFPX_DEFAULT_VALUE */ 0xff /* AIC32X4_MFPX_DEFAULT_VALUE */ 0x04 /* MFP3 AIC32X4_MFP3_GPIO_ENABLED */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8a18d71e68..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -Analog Devices AXI SPI Engine controller Device Tree Bindings - -Required properties: -- compatible : Must be "adi,axi-spi-engine-1.00.a"" -- reg : Physical base address and size of the register map. -- interrupts : Property with a value describing the interrupt - number. -- clock-names : List of input clock names - "s_axi_aclk", "spi_clk" -- clocks : Clock phandles and specifiers (See clock bindings for - details on clock-names and clocks). -- #address-cells : Must be <1> -- #size-cells : Must be <0> - -Optional subnodes: - Subnodes are use to represent the SPI slave devices connected to the SPI - master. They follow the generic SPI bindings as outlined in spi-bus.txt. - -Example: - - spi@@44a00000 { - compatible = "adi,axi-spi-engine-1.00.a"; - reg = <0x44a00000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <0 56 4>; - clocks = <&clkc 15 &clkc 15>; - clock-names = "s_axi_aclk", "spi_clk"; - - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - /* SPI devices */ - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d48faa42d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/spi/adi,axi-spi-engine.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Analog Devices AXI SPI Engine Controller + +description: | + The AXI SPI Engine controller is part of the SPI Engine framework[1] and + allows memory mapped access to the SPI Engine control bus. This allows it + to be used as a general purpose software driven SPI controller as well as + some optional advanced acceleration and offloading capabilities. + + [1] https://wiki.analog.com/resources/fpga/peripherals/spi_engine + +maintainers: + - Michael Hennerich + - Nuno Sá + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/spi/spi-controller.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: adi,axi-spi-engine-1.00.a + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: The AXI interconnect clock. + - description: The SPI controller clock. + + clock-names: + items: + - const: s_axi_aclk + - const: spi_clk + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - clocks + - clock-names + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + spi@44a00000 { + compatible = "adi,axi-spi-engine-1.00.a"; + reg = <0x44a00000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 56 4>; + clocks = <&clkc 15>, <&clkc 15>; + clock-names = "s_axi_aclk", "spi_clk"; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + /* SPI devices */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rspi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rspi.yaml index 4d8ec69214..0ef3f84219 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rspi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rspi.yaml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ properties: - enum: - renesas,rspi-r7s72100 # RZ/A1H - renesas,rspi-r7s9210 # RZ/A2 - - renesas,r9a07g043-rspi # RZ/G2UL + - renesas,r9a07g043-rspi # RZ/G2UL and RZ/Five - renesas,r9a07g044-rspi # RZ/G2{L,LC} - renesas,r9a07g054-rspi # RZ/V2L - const: renesas,rspi-rz diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.yaml index 6348a387a2..fde3776a55 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.yaml @@ -72,8 +72,6 @@ properties: - const: snps,dw-apb-ssi - description: Intel Keem Bay SPI Controller const: intel,keembay-ssi - - description: Intel Thunder Bay SPI Controller - const: intel,thunderbay-ssi - description: Intel Mount Evans Integrated Management Complex SPI Controller const: intel,mountevans-imc-ssi - description: AMD Pensando Elba SoC SPI Controller diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/st,stm32-spi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/st,stm32-spi.yaml index ae0f082bd3..4bd9aeb812 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/st,stm32-spi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/st,stm32-spi.yaml @@ -23,7 +23,9 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - st,stm32f4-spi + - st,stm32f7-spi - st,stm32h7-spi + - st,stm32mp25-spi reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-ths.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-ths.yaml index fbd4212285..9b2272a9ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-ths.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-ths.yaml @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ properties: - allwinner,sun8i-a83t-ths - allwinner,sun8i-h3-ths - allwinner,sun8i-r40-ths + - allwinner,sun20i-d1-ths - allwinner,sun50i-a64-ths - allwinner,sun50i-a100-ths - allwinner,sun50i-h5-ths @@ -61,6 +62,7 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: + - allwinner,sun20i-d1-ths - allwinner,sun50i-a100-ths - allwinner,sun50i-h6-ths @@ -84,7 +86,9 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: contains: - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3-ths + enum: + - allwinner,sun8i-h3-ths + - allwinner,sun20i-d1-ths then: properties: @@ -103,6 +107,7 @@ allOf: enum: - allwinner,sun8i-h3-ths - allwinner,sun8i-r40-ths + - allwinner,sun20i-d1-ths - allwinner,sun50i-a64-ths - allwinner,sun50i-a100-ths - allwinner,sun50i-h5-ths diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/loongson,ls2k-thermal.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/loongson,ls2k-thermal.yaml index 7538469997..b634f57cd0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/loongson,ls2k-thermal.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/loongson,ls2k-thermal.yaml @@ -10,6 +10,9 @@ maintainers: - zhanghongchen - Yinbo Zhu +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/thermal/thermal-sensor.yaml# + properties: compatible: oneOf: @@ -26,12 +29,16 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 + '#thermal-sensor-cells': + const: 1 + required: - compatible - reg - interrupts + - '#thermal-sensor-cells' -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | @@ -41,4 +48,5 @@ examples: reg = <0x1fe01500 0x30>; interrupt-parent = <&liointc0>; interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek,thermal.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek,thermal.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d96a2e32bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek,thermal.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/thermal/mediatek,thermal.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Mediatek thermal controller for on-SoC temperatures + +maintainers: + - Sascha Hauer + +description: + This device does not have its own ADC, instead it directly controls the AUXADC + via AHB bus accesses. For this reason it needs phandles to the AUXADC. Also it + controls a mux in the apmixedsys register space via AHB bus accesses, so a + phandle to the APMIXEDSYS is also needed. + +allOf: + - $ref: thermal-sensor.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - mediatek,mt2701-thermal + - mediatek,mt2712-thermal + - mediatek,mt7622-thermal + - mediatek,mt7981-thermal + - mediatek,mt7986-thermal + - mediatek,mt8173-thermal + - mediatek,mt8183-thermal + - mediatek,mt8365-thermal + - mediatek,mt8516-thermal + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: Main clock needed for register access + - description: The AUXADC clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: therm + - const: auxadc + + mediatek,auxadc: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: A phandle to the AUXADC which the thermal controller uses + + mediatek,apmixedsys: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: A phandle to the APMIXEDSYS controller + + resets: + description: Reset controller controlling the thermal controller + + nvmem-cells: + items: + - description: + NVMEM cell with EEPROMA phandle to the calibration data provided by an + NVMEM device. If unspecified default values shall be used. + + nvmem-cell-names: + items: + - const: calibration-data + +required: + - reg + - interrupts + - clocks + - clock-names + - mediatek,auxadc + - mediatek,apmixedsys + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + #include + #include + + thermal@1100b000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-thermal"; + reg = <0x1100b000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 70 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + clocks = <&pericfg CLK_PERI_THERM>, <&pericfg CLK_PERI_AUXADC>; + clock-names = "therm", "auxadc"; + resets = <&pericfg MT8173_PERI_THERM_SW_RST>; + mediatek,auxadc = <&auxadc>; + mediatek,apmixedsys = <&apmixedsys>; + nvmem-cells = <&thermal_calibration_data>; + nvmem-cell-names = "calibration-data"; + #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek-thermal.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ac39c7156f..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek-thermal.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -* Mediatek Thermal - -This describes the device tree binding for the Mediatek thermal controller -which measures the on-SoC temperatures. This device does not have its own ADC, -instead it directly controls the AUXADC via AHB bus accesses. For this reason -this device needs phandles to the AUXADC. Also it controls a mux in the -apmixedsys register space via AHB bus accesses, so a phandle to the APMIXEDSYS -is also needed. - -Required properties: -- compatible: - - "mediatek,mt8173-thermal" : For MT8173 family of SoCs - - "mediatek,mt2701-thermal" : For MT2701 family of SoCs - - "mediatek,mt2712-thermal" : For MT2712 family of SoCs - - "mediatek,mt7622-thermal" : For MT7622 SoC - - "mediatek,mt7981-thermal", "mediatek,mt7986-thermal" : For MT7981 SoC - - "mediatek,mt7986-thermal" : For MT7986 SoC - - "mediatek,mt8183-thermal" : For MT8183 family of SoCs - - "mediatek,mt8365-thermal" : For MT8365 family of SoCs - - "mediatek,mt8516-thermal", "mediatek,mt2701-thermal : For MT8516 family of SoCs -- reg: Address range of the thermal controller -- interrupts: IRQ for the thermal controller -- clocks, clock-names: Clocks needed for the thermal controller. required - clocks are: - "therm": Main clock needed for register access - "auxadc": The AUXADC clock -- mediatek,auxadc: A phandle to the AUXADC which the thermal controller uses -- mediatek,apmixedsys: A phandle to the APMIXEDSYS controller. -- #thermal-sensor-cells : Should be 0. See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-sensor.yaml for a description. - -Optional properties: -- resets: Reference to the reset controller controlling the thermal controller. -- nvmem-cells: A phandle to the calibration data provided by a nvmem device. If - unspecified default values shall be used. -- nvmem-cell-names: Should be "calibration-data" - -Example: - - thermal: thermal@1100b000 { - #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; - compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-thermal"; - reg = <0 0x1100b000 0 0x1000>; - interrupts = <0 70 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; - clocks = <&pericfg CLK_PERI_THERM>, <&pericfg CLK_PERI_AUXADC>; - clock-names = "therm", "auxadc"; - resets = <&pericfg MT8173_PERI_THERM_SW_RST>; - reset-names = "therm"; - mediatek,auxadc = <&auxadc>; - mediatek,apmixedsys = <&apmixedsys>; - nvmem-cells = <&thermal_calibration_data>; - nvmem-cell-names = "calibration-data"; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm-hc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm-hc.yaml index 01253d58bf..7541e27704 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm-hc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm-hc.yaml @@ -114,12 +114,14 @@ examples: - | #include #include - spmi_bus { + + pmic { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; + pm8998_adc: adc@3100 { - reg = <0x3100>; compatible = "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2"; + reg = <0x3100>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; #io-channel-cells = <1>; @@ -130,7 +132,7 @@ examples: }; }; - pm8998_adc_tm: adc-tm@3400 { + adc-tm@3400 { compatible = "qcom,spmi-adc-tm-hc"; reg = <0x3400>; interrupts = <0x2 0x34 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm5.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm5.yaml index 3c81def03c..d9d2657287 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm5.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm5.yaml @@ -167,12 +167,14 @@ examples: - | #include #include - spmi_bus { + + pmic { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; + pm8150b_adc: adc@3100 { - reg = <0x3100>; compatible = "qcom,spmi-adc5"; + reg = <0x3100>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; #io-channel-cells = <1>; @@ -186,7 +188,7 @@ examples: }; }; - pm8150b_adc_tm: adc-tm@3500 { + adc-tm@3500 { compatible = "qcom,spmi-adc-tm5"; reg = <0x3500>; interrupts = <0x2 0x35 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; @@ -207,12 +209,14 @@ examples: #include #include #include - spmi_bus { + + pmic { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; + pmk8350_vadc: adc@3100 { - reg = <0x3100>; compatible = "qcom,spmi-adc7"; + reg = <0x3100>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; #io-channel-cells = <1>; @@ -233,7 +237,7 @@ examples: }; }; - pmk8350_adc_tm: adc-tm@3400 { + adc-tm@3400 { compatible = "qcom,spmi-adc-tm5-gen2"; reg = <0x3400>; interrupts = <0x0 0x34 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-tsens.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-tsens.yaml index 437b747328..99d9c526c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-tsens.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-tsens.yaml @@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8350-tsens - qcom,sm8450-tsens - qcom,sm8550-tsens + - qcom,sm8650-tsens - const: qcom,tsens-v2 - description: v2 of TSENS with combined interrupt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-zones.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-zones.yaml index 4a8dabc481..dbd52620d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-zones.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-zones.yaml @@ -75,6 +75,22 @@ patternProperties: framework and assumes that the thermal sensors in this zone support interrupts. + critical-action: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string + description: | + The action the OS should perform after the critical temperature is reached. + By default the system will shutdown as a safe action to prevent damage + to the hardware, if the property is not set. + The shutdown action should be always the default and preferred one. + Choose 'reboot' with care, as the hardware may be in thermal stress, + thus leading to infinite reboots that may cause damage to the hardware. + Make sure the firmware/bootloader will act as the last resort and take + over the thermal control. + + enum: + - shutdown + - reboot + thermal-sensors: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/sifive,clint.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/sifive,clint.yaml index e8be6c4703..fced6f2d8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/sifive,clint.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/sifive,clint.yaml @@ -33,11 +33,13 @@ properties: - sifive,fu540-c000-clint # SiFive FU540 - starfive,jh7100-clint # StarFive JH7100 - starfive,jh7110-clint # StarFive JH7110 + - starfive,jh8100-clint # StarFive JH8100 - const: sifive,clint0 # SiFive CLINT v0 IP block - items: - enum: - allwinner,sun20i-d1-clint - sophgo,cv1800b-clint + - sophgo,cv1812h-clint - thead,th1520-clint - const: thead,c900-clint - items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/google,cr50.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/google,cr50.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9302e12e9f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/google,cr50.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/tpm/google,cr50.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Google Security Chip H1 (running Cr50 firmware) + +maintainers: + - Andrey Pronin + +description: | + Google has designed a family of security chips called "Titan". + One member is the H1 built into Chromebooks and running Cr50 firmware: + https://www.osfc.io/2018/talks/google-secure-microcontroller-and-ccd-closed-case-debugging/ + + The chip provides several functions, including TPM 2.0 like functionality. + It communicates over SPI or I²C using the FIFO protocol described in the + TCG PC Client Platform TPM Profile Specification for TPM 2.0 (PTP), sec 6: + https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/resource/pc-client-platform-tpm-profile-ptp-specification/ + +properties: + compatible: + const: google,cr50 + +allOf: + - $ref: tpm-common.yaml# + +anyOf: + - $ref: /schemas/spi/spi-peripheral-props.yaml# + - $ref: tcg,tpm-tis-i2c.yaml#/properties/reg + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + spi { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + tpm@0 { + reg = <0>; + compatible = "google,cr50"; + spi-max-frequency = <800000>; + }; + }; + + - | + #include + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + tpm@50 { + compatible = "google,cr50"; + reg = <0x50>; + interrupts-extended = <&pio 88 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&cr50_int>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/ibm,vtpm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/ibm,vtpm.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..50a3fd3124 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/ibm,vtpm.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/tpm/ibm,vtpm.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: IBM Virtual Trusted Platform Module (vTPM) + +maintainers: + - Nayna Jain + +description: | + Virtual TPM is used on IBM POWER7+ and POWER8 systems running POWERVM. + It is supported through the adjunct partition with firmware release 740 + or higher. With vTPM support, each lpar is able to have its own vTPM + without the physical TPM hardware. The TPM functionality is provided by + communicating with the vTPM adjunct partition through Hypervisor calls + (Hcalls) and Command/Response Queue (CRQ) commands. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - IBM,vtpm + - IBM,vtpm20 + + device_type: + description: + type of virtual device + enum: + - IBM,vtpm + - IBM,vtpm20 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + 'ibm,#dma-address-cells': + description: + number of cells that are used to encode the physical address field of + dma-window properties + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + + 'ibm,#dma-size-cells': + description: + number of cells that are used to encode the size field of + dma-window properties + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + + ibm,my-dma-window: + description: + DMA window associated with this virtual I/O Adapter + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + minItems: 5 + maxItems: 5 + + ibm,my-drc-index: + description: + integer index for the connector between the device and its parent; + present only if Dynamic Reconfiguration (DR) Connector is enabled + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + + ibm,loc-code: + description: + unique and persistent location code associated with this virtual + I/O Adapter + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string + +required: + - compatible + - device_type + - reg + - interrupts + - ibm,#dma-address-cells + - ibm,#dma-size-cells + - ibm,my-dma-window + - ibm,my-drc-index + - ibm,loc-code + - linux,sml-base + - linux,sml-size + +allOf: + - $ref: tpm-common.yaml# + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + soc { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + tpm@30000003 { + compatible = "IBM,vtpm"; + device_type = "IBM,vtpm"; + reg = <0x30000003>; + interrupts = <0xa0003 0x0>; + ibm,#dma-address-cells = <0x2>; + ibm,#dma-size-cells = <0x2>; + ibm,my-dma-window = <0x10000003 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x10000000>; + ibm,my-drc-index = <0x30000003>; + ibm,loc-code = "U8286.41A.10082DV-V3-C3"; + linux,sml-base = <0xc60e 0x0>; + linux,sml-size = <0xbce10200>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/microsoft,ftpm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/microsoft,ftpm.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fdb81968f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/microsoft,ftpm.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/tpm/microsoft,ftpm.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Microsoft firmware-based Trusted Platform Module (fTPM) + +maintainers: + - Thirupathaiah Annapureddy + - Sasha Levin + +description: | + Commodity CPU architectures, such as ARM and Intel CPUs, have started to + offer trusted computing features in their CPUs aimed at displacing dedicated + trusted hardware. Unfortunately, these CPU architectures raise serious + challenges to building trusted systems because they omit providing secure + resources outside the CPU perimeter. + + Microsoft's firmware-based TPM 2.0 (fTPM) leverages ARM TrustZone to overcome + these challenges and provide software with security guarantees similar to + those of dedicated trusted hardware. + + https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/research/publication/ftpm-software-implementation-tpm-chip/ + https://github.com/Microsoft/ms-tpm-20-ref/tree/main/Samples/ARM32-FirmwareTPM + +properties: + compatible: + const: microsoft,ftpm + +required: + - compatible + - linux,sml-base + - linux,sml-size + +allOf: + - $ref: tpm-common.yaml# + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + tpm { + compatible = "microsoft,ftpm"; + linux,sml-base = <0x0 0xc0000000>; + linux,sml-size = <0x10000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm-tis-i2c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm-tis-i2c.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ab4434b73 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm-tis-i2c.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/tpm/tcg,tpm-tis-i2c.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: I²C-attached Trusted Platform Module conforming to TCG TIS specification + +maintainers: + - Lukas Wunner + +description: | + The Trusted Computing Group (TCG) has defined a multi-vendor standard + for accessing a TPM chip. It can be transported over various buses, + one of them being I²C. The standard is named: + TCG PC Client Specific TPM Interface Specification (TIS) + https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/resource/pc-client-work-group-pc-client-specific-tpm-interface-specification-tis/ + + The I²C interface was not originally part of the standard, but added + in 2017 with a separate document: + TCG PC Client Platform TPM Profile Specification for TPM 2.0 (PTP) + https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/resource/pc-client-platform-tpm-profile-ptp-specification/ + + Recent TPM 2.0 chips conform to this generic interface, others use a + vendor-specific I²C interface. + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - description: Generic TPM 2.0 chips conforming to TCG PTP interface + items: + - enum: + - infineon,slb9673 + - nuvoton,npct75x + - const: tcg,tpm-tis-i2c + + - description: TPM 1.2 and 2.0 chips with vendor-specific I²C interface + items: + - enum: + - atmel,at97sc3204t # TPM 1.2 + - infineon,slb9635tt # TPM 1.2 (maximum 100 kHz) + - infineon,slb9645tt # TPM 1.2 (maximum 400 kHz) + - infineon,tpm_i2c_infineon # TPM 1.2 + - nuvoton,npct501 # TPM 1.2 + - nuvoton,npct601 # TPM 2.0 + - st,st33zp24-i2c # TPM 2.0 + - winbond,wpct301 # TPM 1.2 + + reg: + description: address of TPM on the I²C bus + +allOf: + - $ref: tpm-common.yaml# + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + tpm@57 { + label = "tpm"; + compatible = "nuvoton,npct601"; + reg = <0x57>; + linux,sml-base = <0x7f 0xfd450000>; + linux,sml-size = <0x10000>; + }; + }; + + - | + #include + #include + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + tpm@13 { + reg = <0x13>; + compatible = "st,st33zp24-i2c"; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>; + interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + lpcpd-gpios = <&gpio5 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm-tis-mmio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm-tis-mmio.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..87bce06921 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm-tis-mmio.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/tpm/tcg,tpm-tis-mmio.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MMIO-accessed Trusted Platform Module conforming to TCG TIS specification + +maintainers: + - Lukas Wunner + +description: | + The Trusted Computing Group (TCG) has defined a multi-vendor standard + for accessing a TPM chip. It can be transported over various buses, + one of them being LPC (via MMIO). The standard is named: + TCG PC Client Specific TPM Interface Specification (TIS) + https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/resource/pc-client-work-group-pc-client-specific-tpm-interface-specification-tis/ + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - at97sc3201 + - atmel,at97sc3204 + - socionext,synquacer-tpm-mmio + - const: tcg,tpm-tis-mmio + + reg: + description: + location and length of the MMIO registers, length should be + at least 0x5000 bytes + +allOf: + - $ref: tpm-common.yaml# + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + tpm@90000 { + compatible = "atmel,at97sc3204", "tcg,tpm-tis-mmio"; + reg = <0x90000 0x5000>; + interrupt-parent = <&EIC0>; + interrupts = <1 2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm_tis-spi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm_tis-spi.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c3413b47ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tcg,tpm_tis-spi.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/tpm/tcg,tpm_tis-spi.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: SPI-attached Trusted Platform Module conforming to TCG TIS specification + +maintainers: + - Lukas Wunner + +description: | + The Trusted Computing Group (TCG) has defined a multi-vendor standard + for accessing a TPM chip. It can be transported over various buses, + one of them being SPI. The standard is named: + TCG PC Client Specific TPM Interface Specification (TIS) + https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/resource/pc-client-work-group-pc-client-specific-tpm-interface-specification-tis/ + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - infineon,slb9670 + - st,st33htpm-spi + - st,st33zp24-spi + - const: tcg,tpm_tis-spi + +allOf: + - $ref: tpm-common.yaml# + - $ref: /schemas/spi/spi-peripheral-props.yaml# + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: st,st33zp24-spi + then: + properties: + spi-max-frequency: + maximum: 10000000 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + spi { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + tpm@0 { + reg = <0>; + compatible = "infineon,slb9670", "tcg,tpm_tis-spi"; + spi-max-frequency = <10000000>; + }; + }; + + - | + #include + #include + spi { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + tpm@0 { + reg = <0>; + compatible = "st,st33zp24-spi", "tcg,tpm_tis-spi"; + spi-max-frequency = <10000000>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>; + interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + lpcpd-gpios = <&gpio5 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tpm-common.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tpm-common.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c1241b2a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tpm/tpm-common.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/tpm/tpm-common.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Trusted Platform Module common properties + +maintainers: + - Lukas Wunner + +properties: + $nodename: + pattern: '^tpm(@[0-9a-f]+)?$' + + interrupts: + description: indicates command completion + maxItems: 1 + + label: + description: human readable string describing the device, e.g. "tpm" + + linux,sml-base: + description: + base address of reserved memory allocated for firmware event log + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint64 + + linux,sml-size: + description: + size of reserved memory allocated for firmware event log + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + + memory-region: + description: reserved memory allocated for firmware event log + maxItems: 1 + + powered-while-suspended: + description: + present when the TPM is left powered on between suspend and resume + (makes the suspend/resume callbacks do nothing) + type: boolean + + resets: + description: Reset controller to reset the TPM + maxItems: 1 + + reset-gpios: + description: Output GPIO pin to reset the TPM + maxItems: 1 + +# must always have both linux,sml-base and linux,sml-size +dependentRequired: + linux,sml-base: ['linux,sml-size'] + linux,sml-size: ['linux,sml-base'] + +# must only have either memory-region or linux,sml-base +# as well as either resets or reset-gpios +dependentSchemas: + memory-region: + properties: + linux,sml-base: false + linux,sml-base: + properties: + memory-region: false + resets: + properties: + reset-gpios: false + reset-gpios: + properties: + resets: false + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + pattern: '^st,st33zp24' + then: + properties: + lpcpd-gpios: + description: + Output GPIO pin used for ST33ZP24 power management of D1/D2 state. + If set, power must be present when the platform is going into + sleep/hibernate mode. + maxItems: 1 + +additionalProperties: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml index c3190f2a16..79dcd92c4a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml @@ -49,8 +49,6 @@ properties: - ams,iaq-core # i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) - at,24c08 - # i2c trusted platform module (TPM) - - atmel,at97sc3204t # ATSHA204 - i2c h/w symmetric crypto module - atmel,atsha204 # ATSHA204A - i2c h/w symmetric crypto module @@ -117,6 +115,10 @@ properties: - fsl,mpl3115 # MPR121: Proximity Capacitive Touch Sensor Controller - fsl,mpr121 + # Monolithic Power Systems Inc. multi-phase controller mp2856 + - mps,mp2856 + # Monolithic Power Systems Inc. multi-phase controller mp2857 + - mps,mp2857 # Monolithic Power Systems Inc. multi-phase controller mp2888 - mps,mp2888 # Monolithic Power Systems Inc. multi-phase controller mp2971 @@ -125,6 +127,8 @@ properties: - mps,mp2973 # Monolithic Power Systems Inc. multi-phase controller mp2975 - mps,mp2975 + # Monolithic Power Systems Inc. multi-phase hot-swap controller mp5990 + - mps,mp5990 # Honeywell Humidicon HIH-6130 humidity/temperature sensor - honeywell,hi6130 # IBM Common Form Factor Power Supply Versions (all versions) @@ -145,12 +149,6 @@ properties: - infineon,ir38263 # Infineon IRPS5401 Voltage Regulator (PMIC) - infineon,irps5401 - # Infineon SLB9635 (Soft-) I2C TPM (old protocol, max 100khz) - - infineon,slb9635tt - # Infineon SLB9645 I2C TPM (new protocol, max 400khz) - - infineon,slb9645tt - # Infineon SLB9673 I2C TPM 2.0 - - infineon,slb9673 # Infineon TLV493D-A1B6 I2C 3D Magnetic Sensor - infineon,tlv493d-a1b6 # Infineon Multi-phase Digital VR Controller xdpe11280 @@ -179,6 +177,8 @@ properties: - isil,isl29030 # Intersil ISL68137 Digital Output Configurable PWM Controller - isil,isl68137 + # Intersil ISL76682 Ambient Light Sensor + - isil,isl76682 # Linear Technology LTC2488 - lineartechnology,ltc2488 # 5 Bit Programmable, Pulse-Width Modulator @@ -301,10 +301,6 @@ properties: - national,lm85 # I2C ±0.33°C Accurate, 12-Bit + Sign Temperature Sensor and Thermal Window Comparator - national,lm92 - # i2c trusted platform module (TPM) - - nuvoton,npct501 - # i2c trusted platform module (TPM2) - - nuvoton,npct601 # Nuvoton Temperature Sensor - nuvoton,w83773g # OKI ML86V7667 video decoder @@ -349,8 +345,6 @@ properties: - silabs,si7020 # Skyworks SKY81452: Six-Channel White LED Driver with Touch Panel Bias Supply - skyworks,sky81452 - # Socionext SynQuacer TPM MMIO module - - socionext,synquacer-tpm-mmio # SparkFun Qwiic Joystick (COM-15168) with i2c interface - sparkfun,qwiic-joystick # i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) @@ -405,8 +399,6 @@ properties: - winbond,w83793 # Vicor Corporation Digital Supervisor - vicor,pli1209bc - # i2c trusted platform module (TPM) - - winbond,wpct301 required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/qcom,ufs.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/qcom,ufs.yaml index 2cf3d016db..10c146424b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/qcom,ufs.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/qcom,ufs.yaml @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ properties: - qcom,msm8996-ufshc - qcom,msm8998-ufshc - qcom,sa8775p-ufshc + - qcom,sc7280-ufshc - qcom,sc8280xp-ufshc - qcom,sdm845-ufshc - qcom,sm6115-ufshc @@ -118,6 +119,7 @@ allOf: enum: - qcom,msm8998-ufshc - qcom,sa8775p-ufshc + - qcom,sc7280-ufshc - qcom,sc8280xp-ufshc - qcom,sm8250-ufshc - qcom,sm8350-ufshc diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/samsung,exynos-ufs.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/samsung,exynos-ufs.yaml index 88cc1e3a0c..b2b509b394 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/samsung,exynos-ufs.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/samsung,exynos-ufs.yaml @@ -55,9 +55,12 @@ properties: samsung,sysreg: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array - description: Should be phandle/offset pair. The phandle to the syscon node - which indicates the FSYSx sysreg interface and the offset of - the control register for UFS io coherency setting. + items: + - items: + - description: phandle to FSYSx sysreg node + - description: offset of the control register for UFS io coherency setting + description: + Phandle and offset to the FSYSx sysreg for UFS io coherency setting. dma-coherent: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufs-common.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufs-common.yaml index 985ea8f64d..31fe7f30ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufs-common.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufs-common.yaml @@ -87,6 +87,8 @@ properties: description: Specifies max. load that can be drawn from VCCQ2 supply. + msi-parent: true + dependencies: freq-table-hz: [ clocks ] operating-points-v2: [ clocks, clock-names ] diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-xilinx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-xilinx.yaml index bb373eb025..00f87a558c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-xilinx.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-xilinx.yaml @@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Xilinx SuperSpeed DWC3 USB SoC controller maintainers: - - Piyush Mehta + - Mubin Sayyed + - Radhey Shyam Pandey properties: compatible: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-xhci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-xhci.yaml index 594ebb3ee4..6ceafa4af2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-xhci.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-xhci.yaml @@ -9,9 +9,6 @@ title: USB xHCI Controller maintainers: - Mathias Nyman -allOf: - - $ref: usb-xhci.yaml# - properties: compatible: oneOf: @@ -25,6 +22,11 @@ properties: - marvell,armada-380-xhci - marvell,armada-8k-xhci - const: generic-xhci + - description: Broadcom SoCs with power domains + items: + - enum: + - brcm,bcm2711-xhci + - const: brcm,xhci-brcm-v2 - description: Broadcom STB SoCs with xHCI enum: - brcm,xhci-brcm-v2 @@ -49,6 +51,9 @@ properties: - const: core - const: reg + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + unevaluatedProperties: false required: @@ -56,6 +61,20 @@ required: - reg - interrupts +allOf: + - $ref: usb-xhci.yaml# + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: brcm,bcm2711-xhci + then: + required: + - power-domains + else: + properties: + power-domains: false + examples: - | usb@f0931000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/genesys,gl850g.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/genesys,gl850g.yaml index ee08b9c372..37cf5249e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/genesys,gl850g.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/genesys,gl850g.yaml @@ -29,6 +29,11 @@ properties: description: the regulator that provides 3.3V core power to the hub. + peer-hub: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + phandle to the peer hub on the controller. + required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.yaml index e9644e333d..924fd3d748 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.yaml @@ -124,6 +124,17 @@ properties: defined in the xHCI spec on MTK's controller. default: 5000 + rx-fifo-depth: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: + It is a quirk used to work around Gen1 isoc-in endpoint transfer issue + that still send out unexpected ACK after device finishes the burst + transfer with a short packet and cause an exception, specially on a 4K + camera device, it happens on controller before about IPM v1.6.0; + the side-effect is that it may cause performance drop about 10%, + including bulk transfer, prefer to use 3k here. The size is in bytes. + enum: [1024, 2048, 3072, 4096] + # the following properties are only used for case 1 wakeup-source: description: enable USB remote wakeup, see power/wakeup-source.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/microchip,usb5744.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/microchip,usb5744.yaml index 6d4cfd943f..445183d9d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/microchip,usb5744.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/microchip,usb5744.yaml @@ -16,8 +16,9 @@ description: USB 2.0 traffic. maintainers: - - Piyush Mehta - Michal Simek + - Mubin Sayyed + - Radhey Shyam Pandey properties: compatible: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nxp,ptn5110.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nxp,ptn5110.yaml index 28eb25ecba..eaedb4cc6b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nxp,ptn5110.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nxp,ptn5110.yaml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ $id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/usb/nxp,ptn5110.yaml# $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# -title: NXP PTN5110 Typec Port Cotroller +title: NXP PTN5110 Type-C Port Controller maintainers: - Li Jun diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.yaml index 915c820562..63d150b216 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.yaml @@ -46,6 +46,8 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8350-dwc3 - qcom,sm8450-dwc3 - qcom,sm8550-dwc3 + - qcom,sm8650-dwc3 + - qcom,x1e80100-dwc3 - const: qcom,dwc3 reg: @@ -97,12 +99,29 @@ properties: - const: apps-usb interrupts: - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 4 + description: | + Different types of interrupts are used based on HS PHY used on target: + - pwr_event: Used for wakeup based on other power events. + - hs_phY_irq: Apart from DP/DM/QUSB2 PHY interrupts, there is + hs_phy_irq which is not triggered by default and its + functionality is mutually exclusive to that of + {dp/dm}_hs_phy_irq and qusb2_phy_irq. + - qusb2_phy: SoCs with QUSB2 PHY do not have separate DP/DM IRQs and + expose only a single IRQ whose behavior can be modified + by the QUSB2PHY_INTR_CTRL register. The required DPSE/ + DMSE configuration is done in QUSB2PHY_INTR_CTRL register + of PHY address space. + - {dp/dm}_hs_phy_irq: These IRQ's directly reflect changes on the DP/ + DM pads of the SoC. These are used for wakeup + only on SoCs with non-QUSB2 targets with + exception of SDM670/SDM845/SM6350. + - ss_phy_irq: Used for remote wakeup in Super Speed mode of operation. + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 5 interrupt-names: - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 4 + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 5 qcom,select-utmi-as-pipe-clk: description: @@ -263,6 +282,7 @@ allOf: contains: enum: - qcom,sc8280xp-dwc3 + - qcom,x1e80100-dwc3 then: properties: clocks: @@ -288,8 +308,8 @@ allOf: then: properties: clocks: - minItems: 5 - maxItems: 6 + minItems: 4 + maxItems: 5 clock-names: oneOf: - items: @@ -298,13 +318,11 @@ allOf: - const: iface - const: sleep - const: mock_utmi - - const: bus - items: - const: cfg_noc - const: core - const: sleep - const: mock_utmi - - const: bus - if: properties: @@ -318,6 +336,7 @@ allOf: - qcom,sm8250-dwc3 - qcom,sm8450-dwc3 - qcom,sm8550-dwc3 + - qcom,sm8650-dwc3 then: properties: clocks: @@ -357,59 +376,20 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: - - qcom,ipq4019-dwc3 + - qcom,ipq5018-dwc3 - qcom,ipq6018-dwc3 - - qcom,ipq8064-dwc3 - qcom,ipq8074-dwc3 - - qcom,msm8994-dwc3 - - qcom,qcs404-dwc3 - - qcom,sc7180-dwc3 - - qcom,sdm670-dwc3 - - qcom,sdm845-dwc3 - - qcom,sdx55-dwc3 - - qcom,sdx65-dwc3 - - qcom,sdx75-dwc3 - - qcom,sm4250-dwc3 - - qcom,sm6125-dwc3 - - qcom,sm6350-dwc3 - - qcom,sm8150-dwc3 - - qcom,sm8250-dwc3 - - qcom,sm8350-dwc3 - - qcom,sm8450-dwc3 - - qcom,sm8550-dwc3 - then: - properties: - interrupts: - items: - - description: The interrupt that is asserted - when a wakeup event is received on USB2 bus. - - description: The interrupt that is asserted - when a wakeup event is received on USB3 bus. - - description: Wakeup event on DM line. - - description: Wakeup event on DP line. - interrupt-names: - items: - - const: hs_phy_irq - - const: ss_phy_irq - - const: dm_hs_phy_irq - - const: dp_hs_phy_irq - - - if: - properties: - compatible: - contains: - enum: - qcom,msm8953-dwc3 - - qcom,msm8996-dwc3 - qcom,msm8998-dwc3 - - qcom,sm6115-dwc3 then: properties: interrupts: - maxItems: 2 + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 3 interrupt-names: items: - - const: hs_phy_irq + - const: pwr_event + - const: qusb2_phy - const: ss_phy_irq - if: @@ -417,37 +397,21 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: - - qcom,ipq5018-dwc3 - - qcom,ipq5332-dwc3 + - qcom,msm8996-dwc3 + - qcom,qcs404-dwc3 - qcom,sdm660-dwc3 - then: - properties: - interrupts: - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 2 - interrupt-names: - minItems: 1 - items: - - const: hs_phy_irq - - const: ss_phy_irq - - - if: - properties: - compatible: - contains: - enum: - - qcom,sc7280-dwc3 + - qcom,sm6115-dwc3 + - qcom,sm6125-dwc3 then: properties: interrupts: minItems: 3 maxItems: 4 interrupt-names: - minItems: 3 items: + - const: pwr_event + - const: qusb2_phy - const: hs_phy_irq - - const: dp_hs_phy_irq - - const: dm_hs_phy_irq - const: ss_phy_irq - if: @@ -455,7 +419,8 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: - - qcom,sc8280xp-dwc3 + - qcom,ipq5332-dwc3 + - qcom,x1e80100-dwc3 then: properties: interrupts: @@ -472,16 +437,35 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: + - qcom,ipq4019-dwc3 + - qcom,ipq8064-dwc3 + - qcom,msm8994-dwc3 - qcom,sa8775p-dwc3 + - qcom,sc7180-dwc3 + - qcom,sc7280-dwc3 + - qcom,sc8280xp-dwc3 + - qcom,sdm670-dwc3 + - qcom,sdm845-dwc3 + - qcom,sdx55-dwc3 + - qcom,sdx65-dwc3 + - qcom,sdx75-dwc3 + - qcom,sm4250-dwc3 + - qcom,sm6350-dwc3 + - qcom,sm8150-dwc3 + - qcom,sm8250-dwc3 + - qcom,sm8350-dwc3 + - qcom,sm8450-dwc3 + - qcom,sm8550-dwc3 + - qcom,sm8650-dwc3 then: properties: interrupts: - minItems: 3 - maxItems: 4 + minItems: 4 + maxItems: 5 interrupt-names: - minItems: 3 items: - const: pwr_event + - const: hs_phy_irq - const: dp_hs_phy_irq - const: dm_hs_phy_irq - const: ss_phy_irq @@ -519,12 +503,13 @@ examples: <&gcc GCC_USB30_PRIM_MASTER_CLK>; assigned-clock-rates = <19200000>, <150000000>; - interrupts = , - , + interrupts = , + , + , , - ; - interrupt-names = "hs_phy_irq", "ss_phy_irq", - "dm_hs_phy_irq", "dp_hs_phy_irq"; + ; + interrupt-names = "pwr_event", "hs_phy_irq", + "dp_hs_phy_irq", "dm_hs_phy_irq", "ss_phy_irq"; power-domains = <&gcc USB30_PRIM_GDSC>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,wcd939x-usbss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,wcd939x-usbss.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7ddfd3313a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,wcd939x-usbss.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/usb/qcom,wcd939x-usbss.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm WCD9380/WCD9385 USB SubSystem Altmode/Analog Audio Switch + +maintainers: + - Neil Armstrong + +description: + Qualcomm WCD9390/WCD9395 is a standalone Hi-Fi audio codec IC with a + functionally separate USB SubSystem for Altmode/Analog Audio Switch + accessible over an I2C interface. + The Audio Headphone and Microphone data path between the Codec and the + USB-C Mux subsystems are external to the IC, thus requiring DT port-endpoint + graph description to handle USB-C altmode & orientation switching for Audio + Accessory Mode. + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - const: qcom,wcd9390-usbss + - items: + - const: qcom,wcd9395-usbss + - const: qcom,wcd9390-usbss + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + + vdd-supply: + description: USBSS VDD power supply + + mode-switch: + description: Flag the port as possible handle of altmode switching + type: boolean + + orientation-switch: + description: Flag the port as possible handler of orientation switching + type: boolean + + ports: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + properties: + port@0: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: + A port node to link the WCD939x USB SubSystem to a TypeC controller for the + purpose of handling altmode muxing and orientation switching. + + port@1: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: + A port node to link the WCD939x USB SubSystem to the Codec SubSystem for the + purpose of handling USB-C Audio Accessory Mode muxing and orientation switching. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - ports + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + typec-mux@42 { + compatible = "qcom,wcd9390-usbss"; + reg = <0x42>; + + vdd-supply = <&vreg_bob>; + + mode-switch; + orientation-switch; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + wcd9390_usbss_sbu: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&typec_sbu>; + }; + }; + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + wcd9390_usbss_codec: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&wcd9390_codec_usbss>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usbhs.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usbhs.yaml index bad55dfb2f..40ada78f23 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usbhs.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usbhs.yaml @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ properties: - items: - enum: - renesas,usbhs-r7s9210 # RZ/A2 - - renesas,usbhs-r9a07g043 # RZ/G2UL + - renesas,usbhs-r9a07g043 # RZ/G2UL and RZ/Five - renesas,usbhs-r9a07g044 # RZ/G2{L,LC} - renesas,usbhs-r9a07g054 # RZ/V2L - const: renesas,rza2-usbhs diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/snps,dwc3.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/snps,dwc3.yaml index ee5af4b381..203a1eb666 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/snps,dwc3.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/snps,dwc3.yaml @@ -432,6 +432,10 @@ properties: items: enum: [1, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] + num-hc-interrupters: + maximum: 8 + default: 1 + port: $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,tps6598x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,tps6598x.yaml index 323d664ae0..1745e28b31 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,tps6598x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,tps6598x.yaml @@ -38,6 +38,10 @@ properties: - const: main - const: patch-address + reset-gpios: + description: GPIO used for the HRESET pin. + maxItems: 1 + wakeup-source: true interrupts: @@ -90,6 +94,7 @@ additionalProperties: false examples: - | + #include #include i2c { #address-cells = <1>; @@ -106,6 +111,7 @@ examples: pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&typec_pins>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; typec_con: connector { compatible = "usb-c-connector"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.yaml index 180a261c3e..4238ae896e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.yaml @@ -29,6 +29,12 @@ properties: description: Interrupt moderation interval default: 5000 + num-hc-interrupters: + description: Maximum number of interrupters to allocate + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint16 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 1024 + additionalProperties: true examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/xlnx,usb2.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/xlnx,usb2.yaml index 868dffe314..a7f75fe366 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/xlnx,usb2.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/xlnx,usb2.yaml @@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Xilinx udc controller maintainers: - - Piyush Mehta + - Mubin Sayyed + - Radhey Shyam Pandey properties: compatible: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml index 309b94c328..1a0dc04f1d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml @@ -79,6 +79,8 @@ patternProperties: description: ALFA Network Inc. "^allegro,.*": description: Allegro DVT + "^alliedvision,.*": + description: Allied Vision Technologies GmbH "^allo,.*": description: Allo.com "^allwinner,.*": @@ -119,6 +121,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Andes Technology Corporation "^anvo,.*": description: Anvo-Systems Dresden GmbH + "^aosong,.*": + description: Guangzhou Aosong Electronic Co., Ltd. "^apm,.*": description: Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM) "^apple,.*": @@ -294,6 +298,8 @@ patternProperties: description: CompuLab Ltd. "^congatec,.*": description: congatec GmbH + "^coolpi,.*": + description: cool-pi.com "^coreriver,.*": description: CORERIVER Semiconductor Co.,Ltd. "^corpro,.*": @@ -352,6 +358,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Digi International Inc. "^digilent,.*": description: Diglent, Inc. + "^dimonoff,.*": + description: Dimonoff inc. "^diodes,.*": description: Diodes, Inc. "^dioo,.*": @@ -474,6 +482,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Fairphone B.V. "^faraday,.*": description: Faraday Technology Corporation + "^fascontek,.*": + description: Fascontek "^fastrax,.*": description: Fastrax Oy "^fcs,.*": @@ -502,6 +512,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Fujitsu Ltd. "^fxtec,.*": description: FX Technology Ltd. + "^galaxycore,.*": + description: GalaxyCore Inc. "^gardena,.*": description: GARDENA GmbH "^gateway,.*": @@ -597,6 +609,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Hewlett Packard Enterprise "^hsg,.*": description: HannStar Display Co. + "^htc,.*": + description: HTC Corporation "^huawei,.*": description: Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. "^hugsun,.*": @@ -1179,6 +1193,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Shenzhen Roofull Technology Co, Ltd "^roseapplepi,.*": description: RoseapplePi.org + "^rve,.*": + description: Recharge Véhicule Électrique (RVE) inc. "^saef,.*": description: Saef Technology Limited "^samsung,.*": @@ -1281,6 +1297,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Skyworks Solutions, Inc. "^smartlabs,.*": description: SmartLabs LLC + "^smi,.*": + description: Silicon Motion Technology Corporation "^smsc,.*": description: Standard Microsystems Corporation "^snps,.*": @@ -1381,6 +1399,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Technologic Systems "^techstar,.*": description: Shenzhen Techstar Electronics Co., Ltd. + "^techwell,.*": + description: Techwell, Inc. "^teejet,.*": description: TeeJet "^teltonika,.*": @@ -1434,6 +1454,8 @@ patternProperties: description: TPO "^tq,.*": description: TQ-Systems GmbH + "^transpeed,.*": + description: Transpeed "^traverse,.*": description: Traverse Technologies Australia Pty Ltd "^tronfy,.*": diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/amd,axi-1wire-host.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/amd,axi-1wire-host.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef70fa2c0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/w1/amd,axi-1wire-host.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/w1/amd,axi-1wire-host.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: AMD AXI 1-wire bus host for programmable logic + +maintainers: + - Kris Chaplin + +properties: + compatible: + const: amd,axi-1wire-host + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - interrupts + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include + + onewire@a0000000 { + compatible = "amd,axi-1wire-host"; + reg = <0xa0000000 0x10000>; + clocks = <&zynqmp_clk 0x47>; + interrupts = ; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt.yaml index 274519fc24..64c8f73938 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt.yaml @@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Allwinner A10 Watchdog -allOf: - - $ref: watchdog.yaml# - maintainers: - Chen-Yu Tsai - Maxime Ripard +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + properties: compatible: oneOf: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/alphascale,asm9260-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/alphascale,asm9260-wdt.yaml index fea84f5b7e..6425fe51d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/alphascale,asm9260-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/alphascale,asm9260-wdt.yaml @@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Alphascale asm9260 Watchdog timer -allOf: - - $ref: watchdog.yaml# - maintainers: - Oleksij Rempel +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + properties: compatible: const: alphascale,asm9260-wdt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/apple,wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/apple,wdt.yaml index 929681127d..21872e1591 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/apple,wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/apple,wdt.yaml @@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Apple SoC Watchdog -allOf: - - $ref: watchdog.yaml# - maintainers: - Sven Peter +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + properties: compatible: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/arm-smc-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/arm-smc-wdt.yaml index b5573852ef..8e9d0b7e82 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/arm-smc-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/arm-smc-wdt.yaml @@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: ARM Secure Monitor Call based watchdog -allOf: - - $ref: watchdog.yaml# - maintainers: - Julius Werner +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + properties: compatible: enum: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/brcm,bcm7038-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/brcm,bcm7038-wdt.yaml index 526ff908d1..e898167ef6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/brcm,bcm7038-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/brcm,bcm7038-wdt.yaml @@ -6,14 +6,14 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: BCM63xx and BCM7038 watchdog timer -allOf: - - $ref: watchdog.yaml# - maintainers: - Florian Fainelli - Justin Chen - Rafał Miłecki +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + properties: compatible: enum: @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ properties: The clock running the watchdog. If no clock is found the driver will default to 27000000 Hz. -unevaluatedProperties: false - required: - reg +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | watchdog@f040a7e8 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/cnxt,cx92755-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/cnxt,cx92755-wdt.yaml index 1844d7e026..13236ee61f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/cnxt,cx92755-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/cnxt,cx92755-wdt.yaml @@ -12,12 +12,12 @@ description: | timer counters. The first timer (called "Timer A") is the only one that can be used as watchdog. -allOf: - - $ref: watchdog.yaml# - maintainers: - Baruch Siach +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + properties: compatible: const: cnxt,cx92755-wdt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/dlg,da9062-watchdog.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/dlg,da9062-watchdog.yaml index f058628bb6..c8f6981205 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/dlg,da9062-watchdog.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/dlg,da9062-watchdog.yaml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ $id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/watchdog/dlg,da9062-watchdog.yaml# $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# -title: Dialog Semiconductor DA9062/61 Watchdog Timer +title: Dialog Semiconductor DA906{1,2,3} Watchdog Timer maintainers: - Steve Twiss @@ -14,9 +14,13 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: - enum: - - dlg,da9061-watchdog - - dlg,da9062-watchdog + oneOf: + - enum: + - dlg,da9062-watchdog + - dlg,da9063-watchdog + - items: + - const: dlg,da9061-watchdog + - const: dlg,da9062-watchdog dlg,use-sw-pm: type: boolean diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/intel,keembay-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/intel,keembay-wdt.yaml index 1437ff8a12..8231dde2bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/intel,keembay-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/intel,keembay-wdt.yaml @@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ title: Intel Keem Bay SoC non-secure Watchdog Timer maintainers: - Wan Ahmad Zainie +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + properties: compatible: enum: @@ -37,7 +40,7 @@ required: - interrupt-names - clocks -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/maxim,max63xx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/maxim,max63xx.yaml index 1a6490c43d..442c21f12a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/maxim,max63xx.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/maxim,max63xx.yaml @@ -6,14 +6,14 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Maxim 63xx Watchdog Timers -allOf: - - $ref: watchdog.yaml# - - $ref: /schemas/memory-controllers/mc-peripheral-props.yaml# - maintainers: - Marc Zyngier - Linus Walleij +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + - $ref: /schemas/memory-controllers/mc-peripheral-props.yaml# + properties: compatible: enum: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mediatek,mtk-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mediatek,mtk-wdt.yaml index cc502838bc..8d2520241e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mediatek,mtk-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mediatek,mtk-wdt.yaml @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ properties: - mediatek,mt6735-wdt - mediatek,mt6795-wdt - mediatek,mt7986-wdt + - mediatek,mt7988-wdt - mediatek,mt8183-wdt - mediatek,mt8186-wdt - mediatek,mt8188-wdt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/nxp,pnx4008-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/nxp,pnx4008-wdt.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35ef940cba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/nxp,pnx4008-wdt.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/watchdog/nxp,pnx4008-wdt.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: NXP PNX watchdog timer + +maintainers: + - Roland Stigge + +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: nxp,pnx4008-wdt + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + watchdog@4003c000 { + compatible = "nxp,pnx4008-wdt"; + reg = <0x4003c000 0x1000>; + timeout-sec = <10>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4b76bec62a..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -* NXP PNX watchdog timer - -Required properties: -- compatible: must be "nxp,pnx4008-wdt" -- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped - region. - -Optional properties: -- timeout-sec: contains the watchdog timeout in seconds. - -Example: - - watchdog@4003c000 { - compatible = "nxp,pnx4008-wdt"; - reg = <0x4003C000 0x1000>; - timeout-sec = <10>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qca,ar7130-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qca,ar7130-wdt.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..82040ca10e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qca,ar7130-wdt.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/watchdog/qca,ar7130-wdt.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Atheros AR7130 Watchdog Timer (WDT) Controller + +maintainers: + - Gabor Juhos + +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: qca,ar7130-wdt + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + watchdog@18060008 { + compatible = "qca,ar7130-wdt"; + reg = <0x18060008 0x8>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qca-ar7130-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qca-ar7130-wdt.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7a89e5f854..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qca-ar7130-wdt.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -* Qualcomm Atheros AR7130 Watchdog Timer (WDT) Controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: must be "qca,ar7130-wdt" -- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped - region. - -Example: - -wdt@18060008 { - compatible = "qca,ar9330-wdt", "qca,ar7130-wdt"; - reg = <0x18060008 0x8>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom,pm8916-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom,pm8916-wdt.yaml index 568eb8480f..dc6af204e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom,pm8916-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom,pm8916-wdt.yaml @@ -30,22 +30,27 @@ examples: #include #include - pmic@0 { - compatible = "qcom,pm8916", "qcom,spmi-pmic"; - reg = <0x0 SPMI_USID>; - #address-cells = <1>; + spmi { + #address-cells = <2>; #size-cells = <0>; - pon@800 { - compatible = "qcom,pm8916-pon"; - reg = <0x800>; - mode-bootloader = <0x2>; - mode-recovery = <0x1>; - - watchdog { - compatible = "qcom,pm8916-wdt"; - interrupts = <0x0 0x8 6 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; - timeout-sec = <60>; + pmic@0 { + compatible = "qcom,pm8916", "qcom,spmi-pmic"; + reg = <0x0 SPMI_USID>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + pon@800 { + compatible = "qcom,pm8916-pon"; + reg = <0x800>; + mode-bootloader = <0x2>; + mode-recovery = <0x1>; + + watchdog { + compatible = "qcom,pm8916-wdt"; + interrupts = <0x0 0x8 6 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + timeout-sec = <60>; + }; }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom-wdt.yaml index c12bc852ae..a4f35c598c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom-wdt.yaml @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ examples: compatible = "qcom,apss-wdt-sm8150", "qcom,kpss-wdt"; reg = <0x17c10000 0x1000>; clocks = <&sleep_clk>; - interrupts = ; + interrupts = ; timeout-sec = <10>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/realtek,rtd119x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/realtek,rtd119x.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 05653054bd..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/realtek,rtd119x.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -Realtek RTD1295 Watchdog -======================== - -Required properties: - -- compatible : Should be "realtek,rtd1295-watchdog" -- reg : Specifies the physical base address and size of registers -- clocks : Specifies one clock input - - -Example: - - watchdog@98007680 { - compatible = "realtek,rtd1295-watchdog"; - reg = <0x98007680 0x100>; - clocks = <&osc27M>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/realtek,rtd1295-watchdog.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/realtek,rtd1295-watchdog.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a0ea16963 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/realtek,rtd1295-watchdog.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/watchdog/realtek,rtd1295-watchdog.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Realtek RTD1295 Watchdog + +maintainers: + - Andreas Färber + +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: realtek,rtd1295-watchdog + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + watchdog@98007680 { + compatible = "realtek,rtd1295-watchdog"; + reg = <0x98007680 0x100>; + clocks = <&osc27M>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.yaml index 8fb6656ba0..77a5ddd042 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.yaml @@ -16,14 +16,20 @@ description: |+ properties: compatible: - enum: - - samsung,s3c2410-wdt # for S3C2410 - - samsung,s3c6410-wdt # for S3C6410, S5PV210 and Exynos4 - - samsung,exynos5250-wdt # for Exynos5250 - - samsung,exynos5420-wdt # for Exynos5420 - - samsung,exynos7-wdt # for Exynos7 - - samsung,exynos850-wdt # for Exynos850 - - samsung,exynosautov9-wdt # for Exynosautov9 + oneOf: + - enum: + - google,gs101-wdt # for Google gs101 + - samsung,s3c2410-wdt # for S3C2410 + - samsung,s3c6410-wdt # for S3C6410, S5PV210 and Exynos4 + - samsung,exynos5250-wdt # for Exynos5250 + - samsung,exynos5420-wdt # for Exynos5420 + - samsung,exynos7-wdt # for Exynos7 + - samsung,exynos850-wdt # for Exynos850 + - samsung,exynosautov9-wdt # for Exynosautov9 + - items: + - enum: + - tesla,fsd-wdt + - const: samsung,exynos7-wdt reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -42,13 +48,14 @@ properties: samsung,cluster-index: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: - Index of CPU cluster on which watchdog is running (in case of Exynos850) + Index of CPU cluster on which watchdog is running (in case of Exynos850 + or Google gs101). samsung,syscon-phandle: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle description: Phandle to the PMU system controller node (in case of Exynos5250, - Exynos5420, Exynos7 and Exynos850). + Exynos5420, Exynos7, Exynos850 and gs101). required: - compatible @@ -64,6 +71,7 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: + - google,gs101-wdt - samsung,exynos5250-wdt - samsung,exynos5420-wdt - samsung,exynos7-wdt @@ -77,6 +85,7 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: + - google,gs101-wdt - samsung,exynos850-wdt - samsung,exynosautov9-wdt then: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/snps,dw-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/snps,dw-wdt.yaml index 76eceeddd1..c7aab0418a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/snps,dw-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/snps,dw-wdt.yaml @@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Synopsys Designware Watchdog Timer -allOf: - - $ref: watchdog.yaml# - maintainers: - Jamie Iles +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + properties: compatible: oneOf: @@ -73,13 +73,13 @@ properties: minItems: 16 maxItems: 16 -unevaluatedProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg - clocks +unevaluatedProperties: false + examples: - | watchdog@ffd02000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/technologic,ts7200-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/technologic,ts7200-wdt.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e4bfef152 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/technologic,ts7200-wdt.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/watchdog/technologic,ts7200-wdt.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Technologic Systems TS-72xx based SBCs watchdog + +maintainers: + - Nikita Shubin + +allOf: + - $ref: watchdog.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - const: technologic,ts7200-wdt + - items: + - enum: + - technologic,ts7300-wdt + - technologic,ts7260-wdt + - technologic,ts7250-wdt + - const: technologic,ts7200-wdt + + reg: + items: + - description: control register + - description: feed register + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + watchdog@23800000 { + compatible = "technologic,ts7200-wdt"; + reg = <0x23800000 0x01>, <0x23c00000 0x01>; + timeout-sec = <30>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst b/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst index cd8ad79044..3d125fb413 100644 --- a/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst +++ b/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Sphinx Install ============== The ReST markups currently used by the Documentation/ files are meant to be -built with ``Sphinx`` version 1.7 or higher. +built with ``Sphinx`` version 2.4.4 or higher. There's a script that checks for the Sphinx requirements. Please see :ref:`sphinx-pre-install` for further details. @@ -435,6 +435,15 @@ path. For information on cross-referencing to kernel-doc functions or types, see Documentation/doc-guide/kernel-doc.rst. +Referencing commits +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +References to git commits are automatically hyperlinked given that they are +written in one of these formats:: + + commit 72bf4f1767f0 + commit 72bf4f1767f0 ("net: do not leave an empty skb in write queue") + .. _sphinx_kfigure: Figures & Images diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/crypto/iaa/iaa-crypto.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/crypto/iaa/iaa-crypto.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..de587cf9cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/crypto/iaa/iaa-crypto.rst @@ -0,0 +1,824 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +========================================= +IAA Compression Accelerator Crypto Driver +========================================= + +Tom Zanussi + +The IAA crypto driver supports compression/decompression compatible +with the DEFLATE compression standard described in RFC 1951, which is +the compression/decompression algorithm exported by this module. + +The IAA hardware spec can be found here: + + https://cdrdv2.intel.com/v1/dl/getContent/721858 + +The iaa_crypto driver is designed to work as a layer underneath +higher-level compression devices such as zswap. + +Users can select IAA compress/decompress acceleration by specifying +one of the supported IAA compression algorithms in whatever facility +allows compression algorithms to be selected. + +For example, a zswap device can select the IAA 'fixed' mode +represented by selecting the 'deflate-iaa' crypto compression +algorithm:: + + # echo deflate-iaa > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/compressor + +This will tell zswap to use the IAA 'fixed' compression mode for all +compresses and decompresses. + +Currently, there is only one compression modes available, 'fixed' +mode. + +The 'fixed' compression mode implements the compression scheme +specified by RFC 1951 and is given the crypto algorithm name +'deflate-iaa'. (Because the IAA hardware has a 4k history-window +limitation, only buffers <= 4k, or that have been compressed using a +<= 4k history window, are technically compliant with the deflate spec, +which allows for a window of up to 32k. Because of this limitation, +the IAA fixed mode deflate algorithm is given its own algorithm name +rather than simply 'deflate'). + + +Config options and other setup +============================== + +The IAA crypto driver is available via menuconfig using the following +path:: + + Cryptographic API -> Hardware crypto devices -> Support for Intel(R) IAA Compression Accelerator + +In the configuration file the option called CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_IAA_CRYPTO. + +The IAA crypto driver also supports statistics, which are available +via menuconfig using the following path:: + + Cryptographic API -> Hardware crypto devices -> Support for Intel(R) IAA Compression -> Enable Intel(R) IAA Compression Accelerator Statistics + +In the configuration file the option called CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_IAA_CRYPTO_STATS. + +The following config options should also be enabled:: + + CONFIG_IRQ_REMAP=y + CONFIG_INTEL_IOMMU=y + CONFIG_INTEL_IOMMU_SVM=y + CONFIG_PCI_ATS=y + CONFIG_PCI_PRI=y + CONFIG_PCI_PASID=y + CONFIG_INTEL_IDXD=m + CONFIG_INTEL_IDXD_SVM=y + +IAA is one of the first Intel accelerator IPs that can work in +conjunction with the Intel IOMMU. There are multiple modes that exist +for testing. Based on IOMMU configuration, there are 3 modes:: + + - Scalable + - Legacy + - No IOMMU + + +Scalable mode +------------- + +Scalable mode supports Shared Virtual Memory (SVM or SVA). It is +entered when using the kernel boot commandline:: + + intel_iommu=on,sm_on + +with VT-d turned on in BIOS. + +With scalable mode, both shared and dedicated workqueues are available +for use. + +For scalable mode, the following BIOS settings should be enabled:: + + Socket Configuration > IIO Configuration > Intel VT for Directed I/O (VT-d) > Intel VT for Directed I/O + + Socket Configuration > IIO Configuration > PCIe ENQCMD > ENQCMDS + + +Legacy mode +----------- + +Legacy mode is entered when using the kernel boot commandline:: + + intel_iommu=off + +or VT-d is not turned on in BIOS. + +If you have booted into Linux and not sure if VT-d is on, do a "dmesg +| grep -i dmar". If you don't see a number of DMAR devices enumerated, +most likely VT-d is not on. + +With legacy mode, only dedicated workqueues are available for use. + + +No IOMMU mode +------------- + +No IOMMU mode is entered when using the kernel boot commandline:: + + iommu=off. + +With no IOMMU mode, only dedicated workqueues are available for use. + + +Usage +===== + +accel-config +------------ + +When loaded, the iaa_crypto driver automatically creates a default +configuration and enables it, and assigns default driver attributes. +If a different configuration or set of driver attributes is required, +the user must first disable the IAA devices and workqueues, reset the +configuration, and then re-register the deflate-iaa algorithm with the +crypto subsystem by removing and reinserting the iaa_crypto module. + +The :ref:`iaa_disable_script` in the 'Use Cases' +section below can be used to disable the default configuration. + +See :ref:`iaa_default_config` below for details of the default +configuration. + +More likely than not, however, and because of the complexity and +configurability of the accelerator devices, the user will want to +configure the device and manually enable the desired devices and +workqueues. + +The userspace tool to help doing that is called accel-config. Using +accel-config to configure device or loading a previously saved config +is highly recommended. The device can be controlled via sysfs +directly but comes with the warning that you should do this ONLY if +you know exactly what you are doing. The following sections will not +cover the sysfs interface but assumes you will be using accel-config. + +The :ref:`iaa_sysfs_config` section in the appendix below can be +consulted for the sysfs interface details if interested. + +The accel-config tool along with instructions for building it can be +found here: + + https://github.com/intel/idxd-config/#readme + +Typical usage +------------- + +In order for the iaa_crypto module to actually do any +compression/decompression work on behalf of a facility, one or more +IAA workqueues need to be bound to the iaa_crypto driver. + +For instance, here's an example of configuring an IAA workqueue and +binding it to the iaa_crypto driver (note that device names are +specified as 'iax' rather than 'iaa' - this is because upstream still +has the old 'iax' device naming in place) :: + + # configure wq1.0 + + accel-config config-wq --group-id=0 --mode=dedicated --type=kernel --name="iaa_crypto" --device_name="crypto" iax1/wq1.0 + + # enable IAA device iax1 + + accel-config enable-device iax1 + + # enable wq1.0 on IAX device iax1 + + accel-config enable-wq iax1/wq1.0 + +Whenever a new workqueue is bound to or unbound from the iaa_crypto +driver, the available workqueues are 'rebalanced' such that work +submitted from a particular CPU is given to the most appropriate +workqueue available. Current best practice is to configure and bind +at least one workqueue for each IAA device, but as long as there is at +least one workqueue configured and bound to any IAA device in the +system, the iaa_crypto driver will work, albeit most likely not as +efficiently. + +The IAA crypto algorigthms is operational and compression and +decompression operations are fully enabled following the successful +binding of the first IAA workqueue to the iaa_crypto driver. + +Similarly, the IAA crypto algorithm is not operational and compression +and decompression operations are disabled following the unbinding of +the last IAA worqueue to the iaa_crypto driver. + +As a result, the IAA crypto algorithms and thus the IAA hardware are +only available when one or more workques are bound to the iaa_crypto +driver. + +When there are no IAA workqueues bound to the driver, the IAA crypto +algorithms can be unregistered by removing the module. + + +Driver attributes +----------------- + +There are a couple user-configurable driver attributes that can be +used to configure various modes of operation. They're listed below, +along with their default values. To set any of these attributes, echo +the appropriate values to the attribute file located under +/sys/bus/dsa/drivers/crypto/ + +The attribute settings at the time the IAA algorithms are registered +are captured in each algorithm's crypto_ctx and used for all compresses +and decompresses when using that algorithm. + +The available attributes are: + + - verify_compress + + Toggle compression verification. If set, each compress will be + internally decompressed and the contents verified, returning error + codes if unsuccessful. This can be toggled with 0/1:: + + echo 0 > /sys/bus/dsa/drivers/crypto/verify_compress + + The default setting is '1' - verify all compresses. + + - sync_mode + + Select mode to be used to wait for completion of each compresses + and decompress operation. + + The crypto async interface support implemented by iaa_crypto + provides an implementation that satisfies the interface but does + so in a synchronous manner - it fills and submits the IDXD + descriptor and then loops around waiting for it to complete before + returning. This isn't a problem at the moment, since all existing + callers (e.g. zswap) wrap any asynchronous callees in a + synchronous wrapper anyway. + + The iaa_crypto driver does however provide true asynchronous + support for callers that can make use of it. In this mode, it + fills and submits the IDXD descriptor, then returns immediately + with -EINPROGRESS. The caller can then either poll for completion + itself, which requires specific code in the caller which currently + nothing in the upstream kernel implements, or go to sleep and wait + for an interrupt signaling completion. This latter mode is + supported by current users in the kernel such as zswap via + synchronous wrappers. Although it is supported this mode is + significantly slower than the synchronous mode that does the + polling in the iaa_crypto driver previously mentioned. + + This mode can be enabled by writing 'async_irq' to the sync_mode + iaa_crypto driver attribute:: + + echo async_irq > /sys/bus/dsa/drivers/crypto/sync_mode + + Async mode without interrupts (caller must poll) can be enabled by + writing 'async' to it:: + + echo async > /sys/bus/dsa/drivers/crypto/sync_mode + + The mode that does the polling in the iaa_crypto driver can be + enabled by writing 'sync' to it:: + + echo sync > /sys/bus/dsa/drivers/crypto/sync_mode + + The default mode is 'sync'. + +.. _iaa_default_config: + +IAA Default Configuration +------------------------- + +When the iaa_crypto driver is loaded, each IAA device has a single +work queue configured for it, with the following attributes:: + + mode "dedicated" + threshold 0 + size Total WQ Size from WQCAP + priority 10 + type IDXD_WQT_KERNEL + group 0 + name "iaa_crypto" + driver_name "crypto" + +The devices and workqueues are also enabled and therefore the driver +is ready to be used without any additional configuration. + +The default driver attributes in effect when the driver is loaded are:: + + sync_mode "sync" + verify_compress 1 + +In order to change either the device/work queue or driver attributes, +the enabled devices and workqueues must first be disabled. In order +to have the new configuration applied to the deflate-iaa crypto +algorithm, it needs to be re-registered by removing and reinserting +the iaa_crypto module. The :ref:`iaa_disable_script` in the 'Use +Cases' section below can be used to disable the default configuration. + +Statistics +========== + +If the optional debugfs statistics support is enabled, the IAA crypto +driver will generate statistics which can be accessed in debugfs at:: + + # ls -al /sys/kernel/debug/iaa-crypto/ + total 0 + drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Mar 3 09:35 . + drwx------ 47 root root 0 Mar 3 09:35 .. + -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Mar 3 09:35 max_acomp_delay_ns + -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Mar 3 09:35 max_adecomp_delay_ns + -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Mar 3 09:35 max_comp_delay_ns + -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Mar 3 09:35 max_decomp_delay_ns + -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Mar 3 09:35 stats_reset + -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Mar 3 09:35 total_comp_bytes_out + -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Mar 3 09:35 total_comp_calls + -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Mar 3 09:35 total_decomp_bytes_in + -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Mar 3 09:35 total_decomp_calls + -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Mar 3 09:35 wq_stats + +Most of the above statisticss are self-explanatory. The wq_stats file +shows per-wq stats, a set for each iaa device and wq in addition to +some global stats:: + + # cat wq_stats + global stats: + total_comp_calls: 100 + total_decomp_calls: 100 + total_comp_bytes_out: 22800 + total_decomp_bytes_in: 22800 + total_completion_einval_errors: 0 + total_completion_timeout_errors: 0 + total_completion_comp_buf_overflow_errors: 0 + + iaa device: + id: 1 + n_wqs: 1 + comp_calls: 0 + comp_bytes: 0 + decomp_calls: 0 + decomp_bytes: 0 + wqs: + name: iaa_crypto + comp_calls: 0 + comp_bytes: 0 + decomp_calls: 0 + decomp_bytes: 0 + + iaa device: + id: 3 + n_wqs: 1 + comp_calls: 0 + comp_bytes: 0 + decomp_calls: 0 + decomp_bytes: 0 + wqs: + name: iaa_crypto + comp_calls: 0 + comp_bytes: 0 + decomp_calls: 0 + decomp_bytes: 0 + + iaa device: + id: 5 + n_wqs: 1 + comp_calls: 100 + comp_bytes: 22800 + decomp_calls: 100 + decomp_bytes: 22800 + wqs: + name: iaa_crypto + comp_calls: 100 + comp_bytes: 22800 + decomp_calls: 100 + decomp_bytes: 22800 + +Writing 0 to 'stats_reset' resets all the stats, including the +per-device and per-wq stats:: + + # echo 0 > stats_reset + # cat wq_stats + global stats: + total_comp_calls: 0 + total_decomp_calls: 0 + total_comp_bytes_out: 0 + total_decomp_bytes_in: 0 + total_completion_einval_errors: 0 + total_completion_timeout_errors: 0 + total_completion_comp_buf_overflow_errors: 0 + ... + + +Use cases +========= + +Simple zswap test +----------------- + +For this example, the kernel should be configured according to the +dedicated mode options described above, and zswap should be enabled as +well:: + + CONFIG_ZSWAP=y + +This is a simple test that uses iaa_compress as the compressor for a +swap (zswap) device. It sets up the zswap device and then uses the +memory_memadvise program listed below to forcibly swap out and in a +specified number of pages, demonstrating both compress and decompress. + +The zswap test expects the work queues for each IAA device on the +system to be configured properly as a kernel workqueue with a +workqueue driver_name of "crypto". + +The first step is to make sure the iaa_crypto module is loaded:: + + modprobe iaa_crypto + +If the IAA devices and workqueues haven't previously been disabled and +reconfigured, then the default configuration should be in place and no +further IAA configuration is necessary. See :ref:`iaa_default_config` +below for details of the default configuration. + +If the default configuration is in place, you should see the iaa +devices and wq0s enabled:: + + # cat /sys/bus/dsa/devices/iax1/state + enabled + # cat /sys/bus/dsa/devices/iax1/wq1.0/state + enabled + +To demonstrate that the following steps work as expected, these +commands can be used to enable debug output:: + + # echo -n 'module iaa_crypto +p' > /sys/kernel/debug/dynamic_debug/control + # echo -n 'module idxd +p' > /sys/kernel/debug/dynamic_debug/control + +Use the following commands to enable zswap:: + + # echo 0 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/enabled + # echo 50 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/max_pool_percent + # echo deflate-iaa > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/compressor + # echo zsmalloc > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/zpool + # echo 1 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/enabled + # echo 0 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/same_filled_pages_enabled + # echo 100 > /proc/sys/vm/swappiness + # echo never > /sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/enabled + # echo 1 > /proc/sys/vm/overcommit_memory + +Now you can now run the zswap workload you want to measure. For +example, using the memory_memadvise code below, the following command +will swap in and out 100 pages:: + + ./memory_madvise 100 + + Allocating 100 pages to swap in/out + Swapping out 100 pages + Swapping in 100 pages + Swapped out and in 100 pages + +You should see something like the following in the dmesg output:: + + [ 404.202972] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_comp_acompress: dma_map_sg, src_addr 223925c000, nr_sgs 1, req->src 00000000ee7cb5e6, req->slen 4096, sg_dma_len(sg) 4096 + [ 404.202973] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_comp_acompress: dma_map_sg, dst_addr 21dadf8000, nr_sgs 1, req->dst 000000008d6acea8, req->dlen 4096, sg_dma_len(sg) 8192 + [ 404.202975] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_compress: desc->src1_addr 223925c000, desc->src1_size 4096, desc->dst_addr 21dadf8000, desc->max_dst_size 4096, desc->src2_addr 2203543000, desc->src2_size 1568 + [ 404.202981] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_compress_verify: (verify) desc->src1_addr 21dadf8000, desc->src1_size 228, desc->dst_addr 223925c000, desc->max_dst_size 4096, desc->src2_addr 0, desc->src2_size 0 + ... + +Now that basic functionality has been demonstrated, the defaults can +be erased and replaced with a different configuration. To do that, +first disable zswap:: + + # echo lzo > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/compressor + # swapoff -a + # echo 0 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/accept_threshold_percent + # echo 0 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/max_pool_percent + # echo 0 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/enabled + # echo 0 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/enabled + +Then run the :ref:`iaa_disable_script` in the 'Use Cases' section +below to disable the default configuration. + +Finally turn swap back on:: + + # swapon -a + +Following all that the IAA device(s) can now be re-configured and +enabled as desired for further testing. Below is one example. + +The zswap test expects the work queues for each IAA device on the +system to be configured properly as a kernel workqueue with a +workqueue driver_name of "crypto". + +The below script automatically does that:: + + #!/bin/bash + + echo "IAA devices:" + lspci -d:0cfe + echo "# IAA devices:" + lspci -d:0cfe | wc -l + + # + # count iaa instances + # + iaa_dev_id="0cfe" + num_iaa=$(lspci -d:${iaa_dev_id} | wc -l) + echo "Found ${num_iaa} IAA instances" + + # + # disable iaa wqs and devices + # + echo "Disable IAA" + + for ((i = 1; i < ${num_iaa} * 2; i += 2)); do + echo disable wq iax${i}/wq${i}.0 + accel-config disable-wq iax${i}/wq${i}.0 + echo disable iaa iax${i} + accel-config disable-device iax${i} + done + + echo "End Disable IAA" + + # + # configure iaa wqs and devices + # + echo "Configure IAA" + for ((i = 1; i < ${num_iaa} * 2; i += 2)); do + accel-config config-wq --group-id=0 --mode=dedicated --size=128 --priority=10 --type=kernel --name="iaa_crypto" --driver_name="crypto" iax${i}/wq${i} + done + + echo "End Configure IAA" + + # + # enable iaa wqs and devices + # + echo "Enable IAA" + + for ((i = 1; i < ${num_iaa} * 2; i += 2)); do + echo enable iaa iaa${i} + accel-config enable-device iaa${i} + echo enable wq iaa${i}/wq${i}.0 + accel-config enable-wq iaa${i}/wq${i}.0 + done + + echo "End Enable IAA" + +When the workqueues are bound to the iaa_crypto driver, you should +see something similar to the following in dmesg output if you've +enabled debug output (echo -n 'module iaa_crypto +p' > +/sys/kernel/debug/dynamic_debug/control):: + + [ 60.752344] idxd 0000:f6:02.0: add_iaa_wq: added wq 000000004068d14d to iaa 00000000c9585ba2, n_wq 1 + [ 60.752346] iaa_crypto: rebalance_wq_table: nr_nodes=2, nr_cpus 160, nr_iaa 8, cpus_per_iaa 20 + [ 60.752347] iaa_crypto: rebalance_wq_table: iaa=0 + [ 60.752349] idxd 0000:6a:02.0: request_iaa_wq: getting wq from iaa_device 0000000042d7bc52 (0) + [ 60.752350] idxd 0000:6a:02.0: request_iaa_wq: returning unused wq 00000000c8bb4452 (0) from iaa device 0000000042d7bc52 (0) + [ 60.752352] iaa_crypto: rebalance_wq_table: assigned wq for cpu=0, node=0 = wq 00000000c8bb4452 + [ 60.752354] iaa_crypto: rebalance_wq_table: iaa=0 + [ 60.752355] idxd 0000:6a:02.0: request_iaa_wq: getting wq from iaa_device 0000000042d7bc52 (0) + [ 60.752356] idxd 0000:6a:02.0: request_iaa_wq: returning unused wq 00000000c8bb4452 (0) from iaa device 0000000042d7bc52 (0) + [ 60.752358] iaa_crypto: rebalance_wq_table: assigned wq for cpu=1, node=0 = wq 00000000c8bb4452 + [ 60.752359] iaa_crypto: rebalance_wq_table: iaa=0 + [ 60.752360] idxd 0000:6a:02.0: request_iaa_wq: getting wq from iaa_device 0000000042d7bc52 (0) + [ 60.752361] idxd 0000:6a:02.0: request_iaa_wq: returning unused wq 00000000c8bb4452 (0) from iaa device 0000000042d7bc52 (0) + [ 60.752362] iaa_crypto: rebalance_wq_table: assigned wq for cpu=2, node=0 = wq 00000000c8bb4452 + [ 60.752364] iaa_crypto: rebalance_wq_table: iaa=0 + . + . + . + +Once the workqueues and devices have been enabled, the IAA crypto +algorithms are enabled and available. When the IAA crypto algorithms +have been successfully enabled, you should see the following dmesg +output:: + + [ 64.893759] iaa_crypto: iaa_crypto_enable: iaa_crypto now ENABLED + +Now run the following zswap-specific setup commands to have zswap use +the 'fixed' compression mode:: + + echo 0 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/enabled + echo 50 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/max_pool_percent + echo deflate-iaa > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/compressor + echo zsmalloc > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/zpool + echo 1 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/enabled + echo 0 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/same_filled_pages_enabled + + echo 100 > /proc/sys/vm/swappiness + echo never > /sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/enabled + echo 1 > /proc/sys/vm/overcommit_memory + +Finally, you can now run the zswap workload you want to measure. For +example, using the code below, the following command will swap in and +out 100 pages:: + + ./memory_madvise 100 + + Allocating 100 pages to swap in/out + Swapping out 100 pages + Swapping in 100 pages + Swapped out and in 100 pages + +You should see something like the following in the dmesg output if +you've enabled debug output (echo -n 'module iaa_crypto +p' > +/sys/kernel/debug/dynamic_debug/control):: + + [ 404.202972] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_comp_acompress: dma_map_sg, src_addr 223925c000, nr_sgs 1, req->src 00000000ee7cb5e6, req->slen 4096, sg_dma_len(sg) 4096 + [ 404.202973] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_comp_acompress: dma_map_sg, dst_addr 21dadf8000, nr_sgs 1, req->dst 000000008d6acea8, req->dlen 4096, sg_dma_len(sg) 8192 + [ 404.202975] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_compress: desc->src1_addr 223925c000, desc->src1_size 4096, desc->dst_addr 21dadf8000, desc->max_dst_size 4096, desc->src2_addr 2203543000, desc->src2_size 1568 + [ 404.202981] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_compress_verify: (verify) desc->src1_addr 21dadf8000, desc->src1_size 228, desc->dst_addr 223925c000, desc->max_dst_size 4096, desc->src2_addr 0, desc->src2_size 0 + [ 409.203227] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_comp_adecompress: dma_map_sg, src_addr 21ddd8b100, nr_sgs 1, req->src 0000000084adab64, req->slen 228, sg_dma_len(sg) 228 + [ 409.203235] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_comp_adecompress: dma_map_sg, dst_addr 21ee3dc000, nr_sgs 1, req->dst 000000004e2990d0, req->dlen 4096, sg_dma_len(sg) 4096 + [ 409.203239] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_decompress: desc->src1_addr 21ddd8b100, desc->src1_size 228, desc->dst_addr 21ee3dc000, desc->max_dst_size 4096, desc->src2_addr 0, desc->src2_size 0 + [ 409.203254] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_comp_adecompress: dma_map_sg, src_addr 21ddd8b100, nr_sgs 1, req->src 0000000084adab64, req->slen 228, sg_dma_len(sg) 228 + [ 409.203256] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_comp_adecompress: dma_map_sg, dst_addr 21f1551000, nr_sgs 1, req->dst 000000004e2990d0, req->dlen 4096, sg_dma_len(sg) 4096 + [ 409.203257] idxd 0000:e7:02.0: iaa_decompress: desc->src1_addr 21ddd8b100, desc->src1_size 228, desc->dst_addr 21f1551000, desc->max_dst_size 4096, desc->src2_addr 0, desc->src2_size 0 + +In order to unregister the IAA crypto algorithms, and register new +ones using different parameters, any users of the current algorithm +should be stopped and the IAA workqueues and devices disabled. + +In the case of zswap, remove the IAA crypto algorithm as the +compressor and turn off swap (to remove all references to +iaa_crypto):: + + echo lzo > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/compressor + swapoff -a + + echo 0 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/accept_threshold_percent + echo 0 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/max_pool_percent + echo 0 > /sys/module/zswap/parameters/enabled + +Once zswap is disabled and no longer using iaa_crypto, the IAA wqs and +devices can be disabled. + +.. _iaa_disable_script: + +IAA disable script +------------------ + +The below script automatically does that:: + + #!/bin/bash + + echo "IAA devices:" + lspci -d:0cfe + echo "# IAA devices:" + lspci -d:0cfe | wc -l + + # + # count iaa instances + # + iaa_dev_id="0cfe" + num_iaa=$(lspci -d:${iaa_dev_id} | wc -l) + echo "Found ${num_iaa} IAA instances" + + # + # disable iaa wqs and devices + # + echo "Disable IAA" + + for ((i = 1; i < ${num_iaa} * 2; i += 2)); do + echo disable wq iax${i}/wq${i}.0 + accel-config disable-wq iax${i}/wq${i}.0 + echo disable iaa iax${i} + accel-config disable-device iax${i} + done + + echo "End Disable IAA" + +Finally, at this point the iaa_crypto module can be removed, which +will unregister the current IAA crypto algorithms:: + + rmmod iaa_crypto + + +memory_madvise.c (gcc -o memory_memadvise memory_madvise.c):: + + #include + #include + #include + #include + #include + #include + + #ifndef MADV_PAGEOUT + #define MADV_PAGEOUT 21 /* force pages out immediately */ + #endif + + #define PG_SZ 4096 + + int main(int argc, char **argv) + { + int i, nr_pages = 1; + int64_t *dump_ptr; + char *addr, *a; + int loop = 1; + + if (argc > 1) + nr_pages = atoi(argv[1]); + + printf("Allocating %d pages to swap in/out\n", nr_pages); + + /* allocate pages */ + addr = mmap(NULL, nr_pages * PG_SZ, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED | MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0); + *addr = 1; + + /* initialize data in page to all '*' chars */ + memset(addr, '*', nr_pages * PG_SZ); + + printf("Swapping out %d pages\n", nr_pages); + + /* Tell kernel to swap it out */ + madvise(addr, nr_pages * PG_SZ, MADV_PAGEOUT); + + while (loop > 0) { + /* Wait for swap out to finish */ + sleep(5); + + a = addr; + + printf("Swapping in %d pages\n", nr_pages); + + /* Access the page ... this will swap it back in again */ + for (i = 0; i < nr_pages; i++) { + if (a[0] != '*') { + printf("Bad data from decompress!!!!!\n"); + + dump_ptr = (int64_t *)a; + for (int j = 0; j < 100; j++) { + printf(" page %d data: %#llx\n", i, *dump_ptr); + dump_ptr++; + } + } + + a += PG_SZ; + } + + loop --; + } + + printf("Swapped out and in %d pages\n", nr_pages); + +Appendix +======== + +.. _iaa_sysfs_config: + +IAA sysfs config interface +-------------------------- + +Below is a description of the IAA sysfs interface, which as mentioned +in the main document, should only be used if you know exactly what you +are doing. Even then, there's no compelling reason to use it directly +since accel-config can do everything the sysfs interface can and in +fact accel-config is based on it under the covers. + +The 'IAA config path' is /sys/bus/dsa/devices and contains +subdirectories representing each IAA device, workqueue, engine, and +group. Note that in the sysfs interface, the IAA devices are actually +named using iax e.g. iax1, iax3, etc. (Note that IAA devices are the +odd-numbered devices; the even-numbered devices are DSA devices and +can be ignored for IAA). + +The 'IAA device bind path' is /sys/bus/dsa/drivers/idxd/bind and is +the file that is written to enable an IAA device. + +The 'IAA workqueue bind path' is /sys/bus/dsa/drivers/crypto/bind and +is the file that is written to enable an IAA workqueue. + +Similarly /sys/bus/dsa/drivers/idxd/unbind and +/sys/bus/dsa/drivers/crypto/unbind are used to disable IAA devices and +workqueues. + +The basic sequence of commands needed to set up the IAA devices and +workqueues is: + +For each device:: + 1) Disable any workqueues enabled on the device. For example to + disable workques 0 and 1 on IAA device 3:: + + # echo wq3.0 > /sys/bus/dsa/drivers/crypto/unbind + # echo wq3.1 > /sys/bus/dsa/drivers/crypto/unbind + + 2) Disable the device. For example to disable IAA device 3:: + + # echo iax3 > /sys/bus/dsa/drivers/idxd/unbind + + 3) configure the desired workqueues. For example, to configure + workqueue 3 on IAA device 3:: + + # echo dedicated > /sys/bus/dsa/devices/iax3/wq3.3/mode + # echo 128 > /sys/bus/dsa/devices/iax3/wq3.3/size + # echo 0 > /sys/bus/dsa/devices/iax3/wq3.3/group_id + # echo 10 > /sys/bus/dsa/devices/iax3/wq3.3/priority + # echo "kernel" > /sys/bus/dsa/devices/iax3/wq3.3/type + # echo "iaa_crypto" > /sys/bus/dsa/devices/iax3/wq3.3/name + # echo "crypto" > /sys/bus/dsa/devices/iax3/wq3.3/driver_name + + 4) Enable the device. For example to enable IAA device 3:: + + # echo iax3 > /sys/bus/dsa/drivers/idxd/bind + + 5) Enable the desired workqueues on the device. For example to + enable workques 0 and 1 on IAA device 3:: + + # echo wq3.0 > /sys/bus/dsa/drivers/crypto/bind + # echo wq3.1 > /sys/bus/dsa/drivers/crypto/bind diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/crypto/iaa/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/crypto/iaa/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aa6837e272 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/crypto/iaa/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +================================= +IAA (Intel Analytics Accelerator) +================================= + +IAA provides hardware compression and decompression via the crypto +API. + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + iaa-crypto + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/crypto/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/crypto/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb9709b98b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/crypto/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +============== +Crypto Drivers +============== + +Documentation for crypto drivers that may need more involved setup and +configuration. + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + iaa/index + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/dcdbas.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/dcdbas.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 309cc57a7c..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/dcdbas.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -=================================== -Dell Systems Management Base Driver -=================================== - -Overview -======== - -The Dell Systems Management Base Driver provides a sysfs interface for -systems management software such as Dell OpenManage to perform system -management interrupts and host control actions (system power cycle or -power off after OS shutdown) on certain Dell systems. - -Dell OpenManage requires this driver on the following Dell PowerEdge systems: -300, 1300, 1400, 400SC, 500SC, 1500SC, 1550, 600SC, 1600SC, 650, 1655MC, -700, and 750. Other Dell software such as the open source libsmbios project -is expected to make use of this driver, and it may include the use of this -driver on other Dell systems. - -The Dell libsmbios project aims towards providing access to as much BIOS -information as possible. See http://linux.dell.com/libsmbios/main/ for -more information about the libsmbios project. - - -System Management Interrupt -=========================== - -On some Dell systems, systems management software must access certain -management information via a system management interrupt (SMI). The SMI data -buffer must reside in 32-bit address space, and the physical address of the -buffer is required for the SMI. The driver maintains the memory required for -the SMI and provides a way for the application to generate the SMI. -The driver creates the following sysfs entries for systems management -software to perform these system management interrupts:: - - /sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/smi_data - /sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/smi_data_buf_phys_addr - /sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/smi_data_buf_size - /sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/smi_request - -Systems management software must perform the following steps to execute -a SMI using this driver: - -1) Lock smi_data. -2) Write system management command to smi_data. -3) Write "1" to smi_request to generate a calling interface SMI or - "2" to generate a raw SMI. -4) Read system management command response from smi_data. -5) Unlock smi_data. - - -Host Control Action -=================== - -Dell OpenManage supports a host control feature that allows the administrator -to perform a power cycle or power off of the system after the OS has finished -shutting down. On some Dell systems, this host control feature requires that -a driver perform a SMI after the OS has finished shutting down. - -The driver creates the following sysfs entries for systems management software -to schedule the driver to perform a power cycle or power off host control -action after the system has finished shutting down: - -/sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/host_control_action -/sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/host_control_smi_type -/sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/host_control_on_shutdown - -Dell OpenManage performs the following steps to execute a power cycle or -power off host control action using this driver: - -1) Write host control action to be performed to host_control_action. -2) Write type of SMI that driver needs to perform to host_control_smi_type. -3) Write "1" to host_control_on_shutdown to enable host control action. -4) Initiate OS shutdown. - (Driver will perform host control SMI when it is notified that the OS - has finished shutting down.) - - -Host Control SMI Type -===================== - -The following table shows the value to write to host_control_smi_type to -perform a power cycle or power off host control action: - -=================== ===================== -PowerEdge System Host Control SMI Type -=================== ===================== - 300 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE1 - 1300 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE1 - 1400 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 - 500SC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 - 1500SC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 - 1550 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 - 600SC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 - 1600SC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 - 650 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 - 1655MC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 - 700 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE3 - 750 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE3 -=================== ===================== diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/device-io.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/device-io.rst index 2c7abd234f..d55384b106 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/device-io.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/device-io.rst @@ -408,11 +408,12 @@ functions for details on the CPU side of things. ioremap_uc() ------------ -ioremap_uc() behaves like ioremap() except that on the x86 architecture without -'PAT' mode, it marks memory as uncached even when the MTRR has designated -it as cacheable, see Documentation/arch/x86/pat.rst. +ioremap_uc() is only meaningful on old x86-32 systems with the PAT extension, +and on ia64 with its slightly unconventional ioremap() behavior, everywhere +elss ioremap_uc() defaults to return NULL. -Portable drivers should avoid the use of ioremap_uc(). + +Portable drivers should avoid the use of ioremap_uc(), use ioremap() instead. ioremap_cache() --------------- diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/dpll.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/dpll.rst index e3d593841a..ea8d16600e 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/dpll.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/dpll.rst @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ In such scenario, dpll device input signal shall be also configurable to drive dpll with signal recovered from the PHY netdevice. This is done by exposing a pin to the netdevice - attaching pin to the netdevice itself with -``netdev_dpll_pin_set(struct net_device *dev, struct dpll_pin *dpll_pin)``. +``dpll_netdev_pin_set(struct net_device *dev, struct dpll_pin *dpll_pin)``. Exposed pin id handle ``DPLL_A_PIN_ID`` is then identifiable by the user as it is attached to rtnetlink respond to get ``RTM_NEWLINK`` command in nested attribute ``IFLA_DPLL_PIN``. diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst index f549a68951..eba8516053 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst @@ -9,11 +9,8 @@ of device drivers. This document is an only somewhat organized collection of some of those interfaces — it will hopefully get better over time! The available subsections can be seen below. -.. class:: toc-title - - Table of contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of contents :maxdepth: 2 driver-model/index @@ -81,10 +78,8 @@ available subsections can be seen below. backlight/lp855x-driver.rst connector console - dcdbas eisa isa - isapnp io-mapping io_ordering generic-counter @@ -115,6 +110,9 @@ available subsections can be seen below. hte/index wmi dpll + wbrf + crypto/index + tee .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/isapnp.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/isapnp.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 8d0840ac84..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/isapnp.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -========================================================== -ISA Plug & Play support by Jaroslav Kysela -========================================================== - -Interface /proc/isapnp -====================== - -The interface has been removed. See pnp.txt for more details. - -Interface /proc/bus/isapnp -========================== - -This directory allows access to ISA PnP cards and logical devices. -The regular files contain the contents of ISA PnP registers for -a logical device. diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/media/camera-sensor.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/media/camera-sensor.rst index 6456145f96..b4920b34ce 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/media/camera-sensor.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/media/camera-sensor.rst @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ This document covers the in-kernel APIs only. For the best practices on userspace API implementation in camera sensor drivers, please see :ref:`media_using_camera_sensor_drivers`. -CSI-2 and parallel (BT.601 and BT.656) busses ---------------------------------------------- +CSI-2, parallel and BT.656 buses +-------------------------------- Please see :ref:`transmitter-receiver`. @@ -60,7 +60,8 @@ management over the pipeline. Camera sensor drivers are responsible for controlling the power state of the device they otherwise control as well. They shall use runtime PM to manage power states. Runtime PM shall be enabled at probe time and disabled at remove -time. Drivers should enable runtime PM autosuspend. +time. Drivers should enable runtime PM autosuspend. Also see +:ref:`async sub-device registration `. The runtime PM handlers shall handle clocks, regulators, GPIOs, and other system resources required to power the sensor up and down. For drivers that diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/media/drivers/ccs/mk-ccs-regs b/Documentation/driver-api/media/drivers/ccs/mk-ccs-regs index 2a4edc7e05..3d3152b458 100755 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/media/drivers/ccs/mk-ccs-regs +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/media/drivers/ccs/mk-ccs-regs @@ -82,14 +82,6 @@ for my $fh ($H, $LH) { print $fh "/* $license */\n$copyright$note\n"; } -sub bit_def($) { - my $bit = shift @_; - - return "BIT($bit)" if defined $kernel; - return "(1U << $bit)" if $bit =~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$/; - return "(1U << ($bit))"; -} - print $H <\n\n" if defined $kernel; - print $H < + +#include + EOF - ; + if defined $kernel; + +print $H "#define CCS_FL_BASE " . + (defined $kernel ? "CCI_REG_PRIVATE_SHIFT" : 16) . "\n"; + +my $flag = -1; +my $all_flags; + +sub bit_def($) { + my $bit = shift @_; + + if (defined $kernel) { + return "BIT$bit" if $bit =~ /^\(.*\)$/; + return "BIT($bit)"; + } + return "(1U << $bit)"; +} + +sub flag_str($$) { + my ($flag, $check) = @_; -print $H "#define CCS_FL_16BIT " . bit_def("CCS_FL_BASE") . "\n"; -print $H "#define CCS_FL_32BIT " . bit_def("CCS_FL_BASE + 1") . "\n"; -print $H "#define CCS_FL_FLOAT_IREAL " . bit_def("CCS_FL_BASE + 2") . "\n"; -print $H "#define CCS_FL_IREAL " . bit_def("CCS_FL_BASE + 3") . "\n"; + $$flag++; + + my $flag_str = !$$flag ? "CCS_FL_BASE" : "(CCS_FL_BASE + $$flag)"; + + $flag_str = bit_def($flag_str); + + $$check .= " | " if defined $$check; + + $$check .= $flag_str; + + return $flag_str; +} + +if (! defined $kernel) { + print $H "#define CCS_FL_16BIT " . flag_str(\$flag, \$all_flags) . "\n"; + print $H "#define CCS_FL_32BIT " . flag_str(\$flag, \$all_flags) . "\n"; +} + +print $H "#define CCS_FL_FLOAT_IREAL " . flag_str(\$flag, \$all_flags) . "\n"; +print $H "#define CCS_FL_IREAL " . flag_str(\$flag, \$all_flags) . "\n"; +print $H "#define CCS_BUILD_BUG \\ + BUILD_BUG_ON(~CCI_REG_PRIVATE_MASK & ($all_flags))\n" + if defined $kernel; print $H < @@ -189,12 +221,12 @@ sub tabconv($) { return (join "\n", @l) . "\n"; } -sub elem_size(@) { +sub elem_bits(@) { my @flags = @_; - return 2 if grep /^16$/, @flags; - return 4 if grep /^32$/, @flags; - return 1; + return 16 if grep /^16$/, @flags; + return 32 if grep /^32$/, @flags; + return 8; } sub arr_size($) { @@ -296,9 +328,13 @@ while (<$R>) { next if $#{$this{args}} + 1 != scalar keys %{$this{argparams}}; - my $reg_formula = "($this{addr}"; + my $reg_formula = "$this{addr}"; my $lim_formula; + chop $reg_formula; + + $reg_formula = "(" . $reg_formula if $this{flagstring} ne ""; + foreach my $arg (@{$this{args}}) { my $d = $h->{$arg}->{discontig}; my $times = $h->{$arg}->{elsize} != 1 ? @@ -315,11 +351,13 @@ while (<$R>) { $lim_formula .= (defined $lim_formula ? " + " : "") . "($arg)$times"; } - $reg_formula .= ")\n"; + $reg_formula .= ")"; $lim_formula =~ s/^\(([a-z0-9]+)\)$/$1/i; print $H tabconv sprintf("#define %-62s %s", "CCS_R_" . (uc $this{name}) . - $this{arglist}, $reg_formula); + $this{arglist}, $reg_formula . + (($this{flagstring} eq "") ? "" : + " | " . $this{flagstring} . ")") . "\n"); print $H tabconv $hdr_data; undef $hdr_data; @@ -369,16 +407,23 @@ while (<$R>) { $name =~ s/[,\.-]/_/g; my $flagstring = ""; - my $size = elem_size(@flags); - $flagstring .= "| CCS_FL_16BIT " if $size eq "2"; - $flagstring .= "| CCS_FL_32BIT " if $size eq "4"; + my $bits = elem_bits(@flags); + if (! defined $kernel) { + $flagstring .= "| CCS_FL_16BIT " if $bits == 16; + $flagstring .= "| CCS_FL_32BIT " if $bits == 32; + } $flagstring .= "| CCS_FL_FLOAT_IREAL " if grep /^float_ireal$/, @flags; $flagstring .= "| CCS_FL_IREAL " if grep /^ireal$/, @flags; $flagstring =~ s/^\| //; $flagstring =~ s/ $//; $flagstring = "($flagstring)" if $flagstring =~ /\|/; my $base_addr = $addr; - $addr = "($addr | $flagstring)" if $flagstring ne ""; + $addr = "CCI_REG$bits($addr)" if defined $kernel; + + if ($flagstring ne "" && !@$args) { + $addr = "($addr | $flagstring)"; + $flagstring = ""; + } my $arglist = @$args ? "(" . (join ", ", @$args) . ")" : ""; $hdr_data .= sprintf "#define %-62s %s\n", "CCS_R_" . (uc $name), $addr @@ -388,11 +433,12 @@ while (<$R>) { %this = ( name => $name, addr => $addr, + flagstring => $flagstring, base_addr => $base_addr, argparams => {}, args => $args, arglist => $arglist, - elsize => $size, + elsize => $bits / 8, ); if (!@$args) { diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/media/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/media/index.rst index 08e2065674..d5593182a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/media/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/media/index.rst @@ -20,13 +20,8 @@ Documentation/userspace-api/media/index.rst - for the userspace APIs used on media devices. -.. only:: html - - .. class:: toc-title - - Table of Contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of Contents :maxdepth: 5 :numbered: diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/media/tx-rx.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/media/tx-rx.rst index e1e9258dd8..29d66a47b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/media/tx-rx.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/media/tx-rx.rst @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ Pixel data transmitter and receiver drivers =========================================== V4L2 supports various devices that transmit and receive pixel data. Examples of -these devices include a camera sensor, a TV tuner and a parallel or a CSI-2 -receiver in an SoC. +these devices include a camera sensor, a TV tuner and a parallel, a BT.656 or a +CSI-2 receiver in an SoC. Bus types --------- @@ -22,12 +22,13 @@ the host SoC. It is defined by the `MIPI alliance`_. .. _`MIPI alliance`: https://www.mipi.org/ -Parallel -^^^^^^^^ +Parallel and BT.656 +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -`BT.601`_ and `BT.656`_ are the most common parallel busses. +The parallel and `BT.656`_ buses transport one bit of data on each clock cycle +per data line. The parallel bus uses synchronisation and other additional +signals whereas BT.656 embeds synchronisation. -.. _`BT.601`: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rec._601 .. _`BT.656`: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITU-R_BT.656 Transmitter drivers @@ -90,8 +91,8 @@ where pixel rate on the camera sensor's pixel array which is indicated by the :ref:`V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE ` control. -LP-11 and LP-111 modes -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +LP-11 and LP-111 states +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ As part of transitioning to high speed mode, a CSI-2 transmitter typically briefly sets the bus to LP-11 or LP-111 state, depending on the PHY. This period @@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ in software, especially when there is no interrupt telling something is happening. One way to address this is to configure the transmitter side explicitly to LP-11 -or LP-111 mode, which requires support from the transmitter hardware. This is +or LP-111 state, which requires support from the transmitter hardware. This is not universally available. Many devices return to this state once streaming is stopped while the state after power-on is LP-00 or LP-000. @@ -116,11 +117,11 @@ transitioning to streaming state, but not yet start streaming. Similarly, the to call ``.post_streamoff()`` for each successful call of ``.pre_streamon()``. In the context of CSI-2, the ``.pre_streamon()`` callback is used to transition -the transmitter to the LP-11 or LP-111 mode. This also requires powering on the +the transmitter to the LP-11 or LP-111 state. This also requires powering on the device, so this should be only done when it is needed. -Receiver drivers that do not need explicit LP-11 or LP-111 mode setup are waived -from calling the two callbacks. +Receiver drivers that do not need explicit LP-11 or LP-111 state setup are +waived from calling the two callbacks. Stopping the transmitter ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-subdev.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-subdev.rst index e56b50b3f2..1db2ba27c5 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-subdev.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-subdev.rst @@ -181,6 +181,8 @@ You can unregister a sub-device using: Afterwards the subdev module can be unloaded and :c:type:`sd `->dev == ``NULL``. +.. _media-registering-async-subdevs: + Registering asynchronous sub-devices ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ @@ -195,6 +197,11 @@ performed using the :c:func:`v4l2_async_unregister_subdev` call. Subdevices registered this way are stored in a global list of subdevices, ready to be picked up by bridge drivers. +Drivers must complete all initialization of the sub-device before +registering it using :c:func:`v4l2_async_register_subdev`, including +enabling runtime PM. This is because the sub-device becomes accessible +as soon as it gets registered. + Asynchronous sub-device notifiers ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ @@ -562,8 +569,8 @@ device configuration. This is often implemented as e.g. an array of struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt, one entry for each pad, and similarly for crop and compose rectangles. -In addition to the active configuration, each subdev file handle has an array of -struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config, managed by the V4L2 core, which contains the try +In addition to the active configuration, each subdev file handle has a struct +v4l2_subdev_state, managed by the V4L2 core, which contains the try configuration. To simplify the subdev drivers the V4L2 subdev API now optionally supports a diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/mei/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/mei/index.rst index 3a22b522ee..eae6f18f18 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/mei/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/mei/index.rst @@ -9,13 +9,8 @@ Intel(R) Management Engine Interface (Intel(R) MEI) **Copyright** |copy| 2019 Intel Corporation -.. only:: html - - .. class:: toc-title - - Table of Contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of Contents :maxdepth: 3 mei diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/mtd/spi-nor.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/mtd/spi-nor.rst index c22f8c0f79..148fa42887 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/mtd/spi-nor.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/mtd/spi-nor.rst @@ -2,64 +2,204 @@ SPI NOR framework ================= -Part I - Why do we need this framework? ---------------------------------------- - -SPI bus controllers (drivers/spi/) only deal with streams of bytes; the bus -controller operates agnostic of the specific device attached. However, some -controllers (such as Freescale's QuadSPI controller) cannot easily handle -arbitrary streams of bytes, but rather are designed specifically for SPI NOR. - -In particular, Freescale's QuadSPI controller must know the NOR commands to -find the right LUT sequence. Unfortunately, the SPI subsystem has no notion of -opcodes, addresses, or data payloads; a SPI controller simply knows to send or -receive bytes (Tx and Rx). Therefore, we must define a new layering scheme under -which the controller driver is aware of the opcodes, addressing, and other -details of the SPI NOR protocol. - -Part II - How does the framework work? --------------------------------------- - -This framework just adds a new layer between the MTD and the SPI bus driver. -With this new layer, the SPI NOR controller driver does not depend on the -m25p80 code anymore. - -Before this framework, the layer is like:: - - MTD - ------------------------ - m25p80 - ------------------------ - SPI bus driver - ------------------------ - SPI NOR chip - -After this framework, the layer is like:: - - MTD - ------------------------ - SPI NOR framework - ------------------------ - m25p80 - ------------------------ - SPI bus driver - ------------------------ - SPI NOR chip - -With the SPI NOR controller driver (Freescale QuadSPI), it looks like:: - - MTD - ------------------------ - SPI NOR framework - ------------------------ - fsl-quadSPI - ------------------------ - SPI NOR chip - -Part III - How can drivers use the framework? ---------------------------------------------- - -The main API is spi_nor_scan(). Before you call the hook, a driver should -initialize the necessary fields for spi_nor{}. Please see -drivers/mtd/spi-nor/spi-nor.c for detail. Please also refer to spi-fsl-qspi.c -when you want to write a new driver for a SPI NOR controller. +How to propose a new flash addition +----------------------------------- + +Most SPI NOR flashes comply with the JEDEC JESD216 +Serial Flash Discoverable Parameter (SFDP) standard. SFDP describes +the functional and feature capabilities of serial flash devices in a +standard set of internal read-only parameter tables. + +The SPI NOR driver queries the SFDP tables in order to determine the +flash's parameters and settings. If the flash defines the SFDP tables +it's likely that you won't need a flash entry at all, and instead +rely on the generic flash driver which probes the flash solely based +on its SFDP data. All one has to do is to specify the "jedec,spi-nor" +compatible in the device tree. + +There are cases however where you need to define an explicit flash +entry. This typically happens when the flash has settings or support +that is not covered by the SFDP tables (e.g. Block Protection), or +when the flash contains mangled SFDP data. If the later, one needs +to implement the ``spi_nor_fixups`` hooks in order to amend the SFDP +parameters with the correct values. + +Minimum testing requirements +----------------------------- + +Do all the tests from below and paste them in the commit's comments +section, after the ``---`` marker. + +1) Specify the controller that you used to test the flash and specify + the frequency at which the flash was operated, e.g.:: + + This flash is populated on the X board and was tested at Y + frequency using the Z (put compatible) SPI controller. + +2) Dump the sysfs entries and print the md5/sha1/sha256 SFDP checksum:: + + root@1:~# cat /sys/bus/spi/devices/spi0.0/spi-nor/partname + sst26vf064b + root@1:~# cat /sys/bus/spi/devices/spi0.0/spi-nor/jedec_id + bf2643 + root@1:~# cat /sys/bus/spi/devices/spi0.0/spi-nor/manufacturer + sst + root@1:~# xxd -p /sys/bus/spi/devices/spi0.0/spi-nor/sfdp + 53464450060102ff00060110300000ff81000106000100ffbf0001180002 + 0001fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffd20f1ffffffff0344eb086b + 083b80bbfeffffffffff00ffffff440b0c200dd80fd810d820914824806f + 1d81ed0f773830b030b0f7ffffff29c25cfff030c080ffffffffffffffff + ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff + ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff + ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff + ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff + ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff0004fff37f0000f57f0000f9ff + 7d00f57f0000f37f0000ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff + ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff + ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff + ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff + ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff + ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff + ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff + ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff + ffffbf2643ffb95ffdff30f260f332ff0a122346ff0f19320f1919ffffff + ffffffff00669938ff05013506040232b03072428de89888a585c09faf5a + ffff06ec060c0003080bffffffffff07ffff0202ff060300fdfd040700fc + 0300fefe0202070e + root@1:~# sha256sum /sys/bus/spi/devices/spi0.0/spi-nor/sfdp + 428f34d0461876f189ac97f93e68a05fa6428c6650b3b7baf736a921e5898ed1 /sys/bus/spi/devices/spi0.0/spi-nor/sfdp + + Please dump the SFDP tables using ``xxd -p``. It enables us to do + the reverse operation and convert the hexdump to binary with + ``xxd -rp``. Dumping the SFDP data with ``hexdump -Cv`` is accepted, + but less desirable. + +3) Dump debugfs data:: + + root@1:~# cat /sys/kernel/debug/spi-nor/spi0.0/capabilities + Supported read modes by the flash + 1S-1S-1S + opcode 0x03 + mode cycles 0 + dummy cycles 0 + 1S-1S-1S (fast read) + opcode 0x0b + mode cycles 0 + dummy cycles 8 + 1S-1S-2S + opcode 0x3b + mode cycles 0 + dummy cycles 8 + 1S-2S-2S + opcode 0xbb + mode cycles 4 + dummy cycles 0 + 1S-1S-4S + opcode 0x6b + mode cycles 0 + dummy cycles 8 + 1S-4S-4S + opcode 0xeb + mode cycles 2 + dummy cycles 4 + 4S-4S-4S + opcode 0x0b + mode cycles 2 + dummy cycles 4 + + Supported page program modes by the flash + 1S-1S-1S + opcode 0x02 + + root@1:~# cat /sys/kernel/debug/spi-nor/spi0.0/params + name sst26vf064b + id bf 26 43 bf 26 43 + size 8.00 MiB + write size 1 + page size 256 + address nbytes 3 + flags HAS_LOCK | HAS_16BIT_SR | SOFT_RESET | SWP_IS_VOLATILE + + opcodes + read 0xeb + dummy cycles 6 + erase 0x20 + program 0x02 + 8D extension none + + protocols + read 1S-4S-4S + write 1S-1S-1S + register 1S-1S-1S + + erase commands + 20 (4.00 KiB) [0] + d8 (8.00 KiB) [1] + d8 (32.0 KiB) [2] + d8 (64.0 KiB) [3] + c7 (8.00 MiB) + + sector map + region (in hex) | erase mask | flags + ------------------+------------+---------- + 00000000-00007fff | [01 ] | + 00008000-0000ffff | [0 2 ] | + 00010000-007effff | [0 3] | + 007f0000-007f7fff | [0 2 ] | + 007f8000-007fffff | [01 ] | + +4) Use `mtd-utils `__ + and verify that erase, read and page program operations work fine:: + + root@1:~# dd if=/dev/urandom of=./spi_test bs=1M count=2 + 2+0 records in + 2+0 records out + 2097152 bytes (2.1 MB, 2.0 MiB) copied, 0.848566 s, 2.5 MB/s + + root@1:~# mtd_debug erase /dev/mtd0 0 2097152 + Erased 2097152 bytes from address 0x00000000 in flash + + root@1:~# mtd_debug read /dev/mtd0 0 2097152 spi_read + Copied 2097152 bytes from address 0x00000000 in flash to spi_read + + root@1:~# hexdump spi_read + 0000000 ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff + * + 0200000 + + root@1:~# sha256sum spi_read + 4bda3a28f4ffe603c0ec1258c0034d65a1a0d35ab7bd523a834608adabf03cc5 spi_read + + root@1:~# mtd_debug write /dev/mtd0 0 2097152 spi_test + Copied 2097152 bytes from spi_test to address 0x00000000 in flash + + root@1:~# mtd_debug read /dev/mtd0 0 2097152 spi_read + Copied 2097152 bytes from address 0x00000000 in flash to spi_read + + root@1:~# sha256sum spi* + c444216a6ba2a4a66cccd60a0dd062bce4b865dd52b200ef5e21838c4b899ac8 spi_read + c444216a6ba2a4a66cccd60a0dd062bce4b865dd52b200ef5e21838c4b899ac8 spi_test + + If the flash comes erased by default and the previous erase was ignored, + we won't catch it, thus test the erase again:: + + root@1:~# mtd_debug erase /dev/mtd0 0 2097152 + Erased 2097152 bytes from address 0x00000000 in flash + + root@1:~# mtd_debug read /dev/mtd0 0 2097152 spi_read + Copied 2097152 bytes from address 0x00000000 in flash to spi_read + + root@1:~# sha256sum spi* + 4bda3a28f4ffe603c0ec1258c0034d65a1a0d35ab7bd523a834608adabf03cc5 spi_read + c444216a6ba2a4a66cccd60a0dd062bce4b865dd52b200ef5e21838c4b899ac8 spi_test + + Dump some other relevant data:: + + root@1:~# mtd_debug info /dev/mtd0 + mtd.type = MTD_NORFLASH + mtd.flags = MTD_CAP_NORFLASH + mtd.size = 8388608 (8M) + mtd.erasesize = 4096 (4K) + mtd.writesize = 1 + mtd.oobsize = 0 + regions = 0 diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/nvmem.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/nvmem.rst index de221e91c8..5d9500d21e 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/nvmem.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/nvmem.rst @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ A NVMEM provider can register with NVMEM core by supplying relevant nvmem configuration to nvmem_register(), on success core would return a valid nvmem_device pointer. -nvmem_unregister(nvmem) is used to unregister a previously registered provider. +nvmem_unregister() is used to unregister a previously registered provider. For example, a simple nvram case:: @@ -200,3 +200,9 @@ and let you add cells dynamically. Another use case for layouts is the post processing of cells. With layouts, it is possible to associate a custom post processing hook to a cell. It even possible to add this hook to cells not created by the layout itself. + +9. Internal kernel API +====================== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/nvmem/core.c + :export: diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pci/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pci/index.rst index c6cf1fef61..a38e475cdb 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/pci/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pci/index.rst @@ -4,11 +4,8 @@ The Linux PCI driver implementer's API guide ============================================ -.. class:: toc-title - - Table of contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of contents :maxdepth: 2 pci diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pwm.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pwm.rst index bb264490a8..3c28ccc4b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/pwm.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pwm.rst @@ -41,11 +41,20 @@ the getter, devm_pwm_get() and devm_fwnode_pwm_get(), also exist. After being requested, a PWM has to be configured using:: - int pwm_apply_state(struct pwm_device *pwm, struct pwm_state *state); + int pwm_apply_might_sleep(struct pwm_device *pwm, struct pwm_state *state); This API controls both the PWM period/duty_cycle config and the enable/disable state. +PWM devices can be used from atomic context, if the PWM does not sleep. You +can check if this the case with:: + + bool pwm_might_sleep(struct pwm_device *pwm); + +If false, the PWM can also be configured from atomic context with:: + + int pwm_apply_atomic(struct pwm_device *pwm, struct pwm_state *state); + As a consumer, don't rely on the output's state for a disabled PWM. If it's easily possible, drivers are supposed to emit the inactive state, but some drivers cannot. If you rely on getting the inactive state, use .duty_cycle=0, @@ -57,13 +66,13 @@ If supported by the driver, the signal can be optimized, for example to improve EMI by phase shifting the individual channels of a chip. The pwm_config(), pwm_enable() and pwm_disable() functions are just wrappers -around pwm_apply_state() and should not be used if the user wants to change +around pwm_apply_might_sleep() and should not be used if the user wants to change several parameter at once. For example, if you see pwm_config() and pwm_{enable,disable}() calls in the same function, this probably means you -should switch to pwm_apply_state(). +should switch to pwm_apply_might_sleep(). The PWM user API also allows one to query the PWM state that was passed to the -last invocation of pwm_apply_state() using pwm_get_state(). Note this is +last invocation of pwm_apply_might_sleep() using pwm_get_state(). Note this is different to what the driver has actually implemented if the request cannot be satisfied exactly with the hardware in use. There is currently no way for consumers to get the actually implemented settings. diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/soundwire/stream.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/soundwire/stream.rst index b432a2de45..2a794484f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/soundwire/stream.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/soundwire/stream.rst @@ -324,12 +324,12 @@ framework, this stream state is linked to .hw_params() operation. int sdw_stream_add_master(struct sdw_bus * bus, struct sdw_stream_config * stream_config, - struct sdw_ports_config * ports_config, + const struct sdw_ports_config * ports_config, struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream); int sdw_stream_add_slave(struct sdw_slave * slave, struct sdw_stream_config * stream_config, - struct sdw_ports_config * ports_config, + const struct sdw_ports_config * ports_config, struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream); diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/ssh.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/ssh.rst index b955b67383..58a7573199 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/ssh.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/ssh.rst @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Note that the standard disclaimer for this subsystem also applies to this document: All of this has been reverse-engineered and may thus be erroneous and/or incomplete. -All CRCs used in the following are two-byte ``crc_ccitt_false(0xffff, ...)``. +All CRCs used in the following are two-byte ``crc_itu_t(0xffff, ...)``. All multi-byte values are little-endian, there is no implicit padding between values. diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/tee.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/tee.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5eaeb81039 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/tee.rst @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +=============================================== +TEE (Trusted Execution Environment) driver API +=============================================== + +Kernel provides a TEE bus infrastructure where a Trusted Application is +represented as a device identified via Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) and +client drivers register a table of supported device UUIDs. + +TEE bus infrastructure registers following APIs: + +match(): + iterates over the client driver UUID table to find a corresponding + match for device UUID. If a match is found, then this particular device is + probed via corresponding probe API registered by the client driver. This + process happens whenever a device or a client driver is registered with TEE + bus. + +uevent(): + notifies user-space (udev) whenever a new device is registered on + TEE bus for auto-loading of modularized client drivers. + +TEE bus device enumeration is specific to underlying TEE implementation, so it +is left open for TEE drivers to provide corresponding implementation. + +Then TEE client driver can talk to a matched Trusted Application using APIs +listed in include/linux/tee_drv.h. + +TEE client driver example +------------------------- + +Suppose a TEE client driver needs to communicate with a Trusted Application +having UUID: ``ac6a4085-0e82-4c33-bf98-8eb8e118b6c2``, so driver registration +snippet would look like:: + + static const struct tee_client_device_id client_id_table[] = { + {UUID_INIT(0xac6a4085, 0x0e82, 0x4c33, + 0xbf, 0x98, 0x8e, 0xb8, 0xe1, 0x18, 0xb6, 0xc2)}, + {} + }; + + MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(tee, client_id_table); + + static struct tee_client_driver client_driver = { + .id_table = client_id_table, + .driver = { + .name = DRIVER_NAME, + .bus = &tee_bus_type, + .probe = client_probe, + .remove = client_remove, + }, + }; + + static int __init client_init(void) + { + return driver_register(&client_driver.driver); + } + + static void __exit client_exit(void) + { + driver_unregister(&client_driver.driver); + } + + module_init(client_init); + module_exit(client_exit); diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/wbrf.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/wbrf.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f48bfa0298 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/wbrf.rst @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later + +================================= +WBRF - Wifi Band RFI Mitigations +================================= + +Due to electrical and mechanical constraints in certain platform designs +there may be likely interference of relatively high-powered harmonics of +the GPU memory clocks with local radio module frequency bands used by +certain Wifi bands. + +To mitigate possible RFI interference producers can advertise the +frequencies in use and consumers can use this information to avoid using +these frequencies for sensitive features. + +When a platform is known to have this issue with any contained devices, +the platform designer will advertise the availability of this feature via +ACPI devices with a device specific method (_DSM). +* Producers with this _DSM will be able to advertise the frequencies in use. +* Consumers with this _DSM will be able to register for notifications of +frequencies in use. + +Some general terms +================== + +Producer: such component who can produce high-powered radio frequency +Consumer: such component who can adjust its in-use frequency in +response to the radio frequencies of other components to mitigate the +possible RFI. + +To make the mechanism function, those producers should notify active use +of their particular frequencies so that other consumers can make relative +internal adjustments as necessary to avoid this resonance. + +ACPI interface +============== + +Although initially used by for wifi + dGPU use cases, the ACPI interface +can be scaled to any type of device that a platform designer discovers +can cause interference. + +The GUID used for the _DSM is 7B7656CF-DC3D-4C1C-83E9-66E721DE3070. + +3 functions are available in this _DSM: + +* 0: discover # of functions available +* 1: record RF bands in use +* 2: retrieve RF bands in use + +Driver programming interface +============================ + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/x86/amd/wbrf.c + +Sample Usage +============= + +The expected flow for the producers: +1. During probe, call `acpi_amd_wbrf_supported_producer` to check if WBRF +can be enabled for the device. +2. On using some frequency band, call `acpi_amd_wbrf_add_remove` with 'add' +param to get other consumers properly notified. +3. Or on stopping using some frequency band, call +`acpi_amd_wbrf_add_remove` with 'remove' param to get other consumers notified. + +The expected flow for the consumers: +1. During probe, call `acpi_amd_wbrf_supported_consumer` to check if WBRF +can be enabled for the device. +2. Call `amd_wbrf_register_notifier` to register for notification +of frequency band change(add or remove) from other producers. +3. Call the `amd_wbrf_retrieve_freq_band` initally to retrieve +current active frequency bands considering some producers may broadcast +such information before the consumer is up. +4. On receiving a notification for frequency band change, run +`amd_wbrf_retrieve_freq_band` again to retrieve the latest +active frequency bands. +5. During driver cleanup, call `amd_wbrf_unregister_notifier` to +unregister the notifier. diff --git a/Documentation/fb/index.rst b/Documentation/fb/index.rst index baf02393d8..33e3c49f88 100644 --- a/Documentation/fb/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/fb/index.rst @@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ Frame Buffer framebuffer gxfb intel810 - intelfb internals lxfb matroxfb diff --git a/Documentation/fb/intelfb.rst b/Documentation/fb/intelfb.rst deleted file mode 100644 index e2d0903f4e..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/fb/intelfb.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -============================================================= -Intel 830M/845G/852GM/855GM/865G/915G/945G Framebuffer driver -============================================================= - -A. Introduction -=============== - -This is a framebuffer driver for various Intel 8xx/9xx compatible -graphics devices. These would include: - - - Intel 830M - - Intel 845G - - Intel 852GM - - Intel 855GM - - Intel 865G - - Intel 915G - - Intel 915GM - - Intel 945G - - Intel 945GM - - Intel 945GME - - Intel 965G - - Intel 965GM - -B. List of available options -============================= - - a. "video=intelfb" - enables the intelfb driver - - Recommendation: required - - b. "mode=x[-][@]" - select mode - - Recommendation: user preference - (default = 1024x768-32@70) - - c. "vram=" - select amount of system RAM in MB to allocate for the video memory - if not enough RAM was already allocated by the BIOS. - - Recommendation: 1 - 4 MB. - (default = 4 MB) - - d. "voffset=" - select at what offset in MB of the logical memory to allocate the - framebuffer memory. The intent is to avoid the memory blocks - used by standard graphics applications (XFree86). Depending on your - usage, adjust the value up or down, (0 for maximum usage, 63/127 MB - for the least amount). Note, an arbitrary setting may conflict - with XFree86. - - Recommendation: do not set - (default = 48 MB) - - e. "accel" - enable text acceleration. This can be enabled/reenabled anytime - by using 'fbset -accel true/false'. - - Recommendation: enable - (default = set) - - f. "hwcursor" - enable cursor acceleration. - - Recommendation: enable - (default = set) - - g. "mtrr" - enable MTRR. This allows data transfers to the framebuffer memory - to occur in bursts which can significantly increase performance. - Not very helpful with the intel chips because of 'shared memory'. - - Recommendation: set - (default = set) - - h. "fixed" - disable mode switching. - - Recommendation: do not set - (default = not set) - - The binary parameters can be unset with a "no" prefix, example "noaccel". - The default parameter (not named) is the mode. - -C. Kernel booting -================= - -Separate each option/option-pair by commas (,) and the option from its value -with an equals sign (=) as in the following:: - - video=intelfb:option1,option2=value2 - -Sample Usage ------------- - -In /etc/lilo.conf, add the line:: - - append="video=intelfb:mode=800x600-32@75,accel,hwcursor,vram=8" - -This will initialize the framebuffer to 800x600 at 32bpp and 75Hz. The -framebuffer will use 8 MB of System RAM. hw acceleration of text and cursor -will be enabled. - -Remarks -------- - -If setting this parameter doesn't work (you stay in a 80x25 text-mode), -you might need to set the "vga=" parameter too - see vesafb.txt -in this directory. - - -D. Module options -================== - -The module parameters are essentially similar to the kernel -parameters. The main difference is that you need to include a Boolean value -(1 for TRUE, and 0 for FALSE) for those options which don't need a value. - -Example, to enable MTRR, include "mtrr=1". - -Sample Usage ------------- - -Using the same setup as described above, load the module like this:: - - modprobe intelfb mode=800x600-32@75 vram=8 accel=1 hwcursor=1 - -Or just add the following to a configuration file in /etc/modprobe.d/:: - - options intelfb mode=800x600-32@75 vram=8 accel=1 hwcursor=1 - -and just do a:: - - modprobe intelfb - - -E. Acknowledgment: -=================== - - 1. Geert Uytterhoeven - his excellent howto and the virtual - framebuffer driver code made this possible. - - 2. Jeff Hartmann for his agpgart code. - - 3. David Dawes for his original kernel 2.4 code. - - 4. The X developers. Insights were provided just by reading the - XFree86 source code. - - 5. Antonino A. Daplas for his inspiring i810fb driver. - - 6. Andrew Morton for his kernel patches maintenance. - -Sylvain diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt index 8fd22073a8..d222bd3ee7 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ | openrisc: | .. | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | - | riscv: | TODO | + | riscv: | ok | | s390: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking.rst index 193c226878..05ea387bc9 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking.rst @@ -11,130 +11,268 @@ When taking the i_rwsem on multiple non-directory objects, we always acquire the locks in order by increasing address. We'll call that "inode pointer" order in the following. -For our purposes all operations fall in 5 classes: -1) read access. Locking rules: caller locks directory we are accessing. -The lock is taken shared. +Primitives +========== -2) object creation. Locking rules: same as above, but the lock is taken -exclusive. +For our purposes all operations fall in 6 classes: -3) object removal. Locking rules: caller locks parent, finds victim, -locks victim and calls the method. Locks are exclusive. +1. read access. Locking rules: -4) rename() that is _not_ cross-directory. Locking rules: caller locks -the parent and finds source and target. Then we decide which of the -source and target need to be locked. Source needs to be locked if it's a -non-directory; target - if it's a non-directory or about to be removed. -Take the locks that need to be taken, in inode pointer order if need -to take both (that can happen only when both source and target are -non-directories - the source because it wouldn't be locked otherwise -and the target because mixing directory and non-directory is allowed -only with RENAME_EXCHANGE, and that won't be removing the target). -After the locks had been taken, call the method. All locks are exclusive. + * lock the directory we are accessing (shared) -5) link creation. Locking rules: +2. object creation. Locking rules: - * lock parent - * check that source is not a directory - * lock source - * call the method. + * lock the directory we are accessing (exclusive) -All locks are exclusive. +3. object removal. Locking rules: -6) cross-directory rename. The trickiest in the whole bunch. Locking -rules: + * lock the parent (exclusive) + * find the victim + * lock the victim (exclusive) - * lock the filesystem - * lock parents in "ancestors first" order. If one is not ancestor of - the other, lock the parent of source first. - * find source and target. - * if old parent is equal to or is a descendent of target - fail with -ENOTEMPTY - * if new parent is equal to or is a descendent of source - fail with -ELOOP - * Lock subdirectories involved (source before target). - * Lock non-directories involved, in inode pointer order. - * call the method. +4. link creation. Locking rules: + + * lock the parent (exclusive) + * check that the source is not a directory + * lock the source (exclusive; probably could be weakened to shared) -All ->i_rwsem are taken exclusive. +5. rename that is _not_ cross-directory. Locking rules: -The rules above obviously guarantee that all directories that are going to be -read, modified or removed by method will be locked by caller. + * lock the parent (exclusive) + * find the source and target + * decide which of the source and target need to be locked. + The source needs to be locked if it's a non-directory, target - if it's + a non-directory or about to be removed. + * take the locks that need to be taken (exlusive), in inode pointer order + if need to take both (that can happen only when both source and target + are non-directories - the source because it wouldn't need to be locked + otherwise and the target because mixing directory and non-directory is + allowed only with RENAME_EXCHANGE, and that won't be removing the target). +6. cross-directory rename. The trickiest in the whole bunch. Locking rules: + + * lock the filesystem + * if the parents don't have a common ancestor, fail the operation. + * lock the parents in "ancestors first" order (exclusive). If neither is an + ancestor of the other, lock the parent of source first. + * find the source and target. + * verify that the source is not a descendent of the target and + target is not a descendent of source; fail the operation otherwise. + * lock the subdirectories involved (exclusive), source before target. + * lock the non-directories involved (exclusive), in inode pointer order. + +The rules above obviously guarantee that all directories that are going +to be read, modified or removed by method will be locked by the caller. + + +Splicing +======== + +There is one more thing to consider - splicing. It's not an operation +in its own right; it may happen as part of lookup. We speak of the +operations on directory trees, but we obviously do not have the full +picture of those - especially for network filesystems. What we have +is a bunch of subtrees visible in dcache and locking happens on those. +Trees grow as we do operations; memory pressure prunes them. Normally +that's not a problem, but there is a nasty twist - what should we do +when one growing tree reaches the root of another? That can happen in +several scenarios, starting from "somebody mounted two nested subtrees +from the same NFS4 server and doing lookups in one of them has reached +the root of another"; there's also open-by-fhandle stuff, and there's a +possibility that directory we see in one place gets moved by the server +to another and we run into it when we do a lookup. + +For a lot of reasons we want to have the same directory present in dcache +only once. Multiple aliases are not allowed. So when lookup runs into +a subdirectory that already has an alias, something needs to be done with +dcache trees. Lookup is already holding the parent locked. If alias is +a root of separate tree, it gets attached to the directory we are doing a +lookup in, under the name we'd been looking for. If the alias is already +a child of the directory we are looking in, it changes name to the one +we'd been looking for. No extra locking is involved in these two cases. +However, if it's a child of some other directory, the things get trickier. +First of all, we verify that it is *not* an ancestor of our directory +and fail the lookup if it is. Then we try to lock the filesystem and the +current parent of the alias. If either trylock fails, we fail the lookup. +If trylocks succeed, we detach the alias from its current parent and +attach to our directory, under the name we are looking for. + +Note that splicing does *not* involve any modification of the filesystem; +all we change is the view in dcache. Moreover, holding a directory locked +exclusive prevents such changes involving its children and holding the +filesystem lock prevents any changes of tree topology, other than having a +root of one tree becoming a child of directory in another. In particular, +if two dentries have been found to have a common ancestor after taking +the filesystem lock, their relationship will remain unchanged until +the lock is dropped. So from the directory operations' point of view +splicing is almost irrelevant - the only place where it matters is one +step in cross-directory renames; we need to be careful when checking if +parents have a common ancestor. + + +Multiple-filesystem stuff +========================= + +For some filesystems a method can involve a directory operation on +another filesystem; it may be ecryptfs doing operation in the underlying +filesystem, overlayfs doing something to the layers, network filesystem +using a local one as a cache, etc. In all such cases the operations +on other filesystems must follow the same locking rules. Moreover, "a +directory operation on this filesystem might involve directory operations +on that filesystem" should be an asymmetric relation (or, if you will, +it should be possible to rank the filesystems so that directory operation +on a filesystem could trigger directory operations only on higher-ranked +ones - in these terms overlayfs ranks lower than its layers, network +filesystem ranks lower than whatever it caches on, etc.) + + +Deadlock avoidance +================== If no directory is its own ancestor, the scheme above is deadlock-free. Proof: -[XXX: will be updated once we are done massaging the lock_rename()] - First of all, at any moment we have a linear ordering of the - objects - A < B iff (A is an ancestor of B) or (B is not an ancestor - of A and ptr(A) < ptr(B)). - - That ordering can change. However, the following is true: - -(1) if object removal or non-cross-directory rename holds lock on A and - attempts to acquire lock on B, A will remain the parent of B until we - acquire the lock on B. (Proof: only cross-directory rename can change - the parent of object and it would have to lock the parent). - -(2) if cross-directory rename holds the lock on filesystem, order will not - change until rename acquires all locks. (Proof: other cross-directory - renames will be blocked on filesystem lock and we don't start changing - the order until we had acquired all locks). - -(3) locks on non-directory objects are acquired only after locks on - directory objects, and are acquired in inode pointer order. - (Proof: all operations but renames take lock on at most one - non-directory object, except renames, which take locks on source and - target in inode pointer order in the case they are not directories.) - -Now consider the minimal deadlock. Each process is blocked on -attempt to acquire some lock and already holds at least one lock. Let's -consider the set of contended locks. First of all, filesystem lock is -not contended, since any process blocked on it is not holding any locks. -Thus all processes are blocked on ->i_rwsem. - -By (3), any process holding a non-directory lock can only be -waiting on another non-directory lock with a larger address. Therefore -the process holding the "largest" such lock can always make progress, and -non-directory objects are not included in the set of contended locks. - -Thus link creation can't be a part of deadlock - it can't be -blocked on source and it means that it doesn't hold any locks. - -Any contended object is either held by cross-directory rename or -has a child that is also contended. Indeed, suppose that it is held by -operation other than cross-directory rename. Then the lock this operation -is blocked on belongs to child of that object due to (1). - -It means that one of the operations is cross-directory rename. -Otherwise the set of contended objects would be infinite - each of them -would have a contended child and we had assumed that no object is its -own descendent. Moreover, there is exactly one cross-directory rename -(see above). - -Consider the object blocking the cross-directory rename. One -of its descendents is locked by cross-directory rename (otherwise we -would again have an infinite set of contended objects). But that -means that cross-directory rename is taking locks out of order. Due -to (2) the order hadn't changed since we had acquired filesystem lock. -But locking rules for cross-directory rename guarantee that we do not -try to acquire lock on descendent before the lock on ancestor. -Contradiction. I.e. deadlock is impossible. Q.E.D. - +There is a ranking on the locks, such that all primitives take +them in order of non-decreasing rank. Namely, + + * rank ->i_rwsem of non-directories on given filesystem in inode pointer + order. + * put ->i_rwsem of all directories on a filesystem at the same rank, + lower than ->i_rwsem of any non-directory on the same filesystem. + * put ->s_vfs_rename_mutex at rank lower than that of any ->i_rwsem + on the same filesystem. + * among the locks on different filesystems use the relative + rank of those filesystems. + +For example, if we have NFS filesystem caching on a local one, we have + + 1. ->s_vfs_rename_mutex of NFS filesystem + 2. ->i_rwsem of directories on that NFS filesystem, same rank for all + 3. ->i_rwsem of non-directories on that filesystem, in order of + increasing address of inode + 4. ->s_vfs_rename_mutex of local filesystem + 5. ->i_rwsem of directories on the local filesystem, same rank for all + 6. ->i_rwsem of non-directories on local filesystem, in order of + increasing address of inode. + +It's easy to verify that operations never take a lock with rank +lower than that of an already held lock. + +Suppose deadlocks are possible. Consider the minimal deadlocked +set of threads. It is a cycle of several threads, each blocked on a lock +held by the next thread in the cycle. + +Since the locking order is consistent with the ranking, all +contended locks in the minimal deadlock will be of the same rank, +i.e. they all will be ->i_rwsem of directories on the same filesystem. +Moreover, without loss of generality we can assume that all operations +are done directly to that filesystem and none of them has actually +reached the method call. + +In other words, we have a cycle of threads, T1,..., Tn, +and the same number of directories (D1,...,Dn) such that + + T1 is blocked on D1 which is held by T2 + + T2 is blocked on D2 which is held by T3 + + ... + + Tn is blocked on Dn which is held by T1. + +Each operation in the minimal cycle must have locked at least +one directory and blocked on attempt to lock another. That leaves +only 3 possible operations: directory removal (locks parent, then +child), same-directory rename killing a subdirectory (ditto) and +cross-directory rename of some sort. + +There must be a cross-directory rename in the set; indeed, +if all operations had been of the "lock parent, then child" sort +we would have Dn a parent of D1, which is a parent of D2, which is +a parent of D3, ..., which is a parent of Dn. Relationships couldn't +have changed since the moment directory locks had been acquired, +so they would all hold simultaneously at the deadlock time and +we would have a loop. + +Since all operations are on the same filesystem, there can't be +more than one cross-directory rename among them. Without loss of +generality we can assume that T1 is the one doing a cross-directory +rename and everything else is of the "lock parent, then child" sort. + +In other words, we have a cross-directory rename that locked +Dn and blocked on attempt to lock D1, which is a parent of D2, which is +a parent of D3, ..., which is a parent of Dn. Relationships between +D1,...,Dn all hold simultaneously at the deadlock time. Moreover, +cross-directory rename does not get to locking any directories until it +has acquired filesystem lock and verified that directories involved have +a common ancestor, which guarantees that ancestry relationships between +all of them had been stable. + +Consider the order in which directories are locked by the +cross-directory rename; parents first, then possibly their children. +Dn and D1 would have to be among those, with Dn locked before D1. +Which pair could it be? + +It can't be the parents - indeed, since D1 is an ancestor of Dn, +it would be the first parent to be locked. Therefore at least one of the +children must be involved and thus neither of them could be a descendent +of another - otherwise the operation would not have progressed past +locking the parents. + +It can't be a parent and its child; otherwise we would've had +a loop, since the parents are locked before the children, so the parent +would have to be a descendent of its child. + +It can't be a parent and a child of another parent either. +Otherwise the child of the parent in question would've been a descendent +of another child. + +That leaves only one possibility - namely, both Dn and D1 are +among the children, in some order. But that is also impossible, since +neither of the children is a descendent of another. + +That concludes the proof, since the set of operations with the +properties requiered for a minimal deadlock can not exist. + +Note that the check for having a common ancestor in cross-directory +rename is crucial - without it a deadlock would be possible. Indeed, +suppose the parents are initially in different trees; we would lock the +parent of source, then try to lock the parent of target, only to have +an unrelated lookup splice a distant ancestor of source to some distant +descendent of the parent of target. At that point we have cross-directory +rename holding the lock on parent of source and trying to lock its +distant ancestor. Add a bunch of rmdir() attempts on all directories +in between (all of those would fail with -ENOTEMPTY, had they ever gotten +the locks) and voila - we have a deadlock. + +Loop avoidance +============== These operations are guaranteed to avoid loop creation. Indeed, the only operation that could introduce loops is cross-directory rename. -Since the only new (parent, child) pair added by rename() is (new parent, -source), such loop would have to contain these objects and the rest of it -would have to exist before rename(). I.e. at the moment of loop creation -rename() responsible for that would be holding filesystem lock and new parent -would have to be equal to or a descendent of source. But that means that -new parent had been equal to or a descendent of source since the moment when -we had acquired filesystem lock and rename() would fail with -ELOOP in that -case. +Suppose after the operation there is a loop; since there hadn't been such +loops before the operation, at least on of the nodes in that loop must've +had its parent changed. In other words, the loop must be passing through +the source or, in case of exchange, possibly the target. + +Since the operation has succeeded, neither source nor target could have +been ancestors of each other. Therefore the chain of ancestors starting +in the parent of source could not have passed through the target and +vice versa. On the other hand, the chain of ancestors of any node could +not have passed through the node itself, or we would've had a loop before +the operation. But everything other than source and target has kept +the parent after the operation, so the operation does not change the +chains of ancestors of (ex-)parents of source and target. In particular, +those chains must end after a finite number of steps. + +Now consider the loop created by the operation. It passes through either +source or target; the next node in the loop would be the ex-parent of +target or source resp. After that the loop would follow the chain of +ancestors of that parent. But as we have just shown, that chain must +end after a finite number of steps, which means that it can't be a part +of any loop. Q.E.D. While this locking scheme works for arbitrary DAGs, it relies on ability to check that directory is a descendent of another object. Current diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst index 1b84f818e5..e86b886b64 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst @@ -31,15 +31,15 @@ However, except for filenames, fscrypt does not encrypt filesystem metadata. Unlike eCryptfs, which is a stacked filesystem, fscrypt is integrated -directly into supported filesystems --- currently ext4, F2FS, and -UBIFS. This allows encrypted files to be read and written without -caching both the decrypted and encrypted pages in the pagecache, -thereby nearly halving the memory used and bringing it in line with -unencrypted files. Similarly, half as many dentries and inodes are -needed. eCryptfs also limits encrypted filenames to 143 bytes, -causing application compatibility issues; fscrypt allows the full 255 -bytes (NAME_MAX). Finally, unlike eCryptfs, the fscrypt API can be -used by unprivileged users, with no need to mount anything. +directly into supported filesystems --- currently ext4, F2FS, UBIFS, +and CephFS. This allows encrypted files to be read and written +without caching both the decrypted and encrypted pages in the +pagecache, thereby nearly halving the memory used and bringing it in +line with unencrypted files. Similarly, half as many dentries and +inodes are needed. eCryptfs also limits encrypted filenames to 143 +bytes, causing application compatibility issues; fscrypt allows the +full 255 bytes (NAME_MAX). Finally, unlike eCryptfs, the fscrypt API +can be used by unprivileged users, with no need to mount anything. fscrypt does not support encrypting files in-place. Instead, it supports marking an empty directory as encrypted. Then, after @@ -1382,7 +1382,8 @@ directory.) These structs are defined as follows:: u8 contents_encryption_mode; u8 filenames_encryption_mode; u8 flags; - u8 __reserved[4]; + u8 log2_data_unit_size; + u8 __reserved[3]; u8 master_key_identifier[FSCRYPT_KEY_IDENTIFIER_SIZE]; u8 nonce[FSCRYPT_FILE_NONCE_SIZE]; }; diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/index.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/index.rst index 09cade7eae..e18bc5ae3b 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/index.rst @@ -121,8 +121,5 @@ Documentation for filesystem implementations. udf virtiofs vfat - xfs-delayed-logging-design - xfs-maintainer-entry-profile - xfs-self-describing-metadata - xfs-online-fsck-design + xfs/index zonefs diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/locking.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/locking.rst index bd12f2f850..d5bf4b6b75 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/locking.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/locking.rst @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ prototypes:: struct folio *src, enum migrate_mode); int (*launder_folio)(struct folio *); bool (*is_partially_uptodate)(struct folio *, size_t from, size_t count); - int (*error_remove_page)(struct address_space *, struct page *); + int (*error_remove_folio)(struct address_space *, struct folio *); int (*swap_activate)(struct swap_info_struct *sis, struct file *f, sector_t *span) int (*swap_deactivate)(struct file *); int (*swap_rw)(struct kiocb *iocb, struct iov_iter *iter); @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ direct_IO: migrate_folio: yes (both) launder_folio: yes is_partially_uptodate: yes -error_remove_page: yes +error_remove_folio: yes swap_activate: no swap_deactivate: no swap_rw: yes, unlocks diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/netfs_library.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/netfs_library.rst index 48b95d04f7..4cc657d743 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/netfs_library.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/netfs_library.rst @@ -295,7 +295,6 @@ through which it can issue requests and negotiate:: struct netfs_request_ops { void (*init_request)(struct netfs_io_request *rreq, struct file *file); void (*free_request)(struct netfs_io_request *rreq); - int (*begin_cache_operation)(struct netfs_io_request *rreq); void (*expand_readahead)(struct netfs_io_request *rreq); bool (*clamp_length)(struct netfs_io_subrequest *subreq); void (*issue_read)(struct netfs_io_subrequest *subreq); @@ -317,20 +316,6 @@ The operations are as follows: [Optional] This is called as the request is being deallocated so that the filesystem can clean up any state it has attached there. - * ``begin_cache_operation()`` - - [Optional] This is called to ask the network filesystem to call into the - cache (if present) to initialise the caching state for this read. The netfs - library module cannot access the cache directly, so the cache should call - something like fscache_begin_read_operation() to do this. - - The cache gets to store its state in ->cache_resources and must set a table - of operations of its own there (though of a different type). - - This should return 0 on success and an error code otherwise. If an error is - reported, the operation may proceed anyway, just without local caching (only - out of memory and interruption errors cause failure here). - * ``expand_readahead()`` [Optional] This is called to allow the filesystem to expand the size of a @@ -460,14 +445,14 @@ When implementing a local cache to be used by the read helpers, two things are required: some way for the network filesystem to initialise the caching for a read request and a table of operations for the helpers to call. -The network filesystem's ->begin_cache_operation() method is called to set up a -cache and this must call into the cache to do the work. If using fscache, for -example, the cache would call:: +To begin a cache operation on an fscache object, the following function is +called:: int fscache_begin_read_operation(struct netfs_io_request *rreq, struct fscache_cookie *cookie); -passing in the request pointer and the cookie corresponding to the file. +passing in the request pointer and the cookie corresponding to the file. This +fills in the cache resources mentioned below. The netfs_io_request object contains a place for the cache to hang its state:: diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.rst index b28e5e3c23..1655144014 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.rst @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ objects in the original filesystem. On 64bit systems, even if all overlay layers are not on the same underlying filesystem, the same compliant behavior could be achieved with the "xino" feature. The "xino" feature composes a unique object -identifier from the real object st_ino and an underlying fsid index. +identifier from the real object st_ino and an underlying fsid number. The "xino" feature uses the high inode number bits for fsid, because the underlying filesystems rarely use the high inode number bits. In case the underlying inode number does overflow into the high xino bits, overlay @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Where both upper and lower objects are directories, a merged directory is formed. At mount time, the two directories given as mount options "lowerdir" and -"upperdir" are combined into a merged directory: +"upperdir" are combined into a merged directory:: mount -t overlay overlay -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,\ workdir=/work /merged @@ -181,12 +181,12 @@ directory is being read. This is unlikely to be noticed by many programs. seek offsets are assigned sequentially when the directories are read. -Thus if +Thus if: - - read part of a directory - - remember an offset, and close the directory - - re-open the directory some time later - - seek to the remembered offset + - read part of a directory + - remember an offset, and close the directory + - re-open the directory some time later + - seek to the remembered offset there may be little correlation between the old and new locations in the list of filenames, particularly if anything has changed in the @@ -299,9 +299,9 @@ Permission checking in the overlay filesystem follows these principles: 2) task creating the overlay mount MUST NOT gain additional privileges 3) non-mounting task MAY gain additional privileges through the overlay, - compared to direct access on underlying lower or upper filesystems + compared to direct access on underlying lower or upper filesystems -This is achieved by performing two permission checks on each access +This is achieved by performing two permission checks on each access: a) check if current task is allowed access based on local DAC (owner, group, mode and posix acl), as well as MAC checks @@ -320,11 +320,11 @@ to create setups where the consistency rule (1) does not hold; normally, however, the mounting task will have sufficient privileges to perform all operations. -Another way to demonstrate this model is drawing parallels between +Another way to demonstrate this model is drawing parallels between:: mount -t overlay overlay -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,... /merged -and +and:: cp -a /lower /upper mount --bind /upper /merged @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Multiple lower layers --------------------- Multiple lower layers can now be given using the colon (":") as a -separator character between the directory names. For example: +separator character between the directory names. For example:: mount -t overlay overlay -olowerdir=/lower1:/lower2:/lower3 /merged @@ -349,13 +349,13 @@ rightmost one and going left. In the above example lower1 will be the top, lower2 the middle and lower3 the bottom layer. Note: directory names containing colons can be provided as lower layer by -escaping the colons with a single backslash. For example: +escaping the colons with a single backslash. For example:: mount -t overlay overlay -olowerdir=/a\:lower\:\:dir /merged Since kernel version v6.8, directory names containing colons can also be configured as lower layer using the "lowerdir+" mount options and the -fsconfig syscall from new mount api. For example: +fsconfig syscall from new mount api. For example:: fsconfig(fs_fd, FSCONFIG_SET_STRING, "lowerdir+", "/a:lower::dir", 0); @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ as an octal characters (\072) when displayed in /proc/self/mountinfo. Metadata only copy up --------------------- -When metadata only copy up feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy +When the "metacopy" feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy up metadata (as opposed to whole file), when a metadata specific operation like chown/chmod is performed. Full file will be copied up later when file is opened for WRITE operation. @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ A normal lower layer is not allowed to be below a data-only layer, so single colon separators are not allowed to the right of double colon ("::") separators. -For example: +For example:: mount -t overlay overlay -olowerdir=/l1:/l2:/l3::/do1::/do2 /merged @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ to the absolute path of the "lower data" file in the "data-only" lower layer. Since kernel version v6.8, "data-only" lower layers can also be added using the "datadir+" mount options and the fsconfig syscall from new mount api. -For example: +For example:: fsconfig(fs_fd, FSCONFIG_SET_STRING, "lowerdir+", "/l1", 0); fsconfig(fs_fd, FSCONFIG_SET_STRING, "lowerdir+", "/l2", 0); @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ For example: fs-verity support ----------------------- +----------------- During metadata copy up of a lower file, if the source file has fs-verity enabled and overlay verity support is enabled, then the @@ -501,27 +501,27 @@ though it will not result in a crash or deadlock. Mounting an overlay using an upper layer path, where the upper layer path was previously used by another mounted overlay in combination with a -different lower layer path, is allowed, unless the "inodes index" feature -or "metadata only copy up" feature is enabled. +different lower layer path, is allowed, unless the "index" or "metacopy" +features are enabled. -With the "inodes index" feature, on the first time mount, an NFS file +With the "index" feature, on the first time mount, an NFS file handle of the lower layer root directory, along with the UUID of the lower filesystem, are encoded and stored in the "trusted.overlay.origin" extended attribute on the upper layer root directory. On subsequent mount attempts, the lower root directory file handle and lower filesystem UUID are compared to the stored origin in upper root directory. On failure to verify the lower root origin, mount will fail with ESTALE. An overlayfs mount with -"inodes index" enabled will fail with EOPNOTSUPP if the lower filesystem +"index" enabled will fail with EOPNOTSUPP if the lower filesystem does not support NFS export, lower filesystem does not have a valid UUID or if the upper filesystem does not support extended attributes. -For "metadata only copy up" feature there is no verification mechanism at +For the "metacopy" feature, there is no verification mechanism at mount time. So if same upper is mounted with different set of lower, mount probably will succeed but expect the unexpected later on. So don't do it. It is quite a common practice to copy overlay layers to a different directory tree on the same or different underlying filesystem, and even -to a different machine. With the "inodes index" feature, trying to mount +to a different machine. With the "index" feature, trying to mount the copied layers will fail the verification of the lower root file handle. Nesting overlayfs mounts @@ -557,20 +557,21 @@ filesystem. This is the list of cases that overlayfs doesn't currently handle: -a) POSIX mandates updating st_atime for reads. This is currently not -done in the case when the file resides on a lower layer. + a) POSIX mandates updating st_atime for reads. This is currently not + done in the case when the file resides on a lower layer. -b) If a file residing on a lower layer is opened for read-only and then -memory mapped with MAP_SHARED, then subsequent changes to the file are not -reflected in the memory mapping. + b) If a file residing on a lower layer is opened for read-only and then + memory mapped with MAP_SHARED, then subsequent changes to the file are not + reflected in the memory mapping. -c) If a file residing on a lower layer is being executed, then opening that -file for write or truncating the file will not be denied with ETXTBSY. + c) If a file residing on a lower layer is being executed, then opening that + file for write or truncating the file will not be denied with ETXTBSY. The following options allow overlayfs to act more like a standards compliant filesystem: -1) "redirect_dir" +redirect_dir +```````````` Enabled with the mount option or module option: "redirect_dir=on" or with the kernel config option CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_REDIRECT_DIR=y. @@ -578,7 +579,8 @@ the kernel config option CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_REDIRECT_DIR=y. If this feature is disabled, then rename(2) on a lower or merged directory will fail with EXDEV ("Invalid cross-device link"). -2) "inode index" +index +````` Enabled with the mount option or module option "index=on" or with the kernel config option CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_INDEX=y. @@ -587,7 +589,8 @@ If this feature is disabled and a file with multiple hard links is copied up, then this will "break" the link. Changes will not be propagated to other names referring to the same inode. -3) "xino" +xino +```` Enabled with the mount option "xino=auto" or "xino=on", with the module option "xino_auto=on" or with the kernel config option @@ -614,7 +617,7 @@ a crash or deadlock. Offline changes, when the overlay is not mounted, are allowed to the upper tree. Offline changes to the lower tree are only allowed if the -"metadata only copy up", "inode index", "xino" and "redirect_dir" features +"metacopy", "index", "xino" and "redirect_dir" features have not been used. If the lower tree is modified and any of these features has been used, the behavior of the overlay is undefined, though it will not result in a crash or deadlock. @@ -654,12 +657,13 @@ directory inode. When encoding a file handle from an overlay filesystem object, the following rules apply: -1. For a non-upper object, encode a lower file handle from lower inode -2. For an indexed object, encode a lower file handle from copy_up origin -3. For a pure-upper object and for an existing non-indexed upper object, - encode an upper file handle from upper inode + 1. For a non-upper object, encode a lower file handle from lower inode + 2. For an indexed object, encode a lower file handle from copy_up origin + 3. For a pure-upper object and for an existing non-indexed upper object, + encode an upper file handle from upper inode The encoded overlay file handle includes: + - Header including path type information (e.g. lower/upper) - UUID of the underlying filesystem - Underlying filesystem encoding of underlying inode @@ -669,15 +673,15 @@ are stored in extended attribute "trusted.overlay.origin". When decoding an overlay file handle, the following steps are followed: -1. Find underlying layer by UUID and path type information. -2. Decode the underlying filesystem file handle to underlying dentry. -3. For a lower file handle, lookup the handle in index directory by name. -4. If a whiteout is found in index, return ESTALE. This represents an - overlay object that was deleted after its file handle was encoded. -5. For a non-directory, instantiate a disconnected overlay dentry from the - decoded underlying dentry, the path type and index inode, if found. -6. For a directory, use the connected underlying decoded dentry, path type - and index, to lookup a connected overlay dentry. + 1. Find underlying layer by UUID and path type information. + 2. Decode the underlying filesystem file handle to underlying dentry. + 3. For a lower file handle, lookup the handle in index directory by name. + 4. If a whiteout is found in index, return ESTALE. This represents an + overlay object that was deleted after its file handle was encoded. + 5. For a non-directory, instantiate a disconnected overlay dentry from the + decoded underlying dentry, the path type and index inode, if found. + 6. For a directory, use the connected underlying decoded dentry, path type + and index, to lookup a connected overlay dentry. Decoding a non-directory file handle may return a disconnected dentry. copy_up of that disconnected dentry will create an upper index entry with @@ -780,9 +784,9 @@ Testsuite There's a testsuite originally developed by David Howells and currently maintained by Amir Goldstein at: - https://github.com/amir73il/unionmount-testsuite.git +https://github.com/amir73il/unionmount-testsuite.git -Run as root: +Run as root:: # cd unionmount-testsuite # ./run --ov --verify diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst index 9100969e7d..1be76ef117 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst @@ -1079,3 +1079,58 @@ On same-directory ->rename() the (tautological) update of .. is not protected by any locks; just don't do it if the old parent is the same as the new one. We really can't lock two subdirectories in same-directory rename - not without deadlocks. + +--- + +**mandatory** + +lock_rename() and lock_rename_child() may fail in cross-directory case, if +their arguments do not have a common ancestor. In that case ERR_PTR(-EXDEV) +is returned, with no locks taken. In-tree users updated; out-of-tree ones +would need to do so. + +--- + +**mandatory** + +The list of children anchored in parent dentry got turned into hlist now. +Field names got changed (->d_children/->d_sib instead of ->d_subdirs/->d_child +for anchor/entries resp.), so any affected places will be immediately caught +by compiler. + +--- + +**mandatory** + +->d_delete() instances are now called for dentries with ->d_lock held +and refcount equal to 0. They are not permitted to drop/regain ->d_lock. +None of in-tree instances did anything of that sort. Make sure yours do not... + +--- + +**mandatory** + +->d_prune() instances are now called without ->d_lock held on the parent. +->d_lock on dentry itself is still held; if you need per-parent exclusions (none +of the in-tree instances did), use your own spinlock. + +->d_iput() and ->d_release() are called with victim dentry still in the +list of parent's children. It is still unhashed, marked killed, etc., just not +removed from parent's ->d_children yet. + +Anyone iterating through the list of children needs to be aware of the +half-killed dentries that might be seen there; taking ->d_lock on those will +see them negative, unhashed and with negative refcount, which means that most +of the in-kernel users would've done the right thing anyway without any adjustment. + +--- + +**recommended** + +Block device freezing and thawing have been moved to holder operations. + +Before this change, get_active_super() would only be able to find the +superblock of the main block device, i.e., the one stored in sb->s_bdev. Block +device freezing now works for any block device owned by a given superblock, not +just the main block device. The get_active_super() helper and bd_fsfreeze_sb +pointer are gone. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst index 49ef12df63..104c6d047d 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst @@ -528,9 +528,9 @@ replaced by copy-on-write) part of the underlying shmem object out on swap. does not take into account swapped out page of underlying shmem objects. "Locked" indicates whether the mapping is locked in memory or not. -"THPeligible" indicates whether the mapping is eligible for allocating THP -pages as well as the THP is PMD mappable or not - 1 if true, 0 otherwise. -It just shows the current status. +"THPeligible" indicates whether the mapping is eligible for allocating +naturally aligned THP pages of any currently enabled size. 1 if true, 0 +otherwise. "VmFlags" field deserves a separate description. This member represents the kernel flags associated with the particular virtual memory area in two letter diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/smb/ksmbd.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/smb/ksmbd.rst index 7bed96d794..6b30e43a0d 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/smb/ksmbd.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/smb/ksmbd.rst @@ -73,15 +73,14 @@ Auto Negotiation Supported. Compound Request Supported. Oplock Cache Mechanism Supported. SMB2 leases(v1 lease) Supported. -Directory leases(v2 lease) Planned for future. +Directory leases(v2 lease) Supported. Multi-credits Supported. NTLM/NTLMv2 Supported. HMAC-SHA256 Signing Supported. Secure negotiate Supported. Signing Update Supported. Pre-authentication integrity Supported. -SMB3 encryption(CCM, GCM) Supported. (CCM and GCM128 supported, GCM256 in - progress) +SMB3 encryption(CCM, GCM) Supported. (CCM/GCM128 and CCM/GCM256 supported) SMB direct(RDMA) Supported. SMB3 Multi-channel Partially Supported. Planned to implement replay/retry mechanisms for future. @@ -112,6 +111,10 @@ DCE/RPC support Partially Supported. a few calls(NetShareEnumAll, for Witness protocol e.g.) ksmbd/nfsd interoperability Planned for future. The features that ksmbd support are Leases, Notify, ACLs and Share modes. +SMB3.1.1 Compression Planned for future. +SMB3.1.1 over QUIC Planned for future. +Signing/Encryption over RDMA Planned for future. +SMB3.1.1 GMAC signing support Planned for future. ============================== ================================================= diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.rst index df42106bae..4af8d62075 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/squashfs.rst @@ -64,6 +64,66 @@ obtained from this site also. The squashfs-tools development tree is now located on kernel.org git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/squashfs/squashfs-tools.git +2.1 Mount options +----------------- +=================== ========================================================= +errors=%s Specify whether squashfs errors trigger a kernel panic + or not + + ========== ============================================= + continue errors don't trigger a panic (default) + panic trigger a panic when errors are encountered, + similar to several other filesystems (e.g. + btrfs, ext4, f2fs, GFS2, jfs, ntfs, ubifs) + + This allows a kernel dump to be saved, + useful for analyzing and debugging the + corruption. + ========== ============================================= +threads=%s Select the decompression mode or the number of threads + + If SQUASHFS_CHOICE_DECOMP_BY_MOUNT is set: + + ========== ============================================= + single use single-threaded decompression (default) + + Only one block (data or metadata) can be + decompressed at any one time. This limits + CPU and memory usage to a minimum, but it + also gives poor performance on parallel I/O + workloads when using multiple CPU machines + due to waiting on decompressor availability. + multi use up to two parallel decompressors per core + + If you have a parallel I/O workload and your + system has enough memory, using this option + may improve overall I/O performance. It + dynamically allocates decompressors on a + demand basis. + percpu use a maximum of one decompressor per core + + It uses percpu variables to ensure + decompression is load-balanced across the + cores. + 1|2|3|... configure the number of threads used for + decompression + + The upper limit is num_online_cpus() * 2. + ========== ============================================= + + If SQUASHFS_CHOICE_DECOMP_BY_MOUNT is **not** set and + SQUASHFS_DECOMP_MULTI, SQUASHFS_MOUNT_DECOMP_THREADS are + both set: + + ========== ============================================= + 2|3|... configure the number of threads used for + decompression + + The upper limit is num_online_cpus() * 2. + ========== ============================================= + +=================== ========================================================= + 3. Squashfs Filesystem Design ----------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.rst index 99acc2e986..eebcc0f9e2 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.rst @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ field. This is a pointer to a "struct inode_operations" which describes the methods that can be performed on individual inodes. -struct xattr_handlers +struct xattr_handler --------------------- On filesystems that support extended attributes (xattrs), the s_xattr @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ cache in your filesystem. The following members are defined: bool (*is_partially_uptodate) (struct folio *, size_t from, size_t count); void (*is_dirty_writeback)(struct folio *, bool *, bool *); - int (*error_remove_page) (struct mapping *mapping, struct page *page); + int (*error_remove_folio)(struct mapping *mapping, struct folio *); int (*swap_activate)(struct swap_info_struct *sis, struct file *f, sector_t *span) int (*swap_deactivate)(struct file *); int (*swap_rw)(struct kiocb *iocb, struct iov_iter *iter); @@ -1034,8 +1034,8 @@ cache in your filesystem. The following members are defined: VM if a folio should be treated as dirty or writeback for the purposes of stalling. -``error_remove_page`` - normally set to generic_error_remove_page if truncation is ok +``error_remove_folio`` + normally set to generic_error_remove_folio if truncation is ok for this address space. Used for memory failure handling. Setting this implies you deal with pages going away under you, unless you have them locked or reference counts increased. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-delayed-logging-design.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-delayed-logging-design.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 6402ab8e37..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-delayed-logging-design.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1087 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -================== -XFS Logging Design -================== - -Preamble -======== - -This document describes the design and algorithms that the XFS journalling -subsystem is based on. This document describes the design and algorithms that -the XFS journalling subsystem is based on so that readers may familiarize -themselves with the general concepts of how transaction processing in XFS works. - -We begin with an overview of transactions in XFS, followed by describing how -transaction reservations are structured and accounted, and then move into how we -guarantee forwards progress for long running transactions with finite initial -reservations bounds. At this point we need to explain how relogging works. With -the basic concepts covered, the design of the delayed logging mechanism is -documented. - - -Introduction -============ - -XFS uses Write Ahead Logging for ensuring changes to the filesystem metadata -are atomic and recoverable. For reasons of space and time efficiency, the -logging mechanisms are varied and complex, combining intents, logical and -physical logging mechanisms to provide the necessary recovery guarantees the -filesystem requires. - -Some objects, such as inodes and dquots, are logged in logical format where the -details logged are made up of the changes to in-core structures rather than -on-disk structures. Other objects - typically buffers - have their physical -changes logged. Long running atomic modifications have individual changes -chained together by intents, ensuring that journal recovery can restart and -finish an operation that was only partially done when the system stopped -functioning. - -The reason for these differences is to keep the amount of log space and CPU time -required to process objects being modified as small as possible and hence the -logging overhead as low as possible. Some items are very frequently modified, -and some parts of objects are more frequently modified than others, so keeping -the overhead of metadata logging low is of prime importance. - -The method used to log an item or chain modifications together isn't -particularly important in the scope of this document. It suffices to know that -the method used for logging a particular object or chaining modifications -together are different and are dependent on the object and/or modification being -performed. The logging subsystem only cares that certain specific rules are -followed to guarantee forwards progress and prevent deadlocks. - - -Transactions in XFS -=================== - -XFS has two types of high level transactions, defined by the type of log space -reservation they take. These are known as "one shot" and "permanent" -transactions. Permanent transaction reservations can take reservations that span -commit boundaries, whilst "one shot" transactions are for a single atomic -modification. - -The type and size of reservation must be matched to the modification taking -place. This means that permanent transactions can be used for one-shot -modifications, but one-shot reservations cannot be used for permanent -transactions. - -In the code, a one-shot transaction pattern looks somewhat like this:: - - tp = xfs_trans_alloc() - - - - xfs_trans_commit(tp); - -As items are modified in the transaction, the dirty regions in those items are -tracked via the transaction handle. Once the transaction is committed, all -resources joined to it are released, along with the remaining unused reservation -space that was taken at the transaction allocation time. - -In contrast, a permanent transaction is made up of multiple linked individual -transactions, and the pattern looks like this:: - - tp = xfs_trans_alloc() - xfs_ilock(ip, XFS_ILOCK_EXCL) - - loop { - xfs_trans_ijoin(tp, 0); - - xfs_trans_log_inode(tp, ip); - xfs_trans_roll(&tp); - } - - xfs_trans_commit(tp); - xfs_iunlock(ip, XFS_ILOCK_EXCL); - -While this might look similar to a one-shot transaction, there is an important -difference: xfs_trans_roll() performs a specific operation that links two -transactions together:: - - ntp = xfs_trans_dup(tp); - xfs_trans_commit(tp); - xfs_trans_reserve(ntp); - -This results in a series of "rolling transactions" where the inode is locked -across the entire chain of transactions. Hence while this series of rolling -transactions is running, nothing else can read from or write to the inode and -this provides a mechanism for complex changes to appear atomic from an external -observer's point of view. - -It is important to note that a series of rolling transactions in a permanent -transaction does not form an atomic change in the journal. While each -individual modification is atomic, the chain is *not atomic*. If we crash half -way through, then recovery will only replay up to the last transactional -modification the loop made that was committed to the journal. - -This affects long running permanent transactions in that it is not possible to -predict how much of a long running operation will actually be recovered because -there is no guarantee of how much of the operation reached stale storage. Hence -if a long running operation requires multiple transactions to fully complete, -the high level operation must use intents and deferred operations to guarantee -recovery can complete the operation once the first transactions is persisted in -the on-disk journal. - - -Transactions are Asynchronous -============================= - -In XFS, all high level transactions are asynchronous by default. This means that -xfs_trans_commit() does not guarantee that the modification has been committed -to stable storage when it returns. Hence when a system crashes, not all the -completed transactions will be replayed during recovery. - -However, the logging subsystem does provide global ordering guarantees, such -that if a specific change is seen after recovery, all metadata modifications -that were committed prior to that change will also be seen. - -For single shot operations that need to reach stable storage immediately, or -ensuring that a long running permanent transaction is fully committed once it is -complete, we can explicitly tag a transaction as synchronous. This will trigger -a "log force" to flush the outstanding committed transactions to stable storage -in the journal and wait for that to complete. - -Synchronous transactions are rarely used, however, because they limit logging -throughput to the IO latency limitations of the underlying storage. Instead, we -tend to use log forces to ensure modifications are on stable storage only when -a user operation requires a synchronisation point to occur (e.g. fsync). - - -Transaction Reservations -======================== - -It has been mentioned a number of times now that the logging subsystem needs to -provide a forwards progress guarantee so that no modification ever stalls -because it can't be written to the journal due to a lack of space in the -journal. This is achieved by the transaction reservations that are made when -a transaction is first allocated. For permanent transactions, these reservations -are maintained as part of the transaction rolling mechanism. - -A transaction reservation provides a guarantee that there is physical log space -available to write the modification into the journal before we start making -modifications to objects and items. As such, the reservation needs to be large -enough to take into account the amount of metadata that the change might need to -log in the worst case. This means that if we are modifying a btree in the -transaction, we have to reserve enough space to record a full leaf-to-root split -of the btree. As such, the reservations are quite complex because we have to -take into account all the hidden changes that might occur. - -For example, a user data extent allocation involves allocating an extent from -free space, which modifies the free space trees. That's two btrees. Inserting -the extent into the inode's extent map might require a split of the extent map -btree, which requires another allocation that can modify the free space trees -again. Then we might have to update reverse mappings, which modifies yet -another btree which might require more space. And so on. Hence the amount of -metadata that a "simple" operation can modify can be quite large. - -This "worst case" calculation provides us with the static "unit reservation" -for the transaction that is calculated at mount time. We must guarantee that the -log has this much space available before the transaction is allowed to proceed -so that when we come to write the dirty metadata into the log we don't run out -of log space half way through the write. - -For one-shot transactions, a single unit space reservation is all that is -required for the transaction to proceed. For permanent transactions, however, we -also have a "log count" that affects the size of the reservation that is to be -made. - -While a permanent transaction can get by with a single unit of space -reservation, it is somewhat inefficient to do this as it requires the -transaction rolling mechanism to re-reserve space on every transaction roll. We -know from the implementation of the permanent transactions how many transaction -rolls are likely for the common modifications that need to be made. - -For example, an inode allocation is typically two transactions - one to -physically allocate a free inode chunk on disk, and another to allocate an inode -from an inode chunk that has free inodes in it. Hence for an inode allocation -transaction, we might set the reservation log count to a value of 2 to indicate -that the common/fast path transaction will commit two linked transactions in a -chain. Each time a permanent transaction rolls, it consumes an entire unit -reservation. - -Hence when the permanent transaction is first allocated, the log space -reservation is increased from a single unit reservation to multiple unit -reservations. That multiple is defined by the reservation log count, and this -means we can roll the transaction multiple times before we have to re-reserve -log space when we roll the transaction. This ensures that the common -modifications we make only need to reserve log space once. - -If the log count for a permanent transaction reaches zero, then it needs to -re-reserve physical space in the log. This is somewhat complex, and requires -an understanding of how the log accounts for space that has been reserved. - - -Log Space Accounting -==================== - -The position in the log is typically referred to as a Log Sequence Number (LSN). -The log is circular, so the positions in the log are defined by the combination -of a cycle number - the number of times the log has been overwritten - and the -offset into the log. A LSN carries the cycle in the upper 32 bits and the -offset in the lower 32 bits. The offset is in units of "basic blocks" (512 -bytes). Hence we can do realtively simple LSN based math to keep track of -available space in the log. - -Log space accounting is done via a pair of constructs called "grant heads". The -position of the grant heads is an absolute value, so the amount of space -available in the log is defined by the distance between the position of the -grant head and the current log tail. That is, how much space can be -reserved/consumed before the grant heads would fully wrap the log and overtake -the tail position. - -The first grant head is the "reserve" head. This tracks the byte count of the -reservations currently held by active transactions. It is a purely in-memory -accounting of the space reservation and, as such, actually tracks byte offsets -into the log rather than basic blocks. Hence it technically isn't using LSNs to -represent the log position, but it is still treated like a split {cycle,offset} -tuple for the purposes of tracking reservation space. - -The reserve grant head is used to accurately account for exact transaction -reservations amounts and the exact byte count that modifications actually make -and need to write into the log. The reserve head is used to prevent new -transactions from taking new reservations when the head reaches the current -tail. It will block new reservations in a FIFO queue and as the log tail moves -forward it will wake them in order once sufficient space is available. This FIFO -mechanism ensures no transaction is starved of resources when log space -shortages occur. - -The other grant head is the "write" head. Unlike the reserve head, this grant -head contains an LSN and it tracks the physical space usage in the log. While -this might sound like it is accounting the same state as the reserve grant head -- and it mostly does track exactly the same location as the reserve grant head - -there are critical differences in behaviour between them that provides the -forwards progress guarantees that rolling permanent transactions require. - -These differences when a permanent transaction is rolled and the internal "log -count" reaches zero and the initial set of unit reservations have been -exhausted. At this point, we still require a log space reservation to continue -the next transaction in the sequeunce, but we have none remaining. We cannot -sleep during the transaction commit process waiting for new log space to become -available, as we may end up on the end of the FIFO queue and the items we have -locked while we sleep could end up pinning the tail of the log before there is -enough free space in the log to fulfill all of the pending reservations and -then wake up transaction commit in progress. - -To take a new reservation without sleeping requires us to be able to take a -reservation even if there is no reservation space currently available. That is, -we need to be able to *overcommit* the log reservation space. As has already -been detailed, we cannot overcommit physical log space. However, the reserve -grant head does not track physical space - it only accounts for the amount of -reservations we currently have outstanding. Hence if the reserve head passes -over the tail of the log all it means is that new reservations will be throttled -immediately and remain throttled until the log tail is moved forward far enough -to remove the overcommit and start taking new reservations. In other words, we -can overcommit the reserve head without violating the physical log head and tail -rules. - -As a result, permanent transactions only "regrant" reservation space during -xfs_trans_commit() calls, while the physical log space reservation - tracked by -the write head - is then reserved separately by a call to xfs_log_reserve() -after the commit completes. Once the commit completes, we can sleep waiting for -physical log space to be reserved from the write grant head, but only if one -critical rule has been observed:: - - Code using permanent reservations must always log the items they hold - locked across each transaction they roll in the chain. - -"Re-logging" the locked items on every transaction roll ensures that the items -attached to the transaction chain being rolled are always relocated to the -physical head of the log and so do not pin the tail of the log. If a locked item -pins the tail of the log when we sleep on the write reservation, then we will -deadlock the log as we cannot take the locks needed to write back that item and -move the tail of the log forwards to free up write grant space. Re-logging the -locked items avoids this deadlock and guarantees that the log reservation we are -making cannot self-deadlock. - -If all rolling transactions obey this rule, then they can all make forwards -progress independently because nothing will block the progress of the log -tail moving forwards and hence ensuring that write grant space is always -(eventually) made available to permanent transactions no matter how many times -they roll. - - -Re-logging Explained -==================== - -XFS allows multiple separate modifications to a single object to be carried in -the log at any given time. This allows the log to avoid needing to flush each -change to disk before recording a new change to the object. XFS does this via a -method called "re-logging". Conceptually, this is quite simple - all it requires -is that any new change to the object is recorded with a *new copy* of all the -existing changes in the new transaction that is written to the log. - -That is, if we have a sequence of changes A through to F, and the object was -written to disk after change D, we would see in the log the following series -of transactions, their contents and the log sequence number (LSN) of the -transaction:: - - Transaction Contents LSN - A A X - B A+B X+n - C A+B+C X+n+m - D A+B+C+D X+n+m+o - - E E Y (> X+n+m+o) - F E+F Y+p - -In other words, each time an object is relogged, the new transaction contains -the aggregation of all the previous changes currently held only in the log. - -This relogging technique allows objects to be moved forward in the log so that -an object being relogged does not prevent the tail of the log from ever moving -forward. This can be seen in the table above by the changing (increasing) LSN -of each subsequent transaction, and it's the technique that allows us to -implement long-running, multiple-commit permanent transactions. - -A typical example of a rolling transaction is the removal of extents from an -inode which can only be done at a rate of two extents per transaction because -of reservation size limitations. Hence a rolling extent removal transaction -keeps relogging the inode and btree buffers as they get modified in each -removal operation. This keeps them moving forward in the log as the operation -progresses, ensuring that current operation never gets blocked by itself if the -log wraps around. - -Hence it can be seen that the relogging operation is fundamental to the correct -working of the XFS journalling subsystem. From the above description, most -people should be able to see why the XFS metadata operations writes so much to -the log - repeated operations to the same objects write the same changes to -the log over and over again. Worse is the fact that objects tend to get -dirtier as they get relogged, so each subsequent transaction is writing more -metadata into the log. - -It should now also be obvious how relogging and asynchronous transactions go -hand in hand. That is, transactions don't get written to the physical journal -until either a log buffer is filled (a log buffer can hold multiple -transactions) or a synchronous operation forces the log buffers holding the -transactions to disk. This means that XFS is doing aggregation of transactions -in memory - batching them, if you like - to minimise the impact of the log IO on -transaction throughput. - -The limitation on asynchronous transaction throughput is the number and size of -log buffers made available by the log manager. By default there are 8 log -buffers available and the size of each is 32kB - the size can be increased up -to 256kB by use of a mount option. - -Effectively, this gives us the maximum bound of outstanding metadata changes -that can be made to the filesystem at any point in time - if all the log -buffers are full and under IO, then no more transactions can be committed until -the current batch completes. It is now common for a single current CPU core to -be to able to issue enough transactions to keep the log buffers full and under -IO permanently. Hence the XFS journalling subsystem can be considered to be IO -bound. - -Delayed Logging: Concepts -========================= - -The key thing to note about the asynchronous logging combined with the -relogging technique XFS uses is that we can be relogging changed objects -multiple times before they are committed to disk in the log buffers. If we -return to the previous relogging example, it is entirely possible that -transactions A through D are committed to disk in the same log buffer. - -That is, a single log buffer may contain multiple copies of the same object, -but only one of those copies needs to be there - the last one "D", as it -contains all the changes from the previous changes. In other words, we have one -necessary copy in the log buffer, and three stale copies that are simply -wasting space. When we are doing repeated operations on the same set of -objects, these "stale objects" can be over 90% of the space used in the log -buffers. It is clear that reducing the number of stale objects written to the -log would greatly reduce the amount of metadata we write to the log, and this -is the fundamental goal of delayed logging. - -From a conceptual point of view, XFS is already doing relogging in memory (where -memory == log buffer), only it is doing it extremely inefficiently. It is using -logical to physical formatting to do the relogging because there is no -infrastructure to keep track of logical changes in memory prior to physically -formatting the changes in a transaction to the log buffer. Hence we cannot avoid -accumulating stale objects in the log buffers. - -Delayed logging is the name we've given to keeping and tracking transactional -changes to objects in memory outside the log buffer infrastructure. Because of -the relogging concept fundamental to the XFS journalling subsystem, this is -actually relatively easy to do - all the changes to logged items are already -tracked in the current infrastructure. The big problem is how to accumulate -them and get them to the log in a consistent, recoverable manner. -Describing the problems and how they have been solved is the focus of this -document. - -One of the key changes that delayed logging makes to the operation of the -journalling subsystem is that it disassociates the amount of outstanding -metadata changes from the size and number of log buffers available. In other -words, instead of there only being a maximum of 2MB of transaction changes not -written to the log at any point in time, there may be a much greater amount -being accumulated in memory. Hence the potential for loss of metadata on a -crash is much greater than for the existing logging mechanism. - -It should be noted that this does not change the guarantee that log recovery -will result in a consistent filesystem. What it does mean is that as far as the -recovered filesystem is concerned, there may be many thousands of transactions -that simply did not occur as a result of the crash. This makes it even more -important that applications that care about their data use fsync() where they -need to ensure application level data integrity is maintained. - -It should be noted that delayed logging is not an innovative new concept that -warrants rigorous proofs to determine whether it is correct or not. The method -of accumulating changes in memory for some period before writing them to the -log is used effectively in many filesystems including ext3 and ext4. Hence -no time is spent in this document trying to convince the reader that the -concept is sound. Instead it is simply considered a "solved problem" and as -such implementing it in XFS is purely an exercise in software engineering. - -The fundamental requirements for delayed logging in XFS are simple: - - 1. Reduce the amount of metadata written to the log by at least - an order of magnitude. - 2. Supply sufficient statistics to validate Requirement #1. - 3. Supply sufficient new tracing infrastructure to be able to debug - problems with the new code. - 4. No on-disk format change (metadata or log format). - 5. Enable and disable with a mount option. - 6. No performance regressions for synchronous transaction workloads. - -Delayed Logging: Design -======================= - -Storing Changes ---------------- - -The problem with accumulating changes at a logical level (i.e. just using the -existing log item dirty region tracking) is that when it comes to writing the -changes to the log buffers, we need to ensure that the object we are formatting -is not changing while we do this. This requires locking the object to prevent -concurrent modification. Hence flushing the logical changes to the log would -require us to lock every object, format them, and then unlock them again. - -This introduces lots of scope for deadlocks with transactions that are already -running. For example, a transaction has object A locked and modified, but needs -the delayed logging tracking lock to commit the transaction. However, the -flushing thread has the delayed logging tracking lock already held, and is -trying to get the lock on object A to flush it to the log buffer. This appears -to be an unsolvable deadlock condition, and it was solving this problem that -was the barrier to implementing delayed logging for so long. - -The solution is relatively simple - it just took a long time to recognise it. -Put simply, the current logging code formats the changes to each item into an -vector array that points to the changed regions in the item. The log write code -simply copies the memory these vectors point to into the log buffer during -transaction commit while the item is locked in the transaction. Instead of -using the log buffer as the destination of the formatting code, we can use an -allocated memory buffer big enough to fit the formatted vector. - -If we then copy the vector into the memory buffer and rewrite the vector to -point to the memory buffer rather than the object itself, we now have a copy of -the changes in a format that is compatible with the log buffer writing code. -that does not require us to lock the item to access. This formatting and -rewriting can all be done while the object is locked during transaction commit, -resulting in a vector that is transactionally consistent and can be accessed -without needing to lock the owning item. - -Hence we avoid the need to lock items when we need to flush outstanding -asynchronous transactions to the log. The differences between the existing -formatting method and the delayed logging formatting can be seen in the -diagram below. - -Current format log vector:: - - Object +---------------------------------------------+ - Vector 1 +----+ - Vector 2 +----+ - Vector 3 +----------+ - -After formatting:: - - Log Buffer +-V1-+-V2-+----V3----+ - -Delayed logging vector:: - - Object +---------------------------------------------+ - Vector 1 +----+ - Vector 2 +----+ - Vector 3 +----------+ - -After formatting:: - - Memory Buffer +-V1-+-V2-+----V3----+ - Vector 1 +----+ - Vector 2 +----+ - Vector 3 +----------+ - -The memory buffer and associated vector need to be passed as a single object, -but still need to be associated with the parent object so if the object is -relogged we can replace the current memory buffer with a new memory buffer that -contains the latest changes. - -The reason for keeping the vector around after we've formatted the memory -buffer is to support splitting vectors across log buffer boundaries correctly. -If we don't keep the vector around, we do not know where the region boundaries -are in the item, so we'd need a new encapsulation method for regions in the log -buffer writing (i.e. double encapsulation). This would be an on-disk format -change and as such is not desirable. It also means we'd have to write the log -region headers in the formatting stage, which is problematic as there is per -region state that needs to be placed into the headers during the log write. - -Hence we need to keep the vector, but by attaching the memory buffer to it and -rewriting the vector addresses to point at the memory buffer we end up with a -self-describing object that can be passed to the log buffer write code to be -handled in exactly the same manner as the existing log vectors are handled. -Hence we avoid needing a new on-disk format to handle items that have been -relogged in memory. - - -Tracking Changes ----------------- - -Now that we can record transactional changes in memory in a form that allows -them to be used without limitations, we need to be able to track and accumulate -them so that they can be written to the log at some later point in time. The -log item is the natural place to store this vector and buffer, and also makes sense -to be the object that is used to track committed objects as it will always -exist once the object has been included in a transaction. - -The log item is already used to track the log items that have been written to -the log but not yet written to disk. Such log items are considered "active" -and as such are stored in the Active Item List (AIL) which is a LSN-ordered -double linked list. Items are inserted into this list during log buffer IO -completion, after which they are unpinned and can be written to disk. An object -that is in the AIL can be relogged, which causes the object to be pinned again -and then moved forward in the AIL when the log buffer IO completes for that -transaction. - -Essentially, this shows that an item that is in the AIL can still be modified -and relogged, so any tracking must be separate to the AIL infrastructure. As -such, we cannot reuse the AIL list pointers for tracking committed items, nor -can we store state in any field that is protected by the AIL lock. Hence the -committed item tracking needs its own locks, lists and state fields in the log -item. - -Similar to the AIL, tracking of committed items is done through a new list -called the Committed Item List (CIL). The list tracks log items that have been -committed and have formatted memory buffers attached to them. It tracks objects -in transaction commit order, so when an object is relogged it is removed from -its place in the list and re-inserted at the tail. This is entirely arbitrary -and done to make it easy for debugging - the last items in the list are the -ones that are most recently modified. Ordering of the CIL is not necessary for -transactional integrity (as discussed in the next section) so the ordering is -done for convenience/sanity of the developers. - - -Delayed Logging: Checkpoints ----------------------------- - -When we have a log synchronisation event, commonly known as a "log force", -all the items in the CIL must be written into the log via the log buffers. -We need to write these items in the order that they exist in the CIL, and they -need to be written as an atomic transaction. The need for all the objects to be -written as an atomic transaction comes from the requirements of relogging and -log replay - all the changes in all the objects in a given transaction must -either be completely replayed during log recovery, or not replayed at all. If -a transaction is not replayed because it is not complete in the log, then -no later transactions should be replayed, either. - -To fulfill this requirement, we need to write the entire CIL in a single log -transaction. Fortunately, the XFS log code has no fixed limit on the size of a -transaction, nor does the log replay code. The only fundamental limit is that -the transaction cannot be larger than just under half the size of the log. The -reason for this limit is that to find the head and tail of the log, there must -be at least one complete transaction in the log at any given time. If a -transaction is larger than half the log, then there is the possibility that a -crash during the write of a such a transaction could partially overwrite the -only complete previous transaction in the log. This will result in a recovery -failure and an inconsistent filesystem and hence we must enforce the maximum -size of a checkpoint to be slightly less than a half the log. - -Apart from this size requirement, a checkpoint transaction looks no different -to any other transaction - it contains a transaction header, a series of -formatted log items and a commit record at the tail. From a recovery -perspective, the checkpoint transaction is also no different - just a lot -bigger with a lot more items in it. The worst case effect of this is that we -might need to tune the recovery transaction object hash size. - -Because the checkpoint is just another transaction and all the changes to log -items are stored as log vectors, we can use the existing log buffer writing -code to write the changes into the log. To do this efficiently, we need to -minimise the time we hold the CIL locked while writing the checkpoint -transaction. The current log write code enables us to do this easily with the -way it separates the writing of the transaction contents (the log vectors) from -the transaction commit record, but tracking this requires us to have a -per-checkpoint context that travels through the log write process through to -checkpoint completion. - -Hence a checkpoint has a context that tracks the state of the current -checkpoint from initiation to checkpoint completion. A new context is initiated -at the same time a checkpoint transaction is started. That is, when we remove -all the current items from the CIL during a checkpoint operation, we move all -those changes into the current checkpoint context. We then initialise a new -context and attach that to the CIL for aggregation of new transactions. - -This allows us to unlock the CIL immediately after transfer of all the -committed items and effectively allows new transactions to be issued while we -are formatting the checkpoint into the log. It also allows concurrent -checkpoints to be written into the log buffers in the case of log force heavy -workloads, just like the existing transaction commit code does. This, however, -requires that we strictly order the commit records in the log so that -checkpoint sequence order is maintained during log replay. - -To ensure that we can be writing an item into a checkpoint transaction at -the same time another transaction modifies the item and inserts the log item -into the new CIL, then checkpoint transaction commit code cannot use log items -to store the list of log vectors that need to be written into the transaction. -Hence log vectors need to be able to be chained together to allow them to be -detached from the log items. That is, when the CIL is flushed the memory -buffer and log vector attached to each log item needs to be attached to the -checkpoint context so that the log item can be released. In diagrammatic form, -the CIL would look like this before the flush:: - - CIL Head - | - V - Log Item <-> log vector 1 -> memory buffer - | -> vector array - V - Log Item <-> log vector 2 -> memory buffer - | -> vector array - V - ...... - | - V - Log Item <-> log vector N-1 -> memory buffer - | -> vector array - V - Log Item <-> log vector N -> memory buffer - -> vector array - -And after the flush the CIL head is empty, and the checkpoint context log -vector list would look like:: - - Checkpoint Context - | - V - log vector 1 -> memory buffer - | -> vector array - | -> Log Item - V - log vector 2 -> memory buffer - | -> vector array - | -> Log Item - V - ...... - | - V - log vector N-1 -> memory buffer - | -> vector array - | -> Log Item - V - log vector N -> memory buffer - -> vector array - -> Log Item - -Once this transfer is done, the CIL can be unlocked and new transactions can -start, while the checkpoint flush code works over the log vector chain to -commit the checkpoint. - -Once the checkpoint is written into the log buffers, the checkpoint context is -attached to the log buffer that the commit record was written to along with a -completion callback. Log IO completion will call that callback, which can then -run transaction committed processing for the log items (i.e. insert into AIL -and unpin) in the log vector chain and then free the log vector chain and -checkpoint context. - -Discussion Point: I am uncertain as to whether the log item is the most -efficient way to track vectors, even though it seems like the natural way to do -it. The fact that we walk the log items (in the CIL) just to chain the log -vectors and break the link between the log item and the log vector means that -we take a cache line hit for the log item list modification, then another for -the log vector chaining. If we track by the log vectors, then we only need to -break the link between the log item and the log vector, which means we should -dirty only the log item cachelines. Normally I wouldn't be concerned about one -vs two dirty cachelines except for the fact I've seen upwards of 80,000 log -vectors in one checkpoint transaction. I'd guess this is a "measure and -compare" situation that can be done after a working and reviewed implementation -is in the dev tree.... - -Delayed Logging: Checkpoint Sequencing --------------------------------------- - -One of the key aspects of the XFS transaction subsystem is that it tags -committed transactions with the log sequence number of the transaction commit. -This allows transactions to be issued asynchronously even though there may be -future operations that cannot be completed until that transaction is fully -committed to the log. In the rare case that a dependent operation occurs (e.g. -re-using a freed metadata extent for a data extent), a special, optimised log -force can be issued to force the dependent transaction to disk immediately. - -To do this, transactions need to record the LSN of the commit record of the -transaction. This LSN comes directly from the log buffer the transaction is -written into. While this works just fine for the existing transaction -mechanism, it does not work for delayed logging because transactions are not -written directly into the log buffers. Hence some other method of sequencing -transactions is required. - -As discussed in the checkpoint section, delayed logging uses per-checkpoint -contexts, and as such it is simple to assign a sequence number to each -checkpoint. Because the switching of checkpoint contexts must be done -atomically, it is simple to ensure that each new context has a monotonically -increasing sequence number assigned to it without the need for an external -atomic counter - we can just take the current context sequence number and add -one to it for the new context. - -Then, instead of assigning a log buffer LSN to the transaction commit LSN -during the commit, we can assign the current checkpoint sequence. This allows -operations that track transactions that have not yet completed know what -checkpoint sequence needs to be committed before they can continue. As a -result, the code that forces the log to a specific LSN now needs to ensure that -the log forces to a specific checkpoint. - -To ensure that we can do this, we need to track all the checkpoint contexts -that are currently committing to the log. When we flush a checkpoint, the -context gets added to a "committing" list which can be searched. When a -checkpoint commit completes, it is removed from the committing list. Because -the checkpoint context records the LSN of the commit record for the checkpoint, -we can also wait on the log buffer that contains the commit record, thereby -using the existing log force mechanisms to execute synchronous forces. - -It should be noted that the synchronous forces may need to be extended with -mitigation algorithms similar to the current log buffer code to allow -aggregation of multiple synchronous transactions if there are already -synchronous transactions being flushed. Investigation of the performance of the -current design is needed before making any decisions here. - -The main concern with log forces is to ensure that all the previous checkpoints -are also committed to disk before the one we need to wait for. Therefore we -need to check that all the prior contexts in the committing list are also -complete before waiting on the one we need to complete. We do this -synchronisation in the log force code so that we don't need to wait anywhere -else for such serialisation - it only matters when we do a log force. - -The only remaining complexity is that a log force now also has to handle the -case where the forcing sequence number is the same as the current context. That -is, we need to flush the CIL and potentially wait for it to complete. This is a -simple addition to the existing log forcing code to check the sequence numbers -and push if required. Indeed, placing the current sequence checkpoint flush in -the log force code enables the current mechanism for issuing synchronous -transactions to remain untouched (i.e. commit an asynchronous transaction, then -force the log at the LSN of that transaction) and so the higher level code -behaves the same regardless of whether delayed logging is being used or not. - -Delayed Logging: Checkpoint Log Space Accounting ------------------------------------------------- - -The big issue for a checkpoint transaction is the log space reservation for the -transaction. We don't know how big a checkpoint transaction is going to be -ahead of time, nor how many log buffers it will take to write out, nor the -number of split log vector regions are going to be used. We can track the -amount of log space required as we add items to the commit item list, but we -still need to reserve the space in the log for the checkpoint. - -A typical transaction reserves enough space in the log for the worst case space -usage of the transaction. The reservation accounts for log record headers, -transaction and region headers, headers for split regions, buffer tail padding, -etc. as well as the actual space for all the changed metadata in the -transaction. While some of this is fixed overhead, much of it is dependent on -the size of the transaction and the number of regions being logged (the number -of log vectors in the transaction). - -An example of the differences would be logging directory changes versus logging -inode changes. If you modify lots of inode cores (e.g. ``chmod -R g+w *``), then -there are lots of transactions that only contain an inode core and an inode log -format structure. That is, two vectors totaling roughly 150 bytes. If we modify -10,000 inodes, we have about 1.5MB of metadata to write in 20,000 vectors. Each -vector is 12 bytes, so the total to be logged is approximately 1.75MB. In -comparison, if we are logging full directory buffers, they are typically 4KB -each, so we in 1.5MB of directory buffers we'd have roughly 400 buffers and a -buffer format structure for each buffer - roughly 800 vectors or 1.51MB total -space. From this, it should be obvious that a static log space reservation is -not particularly flexible and is difficult to select the "optimal value" for -all workloads. - -Further, if we are going to use a static reservation, which bit of the entire -reservation does it cover? We account for space used by the transaction -reservation by tracking the space currently used by the object in the CIL and -then calculating the increase or decrease in space used as the object is -relogged. This allows for a checkpoint reservation to only have to account for -log buffer metadata used such as log header records. - -However, even using a static reservation for just the log metadata is -problematic. Typically log record headers use at least 16KB of log space per -1MB of log space consumed (512 bytes per 32k) and the reservation needs to be -large enough to handle arbitrary sized checkpoint transactions. This -reservation needs to be made before the checkpoint is started, and we need to -be able to reserve the space without sleeping. For a 8MB checkpoint, we need a -reservation of around 150KB, which is a non-trivial amount of space. - -A static reservation needs to manipulate the log grant counters - we can take a -permanent reservation on the space, but we still need to make sure we refresh -the write reservation (the actual space available to the transaction) after -every checkpoint transaction completion. Unfortunately, if this space is not -available when required, then the regrant code will sleep waiting for it. - -The problem with this is that it can lead to deadlocks as we may need to commit -checkpoints to be able to free up log space (refer back to the description of -rolling transactions for an example of this). Hence we *must* always have -space available in the log if we are to use static reservations, and that is -very difficult and complex to arrange. It is possible to do, but there is a -simpler way. - -The simpler way of doing this is tracking the entire log space used by the -items in the CIL and using this to dynamically calculate the amount of log -space required by the log metadata. If this log metadata space changes as a -result of a transaction commit inserting a new memory buffer into the CIL, then -the difference in space required is removed from the transaction that causes -the change. Transactions at this level will *always* have enough space -available in their reservation for this as they have already reserved the -maximal amount of log metadata space they require, and such a delta reservation -will always be less than or equal to the maximal amount in the reservation. - -Hence we can grow the checkpoint transaction reservation dynamically as items -are added to the CIL and avoid the need for reserving and regranting log space -up front. This avoids deadlocks and removes a blocking point from the -checkpoint flush code. - -As mentioned early, transactions can't grow to more than half the size of the -log. Hence as part of the reservation growing, we need to also check the size -of the reservation against the maximum allowed transaction size. If we reach -the maximum threshold, we need to push the CIL to the log. This is effectively -a "background flush" and is done on demand. This is identical to -a CIL push triggered by a log force, only that there is no waiting for the -checkpoint commit to complete. This background push is checked and executed by -transaction commit code. - -If the transaction subsystem goes idle while we still have items in the CIL, -they will be flushed by the periodic log force issued by the xfssyncd. This log -force will push the CIL to disk, and if the transaction subsystem stays idle, -allow the idle log to be covered (effectively marked clean) in exactly the same -manner that is done for the existing logging method. A discussion point is -whether this log force needs to be done more frequently than the current rate -which is once every 30s. - - -Delayed Logging: Log Item Pinning ---------------------------------- - -Currently log items are pinned during transaction commit while the items are -still locked. This happens just after the items are formatted, though it could -be done any time before the items are unlocked. The result of this mechanism is -that items get pinned once for every transaction that is committed to the log -buffers. Hence items that are relogged in the log buffers will have a pin count -for every outstanding transaction they were dirtied in. When each of these -transactions is completed, they will unpin the item once. As a result, the item -only becomes unpinned when all the transactions complete and there are no -pending transactions. Thus the pinning and unpinning of a log item is symmetric -as there is a 1:1 relationship with transaction commit and log item completion. - -For delayed logging, however, we have an asymmetric transaction commit to -completion relationship. Every time an object is relogged in the CIL it goes -through the commit process without a corresponding completion being registered. -That is, we now have a many-to-one relationship between transaction commit and -log item completion. The result of this is that pinning and unpinning of the -log items becomes unbalanced if we retain the "pin on transaction commit, unpin -on transaction completion" model. - -To keep pin/unpin symmetry, the algorithm needs to change to a "pin on -insertion into the CIL, unpin on checkpoint completion". In other words, the -pinning and unpinning becomes symmetric around a checkpoint context. We have to -pin the object the first time it is inserted into the CIL - if it is already in -the CIL during a transaction commit, then we do not pin it again. Because there -can be multiple outstanding checkpoint contexts, we can still see elevated pin -counts, but as each checkpoint completes the pin count will retain the correct -value according to its context. - -Just to make matters slightly more complex, this checkpoint level context -for the pin count means that the pinning of an item must take place under the -CIL commit/flush lock. If we pin the object outside this lock, we cannot -guarantee which context the pin count is associated with. This is because of -the fact pinning the item is dependent on whether the item is present in the -current CIL or not. If we don't pin the CIL first before we check and pin the -object, we have a race with CIL being flushed between the check and the pin -(or not pinning, as the case may be). Hence we must hold the CIL flush/commit -lock to guarantee that we pin the items correctly. - -Delayed Logging: Concurrent Scalability ---------------------------------------- - -A fundamental requirement for the CIL is that accesses through transaction -commits must scale to many concurrent commits. The current transaction commit -code does not break down even when there are transactions coming from 2048 -processors at once. The current transaction code does not go any faster than if -there was only one CPU using it, but it does not slow down either. - -As a result, the delayed logging transaction commit code needs to be designed -for concurrency from the ground up. It is obvious that there are serialisation -points in the design - the three important ones are: - - 1. Locking out new transaction commits while flushing the CIL - 2. Adding items to the CIL and updating item space accounting - 3. Checkpoint commit ordering - -Looking at the transaction commit and CIL flushing interactions, it is clear -that we have a many-to-one interaction here. That is, the only restriction on -the number of concurrent transactions that can be trying to commit at once is -the amount of space available in the log for their reservations. The practical -limit here is in the order of several hundred concurrent transactions for a -128MB log, which means that it is generally one per CPU in a machine. - -The amount of time a transaction commit needs to hold out a flush is a -relatively long period of time - the pinning of log items needs to be done -while we are holding out a CIL flush, so at the moment that means it is held -across the formatting of the objects into memory buffers (i.e. while memcpy()s -are in progress). Ultimately a two pass algorithm where the formatting is done -separately to the pinning of objects could be used to reduce the hold time of -the transaction commit side. - -Because of the number of potential transaction commit side holders, the lock -really needs to be a sleeping lock - if the CIL flush takes the lock, we do not -want every other CPU in the machine spinning on the CIL lock. Given that -flushing the CIL could involve walking a list of tens of thousands of log -items, it will get held for a significant time and so spin contention is a -significant concern. Preventing lots of CPUs spinning doing nothing is the -main reason for choosing a sleeping lock even though nothing in either the -transaction commit or CIL flush side sleeps with the lock held. - -It should also be noted that CIL flushing is also a relatively rare operation -compared to transaction commit for asynchronous transaction workloads - only -time will tell if using a read-write semaphore for exclusion will limit -transaction commit concurrency due to cache line bouncing of the lock on the -read side. - -The second serialisation point is on the transaction commit side where items -are inserted into the CIL. Because transactions can enter this code -concurrently, the CIL needs to be protected separately from the above -commit/flush exclusion. It also needs to be an exclusive lock but it is only -held for a very short time and so a spin lock is appropriate here. It is -possible that this lock will become a contention point, but given the short -hold time once per transaction I think that contention is unlikely. - -The final serialisation point is the checkpoint commit record ordering code -that is run as part of the checkpoint commit and log force sequencing. The code -path that triggers a CIL flush (i.e. whatever triggers the log force) will enter -an ordering loop after writing all the log vectors into the log buffers but -before writing the commit record. This loop walks the list of committing -checkpoints and needs to block waiting for checkpoints to complete their commit -record write. As a result it needs a lock and a wait variable. Log force -sequencing also requires the same lock, list walk, and blocking mechanism to -ensure completion of checkpoints. - -These two sequencing operations can use the mechanism even though the -events they are waiting for are different. The checkpoint commit record -sequencing needs to wait until checkpoint contexts contain a commit LSN -(obtained through completion of a commit record write) while log force -sequencing needs to wait until previous checkpoint contexts are removed from -the committing list (i.e. they've completed). A simple wait variable and -broadcast wakeups (thundering herds) has been used to implement these two -serialisation queues. They use the same lock as the CIL, too. If we see too -much contention on the CIL lock, or too many context switches as a result of -the broadcast wakeups these operations can be put under a new spinlock and -given separate wait lists to reduce lock contention and the number of processes -woken by the wrong event. - - -Lifecycle Changes ------------------ - -The existing log item life cycle is as follows:: - - 1. Transaction allocate - 2. Transaction reserve - 3. Lock item - 4. Join item to transaction - If not already attached, - Allocate log item - Attach log item to owner item - Attach log item to transaction - 5. Modify item - Record modifications in log item - 6. Transaction commit - Pin item in memory - Format item into log buffer - Write commit LSN into transaction - Unlock item - Attach transaction to log buffer - - - - - 7. Transaction completion - Mark log item committed - Insert log item into AIL - Write commit LSN into log item - Unpin log item - 8. AIL traversal - Lock item - Mark log item clean - Flush item to disk - - - - 9. Log item removed from AIL - Moves log tail - Item unlocked - -Essentially, steps 1-6 operate independently from step 7, which is also -independent of steps 8-9. An item can be locked in steps 1-6 or steps 8-9 -at the same time step 7 is occurring, but only steps 1-6 or 8-9 can occur -at the same time. If the log item is in the AIL or between steps 6 and 7 -and steps 1-6 are re-entered, then the item is relogged. Only when steps 8-9 -are entered and completed is the object considered clean. - -With delayed logging, there are new steps inserted into the life cycle:: - - 1. Transaction allocate - 2. Transaction reserve - 3. Lock item - 4. Join item to transaction - If not already attached, - Allocate log item - Attach log item to owner item - Attach log item to transaction - 5. Modify item - Record modifications in log item - 6. Transaction commit - Pin item in memory if not pinned in CIL - Format item into log vector + buffer - Attach log vector and buffer to log item - Insert log item into CIL - Write CIL context sequence into transaction - Unlock item - - - - 7. CIL push - lock CIL flush - Chain log vectors and buffers together - Remove items from CIL - unlock CIL flush - write log vectors into log - sequence commit records - attach checkpoint context to log buffer - - - - - 8. Checkpoint completion - Mark log item committed - Insert item into AIL - Write commit LSN into log item - Unpin log item - 9. AIL traversal - Lock item - Mark log item clean - Flush item to disk - - 10. Log item removed from AIL - Moves log tail - Item unlocked - -From this, it can be seen that the only life cycle differences between the two -logging methods are in the middle of the life cycle - they still have the same -beginning and end and execution constraints. The only differences are in the -committing of the log items to the log itself and the completion processing. -Hence delayed logging should not introduce any constraints on log item -behaviour, allocation or freeing that don't already exist. - -As a result of this zero-impact "insertion" of delayed logging infrastructure -and the design of the internal structures to avoid on disk format changes, we -can basically switch between delayed logging and the existing mechanism with a -mount option. Fundamentally, there is no reason why the log manager would not -be able to swap methods automatically and transparently depending on load -characteristics, but this should not be necessary if delayed logging works as -designed. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-maintainer-entry-profile.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-maintainer-entry-profile.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 32b6ac4ca9..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-maintainer-entry-profile.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,194 +0,0 @@ -XFS Maintainer Entry Profile -============================ - -Overview --------- -XFS is a well known high-performance filesystem in the Linux kernel. -The aim of this project is to provide and maintain a robust and -performant filesystem. - -Patches are generally merged to the for-next branch of the appropriate -git repository. -After a testing period, the for-next branch is merged to the master -branch. - -Kernel code are merged to the xfs-linux tree[0]. -Userspace code are merged to the xfsprogs tree[1]. -Test cases are merged to the xfstests tree[2]. -Ondisk format documentation are merged to the xfs-documentation tree[3]. - -All patchsets involving XFS *must* be cc'd in their entirety to the mailing -list linux-xfs@vger.kernel.org. - -Roles ------ -There are eight key roles in the XFS project. -A person can take on multiple roles, and a role can be filled by -multiple people. -Anyone taking on a role is advised to check in with themselves and -others on a regular basis about burnout. - -- **Outside Contributor**: Anyone who sends a patch but is not involved - in the XFS project on a regular basis. - These folks are usually people who work on other filesystems or - elsewhere in the kernel community. - -- **Developer**: Someone who is familiar with the XFS codebase enough to - write new code, documentation, and tests. - - Developers can often be found in the IRC channel mentioned by the ``C:`` - entry in the kernel MAINTAINERS file. - -- **Senior Developer**: A developer who is very familiar with at least - some part of the XFS codebase and/or other subsystems in the kernel. - These people collectively decide the long term goals of the project - and nudge the community in that direction. - They should help prioritize development and review work for each release - cycle. - - Senior developers tend to be more active participants in the IRC channel. - -- **Reviewer**: Someone (most likely also a developer) who reads code - submissions to decide: - - 0. Is the idea behind the contribution sound? - 1. Does the idea fit the goals of the project? - 2. Is the contribution designed correctly? - 3. Is the contribution polished? - 4. Can the contribution be tested effectively? - - Reviewers should identify themselves with an ``R:`` entry in the kernel - and fstests MAINTAINERS files. - -- **Testing Lead**: This person is responsible for setting the test - coverage goals of the project, negotiating with developers to decide - on new tests for new features, and making sure that developers and - release managers execute on the testing. - - The testing lead should identify themselves with an ``M:`` entry in - the XFS section of the fstests MAINTAINERS file. - -- **Bug Triager**: Someone who examines incoming bug reports in just - enough detail to identify the person to whom the report should be - forwarded. - - The bug triagers should identify themselves with a ``B:`` entry in - the kernel MAINTAINERS file. - -- **Release Manager**: This person merges reviewed patchsets into an - integration branch, tests the result locally, pushes the branch to a - public git repository, and sends pull requests further upstream. - The release manager is not expected to work on new feature patchsets. - If a developer and a reviewer fail to reach a resolution on some point, - the release manager must have the ability to intervene to try to drive a - resolution. - - The release manager should identify themselves with an ``M:`` entry in - the kernel MAINTAINERS file. - -- **Community Manager**: This person calls and moderates meetings of as many - XFS participants as they can get when mailing list discussions prove - insufficient for collective decisionmaking. - They may also serve as liaison between managers of the organizations - sponsoring work on any part of XFS. - -- **LTS Maintainer**: Someone who backports and tests bug fixes from - uptream to the LTS kernels. - There tend to be six separate LTS trees at any given time. - - The maintainer for a given LTS release should identify themselves with an - ``M:`` entry in the MAINTAINERS file for that LTS tree. - Unmaintained LTS kernels should be marked with status ``S: Orphan`` in that - same file. - -Submission Checklist Addendum ------------------------------ -Please follow these additional rules when submitting to XFS: - -- Patches affecting only the filesystem itself should be based against - the latest -rc or the for-next branch. - These patches will be merged back to the for-next branch. - -- Authors of patches touching other subsystems need to coordinate with - the maintainers of XFS and the relevant subsystems to decide how to - proceed with a merge. - -- Any patchset changing XFS should be cc'd in its entirety to linux-xfs. - Do not send partial patchsets; that makes analysis of the broader - context of the changes unnecessarily difficult. - -- Anyone making kernel changes that have corresponding changes to the - userspace utilities should send the userspace changes as separate - patchsets immediately after the kernel patchsets. - -- Authors of bug fix patches are expected to use fstests[2] to perform - an A/B test of the patch to determine that there are no regressions. - When possible, a new regression test case should be written for - fstests. - -- Authors of new feature patchsets must ensure that fstests will have - appropriate functional and input corner-case test cases for the new - feature. - -- When implementing a new feature, it is strongly suggested that the - developers write a design document to answer the following questions: - - * **What** problem is this trying to solve? - - * **Who** will benefit from this solution, and **where** will they - access it? - - * **How** will this new feature work? This should touch on major data - structures and algorithms supporting the solution at a higher level - than code comments. - - * **What** userspace interfaces are necessary to build off of the new - features? - - * **How** will this work be tested to ensure that it solves the - problems laid out in the design document without causing new - problems? - - The design document should be committed in the kernel documentation - directory. - It may be omitted if the feature is already well known to the - community. - -- Patchsets for the new tests should be submitted as separate patchsets - immediately after the kernel and userspace code patchsets. - -- Changes to the on-disk format of XFS must be described in the ondisk - format document[3] and submitted as a patchset after the fstests - patchsets. - -- Patchsets implementing bug fixes and further code cleanups should put - the bug fixes at the beginning of the series to ease backporting. - -Key Release Cycle Dates ------------------------ -Bug fixes may be sent at any time, though the release manager may decide to -defer a patch when the next merge window is close. - -Code submissions targeting the next merge window should be sent between --rc1 and -rc6. -This gives the community time to review the changes, to suggest other changes, -and for the author to retest those changes. - -Code submissions also requiring changes to fs/iomap and targeting the -next merge window should be sent between -rc1 and -rc4. -This allows the broader kernel community adequate time to test the -infrastructure changes. - -Review Cadence --------------- -In general, please wait at least one week before pinging for feedback. -To find reviewers, either consult the MAINTAINERS file, or ask -developers that have Reviewed-by tags for XFS changes to take a look and -offer their opinion. - -References ----------- -| [0] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/xfs/xfs-linux.git/ -| [1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/xfs/xfsprogs-dev.git/ -| [2] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/xfs/xfstests-dev.git/ -| [3] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/xfs/xfs-documentation.git/ diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst deleted file mode 100644 index a0678101a7..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5315 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 -.. _xfs_online_fsck_design: - -.. - Mapping of heading styles within this document: - Heading 1 uses "====" above and below - Heading 2 uses "====" - Heading 3 uses "----" - Heading 4 uses "````" - Heading 5 uses "^^^^" - Heading 6 uses "~~~~" - Heading 7 uses "...." - - Sections are manually numbered because apparently that's what everyone - does in the kernel. - -====================== -XFS Online Fsck Design -====================== - -This document captures the design of the online filesystem check feature for -XFS. -The purpose of this document is threefold: - -- To help kernel distributors understand exactly what the XFS online fsck - feature is, and issues about which they should be aware. - -- To help people reading the code to familiarize themselves with the relevant - concepts and design points before they start digging into the code. - -- To help developers maintaining the system by capturing the reasons - supporting higher level decision making. - -As the online fsck code is merged, the links in this document to topic branches -will be replaced with links to code. - -This document is licensed under the terms of the GNU Public License, v2. -The primary author is Darrick J. Wong. - -This design document is split into seven parts. -Part 1 defines what fsck tools are and the motivations for writing a new one. -Parts 2 and 3 present a high level overview of how online fsck process works -and how it is tested to ensure correct functionality. -Part 4 discusses the user interface and the intended usage modes of the new -program. -Parts 5 and 6 show off the high level components and how they fit together, and -then present case studies of how each repair function actually works. -Part 7 sums up what has been discussed so far and speculates about what else -might be built atop online fsck. - -.. contents:: Table of Contents - :local: - -1. What is a Filesystem Check? -============================== - -A Unix filesystem has four main responsibilities: - -- Provide a hierarchy of names through which application programs can associate - arbitrary blobs of data for any length of time, - -- Virtualize physical storage media across those names, and - -- Retrieve the named data blobs at any time. - -- Examine resource usage. - -Metadata directly supporting these functions (e.g. files, directories, space -mappings) are sometimes called primary metadata. -Secondary metadata (e.g. reverse mapping and directory parent pointers) support -operations internal to the filesystem, such as internal consistency checking -and reorganization. -Summary metadata, as the name implies, condense information contained in -primary metadata for performance reasons. - -The filesystem check (fsck) tool examines all the metadata in a filesystem -to look for errors. -In addition to looking for obvious metadata corruptions, fsck also -cross-references different types of metadata records with each other to look -for inconsistencies. -People do not like losing data, so most fsck tools also contains some ability -to correct any problems found. -As a word of caution -- the primary goal of most Linux fsck tools is to restore -the filesystem metadata to a consistent state, not to maximize the data -recovered. -That precedent will not be challenged here. - -Filesystems of the 20th century generally lacked any redundancy in the ondisk -format, which means that fsck can only respond to errors by erasing files until -errors are no longer detected. -More recent filesystem designs contain enough redundancy in their metadata that -it is now possible to regenerate data structures when non-catastrophic errors -occur; this capability aids both strategies. - -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| **Note**: | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| System administrators avoid data loss by increasing the number of | -| separate storage systems through the creation of backups; and they avoid | -| downtime by increasing the redundancy of each storage system through the | -| creation of RAID arrays. | -| fsck tools address only the first problem. | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -TLDR; Show Me the Code! ------------------------ - -Code is posted to the kernel.org git trees as follows: -`kernel changes `_, -`userspace changes `_, and -`QA test changes `_. -Each kernel patchset adding an online repair function will use the same branch -name across the kernel, xfsprogs, and fstests git repos. - -Existing Tools --------------- - -The online fsck tool described here will be the third tool in the history of -XFS (on Linux) to check and repair filesystems. -Two programs precede it: - -The first program, ``xfs_check``, was created as part of the XFS debugger -(``xfs_db``) and can only be used with unmounted filesystems. -It walks all metadata in the filesystem looking for inconsistencies in the -metadata, though it lacks any ability to repair what it finds. -Due to its high memory requirements and inability to repair things, this -program is now deprecated and will not be discussed further. - -The second program, ``xfs_repair``, was created to be faster and more robust -than the first program. -Like its predecessor, it can only be used with unmounted filesystems. -It uses extent-based in-memory data structures to reduce memory consumption, -and tries to schedule readahead IO appropriately to reduce I/O waiting time -while it scans the metadata of the entire filesystem. -The most important feature of this tool is its ability to respond to -inconsistencies in file metadata and directory tree by erasing things as needed -to eliminate problems. -Space usage metadata are rebuilt from the observed file metadata. - -Problem Statement ------------------ - -The current XFS tools leave several problems unsolved: - -1. **User programs** suddenly **lose access** to the filesystem when unexpected - shutdowns occur as a result of silent corruptions in the metadata. - These occur **unpredictably** and often without warning. - -2. **Users** experience a **total loss of service** during the recovery period - after an **unexpected shutdown** occurs. - -3. **Users** experience a **total loss of service** if the filesystem is taken - offline to **look for problems** proactively. - -4. **Data owners** cannot **check the integrity** of their stored data without - reading all of it. - This may expose them to substantial billing costs when a linear media scan - performed by the storage system administrator might suffice. - -5. **System administrators** cannot **schedule** a maintenance window to deal - with corruptions if they **lack the means** to assess filesystem health - while the filesystem is online. - -6. **Fleet monitoring tools** cannot **automate periodic checks** of filesystem - health when doing so requires **manual intervention** and downtime. - -7. **Users** can be tricked into **doing things they do not desire** when - malicious actors **exploit quirks of Unicode** to place misleading names - in directories. - -Given this definition of the problems to be solved and the actors who would -benefit, the proposed solution is a third fsck tool that acts on a running -filesystem. - -This new third program has three components: an in-kernel facility to check -metadata, an in-kernel facility to repair metadata, and a userspace driver -program to drive fsck activity on a live filesystem. -``xfs_scrub`` is the name of the driver program. -The rest of this document presents the goals and use cases of the new fsck -tool, describes its major design points in connection to those goals, and -discusses the similarities and differences with existing tools. - -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| **Note**: | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Throughout this document, the existing offline fsck tool can also be | -| referred to by its current name "``xfs_repair``". | -| The userspace driver program for the new online fsck tool can be | -| referred to as "``xfs_scrub``". | -| The kernel portion of online fsck that validates metadata is called | -| "online scrub", and portion of the kernel that fixes metadata is called | -| "online repair". | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The naming hierarchy is broken up into objects known as directories and files -and the physical space is split into pieces known as allocation groups. -Sharding enables better performance on highly parallel systems and helps to -contain the damage when corruptions occur. -The division of the filesystem into principal objects (allocation groups and -inodes) means that there are ample opportunities to perform targeted checks and -repairs on a subset of the filesystem. - -While this is going on, other parts continue processing IO requests. -Even if a piece of filesystem metadata can only be regenerated by scanning the -entire system, the scan can still be done in the background while other file -operations continue. - -In summary, online fsck takes advantage of resource sharding and redundant -metadata to enable targeted checking and repair operations while the system -is running. -This capability will be coupled to automatic system management so that -autonomous self-healing of XFS maximizes service availability. - -2. Theory of Operation -====================== - -Because it is necessary for online fsck to lock and scan live metadata objects, -online fsck consists of three separate code components. -The first is the userspace driver program ``xfs_scrub``, which is responsible -for identifying individual metadata items, scheduling work items for them, -reacting to the outcomes appropriately, and reporting results to the system -administrator. -The second and third are in the kernel, which implements functions to check -and repair each type of online fsck work item. - -+------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| **Note**: | -+------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| For brevity, this document shortens the phrase "online fsck work | -| item" to "scrub item". | -+------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Scrub item types are delineated in a manner consistent with the Unix design -philosophy, which is to say that each item should handle one aspect of a -metadata structure, and handle it well. - -Scope ------ - -In principle, online fsck should be able to check and to repair everything that -the offline fsck program can handle. -However, online fsck cannot be running 100% of the time, which means that -latent errors may creep in after a scrub completes. -If these errors cause the next mount to fail, offline fsck is the only -solution. -This limitation means that maintenance of the offline fsck tool will continue. -A second limitation of online fsck is that it must follow the same resource -sharing and lock acquisition rules as the regular filesystem. -This means that scrub cannot take *any* shortcuts to save time, because doing -so could lead to concurrency problems. -In other words, online fsck is not a complete replacement for offline fsck, and -a complete run of online fsck may take longer than online fsck. -However, both of these limitations are acceptable tradeoffs to satisfy the -different motivations of online fsck, which are to **minimize system downtime** -and to **increase predictability of operation**. - -.. _scrubphases: - -Phases of Work --------------- - -The userspace driver program ``xfs_scrub`` splits the work of checking and -repairing an entire filesystem into seven phases. -Each phase concentrates on checking specific types of scrub items and depends -on the success of all previous phases. -The seven phases are as follows: - -1. Collect geometry information about the mounted filesystem and computer, - discover the online fsck capabilities of the kernel, and open the - underlying storage devices. - -2. Check allocation group metadata, all realtime volume metadata, and all quota - files. - Each metadata structure is scheduled as a separate scrub item. - If corruption is found in the inode header or inode btree and ``xfs_scrub`` - is permitted to perform repairs, then those scrub items are repaired to - prepare for phase 3. - Repairs are implemented by using the information in the scrub item to - resubmit the kernel scrub call with the repair flag enabled; this is - discussed in the next section. - Optimizations and all other repairs are deferred to phase 4. - -3. Check all metadata of every file in the filesystem. - Each metadata structure is also scheduled as a separate scrub item. - If repairs are needed and ``xfs_scrub`` is permitted to perform repairs, - and there were no problems detected during phase 2, then those scrub items - are repaired immediately. - Optimizations, deferred repairs, and unsuccessful repairs are deferred to - phase 4. - -4. All remaining repairs and scheduled optimizations are performed during this - phase, if the caller permits them. - Before starting repairs, the summary counters are checked and any necessary - repairs are performed so that subsequent repairs will not fail the resource - reservation step due to wildly incorrect summary counters. - Unsuccessful repairs are requeued as long as forward progress on repairs is - made somewhere in the filesystem. - Free space in the filesystem is trimmed at the end of phase 4 if the - filesystem is clean. - -5. By the start of this phase, all primary and secondary filesystem metadata - must be correct. - Summary counters such as the free space counts and quota resource counts - are checked and corrected. - Directory entry names and extended attribute names are checked for - suspicious entries such as control characters or confusing Unicode sequences - appearing in names. - -6. If the caller asks for a media scan, read all allocated and written data - file extents in the filesystem. - The ability to use hardware-assisted data file integrity checking is new - to online fsck; neither of the previous tools have this capability. - If media errors occur, they will be mapped to the owning files and reported. - -7. Re-check the summary counters and presents the caller with a summary of - space usage and file counts. - -This allocation of responsibilities will be :ref:`revisited ` -later in this document. - -Steps for Each Scrub Item -------------------------- - -The kernel scrub code uses a three-step strategy for checking and repairing -the one aspect of a metadata object represented by a scrub item: - -1. The scrub item of interest is checked for corruptions; opportunities for - optimization; and for values that are directly controlled by the system - administrator but look suspicious. - If the item is not corrupt or does not need optimization, resource are - released and the positive scan results are returned to userspace. - If the item is corrupt or could be optimized but the caller does not permit - this, resources are released and the negative scan results are returned to - userspace. - Otherwise, the kernel moves on to the second step. - -2. The repair function is called to rebuild the data structure. - Repair functions generally choose rebuild a structure from other metadata - rather than try to salvage the existing structure. - If the repair fails, the scan results from the first step are returned to - userspace. - Otherwise, the kernel moves on to the third step. - -3. In the third step, the kernel runs the same checks over the new metadata - item to assess the efficacy of the repairs. - The results of the reassessment are returned to userspace. - -Classification of Metadata --------------------------- - -Each type of metadata object (and therefore each type of scrub item) is -classified as follows: - -Primary Metadata -```````````````` - -Metadata structures in this category should be most familiar to filesystem -users either because they are directly created by the user or they index -objects created by the user -Most filesystem objects fall into this class: - -- Free space and reference count information - -- Inode records and indexes - -- Storage mapping information for file data - -- Directories - -- Extended attributes - -- Symbolic links - -- Quota limits - -Scrub obeys the same rules as regular filesystem accesses for resource and lock -acquisition. - -Primary metadata objects are the simplest for scrub to process. -The principal filesystem object (either an allocation group or an inode) that -owns the item being scrubbed is locked to guard against concurrent updates. -The check function examines every record associated with the type for obvious -errors and cross-references healthy records against other metadata to look for -inconsistencies. -Repairs for this class of scrub item are simple, since the repair function -starts by holding all the resources acquired in the previous step. -The repair function scans available metadata as needed to record all the -observations needed to complete the structure. -Next, it stages the observations in a new ondisk structure and commits it -atomically to complete the repair. -Finally, the storage from the old data structure are carefully reaped. - -Because ``xfs_scrub`` locks a primary object for the duration of the repair, -this is effectively an offline repair operation performed on a subset of the -filesystem. -This minimizes the complexity of the repair code because it is not necessary to -handle concurrent updates from other threads, nor is it necessary to access -any other part of the filesystem. -As a result, indexed structures can be rebuilt very quickly, and programs -trying to access the damaged structure will be blocked until repairs complete. -The only infrastructure needed by the repair code are the staging area for -observations and a means to write new structures to disk. -Despite these limitations, the advantage that online repair holds is clear: -targeted work on individual shards of the filesystem avoids total loss of -service. - -This mechanism is described in section 2.1 ("Off-Line Algorithm") of -V. Srinivasan and M. J. Carey, `"Performance of On-Line Index Construction -Algorithms" `_, -*Extending Database Technology*, pp. 293-309, 1992. - -Most primary metadata repair functions stage their intermediate results in an -in-memory array prior to formatting the new ondisk structure, which is very -similar to the list-based algorithm discussed in section 2.3 ("List-Based -Algorithms") of Srinivasan. -However, any data structure builder that maintains a resource lock for the -duration of the repair is *always* an offline algorithm. - -.. _secondary_metadata: - -Secondary Metadata -`````````````````` - -Metadata structures in this category reflect records found in primary metadata, -but are only needed for online fsck or for reorganization of the filesystem. - -Secondary metadata include: - -- Reverse mapping information - -- Directory parent pointers - -This class of metadata is difficult for scrub to process because scrub attaches -to the secondary object but needs to check primary metadata, which runs counter -to the usual order of resource acquisition. -Frequently, this means that full filesystems scans are necessary to rebuild the -metadata. -Check functions can be limited in scope to reduce runtime. -Repairs, however, require a full scan of primary metadata, which can take a -long time to complete. -Under these conditions, ``xfs_scrub`` cannot lock resources for the entire -duration of the repair. - -Instead, repair functions set up an in-memory staging structure to store -observations. -Depending on the requirements of the specific repair function, the staging -index will either have the same format as the ondisk structure or a design -specific to that repair function. -The next step is to release all locks and start the filesystem scan. -When the repair scanner needs to record an observation, the staging data are -locked long enough to apply the update. -While the filesystem scan is in progress, the repair function hooks the -filesystem so that it can apply pending filesystem updates to the staging -information. -Once the scan is done, the owning object is re-locked, the live data is used to -write a new ondisk structure, and the repairs are committed atomically. -The hooks are disabled and the staging staging area is freed. -Finally, the storage from the old data structure are carefully reaped. - -Introducing concurrency helps online repair avoid various locking problems, but -comes at a high cost to code complexity. -Live filesystem code has to be hooked so that the repair function can observe -updates in progress. -The staging area has to become a fully functional parallel structure so that -updates can be merged from the hooks. -Finally, the hook, the filesystem scan, and the inode locking model must be -sufficiently well integrated that a hook event can decide if a given update -should be applied to the staging structure. - -In theory, the scrub implementation could apply these same techniques for -primary metadata, but doing so would make it massively more complex and less -performant. -Programs attempting to access the damaged structures are not blocked from -operation, which may cause application failure or an unplanned filesystem -shutdown. - -Inspiration for the secondary metadata repair strategy was drawn from section -2.4 of Srinivasan above, and sections 2 ("NSF: Inded Build Without Side-File") -and 3.1.1 ("Duplicate Key Insert Problem") in C. Mohan, `"Algorithms for -Creating Indexes for Very Large Tables Without Quiescing Updates" -`_, 1992. - -The sidecar index mentioned above bears some resemblance to the side file -method mentioned in Srinivasan and Mohan. -Their method consists of an index builder that extracts relevant record data to -build the new structure as quickly as possible; and an auxiliary structure that -captures all updates that would be committed to the index by other threads were -the new index already online. -After the index building scan finishes, the updates recorded in the side file -are applied to the new index. -To avoid conflicts between the index builder and other writer threads, the -builder maintains a publicly visible cursor that tracks the progress of the -scan through the record space. -To avoid duplication of work between the side file and the index builder, side -file updates are elided when the record ID for the update is greater than the -cursor position within the record ID space. - -To minimize changes to the rest of the codebase, XFS online repair keeps the -replacement index hidden until it's completely ready to go. -In other words, there is no attempt to expose the keyspace of the new index -while repair is running. -The complexity of such an approach would be very high and perhaps more -appropriate to building *new* indices. - -**Future Work Question**: Can the full scan and live update code used to -facilitate a repair also be used to implement a comprehensive check? - -*Answer*: In theory, yes. Check would be much stronger if each scrub function -employed these live scans to build a shadow copy of the metadata and then -compared the shadow records to the ondisk records. -However, doing that is a fair amount more work than what the checking functions -do now. -The live scans and hooks were developed much later. -That in turn increases the runtime of those scrub functions. - -Summary Information -``````````````````` - -Metadata structures in this last category summarize the contents of primary -metadata records. -These are often used to speed up resource usage queries, and are many times -smaller than the primary metadata which they represent. - -Examples of summary information include: - -- Summary counts of free space and inodes - -- File link counts from directories - -- Quota resource usage counts - -Check and repair require full filesystem scans, but resource and lock -acquisition follow the same paths as regular filesystem accesses. - -The superblock summary counters have special requirements due to the underlying -implementation of the incore counters, and will be treated separately. -Check and repair of the other types of summary counters (quota resource counts -and file link counts) employ the same filesystem scanning and hooking -techniques as outlined above, but because the underlying data are sets of -integer counters, the staging data need not be a fully functional mirror of the -ondisk structure. - -Inspiration for quota and file link count repair strategies were drawn from -sections 2.12 ("Online Index Operations") through 2.14 ("Incremental View -Maintenance") of G. Graefe, `"Concurrent Queries and Updates in Summary Views -and Their Indexes" -`_, 2011. - -Since quotas are non-negative integer counts of resource usage, online -quotacheck can use the incremental view deltas described in section 2.14 to -track pending changes to the block and inode usage counts in each transaction, -and commit those changes to a dquot side file when the transaction commits. -Delta tracking is necessary for dquots because the index builder scans inodes, -whereas the data structure being rebuilt is an index of dquots. -Link count checking combines the view deltas and commit step into one because -it sets attributes of the objects being scanned instead of writing them to a -separate data structure. -Each online fsck function will be discussed as case studies later in this -document. - -Risk Management ---------------- - -During the development of online fsck, several risk factors were identified -that may make the feature unsuitable for certain distributors and users. -Steps can be taken to mitigate or eliminate those risks, though at a cost to -functionality. - -- **Decreased performance**: Adding metadata indices to the filesystem - increases the time cost of persisting changes to disk, and the reverse space - mapping and directory parent pointers are no exception. - System administrators who require the maximum performance can disable the - reverse mapping features at format time, though this choice dramatically - reduces the ability of online fsck to find inconsistencies and repair them. - -- **Incorrect repairs**: As with all software, there might be defects in the - software that result in incorrect repairs being written to the filesystem. - Systematic fuzz testing (detailed in the next section) is employed by the - authors to find bugs early, but it might not catch everything. - The kernel build system provides Kconfig options (``CONFIG_XFS_ONLINE_SCRUB`` - and ``CONFIG_XFS_ONLINE_REPAIR``) to enable distributors to choose not to - accept this risk. - The xfsprogs build system has a configure option (``--enable-scrub=no``) that - disables building of the ``xfs_scrub`` binary, though this is not a risk - mitigation if the kernel functionality remains enabled. - -- **Inability to repair**: Sometimes, a filesystem is too badly damaged to be - repairable. - If the keyspaces of several metadata indices overlap in some manner but a - coherent narrative cannot be formed from records collected, then the repair - fails. - To reduce the chance that a repair will fail with a dirty transaction and - render the filesystem unusable, the online repair functions have been - designed to stage and validate all new records before committing the new - structure. - -- **Misbehavior**: Online fsck requires many privileges -- raw IO to block - devices, opening files by handle, ignoring Unix discretionary access control, - and the ability to perform administrative changes. - Running this automatically in the background scares people, so the systemd - background service is configured to run with only the privileges required. - Obviously, this cannot address certain problems like the kernel crashing or - deadlocking, but it should be sufficient to prevent the scrub process from - escaping and reconfiguring the system. - The cron job does not have this protection. - -- **Fuzz Kiddiez**: There are many people now who seem to think that running - automated fuzz testing of ondisk artifacts to find mischievous behavior and - spraying exploit code onto the public mailing list for instant zero-day - disclosure is somehow of some social benefit. - In the view of this author, the benefit is realized only when the fuzz - operators help to **fix** the flaws, but this opinion apparently is not - widely shared among security "researchers". - The XFS maintainers' continuing ability to manage these events presents an - ongoing risk to the stability of the development process. - Automated testing should front-load some of the risk while the feature is - considered EXPERIMENTAL. - -Many of these risks are inherent to software programming. -Despite this, it is hoped that this new functionality will prove useful in -reducing unexpected downtime. - -3. Testing Plan -=============== - -As stated before, fsck tools have three main goals: - -1. Detect inconsistencies in the metadata; - -2. Eliminate those inconsistencies; and - -3. Minimize further loss of data. - -Demonstrations of correct operation are necessary to build users' confidence -that the software behaves within expectations. -Unfortunately, it was not really feasible to perform regular exhaustive testing -of every aspect of a fsck tool until the introduction of low-cost virtual -machines with high-IOPS storage. -With ample hardware availability in mind, the testing strategy for the online -fsck project involves differential analysis against the existing fsck tools and -systematic testing of every attribute of every type of metadata object. -Testing can be split into four major categories, as discussed below. - -Integrated Testing with fstests -------------------------------- - -The primary goal of any free software QA effort is to make testing as -inexpensive and widespread as possible to maximize the scaling advantages of -community. -In other words, testing should maximize the breadth of filesystem configuration -scenarios and hardware setups. -This improves code quality by enabling the authors of online fsck to find and -fix bugs early, and helps developers of new features to find integration -issues earlier in their development effort. - -The Linux filesystem community shares a common QA testing suite, -`fstests `_, for -functional and regression testing. -Even before development work began on online fsck, fstests (when run on XFS) -would run both the ``xfs_check`` and ``xfs_repair -n`` commands on the test and -scratch filesystems between each test. -This provides a level of assurance that the kernel and the fsck tools stay in -alignment about what constitutes consistent metadata. -During development of the online checking code, fstests was modified to run -``xfs_scrub -n`` between each test to ensure that the new checking code -produces the same results as the two existing fsck tools. - -To start development of online repair, fstests was modified to run -``xfs_repair`` to rebuild the filesystem's metadata indices between tests. -This ensures that offline repair does not crash, leave a corrupt filesystem -after it exists, or trigger complaints from the online check. -This also established a baseline for what can and cannot be repaired offline. -To complete the first phase of development of online repair, fstests was -modified to be able to run ``xfs_scrub`` in a "force rebuild" mode. -This enables a comparison of the effectiveness of online repair as compared to -the existing offline repair tools. - -General Fuzz Testing of Metadata Blocks ---------------------------------------- - -XFS benefits greatly from having a very robust debugging tool, ``xfs_db``. - -Before development of online fsck even began, a set of fstests were created -to test the rather common fault that entire metadata blocks get corrupted. -This required the creation of fstests library code that can create a filesystem -containing every possible type of metadata object. -Next, individual test cases were created to create a test filesystem, identify -a single block of a specific type of metadata object, trash it with the -existing ``blocktrash`` command in ``xfs_db``, and test the reaction of a -particular metadata validation strategy. - -This earlier test suite enabled XFS developers to test the ability of the -in-kernel validation functions and the ability of the offline fsck tool to -detect and eliminate the inconsistent metadata. -This part of the test suite was extended to cover online fsck in exactly the -same manner. - -In other words, for a given fstests filesystem configuration: - -* For each metadata object existing on the filesystem: - - * Write garbage to it - - * Test the reactions of: - - 1. The kernel verifiers to stop obviously bad metadata - 2. Offline repair (``xfs_repair``) to detect and fix - 3. Online repair (``xfs_scrub``) to detect and fix - -Targeted Fuzz Testing of Metadata Records ------------------------------------------ - -The testing plan for online fsck includes extending the existing fs testing -infrastructure to provide a much more powerful facility: targeted fuzz testing -of every metadata field of every metadata object in the filesystem. -``xfs_db`` can modify every field of every metadata structure in every -block in the filesystem to simulate the effects of memory corruption and -software bugs. -Given that fstests already contains the ability to create a filesystem -containing every metadata format known to the filesystem, ``xfs_db`` can be -used to perform exhaustive fuzz testing! - -For a given fstests filesystem configuration: - -* For each metadata object existing on the filesystem... - - * For each record inside that metadata object... - - * For each field inside that record... - - * For each conceivable type of transformation that can be applied to a bit field... - - 1. Clear all bits - 2. Set all bits - 3. Toggle the most significant bit - 4. Toggle the middle bit - 5. Toggle the least significant bit - 6. Add a small quantity - 7. Subtract a small quantity - 8. Randomize the contents - - * ...test the reactions of: - - 1. The kernel verifiers to stop obviously bad metadata - 2. Offline checking (``xfs_repair -n``) - 3. Offline repair (``xfs_repair``) - 4. Online checking (``xfs_scrub -n``) - 5. Online repair (``xfs_scrub``) - 6. Both repair tools (``xfs_scrub`` and then ``xfs_repair`` if online repair doesn't succeed) - -This is quite the combinatoric explosion! - -Fortunately, having this much test coverage makes it easy for XFS developers to -check the responses of XFS' fsck tools. -Since the introduction of the fuzz testing framework, these tests have been -used to discover incorrect repair code and missing functionality for entire -classes of metadata objects in ``xfs_repair``. -The enhanced testing was used to finalize the deprecation of ``xfs_check`` by -confirming that ``xfs_repair`` could detect at least as many corruptions as -the older tool. - -These tests have been very valuable for ``xfs_scrub`` in the same ways -- they -allow the online fsck developers to compare online fsck against offline fsck, -and they enable XFS developers to find deficiencies in the code base. - -Proposed patchsets include -`general fuzzer improvements -`_, -`fuzzing baselines -`_, -and `improvements in fuzz testing comprehensiveness -`_. - -Stress Testing --------------- - -A unique requirement to online fsck is the ability to operate on a filesystem -concurrently with regular workloads. -Although it is of course impossible to run ``xfs_scrub`` with *zero* observable -impact on the running system, the online repair code should never introduce -inconsistencies into the filesystem metadata, and regular workloads should -never notice resource starvation. -To verify that these conditions are being met, fstests has been enhanced in -the following ways: - -* For each scrub item type, create a test to exercise checking that item type - while running ``fsstress``. -* For each scrub item type, create a test to exercise repairing that item type - while running ``fsstress``. -* Race ``fsstress`` and ``xfs_scrub -n`` to ensure that checking the whole - filesystem doesn't cause problems. -* Race ``fsstress`` and ``xfs_scrub`` in force-rebuild mode to ensure that - force-repairing the whole filesystem doesn't cause problems. -* Race ``xfs_scrub`` in check and force-repair mode against ``fsstress`` while - freezing and thawing the filesystem. -* Race ``xfs_scrub`` in check and force-repair mode against ``fsstress`` while - remounting the filesystem read-only and read-write. -* The same, but running ``fsx`` instead of ``fsstress``. (Not done yet?) - -Success is defined by the ability to run all of these tests without observing -any unexpected filesystem shutdowns due to corrupted metadata, kernel hang -check warnings, or any other sort of mischief. - -Proposed patchsets include `general stress testing -`_ -and the `evolution of existing per-function stress testing -`_. - -4. User Interface -================= - -The primary user of online fsck is the system administrator, just like offline -repair. -Online fsck presents two modes of operation to administrators: -A foreground CLI process for online fsck on demand, and a background service -that performs autonomous checking and repair. - -Checking on Demand ------------------- - -For administrators who want the absolute freshest information about the -metadata in a filesystem, ``xfs_scrub`` can be run as a foreground process on -a command line. -The program checks every piece of metadata in the filesystem while the -administrator waits for the results to be reported, just like the existing -``xfs_repair`` tool. -Both tools share a ``-n`` option to perform a read-only scan, and a ``-v`` -option to increase the verbosity of the information reported. - -A new feature of ``xfs_scrub`` is the ``-x`` option, which employs the error -correction capabilities of the hardware to check data file contents. -The media scan is not enabled by default because it may dramatically increase -program runtime and consume a lot of bandwidth on older storage hardware. - -The output of a foreground invocation is captured in the system log. - -The ``xfs_scrub_all`` program walks the list of mounted filesystems and -initiates ``xfs_scrub`` for each of them in parallel. -It serializes scans for any filesystems that resolve to the same top level -kernel block device to prevent resource overconsumption. - -Background Service ------------------- - -To reduce the workload of system administrators, the ``xfs_scrub`` package -provides a suite of `systemd `_ timers and services that -run online fsck automatically on weekends by default. -The background service configures scrub to run with as little privilege as -possible, the lowest CPU and IO priority, and in a CPU-constrained single -threaded mode. -This can be tuned by the systemd administrator at any time to suit the latency -and throughput requirements of customer workloads. - -The output of the background service is also captured in the system log. -If desired, reports of failures (either due to inconsistencies or mere runtime -errors) can be emailed automatically by setting the ``EMAIL_ADDR`` environment -variable in the following service files: - -* ``xfs_scrub_fail@.service`` -* ``xfs_scrub_media_fail@.service`` -* ``xfs_scrub_all_fail.service`` - -The decision to enable the background scan is left to the system administrator. -This can be done by enabling either of the following services: - -* ``xfs_scrub_all.timer`` on systemd systems -* ``xfs_scrub_all.cron`` on non-systemd systems - -This automatic weekly scan is configured out of the box to perform an -additional media scan of all file data once per month. -This is less foolproof than, say, storing file data block checksums, but much -more performant if application software provides its own integrity checking, -redundancy can be provided elsewhere above the filesystem, or the storage -device's integrity guarantees are deemed sufficient. - -The systemd unit file definitions have been subjected to a security audit -(as of systemd 249) to ensure that the xfs_scrub processes have as little -access to the rest of the system as possible. -This was performed via ``systemd-analyze security``, after which privileges -were restricted to the minimum required, sandboxing was set up to the maximal -extent possible with sandboxing and system call filtering; and access to the -filesystem tree was restricted to the minimum needed to start the program and -access the filesystem being scanned. -The service definition files restrict CPU usage to 80% of one CPU core, and -apply as nice of a priority to IO and CPU scheduling as possible. -This measure was taken to minimize delays in the rest of the filesystem. -No such hardening has been performed for the cron job. - -Proposed patchset: -`Enabling the xfs_scrub background service -`_. - -Health Reporting ----------------- - -XFS caches a summary of each filesystem's health status in memory. -The information is updated whenever ``xfs_scrub`` is run, or whenever -inconsistencies are detected in the filesystem metadata during regular -operations. -System administrators should use the ``health`` command of ``xfs_spaceman`` to -download this information into a human-readable format. -If problems have been observed, the administrator can schedule a reduced -service window to run the online repair tool to correct the problem. -Failing that, the administrator can decide to schedule a maintenance window to -run the traditional offline repair tool to correct the problem. - -**Future Work Question**: Should the health reporting integrate with the new -inotify fs error notification system? -Would it be helpful for sysadmins to have a daemon to listen for corruption -notifications and initiate a repair? - -*Answer*: These questions remain unanswered, but should be a part of the -conversation with early adopters and potential downstream users of XFS. - -Proposed patchsets include -`wiring up health reports to correction returns -`_ -and -`preservation of sickness info during memory reclaim -`_. - -5. Kernel Algorithms and Data Structures -======================================== - -This section discusses the key algorithms and data structures of the kernel -code that provide the ability to check and repair metadata while the system -is running. -The first chapters in this section reveal the pieces that provide the -foundation for checking metadata. -The remainder of this section presents the mechanisms through which XFS -regenerates itself. - -Self Describing Metadata ------------------------- - -Starting with XFS version 5 in 2012, XFS updated the format of nearly every -ondisk block header to record a magic number, a checksum, a universally -"unique" identifier (UUID), an owner code, the ondisk address of the block, -and a log sequence number. -When loading a block buffer from disk, the magic number, UUID, owner, and -ondisk address confirm that the retrieved block matches the specific owner of -the current filesystem, and that the information contained in the block is -supposed to be found at the ondisk address. -The first three components enable checking tools to disregard alleged metadata -that doesn't belong to the filesystem, and the fourth component enables the -filesystem to detect lost writes. - -Whenever a file system operation modifies a block, the change is submitted -to the log as part of a transaction. -The log then processes these transactions marking them done once they are -safely persisted to storage. -The logging code maintains the checksum and the log sequence number of the last -transactional update. -Checksums are useful for detecting torn writes and other discrepancies that can -be introduced between the computer and its storage devices. -Sequence number tracking enables log recovery to avoid applying out of date -log updates to the filesystem. - -These two features improve overall runtime resiliency by providing a means for -the filesystem to detect obvious corruption when reading metadata blocks from -disk, but these buffer verifiers cannot provide any consistency checking -between metadata structures. - -For more information, please see the documentation for -Documentation/filesystems/xfs-self-describing-metadata.rst - -Reverse Mapping ---------------- - -The original design of XFS (circa 1993) is an improvement upon 1980s Unix -filesystem design. -In those days, storage density was expensive, CPU time was scarce, and -excessive seek time could kill performance. -For performance reasons, filesystem authors were reluctant to add redundancy to -the filesystem, even at the cost of data integrity. -Filesystems designers in the early 21st century choose different strategies to -increase internal redundancy -- either storing nearly identical copies of -metadata, or more space-efficient encoding techniques. - -For XFS, a different redundancy strategy was chosen to modernize the design: -a secondary space usage index that maps allocated disk extents back to their -owners. -By adding a new index, the filesystem retains most of its ability to scale -well to heavily threaded workloads involving large datasets, since the primary -file metadata (the directory tree, the file block map, and the allocation -groups) remain unchanged. -Like any system that improves redundancy, the reverse-mapping feature increases -overhead costs for space mapping activities. -However, it has two critical advantages: first, the reverse index is key to -enabling online fsck and other requested functionality such as free space -defragmentation, better media failure reporting, and filesystem shrinking. -Second, the different ondisk storage format of the reverse mapping btree -defeats device-level deduplication because the filesystem requires real -redundancy. - -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| **Sidebar**: | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| A criticism of adding the secondary index is that it does nothing to | -| improve the robustness of user data storage itself. | -| This is a valid point, but adding a new index for file data block | -| checksums increases write amplification by turning data overwrites into | -| copy-writes, which age the filesystem prematurely. | -| In keeping with thirty years of precedent, users who want file data | -| integrity can supply as powerful a solution as they require. | -| As for metadata, the complexity of adding a new secondary index of space | -| usage is much less than adding volume management and storage device | -| mirroring to XFS itself. | -| Perfection of RAID and volume management are best left to existing | -| layers in the kernel. | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The information captured in a reverse space mapping record is as follows: - -.. code-block:: c - - struct xfs_rmap_irec { - xfs_agblock_t rm_startblock; /* extent start block */ - xfs_extlen_t rm_blockcount; /* extent length */ - uint64_t rm_owner; /* extent owner */ - uint64_t rm_offset; /* offset within the owner */ - unsigned int rm_flags; /* state flags */ - }; - -The first two fields capture the location and size of the physical space, -in units of filesystem blocks. -The owner field tells scrub which metadata structure or file inode have been -assigned this space. -For space allocated to files, the offset field tells scrub where the space was -mapped within the file fork. -Finally, the flags field provides extra information about the space usage -- -is this an attribute fork extent? A file mapping btree extent? Or an -unwritten data extent? - -Online filesystem checking judges the consistency of each primary metadata -record by comparing its information against all other space indices. -The reverse mapping index plays a key role in the consistency checking process -because it contains a centralized alternate copy of all space allocation -information. -Program runtime and ease of resource acquisition are the only real limits to -what online checking can consult. -For example, a file data extent mapping can be checked against: - -* The absence of an entry in the free space information. -* The absence of an entry in the inode index. -* The absence of an entry in the reference count data if the file is not - marked as having shared extents. -* The correspondence of an entry in the reverse mapping information. - -There are several observations to make about reverse mapping indices: - -1. Reverse mappings can provide a positive affirmation of correctness if any of - the above primary metadata are in doubt. - The checking code for most primary metadata follows a path similar to the - one outlined above. - -2. Proving the consistency of secondary metadata with the primary metadata is - difficult because that requires a full scan of all primary space metadata, - which is very time intensive. - For example, checking a reverse mapping record for a file extent mapping - btree block requires locking the file and searching the entire btree to - confirm the block. - Instead, scrub relies on rigorous cross-referencing during the primary space - mapping structure checks. - -3. Consistency scans must use non-blocking lock acquisition primitives if the - required locking order is not the same order used by regular filesystem - operations. - For example, if the filesystem normally takes a file ILOCK before taking - the AGF buffer lock but scrub wants to take a file ILOCK while holding - an AGF buffer lock, scrub cannot block on that second acquisition. - This means that forward progress during this part of a scan of the reverse - mapping data cannot be guaranteed if system load is heavy. - -In summary, reverse mappings play a key role in reconstruction of primary -metadata. -The details of how these records are staged, written to disk, and committed -into the filesystem are covered in subsequent sections. - -Checking and Cross-Referencing ------------------------------- - -The first step of checking a metadata structure is to examine every record -contained within the structure and its relationship with the rest of the -system. -XFS contains multiple layers of checking to try to prevent inconsistent -metadata from wreaking havoc on the system. -Each of these layers contributes information that helps the kernel to make -three decisions about the health of a metadata structure: - -- Is a part of this structure obviously corrupt (``XFS_SCRUB_OFLAG_CORRUPT``) ? -- Is this structure inconsistent with the rest of the system - (``XFS_SCRUB_OFLAG_XCORRUPT``) ? -- Is there so much damage around the filesystem that cross-referencing is not - possible (``XFS_SCRUB_OFLAG_XFAIL``) ? -- Can the structure be optimized to improve performance or reduce the size of - metadata (``XFS_SCRUB_OFLAG_PREEN``) ? -- Does the structure contain data that is not inconsistent but deserves review - by the system administrator (``XFS_SCRUB_OFLAG_WARNING``) ? - -The following sections describe how the metadata scrubbing process works. - -Metadata Buffer Verification -```````````````````````````` - -The lowest layer of metadata protection in XFS are the metadata verifiers built -into the buffer cache. -These functions perform inexpensive internal consistency checking of the block -itself, and answer these questions: - -- Does the block belong to this filesystem? - -- Does the block belong to the structure that asked for the read? - This assumes that metadata blocks only have one owner, which is always true - in XFS. - -- Is the type of data stored in the block within a reasonable range of what - scrub is expecting? - -- Does the physical location of the block match the location it was read from? - -- Does the block checksum match the data? - -The scope of the protections here are very limited -- verifiers can only -establish that the filesystem code is reasonably free of gross corruption bugs -and that the storage system is reasonably competent at retrieval. -Corruption problems observed at runtime cause the generation of health reports, -failed system calls, and in the extreme case, filesystem shutdowns if the -corrupt metadata force the cancellation of a dirty transaction. - -Every online fsck scrubbing function is expected to read every ondisk metadata -block of a structure in the course of checking the structure. -Corruption problems observed during a check are immediately reported to -userspace as corruption; during a cross-reference, they are reported as a -failure to cross-reference once the full examination is complete. -Reads satisfied by a buffer already in cache (and hence already verified) -bypass these checks. - -Internal Consistency Checks -``````````````````````````` - -After the buffer cache, the next level of metadata protection is the internal -record verification code built into the filesystem. -These checks are split between the buffer verifiers, the in-filesystem users of -the buffer cache, and the scrub code itself, depending on the amount of higher -level context required. -The scope of checking is still internal to the block. -These higher level checking functions answer these questions: - -- Does the type of data stored in the block match what scrub is expecting? - -- Does the block belong to the owning structure that asked for the read? - -- If the block contains records, do the records fit within the block? - -- If the block tracks internal free space information, is it consistent with - the record areas? - -- Are the records contained inside the block free of obvious corruptions? - -Record checks in this category are more rigorous and more time-intensive. -For example, block pointers and inumbers are checked to ensure that they point -within the dynamically allocated parts of an allocation group and within -the filesystem. -Names are checked for invalid characters, and flags are checked for invalid -combinations. -Other record attributes are checked for sensible values. -Btree records spanning an interval of the btree keyspace are checked for -correct order and lack of mergeability (except for file fork mappings). -For performance reasons, regular code may skip some of these checks unless -debugging is enabled or a write is about to occur. -Scrub functions, of course, must check all possible problems. - -Validation of Userspace-Controlled Record Attributes -```````````````````````````````````````````````````` - -Various pieces of filesystem metadata are directly controlled by userspace. -Because of this nature, validation work cannot be more precise than checking -that a value is within the possible range. -These fields include: - -- Superblock fields controlled by mount options -- Filesystem labels -- File timestamps -- File permissions -- File size -- File flags -- Names present in directory entries, extended attribute keys, and filesystem - labels -- Extended attribute key namespaces -- Extended attribute values -- File data block contents -- Quota limits -- Quota timer expiration (if resource usage exceeds the soft limit) - -Cross-Referencing Space Metadata -```````````````````````````````` - -After internal block checks, the next higher level of checking is -cross-referencing records between metadata structures. -For regular runtime code, the cost of these checks is considered to be -prohibitively expensive, but as scrub is dedicated to rooting out -inconsistencies, it must pursue all avenues of inquiry. -The exact set of cross-referencing is highly dependent on the context of the -data structure being checked. - -The XFS btree code has keyspace scanning functions that online fsck uses to -cross reference one structure with another. -Specifically, scrub can scan the key space of an index to determine if that -keyspace is fully, sparsely, or not at all mapped to records. -For the reverse mapping btree, it is possible to mask parts of the key for the -purposes of performing a keyspace scan so that scrub can decide if the rmap -btree contains records mapping a certain extent of physical space without the -sparsenses of the rest of the rmap keyspace getting in the way. - -Btree blocks undergo the following checks before cross-referencing: - -- Does the type of data stored in the block match what scrub is expecting? - -- Does the block belong to the owning structure that asked for the read? - -- Do the records fit within the block? - -- Are the records contained inside the block free of obvious corruptions? - -- Are the name hashes in the correct order? - -- Do node pointers within the btree point to valid block addresses for the type - of btree? - -- Do child pointers point towards the leaves? - -- Do sibling pointers point across the same level? - -- For each node block record, does the record key accurate reflect the contents - of the child block? - -Space allocation records are cross-referenced as follows: - -1. Any space mentioned by any metadata structure are cross-referenced as - follows: - - - Does the reverse mapping index list only the appropriate owner as the - owner of each block? - - - Are none of the blocks claimed as free space? - - - If these aren't file data blocks, are none of the blocks claimed as space - shared by different owners? - -2. Btree blocks are cross-referenced as follows: - - - Everything in class 1 above. - - - If there's a parent node block, do the keys listed for this block match the - keyspace of this block? - - - Do the sibling pointers point to valid blocks? Of the same level? - - - Do the child pointers point to valid blocks? Of the next level down? - -3. Free space btree records are cross-referenced as follows: - - - Everything in class 1 and 2 above. - - - Does the reverse mapping index list no owners of this space? - - - Is this space not claimed by the inode index for inodes? - - - Is it not mentioned by the reference count index? - - - Is there a matching record in the other free space btree? - -4. Inode btree records are cross-referenced as follows: - - - Everything in class 1 and 2 above. - - - Is there a matching record in free inode btree? - - - Do cleared bits in the holemask correspond with inode clusters? - - - Do set bits in the freemask correspond with inode records with zero link - count? - -5. Inode records are cross-referenced as follows: - - - Everything in class 1. - - - Do all the fields that summarize information about the file forks actually - match those forks? - - - Does each inode with zero link count correspond to a record in the free - inode btree? - -6. File fork space mapping records are cross-referenced as follows: - - - Everything in class 1 and 2 above. - - - Is this space not mentioned by the inode btrees? - - - If this is a CoW fork mapping, does it correspond to a CoW entry in the - reference count btree? - -7. Reference count records are cross-referenced as follows: - - - Everything in class 1 and 2 above. - - - Within the space subkeyspace of the rmap btree (that is to say, all - records mapped to a particular space extent and ignoring the owner info), - are there the same number of reverse mapping records for each block as the - reference count record claims? - -Proposed patchsets are the series to find gaps in -`refcount btree -`_, -`inode btree -`_, and -`rmap btree -`_ records; -to find -`mergeable records -`_; -and to -`improve cross referencing with rmap -`_ -before starting a repair. - -Checking Extended Attributes -```````````````````````````` - -Extended attributes implement a key-value store that enable fragments of data -to be attached to any file. -Both the kernel and userspace can access the keys and values, subject to -namespace and privilege restrictions. -Most typically these fragments are metadata about the file -- origins, security -contexts, user-supplied labels, indexing information, etc. - -Names can be as long as 255 bytes and can exist in several different -namespaces. -Values can be as large as 64KB. -A file's extended attributes are stored in blocks mapped by the attr fork. -The mappings point to leaf blocks, remote value blocks, or dabtree blocks. -Block 0 in the attribute fork is always the top of the structure, but otherwise -each of the three types of blocks can be found at any offset in the attr fork. -Leaf blocks contain attribute key records that point to the name and the value. -Names are always stored elsewhere in the same leaf block. -Values that are less than 3/4 the size of a filesystem block are also stored -elsewhere in the same leaf block. -Remote value blocks contain values that are too large to fit inside a leaf. -If the leaf information exceeds a single filesystem block, a dabtree (also -rooted at block 0) is created to map hashes of the attribute names to leaf -blocks in the attr fork. - -Checking an extended attribute structure is not so straightforward due to the -lack of separation between attr blocks and index blocks. -Scrub must read each block mapped by the attr fork and ignore the non-leaf -blocks: - -1. Walk the dabtree in the attr fork (if present) to ensure that there are no - irregularities in the blocks or dabtree mappings that do not point to - attr leaf blocks. - -2. Walk the blocks of the attr fork looking for leaf blocks. - For each entry inside a leaf: - - a. Validate that the name does not contain invalid characters. - - b. Read the attr value. - This performs a named lookup of the attr name to ensure the correctness - of the dabtree. - If the value is stored in a remote block, this also validates the - integrity of the remote value block. - -Checking and Cross-Referencing Directories -`````````````````````````````````````````` - -The filesystem directory tree is a directed acylic graph structure, with files -constituting the nodes, and directory entries (dirents) constituting the edges. -Directories are a special type of file containing a set of mappings from a -255-byte sequence (name) to an inumber. -These are called directory entries, or dirents for short. -Each directory file must have exactly one directory pointing to the file. -A root directory points to itself. -Directory entries point to files of any type. -Each non-directory file may have multiple directories point to it. - -In XFS, directories are implemented as a file containing up to three 32GB -partitions. -The first partition contains directory entry data blocks. -Each data block contains variable-sized records associating a user-provided -name with an inumber and, optionally, a file type. -If the directory entry data grows beyond one block, the second partition (which -exists as post-EOF extents) is populated with a block containing free space -information and an index that maps hashes of the dirent names to directory data -blocks in the first partition. -This makes directory name lookups very fast. -If this second partition grows beyond one block, the third partition is -populated with a linear array of free space information for faster -expansions. -If the free space has been separated and the second partition grows again -beyond one block, then a dabtree is used to map hashes of dirent names to -directory data blocks. - -Checking a directory is pretty straightforward: - -1. Walk the dabtree in the second partition (if present) to ensure that there - are no irregularities in the blocks or dabtree mappings that do not point to - dirent blocks. - -2. Walk the blocks of the first partition looking for directory entries. - Each dirent is checked as follows: - - a. Does the name contain no invalid characters? - - b. Does the inumber correspond to an actual, allocated inode? - - c. Does the child inode have a nonzero link count? - - d. If a file type is included in the dirent, does it match the type of the - inode? - - e. If the child is a subdirectory, does the child's dotdot pointer point - back to the parent? - - f. If the directory has a second partition, perform a named lookup of the - dirent name to ensure the correctness of the dabtree. - -3. Walk the free space list in the third partition (if present) to ensure that - the free spaces it describes are really unused. - -Checking operations involving :ref:`parents ` and -:ref:`file link counts ` are discussed in more detail in later -sections. - -Checking Directory/Attribute Btrees -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -As stated in previous sections, the directory/attribute btree (dabtree) index -maps user-provided names to improve lookup times by avoiding linear scans. -Internally, it maps a 32-bit hash of the name to a block offset within the -appropriate file fork. - -The internal structure of a dabtree closely resembles the btrees that record -fixed-size metadata records -- each dabtree block contains a magic number, a -checksum, sibling pointers, a UUID, a tree level, and a log sequence number. -The format of leaf and node records are the same -- each entry points to the -next level down in the hierarchy, with dabtree node records pointing to dabtree -leaf blocks, and dabtree leaf records pointing to non-dabtree blocks elsewhere -in the fork. - -Checking and cross-referencing the dabtree is very similar to what is done for -space btrees: - -- Does the type of data stored in the block match what scrub is expecting? - -- Does the block belong to the owning structure that asked for the read? - -- Do the records fit within the block? - -- Are the records contained inside the block free of obvious corruptions? - -- Are the name hashes in the correct order? - -- Do node pointers within the dabtree point to valid fork offsets for dabtree - blocks? - -- Do leaf pointers within the dabtree point to valid fork offsets for directory - or attr leaf blocks? - -- Do child pointers point towards the leaves? - -- Do sibling pointers point across the same level? - -- For each dabtree node record, does the record key accurate reflect the - contents of the child dabtree block? - -- For each dabtree leaf record, does the record key accurate reflect the - contents of the directory or attr block? - -Cross-Referencing Summary Counters -`````````````````````````````````` - -XFS maintains three classes of summary counters: available resources, quota -resource usage, and file link counts. - -In theory, the amount of available resources (data blocks, inodes, realtime -extents) can be found by walking the entire filesystem. -This would make for very slow reporting, so a transactional filesystem can -maintain summaries of this information in the superblock. -Cross-referencing these values against the filesystem metadata should be a -simple matter of walking the free space and inode metadata in each AG and the -realtime bitmap, but there are complications that will be discussed in -:ref:`more detail ` later. - -:ref:`Quota usage ` and :ref:`file link count ` -checking are sufficiently complicated to warrant separate sections. - -Post-Repair Reverification -`````````````````````````` - -After performing a repair, the checking code is run a second time to validate -the new structure, and the results of the health assessment are recorded -internally and returned to the calling process. -This step is critical for enabling system administrator to monitor the status -of the filesystem and the progress of any repairs. -For developers, it is a useful means to judge the efficacy of error detection -and correction in the online and offline checking tools. - -Eventual Consistency vs. Online Fsck ------------------------------------- - -Complex operations can make modifications to multiple per-AG data structures -with a chain of transactions. -These chains, once committed to the log, are restarted during log recovery if -the system crashes while processing the chain. -Because the AG header buffers are unlocked between transactions within a chain, -online checking must coordinate with chained operations that are in progress to -avoid incorrectly detecting inconsistencies due to pending chains. -Furthermore, online repair must not run when operations are pending because -the metadata are temporarily inconsistent with each other, and rebuilding is -not possible. - -Only online fsck has this requirement of total consistency of AG metadata, and -should be relatively rare as compared to filesystem change operations. -Online fsck coordinates with transaction chains as follows: - -* For each AG, maintain a count of intent items targeting that AG. - The count should be bumped whenever a new item is added to the chain. - The count should be dropped when the filesystem has locked the AG header - buffers and finished the work. - -* When online fsck wants to examine an AG, it should lock the AG header - buffers to quiesce all transaction chains that want to modify that AG. - If the count is zero, proceed with the checking operation. - If it is nonzero, cycle the buffer locks to allow the chain to make forward - progress. - -This may lead to online fsck taking a long time to complete, but regular -filesystem updates take precedence over background checking activity. -Details about the discovery of this situation are presented in the -:ref:`next section `, and details about the solution -are presented :ref:`after that`. - -.. _chain_coordination: - -Discovery of the Problem -```````````````````````` - -Midway through the development of online scrubbing, the fsstress tests -uncovered a misinteraction between online fsck and compound transaction chains -created by other writer threads that resulted in false reports of metadata -inconsistency. -The root cause of these reports is the eventual consistency model introduced by -the expansion of deferred work items and compound transaction chains when -reverse mapping and reflink were introduced. - -Originally, transaction chains were added to XFS to avoid deadlocks when -unmapping space from files. -Deadlock avoidance rules require that AGs only be locked in increasing order, -which makes it impossible (say) to use a single transaction to free a space -extent in AG 7 and then try to free a now superfluous block mapping btree block -in AG 3. -To avoid these kinds of deadlocks, XFS creates Extent Freeing Intent (EFI) log -items to commit to freeing some space in one transaction while deferring the -actual metadata updates to a fresh transaction. -The transaction sequence looks like this: - -1. The first transaction contains a physical update to the file's block mapping - structures to remove the mapping from the btree blocks. - It then attaches to the in-memory transaction an action item to schedule - deferred freeing of space. - Concretely, each transaction maintains a list of ``struct - xfs_defer_pending`` objects, each of which maintains a list of ``struct - xfs_extent_free_item`` objects. - Returning to the example above, the action item tracks the freeing of both - the unmapped space from AG 7 and the block mapping btree (BMBT) block from - AG 3. - Deferred frees recorded in this manner are committed in the log by creating - an EFI log item from the ``struct xfs_extent_free_item`` object and - attaching the log item to the transaction. - When the log is persisted to disk, the EFI item is written into the ondisk - transaction record. - EFIs can list up to 16 extents to free, all sorted in AG order. - -2. The second transaction contains a physical update to the free space btrees - of AG 3 to release the former BMBT block and a second physical update to the - free space btrees of AG 7 to release the unmapped file space. - Observe that the physical updates are resequenced in the correct order - when possible. - Attached to the transaction is a an extent free done (EFD) log item. - The EFD contains a pointer to the EFI logged in transaction #1 so that log - recovery can tell if the EFI needs to be replayed. - -If the system goes down after transaction #1 is written back to the filesystem -but before #2 is committed, a scan of the filesystem metadata would show -inconsistent filesystem metadata because there would not appear to be any owner -of the unmapped space. -Happily, log recovery corrects this inconsistency for us -- when recovery finds -an intent log item but does not find a corresponding intent done item, it will -reconstruct the incore state of the intent item and finish it. -In the example above, the log must replay both frees described in the recovered -EFI to complete the recovery phase. - -There are subtleties to XFS' transaction chaining strategy to consider: - -* Log items must be added to a transaction in the correct order to prevent - conflicts with principal objects that are not held by the transaction. - In other words, all per-AG metadata updates for an unmapped block must be - completed before the last update to free the extent, and extents should not - be reallocated until that last update commits to the log. - -* AG header buffers are released between each transaction in a chain. - This means that other threads can observe an AG in an intermediate state, - but as long as the first subtlety is handled, this should not affect the - correctness of filesystem operations. - -* Unmounting the filesystem flushes all pending work to disk, which means that - offline fsck never sees the temporary inconsistencies caused by deferred - work item processing. - -In this manner, XFS employs a form of eventual consistency to avoid deadlocks -and increase parallelism. - -During the design phase of the reverse mapping and reflink features, it was -decided that it was impractical to cram all the reverse mapping updates for a -single filesystem change into a single transaction because a single file -mapping operation can explode into many small updates: - -* The block mapping update itself -* A reverse mapping update for the block mapping update -* Fixing the freelist -* A reverse mapping update for the freelist fix - -* A shape change to the block mapping btree -* A reverse mapping update for the btree update -* Fixing the freelist (again) -* A reverse mapping update for the freelist fix - -* An update to the reference counting information -* A reverse mapping update for the refcount update -* Fixing the freelist (a third time) -* A reverse mapping update for the freelist fix - -* Freeing any space that was unmapped and not owned by any other file -* Fixing the freelist (a fourth time) -* A reverse mapping update for the freelist fix - -* Freeing the space used by the block mapping btree -* Fixing the freelist (a fifth time) -* A reverse mapping update for the freelist fix - -Free list fixups are not usually needed more than once per AG per transaction -chain, but it is theoretically possible if space is very tight. -For copy-on-write updates this is even worse, because this must be done once to -remove the space from a staging area and again to map it into the file! - -To deal with this explosion in a calm manner, XFS expands its use of deferred -work items to cover most reverse mapping updates and all refcount updates. -This reduces the worst case size of transaction reservations by breaking the -work into a long chain of small updates, which increases the degree of eventual -consistency in the system. -Again, this generally isn't a problem because XFS orders its deferred work -items carefully to avoid resource reuse conflicts between unsuspecting threads. - -However, online fsck changes the rules -- remember that although physical -updates to per-AG structures are coordinated by locking the buffers for AG -headers, buffer locks are dropped between transactions. -Once scrub acquires resources and takes locks for a data structure, it must do -all the validation work without releasing the lock. -If the main lock for a space btree is an AG header buffer lock, scrub may have -interrupted another thread that is midway through finishing a chain. -For example, if a thread performing a copy-on-write has completed a reverse -mapping update but not the corresponding refcount update, the two AG btrees -will appear inconsistent to scrub and an observation of corruption will be -recorded. This observation will not be correct. -If a repair is attempted in this state, the results will be catastrophic! - -Several other solutions to this problem were evaluated upon discovery of this -flaw and rejected: - -1. Add a higher level lock to allocation groups and require writer threads to - acquire the higher level lock in AG order before making any changes. - This would be very difficult to implement in practice because it is - difficult to determine which locks need to be obtained, and in what order, - without simulating the entire operation. - Performing a dry run of a file operation to discover necessary locks would - make the filesystem very slow. - -2. Make the deferred work coordinator code aware of consecutive intent items - targeting the same AG and have it hold the AG header buffers locked across - the transaction roll between updates. - This would introduce a lot of complexity into the coordinator since it is - only loosely coupled with the actual deferred work items. - It would also fail to solve the problem because deferred work items can - generate new deferred subtasks, but all subtasks must be complete before - work can start on a new sibling task. - -3. Teach online fsck to walk all transactions waiting for whichever lock(s) - protect the data structure being scrubbed to look for pending operations. - The checking and repair operations must factor these pending operations into - the evaluations being performed. - This solution is a nonstarter because it is *extremely* invasive to the main - filesystem. - -.. _intent_drains: - -Intent Drains -````````````` - -Online fsck uses an atomic intent item counter and lock cycling to coordinate -with transaction chains. -There are two key properties to the drain mechanism. -First, the counter is incremented when a deferred work item is *queued* to a -transaction, and it is decremented after the associated intent done log item is -*committed* to another transaction. -The second property is that deferred work can be added to a transaction without -holding an AG header lock, but per-AG work items cannot be marked done without -locking that AG header buffer to log the physical updates and the intent done -log item. -The first property enables scrub to yield to running transaction chains, which -is an explicit deprioritization of online fsck to benefit file operations. -The second property of the drain is key to the correct coordination of scrub, -since scrub will always be able to decide if a conflict is possible. - -For regular filesystem code, the drain works as follows: - -1. Call the appropriate subsystem function to add a deferred work item to a - transaction. - -2. The function calls ``xfs_defer_drain_bump`` to increase the counter. - -3. When the deferred item manager wants to finish the deferred work item, it - calls ``->finish_item`` to complete it. - -4. The ``->finish_item`` implementation logs some changes and calls - ``xfs_defer_drain_drop`` to decrease the sloppy counter and wake up any threads - waiting on the drain. - -5. The subtransaction commits, which unlocks the resource associated with the - intent item. - -For scrub, the drain works as follows: - -1. Lock the resource(s) associated with the metadata being scrubbed. - For example, a scan of the refcount btree would lock the AGI and AGF header - buffers. - -2. If the counter is zero (``xfs_defer_drain_busy`` returns false), there are no - chains in progress and the operation may proceed. - -3. Otherwise, release the resources grabbed in step 1. - -4. Wait for the intent counter to reach zero (``xfs_defer_drain_intents``), then go - back to step 1 unless a signal has been caught. - -To avoid polling in step 4, the drain provides a waitqueue for scrub threads to -be woken up whenever the intent count drops to zero. - -The proposed patchset is the -`scrub intent drain series -`_. - -.. _jump_labels: - -Static Keys (aka Jump Label Patching) -````````````````````````````````````` - -Online fsck for XFS separates the regular filesystem from the checking and -repair code as much as possible. -However, there are a few parts of online fsck (such as the intent drains, and -later, live update hooks) where it is useful for the online fsck code to know -what's going on in the rest of the filesystem. -Since it is not expected that online fsck will be constantly running in the -background, it is very important to minimize the runtime overhead imposed by -these hooks when online fsck is compiled into the kernel but not actively -running on behalf of userspace. -Taking locks in the hot path of a writer thread to access a data structure only -to find that no further action is necessary is expensive -- on the author's -computer, this have an overhead of 40-50ns per access. -Fortunately, the kernel supports dynamic code patching, which enables XFS to -replace a static branch to hook code with ``nop`` sleds when online fsck isn't -running. -This sled has an overhead of however long it takes the instruction decoder to -skip past the sled, which seems to be on the order of less than 1ns and -does not access memory outside of instruction fetching. - -When online fsck enables the static key, the sled is replaced with an -unconditional branch to call the hook code. -The switchover is quite expensive (~22000ns) but is paid entirely by the -program that invoked online fsck, and can be amortized if multiple threads -enter online fsck at the same time, or if multiple filesystems are being -checked at the same time. -Changing the branch direction requires taking the CPU hotplug lock, and since -CPU initialization requires memory allocation, online fsck must be careful not -to change a static key while holding any locks or resources that could be -accessed in the memory reclaim paths. -To minimize contention on the CPU hotplug lock, care should be taken not to -enable or disable static keys unnecessarily. - -Because static keys are intended to minimize hook overhead for regular -filesystem operations when xfs_scrub is not running, the intended usage -patterns are as follows: - -- The hooked part of XFS should declare a static-scoped static key that - defaults to false. - The ``DEFINE_STATIC_KEY_FALSE`` macro takes care of this. - The static key itself should be declared as a ``static`` variable. - -- When deciding to invoke code that's only used by scrub, the regular - filesystem should call the ``static_branch_unlikely`` predicate to avoid the - scrub-only hook code if the static key is not enabled. - -- The regular filesystem should export helper functions that call - ``static_branch_inc`` to enable and ``static_branch_dec`` to disable the - static key. - Wrapper functions make it easy to compile out the relevant code if the kernel - distributor turns off online fsck at build time. - -- Scrub functions wanting to turn on scrub-only XFS functionality should call - the ``xchk_fsgates_enable`` from the setup function to enable a specific - hook. - This must be done before obtaining any resources that are used by memory - reclaim. - Callers had better be sure they really need the functionality gated by the - static key; the ``TRY_HARDER`` flag is useful here. - -Online scrub has resource acquisition helpers (e.g. ``xchk_perag_lock``) to -handle locking AGI and AGF buffers for all scrubber functions. -If it detects a conflict between scrub and the running transactions, it will -try to wait for intents to complete. -If the caller of the helper has not enabled the static key, the helper will -return -EDEADLOCK, which should result in the scrub being restarted with the -``TRY_HARDER`` flag set. -The scrub setup function should detect that flag, enable the static key, and -try the scrub again. -Scrub teardown disables all static keys obtained by ``xchk_fsgates_enable``. - -For more information, please see the kernel documentation of -Documentation/staging/static-keys.rst. - -.. _xfile: - -Pageable Kernel Memory ----------------------- - -Some online checking functions work by scanning the filesystem to build a -shadow copy of an ondisk metadata structure in memory and comparing the two -copies. -For online repair to rebuild a metadata structure, it must compute the record -set that will be stored in the new structure before it can persist that new -structure to disk. -Ideally, repairs complete with a single atomic commit that introduces -a new data structure. -To meet these goals, the kernel needs to collect a large amount of information -in a place that doesn't require the correct operation of the filesystem. - -Kernel memory isn't suitable because: - -* Allocating a contiguous region of memory to create a C array is very - difficult, especially on 32-bit systems. - -* Linked lists of records introduce double pointer overhead which is very high - and eliminate the possibility of indexed lookups. - -* Kernel memory is pinned, which can drive the system into OOM conditions. - -* The system might not have sufficient memory to stage all the information. - -At any given time, online fsck does not need to keep the entire record set in -memory, which means that individual records can be paged out if necessary. -Continued development of online fsck demonstrated that the ability to perform -indexed data storage would also be very useful. -Fortunately, the Linux kernel already has a facility for byte-addressable and -pageable storage: tmpfs. -In-kernel graphics drivers (most notably i915) take advantage of tmpfs files -to store intermediate data that doesn't need to be in memory at all times, so -that usage precedent is already established. -Hence, the ``xfile`` was born! - -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| **Historical Sidebar**: | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| The first edition of online repair inserted records into a new btree as | -| it found them, which failed because filesystem could shut down with a | -| built data structure, which would be live after recovery finished. | -| | -| The second edition solved the half-rebuilt structure problem by storing | -| everything in memory, but frequently ran the system out of memory. | -| | -| The third edition solved the OOM problem by using linked lists, but the | -| memory overhead of the list pointers was extreme. | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -xfile Access Models -``````````````````` - -A survey of the intended uses of xfiles suggested these use cases: - -1. Arrays of fixed-sized records (space management btrees, directory and - extended attribute entries) - -2. Sparse arrays of fixed-sized records (quotas and link counts) - -3. Large binary objects (BLOBs) of variable sizes (directory and extended - attribute names and values) - -4. Staging btrees in memory (reverse mapping btrees) - -5. Arbitrary contents (realtime space management) - -To support the first four use cases, high level data structures wrap the xfile -to share functionality between online fsck functions. -The rest of this section discusses the interfaces that the xfile presents to -four of those five higher level data structures. -The fifth use case is discussed in the :ref:`realtime summary ` case -study. - -The most general storage interface supported by the xfile enables the reading -and writing of arbitrary quantities of data at arbitrary offsets in the xfile. -This capability is provided by ``xfile_pread`` and ``xfile_pwrite`` functions, -which behave similarly to their userspace counterparts. -XFS is very record-based, which suggests that the ability to load and store -complete records is important. -To support these cases, a pair of ``xfile_obj_load`` and ``xfile_obj_store`` -functions are provided to read and persist objects into an xfile. -They are internally the same as pread and pwrite, except that they treat any -error as an out of memory error. -For online repair, squashing error conditions in this manner is an acceptable -behavior because the only reaction is to abort the operation back to userspace. -All five xfile usecases can be serviced by these four functions. - -However, no discussion of file access idioms is complete without answering the -question, "But what about mmap?" -It is convenient to access storage directly with pointers, just like userspace -code does with regular memory. -Online fsck must not drive the system into OOM conditions, which means that -xfiles must be responsive to memory reclamation. -tmpfs can only push a pagecache folio to the swap cache if the folio is neither -pinned nor locked, which means the xfile must not pin too many folios. - -Short term direct access to xfile contents is done by locking the pagecache -folio and mapping it into kernel address space. -Programmatic access (e.g. pread and pwrite) uses this mechanism. -Folio locks are not supposed to be held for long periods of time, so long -term direct access to xfile contents is done by bumping the folio refcount, -mapping it into kernel address space, and dropping the folio lock. -These long term users *must* be responsive to memory reclaim by hooking into -the shrinker infrastructure to know when to release folios. - -The ``xfile_get_page`` and ``xfile_put_page`` functions are provided to -retrieve the (locked) folio that backs part of an xfile and to release it. -The only code to use these folio lease functions are the xfarray -:ref:`sorting` algorithms and the :ref:`in-memory -btrees`. - -xfile Access Coordination -````````````````````````` - -For security reasons, xfiles must be owned privately by the kernel. -They are marked ``S_PRIVATE`` to prevent interference from the security system, -must never be mapped into process file descriptor tables, and their pages must -never be mapped into userspace processes. - -To avoid locking recursion issues with the VFS, all accesses to the shmfs file -are performed by manipulating the page cache directly. -xfile writers call the ``->write_begin`` and ``->write_end`` functions of the -xfile's address space to grab writable pages, copy the caller's buffer into the -page, and release the pages. -xfile readers call ``shmem_read_mapping_page_gfp`` to grab pages directly -before copying the contents into the caller's buffer. -In other words, xfiles ignore the VFS read and write code paths to avoid -having to create a dummy ``struct kiocb`` and to avoid taking inode and -freeze locks. -tmpfs cannot be frozen, and xfiles must not be exposed to userspace. - -If an xfile is shared between threads to stage repairs, the caller must provide -its own locks to coordinate access. -For example, if a scrub function stores scan results in an xfile and needs -other threads to provide updates to the scanned data, the scrub function must -provide a lock for all threads to share. - -.. _xfarray: - -Arrays of Fixed-Sized Records -````````````````````````````` - -In XFS, each type of indexed space metadata (free space, inodes, reference -counts, file fork space, and reverse mappings) consists of a set of fixed-size -records indexed with a classic B+ tree. -Directories have a set of fixed-size dirent records that point to the names, -and extended attributes have a set of fixed-size attribute keys that point to -names and values. -Quota counters and file link counters index records with numbers. -During a repair, scrub needs to stage new records during the gathering step and -retrieve them during the btree building step. - -Although this requirement can be satisfied by calling the read and write -methods of the xfile directly, it is simpler for callers for there to be a -higher level abstraction to take care of computing array offsets, to provide -iterator functions, and to deal with sparse records and sorting. -The ``xfarray`` abstraction presents a linear array for fixed-size records atop -the byte-accessible xfile. - -.. _xfarray_access_patterns: - -Array Access Patterns -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -Array access patterns in online fsck tend to fall into three categories. -Iteration of records is assumed to be necessary for all cases and will be -covered in the next section. - -The first type of caller handles records that are indexed by position. -Gaps may exist between records, and a record may be updated multiple times -during the collection step. -In other words, these callers want a sparse linearly addressed table file. -The typical use case are quota records or file link count records. -Access to array elements is performed programmatically via ``xfarray_load`` and -``xfarray_store`` functions, which wrap the similarly-named xfile functions to -provide loading and storing of array elements at arbitrary array indices. -Gaps are defined to be null records, and null records are defined to be a -sequence of all zero bytes. -Null records are detected by calling ``xfarray_element_is_null``. -They are created either by calling ``xfarray_unset`` to null out an existing -record or by never storing anything to an array index. - -The second type of caller handles records that are not indexed by position -and do not require multiple updates to a record. -The typical use case here is rebuilding space btrees and key/value btrees. -These callers can add records to the array without caring about array indices -via the ``xfarray_append`` function, which stores a record at the end of the -array. -For callers that require records to be presentable in a specific order (e.g. -rebuilding btree data), the ``xfarray_sort`` function can arrange the sorted -records; this function will be covered later. - -The third type of caller is a bag, which is useful for counting records. -The typical use case here is constructing space extent reference counts from -reverse mapping information. -Records can be put in the bag in any order, they can be removed from the bag -at any time, and uniqueness of records is left to callers. -The ``xfarray_store_anywhere`` function is used to insert a record in any -null record slot in the bag; and the ``xfarray_unset`` function removes a -record from the bag. - -The proposed patchset is the -`big in-memory array -`_. - -Iterating Array Elements -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -Most users of the xfarray require the ability to iterate the records stored in -the array. -Callers can probe every possible array index with the following: - -.. code-block:: c - - xfarray_idx_t i; - foreach_xfarray_idx(array, i) { - xfarray_load(array, i, &rec); - - /* do something with rec */ - } - -All users of this idiom must be prepared to handle null records or must already -know that there aren't any. - -For xfarray users that want to iterate a sparse array, the ``xfarray_iter`` -function ignores indices in the xfarray that have never been written to by -calling ``xfile_seek_data`` (which internally uses ``SEEK_DATA``) to skip areas -of the array that are not populated with memory pages. -Once it finds a page, it will skip the zeroed areas of the page. - -.. code-block:: c - - xfarray_idx_t i = XFARRAY_CURSOR_INIT; - while ((ret = xfarray_iter(array, &i, &rec)) == 1) { - /* do something with rec */ - } - -.. _xfarray_sort: - -Sorting Array Elements -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -During the fourth demonstration of online repair, a community reviewer remarked -that for performance reasons, online repair ought to load batches of records -into btree record blocks instead of inserting records into a new btree one at a -time. -The btree insertion code in XFS is responsible for maintaining correct ordering -of the records, so naturally the xfarray must also support sorting the record -set prior to bulk loading. - -Case Study: Sorting xfarrays -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -The sorting algorithm used in the xfarray is actually a combination of adaptive -quicksort and a heapsort subalgorithm in the spirit of -`Sedgewick `_ and -`pdqsort `_, with customizations for the Linux -kernel. -To sort records in a reasonably short amount of time, ``xfarray`` takes -advantage of the binary subpartitioning offered by quicksort, but it also uses -heapsort to hedge against performance collapse if the chosen quicksort pivots -are poor. -Both algorithms are (in general) O(n * lg(n)), but there is a wide performance -gulf between the two implementations. - -The Linux kernel already contains a reasonably fast implementation of heapsort. -It only operates on regular C arrays, which limits the scope of its usefulness. -There are two key places where the xfarray uses it: - -* Sorting any record subset backed by a single xfile page. - -* Loading a small number of xfarray records from potentially disparate parts - of the xfarray into a memory buffer, and sorting the buffer. - -In other words, ``xfarray`` uses heapsort to constrain the nested recursion of -quicksort, thereby mitigating quicksort's worst runtime behavior. - -Choosing a quicksort pivot is a tricky business. -A good pivot splits the set to sort in half, leading to the divide and conquer -behavior that is crucial to O(n * lg(n)) performance. -A poor pivot barely splits the subset at all, leading to O(n\ :sup:`2`) -runtime. -The xfarray sort routine tries to avoid picking a bad pivot by sampling nine -records into a memory buffer and using the kernel heapsort to identify the -median of the nine. - -Most modern quicksort implementations employ Tukey's "ninther" to select a -pivot from a classic C array. -Typical ninther implementations pick three unique triads of records, sort each -of the triads, and then sort the middle value of each triad to determine the -ninther value. -As stated previously, however, xfile accesses are not entirely cheap. -It turned out to be much more performant to read the nine elements into a -memory buffer, run the kernel's in-memory heapsort on the buffer, and choose -the 4th element of that buffer as the pivot. -Tukey's ninthers are described in J. W. Tukey, `The ninther, a technique for -low-effort robust (resistant) location in large samples`, in *Contributions to -Survey Sampling and Applied Statistics*, edited by H. David, (Academic Press, -1978), pp. 251–257. - -The partitioning of quicksort is fairly textbook -- rearrange the record -subset around the pivot, then set up the current and next stack frames to -sort with the larger and the smaller halves of the pivot, respectively. -This keeps the stack space requirements to log2(record count). - -As a final performance optimization, the hi and lo scanning phase of quicksort -keeps examined xfile pages mapped in the kernel for as long as possible to -reduce map/unmap cycles. -Surprisingly, this reduces overall sort runtime by nearly half again after -accounting for the application of heapsort directly onto xfile pages. - -.. _xfblob: - -Blob Storage -```````````` - -Extended attributes and directories add an additional requirement for staging -records: arbitrary byte sequences of finite length. -Each directory entry record needs to store entry name, -and each extended attribute needs to store both the attribute name and value. -The names, keys, and values can consume a large amount of memory, so the -``xfblob`` abstraction was created to simplify management of these blobs -atop an xfile. - -Blob arrays provide ``xfblob_load`` and ``xfblob_store`` functions to retrieve -and persist objects. -The store function returns a magic cookie for every object that it persists. -Later, callers provide this cookie to the ``xblob_load`` to recall the object. -The ``xfblob_free`` function frees a specific blob, and the ``xfblob_truncate`` -function frees them all because compaction is not needed. - -The details of repairing directories and extended attributes will be discussed -in a subsequent section about atomic extent swapping. -However, it should be noted that these repair functions only use blob storage -to cache a small number of entries before adding them to a temporary ondisk -file, which is why compaction is not required. - -The proposed patchset is at the start of the -`extended attribute repair -`_ series. - -.. _xfbtree: - -In-Memory B+Trees -````````````````` - -The chapter about :ref:`secondary metadata` mentioned that -checking and repairing of secondary metadata commonly requires coordination -between a live metadata scan of the filesystem and writer threads that are -updating that metadata. -Keeping the scan data up to date requires requires the ability to propagate -metadata updates from the filesystem into the data being collected by the scan. -This *can* be done by appending concurrent updates into a separate log file and -applying them before writing the new metadata to disk, but this leads to -unbounded memory consumption if the rest of the system is very busy. -Another option is to skip the side-log and commit live updates from the -filesystem directly into the scan data, which trades more overhead for a lower -maximum memory requirement. -In both cases, the data structure holding the scan results must support indexed -access to perform well. - -Given that indexed lookups of scan data is required for both strategies, online -fsck employs the second strategy of committing live updates directly into -scan data. -Because xfarrays are not indexed and do not enforce record ordering, they -are not suitable for this task. -Conveniently, however, XFS has a library to create and maintain ordered reverse -mapping records: the existing rmap btree code! -If only there was a means to create one in memory. - -Recall that the :ref:`xfile ` abstraction represents memory pages as a -regular file, which means that the kernel can create byte or block addressable -virtual address spaces at will. -The XFS buffer cache specializes in abstracting IO to block-oriented address -spaces, which means that adaptation of the buffer cache to interface with -xfiles enables reuse of the entire btree library. -Btrees built atop an xfile are collectively known as ``xfbtrees``. -The next few sections describe how they actually work. - -The proposed patchset is the -`in-memory btree -`_ -series. - -Using xfiles as a Buffer Cache Target -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -Two modifications are necessary to support xfiles as a buffer cache target. -The first is to make it possible for the ``struct xfs_buftarg`` structure to -host the ``struct xfs_buf`` rhashtable, because normally those are held by a -per-AG structure. -The second change is to modify the buffer ``ioapply`` function to "read" cached -pages from the xfile and "write" cached pages back to the xfile. -Multiple access to individual buffers is controlled by the ``xfs_buf`` lock, -since the xfile does not provide any locking on its own. -With this adaptation in place, users of the xfile-backed buffer cache use -exactly the same APIs as users of the disk-backed buffer cache. -The separation between xfile and buffer cache implies higher memory usage since -they do not share pages, but this property could some day enable transactional -updates to an in-memory btree. -Today, however, it simply eliminates the need for new code. - -Space Management with an xfbtree -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -Space management for an xfile is very simple -- each btree block is one memory -page in size. -These blocks use the same header format as an on-disk btree, but the in-memory -block verifiers ignore the checksums, assuming that xfile memory is no more -corruption-prone than regular DRAM. -Reusing existing code here is more important than absolute memory efficiency. - -The very first block of an xfile backing an xfbtree contains a header block. -The header describes the owner, height, and the block number of the root -xfbtree block. - -To allocate a btree block, use ``xfile_seek_data`` to find a gap in the file. -If there are no gaps, create one by extending the length of the xfile. -Preallocate space for the block with ``xfile_prealloc``, and hand back the -location. -To free an xfbtree block, use ``xfile_discard`` (which internally uses -``FALLOC_FL_PUNCH_HOLE``) to remove the memory page from the xfile. - -Populating an xfbtree -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -An online fsck function that wants to create an xfbtree should proceed as -follows: - -1. Call ``xfile_create`` to create an xfile. - -2. Call ``xfs_alloc_memory_buftarg`` to create a buffer cache target structure - pointing to the xfile. - -3. Pass the buffer cache target, buffer ops, and other information to - ``xfbtree_create`` to write an initial tree header and root block to the - xfile. - Each btree type should define a wrapper that passes necessary arguments to - the creation function. - For example, rmap btrees define ``xfs_rmapbt_mem_create`` to take care of - all the necessary details for callers. - A ``struct xfbtree`` object will be returned. - -4. Pass the xfbtree object to the btree cursor creation function for the - btree type. - Following the example above, ``xfs_rmapbt_mem_cursor`` takes care of this - for callers. - -5. Pass the btree cursor to the regular btree functions to make queries against - and to update the in-memory btree. - For example, a btree cursor for an rmap xfbtree can be passed to the - ``xfs_rmap_*`` functions just like any other btree cursor. - See the :ref:`next section` for information on dealing with - xfbtree updates that are logged to a transaction. - -6. When finished, delete the btree cursor, destroy the xfbtree object, free the - buffer target, and the destroy the xfile to release all resources. - -.. _xfbtree_commit: - -Committing Logged xfbtree Buffers -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -Although it is a clever hack to reuse the rmap btree code to handle the staging -structure, the ephemeral nature of the in-memory btree block storage presents -some challenges of its own. -The XFS transaction manager must not commit buffer log items for buffers backed -by an xfile because the log format does not understand updates for devices -other than the data device. -An ephemeral xfbtree probably will not exist by the time the AIL checkpoints -log transactions back into the filesystem, and certainly won't exist during -log recovery. -For these reasons, any code updating an xfbtree in transaction context must -remove the buffer log items from the transaction and write the updates into the -backing xfile before committing or cancelling the transaction. - -The ``xfbtree_trans_commit`` and ``xfbtree_trans_cancel`` functions implement -this functionality as follows: - -1. Find each buffer log item whose buffer targets the xfile. - -2. Record the dirty/ordered status of the log item. - -3. Detach the log item from the buffer. - -4. Queue the buffer to a special delwri list. - -5. Clear the transaction dirty flag if the only dirty log items were the ones - that were detached in step 3. - -6. Submit the delwri list to commit the changes to the xfile, if the updates - are being committed. - -After removing xfile logged buffers from the transaction in this manner, the -transaction can be committed or cancelled. - -Bulk Loading of Ondisk B+Trees ------------------------------- - -As mentioned previously, early iterations of online repair built new btree -structures by creating a new btree and adding observations individually. -Loading a btree one record at a time had a slight advantage of not requiring -the incore records to be sorted prior to commit, but was very slow and leaked -blocks if the system went down during a repair. -Loading records one at a time also meant that repair could not control the -loading factor of the blocks in the new btree. - -Fortunately, the venerable ``xfs_repair`` tool had a more efficient means for -rebuilding a btree index from a collection of records -- bulk btree loading. -This was implemented rather inefficiently code-wise, since ``xfs_repair`` -had separate copy-pasted implementations for each btree type. - -To prepare for online fsck, each of the four bulk loaders were studied, notes -were taken, and the four were refactored into a single generic btree bulk -loading mechanism. -Those notes in turn have been refreshed and are presented below. - -Geometry Computation -```````````````````` - -The zeroth step of bulk loading is to assemble the entire record set that will -be stored in the new btree, and sort the records. -Next, call ``xfs_btree_bload_compute_geometry`` to compute the shape of the -btree from the record set, the type of btree, and any load factor preferences. -This information is required for resource reservation. - -First, the geometry computation computes the minimum and maximum records that -will fit in a leaf block from the size of a btree block and the size of the -block header. -Roughly speaking, the maximum number of records is:: - - maxrecs = (block_size - header_size) / record_size - -The XFS design specifies that btree blocks should be merged when possible, -which means the minimum number of records is half of maxrecs:: - - minrecs = maxrecs / 2 - -The next variable to determine is the desired loading factor. -This must be at least minrecs and no more than maxrecs. -Choosing minrecs is undesirable because it wastes half the block. -Choosing maxrecs is also undesirable because adding a single record to each -newly rebuilt leaf block will cause a tree split, which causes a noticeable -drop in performance immediately afterwards. -The default loading factor was chosen to be 75% of maxrecs, which provides a -reasonably compact structure without any immediate split penalties:: - - default_load_factor = (maxrecs + minrecs) / 2 - -If space is tight, the loading factor will be set to maxrecs to try to avoid -running out of space:: - - leaf_load_factor = enough space ? default_load_factor : maxrecs - -Load factor is computed for btree node blocks using the combined size of the -btree key and pointer as the record size:: - - maxrecs = (block_size - header_size) / (key_size + ptr_size) - minrecs = maxrecs / 2 - node_load_factor = enough space ? default_load_factor : maxrecs - -Once that's done, the number of leaf blocks required to store the record set -can be computed as:: - - leaf_blocks = ceil(record_count / leaf_load_factor) - -The number of node blocks needed to point to the next level down in the tree -is computed as:: - - n_blocks = (n == 0 ? leaf_blocks : node_blocks[n]) - node_blocks[n + 1] = ceil(n_blocks / node_load_factor) - -The entire computation is performed recursively until the current level only -needs one block. -The resulting geometry is as follows: - -- For AG-rooted btrees, this level is the root level, so the height of the new - tree is ``level + 1`` and the space needed is the summation of the number of - blocks on each level. - -- For inode-rooted btrees where the records in the top level do not fit in the - inode fork area, the height is ``level + 2``, the space needed is the - summation of the number of blocks on each level, and the inode fork points to - the root block. - -- For inode-rooted btrees where the records in the top level can be stored in - the inode fork area, then the root block can be stored in the inode, the - height is ``level + 1``, and the space needed is one less than the summation - of the number of blocks on each level. - This only becomes relevant when non-bmap btrees gain the ability to root in - an inode, which is a future patchset and only included here for completeness. - -.. _newbt: - -Reserving New B+Tree Blocks -``````````````````````````` - -Once repair knows the number of blocks needed for the new btree, it allocates -those blocks using the free space information. -Each reserved extent is tracked separately by the btree builder state data. -To improve crash resilience, the reservation code also logs an Extent Freeing -Intent (EFI) item in the same transaction as each space allocation and attaches -its in-memory ``struct xfs_extent_free_item`` object to the space reservation. -If the system goes down, log recovery will use the unfinished EFIs to free the -unused space, the free space, leaving the filesystem unchanged. - -Each time the btree builder claims a block for the btree from a reserved -extent, it updates the in-memory reservation to reflect the claimed space. -Block reservation tries to allocate as much contiguous space as possible to -reduce the number of EFIs in play. - -While repair is writing these new btree blocks, the EFIs created for the space -reservations pin the tail of the ondisk log. -It's possible that other parts of the system will remain busy and push the head -of the log towards the pinned tail. -To avoid livelocking the filesystem, the EFIs must not pin the tail of the log -for too long. -To alleviate this problem, the dynamic relogging capability of the deferred ops -mechanism is reused here to commit a transaction at the log head containing an -EFD for the old EFI and new EFI at the head. -This enables the log to release the old EFI to keep the log moving forwards. - -EFIs have a role to play during the commit and reaping phases; please see the -next section and the section about :ref:`reaping` for more details. - -Proposed patchsets are the -`bitmap rework -`_ -and the -`preparation for bulk loading btrees -`_. - - -Writing the New Tree -```````````````````` - -This part is pretty simple -- the btree builder (``xfs_btree_bulkload``) claims -a block from the reserved list, writes the new btree block header, fills the -rest of the block with records, and adds the new leaf block to a list of -written blocks:: - - ┌────┐ - │leaf│ - │RRR │ - └────┘ - -Sibling pointers are set every time a new block is added to the level:: - - ┌────┐ ┌────┐ ┌────┐ ┌────┐ - │leaf│→│leaf│→│leaf│→│leaf│ - │RRR │←│RRR │←│RRR │←│RRR │ - └────┘ └────┘ └────┘ └────┘ - -When it finishes writing the record leaf blocks, it moves on to the node -blocks -To fill a node block, it walks each block in the next level down in the tree -to compute the relevant keys and write them into the parent node:: - - ┌────┐ ┌────┐ - │node│──────→│node│ - │PP │←──────│PP │ - └────┘ └────┘ - ↙ ↘ ↙ ↘ - ┌────┐ ┌────┐ ┌────┐ ┌────┐ - │leaf│→│leaf│→│leaf│→│leaf│ - │RRR │←│RRR │←│RRR │←│RRR │ - └────┘ └────┘ └────┘ └────┘ - -When it reaches the root level, it is ready to commit the new btree!:: - - ┌─────────┐ - │ root │ - │ PP │ - └─────────┘ - ↙ ↘ - ┌────┐ ┌────┐ - │node│──────→│node│ - │PP │←──────│PP │ - └────┘ └────┘ - ↙ ↘ ↙ ↘ - ┌────┐ ┌────┐ ┌────┐ ┌────┐ - │leaf│→│leaf│→│leaf│→│leaf│ - │RRR │←│RRR │←│RRR │←│RRR │ - └────┘ └────┘ └────┘ └────┘ - -The first step to commit the new btree is to persist the btree blocks to disk -synchronously. -This is a little complicated because a new btree block could have been freed -in the recent past, so the builder must use ``xfs_buf_delwri_queue_here`` to -remove the (stale) buffer from the AIL list before it can write the new blocks -to disk. -Blocks are queued for IO using a delwri list and written in one large batch -with ``xfs_buf_delwri_submit``. - -Once the new blocks have been persisted to disk, control returns to the -individual repair function that called the bulk loader. -The repair function must log the location of the new root in a transaction, -clean up the space reservations that were made for the new btree, and reap the -old metadata blocks: - -1. Commit the location of the new btree root. - -2. For each incore reservation: - - a. Log Extent Freeing Done (EFD) items for all the space that was consumed - by the btree builder. The new EFDs must point to the EFIs attached to - the reservation to prevent log recovery from freeing the new blocks. - - b. For unclaimed portions of incore reservations, create a regular deferred - extent free work item to be free the unused space later in the - transaction chain. - - c. The EFDs and EFIs logged in steps 2a and 2b must not overrun the - reservation of the committing transaction. - If the btree loading code suspects this might be about to happen, it must - call ``xrep_defer_finish`` to clear out the deferred work and obtain a - fresh transaction. - -3. Clear out the deferred work a second time to finish the commit and clean - the repair transaction. - -The transaction rolling in steps 2c and 3 represent a weakness in the repair -algorithm, because a log flush and a crash before the end of the reap step can -result in space leaking. -Online repair functions minimize the chances of this occurring by using very -large transactions, which each can accommodate many thousands of block freeing -instructions. -Repair moves on to reaping the old blocks, which will be presented in a -subsequent :ref:`section` after a few case studies of bulk loading. - -Case Study: Rebuilding the Inode Index -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -The high level process to rebuild the inode index btree is: - -1. Walk the reverse mapping records to generate ``struct xfs_inobt_rec`` - records from the inode chunk information and a bitmap of the old inode btree - blocks. - -2. Append the records to an xfarray in inode order. - -3. Use the ``xfs_btree_bload_compute_geometry`` function to compute the number - of blocks needed for the inode btree. - If the free space inode btree is enabled, call it again to estimate the - geometry of the finobt. - -4. Allocate the number of blocks computed in the previous step. - -5. Use ``xfs_btree_bload`` to write the xfarray records to btree blocks and - generate the internal node blocks. - If the free space inode btree is enabled, call it again to load the finobt. - -6. Commit the location of the new btree root block(s) to the AGI. - -7. Reap the old btree blocks using the bitmap created in step 1. - -Details are as follows. - -The inode btree maps inumbers to the ondisk location of the associated -inode records, which means that the inode btrees can be rebuilt from the -reverse mapping information. -Reverse mapping records with an owner of ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_INOBT`` marks the -location of the old inode btree blocks. -Each reverse mapping record with an owner of ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_INODES`` marks the -location of at least one inode cluster buffer. -A cluster is the smallest number of ondisk inodes that can be allocated or -freed in a single transaction; it is never smaller than 1 fs block or 4 inodes. - -For the space represented by each inode cluster, ensure that there are no -records in the free space btrees nor any records in the reference count btree. -If there are, the space metadata inconsistencies are reason enough to abort the -operation. -Otherwise, read each cluster buffer to check that its contents appear to be -ondisk inodes and to decide if the file is allocated -(``xfs_dinode.i_mode != 0``) or free (``xfs_dinode.i_mode == 0``). -Accumulate the results of successive inode cluster buffer reads until there is -enough information to fill a single inode chunk record, which is 64 consecutive -numbers in the inumber keyspace. -If the chunk is sparse, the chunk record may include holes. - -Once the repair function accumulates one chunk's worth of data, it calls -``xfarray_append`` to add the inode btree record to the xfarray. -This xfarray is walked twice during the btree creation step -- once to populate -the inode btree with all inode chunk records, and a second time to populate the -free inode btree with records for chunks that have free non-sparse inodes. -The number of records for the inode btree is the number of xfarray records, -but the record count for the free inode btree has to be computed as inode chunk -records are stored in the xfarray. - -The proposed patchset is the -`AG btree repair -`_ -series. - -Case Study: Rebuilding the Space Reference Counts -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -Reverse mapping records are used to rebuild the reference count information. -Reference counts are required for correct operation of copy on write for shared -file data. -Imagine the reverse mapping entries as rectangles representing extents of -physical blocks, and that the rectangles can be laid down to allow them to -overlap each other. -From the diagram below, it is apparent that a reference count record must start -or end wherever the height of the stack changes. -In other words, the record emission stimulus is level-triggered:: - - █ ███ - ██ █████ ████ ███ ██████ - ██ ████ ███████████ ████ █████████ - ████████████████████████████████ ███████████ - ^ ^ ^^ ^^ ^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^ ^^ ^ ^ ^ - 2 1 23 21 3 43 234 2123 1 01 2 3 0 - -The ondisk reference count btree does not store the refcount == 0 cases because -the free space btree already records which blocks are free. -Extents being used to stage copy-on-write operations should be the only records -with refcount == 1. -Single-owner file blocks aren't recorded in either the free space or the -reference count btrees. - -The high level process to rebuild the reference count btree is: - -1. Walk the reverse mapping records to generate ``struct xfs_refcount_irec`` - records for any space having more than one reverse mapping and add them to - the xfarray. - Any records owned by ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_COW`` are also added to the xfarray - because these are extents allocated to stage a copy on write operation and - are tracked in the refcount btree. - - Use any records owned by ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_REFC`` to create a bitmap of old - refcount btree blocks. - -2. Sort the records in physical extent order, putting the CoW staging extents - at the end of the xfarray. - This matches the sorting order of records in the refcount btree. - -3. Use the ``xfs_btree_bload_compute_geometry`` function to compute the number - of blocks needed for the new tree. - -4. Allocate the number of blocks computed in the previous step. - -5. Use ``xfs_btree_bload`` to write the xfarray records to btree blocks and - generate the internal node blocks. - -6. Commit the location of new btree root block to the AGF. - -7. Reap the old btree blocks using the bitmap created in step 1. - -Details are as follows; the same algorithm is used by ``xfs_repair`` to -generate refcount information from reverse mapping records. - -- Until the reverse mapping btree runs out of records: - - - Retrieve the next record from the btree and put it in a bag. - - - Collect all records with the same starting block from the btree and put - them in the bag. - - - While the bag isn't empty: - - - Among the mappings in the bag, compute the lowest block number where the - reference count changes. - This position will be either the starting block number of the next - unprocessed reverse mapping or the next block after the shortest mapping - in the bag. - - - Remove all mappings from the bag that end at this position. - - - Collect all reverse mappings that start at this position from the btree - and put them in the bag. - - - If the size of the bag changed and is greater than one, create a new - refcount record associating the block number range that we just walked to - the size of the bag. - -The bag-like structure in this case is a type 2 xfarray as discussed in the -:ref:`xfarray access patterns` section. -Reverse mappings are added to the bag using ``xfarray_store_anywhere`` and -removed via ``xfarray_unset``. -Bag members are examined through ``xfarray_iter`` loops. - -The proposed patchset is the -`AG btree repair -`_ -series. - -Case Study: Rebuilding File Fork Mapping Indices -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -The high level process to rebuild a data/attr fork mapping btree is: - -1. Walk the reverse mapping records to generate ``struct xfs_bmbt_rec`` - records from the reverse mapping records for that inode and fork. - Append these records to an xfarray. - Compute the bitmap of the old bmap btree blocks from the ``BMBT_BLOCK`` - records. - -2. Use the ``xfs_btree_bload_compute_geometry`` function to compute the number - of blocks needed for the new tree. - -3. Sort the records in file offset order. - -4. If the extent records would fit in the inode fork immediate area, commit the - records to that immediate area and skip to step 8. - -5. Allocate the number of blocks computed in the previous step. - -6. Use ``xfs_btree_bload`` to write the xfarray records to btree blocks and - generate the internal node blocks. - -7. Commit the new btree root block to the inode fork immediate area. - -8. Reap the old btree blocks using the bitmap created in step 1. - -There are some complications here: -First, it's possible to move the fork offset to adjust the sizes of the -immediate areas if the data and attr forks are not both in BMBT format. -Second, if there are sufficiently few fork mappings, it may be possible to use -EXTENTS format instead of BMBT, which may require a conversion. -Third, the incore extent map must be reloaded carefully to avoid disturbing -any delayed allocation extents. - -The proposed patchset is the -`file mapping repair -`_ -series. - -.. _reaping: - -Reaping Old Metadata Blocks ---------------------------- - -Whenever online fsck builds a new data structure to replace one that is -suspect, there is a question of how to find and dispose of the blocks that -belonged to the old structure. -The laziest method of course is not to deal with them at all, but this slowly -leads to service degradations as space leaks out of the filesystem. -Hopefully, someone will schedule a rebuild of the free space information to -plug all those leaks. -Offline repair rebuilds all space metadata after recording the usage of -the files and directories that it decides not to clear, hence it can build new -structures in the discovered free space and avoid the question of reaping. - -As part of a repair, online fsck relies heavily on the reverse mapping records -to find space that is owned by the corresponding rmap owner yet truly free. -Cross referencing rmap records with other rmap records is necessary because -there may be other data structures that also think they own some of those -blocks (e.g. crosslinked trees). -Permitting the block allocator to hand them out again will not push the system -towards consistency. - -For space metadata, the process of finding extents to dispose of generally -follows this format: - -1. Create a bitmap of space used by data structures that must be preserved. - The space reservations used to create the new metadata can be used here if - the same rmap owner code is used to denote all of the objects being rebuilt. - -2. Survey the reverse mapping data to create a bitmap of space owned by the - same ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_*`` number for the metadata that is being preserved. - -3. Use the bitmap disunion operator to subtract (1) from (2). - The remaining set bits represent candidate extents that could be freed. - The process moves on to step 4 below. - -Repairs for file-based metadata such as extended attributes, directories, -symbolic links, quota files and realtime bitmaps are performed by building a -new structure attached to a temporary file and swapping the forks. -Afterward, the mappings in the old file fork are the candidate blocks for -disposal. - -The process for disposing of old extents is as follows: - -4. For each candidate extent, count the number of reverse mapping records for - the first block in that extent that do not have the same rmap owner for the - data structure being repaired. - - - If zero, the block has a single owner and can be freed. - - - If not, the block is part of a crosslinked structure and must not be - freed. - -5. Starting with the next block in the extent, figure out how many more blocks - have the same zero/nonzero other owner status as that first block. - -6. If the region is crosslinked, delete the reverse mapping entry for the - structure being repaired and move on to the next region. - -7. If the region is to be freed, mark any corresponding buffers in the buffer - cache as stale to prevent log writeback. - -8. Free the region and move on. - -However, there is one complication to this procedure. -Transactions are of finite size, so the reaping process must be careful to roll -the transactions to avoid overruns. -Overruns come from two sources: - -a. EFIs logged on behalf of space that is no longer occupied - -b. Log items for buffer invalidations - -This is also a window in which a crash during the reaping process can leak -blocks. -As stated earlier, online repair functions use very large transactions to -minimize the chances of this occurring. - -The proposed patchset is the -`preparation for bulk loading btrees -`_ -series. - -Case Study: Reaping After a Regular Btree Repair -```````````````````````````````````````````````` - -Old reference count and inode btrees are the easiest to reap because they have -rmap records with special owner codes: ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_REFC`` for the refcount -btree, and ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_INOBT`` for the inode and free inode btrees. -Creating a list of extents to reap the old btree blocks is quite simple, -conceptually: - -1. Lock the relevant AGI/AGF header buffers to prevent allocation and frees. - -2. For each reverse mapping record with an rmap owner corresponding to the - metadata structure being rebuilt, set the corresponding range in a bitmap. - -3. Walk the current data structures that have the same rmap owner. - For each block visited, clear that range in the above bitmap. - -4. Each set bit in the bitmap represents a block that could be a block from the - old data structures and hence is a candidate for reaping. - In other words, ``(rmap_records_owned_by & ~blocks_reachable_by_walk)`` - are the blocks that might be freeable. - -If it is possible to maintain the AGF lock throughout the repair (which is the -common case), then step 2 can be performed at the same time as the reverse -mapping record walk that creates the records for the new btree. - -Case Study: Rebuilding the Free Space Indices -````````````````````````````````````````````` - -The high level process to rebuild the free space indices is: - -1. Walk the reverse mapping records to generate ``struct xfs_alloc_rec_incore`` - records from the gaps in the reverse mapping btree. - -2. Append the records to an xfarray. - -3. Use the ``xfs_btree_bload_compute_geometry`` function to compute the number - of blocks needed for each new tree. - -4. Allocate the number of blocks computed in the previous step from the free - space information collected. - -5. Use ``xfs_btree_bload`` to write the xfarray records to btree blocks and - generate the internal node blocks for the free space by length index. - Call it again for the free space by block number index. - -6. Commit the locations of the new btree root blocks to the AGF. - -7. Reap the old btree blocks by looking for space that is not recorded by the - reverse mapping btree, the new free space btrees, or the AGFL. - -Repairing the free space btrees has three key complications over a regular -btree repair: - -First, free space is not explicitly tracked in the reverse mapping records. -Hence, the new free space records must be inferred from gaps in the physical -space component of the keyspace of the reverse mapping btree. - -Second, free space repairs cannot use the common btree reservation code because -new blocks are reserved out of the free space btrees. -This is impossible when repairing the free space btrees themselves. -However, repair holds the AGF buffer lock for the duration of the free space -index reconstruction, so it can use the collected free space information to -supply the blocks for the new free space btrees. -It is not necessary to back each reserved extent with an EFI because the new -free space btrees are constructed in what the ondisk filesystem thinks is -unowned space. -However, if reserving blocks for the new btrees from the collected free space -information changes the number of free space records, repair must re-estimate -the new free space btree geometry with the new record count until the -reservation is sufficient. -As part of committing the new btrees, repair must ensure that reverse mappings -are created for the reserved blocks and that unused reserved blocks are -inserted into the free space btrees. -Deferrred rmap and freeing operations are used to ensure that this transition -is atomic, similar to the other btree repair functions. - -Third, finding the blocks to reap after the repair is not overly -straightforward. -Blocks for the free space btrees and the reverse mapping btrees are supplied by -the AGFL. -Blocks put onto the AGFL have reverse mapping records with the owner -``XFS_RMAP_OWN_AG``. -This ownership is retained when blocks move from the AGFL into the free space -btrees or the reverse mapping btrees. -When repair walks reverse mapping records to synthesize free space records, it -creates a bitmap (``ag_owner_bitmap``) of all the space claimed by -``XFS_RMAP_OWN_AG`` records. -The repair context maintains a second bitmap corresponding to the rmap btree -blocks and the AGFL blocks (``rmap_agfl_bitmap``). -When the walk is complete, the bitmap disunion operation ``(ag_owner_bitmap & -~rmap_agfl_bitmap)`` computes the extents that are used by the old free space -btrees. -These blocks can then be reaped using the methods outlined above. - -The proposed patchset is the -`AG btree repair -`_ -series. - -.. _rmap_reap: - -Case Study: Reaping After Repairing Reverse Mapping Btrees -`````````````````````````````````````````````````````````` - -Old reverse mapping btrees are less difficult to reap after a repair. -As mentioned in the previous section, blocks on the AGFL, the two free space -btree blocks, and the reverse mapping btree blocks all have reverse mapping -records with ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_AG`` as the owner. -The full process of gathering reverse mapping records and building a new btree -are described in the case study of -:ref:`live rebuilds of rmap data `, but a crucial point from that -discussion is that the new rmap btree will not contain any records for the old -rmap btree, nor will the old btree blocks be tracked in the free space btrees. -The list of candidate reaping blocks is computed by setting the bits -corresponding to the gaps in the new rmap btree records, and then clearing the -bits corresponding to extents in the free space btrees and the current AGFL -blocks. -The result ``(new_rmapbt_gaps & ~(agfl | bnobt_records))`` are reaped using the -methods outlined above. - -The rest of the process of rebuildng the reverse mapping btree is discussed -in a separate :ref:`case study`. - -The proposed patchset is the -`AG btree repair -`_ -series. - -Case Study: Rebuilding the AGFL -``````````````````````````````` - -The allocation group free block list (AGFL) is repaired as follows: - -1. Create a bitmap for all the space that the reverse mapping data claims is - owned by ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_AG``. - -2. Subtract the space used by the two free space btrees and the rmap btree. - -3. Subtract any space that the reverse mapping data claims is owned by any - other owner, to avoid re-adding crosslinked blocks to the AGFL. - -4. Once the AGFL is full, reap any blocks leftover. - -5. The next operation to fix the freelist will right-size the list. - -See `fs/xfs/scrub/agheader_repair.c `_ for more details. - -Inode Record Repairs --------------------- - -Inode records must be handled carefully, because they have both ondisk records -("dinodes") and an in-memory ("cached") representation. -There is a very high potential for cache coherency issues if online fsck is not -careful to access the ondisk metadata *only* when the ondisk metadata is so -badly damaged that the filesystem cannot load the in-memory representation. -When online fsck wants to open a damaged file for scrubbing, it must use -specialized resource acquisition functions that return either the in-memory -representation *or* a lock on whichever object is necessary to prevent any -update to the ondisk location. - -The only repairs that should be made to the ondisk inode buffers are whatever -is necessary to get the in-core structure loaded. -This means fixing whatever is caught by the inode cluster buffer and inode fork -verifiers, and retrying the ``iget`` operation. -If the second ``iget`` fails, the repair has failed. - -Once the in-memory representation is loaded, repair can lock the inode and can -subject it to comprehensive checks, repairs, and optimizations. -Most inode attributes are easy to check and constrain, or are user-controlled -arbitrary bit patterns; these are both easy to fix. -Dealing with the data and attr fork extent counts and the file block counts is -more complicated, because computing the correct value requires traversing the -forks, or if that fails, leaving the fields invalid and waiting for the fork -fsck functions to run. - -The proposed patchset is the -`inode -`_ -repair series. - -Quota Record Repairs --------------------- - -Similar to inodes, quota records ("dquots") also have both ondisk records and -an in-memory representation, and hence are subject to the same cache coherency -issues. -Somewhat confusingly, both are known as dquots in the XFS codebase. - -The only repairs that should be made to the ondisk quota record buffers are -whatever is necessary to get the in-core structure loaded. -Once the in-memory representation is loaded, the only attributes needing -checking are obviously bad limits and timer values. - -Quota usage counters are checked, repaired, and discussed separately in the -section about :ref:`live quotacheck `. - -The proposed patchset is the -`quota -`_ -repair series. - -.. _fscounters: - -Freezing to Fix Summary Counters --------------------------------- - -Filesystem summary counters track availability of filesystem resources such -as free blocks, free inodes, and allocated inodes. -This information could be compiled by walking the free space and inode indexes, -but this is a slow process, so XFS maintains a copy in the ondisk superblock -that should reflect the ondisk metadata, at least when the filesystem has been -unmounted cleanly. -For performance reasons, XFS also maintains incore copies of those counters, -which are key to enabling resource reservations for active transactions. -Writer threads reserve the worst-case quantities of resources from the -incore counter and give back whatever they don't use at commit time. -It is therefore only necessary to serialize on the superblock when the -superblock is being committed to disk. - -The lazy superblock counter feature introduced in XFS v5 took this even further -by training log recovery to recompute the summary counters from the AG headers, -which eliminated the need for most transactions even to touch the superblock. -The only time XFS commits the summary counters is at filesystem unmount. -To reduce contention even further, the incore counter is implemented as a -percpu counter, which means that each CPU is allocated a batch of blocks from a -global incore counter and can satisfy small allocations from the local batch. - -The high-performance nature of the summary counters makes it difficult for -online fsck to check them, since there is no way to quiesce a percpu counter -while the system is running. -Although online fsck can read the filesystem metadata to compute the correct -values of the summary counters, there's no way to hold the value of a percpu -counter stable, so it's quite possible that the counter will be out of date by -the time the walk is complete. -Earlier versions of online scrub would return to userspace with an incomplete -scan flag, but this is not a satisfying outcome for a system administrator. -For repairs, the in-memory counters must be stabilized while walking the -filesystem metadata to get an accurate reading and install it in the percpu -counter. - -To satisfy this requirement, online fsck must prevent other programs in the -system from initiating new writes to the filesystem, it must disable background -garbage collection threads, and it must wait for existing writer programs to -exit the kernel. -Once that has been established, scrub can walk the AG free space indexes, the -inode btrees, and the realtime bitmap to compute the correct value of all -four summary counters. -This is very similar to a filesystem freeze, though not all of the pieces are -necessary: - -- The final freeze state is set one higher than ``SB_FREEZE_COMPLETE`` to - prevent other threads from thawing the filesystem, or other scrub threads - from initiating another fscounters freeze. - -- It does not quiesce the log. - -With this code in place, it is now possible to pause the filesystem for just -long enough to check and correct the summary counters. - -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| **Historical Sidebar**: | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| The initial implementation used the actual VFS filesystem freeze | -| mechanism to quiesce filesystem activity. | -| With the filesystem frozen, it is possible to resolve the counter values | -| with exact precision, but there are many problems with calling the VFS | -| methods directly: | -| | -| - Other programs can unfreeze the filesystem without our knowledge. | -| This leads to incorrect scan results and incorrect repairs. | -| | -| - Adding an extra lock to prevent others from thawing the filesystem | -| required the addition of a ``->freeze_super`` function to wrap | -| ``freeze_fs()``. | -| This in turn caused other subtle problems because it turns out that | -| the VFS ``freeze_super`` and ``thaw_super`` functions can drop the | -| last reference to the VFS superblock, and any subsequent access | -| becomes a UAF bug! | -| This can happen if the filesystem is unmounted while the underlying | -| block device has frozen the filesystem. | -| This problem could be solved by grabbing extra references to the | -| superblock, but it felt suboptimal given the other inadequacies of | -| this approach. | -| | -| - The log need not be quiesced to check the summary counters, but a VFS | -| freeze initiates one anyway. | -| This adds unnecessary runtime to live fscounter fsck operations. | -| | -| - Quiescing the log means that XFS flushes the (possibly incorrect) | -| counters to disk as part of cleaning the log. | -| | -| - A bug in the VFS meant that freeze could complete even when | -| sync_filesystem fails to flush the filesystem and returns an error. | -| This bug was fixed in Linux 5.17. | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The proposed patchset is the -`summary counter cleanup -`_ -series. - -Full Filesystem Scans ---------------------- - -Certain types of metadata can only be checked by walking every file in the -entire filesystem to record observations and comparing the observations against -what's recorded on disk. -Like every other type of online repair, repairs are made by writing those -observations to disk in a replacement structure and committing it atomically. -However, it is not practical to shut down the entire filesystem to examine -hundreds of billions of files because the downtime would be excessive. -Therefore, online fsck must build the infrastructure to manage a live scan of -all the files in the filesystem. -There are two questions that need to be solved to perform a live walk: - -- How does scrub manage the scan while it is collecting data? - -- How does the scan keep abreast of changes being made to the system by other - threads? - -.. _iscan: - -Coordinated Inode Scans -``````````````````````` - -In the original Unix filesystems of the 1970s, each directory entry contained -an index number (*inumber*) which was used as an index into on ondisk array -(*itable*) of fixed-size records (*inodes*) describing a file's attributes and -its data block mapping. -This system is described by J. Lions, `"inode (5659)" -`_ in *Lions' Commentary on -UNIX, 6th Edition*, (Dept. of Computer Science, the University of New South -Wales, November 1977), pp. 18-2; and later by D. Ritchie and K. Thompson, -`"Implementation of the File System" -`_, from *The UNIX -Time-Sharing System*, (The Bell System Technical Journal, July 1978), pp. -1913-4. - -XFS retains most of this design, except now inumbers are search keys over all -the space in the data section filesystem. -They form a continuous keyspace that can be expressed as a 64-bit integer, -though the inodes themselves are sparsely distributed within the keyspace. -Scans proceed in a linear fashion across the inumber keyspace, starting from -``0x0`` and ending at ``0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF``. -Naturally, a scan through a keyspace requires a scan cursor object to track the -scan progress. -Because this keyspace is sparse, this cursor contains two parts. -The first part of this scan cursor object tracks the inode that will be -examined next; call this the examination cursor. -Somewhat less obviously, the scan cursor object must also track which parts of -the keyspace have already been visited, which is critical for deciding if a -concurrent filesystem update needs to be incorporated into the scan data. -Call this the visited inode cursor. - -Advancing the scan cursor is a multi-step process encapsulated in -``xchk_iscan_iter``: - -1. Lock the AGI buffer of the AG containing the inode pointed to by the visited - inode cursor. - This guarantee that inodes in this AG cannot be allocated or freed while - advancing the cursor. - -2. Use the per-AG inode btree to look up the next inumber after the one that - was just visited, since it may not be keyspace adjacent. - -3. If there are no more inodes left in this AG: - - a. Move the examination cursor to the point of the inumber keyspace that - corresponds to the start of the next AG. - - b. Adjust the visited inode cursor to indicate that it has "visited" the - last possible inode in the current AG's inode keyspace. - XFS inumbers are segmented, so the cursor needs to be marked as having - visited the entire keyspace up to just before the start of the next AG's - inode keyspace. - - c. Unlock the AGI and return to step 1 if there are unexamined AGs in the - filesystem. - - d. If there are no more AGs to examine, set both cursors to the end of the - inumber keyspace. - The scan is now complete. - -4. Otherwise, there is at least one more inode to scan in this AG: - - a. Move the examination cursor ahead to the next inode marked as allocated - by the inode btree. - - b. Adjust the visited inode cursor to point to the inode just prior to where - the examination cursor is now. - Because the scanner holds the AGI buffer lock, no inodes could have been - created in the part of the inode keyspace that the visited inode cursor - just advanced. - -5. Get the incore inode for the inumber of the examination cursor. - By maintaining the AGI buffer lock until this point, the scanner knows that - it was safe to advance the examination cursor across the entire keyspace, - and that it has stabilized this next inode so that it cannot disappear from - the filesystem until the scan releases the incore inode. - -6. Drop the AGI lock and return the incore inode to the caller. - -Online fsck functions scan all files in the filesystem as follows: - -1. Start a scan by calling ``xchk_iscan_start``. - -2. Advance the scan cursor (``xchk_iscan_iter``) to get the next inode. - If one is provided: - - a. Lock the inode to prevent updates during the scan. - - b. Scan the inode. - - c. While still holding the inode lock, adjust the visited inode cursor - (``xchk_iscan_mark_visited``) to point to this inode. - - d. Unlock and release the inode. - -8. Call ``xchk_iscan_teardown`` to complete the scan. - -There are subtleties with the inode cache that complicate grabbing the incore -inode for the caller. -Obviously, it is an absolute requirement that the inode metadata be consistent -enough to load it into the inode cache. -Second, if the incore inode is stuck in some intermediate state, the scan -coordinator must release the AGI and push the main filesystem to get the inode -back into a loadable state. - -The proposed patches are the -`inode scanner -`_ -series. -The first user of the new functionality is the -`online quotacheck -`_ -series. - -Inode Management -```````````````` - -In regular filesystem code, references to allocated XFS incore inodes are -always obtained (``xfs_iget``) outside of transaction context because the -creation of the incore context for an existing file does not require metadata -updates. -However, it is important to note that references to incore inodes obtained as -part of file creation must be performed in transaction context because the -filesystem must ensure the atomicity of the ondisk inode btree index updates -and the initialization of the actual ondisk inode. - -References to incore inodes are always released (``xfs_irele``) outside of -transaction context because there are a handful of activities that might -require ondisk updates: - -- The VFS may decide to kick off writeback as part of a ``DONTCACHE`` inode - release. - -- Speculative preallocations need to be unreserved. - -- An unlinked file may have lost its last reference, in which case the entire - file must be inactivated, which involves releasing all of its resources in - the ondisk metadata and freeing the inode. - -These activities are collectively called inode inactivation. -Inactivation has two parts -- the VFS part, which initiates writeback on all -dirty file pages, and the XFS part, which cleans up XFS-specific information -and frees the inode if it was unlinked. -If the inode is unlinked (or unconnected after a file handle operation), the -kernel drops the inode into the inactivation machinery immediately. - -During normal operation, resource acquisition for an update follows this order -to avoid deadlocks: - -1. Inode reference (``iget``). - -2. Filesystem freeze protection, if repairing (``mnt_want_write_file``). - -3. Inode ``IOLOCK`` (VFS ``i_rwsem``) lock to control file IO. - -4. Inode ``MMAPLOCK`` (page cache ``invalidate_lock``) lock for operations that - can update page cache mappings. - -5. Log feature enablement. - -6. Transaction log space grant. - -7. Space on the data and realtime devices for the transaction. - -8. Incore dquot references, if a file is being repaired. - Note that they are not locked, merely acquired. - -9. Inode ``ILOCK`` for file metadata updates. - -10. AG header buffer locks / Realtime metadata inode ILOCK. - -11. Realtime metadata buffer locks, if applicable. - -12. Extent mapping btree blocks, if applicable. - -Resources are often released in the reverse order, though this is not required. -However, online fsck differs from regular XFS operations because it may examine -an object that normally is acquired in a later stage of the locking order, and -then decide to cross-reference the object with an object that is acquired -earlier in the order. -The next few sections detail the specific ways in which online fsck takes care -to avoid deadlocks. - -iget and irele During a Scrub -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -An inode scan performed on behalf of a scrub operation runs in transaction -context, and possibly with resources already locked and bound to it. -This isn't much of a problem for ``iget`` since it can operate in the context -of an existing transaction, as long as all of the bound resources are acquired -before the inode reference in the regular filesystem. - -When the VFS ``iput`` function is given a linked inode with no other -references, it normally puts the inode on an LRU list in the hope that it can -save time if another process re-opens the file before the system runs out -of memory and frees it. -Filesystem callers can short-circuit the LRU process by setting a ``DONTCACHE`` -flag on the inode to cause the kernel to try to drop the inode into the -inactivation machinery immediately. - -In the past, inactivation was always done from the process that dropped the -inode, which was a problem for scrub because scrub may already hold a -transaction, and XFS does not support nesting transactions. -On the other hand, if there is no scrub transaction, it is desirable to drop -otherwise unused inodes immediately to avoid polluting caches. -To capture these nuances, the online fsck code has a separate ``xchk_irele`` -function to set or clear the ``DONTCACHE`` flag to get the required release -behavior. - -Proposed patchsets include fixing -`scrub iget usage -`_ and -`dir iget usage -`_. - -.. _ilocking: - -Locking Inodes -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -In regular filesystem code, the VFS and XFS will acquire multiple IOLOCK locks -in a well-known order: parent → child when updating the directory tree, and -in numerical order of the addresses of their ``struct inode`` object otherwise. -For regular files, the MMAPLOCK can be acquired after the IOLOCK to stop page -faults. -If two MMAPLOCKs must be acquired, they are acquired in numerical order of -the addresses of their ``struct address_space`` objects. -Due to the structure of existing filesystem code, IOLOCKs and MMAPLOCKs must be -acquired before transactions are allocated. -If two ILOCKs must be acquired, they are acquired in inumber order. - -Inode lock acquisition must be done carefully during a coordinated inode scan. -Online fsck cannot abide these conventions, because for a directory tree -scanner, the scrub process holds the IOLOCK of the file being scanned and it -needs to take the IOLOCK of the file at the other end of the directory link. -If the directory tree is corrupt because it contains a cycle, ``xfs_scrub`` -cannot use the regular inode locking functions and avoid becoming trapped in an -ABBA deadlock. - -Solving both of these problems is straightforward -- any time online fsck -needs to take a second lock of the same class, it uses trylock to avoid an ABBA -deadlock. -If the trylock fails, scrub drops all inode locks and use trylock loops to -(re)acquire all necessary resources. -Trylock loops enable scrub to check for pending fatal signals, which is how -scrub avoids deadlocking the filesystem or becoming an unresponsive process. -However, trylock loops means that online fsck must be prepared to measure the -resource being scrubbed before and after the lock cycle to detect changes and -react accordingly. - -.. _dirparent: - -Case Study: Finding a Directory Parent -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -Consider the directory parent pointer repair code as an example. -Online fsck must verify that the dotdot dirent of a directory points up to a -parent directory, and that the parent directory contains exactly one dirent -pointing down to the child directory. -Fully validating this relationship (and repairing it if possible) requires a -walk of every directory on the filesystem while holding the child locked, and -while updates to the directory tree are being made. -The coordinated inode scan provides a way to walk the filesystem without the -possibility of missing an inode. -The child directory is kept locked to prevent updates to the dotdot dirent, but -if the scanner fails to lock a parent, it can drop and relock both the child -and the prospective parent. -If the dotdot entry changes while the directory is unlocked, then a move or -rename operation must have changed the child's parentage, and the scan can -exit early. - -The proposed patchset is the -`directory repair -`_ -series. - -.. _fshooks: - -Filesystem Hooks -````````````````` - -The second piece of support that online fsck functions need during a full -filesystem scan is the ability to stay informed about updates being made by -other threads in the filesystem, since comparisons against the past are useless -in a dynamic environment. -Two pieces of Linux kernel infrastructure enable online fsck to monitor regular -filesystem operations: filesystem hooks and :ref:`static keys`. - -Filesystem hooks convey information about an ongoing filesystem operation to -a downstream consumer. -In this case, the downstream consumer is always an online fsck function. -Because multiple fsck functions can run in parallel, online fsck uses the Linux -notifier call chain facility to dispatch updates to any number of interested -fsck processes. -Call chains are a dynamic list, which means that they can be configured at -run time. -Because these hooks are private to the XFS module, the information passed along -contains exactly what the checking function needs to update its observations. - -The current implementation of XFS hooks uses SRCU notifier chains to reduce the -impact to highly threaded workloads. -Regular blocking notifier chains use a rwsem and seem to have a much lower -overhead for single-threaded applications. -However, it may turn out that the combination of blocking chains and static -keys are a more performant combination; more study is needed here. - -The following pieces are necessary to hook a certain point in the filesystem: - -- A ``struct xfs_hooks`` object must be embedded in a convenient place such as - a well-known incore filesystem object. - -- Each hook must define an action code and a structure containing more context - about the action. - -- Hook providers should provide appropriate wrapper functions and structs - around the ``xfs_hooks`` and ``xfs_hook`` objects to take advantage of type - checking to ensure correct usage. - -- A callsite in the regular filesystem code must be chosen to call - ``xfs_hooks_call`` with the action code and data structure. - This place should be adjacent to (and not earlier than) the place where - the filesystem update is committed to the transaction. - In general, when the filesystem calls a hook chain, it should be able to - handle sleeping and should not be vulnerable to memory reclaim or locking - recursion. - However, the exact requirements are very dependent on the context of the hook - caller and the callee. - -- The online fsck function should define a structure to hold scan data, a lock - to coordinate access to the scan data, and a ``struct xfs_hook`` object. - The scanner function and the regular filesystem code must acquire resources - in the same order; see the next section for details. - -- The online fsck code must contain a C function to catch the hook action code - and data structure. - If the object being updated has already been visited by the scan, then the - hook information must be applied to the scan data. - -- Prior to unlocking inodes to start the scan, online fsck must call - ``xfs_hooks_setup`` to initialize the ``struct xfs_hook``, and - ``xfs_hooks_add`` to enable the hook. - -- Online fsck must call ``xfs_hooks_del`` to disable the hook once the scan is - complete. - -The number of hooks should be kept to a minimum to reduce complexity. -Static keys are used to reduce the overhead of filesystem hooks to nearly -zero when online fsck is not running. - -.. _liveupdate: - -Live Updates During a Scan -`````````````````````````` - -The code paths of the online fsck scanning code and the :ref:`hooked` -filesystem code look like this:: - - other program - ↓ - inode lock ←────────────────────┐ - ↓ │ - AG header lock │ - ↓ │ - filesystem function │ - ↓ │ - notifier call chain │ same - ↓ ├─── inode - scrub hook function │ lock - ↓ │ - scan data mutex ←──┐ same │ - ↓ ├─── scan │ - update scan data │ lock │ - ↑ │ │ - scan data mutex ←──┘ │ - ↑ │ - inode lock ←────────────────────┘ - ↑ - scrub function - ↑ - inode scanner - ↑ - xfs_scrub - -These rules must be followed to ensure correct interactions between the -checking code and the code making an update to the filesystem: - -- Prior to invoking the notifier call chain, the filesystem function being - hooked must acquire the same lock that the scrub scanning function acquires - to scan the inode. - -- The scanning function and the scrub hook function must coordinate access to - the scan data by acquiring a lock on the scan data. - -- Scrub hook function must not add the live update information to the scan - observations unless the inode being updated has already been scanned. - The scan coordinator has a helper predicate (``xchk_iscan_want_live_update``) - for this. - -- Scrub hook functions must not change the caller's state, including the - transaction that it is running. - They must not acquire any resources that might conflict with the filesystem - function being hooked. - -- The hook function can abort the inode scan to avoid breaking the other rules. - -The inode scan APIs are pretty simple: - -- ``xchk_iscan_start`` starts a scan - -- ``xchk_iscan_iter`` grabs a reference to the next inode in the scan or - returns zero if there is nothing left to scan - -- ``xchk_iscan_want_live_update`` to decide if an inode has already been - visited in the scan. - This is critical for hook functions to decide if they need to update the - in-memory scan information. - -- ``xchk_iscan_mark_visited`` to mark an inode as having been visited in the - scan - -- ``xchk_iscan_teardown`` to finish the scan - -This functionality is also a part of the -`inode scanner -`_ -series. - -.. _quotacheck: - -Case Study: Quota Counter Checking -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -It is useful to compare the mount time quotacheck code to the online repair -quotacheck code. -Mount time quotacheck does not have to contend with concurrent operations, so -it does the following: - -1. Make sure the ondisk dquots are in good enough shape that all the incore - dquots will actually load, and zero the resource usage counters in the - ondisk buffer. - -2. Walk every inode in the filesystem. - Add each file's resource usage to the incore dquot. - -3. Walk each incore dquot. - If the incore dquot is not being flushed, add the ondisk buffer backing the - incore dquot to a delayed write (delwri) list. - -4. Write the buffer list to disk. - -Like most online fsck functions, online quotacheck can't write to regular -filesystem objects until the newly collected metadata reflect all filesystem -state. -Therefore, online quotacheck records file resource usage to a shadow dquot -index implemented with a sparse ``xfarray``, and only writes to the real dquots -once the scan is complete. -Handling transactional updates is tricky because quota resource usage updates -are handled in phases to minimize contention on dquots: - -1. The inodes involved are joined and locked to a transaction. - -2. For each dquot attached to the file: - - a. The dquot is locked. - - b. A quota reservation is added to the dquot's resource usage. - The reservation is recorded in the transaction. - - c. The dquot is unlocked. - -3. Changes in actual quota usage are tracked in the transaction. - -4. At transaction commit time, each dquot is examined again: - - a. The dquot is locked again. - - b. Quota usage changes are logged and unused reservation is given back to - the dquot. - - c. The dquot is unlocked. - -For online quotacheck, hooks are placed in steps 2 and 4. -The step 2 hook creates a shadow version of the transaction dquot context -(``dqtrx``) that operates in a similar manner to the regular code. -The step 4 hook commits the shadow ``dqtrx`` changes to the shadow dquots. -Notice that both hooks are called with the inode locked, which is how the -live update coordinates with the inode scanner. - -The quotacheck scan looks like this: - -1. Set up a coordinated inode scan. - -2. For each inode returned by the inode scan iterator: - - a. Grab and lock the inode. - - b. Determine that inode's resource usage (data blocks, inode counts, - realtime blocks) and add that to the shadow dquots for the user, group, - and project ids associated with the inode. - - c. Unlock and release the inode. - -3. For each dquot in the system: - - a. Grab and lock the dquot. - - b. Check the dquot against the shadow dquots created by the scan and updated - by the live hooks. - -Live updates are key to being able to walk every quota record without -needing to hold any locks for a long duration. -If repairs are desired, the real and shadow dquots are locked and their -resource counts are set to the values in the shadow dquot. - -The proposed patchset is the -`online quotacheck -`_ -series. - -.. _nlinks: - -Case Study: File Link Count Checking -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -File link count checking also uses live update hooks. -The coordinated inode scanner is used to visit all directories on the -filesystem, and per-file link count records are stored in a sparse ``xfarray`` -indexed by inumber. -During the scanning phase, each entry in a directory generates observation -data as follows: - -1. If the entry is a dotdot (``'..'``) entry of the root directory, the - directory's parent link count is bumped because the root directory's dotdot - entry is self referential. - -2. If the entry is a dotdot entry of a subdirectory, the parent's backref - count is bumped. - -3. If the entry is neither a dot nor a dotdot entry, the target file's parent - count is bumped. - -4. If the target is a subdirectory, the parent's child link count is bumped. - -A crucial point to understand about how the link count inode scanner interacts -with the live update hooks is that the scan cursor tracks which *parent* -directories have been scanned. -In other words, the live updates ignore any update about ``A → B`` when A has -not been scanned, even if B has been scanned. -Furthermore, a subdirectory A with a dotdot entry pointing back to B is -accounted as a backref counter in the shadow data for A, since child dotdot -entries affect the parent's link count. -Live update hooks are carefully placed in all parts of the filesystem that -create, change, or remove directory entries, since those operations involve -bumplink and droplink. - -For any file, the correct link count is the number of parents plus the number -of child subdirectories. -Non-directories never have children of any kind. -The backref information is used to detect inconsistencies in the number of -links pointing to child subdirectories and the number of dotdot entries -pointing back. - -After the scan completes, the link count of each file can be checked by locking -both the inode and the shadow data, and comparing the link counts. -A second coordinated inode scan cursor is used for comparisons. -Live updates are key to being able to walk every inode without needing to hold -any locks between inodes. -If repairs are desired, the inode's link count is set to the value in the -shadow information. -If no parents are found, the file must be :ref:`reparented ` to the -orphanage to prevent the file from being lost forever. - -The proposed patchset is the -`file link count repair -`_ -series. - -.. _rmap_repair: - -Case Study: Rebuilding Reverse Mapping Records -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -Most repair functions follow the same pattern: lock filesystem resources, -walk the surviving ondisk metadata looking for replacement metadata records, -and use an :ref:`in-memory array ` to store the gathered observations. -The primary advantage of this approach is the simplicity and modularity of the -repair code -- code and data are entirely contained within the scrub module, -do not require hooks in the main filesystem, and are usually the most efficient -in memory use. -A secondary advantage of this repair approach is atomicity -- once the kernel -decides a structure is corrupt, no other threads can access the metadata until -the kernel finishes repairing and revalidating the metadata. - -For repairs going on within a shard of the filesystem, these advantages -outweigh the delays inherent in locking the shard while repairing parts of the -shard. -Unfortunately, repairs to the reverse mapping btree cannot use the "standard" -btree repair strategy because it must scan every space mapping of every fork of -every file in the filesystem, and the filesystem cannot stop. -Therefore, rmap repair foregoes atomicity between scrub and repair. -It combines a :ref:`coordinated inode scanner `, :ref:`live update hooks -`, and an :ref:`in-memory rmap btree ` to complete the -scan for reverse mapping records. - -1. Set up an xfbtree to stage rmap records. - -2. While holding the locks on the AGI and AGF buffers acquired during the - scrub, generate reverse mappings for all AG metadata: inodes, btrees, CoW - staging extents, and the internal log. - -3. Set up an inode scanner. - -4. Hook into rmap updates for the AG being repaired so that the live scan data - can receive updates to the rmap btree from the rest of the filesystem during - the file scan. - -5. For each space mapping found in either fork of each file scanned, - decide if the mapping matches the AG of interest. - If so: - - a. Create a btree cursor for the in-memory btree. - - b. Use the rmap code to add the record to the in-memory btree. - - c. Use the :ref:`special commit function ` to write the - xfbtree changes to the xfile. - -6. For each live update received via the hook, decide if the owner has already - been scanned. - If so, apply the live update into the scan data: - - a. Create a btree cursor for the in-memory btree. - - b. Replay the operation into the in-memory btree. - - c. Use the :ref:`special commit function ` to write the - xfbtree changes to the xfile. - This is performed with an empty transaction to avoid changing the - caller's state. - -7. When the inode scan finishes, create a new scrub transaction and relock the - two AG headers. - -8. Compute the new btree geometry using the number of rmap records in the - shadow btree, like all other btree rebuilding functions. - -9. Allocate the number of blocks computed in the previous step. - -10. Perform the usual btree bulk loading and commit to install the new rmap - btree. - -11. Reap the old rmap btree blocks as discussed in the case study about how - to :ref:`reap after rmap btree repair `. - -12. Free the xfbtree now that it not needed. - -The proposed patchset is the -`rmap repair -`_ -series. - -Staging Repairs with Temporary Files on Disk --------------------------------------------- - -XFS stores a substantial amount of metadata in file forks: directories, -extended attributes, symbolic link targets, free space bitmaps and summary -information for the realtime volume, and quota records. -File forks map 64-bit logical file fork space extents to physical storage space -extents, similar to how a memory management unit maps 64-bit virtual addresses -to physical memory addresses. -Therefore, file-based tree structures (such as directories and extended -attributes) use blocks mapped in the file fork offset address space that point -to other blocks mapped within that same address space, and file-based linear -structures (such as bitmaps and quota records) compute array element offsets in -the file fork offset address space. - -Because file forks can consume as much space as the entire filesystem, repairs -cannot be staged in memory, even when a paging scheme is available. -Therefore, online repair of file-based metadata createas a temporary file in -the XFS filesystem, writes a new structure at the correct offsets into the -temporary file, and atomically swaps the fork mappings (and hence the fork -contents) to commit the repair. -Once the repair is complete, the old fork can be reaped as necessary; if the -system goes down during the reap, the iunlink code will delete the blocks -during log recovery. - -**Note**: All space usage and inode indices in the filesystem *must* be -consistent to use a temporary file safely! -This dependency is the reason why online repair can only use pageable kernel -memory to stage ondisk space usage information. - -Swapping metadata extents with a temporary file requires the owner field of the -block headers to match the file being repaired and not the temporary file. The -directory, extended attribute, and symbolic link functions were all modified to -allow callers to specify owner numbers explicitly. - -There is a downside to the reaping process -- if the system crashes during the -reap phase and the fork extents are crosslinked, the iunlink processing will -fail because freeing space will find the extra reverse mappings and abort. - -Temporary files created for repair are similar to ``O_TMPFILE`` files created -by userspace. -They are not linked into a directory and the entire file will be reaped when -the last reference to the file is lost. -The key differences are that these files must have no access permission outside -the kernel at all, they must be specially marked to prevent them from being -opened by handle, and they must never be linked into the directory tree. - -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| **Historical Sidebar**: | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| In the initial iteration of file metadata repair, the damaged metadata | -| blocks would be scanned for salvageable data; the extents in the file | -| fork would be reaped; and then a new structure would be built in its | -| place. | -| This strategy did not survive the introduction of the atomic repair | -| requirement expressed earlier in this document. | -| | -| The second iteration explored building a second structure at a high | -| offset in the fork from the salvage data, reaping the old extents, and | -| using a ``COLLAPSE_RANGE`` operation to slide the new extents into | -| place. | -| | -| This had many drawbacks: | -| | -| - Array structures are linearly addressed, and the regular filesystem | -| codebase does not have the concept of a linear offset that could be | -| applied to the record offset computation to build an alternate copy. | -| | -| - Extended attributes are allowed to use the entire attr fork offset | -| address space. | -| | -| - Even if repair could build an alternate copy of a data structure in a | -| different part of the fork address space, the atomic repair commit | -| requirement means that online repair would have to be able to perform | -| a log assisted ``COLLAPSE_RANGE`` operation to ensure that the old | -| structure was completely replaced. | -| | -| - A crash after construction of the secondary tree but before the range | -| collapse would leave unreachable blocks in the file fork. | -| This would likely confuse things further. | -| | -| - Reaping blocks after a repair is not a simple operation, and | -| initiating a reap operation from a restarted range collapse operation | -| during log recovery is daunting. | -| | -| - Directory entry blocks and quota records record the file fork offset | -| in the header area of each block. | -| An atomic range collapse operation would have to rewrite this part of | -| each block header. | -| Rewriting a single field in block headers is not a huge problem, but | -| it's something to be aware of. | -| | -| - Each block in a directory or extended attributes btree index contains | -| sibling and child block pointers. | -| Were the atomic commit to use a range collapse operation, each block | -| would have to be rewritten very carefully to preserve the graph | -| structure. | -| Doing this as part of a range collapse means rewriting a large number | -| of blocks repeatedly, which is not conducive to quick repairs. | -| | -| This lead to the introduction of temporary file staging. | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Using a Temporary File -`````````````````````` - -Online repair code should use the ``xrep_tempfile_create`` function to create a -temporary file inside the filesystem. -This allocates an inode, marks the in-core inode private, and attaches it to -the scrub context. -These files are hidden from userspace, may not be added to the directory tree, -and must be kept private. - -Temporary files only use two inode locks: the IOLOCK and the ILOCK. -The MMAPLOCK is not needed here, because there must not be page faults from -userspace for data fork blocks. -The usage patterns of these two locks are the same as for any other XFS file -- -access to file data are controlled via the IOLOCK, and access to file metadata -are controlled via the ILOCK. -Locking helpers are provided so that the temporary file and its lock state can -be cleaned up by the scrub context. -To comply with the nested locking strategy laid out in the :ref:`inode -locking` section, it is recommended that scrub functions use the -xrep_tempfile_ilock*_nowait lock helpers. - -Data can be written to a temporary file by two means: - -1. ``xrep_tempfile_copyin`` can be used to set the contents of a regular - temporary file from an xfile. - -2. The regular directory, symbolic link, and extended attribute functions can - be used to write to the temporary file. - -Once a good copy of a data file has been constructed in a temporary file, it -must be conveyed to the file being repaired, which is the topic of the next -section. - -The proposed patches are in the -`repair temporary files -`_ -series. - -Atomic Extent Swapping ----------------------- - -Once repair builds a temporary file with a new data structure written into -it, it must commit the new changes into the existing file. -It is not possible to swap the inumbers of two files, so instead the new -metadata must replace the old. -This suggests the need for the ability to swap extents, but the existing extent -swapping code used by the file defragmenting tool ``xfs_fsr`` is not sufficient -for online repair because: - -a. When the reverse-mapping btree is enabled, the swap code must keep the - reverse mapping information up to date with every exchange of mappings. - Therefore, it can only exchange one mapping per transaction, and each - transaction is independent. - -b. Reverse-mapping is critical for the operation of online fsck, so the old - defragmentation code (which swapped entire extent forks in a single - operation) is not useful here. - -c. Defragmentation is assumed to occur between two files with identical - contents. - For this use case, an incomplete exchange will not result in a user-visible - change in file contents, even if the operation is interrupted. - -d. Online repair needs to swap the contents of two files that are by definition - *not* identical. - For directory and xattr repairs, the user-visible contents might be the - same, but the contents of individual blocks may be very different. - -e. Old blocks in the file may be cross-linked with another structure and must - not reappear if the system goes down mid-repair. - -These problems are overcome by creating a new deferred operation and a new type -of log intent item to track the progress of an operation to exchange two file -ranges. -The new deferred operation type chains together the same transactions used by -the reverse-mapping extent swap code. -The new log item records the progress of the exchange to ensure that once an -exchange begins, it will always run to completion, even there are -interruptions. -The new ``XFS_SB_FEAT_INCOMPAT_LOG_ATOMIC_SWAP`` log-incompatible feature flag -in the superblock protects these new log item records from being replayed on -old kernels. - -The proposed patchset is the -`atomic extent swap -`_ -series. - -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| **Sidebar: Using Log-Incompatible Feature Flags** | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Starting with XFS v5, the superblock contains a | -| ``sb_features_log_incompat`` field to indicate that the log contains | -| records that might not readable by all kernels that could mount this | -| filesystem. | -| In short, log incompat features protect the log contents against kernels | -| that will not understand the contents. | -| Unlike the other superblock feature bits, log incompat bits are | -| ephemeral because an empty (clean) log does not need protection. | -| The log cleans itself after its contents have been committed into the | -| filesystem, either as part of an unmount or because the system is | -| otherwise idle. | -| Because upper level code can be working on a transaction at the same | -| time that the log cleans itself, it is necessary for upper level code to | -| communicate to the log when it is going to use a log incompatible | -| feature. | -| | -| The log coordinates access to incompatible features through the use of | -| one ``struct rw_semaphore`` for each feature. | -| The log cleaning code tries to take this rwsem in exclusive mode to | -| clear the bit; if the lock attempt fails, the feature bit remains set. | -| Filesystem code signals its intention to use a log incompat feature in a | -| transaction by calling ``xlog_use_incompat_feat``, which takes the rwsem | -| in shared mode. | -| The code supporting a log incompat feature should create wrapper | -| functions to obtain the log feature and call | -| ``xfs_add_incompat_log_feature`` to set the feature bits in the primary | -| superblock. | -| The superblock update is performed transactionally, so the wrapper to | -| obtain log assistance must be called just prior to the creation of the | -| transaction that uses the functionality. | -| For a file operation, this step must happen after taking the IOLOCK | -| and the MMAPLOCK, but before allocating the transaction. | -| When the transaction is complete, the ``xlog_drop_incompat_feat`` | -| function is called to release the feature. | -| The feature bit will not be cleared from the superblock until the log | -| becomes clean. | -| | -| Log-assisted extended attribute updates and atomic extent swaps both use | -| log incompat features and provide convenience wrappers around the | -| functionality. | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Mechanics of an Atomic Extent Swap -`````````````````````````````````` - -Swapping entire file forks is a complex task. -The goal is to exchange all file fork mappings between two file fork offset -ranges. -There are likely to be many extent mappings in each fork, and the edges of -the mappings aren't necessarily aligned. -Furthermore, there may be other updates that need to happen after the swap, -such as exchanging file sizes, inode flags, or conversion of fork data to local -format. -This is roughly the format of the new deferred extent swap work item: - -.. code-block:: c - - struct xfs_swapext_intent { - /* Inodes participating in the operation. */ - struct xfs_inode *sxi_ip1; - struct xfs_inode *sxi_ip2; - - /* File offset range information. */ - xfs_fileoff_t sxi_startoff1; - xfs_fileoff_t sxi_startoff2; - xfs_filblks_t sxi_blockcount; - - /* Set these file sizes after the operation, unless negative. */ - xfs_fsize_t sxi_isize1; - xfs_fsize_t sxi_isize2; - - /* XFS_SWAP_EXT_* log operation flags */ - uint64_t sxi_flags; - }; - -The new log intent item contains enough information to track two logical fork -offset ranges: ``(inode1, startoff1, blockcount)`` and ``(inode2, startoff2, -blockcount)``. -Each step of a swap operation exchanges the largest file range mapping possible -from one file to the other. -After each step in the swap operation, the two startoff fields are incremented -and the blockcount field is decremented to reflect the progress made. -The flags field captures behavioral parameters such as swapping the attr fork -instead of the data fork and other work to be done after the extent swap. -The two isize fields are used to swap the file size at the end of the operation -if the file data fork is the target of the swap operation. - -When the extent swap is initiated, the sequence of operations is as follows: - -1. Create a deferred work item for the extent swap. - At the start, it should contain the entirety of the file ranges to be - swapped. - -2. Call ``xfs_defer_finish`` to process the exchange. - This is encapsulated in ``xrep_tempswap_contents`` for scrub operations. - This will log an extent swap intent item to the transaction for the deferred - extent swap work item. - -3. Until ``sxi_blockcount`` of the deferred extent swap work item is zero, - - a. Read the block maps of both file ranges starting at ``sxi_startoff1`` and - ``sxi_startoff2``, respectively, and compute the longest extent that can - be swapped in a single step. - This is the minimum of the two ``br_blockcount`` s in the mappings. - Keep advancing through the file forks until at least one of the mappings - contains written blocks. - Mutual holes, unwritten extents, and extent mappings to the same physical - space are not exchanged. - - For the next few steps, this document will refer to the mapping that came - from file 1 as "map1", and the mapping that came from file 2 as "map2". - - b. Create a deferred block mapping update to unmap map1 from file 1. - - c. Create a deferred block mapping update to unmap map2 from file 2. - - d. Create a deferred block mapping update to map map1 into file 2. - - e. Create a deferred block mapping update to map map2 into file 1. - - f. Log the block, quota, and extent count updates for both files. - - g. Extend the ondisk size of either file if necessary. - - h. Log an extent swap done log item for the extent swap intent log item - that was read at the start of step 3. - - i. Compute the amount of file range that has just been covered. - This quantity is ``(map1.br_startoff + map1.br_blockcount - - sxi_startoff1)``, because step 3a could have skipped holes. - - j. Increase the starting offsets of ``sxi_startoff1`` and ``sxi_startoff2`` - by the number of blocks computed in the previous step, and decrease - ``sxi_blockcount`` by the same quantity. - This advances the cursor. - - k. Log a new extent swap intent log item reflecting the advanced state of - the work item. - - l. Return the proper error code (EAGAIN) to the deferred operation manager - to inform it that there is more work to be done. - The operation manager completes the deferred work in steps 3b-3e before - moving back to the start of step 3. - -4. Perform any post-processing. - This will be discussed in more detail in subsequent sections. - -If the filesystem goes down in the middle of an operation, log recovery will -find the most recent unfinished extent swap log intent item and restart from -there. -This is how extent swapping guarantees that an outside observer will either see -the old broken structure or the new one, and never a mismash of both. - -Preparation for Extent Swapping -``````````````````````````````` - -There are a few things that need to be taken care of before initiating an -atomic extent swap operation. -First, regular files require the page cache to be flushed to disk before the -operation begins, and directio writes to be quiesced. -Like any filesystem operation, extent swapping must determine the maximum -amount of disk space and quota that can be consumed on behalf of both files in -the operation, and reserve that quantity of resources to avoid an unrecoverable -out of space failure once it starts dirtying metadata. -The preparation step scans the ranges of both files to estimate: - -- Data device blocks needed to handle the repeated updates to the fork - mappings. -- Change in data and realtime block counts for both files. -- Increase in quota usage for both files, if the two files do not share the - same set of quota ids. -- The number of extent mappings that will be added to each file. -- Whether or not there are partially written realtime extents. - User programs must never be able to access a realtime file extent that maps - to different extents on the realtime volume, which could happen if the - operation fails to run to completion. - -The need for precise estimation increases the run time of the swap operation, -but it is very important to maintain correct accounting. -The filesystem must not run completely out of free space, nor can the extent -swap ever add more extent mappings to a fork than it can support. -Regular users are required to abide the quota limits, though metadata repairs -may exceed quota to resolve inconsistent metadata elsewhere. - -Special Features for Swapping Metadata File Extents -``````````````````````````````````````````````````` - -Extended attributes, symbolic links, and directories can set the fork format to -"local" and treat the fork as a literal area for data storage. -Metadata repairs must take extra steps to support these cases: - -- If both forks are in local format and the fork areas are large enough, the - swap is performed by copying the incore fork contents, logging both forks, - and committing. - The atomic extent swap mechanism is not necessary, since this can be done - with a single transaction. - -- If both forks map blocks, then the regular atomic extent swap is used. - -- Otherwise, only one fork is in local format. - The contents of the local format fork are converted to a block to perform the - swap. - The conversion to block format must be done in the same transaction that - logs the initial extent swap intent log item. - The regular atomic extent swap is used to exchange the mappings. - Special flags are set on the swap operation so that the transaction can be - rolled one more time to convert the second file's fork back to local format - so that the second file will be ready to go as soon as the ILOCK is dropped. - -Extended attributes and directories stamp the owning inode into every block, -but the buffer verifiers do not actually check the inode number! -Although there is no verification, it is still important to maintain -referential integrity, so prior to performing the extent swap, online repair -builds every block in the new data structure with the owner field of the file -being repaired. - -After a successful swap operation, the repair operation must reap the old fork -blocks by processing each fork mapping through the standard :ref:`file extent -reaping ` mechanism that is done post-repair. -If the filesystem should go down during the reap part of the repair, the -iunlink processing at the end of recovery will free both the temporary file and -whatever blocks were not reaped. -However, this iunlink processing omits the cross-link detection of online -repair, and is not completely foolproof. - -Swapping Temporary File Extents -``````````````````````````````` - -To repair a metadata file, online repair proceeds as follows: - -1. Create a temporary repair file. - -2. Use the staging data to write out new contents into the temporary repair - file. - The same fork must be written to as is being repaired. - -3. Commit the scrub transaction, since the swap estimation step must be - completed before transaction reservations are made. - -4. Call ``xrep_tempswap_trans_alloc`` to allocate a new scrub transaction with - the appropriate resource reservations, locks, and fill out a ``struct - xfs_swapext_req`` with the details of the swap operation. - -5. Call ``xrep_tempswap_contents`` to swap the contents. - -6. Commit the transaction to complete the repair. - -.. _rtsummary: - -Case Study: Repairing the Realtime Summary File -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -In the "realtime" section of an XFS filesystem, free space is tracked via a -bitmap, similar to Unix FFS. -Each bit in the bitmap represents one realtime extent, which is a multiple of -the filesystem block size between 4KiB and 1GiB in size. -The realtime summary file indexes the number of free extents of a given size to -the offset of the block within the realtime free space bitmap where those free -extents begin. -In other words, the summary file helps the allocator find free extents by -length, similar to what the free space by count (cntbt) btree does for the data -section. - -The summary file itself is a flat file (with no block headers or checksums!) -partitioned into ``log2(total rt extents)`` sections containing enough 32-bit -counters to match the number of blocks in the rt bitmap. -Each counter records the number of free extents that start in that bitmap block -and can satisfy a power-of-two allocation request. - -To check the summary file against the bitmap: - -1. Take the ILOCK of both the realtime bitmap and summary files. - -2. For each free space extent recorded in the bitmap: - - a. Compute the position in the summary file that contains a counter that - represents this free extent. - - b. Read the counter from the xfile. - - c. Increment it, and write it back to the xfile. - -3. Compare the contents of the xfile against the ondisk file. - -To repair the summary file, write the xfile contents into the temporary file -and use atomic extent swap to commit the new contents. -The temporary file is then reaped. - -The proposed patchset is the -`realtime summary repair -`_ -series. - -Case Study: Salvaging Extended Attributes -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -In XFS, extended attributes are implemented as a namespaced name-value store. -Values are limited in size to 64KiB, but there is no limit in the number of -names. -The attribute fork is unpartitioned, which means that the root of the attribute -structure is always in logical block zero, but attribute leaf blocks, dabtree -index blocks, and remote value blocks are intermixed. -Attribute leaf blocks contain variable-sized records that associate -user-provided names with the user-provided values. -Values larger than a block are allocated separate extents and written there. -If the leaf information expands beyond a single block, a directory/attribute -btree (``dabtree``) is created to map hashes of attribute names to entries -for fast lookup. - -Salvaging extended attributes is done as follows: - -1. Walk the attr fork mappings of the file being repaired to find the attribute - leaf blocks. - When one is found, - - a. Walk the attr leaf block to find candidate keys. - When one is found, - - 1. Check the name for problems, and ignore the name if there are. - - 2. Retrieve the value. - If that succeeds, add the name and value to the staging xfarray and - xfblob. - -2. If the memory usage of the xfarray and xfblob exceed a certain amount of - memory or there are no more attr fork blocks to examine, unlock the file and - add the staged extended attributes to the temporary file. - -3. Use atomic extent swapping to exchange the new and old extended attribute - structures. - The old attribute blocks are now attached to the temporary file. - -4. Reap the temporary file. - -The proposed patchset is the -`extended attribute repair -`_ -series. - -Fixing Directories ------------------- - -Fixing directories is difficult with currently available filesystem features, -since directory entries are not redundant. -The offline repair tool scans all inodes to find files with nonzero link count, -and then it scans all directories to establish parentage of those linked files. -Damaged files and directories are zapped, and files with no parent are -moved to the ``/lost+found`` directory. -It does not try to salvage anything. - -The best that online repair can do at this time is to read directory data -blocks and salvage any dirents that look plausible, correct link counts, and -move orphans back into the directory tree. -The salvage process is discussed in the case study at the end of this section. -The :ref:`file link count fsck ` code takes care of fixing link counts -and moving orphans to the ``/lost+found`` directory. - -Case Study: Salvaging Directories -````````````````````````````````` - -Unlike extended attributes, directory blocks are all the same size, so -salvaging directories is straightforward: - -1. Find the parent of the directory. - If the dotdot entry is not unreadable, try to confirm that the alleged - parent has a child entry pointing back to the directory being repaired. - Otherwise, walk the filesystem to find it. - -2. Walk the first partition of data fork of the directory to find the directory - entry data blocks. - When one is found, - - a. Walk the directory data block to find candidate entries. - When an entry is found: - - i. Check the name for problems, and ignore the name if there are. - - ii. Retrieve the inumber and grab the inode. - If that succeeds, add the name, inode number, and file type to the - staging xfarray and xblob. - -3. If the memory usage of the xfarray and xfblob exceed a certain amount of - memory or there are no more directory data blocks to examine, unlock the - directory and add the staged dirents into the temporary directory. - Truncate the staging files. - -4. Use atomic extent swapping to exchange the new and old directory structures. - The old directory blocks are now attached to the temporary file. - -5. Reap the temporary file. - -**Future Work Question**: Should repair revalidate the dentry cache when -rebuilding a directory? - -*Answer*: Yes, it should. - -In theory it is necessary to scan all dentry cache entries for a directory to -ensure that one of the following apply: - -1. The cached dentry reflects an ondisk dirent in the new directory. - -2. The cached dentry no longer has a corresponding ondisk dirent in the new - directory and the dentry can be purged from the cache. - -3. The cached dentry no longer has an ondisk dirent but the dentry cannot be - purged. - This is the problem case. - -Unfortunately, the current dentry cache design doesn't provide a means to walk -every child dentry of a specific directory, which makes this a hard problem. -There is no known solution. - -The proposed patchset is the -`directory repair -`_ -series. - -Parent Pointers -``````````````` - -A parent pointer is a piece of file metadata that enables a user to locate the -file's parent directory without having to traverse the directory tree from the -root. -Without them, reconstruction of directory trees is hindered in much the same -way that the historic lack of reverse space mapping information once hindered -reconstruction of filesystem space metadata. -The parent pointer feature, however, makes total directory reconstruction -possible. - -XFS parent pointers include the dirent name and location of the entry within -the parent directory. -In other words, child files use extended attributes to store pointers to -parents in the form ``(parent_inum, parent_gen, dirent_pos) → (dirent_name)``. -The directory checking process can be strengthened to ensure that the target of -each dirent also contains a parent pointer pointing back to the dirent. -Likewise, each parent pointer can be checked by ensuring that the target of -each parent pointer is a directory and that it contains a dirent matching -the parent pointer. -Both online and offline repair can use this strategy. - -**Note**: The ondisk format of parent pointers is not yet finalized. - -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| **Historical Sidebar**: | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Directory parent pointers were first proposed as an XFS feature more | -| than a decade ago by SGI. | -| Each link from a parent directory to a child file is mirrored with an | -| extended attribute in the child that could be used to identify the | -| parent directory. | -| Unfortunately, this early implementation had major shortcomings and was | -| never merged into Linux XFS: | -| | -| 1. The XFS codebase of the late 2000s did not have the infrastructure to | -| enforce strong referential integrity in the directory tree. | -| It did not guarantee that a change in a forward link would always be | -| followed up with the corresponding change to the reverse links. | -| | -| 2. Referential integrity was not integrated into offline repair. | -| Checking and repairs were performed on mounted filesystems without | -| taking any kernel or inode locks to coordinate access. | -| It is not clear how this actually worked properly. | -| | -| 3. The extended attribute did not record the name of the directory entry | -| in the parent, so the SGI parent pointer implementation cannot be | -| used to reconnect the directory tree. | -| | -| 4. Extended attribute forks only support 65,536 extents, which means | -| that parent pointer attribute creation is likely to fail at some | -| point before the maximum file link count is achieved. | -| | -| The original parent pointer design was too unstable for something like | -| a file system repair to depend on. | -| Allison Henderson, Chandan Babu, and Catherine Hoang are working on a | -| second implementation that solves all shortcomings of the first. | -| During 2022, Allison introduced log intent items to track physical | -| manipulations of the extended attribute structures. | -| This solves the referential integrity problem by making it possible to | -| commit a dirent update and a parent pointer update in the same | -| transaction. | -| Chandan increased the maximum extent counts of both data and attribute | -| forks, thereby ensuring that the extended attribute structure can grow | -| to handle the maximum hardlink count of any file. | -+--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Case Study: Repairing Directories with Parent Pointers -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -Directory rebuilding uses a :ref:`coordinated inode scan ` and -a :ref:`directory entry live update hook ` as follows: - -1. Set up a temporary directory for generating the new directory structure, - an xfblob for storing entry names, and an xfarray for stashing directory - updates. - -2. Set up an inode scanner and hook into the directory entry code to receive - updates on directory operations. - -3. For each parent pointer found in each file scanned, decide if the parent - pointer references the directory of interest. - If so: - - a. Stash an addname entry for this dirent in the xfarray for later. - - b. When finished scanning that file, flush the stashed updates to the - temporary directory. - -4. For each live directory update received via the hook, decide if the child - has already been scanned. - If so: - - a. Stash an addname or removename entry for this dirent update in the - xfarray for later. - We cannot write directly to the temporary directory because hook - functions are not allowed to modify filesystem metadata. - Instead, we stash updates in the xfarray and rely on the scanner thread - to apply the stashed updates to the temporary directory. - -5. When the scan is complete, atomically swap the contents of the temporary - directory and the directory being repaired. - The temporary directory now contains the damaged directory structure. - -6. Reap the temporary directory. - -7. Update the dirent position field of parent pointers as necessary. - This may require the queuing of a substantial number of xattr log intent - items. - -The proposed patchset is the -`parent pointers directory repair -`_ -series. - -**Unresolved Question**: How will repair ensure that the ``dirent_pos`` fields -match in the reconstructed directory? - -*Answer*: There are a few ways to solve this problem: - -1. The field could be designated advisory, since the other three values are - sufficient to find the entry in the parent. - However, this makes indexed key lookup impossible while repairs are ongoing. - -2. We could allow creating directory entries at specified offsets, which solves - the referential integrity problem but runs the risk that dirent creation - will fail due to conflicts with the free space in the directory. - - These conflicts could be resolved by appending the directory entry and - amending the xattr code to support updating an xattr key and reindexing the - dabtree, though this would have to be performed with the parent directory - still locked. - -3. Same as above, but remove the old parent pointer entry and add a new one - atomically. - -4. Change the ondisk xattr format to ``(parent_inum, name) → (parent_gen)``, - which would provide the attr name uniqueness that we require, without - forcing repair code to update the dirent position. - Unfortunately, this requires changes to the xattr code to support attr - names as long as 263 bytes. - -5. Change the ondisk xattr format to ``(parent_inum, hash(name)) → - (name, parent_gen)``. - If the hash is sufficiently resistant to collisions (e.g. sha256) then - this should provide the attr name uniqueness that we require. - Names shorter than 247 bytes could be stored directly. - -Discussion is ongoing under the `parent pointers patch deluge -`_. - -Case Study: Repairing Parent Pointers -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -Online reconstruction of a file's parent pointer information works similarly to -directory reconstruction: - -1. Set up a temporary file for generating a new extended attribute structure, - an `xfblob` for storing parent pointer names, and an xfarray for - stashing parent pointer updates. - -2. Set up an inode scanner and hook into the directory entry code to receive - updates on directory operations. - -3. For each directory entry found in each directory scanned, decide if the - dirent references the file of interest. - If so: - - a. Stash an addpptr entry for this parent pointer in the xfblob and xfarray - for later. - - b. When finished scanning the directory, flush the stashed updates to the - temporary directory. - -4. For each live directory update received via the hook, decide if the parent - has already been scanned. - If so: - - a. Stash an addpptr or removepptr entry for this dirent update in the - xfarray for later. - We cannot write parent pointers directly to the temporary file because - hook functions are not allowed to modify filesystem metadata. - Instead, we stash updates in the xfarray and rely on the scanner thread - to apply the stashed parent pointer updates to the temporary file. - -5. Copy all non-parent pointer extended attributes to the temporary file. - -6. When the scan is complete, atomically swap the attribute fork of the - temporary file and the file being repaired. - The temporary file now contains the damaged extended attribute structure. - -7. Reap the temporary file. - -The proposed patchset is the -`parent pointers repair -`_ -series. - -Digression: Offline Checking of Parent Pointers -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -Examining parent pointers in offline repair works differently because corrupt -files are erased long before directory tree connectivity checks are performed. -Parent pointer checks are therefore a second pass to be added to the existing -connectivity checks: - -1. After the set of surviving files has been established (i.e. phase 6), - walk the surviving directories of each AG in the filesystem. - This is already performed as part of the connectivity checks. - -2. For each directory entry found, record the name in an xfblob, and store - ``(child_ag_inum, parent_inum, parent_gen, dirent_pos)`` tuples in a - per-AG in-memory slab. - -3. For each AG in the filesystem, - - a. Sort the per-AG tuples in order of child_ag_inum, parent_inum, and - dirent_pos. - - b. For each inode in the AG, - - 1. Scan the inode for parent pointers. - Record the names in a per-file xfblob, and store ``(parent_inum, - parent_gen, dirent_pos)`` tuples in a per-file slab. - - 2. Sort the per-file tuples in order of parent_inum, and dirent_pos. - - 3. Position one slab cursor at the start of the inode's records in the - per-AG tuple slab. - This should be trivial since the per-AG tuples are in child inumber - order. - - 4. Position a second slab cursor at the start of the per-file tuple slab. - - 5. Iterate the two cursors in lockstep, comparing the parent_ino and - dirent_pos fields of the records under each cursor. - - a. Tuples in the per-AG list but not the per-file list are missing and - need to be written to the inode. - - b. Tuples in the per-file list but not the per-AG list are dangling - and need to be removed from the inode. - - c. For tuples in both lists, update the parent_gen and name components - of the parent pointer if necessary. - -4. Move on to examining link counts, as we do today. - -The proposed patchset is the -`offline parent pointers repair -`_ -series. - -Rebuilding directories from parent pointers in offline repair is very -challenging because it currently uses a single-pass scan of the filesystem -during phase 3 to decide which files are corrupt enough to be zapped. -This scan would have to be converted into a multi-pass scan: - -1. The first pass of the scan zaps corrupt inodes, forks, and attributes - much as it does now. - Corrupt directories are noted but not zapped. - -2. The next pass records parent pointers pointing to the directories noted - as being corrupt in the first pass. - This second pass may have to happen after the phase 4 scan for duplicate - blocks, if phase 4 is also capable of zapping directories. - -3. The third pass resets corrupt directories to an empty shortform directory. - Free space metadata has not been ensured yet, so repair cannot yet use the - directory building code in libxfs. - -4. At the start of phase 6, space metadata have been rebuilt. - Use the parent pointer information recorded during step 2 to reconstruct - the dirents and add them to the now-empty directories. - -This code has not yet been constructed. - -.. _orphanage: - -The Orphanage -------------- - -Filesystems present files as a directed, and hopefully acyclic, graph. -In other words, a tree. -The root of the filesystem is a directory, and each entry in a directory points -downwards either to more subdirectories or to non-directory files. -Unfortunately, a disruption in the directory graph pointers result in a -disconnected graph, which makes files impossible to access via regular path -resolution. - -Without parent pointers, the directory parent pointer online scrub code can -detect a dotdot entry pointing to a parent directory that doesn't have a link -back to the child directory and the file link count checker can detect a file -that isn't pointed to by any directory in the filesystem. -If such a file has a positive link count, the file is an orphan. - -With parent pointers, directories can be rebuilt by scanning parent pointers -and parent pointers can be rebuilt by scanning directories. -This should reduce the incidence of files ending up in ``/lost+found``. - -When orphans are found, they should be reconnected to the directory tree. -Offline fsck solves the problem by creating a directory ``/lost+found`` to -serve as an orphanage, and linking orphan files into the orphanage by using the -inumber as the name. -Reparenting a file to the orphanage does not reset any of its permissions or -ACLs. - -This process is more involved in the kernel than it is in userspace. -The directory and file link count repair setup functions must use the regular -VFS mechanisms to create the orphanage directory with all the necessary -security attributes and dentry cache entries, just like a regular directory -tree modification. - -Orphaned files are adopted by the orphanage as follows: - -1. Call ``xrep_orphanage_try_create`` at the start of the scrub setup function - to try to ensure that the lost and found directory actually exists. - This also attaches the orphanage directory to the scrub context. - -2. If the decision is made to reconnect a file, take the IOLOCK of both the - orphanage and the file being reattached. - The ``xrep_orphanage_iolock_two`` function follows the inode locking - strategy discussed earlier. - -3. Call ``xrep_orphanage_compute_blkres`` and ``xrep_orphanage_compute_name`` - to compute the new name in the orphanage and the block reservation required. - -4. Use ``xrep_orphanage_adoption_prep`` to reserve resources to the repair - transaction. - -5. Call ``xrep_orphanage_adopt`` to reparent the orphaned file into the lost - and found, and update the kernel dentry cache. - -The proposed patches are in the -`orphanage adoption -`_ -series. - -6. Userspace Algorithms and Data Structures -=========================================== - -This section discusses the key algorithms and data structures of the userspace -program, ``xfs_scrub``, that provide the ability to drive metadata checks and -repairs in the kernel, verify file data, and look for other potential problems. - -.. _scrubcheck: - -Checking Metadata ------------------ - -Recall the :ref:`phases of fsck work` outlined earlier. -That structure follows naturally from the data dependencies designed into the -filesystem from its beginnings in 1993. -In XFS, there are several groups of metadata dependencies: - -a. Filesystem summary counts depend on consistency within the inode indices, - the allocation group space btrees, and the realtime volume space - information. - -b. Quota resource counts depend on consistency within the quota file data - forks, inode indices, inode records, and the forks of every file on the - system. - -c. The naming hierarchy depends on consistency within the directory and - extended attribute structures. - This includes file link counts. - -d. Directories, extended attributes, and file data depend on consistency within - the file forks that map directory and extended attribute data to physical - storage media. - -e. The file forks depends on consistency within inode records and the space - metadata indices of the allocation groups and the realtime volume. - This includes quota and realtime metadata files. - -f. Inode records depends on consistency within the inode metadata indices. - -g. Realtime space metadata depend on the inode records and data forks of the - realtime metadata inodes. - -h. The allocation group metadata indices (free space, inodes, reference count, - and reverse mapping btrees) depend on consistency within the AG headers and - between all the AG metadata btrees. - -i. ``xfs_scrub`` depends on the filesystem being mounted and kernel support - for online fsck functionality. - -Therefore, a metadata dependency graph is a convenient way to schedule checking -operations in the ``xfs_scrub`` program: - -- Phase 1 checks that the provided path maps to an XFS filesystem and detect - the kernel's scrubbing abilities, which validates group (i). - -- Phase 2 scrubs groups (g) and (h) in parallel using a threaded workqueue. - -- Phase 3 scans inodes in parallel. - For each inode, groups (f), (e), and (d) are checked, in that order. - -- Phase 4 repairs everything in groups (i) through (d) so that phases 5 and 6 - may run reliably. - -- Phase 5 starts by checking groups (b) and (c) in parallel before moving on - to checking names. - -- Phase 6 depends on groups (i) through (b) to find file data blocks to verify, - to read them, and to report which blocks of which files are affected. - -- Phase 7 checks group (a), having validated everything else. - -Notice that the data dependencies between groups are enforced by the structure -of the program flow. - -Parallel Inode Scans --------------------- - -An XFS filesystem can easily contain hundreds of millions of inodes. -Given that XFS targets installations with large high-performance storage, -it is desirable to scrub inodes in parallel to minimize runtime, particularly -if the program has been invoked manually from a command line. -This requires careful scheduling to keep the threads as evenly loaded as -possible. - -Early iterations of the ``xfs_scrub`` inode scanner naïvely created a single -workqueue and scheduled a single workqueue item per AG. -Each workqueue item walked the inode btree (with ``XFS_IOC_INUMBERS``) to find -inode chunks and then called bulkstat (``XFS_IOC_BULKSTAT``) to gather enough -information to construct file handles. -The file handle was then passed to a function to generate scrub items for each -metadata object of each inode. -This simple algorithm leads to thread balancing problems in phase 3 if the -filesystem contains one AG with a few large sparse files and the rest of the -AGs contain many smaller files. -The inode scan dispatch function was not sufficiently granular; it should have -been dispatching at the level of individual inodes, or, to constrain memory -consumption, inode btree records. - -Thanks to Dave Chinner, bounded workqueues in userspace enable ``xfs_scrub`` to -avoid this problem with ease by adding a second workqueue. -Just like before, the first workqueue is seeded with one workqueue item per AG, -and it uses INUMBERS to find inode btree chunks. -The second workqueue, however, is configured with an upper bound on the number -of items that can be waiting to be run. -Each inode btree chunk found by the first workqueue's workers are queued to the -second workqueue, and it is this second workqueue that queries BULKSTAT, -creates a file handle, and passes it to a function to generate scrub items for -each metadata object of each inode. -If the second workqueue is too full, the workqueue add function blocks the -first workqueue's workers until the backlog eases. -This doesn't completely solve the balancing problem, but reduces it enough to -move on to more pressing issues. - -The proposed patchsets are the scrub -`performance tweaks -`_ -and the -`inode scan rebalance -`_ -series. - -.. _scrubrepair: - -Scheduling Repairs ------------------- - -During phase 2, corruptions and inconsistencies reported in any AGI header or -inode btree are repaired immediately, because phase 3 relies on proper -functioning of the inode indices to find inodes to scan. -Failed repairs are rescheduled to phase 4. -Problems reported in any other space metadata are deferred to phase 4. -Optimization opportunities are always deferred to phase 4, no matter their -origin. - -During phase 3, corruptions and inconsistencies reported in any part of a -file's metadata are repaired immediately if all space metadata were validated -during phase 2. -Repairs that fail or cannot be repaired immediately are scheduled for phase 4. - -In the original design of ``xfs_scrub``, it was thought that repairs would be -so infrequent that the ``struct xfs_scrub_metadata`` objects used to -communicate with the kernel could also be used as the primary object to -schedule repairs. -With recent increases in the number of optimizations possible for a given -filesystem object, it became much more memory-efficient to track all eligible -repairs for a given filesystem object with a single repair item. -Each repair item represents a single lockable object -- AGs, metadata files, -individual inodes, or a class of summary information. - -Phase 4 is responsible for scheduling a lot of repair work in as quick a -manner as is practical. -The :ref:`data dependencies ` outlined earlier still apply, which -means that ``xfs_scrub`` must try to complete the repair work scheduled by -phase 2 before trying repair work scheduled by phase 3. -The repair process is as follows: - -1. Start a round of repair with a workqueue and enough workers to keep the CPUs - as busy as the user desires. - - a. For each repair item queued by phase 2, - - i. Ask the kernel to repair everything listed in the repair item for a - given filesystem object. - - ii. Make a note if the kernel made any progress in reducing the number - of repairs needed for this object. - - iii. If the object no longer requires repairs, revalidate all metadata - associated with this object. - If the revalidation succeeds, drop the repair item. - If not, requeue the item for more repairs. - - b. If any repairs were made, jump back to 1a to retry all the phase 2 items. - - c. For each repair item queued by phase 3, - - i. Ask the kernel to repair everything listed in the repair item for a - given filesystem object. - - ii. Make a note if the kernel made any progress in reducing the number - of repairs needed for this object. - - iii. If the object no longer requires repairs, revalidate all metadata - associated with this object. - If the revalidation succeeds, drop the repair item. - If not, requeue the item for more repairs. - - d. If any repairs were made, jump back to 1c to retry all the phase 3 items. - -2. If step 1 made any repair progress of any kind, jump back to step 1 to start - another round of repair. - -3. If there are items left to repair, run them all serially one more time. - Complain if the repairs were not successful, since this is the last chance - to repair anything. - -Corruptions and inconsistencies encountered during phases 5 and 7 are repaired -immediately. -Corrupt file data blocks reported by phase 6 cannot be recovered by the -filesystem. - -The proposed patchsets are the -`repair warning improvements -`_, -refactoring of the -`repair data dependency -`_ -and -`object tracking -`_, -and the -`repair scheduling -`_ -improvement series. - -Checking Names for Confusable Unicode Sequences ------------------------------------------------ - -If ``xfs_scrub`` succeeds in validating the filesystem metadata by the end of -phase 4, it moves on to phase 5, which checks for suspicious looking names in -the filesystem. -These names consist of the filesystem label, names in directory entries, and -the names of extended attributes. -Like most Unix filesystems, XFS imposes the sparest of constraints on the -contents of a name: - -- Slashes and null bytes are not allowed in directory entries. - -- Null bytes are not allowed in userspace-visible extended attributes. - -- Null bytes are not allowed in the filesystem label. - -Directory entries and attribute keys store the length of the name explicitly -ondisk, which means that nulls are not name terminators. -For this section, the term "naming domain" refers to any place where names are -presented together -- all the names in a directory, or all the attributes of a -file. - -Although the Unix naming constraints are very permissive, the reality of most -modern-day Linux systems is that programs work with Unicode character code -points to support international languages. -These programs typically encode those code points in UTF-8 when interfacing -with the C library because the kernel expects null-terminated names. -In the common case, therefore, names found in an XFS filesystem are actually -UTF-8 encoded Unicode data. - -To maximize its expressiveness, the Unicode standard defines separate control -points for various characters that render similarly or identically in writing -systems around the world. -For example, the character "Cyrillic Small Letter A" U+0430 "а" often renders -identically to "Latin Small Letter A" U+0061 "a". - -The standard also permits characters to be constructed in multiple ways -- -either by using a defined code point, or by combining one code point with -various combining marks. -For example, the character "Angstrom Sign U+212B "Å" can also be expressed -as "Latin Capital Letter A" U+0041 "A" followed by "Combining Ring Above" -U+030A "◌̊". -Both sequences render identically. - -Like the standards that preceded it, Unicode also defines various control -characters to alter the presentation of text. -For example, the character "Right-to-Left Override" U+202E can trick some -programs into rendering "moo\\xe2\\x80\\xaegnp.txt" as "mootxt.png". -A second category of rendering problems involves whitespace characters. -If the character "Zero Width Space" U+200B is encountered in a file name, the -name will render identically to a name that does not have the zero width -space. - -If two names within a naming domain have different byte sequences but render -identically, a user may be confused by it. -The kernel, in its indifference to upper level encoding schemes, permits this. -Most filesystem drivers persist the byte sequence names that are given to them -by the VFS. - -Techniques for detecting confusable names are explained in great detail in -sections 4 and 5 of the -`Unicode Security Mechanisms `_ -document. -When ``xfs_scrub`` detects UTF-8 encoding in use on a system, it uses the -Unicode normalization form NFD in conjunction with the confusable name -detection component of -`libicu `_ -to identify names with a directory or within a file's extended attributes that -could be confused for each other. -Names are also checked for control characters, non-rendering characters, and -mixing of bidirectional characters. -All of these potential issues are reported to the system administrator during -phase 5. - -Media Verification of File Data Extents ---------------------------------------- - -The system administrator can elect to initiate a media scan of all file data -blocks. -This scan after validation of all filesystem metadata (except for the summary -counters) as phase 6. -The scan starts by calling ``FS_IOC_GETFSMAP`` to scan the filesystem space map -to find areas that are allocated to file data fork extents. -Gaps between data fork extents that are smaller than 64k are treated as if -they were data fork extents to reduce the command setup overhead. -When the space map scan accumulates a region larger than 32MB, a media -verification request is sent to the disk as a directio read of the raw block -device. - -If the verification read fails, ``xfs_scrub`` retries with single-block reads -to narrow down the failure to the specific region of the media and recorded. -When it has finished issuing verification requests, it again uses the space -mapping ioctl to map the recorded media errors back to metadata structures -and report what has been lost. -For media errors in blocks owned by files, parent pointers can be used to -construct file paths from inode numbers for user-friendly reporting. - -7. Conclusion and Future Work -============================= - -It is hoped that the reader of this document has followed the designs laid out -in this document and now has some familiarity with how XFS performs online -rebuilding of its metadata indices, and how filesystem users can interact with -that functionality. -Although the scope of this work is daunting, it is hoped that this guide will -make it easier for code readers to understand what has been built, for whom it -has been built, and why. -Please feel free to contact the XFS mailing list with questions. - -FIEXCHANGE_RANGE ----------------- - -As discussed earlier, a second frontend to the atomic extent swap mechanism is -a new ioctl call that userspace programs can use to commit updates to files -atomically. -This frontend has been out for review for several years now, though the -necessary refinements to online repair and lack of customer demand mean that -the proposal has not been pushed very hard. - -Extent Swapping with Regular User Files -``````````````````````````````````````` - -As mentioned earlier, XFS has long had the ability to swap extents between -files, which is used almost exclusively by ``xfs_fsr`` to defragment files. -The earliest form of this was the fork swap mechanism, where the entire -contents of data forks could be exchanged between two files by exchanging the -raw bytes in each inode fork's immediate area. -When XFS v5 came along with self-describing metadata, this old mechanism grew -some log support to continue rewriting the owner fields of BMBT blocks during -log recovery. -When the reverse mapping btree was later added to XFS, the only way to maintain -the consistency of the fork mappings with the reverse mapping index was to -develop an iterative mechanism that used deferred bmap and rmap operations to -swap mappings one at a time. -This mechanism is identical to steps 2-3 from the procedure above except for -the new tracking items, because the atomic extent swap mechanism is an -iteration of an existing mechanism and not something totally novel. -For the narrow case of file defragmentation, the file contents must be -identical, so the recovery guarantees are not much of a gain. - -Atomic extent swapping is much more flexible than the existing swapext -implementations because it can guarantee that the caller never sees a mix of -old and new contents even after a crash, and it can operate on two arbitrary -file fork ranges. -The extra flexibility enables several new use cases: - -- **Atomic commit of file writes**: A userspace process opens a file that it - wants to update. - Next, it opens a temporary file and calls the file clone operation to reflink - the first file's contents into the temporary file. - Writes to the original file should instead be written to the temporary file. - Finally, the process calls the atomic extent swap system call - (``FIEXCHANGE_RANGE``) to exchange the file contents, thereby committing all - of the updates to the original file, or none of them. - -.. _swapext_if_unchanged: - -- **Transactional file updates**: The same mechanism as above, but the caller - only wants the commit to occur if the original file's contents have not - changed. - To make this happen, the calling process snapshots the file modification and - change timestamps of the original file before reflinking its data to the - temporary file. - When the program is ready to commit the changes, it passes the timestamps - into the kernel as arguments to the atomic extent swap system call. - The kernel only commits the changes if the provided timestamps match the - original file. - -- **Emulation of atomic block device writes**: Export a block device with a - logical sector size matching the filesystem block size to force all writes - to be aligned to the filesystem block size. - Stage all writes to a temporary file, and when that is complete, call the - atomic extent swap system call with a flag to indicate that holes in the - temporary file should be ignored. - This emulates an atomic device write in software, and can support arbitrary - scattered writes. - -Vectorized Scrub ----------------- - -As it turns out, the :ref:`refactoring ` of repair items mentioned -earlier was a catalyst for enabling a vectorized scrub system call. -Since 2018, the cost of making a kernel call has increased considerably on some -systems to mitigate the effects of speculative execution attacks. -This incentivizes program authors to make as few system calls as possible to -reduce the number of times an execution path crosses a security boundary. - -With vectorized scrub, userspace pushes to the kernel the identity of a -filesystem object, a list of scrub types to run against that object, and a -simple representation of the data dependencies between the selected scrub -types. -The kernel executes as much of the caller's plan as it can until it hits a -dependency that cannot be satisfied due to a corruption, and tells userspace -how much was accomplished. -It is hoped that ``io_uring`` will pick up enough of this functionality that -online fsck can use that instead of adding a separate vectored scrub system -call to XFS. - -The relevant patchsets are the -`kernel vectorized scrub -`_ -and -`userspace vectorized scrub -`_ -series. - -Quality of Service Targets for Scrub ------------------------------------- - -One serious shortcoming of the online fsck code is that the amount of time that -it can spend in the kernel holding resource locks is basically unbounded. -Userspace is allowed to send a fatal signal to the process which will cause -``xfs_scrub`` to exit when it reaches a good stopping point, but there's no way -for userspace to provide a time budget to the kernel. -Given that the scrub codebase has helpers to detect fatal signals, it shouldn't -be too much work to allow userspace to specify a timeout for a scrub/repair -operation and abort the operation if it exceeds budget. -However, most repair functions have the property that once they begin to touch -ondisk metadata, the operation cannot be cancelled cleanly, after which a QoS -timeout is no longer useful. - -Defragmenting Free Space ------------------------- - -Over the years, many XFS users have requested the creation of a program to -clear a portion of the physical storage underlying a filesystem so that it -becomes a contiguous chunk of free space. -Call this free space defragmenter ``clearspace`` for short. - -The first piece the ``clearspace`` program needs is the ability to read the -reverse mapping index from userspace. -This already exists in the form of the ``FS_IOC_GETFSMAP`` ioctl. -The second piece it needs is a new fallocate mode -(``FALLOC_FL_MAP_FREE_SPACE``) that allocates the free space in a region and -maps it to a file. -Call this file the "space collector" file. -The third piece is the ability to force an online repair. - -To clear all the metadata out of a portion of physical storage, clearspace -uses the new fallocate map-freespace call to map any free space in that region -to the space collector file. -Next, clearspace finds all metadata blocks in that region by way of -``GETFSMAP`` and issues forced repair requests on the data structure. -This often results in the metadata being rebuilt somewhere that is not being -cleared. -After each relocation, clearspace calls the "map free space" function again to -collect any newly freed space in the region being cleared. - -To clear all the file data out of a portion of the physical storage, clearspace -uses the FSMAP information to find relevant file data blocks. -Having identified a good target, it uses the ``FICLONERANGE`` call on that part -of the file to try to share the physical space with a dummy file. -Cloning the extent means that the original owners cannot overwrite the -contents; any changes will be written somewhere else via copy-on-write. -Clearspace makes its own copy of the frozen extent in an area that is not being -cleared, and uses ``FIEDEUPRANGE`` (or the :ref:`atomic extent swap -` feature) to change the target file's data extent -mapping away from the area being cleared. -When all other mappings have been moved, clearspace reflinks the space into the -space collector file so that it becomes unavailable. - -There are further optimizations that could apply to the above algorithm. -To clear a piece of physical storage that has a high sharing factor, it is -strongly desirable to retain this sharing factor. -In fact, these extents should be moved first to maximize sharing factor after -the operation completes. -To make this work smoothly, clearspace needs a new ioctl -(``FS_IOC_GETREFCOUNTS``) to report reference count information to userspace. -With the refcount information exposed, clearspace can quickly find the longest, -most shared data extents in the filesystem, and target them first. - -**Future Work Question**: How might the filesystem move inode chunks? - -*Answer*: To move inode chunks, Dave Chinner constructed a prototype program -that creates a new file with the old contents and then locklessly runs around -the filesystem updating directory entries. -The operation cannot complete if the filesystem goes down. -That problem isn't totally insurmountable: create an inode remapping table -hidden behind a jump label, and a log item that tracks the kernel walking the -filesystem to update directory entries. -The trouble is, the kernel can't do anything about open files, since it cannot -revoke them. - -**Future Work Question**: Can static keys be used to minimize the cost of -supporting ``revoke()`` on XFS files? - -*Answer*: Yes. -Until the first revocation, the bailout code need not be in the call path at -all. - -The relevant patchsets are the -`kernel freespace defrag -`_ -and -`userspace freespace defrag -`_ -series. - -Shrinking Filesystems ---------------------- - -Removing the end of the filesystem ought to be a simple matter of evacuating -the data and metadata at the end of the filesystem, and handing the freed space -to the shrink code. -That requires an evacuation of the space at end of the filesystem, which is a -use of free space defragmentation! diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-self-describing-metadata.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-self-describing-metadata.rst deleted file mode 100644 index a10c4ae695..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-self-describing-metadata.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,353 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 -.. _xfs_self_describing_metadata: - -============================ -XFS Self Describing Metadata -============================ - -Introduction -============ - -The largest scalability problem facing XFS is not one of algorithmic -scalability, but of verification of the filesystem structure. Scalabilty of the -structures and indexes on disk and the algorithms for iterating them are -adequate for supporting PB scale filesystems with billions of inodes, however it -is this very scalability that causes the verification problem. - -Almost all metadata on XFS is dynamically allocated. The only fixed location -metadata is the allocation group headers (SB, AGF, AGFL and AGI), while all -other metadata structures need to be discovered by walking the filesystem -structure in different ways. While this is already done by userspace tools for -validating and repairing the structure, there are limits to what they can -verify, and this in turn limits the supportable size of an XFS filesystem. - -For example, it is entirely possible to manually use xfs_db and a bit of -scripting to analyse the structure of a 100TB filesystem when trying to -determine the root cause of a corruption problem, but it is still mainly a -manual task of verifying that things like single bit errors or misplaced writes -weren't the ultimate cause of a corruption event. It may take a few hours to a -few days to perform such forensic analysis, so for at this scale root cause -analysis is entirely possible. - -However, if we scale the filesystem up to 1PB, we now have 10x as much metadata -to analyse and so that analysis blows out towards weeks/months of forensic work. -Most of the analysis work is slow and tedious, so as the amount of analysis goes -up, the more likely that the cause will be lost in the noise. Hence the primary -concern for supporting PB scale filesystems is minimising the time and effort -required for basic forensic analysis of the filesystem structure. - - -Self Describing Metadata -======================== - -One of the problems with the current metadata format is that apart from the -magic number in the metadata block, we have no other way of identifying what it -is supposed to be. We can't even identify if it is the right place. Put simply, -you can't look at a single metadata block in isolation and say "yes, it is -supposed to be there and the contents are valid". - -Hence most of the time spent on forensic analysis is spent doing basic -verification of metadata values, looking for values that are in range (and hence -not detected by automated verification checks) but are not correct. Finding and -understanding how things like cross linked block lists (e.g. sibling -pointers in a btree end up with loops in them) are the key to understanding what -went wrong, but it is impossible to tell what order the blocks were linked into -each other or written to disk after the fact. - -Hence we need to record more information into the metadata to allow us to -quickly determine if the metadata is intact and can be ignored for the purpose -of analysis. We can't protect against every possible type of error, but we can -ensure that common types of errors are easily detectable. Hence the concept of -self describing metadata. - -The first, fundamental requirement of self describing metadata is that the -metadata object contains some form of unique identifier in a well known -location. This allows us to identify the expected contents of the block and -hence parse and verify the metadata object. IF we can't independently identify -the type of metadata in the object, then the metadata doesn't describe itself -very well at all! - -Luckily, almost all XFS metadata has magic numbers embedded already - only the -AGFL, remote symlinks and remote attribute blocks do not contain identifying -magic numbers. Hence we can change the on-disk format of all these objects to -add more identifying information and detect this simply by changing the magic -numbers in the metadata objects. That is, if it has the current magic number, -the metadata isn't self identifying. If it contains a new magic number, it is -self identifying and we can do much more expansive automated verification of the -metadata object at runtime, during forensic analysis or repair. - -As a primary concern, self describing metadata needs some form of overall -integrity checking. We cannot trust the metadata if we cannot verify that it has -not been changed as a result of external influences. Hence we need some form of -integrity check, and this is done by adding CRC32c validation to the metadata -block. If we can verify the block contains the metadata it was intended to -contain, a large amount of the manual verification work can be skipped. - -CRC32c was selected as metadata cannot be more than 64k in length in XFS and -hence a 32 bit CRC is more than sufficient to detect multi-bit errors in -metadata blocks. CRC32c is also now hardware accelerated on common CPUs so it is -fast. So while CRC32c is not the strongest of possible integrity checks that -could be used, it is more than sufficient for our needs and has relatively -little overhead. Adding support for larger integrity fields and/or algorithms -does really provide any extra value over CRC32c, but it does add a lot of -complexity and so there is no provision for changing the integrity checking -mechanism. - -Self describing metadata needs to contain enough information so that the -metadata block can be verified as being in the correct place without needing to -look at any other metadata. This means it needs to contain location information. -Just adding a block number to the metadata is not sufficient to protect against -mis-directed writes - a write might be misdirected to the wrong LUN and so be -written to the "correct block" of the wrong filesystem. Hence location -information must contain a filesystem identifier as well as a block number. - -Another key information point in forensic analysis is knowing who the metadata -block belongs to. We already know the type, the location, that it is valid -and/or corrupted, and how long ago that it was last modified. Knowing the owner -of the block is important as it allows us to find other related metadata to -determine the scope of the corruption. For example, if we have a extent btree -object, we don't know what inode it belongs to and hence have to walk the entire -filesystem to find the owner of the block. Worse, the corruption could mean that -no owner can be found (i.e. it's an orphan block), and so without an owner field -in the metadata we have no idea of the scope of the corruption. If we have an -owner field in the metadata object, we can immediately do top down validation to -determine the scope of the problem. - -Different types of metadata have different owner identifiers. For example, -directory, attribute and extent tree blocks are all owned by an inode, while -freespace btree blocks are owned by an allocation group. Hence the size and -contents of the owner field are determined by the type of metadata object we are -looking at. The owner information can also identify misplaced writes (e.g. -freespace btree block written to the wrong AG). - -Self describing metadata also needs to contain some indication of when it was -written to the filesystem. One of the key information points when doing forensic -analysis is how recently the block was modified. Correlation of set of corrupted -metadata blocks based on modification times is important as it can indicate -whether the corruptions are related, whether there's been multiple corruption -events that lead to the eventual failure, and even whether there are corruptions -present that the run-time verification is not detecting. - -For example, we can determine whether a metadata object is supposed to be free -space or still allocated if it is still referenced by its owner by looking at -when the free space btree block that contains the block was last written -compared to when the metadata object itself was last written. If the free space -block is more recent than the object and the object's owner, then there is a -very good chance that the block should have been removed from the owner. - -To provide this "written timestamp", each metadata block gets the Log Sequence -Number (LSN) of the most recent transaction it was modified on written into it. -This number will always increase over the life of the filesystem, and the only -thing that resets it is running xfs_repair on the filesystem. Further, by use of -the LSN we can tell if the corrupted metadata all belonged to the same log -checkpoint and hence have some idea of how much modification occurred between -the first and last instance of corrupt metadata on disk and, further, how much -modification occurred between the corruption being written and when it was -detected. - -Runtime Validation -================== - -Validation of self-describing metadata takes place at runtime in two places: - - - immediately after a successful read from disk - - immediately prior to write IO submission - -The verification is completely stateless - it is done independently of the -modification process, and seeks only to check that the metadata is what it says -it is and that the metadata fields are within bounds and internally consistent. -As such, we cannot catch all types of corruption that can occur within a block -as there may be certain limitations that operational state enforces of the -metadata, or there may be corruption of interblock relationships (e.g. corrupted -sibling pointer lists). Hence we still need stateful checking in the main code -body, but in general most of the per-field validation is handled by the -verifiers. - -For read verification, the caller needs to specify the expected type of metadata -that it should see, and the IO completion process verifies that the metadata -object matches what was expected. If the verification process fails, then it -marks the object being read as EFSCORRUPTED. The caller needs to catch this -error (same as for IO errors), and if it needs to take special action due to a -verification error it can do so by catching the EFSCORRUPTED error value. If we -need more discrimination of error type at higher levels, we can define new -error numbers for different errors as necessary. - -The first step in read verification is checking the magic number and determining -whether CRC validating is necessary. If it is, the CRC32c is calculated and -compared against the value stored in the object itself. Once this is validated, -further checks are made against the location information, followed by extensive -object specific metadata validation. If any of these checks fail, then the -buffer is considered corrupt and the EFSCORRUPTED error is set appropriately. - -Write verification is the opposite of the read verification - first the object -is extensively verified and if it is OK we then update the LSN from the last -modification made to the object, After this, we calculate the CRC and insert it -into the object. Once this is done the write IO is allowed to continue. If any -error occurs during this process, the buffer is again marked with a EFSCORRUPTED -error for the higher layers to catch. - -Structures -========== - -A typical on-disk structure needs to contain the following information:: - - struct xfs_ondisk_hdr { - __be32 magic; /* magic number */ - __be32 crc; /* CRC, not logged */ - uuid_t uuid; /* filesystem identifier */ - __be64 owner; /* parent object */ - __be64 blkno; /* location on disk */ - __be64 lsn; /* last modification in log, not logged */ - }; - -Depending on the metadata, this information may be part of a header structure -separate to the metadata contents, or may be distributed through an existing -structure. The latter occurs with metadata that already contains some of this -information, such as the superblock and AG headers. - -Other metadata may have different formats for the information, but the same -level of information is generally provided. For example: - - - short btree blocks have a 32 bit owner (ag number) and a 32 bit block - number for location. The two of these combined provide the same - information as @owner and @blkno in eh above structure, but using 8 - bytes less space on disk. - - - directory/attribute node blocks have a 16 bit magic number, and the - header that contains the magic number has other information in it as - well. hence the additional metadata headers change the overall format - of the metadata. - -A typical buffer read verifier is structured as follows:: - - #define XFS_FOO_CRC_OFF offsetof(struct xfs_ondisk_hdr, crc) - - static void - xfs_foo_read_verify( - struct xfs_buf *bp) - { - struct xfs_mount *mp = bp->b_mount; - - if ((xfs_sb_version_hascrc(&mp->m_sb) && - !xfs_verify_cksum(bp->b_addr, BBTOB(bp->b_length), - XFS_FOO_CRC_OFF)) || - !xfs_foo_verify(bp)) { - XFS_CORRUPTION_ERROR(__func__, XFS_ERRLEVEL_LOW, mp, bp->b_addr); - xfs_buf_ioerror(bp, EFSCORRUPTED); - } - } - -The code ensures that the CRC is only checked if the filesystem has CRCs enabled -by checking the superblock of the feature bit, and then if the CRC verifies OK -(or is not needed) it verifies the actual contents of the block. - -The verifier function will take a couple of different forms, depending on -whether the magic number can be used to determine the format of the block. In -the case it can't, the code is structured as follows:: - - static bool - xfs_foo_verify( - struct xfs_buf *bp) - { - struct xfs_mount *mp = bp->b_mount; - struct xfs_ondisk_hdr *hdr = bp->b_addr; - - if (hdr->magic != cpu_to_be32(XFS_FOO_MAGIC)) - return false; - - if (!xfs_sb_version_hascrc(&mp->m_sb)) { - if (!uuid_equal(&hdr->uuid, &mp->m_sb.sb_uuid)) - return false; - if (bp->b_bn != be64_to_cpu(hdr->blkno)) - return false; - if (hdr->owner == 0) - return false; - } - - /* object specific verification checks here */ - - return true; - } - -If there are different magic numbers for the different formats, the verifier -will look like:: - - static bool - xfs_foo_verify( - struct xfs_buf *bp) - { - struct xfs_mount *mp = bp->b_mount; - struct xfs_ondisk_hdr *hdr = bp->b_addr; - - if (hdr->magic == cpu_to_be32(XFS_FOO_CRC_MAGIC)) { - if (!uuid_equal(&hdr->uuid, &mp->m_sb.sb_uuid)) - return false; - if (bp->b_bn != be64_to_cpu(hdr->blkno)) - return false; - if (hdr->owner == 0) - return false; - } else if (hdr->magic != cpu_to_be32(XFS_FOO_MAGIC)) - return false; - - /* object specific verification checks here */ - - return true; - } - -Write verifiers are very similar to the read verifiers, they just do things in -the opposite order to the read verifiers. A typical write verifier:: - - static void - xfs_foo_write_verify( - struct xfs_buf *bp) - { - struct xfs_mount *mp = bp->b_mount; - struct xfs_buf_log_item *bip = bp->b_fspriv; - - if (!xfs_foo_verify(bp)) { - XFS_CORRUPTION_ERROR(__func__, XFS_ERRLEVEL_LOW, mp, bp->b_addr); - xfs_buf_ioerror(bp, EFSCORRUPTED); - return; - } - - if (!xfs_sb_version_hascrc(&mp->m_sb)) - return; - - - if (bip) { - struct xfs_ondisk_hdr *hdr = bp->b_addr; - hdr->lsn = cpu_to_be64(bip->bli_item.li_lsn); - } - xfs_update_cksum(bp->b_addr, BBTOB(bp->b_length), XFS_FOO_CRC_OFF); - } - -This will verify the internal structure of the metadata before we go any -further, detecting corruptions that have occurred as the metadata has been -modified in memory. If the metadata verifies OK, and CRCs are enabled, we then -update the LSN field (when it was last modified) and calculate the CRC on the -metadata. Once this is done, we can issue the IO. - -Inodes and Dquots -================= - -Inodes and dquots are special snowflakes. They have per-object CRC and -self-identifiers, but they are packed so that there are multiple objects per -buffer. Hence we do not use per-buffer verifiers to do the work of per-object -verification and CRC calculations. The per-buffer verifiers simply perform basic -identification of the buffer - that they contain inodes or dquots, and that -there are magic numbers in all the expected spots. All further CRC and -verification checks are done when each inode is read from or written back to the -buffer. - -The structure of the verifiers and the identifiers checks is very similar to the -buffer code described above. The only difference is where they are called. For -example, inode read verification is done in xfs_inode_from_disk() when the inode -is first read out of the buffer and the struct xfs_inode is instantiated. The -inode is already extensively verified during writeback in xfs_iflush_int, so the -only addition here is to add the LSN and CRC to the inode as it is copied back -into the buffer. - -XXX: inode unlinked list modification doesn't recalculate the inode CRC! None of -the unlinked list modifications check or update CRCs, neither during unlink nor -log recovery. So, it's gone unnoticed until now. This won't matter immediately - -repair will probably complain about it - but it needs to be fixed. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/index.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab66c57a5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +============================ +XFS Filesystem Documentation +============================ + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + :numbered: + + xfs-delayed-logging-design + xfs-maintainer-entry-profile + xfs-self-describing-metadata + xfs-online-fsck-design diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-delayed-logging-design.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-delayed-logging-design.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6402ab8e37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-delayed-logging-design.rst @@ -0,0 +1,1087 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +================== +XFS Logging Design +================== + +Preamble +======== + +This document describes the design and algorithms that the XFS journalling +subsystem is based on. This document describes the design and algorithms that +the XFS journalling subsystem is based on so that readers may familiarize +themselves with the general concepts of how transaction processing in XFS works. + +We begin with an overview of transactions in XFS, followed by describing how +transaction reservations are structured and accounted, and then move into how we +guarantee forwards progress for long running transactions with finite initial +reservations bounds. At this point we need to explain how relogging works. With +the basic concepts covered, the design of the delayed logging mechanism is +documented. + + +Introduction +============ + +XFS uses Write Ahead Logging for ensuring changes to the filesystem metadata +are atomic and recoverable. For reasons of space and time efficiency, the +logging mechanisms are varied and complex, combining intents, logical and +physical logging mechanisms to provide the necessary recovery guarantees the +filesystem requires. + +Some objects, such as inodes and dquots, are logged in logical format where the +details logged are made up of the changes to in-core structures rather than +on-disk structures. Other objects - typically buffers - have their physical +changes logged. Long running atomic modifications have individual changes +chained together by intents, ensuring that journal recovery can restart and +finish an operation that was only partially done when the system stopped +functioning. + +The reason for these differences is to keep the amount of log space and CPU time +required to process objects being modified as small as possible and hence the +logging overhead as low as possible. Some items are very frequently modified, +and some parts of objects are more frequently modified than others, so keeping +the overhead of metadata logging low is of prime importance. + +The method used to log an item or chain modifications together isn't +particularly important in the scope of this document. It suffices to know that +the method used for logging a particular object or chaining modifications +together are different and are dependent on the object and/or modification being +performed. The logging subsystem only cares that certain specific rules are +followed to guarantee forwards progress and prevent deadlocks. + + +Transactions in XFS +=================== + +XFS has two types of high level transactions, defined by the type of log space +reservation they take. These are known as "one shot" and "permanent" +transactions. Permanent transaction reservations can take reservations that span +commit boundaries, whilst "one shot" transactions are for a single atomic +modification. + +The type and size of reservation must be matched to the modification taking +place. This means that permanent transactions can be used for one-shot +modifications, but one-shot reservations cannot be used for permanent +transactions. + +In the code, a one-shot transaction pattern looks somewhat like this:: + + tp = xfs_trans_alloc() + + + + xfs_trans_commit(tp); + +As items are modified in the transaction, the dirty regions in those items are +tracked via the transaction handle. Once the transaction is committed, all +resources joined to it are released, along with the remaining unused reservation +space that was taken at the transaction allocation time. + +In contrast, a permanent transaction is made up of multiple linked individual +transactions, and the pattern looks like this:: + + tp = xfs_trans_alloc() + xfs_ilock(ip, XFS_ILOCK_EXCL) + + loop { + xfs_trans_ijoin(tp, 0); + + xfs_trans_log_inode(tp, ip); + xfs_trans_roll(&tp); + } + + xfs_trans_commit(tp); + xfs_iunlock(ip, XFS_ILOCK_EXCL); + +While this might look similar to a one-shot transaction, there is an important +difference: xfs_trans_roll() performs a specific operation that links two +transactions together:: + + ntp = xfs_trans_dup(tp); + xfs_trans_commit(tp); + xfs_trans_reserve(ntp); + +This results in a series of "rolling transactions" where the inode is locked +across the entire chain of transactions. Hence while this series of rolling +transactions is running, nothing else can read from or write to the inode and +this provides a mechanism for complex changes to appear atomic from an external +observer's point of view. + +It is important to note that a series of rolling transactions in a permanent +transaction does not form an atomic change in the journal. While each +individual modification is atomic, the chain is *not atomic*. If we crash half +way through, then recovery will only replay up to the last transactional +modification the loop made that was committed to the journal. + +This affects long running permanent transactions in that it is not possible to +predict how much of a long running operation will actually be recovered because +there is no guarantee of how much of the operation reached stale storage. Hence +if a long running operation requires multiple transactions to fully complete, +the high level operation must use intents and deferred operations to guarantee +recovery can complete the operation once the first transactions is persisted in +the on-disk journal. + + +Transactions are Asynchronous +============================= + +In XFS, all high level transactions are asynchronous by default. This means that +xfs_trans_commit() does not guarantee that the modification has been committed +to stable storage when it returns. Hence when a system crashes, not all the +completed transactions will be replayed during recovery. + +However, the logging subsystem does provide global ordering guarantees, such +that if a specific change is seen after recovery, all metadata modifications +that were committed prior to that change will also be seen. + +For single shot operations that need to reach stable storage immediately, or +ensuring that a long running permanent transaction is fully committed once it is +complete, we can explicitly tag a transaction as synchronous. This will trigger +a "log force" to flush the outstanding committed transactions to stable storage +in the journal and wait for that to complete. + +Synchronous transactions are rarely used, however, because they limit logging +throughput to the IO latency limitations of the underlying storage. Instead, we +tend to use log forces to ensure modifications are on stable storage only when +a user operation requires a synchronisation point to occur (e.g. fsync). + + +Transaction Reservations +======================== + +It has been mentioned a number of times now that the logging subsystem needs to +provide a forwards progress guarantee so that no modification ever stalls +because it can't be written to the journal due to a lack of space in the +journal. This is achieved by the transaction reservations that are made when +a transaction is first allocated. For permanent transactions, these reservations +are maintained as part of the transaction rolling mechanism. + +A transaction reservation provides a guarantee that there is physical log space +available to write the modification into the journal before we start making +modifications to objects and items. As such, the reservation needs to be large +enough to take into account the amount of metadata that the change might need to +log in the worst case. This means that if we are modifying a btree in the +transaction, we have to reserve enough space to record a full leaf-to-root split +of the btree. As such, the reservations are quite complex because we have to +take into account all the hidden changes that might occur. + +For example, a user data extent allocation involves allocating an extent from +free space, which modifies the free space trees. That's two btrees. Inserting +the extent into the inode's extent map might require a split of the extent map +btree, which requires another allocation that can modify the free space trees +again. Then we might have to update reverse mappings, which modifies yet +another btree which might require more space. And so on. Hence the amount of +metadata that a "simple" operation can modify can be quite large. + +This "worst case" calculation provides us with the static "unit reservation" +for the transaction that is calculated at mount time. We must guarantee that the +log has this much space available before the transaction is allowed to proceed +so that when we come to write the dirty metadata into the log we don't run out +of log space half way through the write. + +For one-shot transactions, a single unit space reservation is all that is +required for the transaction to proceed. For permanent transactions, however, we +also have a "log count" that affects the size of the reservation that is to be +made. + +While a permanent transaction can get by with a single unit of space +reservation, it is somewhat inefficient to do this as it requires the +transaction rolling mechanism to re-reserve space on every transaction roll. We +know from the implementation of the permanent transactions how many transaction +rolls are likely for the common modifications that need to be made. + +For example, an inode allocation is typically two transactions - one to +physically allocate a free inode chunk on disk, and another to allocate an inode +from an inode chunk that has free inodes in it. Hence for an inode allocation +transaction, we might set the reservation log count to a value of 2 to indicate +that the common/fast path transaction will commit two linked transactions in a +chain. Each time a permanent transaction rolls, it consumes an entire unit +reservation. + +Hence when the permanent transaction is first allocated, the log space +reservation is increased from a single unit reservation to multiple unit +reservations. That multiple is defined by the reservation log count, and this +means we can roll the transaction multiple times before we have to re-reserve +log space when we roll the transaction. This ensures that the common +modifications we make only need to reserve log space once. + +If the log count for a permanent transaction reaches zero, then it needs to +re-reserve physical space in the log. This is somewhat complex, and requires +an understanding of how the log accounts for space that has been reserved. + + +Log Space Accounting +==================== + +The position in the log is typically referred to as a Log Sequence Number (LSN). +The log is circular, so the positions in the log are defined by the combination +of a cycle number - the number of times the log has been overwritten - and the +offset into the log. A LSN carries the cycle in the upper 32 bits and the +offset in the lower 32 bits. The offset is in units of "basic blocks" (512 +bytes). Hence we can do realtively simple LSN based math to keep track of +available space in the log. + +Log space accounting is done via a pair of constructs called "grant heads". The +position of the grant heads is an absolute value, so the amount of space +available in the log is defined by the distance between the position of the +grant head and the current log tail. That is, how much space can be +reserved/consumed before the grant heads would fully wrap the log and overtake +the tail position. + +The first grant head is the "reserve" head. This tracks the byte count of the +reservations currently held by active transactions. It is a purely in-memory +accounting of the space reservation and, as such, actually tracks byte offsets +into the log rather than basic blocks. Hence it technically isn't using LSNs to +represent the log position, but it is still treated like a split {cycle,offset} +tuple for the purposes of tracking reservation space. + +The reserve grant head is used to accurately account for exact transaction +reservations amounts and the exact byte count that modifications actually make +and need to write into the log. The reserve head is used to prevent new +transactions from taking new reservations when the head reaches the current +tail. It will block new reservations in a FIFO queue and as the log tail moves +forward it will wake them in order once sufficient space is available. This FIFO +mechanism ensures no transaction is starved of resources when log space +shortages occur. + +The other grant head is the "write" head. Unlike the reserve head, this grant +head contains an LSN and it tracks the physical space usage in the log. While +this might sound like it is accounting the same state as the reserve grant head +- and it mostly does track exactly the same location as the reserve grant head - +there are critical differences in behaviour between them that provides the +forwards progress guarantees that rolling permanent transactions require. + +These differences when a permanent transaction is rolled and the internal "log +count" reaches zero and the initial set of unit reservations have been +exhausted. At this point, we still require a log space reservation to continue +the next transaction in the sequeunce, but we have none remaining. We cannot +sleep during the transaction commit process waiting for new log space to become +available, as we may end up on the end of the FIFO queue and the items we have +locked while we sleep could end up pinning the tail of the log before there is +enough free space in the log to fulfill all of the pending reservations and +then wake up transaction commit in progress. + +To take a new reservation without sleeping requires us to be able to take a +reservation even if there is no reservation space currently available. That is, +we need to be able to *overcommit* the log reservation space. As has already +been detailed, we cannot overcommit physical log space. However, the reserve +grant head does not track physical space - it only accounts for the amount of +reservations we currently have outstanding. Hence if the reserve head passes +over the tail of the log all it means is that new reservations will be throttled +immediately and remain throttled until the log tail is moved forward far enough +to remove the overcommit and start taking new reservations. In other words, we +can overcommit the reserve head without violating the physical log head and tail +rules. + +As a result, permanent transactions only "regrant" reservation space during +xfs_trans_commit() calls, while the physical log space reservation - tracked by +the write head - is then reserved separately by a call to xfs_log_reserve() +after the commit completes. Once the commit completes, we can sleep waiting for +physical log space to be reserved from the write grant head, but only if one +critical rule has been observed:: + + Code using permanent reservations must always log the items they hold + locked across each transaction they roll in the chain. + +"Re-logging" the locked items on every transaction roll ensures that the items +attached to the transaction chain being rolled are always relocated to the +physical head of the log and so do not pin the tail of the log. If a locked item +pins the tail of the log when we sleep on the write reservation, then we will +deadlock the log as we cannot take the locks needed to write back that item and +move the tail of the log forwards to free up write grant space. Re-logging the +locked items avoids this deadlock and guarantees that the log reservation we are +making cannot self-deadlock. + +If all rolling transactions obey this rule, then they can all make forwards +progress independently because nothing will block the progress of the log +tail moving forwards and hence ensuring that write grant space is always +(eventually) made available to permanent transactions no matter how many times +they roll. + + +Re-logging Explained +==================== + +XFS allows multiple separate modifications to a single object to be carried in +the log at any given time. This allows the log to avoid needing to flush each +change to disk before recording a new change to the object. XFS does this via a +method called "re-logging". Conceptually, this is quite simple - all it requires +is that any new change to the object is recorded with a *new copy* of all the +existing changes in the new transaction that is written to the log. + +That is, if we have a sequence of changes A through to F, and the object was +written to disk after change D, we would see in the log the following series +of transactions, their contents and the log sequence number (LSN) of the +transaction:: + + Transaction Contents LSN + A A X + B A+B X+n + C A+B+C X+n+m + D A+B+C+D X+n+m+o + + E E Y (> X+n+m+o) + F E+F Y+p + +In other words, each time an object is relogged, the new transaction contains +the aggregation of all the previous changes currently held only in the log. + +This relogging technique allows objects to be moved forward in the log so that +an object being relogged does not prevent the tail of the log from ever moving +forward. This can be seen in the table above by the changing (increasing) LSN +of each subsequent transaction, and it's the technique that allows us to +implement long-running, multiple-commit permanent transactions. + +A typical example of a rolling transaction is the removal of extents from an +inode which can only be done at a rate of two extents per transaction because +of reservation size limitations. Hence a rolling extent removal transaction +keeps relogging the inode and btree buffers as they get modified in each +removal operation. This keeps them moving forward in the log as the operation +progresses, ensuring that current operation never gets blocked by itself if the +log wraps around. + +Hence it can be seen that the relogging operation is fundamental to the correct +working of the XFS journalling subsystem. From the above description, most +people should be able to see why the XFS metadata operations writes so much to +the log - repeated operations to the same objects write the same changes to +the log over and over again. Worse is the fact that objects tend to get +dirtier as they get relogged, so each subsequent transaction is writing more +metadata into the log. + +It should now also be obvious how relogging and asynchronous transactions go +hand in hand. That is, transactions don't get written to the physical journal +until either a log buffer is filled (a log buffer can hold multiple +transactions) or a synchronous operation forces the log buffers holding the +transactions to disk. This means that XFS is doing aggregation of transactions +in memory - batching them, if you like - to minimise the impact of the log IO on +transaction throughput. + +The limitation on asynchronous transaction throughput is the number and size of +log buffers made available by the log manager. By default there are 8 log +buffers available and the size of each is 32kB - the size can be increased up +to 256kB by use of a mount option. + +Effectively, this gives us the maximum bound of outstanding metadata changes +that can be made to the filesystem at any point in time - if all the log +buffers are full and under IO, then no more transactions can be committed until +the current batch completes. It is now common for a single current CPU core to +be to able to issue enough transactions to keep the log buffers full and under +IO permanently. Hence the XFS journalling subsystem can be considered to be IO +bound. + +Delayed Logging: Concepts +========================= + +The key thing to note about the asynchronous logging combined with the +relogging technique XFS uses is that we can be relogging changed objects +multiple times before they are committed to disk in the log buffers. If we +return to the previous relogging example, it is entirely possible that +transactions A through D are committed to disk in the same log buffer. + +That is, a single log buffer may contain multiple copies of the same object, +but only one of those copies needs to be there - the last one "D", as it +contains all the changes from the previous changes. In other words, we have one +necessary copy in the log buffer, and three stale copies that are simply +wasting space. When we are doing repeated operations on the same set of +objects, these "stale objects" can be over 90% of the space used in the log +buffers. It is clear that reducing the number of stale objects written to the +log would greatly reduce the amount of metadata we write to the log, and this +is the fundamental goal of delayed logging. + +From a conceptual point of view, XFS is already doing relogging in memory (where +memory == log buffer), only it is doing it extremely inefficiently. It is using +logical to physical formatting to do the relogging because there is no +infrastructure to keep track of logical changes in memory prior to physically +formatting the changes in a transaction to the log buffer. Hence we cannot avoid +accumulating stale objects in the log buffers. + +Delayed logging is the name we've given to keeping and tracking transactional +changes to objects in memory outside the log buffer infrastructure. Because of +the relogging concept fundamental to the XFS journalling subsystem, this is +actually relatively easy to do - all the changes to logged items are already +tracked in the current infrastructure. The big problem is how to accumulate +them and get them to the log in a consistent, recoverable manner. +Describing the problems and how they have been solved is the focus of this +document. + +One of the key changes that delayed logging makes to the operation of the +journalling subsystem is that it disassociates the amount of outstanding +metadata changes from the size and number of log buffers available. In other +words, instead of there only being a maximum of 2MB of transaction changes not +written to the log at any point in time, there may be a much greater amount +being accumulated in memory. Hence the potential for loss of metadata on a +crash is much greater than for the existing logging mechanism. + +It should be noted that this does not change the guarantee that log recovery +will result in a consistent filesystem. What it does mean is that as far as the +recovered filesystem is concerned, there may be many thousands of transactions +that simply did not occur as a result of the crash. This makes it even more +important that applications that care about their data use fsync() where they +need to ensure application level data integrity is maintained. + +It should be noted that delayed logging is not an innovative new concept that +warrants rigorous proofs to determine whether it is correct or not. The method +of accumulating changes in memory for some period before writing them to the +log is used effectively in many filesystems including ext3 and ext4. Hence +no time is spent in this document trying to convince the reader that the +concept is sound. Instead it is simply considered a "solved problem" and as +such implementing it in XFS is purely an exercise in software engineering. + +The fundamental requirements for delayed logging in XFS are simple: + + 1. Reduce the amount of metadata written to the log by at least + an order of magnitude. + 2. Supply sufficient statistics to validate Requirement #1. + 3. Supply sufficient new tracing infrastructure to be able to debug + problems with the new code. + 4. No on-disk format change (metadata or log format). + 5. Enable and disable with a mount option. + 6. No performance regressions for synchronous transaction workloads. + +Delayed Logging: Design +======================= + +Storing Changes +--------------- + +The problem with accumulating changes at a logical level (i.e. just using the +existing log item dirty region tracking) is that when it comes to writing the +changes to the log buffers, we need to ensure that the object we are formatting +is not changing while we do this. This requires locking the object to prevent +concurrent modification. Hence flushing the logical changes to the log would +require us to lock every object, format them, and then unlock them again. + +This introduces lots of scope for deadlocks with transactions that are already +running. For example, a transaction has object A locked and modified, but needs +the delayed logging tracking lock to commit the transaction. However, the +flushing thread has the delayed logging tracking lock already held, and is +trying to get the lock on object A to flush it to the log buffer. This appears +to be an unsolvable deadlock condition, and it was solving this problem that +was the barrier to implementing delayed logging for so long. + +The solution is relatively simple - it just took a long time to recognise it. +Put simply, the current logging code formats the changes to each item into an +vector array that points to the changed regions in the item. The log write code +simply copies the memory these vectors point to into the log buffer during +transaction commit while the item is locked in the transaction. Instead of +using the log buffer as the destination of the formatting code, we can use an +allocated memory buffer big enough to fit the formatted vector. + +If we then copy the vector into the memory buffer and rewrite the vector to +point to the memory buffer rather than the object itself, we now have a copy of +the changes in a format that is compatible with the log buffer writing code. +that does not require us to lock the item to access. This formatting and +rewriting can all be done while the object is locked during transaction commit, +resulting in a vector that is transactionally consistent and can be accessed +without needing to lock the owning item. + +Hence we avoid the need to lock items when we need to flush outstanding +asynchronous transactions to the log. The differences between the existing +formatting method and the delayed logging formatting can be seen in the +diagram below. + +Current format log vector:: + + Object +---------------------------------------------+ + Vector 1 +----+ + Vector 2 +----+ + Vector 3 +----------+ + +After formatting:: + + Log Buffer +-V1-+-V2-+----V3----+ + +Delayed logging vector:: + + Object +---------------------------------------------+ + Vector 1 +----+ + Vector 2 +----+ + Vector 3 +----------+ + +After formatting:: + + Memory Buffer +-V1-+-V2-+----V3----+ + Vector 1 +----+ + Vector 2 +----+ + Vector 3 +----------+ + +The memory buffer and associated vector need to be passed as a single object, +but still need to be associated with the parent object so if the object is +relogged we can replace the current memory buffer with a new memory buffer that +contains the latest changes. + +The reason for keeping the vector around after we've formatted the memory +buffer is to support splitting vectors across log buffer boundaries correctly. +If we don't keep the vector around, we do not know where the region boundaries +are in the item, so we'd need a new encapsulation method for regions in the log +buffer writing (i.e. double encapsulation). This would be an on-disk format +change and as such is not desirable. It also means we'd have to write the log +region headers in the formatting stage, which is problematic as there is per +region state that needs to be placed into the headers during the log write. + +Hence we need to keep the vector, but by attaching the memory buffer to it and +rewriting the vector addresses to point at the memory buffer we end up with a +self-describing object that can be passed to the log buffer write code to be +handled in exactly the same manner as the existing log vectors are handled. +Hence we avoid needing a new on-disk format to handle items that have been +relogged in memory. + + +Tracking Changes +---------------- + +Now that we can record transactional changes in memory in a form that allows +them to be used without limitations, we need to be able to track and accumulate +them so that they can be written to the log at some later point in time. The +log item is the natural place to store this vector and buffer, and also makes sense +to be the object that is used to track committed objects as it will always +exist once the object has been included in a transaction. + +The log item is already used to track the log items that have been written to +the log but not yet written to disk. Such log items are considered "active" +and as such are stored in the Active Item List (AIL) which is a LSN-ordered +double linked list. Items are inserted into this list during log buffer IO +completion, after which they are unpinned and can be written to disk. An object +that is in the AIL can be relogged, which causes the object to be pinned again +and then moved forward in the AIL when the log buffer IO completes for that +transaction. + +Essentially, this shows that an item that is in the AIL can still be modified +and relogged, so any tracking must be separate to the AIL infrastructure. As +such, we cannot reuse the AIL list pointers for tracking committed items, nor +can we store state in any field that is protected by the AIL lock. Hence the +committed item tracking needs its own locks, lists and state fields in the log +item. + +Similar to the AIL, tracking of committed items is done through a new list +called the Committed Item List (CIL). The list tracks log items that have been +committed and have formatted memory buffers attached to them. It tracks objects +in transaction commit order, so when an object is relogged it is removed from +its place in the list and re-inserted at the tail. This is entirely arbitrary +and done to make it easy for debugging - the last items in the list are the +ones that are most recently modified. Ordering of the CIL is not necessary for +transactional integrity (as discussed in the next section) so the ordering is +done for convenience/sanity of the developers. + + +Delayed Logging: Checkpoints +---------------------------- + +When we have a log synchronisation event, commonly known as a "log force", +all the items in the CIL must be written into the log via the log buffers. +We need to write these items in the order that they exist in the CIL, and they +need to be written as an atomic transaction. The need for all the objects to be +written as an atomic transaction comes from the requirements of relogging and +log replay - all the changes in all the objects in a given transaction must +either be completely replayed during log recovery, or not replayed at all. If +a transaction is not replayed because it is not complete in the log, then +no later transactions should be replayed, either. + +To fulfill this requirement, we need to write the entire CIL in a single log +transaction. Fortunately, the XFS log code has no fixed limit on the size of a +transaction, nor does the log replay code. The only fundamental limit is that +the transaction cannot be larger than just under half the size of the log. The +reason for this limit is that to find the head and tail of the log, there must +be at least one complete transaction in the log at any given time. If a +transaction is larger than half the log, then there is the possibility that a +crash during the write of a such a transaction could partially overwrite the +only complete previous transaction in the log. This will result in a recovery +failure and an inconsistent filesystem and hence we must enforce the maximum +size of a checkpoint to be slightly less than a half the log. + +Apart from this size requirement, a checkpoint transaction looks no different +to any other transaction - it contains a transaction header, a series of +formatted log items and a commit record at the tail. From a recovery +perspective, the checkpoint transaction is also no different - just a lot +bigger with a lot more items in it. The worst case effect of this is that we +might need to tune the recovery transaction object hash size. + +Because the checkpoint is just another transaction and all the changes to log +items are stored as log vectors, we can use the existing log buffer writing +code to write the changes into the log. To do this efficiently, we need to +minimise the time we hold the CIL locked while writing the checkpoint +transaction. The current log write code enables us to do this easily with the +way it separates the writing of the transaction contents (the log vectors) from +the transaction commit record, but tracking this requires us to have a +per-checkpoint context that travels through the log write process through to +checkpoint completion. + +Hence a checkpoint has a context that tracks the state of the current +checkpoint from initiation to checkpoint completion. A new context is initiated +at the same time a checkpoint transaction is started. That is, when we remove +all the current items from the CIL during a checkpoint operation, we move all +those changes into the current checkpoint context. We then initialise a new +context and attach that to the CIL for aggregation of new transactions. + +This allows us to unlock the CIL immediately after transfer of all the +committed items and effectively allows new transactions to be issued while we +are formatting the checkpoint into the log. It also allows concurrent +checkpoints to be written into the log buffers in the case of log force heavy +workloads, just like the existing transaction commit code does. This, however, +requires that we strictly order the commit records in the log so that +checkpoint sequence order is maintained during log replay. + +To ensure that we can be writing an item into a checkpoint transaction at +the same time another transaction modifies the item and inserts the log item +into the new CIL, then checkpoint transaction commit code cannot use log items +to store the list of log vectors that need to be written into the transaction. +Hence log vectors need to be able to be chained together to allow them to be +detached from the log items. That is, when the CIL is flushed the memory +buffer and log vector attached to each log item needs to be attached to the +checkpoint context so that the log item can be released. In diagrammatic form, +the CIL would look like this before the flush:: + + CIL Head + | + V + Log Item <-> log vector 1 -> memory buffer + | -> vector array + V + Log Item <-> log vector 2 -> memory buffer + | -> vector array + V + ...... + | + V + Log Item <-> log vector N-1 -> memory buffer + | -> vector array + V + Log Item <-> log vector N -> memory buffer + -> vector array + +And after the flush the CIL head is empty, and the checkpoint context log +vector list would look like:: + + Checkpoint Context + | + V + log vector 1 -> memory buffer + | -> vector array + | -> Log Item + V + log vector 2 -> memory buffer + | -> vector array + | -> Log Item + V + ...... + | + V + log vector N-1 -> memory buffer + | -> vector array + | -> Log Item + V + log vector N -> memory buffer + -> vector array + -> Log Item + +Once this transfer is done, the CIL can be unlocked and new transactions can +start, while the checkpoint flush code works over the log vector chain to +commit the checkpoint. + +Once the checkpoint is written into the log buffers, the checkpoint context is +attached to the log buffer that the commit record was written to along with a +completion callback. Log IO completion will call that callback, which can then +run transaction committed processing for the log items (i.e. insert into AIL +and unpin) in the log vector chain and then free the log vector chain and +checkpoint context. + +Discussion Point: I am uncertain as to whether the log item is the most +efficient way to track vectors, even though it seems like the natural way to do +it. The fact that we walk the log items (in the CIL) just to chain the log +vectors and break the link between the log item and the log vector means that +we take a cache line hit for the log item list modification, then another for +the log vector chaining. If we track by the log vectors, then we only need to +break the link between the log item and the log vector, which means we should +dirty only the log item cachelines. Normally I wouldn't be concerned about one +vs two dirty cachelines except for the fact I've seen upwards of 80,000 log +vectors in one checkpoint transaction. I'd guess this is a "measure and +compare" situation that can be done after a working and reviewed implementation +is in the dev tree.... + +Delayed Logging: Checkpoint Sequencing +-------------------------------------- + +One of the key aspects of the XFS transaction subsystem is that it tags +committed transactions with the log sequence number of the transaction commit. +This allows transactions to be issued asynchronously even though there may be +future operations that cannot be completed until that transaction is fully +committed to the log. In the rare case that a dependent operation occurs (e.g. +re-using a freed metadata extent for a data extent), a special, optimised log +force can be issued to force the dependent transaction to disk immediately. + +To do this, transactions need to record the LSN of the commit record of the +transaction. This LSN comes directly from the log buffer the transaction is +written into. While this works just fine for the existing transaction +mechanism, it does not work for delayed logging because transactions are not +written directly into the log buffers. Hence some other method of sequencing +transactions is required. + +As discussed in the checkpoint section, delayed logging uses per-checkpoint +contexts, and as such it is simple to assign a sequence number to each +checkpoint. Because the switching of checkpoint contexts must be done +atomically, it is simple to ensure that each new context has a monotonically +increasing sequence number assigned to it without the need for an external +atomic counter - we can just take the current context sequence number and add +one to it for the new context. + +Then, instead of assigning a log buffer LSN to the transaction commit LSN +during the commit, we can assign the current checkpoint sequence. This allows +operations that track transactions that have not yet completed know what +checkpoint sequence needs to be committed before they can continue. As a +result, the code that forces the log to a specific LSN now needs to ensure that +the log forces to a specific checkpoint. + +To ensure that we can do this, we need to track all the checkpoint contexts +that are currently committing to the log. When we flush a checkpoint, the +context gets added to a "committing" list which can be searched. When a +checkpoint commit completes, it is removed from the committing list. Because +the checkpoint context records the LSN of the commit record for the checkpoint, +we can also wait on the log buffer that contains the commit record, thereby +using the existing log force mechanisms to execute synchronous forces. + +It should be noted that the synchronous forces may need to be extended with +mitigation algorithms similar to the current log buffer code to allow +aggregation of multiple synchronous transactions if there are already +synchronous transactions being flushed. Investigation of the performance of the +current design is needed before making any decisions here. + +The main concern with log forces is to ensure that all the previous checkpoints +are also committed to disk before the one we need to wait for. Therefore we +need to check that all the prior contexts in the committing list are also +complete before waiting on the one we need to complete. We do this +synchronisation in the log force code so that we don't need to wait anywhere +else for such serialisation - it only matters when we do a log force. + +The only remaining complexity is that a log force now also has to handle the +case where the forcing sequence number is the same as the current context. That +is, we need to flush the CIL and potentially wait for it to complete. This is a +simple addition to the existing log forcing code to check the sequence numbers +and push if required. Indeed, placing the current sequence checkpoint flush in +the log force code enables the current mechanism for issuing synchronous +transactions to remain untouched (i.e. commit an asynchronous transaction, then +force the log at the LSN of that transaction) and so the higher level code +behaves the same regardless of whether delayed logging is being used or not. + +Delayed Logging: Checkpoint Log Space Accounting +------------------------------------------------ + +The big issue for a checkpoint transaction is the log space reservation for the +transaction. We don't know how big a checkpoint transaction is going to be +ahead of time, nor how many log buffers it will take to write out, nor the +number of split log vector regions are going to be used. We can track the +amount of log space required as we add items to the commit item list, but we +still need to reserve the space in the log for the checkpoint. + +A typical transaction reserves enough space in the log for the worst case space +usage of the transaction. The reservation accounts for log record headers, +transaction and region headers, headers for split regions, buffer tail padding, +etc. as well as the actual space for all the changed metadata in the +transaction. While some of this is fixed overhead, much of it is dependent on +the size of the transaction and the number of regions being logged (the number +of log vectors in the transaction). + +An example of the differences would be logging directory changes versus logging +inode changes. If you modify lots of inode cores (e.g. ``chmod -R g+w *``), then +there are lots of transactions that only contain an inode core and an inode log +format structure. That is, two vectors totaling roughly 150 bytes. If we modify +10,000 inodes, we have about 1.5MB of metadata to write in 20,000 vectors. Each +vector is 12 bytes, so the total to be logged is approximately 1.75MB. In +comparison, if we are logging full directory buffers, they are typically 4KB +each, so we in 1.5MB of directory buffers we'd have roughly 400 buffers and a +buffer format structure for each buffer - roughly 800 vectors or 1.51MB total +space. From this, it should be obvious that a static log space reservation is +not particularly flexible and is difficult to select the "optimal value" for +all workloads. + +Further, if we are going to use a static reservation, which bit of the entire +reservation does it cover? We account for space used by the transaction +reservation by tracking the space currently used by the object in the CIL and +then calculating the increase or decrease in space used as the object is +relogged. This allows for a checkpoint reservation to only have to account for +log buffer metadata used such as log header records. + +However, even using a static reservation for just the log metadata is +problematic. Typically log record headers use at least 16KB of log space per +1MB of log space consumed (512 bytes per 32k) and the reservation needs to be +large enough to handle arbitrary sized checkpoint transactions. This +reservation needs to be made before the checkpoint is started, and we need to +be able to reserve the space without sleeping. For a 8MB checkpoint, we need a +reservation of around 150KB, which is a non-trivial amount of space. + +A static reservation needs to manipulate the log grant counters - we can take a +permanent reservation on the space, but we still need to make sure we refresh +the write reservation (the actual space available to the transaction) after +every checkpoint transaction completion. Unfortunately, if this space is not +available when required, then the regrant code will sleep waiting for it. + +The problem with this is that it can lead to deadlocks as we may need to commit +checkpoints to be able to free up log space (refer back to the description of +rolling transactions for an example of this). Hence we *must* always have +space available in the log if we are to use static reservations, and that is +very difficult and complex to arrange. It is possible to do, but there is a +simpler way. + +The simpler way of doing this is tracking the entire log space used by the +items in the CIL and using this to dynamically calculate the amount of log +space required by the log metadata. If this log metadata space changes as a +result of a transaction commit inserting a new memory buffer into the CIL, then +the difference in space required is removed from the transaction that causes +the change. Transactions at this level will *always* have enough space +available in their reservation for this as they have already reserved the +maximal amount of log metadata space they require, and such a delta reservation +will always be less than or equal to the maximal amount in the reservation. + +Hence we can grow the checkpoint transaction reservation dynamically as items +are added to the CIL and avoid the need for reserving and regranting log space +up front. This avoids deadlocks and removes a blocking point from the +checkpoint flush code. + +As mentioned early, transactions can't grow to more than half the size of the +log. Hence as part of the reservation growing, we need to also check the size +of the reservation against the maximum allowed transaction size. If we reach +the maximum threshold, we need to push the CIL to the log. This is effectively +a "background flush" and is done on demand. This is identical to +a CIL push triggered by a log force, only that there is no waiting for the +checkpoint commit to complete. This background push is checked and executed by +transaction commit code. + +If the transaction subsystem goes idle while we still have items in the CIL, +they will be flushed by the periodic log force issued by the xfssyncd. This log +force will push the CIL to disk, and if the transaction subsystem stays idle, +allow the idle log to be covered (effectively marked clean) in exactly the same +manner that is done for the existing logging method. A discussion point is +whether this log force needs to be done more frequently than the current rate +which is once every 30s. + + +Delayed Logging: Log Item Pinning +--------------------------------- + +Currently log items are pinned during transaction commit while the items are +still locked. This happens just after the items are formatted, though it could +be done any time before the items are unlocked. The result of this mechanism is +that items get pinned once for every transaction that is committed to the log +buffers. Hence items that are relogged in the log buffers will have a pin count +for every outstanding transaction they were dirtied in. When each of these +transactions is completed, they will unpin the item once. As a result, the item +only becomes unpinned when all the transactions complete and there are no +pending transactions. Thus the pinning and unpinning of a log item is symmetric +as there is a 1:1 relationship with transaction commit and log item completion. + +For delayed logging, however, we have an asymmetric transaction commit to +completion relationship. Every time an object is relogged in the CIL it goes +through the commit process without a corresponding completion being registered. +That is, we now have a many-to-one relationship between transaction commit and +log item completion. The result of this is that pinning and unpinning of the +log items becomes unbalanced if we retain the "pin on transaction commit, unpin +on transaction completion" model. + +To keep pin/unpin symmetry, the algorithm needs to change to a "pin on +insertion into the CIL, unpin on checkpoint completion". In other words, the +pinning and unpinning becomes symmetric around a checkpoint context. We have to +pin the object the first time it is inserted into the CIL - if it is already in +the CIL during a transaction commit, then we do not pin it again. Because there +can be multiple outstanding checkpoint contexts, we can still see elevated pin +counts, but as each checkpoint completes the pin count will retain the correct +value according to its context. + +Just to make matters slightly more complex, this checkpoint level context +for the pin count means that the pinning of an item must take place under the +CIL commit/flush lock. If we pin the object outside this lock, we cannot +guarantee which context the pin count is associated with. This is because of +the fact pinning the item is dependent on whether the item is present in the +current CIL or not. If we don't pin the CIL first before we check and pin the +object, we have a race with CIL being flushed between the check and the pin +(or not pinning, as the case may be). Hence we must hold the CIL flush/commit +lock to guarantee that we pin the items correctly. + +Delayed Logging: Concurrent Scalability +--------------------------------------- + +A fundamental requirement for the CIL is that accesses through transaction +commits must scale to many concurrent commits. The current transaction commit +code does not break down even when there are transactions coming from 2048 +processors at once. The current transaction code does not go any faster than if +there was only one CPU using it, but it does not slow down either. + +As a result, the delayed logging transaction commit code needs to be designed +for concurrency from the ground up. It is obvious that there are serialisation +points in the design - the three important ones are: + + 1. Locking out new transaction commits while flushing the CIL + 2. Adding items to the CIL and updating item space accounting + 3. Checkpoint commit ordering + +Looking at the transaction commit and CIL flushing interactions, it is clear +that we have a many-to-one interaction here. That is, the only restriction on +the number of concurrent transactions that can be trying to commit at once is +the amount of space available in the log for their reservations. The practical +limit here is in the order of several hundred concurrent transactions for a +128MB log, which means that it is generally one per CPU in a machine. + +The amount of time a transaction commit needs to hold out a flush is a +relatively long period of time - the pinning of log items needs to be done +while we are holding out a CIL flush, so at the moment that means it is held +across the formatting of the objects into memory buffers (i.e. while memcpy()s +are in progress). Ultimately a two pass algorithm where the formatting is done +separately to the pinning of objects could be used to reduce the hold time of +the transaction commit side. + +Because of the number of potential transaction commit side holders, the lock +really needs to be a sleeping lock - if the CIL flush takes the lock, we do not +want every other CPU in the machine spinning on the CIL lock. Given that +flushing the CIL could involve walking a list of tens of thousands of log +items, it will get held for a significant time and so spin contention is a +significant concern. Preventing lots of CPUs spinning doing nothing is the +main reason for choosing a sleeping lock even though nothing in either the +transaction commit or CIL flush side sleeps with the lock held. + +It should also be noted that CIL flushing is also a relatively rare operation +compared to transaction commit for asynchronous transaction workloads - only +time will tell if using a read-write semaphore for exclusion will limit +transaction commit concurrency due to cache line bouncing of the lock on the +read side. + +The second serialisation point is on the transaction commit side where items +are inserted into the CIL. Because transactions can enter this code +concurrently, the CIL needs to be protected separately from the above +commit/flush exclusion. It also needs to be an exclusive lock but it is only +held for a very short time and so a spin lock is appropriate here. It is +possible that this lock will become a contention point, but given the short +hold time once per transaction I think that contention is unlikely. + +The final serialisation point is the checkpoint commit record ordering code +that is run as part of the checkpoint commit and log force sequencing. The code +path that triggers a CIL flush (i.e. whatever triggers the log force) will enter +an ordering loop after writing all the log vectors into the log buffers but +before writing the commit record. This loop walks the list of committing +checkpoints and needs to block waiting for checkpoints to complete their commit +record write. As a result it needs a lock and a wait variable. Log force +sequencing also requires the same lock, list walk, and blocking mechanism to +ensure completion of checkpoints. + +These two sequencing operations can use the mechanism even though the +events they are waiting for are different. The checkpoint commit record +sequencing needs to wait until checkpoint contexts contain a commit LSN +(obtained through completion of a commit record write) while log force +sequencing needs to wait until previous checkpoint contexts are removed from +the committing list (i.e. they've completed). A simple wait variable and +broadcast wakeups (thundering herds) has been used to implement these two +serialisation queues. They use the same lock as the CIL, too. If we see too +much contention on the CIL lock, or too many context switches as a result of +the broadcast wakeups these operations can be put under a new spinlock and +given separate wait lists to reduce lock contention and the number of processes +woken by the wrong event. + + +Lifecycle Changes +----------------- + +The existing log item life cycle is as follows:: + + 1. Transaction allocate + 2. Transaction reserve + 3. Lock item + 4. Join item to transaction + If not already attached, + Allocate log item + Attach log item to owner item + Attach log item to transaction + 5. Modify item + Record modifications in log item + 6. Transaction commit + Pin item in memory + Format item into log buffer + Write commit LSN into transaction + Unlock item + Attach transaction to log buffer + + + + + 7. Transaction completion + Mark log item committed + Insert log item into AIL + Write commit LSN into log item + Unpin log item + 8. AIL traversal + Lock item + Mark log item clean + Flush item to disk + + + + 9. Log item removed from AIL + Moves log tail + Item unlocked + +Essentially, steps 1-6 operate independently from step 7, which is also +independent of steps 8-9. An item can be locked in steps 1-6 or steps 8-9 +at the same time step 7 is occurring, but only steps 1-6 or 8-9 can occur +at the same time. If the log item is in the AIL or between steps 6 and 7 +and steps 1-6 are re-entered, then the item is relogged. Only when steps 8-9 +are entered and completed is the object considered clean. + +With delayed logging, there are new steps inserted into the life cycle:: + + 1. Transaction allocate + 2. Transaction reserve + 3. Lock item + 4. Join item to transaction + If not already attached, + Allocate log item + Attach log item to owner item + Attach log item to transaction + 5. Modify item + Record modifications in log item + 6. Transaction commit + Pin item in memory if not pinned in CIL + Format item into log vector + buffer + Attach log vector and buffer to log item + Insert log item into CIL + Write CIL context sequence into transaction + Unlock item + + + + 7. CIL push + lock CIL flush + Chain log vectors and buffers together + Remove items from CIL + unlock CIL flush + write log vectors into log + sequence commit records + attach checkpoint context to log buffer + + + + + 8. Checkpoint completion + Mark log item committed + Insert item into AIL + Write commit LSN into log item + Unpin log item + 9. AIL traversal + Lock item + Mark log item clean + Flush item to disk + + 10. Log item removed from AIL + Moves log tail + Item unlocked + +From this, it can be seen that the only life cycle differences between the two +logging methods are in the middle of the life cycle - they still have the same +beginning and end and execution constraints. The only differences are in the +committing of the log items to the log itself and the completion processing. +Hence delayed logging should not introduce any constraints on log item +behaviour, allocation or freeing that don't already exist. + +As a result of this zero-impact "insertion" of delayed logging infrastructure +and the design of the internal structures to avoid on disk format changes, we +can basically switch between delayed logging and the existing mechanism with a +mount option. Fundamentally, there is no reason why the log manager would not +be able to swap methods automatically and transparently depending on load +characteristics, but this should not be necessary if delayed logging works as +designed. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-maintainer-entry-profile.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-maintainer-entry-profile.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..32b6ac4ca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-maintainer-entry-profile.rst @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +XFS Maintainer Entry Profile +============================ + +Overview +-------- +XFS is a well known high-performance filesystem in the Linux kernel. +The aim of this project is to provide and maintain a robust and +performant filesystem. + +Patches are generally merged to the for-next branch of the appropriate +git repository. +After a testing period, the for-next branch is merged to the master +branch. + +Kernel code are merged to the xfs-linux tree[0]. +Userspace code are merged to the xfsprogs tree[1]. +Test cases are merged to the xfstests tree[2]. +Ondisk format documentation are merged to the xfs-documentation tree[3]. + +All patchsets involving XFS *must* be cc'd in their entirety to the mailing +list linux-xfs@vger.kernel.org. + +Roles +----- +There are eight key roles in the XFS project. +A person can take on multiple roles, and a role can be filled by +multiple people. +Anyone taking on a role is advised to check in with themselves and +others on a regular basis about burnout. + +- **Outside Contributor**: Anyone who sends a patch but is not involved + in the XFS project on a regular basis. + These folks are usually people who work on other filesystems or + elsewhere in the kernel community. + +- **Developer**: Someone who is familiar with the XFS codebase enough to + write new code, documentation, and tests. + + Developers can often be found in the IRC channel mentioned by the ``C:`` + entry in the kernel MAINTAINERS file. + +- **Senior Developer**: A developer who is very familiar with at least + some part of the XFS codebase and/or other subsystems in the kernel. + These people collectively decide the long term goals of the project + and nudge the community in that direction. + They should help prioritize development and review work for each release + cycle. + + Senior developers tend to be more active participants in the IRC channel. + +- **Reviewer**: Someone (most likely also a developer) who reads code + submissions to decide: + + 0. Is the idea behind the contribution sound? + 1. Does the idea fit the goals of the project? + 2. Is the contribution designed correctly? + 3. Is the contribution polished? + 4. Can the contribution be tested effectively? + + Reviewers should identify themselves with an ``R:`` entry in the kernel + and fstests MAINTAINERS files. + +- **Testing Lead**: This person is responsible for setting the test + coverage goals of the project, negotiating with developers to decide + on new tests for new features, and making sure that developers and + release managers execute on the testing. + + The testing lead should identify themselves with an ``M:`` entry in + the XFS section of the fstests MAINTAINERS file. + +- **Bug Triager**: Someone who examines incoming bug reports in just + enough detail to identify the person to whom the report should be + forwarded. + + The bug triagers should identify themselves with a ``B:`` entry in + the kernel MAINTAINERS file. + +- **Release Manager**: This person merges reviewed patchsets into an + integration branch, tests the result locally, pushes the branch to a + public git repository, and sends pull requests further upstream. + The release manager is not expected to work on new feature patchsets. + If a developer and a reviewer fail to reach a resolution on some point, + the release manager must have the ability to intervene to try to drive a + resolution. + + The release manager should identify themselves with an ``M:`` entry in + the kernel MAINTAINERS file. + +- **Community Manager**: This person calls and moderates meetings of as many + XFS participants as they can get when mailing list discussions prove + insufficient for collective decisionmaking. + They may also serve as liaison between managers of the organizations + sponsoring work on any part of XFS. + +- **LTS Maintainer**: Someone who backports and tests bug fixes from + uptream to the LTS kernels. + There tend to be six separate LTS trees at any given time. + + The maintainer for a given LTS release should identify themselves with an + ``M:`` entry in the MAINTAINERS file for that LTS tree. + Unmaintained LTS kernels should be marked with status ``S: Orphan`` in that + same file. + +Submission Checklist Addendum +----------------------------- +Please follow these additional rules when submitting to XFS: + +- Patches affecting only the filesystem itself should be based against + the latest -rc or the for-next branch. + These patches will be merged back to the for-next branch. + +- Authors of patches touching other subsystems need to coordinate with + the maintainers of XFS and the relevant subsystems to decide how to + proceed with a merge. + +- Any patchset changing XFS should be cc'd in its entirety to linux-xfs. + Do not send partial patchsets; that makes analysis of the broader + context of the changes unnecessarily difficult. + +- Anyone making kernel changes that have corresponding changes to the + userspace utilities should send the userspace changes as separate + patchsets immediately after the kernel patchsets. + +- Authors of bug fix patches are expected to use fstests[2] to perform + an A/B test of the patch to determine that there are no regressions. + When possible, a new regression test case should be written for + fstests. + +- Authors of new feature patchsets must ensure that fstests will have + appropriate functional and input corner-case test cases for the new + feature. + +- When implementing a new feature, it is strongly suggested that the + developers write a design document to answer the following questions: + + * **What** problem is this trying to solve? + + * **Who** will benefit from this solution, and **where** will they + access it? + + * **How** will this new feature work? This should touch on major data + structures and algorithms supporting the solution at a higher level + than code comments. + + * **What** userspace interfaces are necessary to build off of the new + features? + + * **How** will this work be tested to ensure that it solves the + problems laid out in the design document without causing new + problems? + + The design document should be committed in the kernel documentation + directory. + It may be omitted if the feature is already well known to the + community. + +- Patchsets for the new tests should be submitted as separate patchsets + immediately after the kernel and userspace code patchsets. + +- Changes to the on-disk format of XFS must be described in the ondisk + format document[3] and submitted as a patchset after the fstests + patchsets. + +- Patchsets implementing bug fixes and further code cleanups should put + the bug fixes at the beginning of the series to ease backporting. + +Key Release Cycle Dates +----------------------- +Bug fixes may be sent at any time, though the release manager may decide to +defer a patch when the next merge window is close. + +Code submissions targeting the next merge window should be sent between +-rc1 and -rc6. +This gives the community time to review the changes, to suggest other changes, +and for the author to retest those changes. + +Code submissions also requiring changes to fs/iomap and targeting the +next merge window should be sent between -rc1 and -rc4. +This allows the broader kernel community adequate time to test the +infrastructure changes. + +Review Cadence +-------------- +In general, please wait at least one week before pinging for feedback. +To find reviewers, either consult the MAINTAINERS file, or ask +developers that have Reviewed-by tags for XFS changes to take a look and +offer their opinion. + +References +---------- +| [0] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/xfs/xfs-linux.git/ +| [1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/xfs/xfsprogs-dev.git/ +| [2] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/xfs/xfstests-dev.git/ +| [3] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/fs/xfs/xfs-documentation.git/ diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..352516feef --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-online-fsck-design.rst @@ -0,0 +1,5315 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. _xfs_online_fsck_design: + +.. + Mapping of heading styles within this document: + Heading 1 uses "====" above and below + Heading 2 uses "====" + Heading 3 uses "----" + Heading 4 uses "````" + Heading 5 uses "^^^^" + Heading 6 uses "~~~~" + Heading 7 uses "...." + + Sections are manually numbered because apparently that's what everyone + does in the kernel. + +====================== +XFS Online Fsck Design +====================== + +This document captures the design of the online filesystem check feature for +XFS. +The purpose of this document is threefold: + +- To help kernel distributors understand exactly what the XFS online fsck + feature is, and issues about which they should be aware. + +- To help people reading the code to familiarize themselves with the relevant + concepts and design points before they start digging into the code. + +- To help developers maintaining the system by capturing the reasons + supporting higher level decision making. + +As the online fsck code is merged, the links in this document to topic branches +will be replaced with links to code. + +This document is licensed under the terms of the GNU Public License, v2. +The primary author is Darrick J. Wong. + +This design document is split into seven parts. +Part 1 defines what fsck tools are and the motivations for writing a new one. +Parts 2 and 3 present a high level overview of how online fsck process works +and how it is tested to ensure correct functionality. +Part 4 discusses the user interface and the intended usage modes of the new +program. +Parts 5 and 6 show off the high level components and how they fit together, and +then present case studies of how each repair function actually works. +Part 7 sums up what has been discussed so far and speculates about what else +might be built atop online fsck. + +.. contents:: Table of Contents + :local: + +1. What is a Filesystem Check? +============================== + +A Unix filesystem has four main responsibilities: + +- Provide a hierarchy of names through which application programs can associate + arbitrary blobs of data for any length of time, + +- Virtualize physical storage media across those names, and + +- Retrieve the named data blobs at any time. + +- Examine resource usage. + +Metadata directly supporting these functions (e.g. files, directories, space +mappings) are sometimes called primary metadata. +Secondary metadata (e.g. reverse mapping and directory parent pointers) support +operations internal to the filesystem, such as internal consistency checking +and reorganization. +Summary metadata, as the name implies, condense information contained in +primary metadata for performance reasons. + +The filesystem check (fsck) tool examines all the metadata in a filesystem +to look for errors. +In addition to looking for obvious metadata corruptions, fsck also +cross-references different types of metadata records with each other to look +for inconsistencies. +People do not like losing data, so most fsck tools also contains some ability +to correct any problems found. +As a word of caution -- the primary goal of most Linux fsck tools is to restore +the filesystem metadata to a consistent state, not to maximize the data +recovered. +That precedent will not be challenged here. + +Filesystems of the 20th century generally lacked any redundancy in the ondisk +format, which means that fsck can only respond to errors by erasing files until +errors are no longer detected. +More recent filesystem designs contain enough redundancy in their metadata that +it is now possible to regenerate data structures when non-catastrophic errors +occur; this capability aids both strategies. + ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| **Note**: | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| System administrators avoid data loss by increasing the number of | +| separate storage systems through the creation of backups; and they avoid | +| downtime by increasing the redundancy of each storage system through the | +| creation of RAID arrays. | +| fsck tools address only the first problem. | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +TLDR; Show Me the Code! +----------------------- + +Code is posted to the kernel.org git trees as follows: +`kernel changes `_, +`userspace changes `_, and +`QA test changes `_. +Each kernel patchset adding an online repair function will use the same branch +name across the kernel, xfsprogs, and fstests git repos. + +Existing Tools +-------------- + +The online fsck tool described here will be the third tool in the history of +XFS (on Linux) to check and repair filesystems. +Two programs precede it: + +The first program, ``xfs_check``, was created as part of the XFS debugger +(``xfs_db``) and can only be used with unmounted filesystems. +It walks all metadata in the filesystem looking for inconsistencies in the +metadata, though it lacks any ability to repair what it finds. +Due to its high memory requirements and inability to repair things, this +program is now deprecated and will not be discussed further. + +The second program, ``xfs_repair``, was created to be faster and more robust +than the first program. +Like its predecessor, it can only be used with unmounted filesystems. +It uses extent-based in-memory data structures to reduce memory consumption, +and tries to schedule readahead IO appropriately to reduce I/O waiting time +while it scans the metadata of the entire filesystem. +The most important feature of this tool is its ability to respond to +inconsistencies in file metadata and directory tree by erasing things as needed +to eliminate problems. +Space usage metadata are rebuilt from the observed file metadata. + +Problem Statement +----------------- + +The current XFS tools leave several problems unsolved: + +1. **User programs** suddenly **lose access** to the filesystem when unexpected + shutdowns occur as a result of silent corruptions in the metadata. + These occur **unpredictably** and often without warning. + +2. **Users** experience a **total loss of service** during the recovery period + after an **unexpected shutdown** occurs. + +3. **Users** experience a **total loss of service** if the filesystem is taken + offline to **look for problems** proactively. + +4. **Data owners** cannot **check the integrity** of their stored data without + reading all of it. + This may expose them to substantial billing costs when a linear media scan + performed by the storage system administrator might suffice. + +5. **System administrators** cannot **schedule** a maintenance window to deal + with corruptions if they **lack the means** to assess filesystem health + while the filesystem is online. + +6. **Fleet monitoring tools** cannot **automate periodic checks** of filesystem + health when doing so requires **manual intervention** and downtime. + +7. **Users** can be tricked into **doing things they do not desire** when + malicious actors **exploit quirks of Unicode** to place misleading names + in directories. + +Given this definition of the problems to be solved and the actors who would +benefit, the proposed solution is a third fsck tool that acts on a running +filesystem. + +This new third program has three components: an in-kernel facility to check +metadata, an in-kernel facility to repair metadata, and a userspace driver +program to drive fsck activity on a live filesystem. +``xfs_scrub`` is the name of the driver program. +The rest of this document presents the goals and use cases of the new fsck +tool, describes its major design points in connection to those goals, and +discusses the similarities and differences with existing tools. + ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| **Note**: | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| Throughout this document, the existing offline fsck tool can also be | +| referred to by its current name "``xfs_repair``". | +| The userspace driver program for the new online fsck tool can be | +| referred to as "``xfs_scrub``". | +| The kernel portion of online fsck that validates metadata is called | +| "online scrub", and portion of the kernel that fixes metadata is called | +| "online repair". | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +The naming hierarchy is broken up into objects known as directories and files +and the physical space is split into pieces known as allocation groups. +Sharding enables better performance on highly parallel systems and helps to +contain the damage when corruptions occur. +The division of the filesystem into principal objects (allocation groups and +inodes) means that there are ample opportunities to perform targeted checks and +repairs on a subset of the filesystem. + +While this is going on, other parts continue processing IO requests. +Even if a piece of filesystem metadata can only be regenerated by scanning the +entire system, the scan can still be done in the background while other file +operations continue. + +In summary, online fsck takes advantage of resource sharding and redundant +metadata to enable targeted checking and repair operations while the system +is running. +This capability will be coupled to automatic system management so that +autonomous self-healing of XFS maximizes service availability. + +2. Theory of Operation +====================== + +Because it is necessary for online fsck to lock and scan live metadata objects, +online fsck consists of three separate code components. +The first is the userspace driver program ``xfs_scrub``, which is responsible +for identifying individual metadata items, scheduling work items for them, +reacting to the outcomes appropriately, and reporting results to the system +administrator. +The second and third are in the kernel, which implements functions to check +and repair each type of online fsck work item. + ++------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| **Note**: | ++------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| For brevity, this document shortens the phrase "online fsck work | +| item" to "scrub item". | ++------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +Scrub item types are delineated in a manner consistent with the Unix design +philosophy, which is to say that each item should handle one aspect of a +metadata structure, and handle it well. + +Scope +----- + +In principle, online fsck should be able to check and to repair everything that +the offline fsck program can handle. +However, online fsck cannot be running 100% of the time, which means that +latent errors may creep in after a scrub completes. +If these errors cause the next mount to fail, offline fsck is the only +solution. +This limitation means that maintenance of the offline fsck tool will continue. +A second limitation of online fsck is that it must follow the same resource +sharing and lock acquisition rules as the regular filesystem. +This means that scrub cannot take *any* shortcuts to save time, because doing +so could lead to concurrency problems. +In other words, online fsck is not a complete replacement for offline fsck, and +a complete run of online fsck may take longer than online fsck. +However, both of these limitations are acceptable tradeoffs to satisfy the +different motivations of online fsck, which are to **minimize system downtime** +and to **increase predictability of operation**. + +.. _scrubphases: + +Phases of Work +-------------- + +The userspace driver program ``xfs_scrub`` splits the work of checking and +repairing an entire filesystem into seven phases. +Each phase concentrates on checking specific types of scrub items and depends +on the success of all previous phases. +The seven phases are as follows: + +1. Collect geometry information about the mounted filesystem and computer, + discover the online fsck capabilities of the kernel, and open the + underlying storage devices. + +2. Check allocation group metadata, all realtime volume metadata, and all quota + files. + Each metadata structure is scheduled as a separate scrub item. + If corruption is found in the inode header or inode btree and ``xfs_scrub`` + is permitted to perform repairs, then those scrub items are repaired to + prepare for phase 3. + Repairs are implemented by using the information in the scrub item to + resubmit the kernel scrub call with the repair flag enabled; this is + discussed in the next section. + Optimizations and all other repairs are deferred to phase 4. + +3. Check all metadata of every file in the filesystem. + Each metadata structure is also scheduled as a separate scrub item. + If repairs are needed and ``xfs_scrub`` is permitted to perform repairs, + and there were no problems detected during phase 2, then those scrub items + are repaired immediately. + Optimizations, deferred repairs, and unsuccessful repairs are deferred to + phase 4. + +4. All remaining repairs and scheduled optimizations are performed during this + phase, if the caller permits them. + Before starting repairs, the summary counters are checked and any necessary + repairs are performed so that subsequent repairs will not fail the resource + reservation step due to wildly incorrect summary counters. + Unsuccessful repairs are requeued as long as forward progress on repairs is + made somewhere in the filesystem. + Free space in the filesystem is trimmed at the end of phase 4 if the + filesystem is clean. + +5. By the start of this phase, all primary and secondary filesystem metadata + must be correct. + Summary counters such as the free space counts and quota resource counts + are checked and corrected. + Directory entry names and extended attribute names are checked for + suspicious entries such as control characters or confusing Unicode sequences + appearing in names. + +6. If the caller asks for a media scan, read all allocated and written data + file extents in the filesystem. + The ability to use hardware-assisted data file integrity checking is new + to online fsck; neither of the previous tools have this capability. + If media errors occur, they will be mapped to the owning files and reported. + +7. Re-check the summary counters and presents the caller with a summary of + space usage and file counts. + +This allocation of responsibilities will be :ref:`revisited ` +later in this document. + +Steps for Each Scrub Item +------------------------- + +The kernel scrub code uses a three-step strategy for checking and repairing +the one aspect of a metadata object represented by a scrub item: + +1. The scrub item of interest is checked for corruptions; opportunities for + optimization; and for values that are directly controlled by the system + administrator but look suspicious. + If the item is not corrupt or does not need optimization, resource are + released and the positive scan results are returned to userspace. + If the item is corrupt or could be optimized but the caller does not permit + this, resources are released and the negative scan results are returned to + userspace. + Otherwise, the kernel moves on to the second step. + +2. The repair function is called to rebuild the data structure. + Repair functions generally choose rebuild a structure from other metadata + rather than try to salvage the existing structure. + If the repair fails, the scan results from the first step are returned to + userspace. + Otherwise, the kernel moves on to the third step. + +3. In the third step, the kernel runs the same checks over the new metadata + item to assess the efficacy of the repairs. + The results of the reassessment are returned to userspace. + +Classification of Metadata +-------------------------- + +Each type of metadata object (and therefore each type of scrub item) is +classified as follows: + +Primary Metadata +```````````````` + +Metadata structures in this category should be most familiar to filesystem +users either because they are directly created by the user or they index +objects created by the user +Most filesystem objects fall into this class: + +- Free space and reference count information + +- Inode records and indexes + +- Storage mapping information for file data + +- Directories + +- Extended attributes + +- Symbolic links + +- Quota limits + +Scrub obeys the same rules as regular filesystem accesses for resource and lock +acquisition. + +Primary metadata objects are the simplest for scrub to process. +The principal filesystem object (either an allocation group or an inode) that +owns the item being scrubbed is locked to guard against concurrent updates. +The check function examines every record associated with the type for obvious +errors and cross-references healthy records against other metadata to look for +inconsistencies. +Repairs for this class of scrub item are simple, since the repair function +starts by holding all the resources acquired in the previous step. +The repair function scans available metadata as needed to record all the +observations needed to complete the structure. +Next, it stages the observations in a new ondisk structure and commits it +atomically to complete the repair. +Finally, the storage from the old data structure are carefully reaped. + +Because ``xfs_scrub`` locks a primary object for the duration of the repair, +this is effectively an offline repair operation performed on a subset of the +filesystem. +This minimizes the complexity of the repair code because it is not necessary to +handle concurrent updates from other threads, nor is it necessary to access +any other part of the filesystem. +As a result, indexed structures can be rebuilt very quickly, and programs +trying to access the damaged structure will be blocked until repairs complete. +The only infrastructure needed by the repair code are the staging area for +observations and a means to write new structures to disk. +Despite these limitations, the advantage that online repair holds is clear: +targeted work on individual shards of the filesystem avoids total loss of +service. + +This mechanism is described in section 2.1 ("Off-Line Algorithm") of +V. Srinivasan and M. J. Carey, `"Performance of On-Line Index Construction +Algorithms" `_, +*Extending Database Technology*, pp. 293-309, 1992. + +Most primary metadata repair functions stage their intermediate results in an +in-memory array prior to formatting the new ondisk structure, which is very +similar to the list-based algorithm discussed in section 2.3 ("List-Based +Algorithms") of Srinivasan. +However, any data structure builder that maintains a resource lock for the +duration of the repair is *always* an offline algorithm. + +.. _secondary_metadata: + +Secondary Metadata +`````````````````` + +Metadata structures in this category reflect records found in primary metadata, +but are only needed for online fsck or for reorganization of the filesystem. + +Secondary metadata include: + +- Reverse mapping information + +- Directory parent pointers + +This class of metadata is difficult for scrub to process because scrub attaches +to the secondary object but needs to check primary metadata, which runs counter +to the usual order of resource acquisition. +Frequently, this means that full filesystems scans are necessary to rebuild the +metadata. +Check functions can be limited in scope to reduce runtime. +Repairs, however, require a full scan of primary metadata, which can take a +long time to complete. +Under these conditions, ``xfs_scrub`` cannot lock resources for the entire +duration of the repair. + +Instead, repair functions set up an in-memory staging structure to store +observations. +Depending on the requirements of the specific repair function, the staging +index will either have the same format as the ondisk structure or a design +specific to that repair function. +The next step is to release all locks and start the filesystem scan. +When the repair scanner needs to record an observation, the staging data are +locked long enough to apply the update. +While the filesystem scan is in progress, the repair function hooks the +filesystem so that it can apply pending filesystem updates to the staging +information. +Once the scan is done, the owning object is re-locked, the live data is used to +write a new ondisk structure, and the repairs are committed atomically. +The hooks are disabled and the staging staging area is freed. +Finally, the storage from the old data structure are carefully reaped. + +Introducing concurrency helps online repair avoid various locking problems, but +comes at a high cost to code complexity. +Live filesystem code has to be hooked so that the repair function can observe +updates in progress. +The staging area has to become a fully functional parallel structure so that +updates can be merged from the hooks. +Finally, the hook, the filesystem scan, and the inode locking model must be +sufficiently well integrated that a hook event can decide if a given update +should be applied to the staging structure. + +In theory, the scrub implementation could apply these same techniques for +primary metadata, but doing so would make it massively more complex and less +performant. +Programs attempting to access the damaged structures are not blocked from +operation, which may cause application failure or an unplanned filesystem +shutdown. + +Inspiration for the secondary metadata repair strategy was drawn from section +2.4 of Srinivasan above, and sections 2 ("NSF: Inded Build Without Side-File") +and 3.1.1 ("Duplicate Key Insert Problem") in C. Mohan, `"Algorithms for +Creating Indexes for Very Large Tables Without Quiescing Updates" +`_, 1992. + +The sidecar index mentioned above bears some resemblance to the side file +method mentioned in Srinivasan and Mohan. +Their method consists of an index builder that extracts relevant record data to +build the new structure as quickly as possible; and an auxiliary structure that +captures all updates that would be committed to the index by other threads were +the new index already online. +After the index building scan finishes, the updates recorded in the side file +are applied to the new index. +To avoid conflicts between the index builder and other writer threads, the +builder maintains a publicly visible cursor that tracks the progress of the +scan through the record space. +To avoid duplication of work between the side file and the index builder, side +file updates are elided when the record ID for the update is greater than the +cursor position within the record ID space. + +To minimize changes to the rest of the codebase, XFS online repair keeps the +replacement index hidden until it's completely ready to go. +In other words, there is no attempt to expose the keyspace of the new index +while repair is running. +The complexity of such an approach would be very high and perhaps more +appropriate to building *new* indices. + +**Future Work Question**: Can the full scan and live update code used to +facilitate a repair also be used to implement a comprehensive check? + +*Answer*: In theory, yes. Check would be much stronger if each scrub function +employed these live scans to build a shadow copy of the metadata and then +compared the shadow records to the ondisk records. +However, doing that is a fair amount more work than what the checking functions +do now. +The live scans and hooks were developed much later. +That in turn increases the runtime of those scrub functions. + +Summary Information +``````````````````` + +Metadata structures in this last category summarize the contents of primary +metadata records. +These are often used to speed up resource usage queries, and are many times +smaller than the primary metadata which they represent. + +Examples of summary information include: + +- Summary counts of free space and inodes + +- File link counts from directories + +- Quota resource usage counts + +Check and repair require full filesystem scans, but resource and lock +acquisition follow the same paths as regular filesystem accesses. + +The superblock summary counters have special requirements due to the underlying +implementation of the incore counters, and will be treated separately. +Check and repair of the other types of summary counters (quota resource counts +and file link counts) employ the same filesystem scanning and hooking +techniques as outlined above, but because the underlying data are sets of +integer counters, the staging data need not be a fully functional mirror of the +ondisk structure. + +Inspiration for quota and file link count repair strategies were drawn from +sections 2.12 ("Online Index Operations") through 2.14 ("Incremental View +Maintenance") of G. Graefe, `"Concurrent Queries and Updates in Summary Views +and Their Indexes" +`_, 2011. + +Since quotas are non-negative integer counts of resource usage, online +quotacheck can use the incremental view deltas described in section 2.14 to +track pending changes to the block and inode usage counts in each transaction, +and commit those changes to a dquot side file when the transaction commits. +Delta tracking is necessary for dquots because the index builder scans inodes, +whereas the data structure being rebuilt is an index of dquots. +Link count checking combines the view deltas and commit step into one because +it sets attributes of the objects being scanned instead of writing them to a +separate data structure. +Each online fsck function will be discussed as case studies later in this +document. + +Risk Management +--------------- + +During the development of online fsck, several risk factors were identified +that may make the feature unsuitable for certain distributors and users. +Steps can be taken to mitigate or eliminate those risks, though at a cost to +functionality. + +- **Decreased performance**: Adding metadata indices to the filesystem + increases the time cost of persisting changes to disk, and the reverse space + mapping and directory parent pointers are no exception. + System administrators who require the maximum performance can disable the + reverse mapping features at format time, though this choice dramatically + reduces the ability of online fsck to find inconsistencies and repair them. + +- **Incorrect repairs**: As with all software, there might be defects in the + software that result in incorrect repairs being written to the filesystem. + Systematic fuzz testing (detailed in the next section) is employed by the + authors to find bugs early, but it might not catch everything. + The kernel build system provides Kconfig options (``CONFIG_XFS_ONLINE_SCRUB`` + and ``CONFIG_XFS_ONLINE_REPAIR``) to enable distributors to choose not to + accept this risk. + The xfsprogs build system has a configure option (``--enable-scrub=no``) that + disables building of the ``xfs_scrub`` binary, though this is not a risk + mitigation if the kernel functionality remains enabled. + +- **Inability to repair**: Sometimes, a filesystem is too badly damaged to be + repairable. + If the keyspaces of several metadata indices overlap in some manner but a + coherent narrative cannot be formed from records collected, then the repair + fails. + To reduce the chance that a repair will fail with a dirty transaction and + render the filesystem unusable, the online repair functions have been + designed to stage and validate all new records before committing the new + structure. + +- **Misbehavior**: Online fsck requires many privileges -- raw IO to block + devices, opening files by handle, ignoring Unix discretionary access control, + and the ability to perform administrative changes. + Running this automatically in the background scares people, so the systemd + background service is configured to run with only the privileges required. + Obviously, this cannot address certain problems like the kernel crashing or + deadlocking, but it should be sufficient to prevent the scrub process from + escaping and reconfiguring the system. + The cron job does not have this protection. + +- **Fuzz Kiddiez**: There are many people now who seem to think that running + automated fuzz testing of ondisk artifacts to find mischievous behavior and + spraying exploit code onto the public mailing list for instant zero-day + disclosure is somehow of some social benefit. + In the view of this author, the benefit is realized only when the fuzz + operators help to **fix** the flaws, but this opinion apparently is not + widely shared among security "researchers". + The XFS maintainers' continuing ability to manage these events presents an + ongoing risk to the stability of the development process. + Automated testing should front-load some of the risk while the feature is + considered EXPERIMENTAL. + +Many of these risks are inherent to software programming. +Despite this, it is hoped that this new functionality will prove useful in +reducing unexpected downtime. + +3. Testing Plan +=============== + +As stated before, fsck tools have three main goals: + +1. Detect inconsistencies in the metadata; + +2. Eliminate those inconsistencies; and + +3. Minimize further loss of data. + +Demonstrations of correct operation are necessary to build users' confidence +that the software behaves within expectations. +Unfortunately, it was not really feasible to perform regular exhaustive testing +of every aspect of a fsck tool until the introduction of low-cost virtual +machines with high-IOPS storage. +With ample hardware availability in mind, the testing strategy for the online +fsck project involves differential analysis against the existing fsck tools and +systematic testing of every attribute of every type of metadata object. +Testing can be split into four major categories, as discussed below. + +Integrated Testing with fstests +------------------------------- + +The primary goal of any free software QA effort is to make testing as +inexpensive and widespread as possible to maximize the scaling advantages of +community. +In other words, testing should maximize the breadth of filesystem configuration +scenarios and hardware setups. +This improves code quality by enabling the authors of online fsck to find and +fix bugs early, and helps developers of new features to find integration +issues earlier in their development effort. + +The Linux filesystem community shares a common QA testing suite, +`fstests `_, for +functional and regression testing. +Even before development work began on online fsck, fstests (when run on XFS) +would run both the ``xfs_check`` and ``xfs_repair -n`` commands on the test and +scratch filesystems between each test. +This provides a level of assurance that the kernel and the fsck tools stay in +alignment about what constitutes consistent metadata. +During development of the online checking code, fstests was modified to run +``xfs_scrub -n`` between each test to ensure that the new checking code +produces the same results as the two existing fsck tools. + +To start development of online repair, fstests was modified to run +``xfs_repair`` to rebuild the filesystem's metadata indices between tests. +This ensures that offline repair does not crash, leave a corrupt filesystem +after it exists, or trigger complaints from the online check. +This also established a baseline for what can and cannot be repaired offline. +To complete the first phase of development of online repair, fstests was +modified to be able to run ``xfs_scrub`` in a "force rebuild" mode. +This enables a comparison of the effectiveness of online repair as compared to +the existing offline repair tools. + +General Fuzz Testing of Metadata Blocks +--------------------------------------- + +XFS benefits greatly from having a very robust debugging tool, ``xfs_db``. + +Before development of online fsck even began, a set of fstests were created +to test the rather common fault that entire metadata blocks get corrupted. +This required the creation of fstests library code that can create a filesystem +containing every possible type of metadata object. +Next, individual test cases were created to create a test filesystem, identify +a single block of a specific type of metadata object, trash it with the +existing ``blocktrash`` command in ``xfs_db``, and test the reaction of a +particular metadata validation strategy. + +This earlier test suite enabled XFS developers to test the ability of the +in-kernel validation functions and the ability of the offline fsck tool to +detect and eliminate the inconsistent metadata. +This part of the test suite was extended to cover online fsck in exactly the +same manner. + +In other words, for a given fstests filesystem configuration: + +* For each metadata object existing on the filesystem: + + * Write garbage to it + + * Test the reactions of: + + 1. The kernel verifiers to stop obviously bad metadata + 2. Offline repair (``xfs_repair``) to detect and fix + 3. Online repair (``xfs_scrub``) to detect and fix + +Targeted Fuzz Testing of Metadata Records +----------------------------------------- + +The testing plan for online fsck includes extending the existing fs testing +infrastructure to provide a much more powerful facility: targeted fuzz testing +of every metadata field of every metadata object in the filesystem. +``xfs_db`` can modify every field of every metadata structure in every +block in the filesystem to simulate the effects of memory corruption and +software bugs. +Given that fstests already contains the ability to create a filesystem +containing every metadata format known to the filesystem, ``xfs_db`` can be +used to perform exhaustive fuzz testing! + +For a given fstests filesystem configuration: + +* For each metadata object existing on the filesystem... + + * For each record inside that metadata object... + + * For each field inside that record... + + * For each conceivable type of transformation that can be applied to a bit field... + + 1. Clear all bits + 2. Set all bits + 3. Toggle the most significant bit + 4. Toggle the middle bit + 5. Toggle the least significant bit + 6. Add a small quantity + 7. Subtract a small quantity + 8. Randomize the contents + + * ...test the reactions of: + + 1. The kernel verifiers to stop obviously bad metadata + 2. Offline checking (``xfs_repair -n``) + 3. Offline repair (``xfs_repair``) + 4. Online checking (``xfs_scrub -n``) + 5. Online repair (``xfs_scrub``) + 6. Both repair tools (``xfs_scrub`` and then ``xfs_repair`` if online repair doesn't succeed) + +This is quite the combinatoric explosion! + +Fortunately, having this much test coverage makes it easy for XFS developers to +check the responses of XFS' fsck tools. +Since the introduction of the fuzz testing framework, these tests have been +used to discover incorrect repair code and missing functionality for entire +classes of metadata objects in ``xfs_repair``. +The enhanced testing was used to finalize the deprecation of ``xfs_check`` by +confirming that ``xfs_repair`` could detect at least as many corruptions as +the older tool. + +These tests have been very valuable for ``xfs_scrub`` in the same ways -- they +allow the online fsck developers to compare online fsck against offline fsck, +and they enable XFS developers to find deficiencies in the code base. + +Proposed patchsets include +`general fuzzer improvements +`_, +`fuzzing baselines +`_, +and `improvements in fuzz testing comprehensiveness +`_. + +Stress Testing +-------------- + +A unique requirement to online fsck is the ability to operate on a filesystem +concurrently with regular workloads. +Although it is of course impossible to run ``xfs_scrub`` with *zero* observable +impact on the running system, the online repair code should never introduce +inconsistencies into the filesystem metadata, and regular workloads should +never notice resource starvation. +To verify that these conditions are being met, fstests has been enhanced in +the following ways: + +* For each scrub item type, create a test to exercise checking that item type + while running ``fsstress``. +* For each scrub item type, create a test to exercise repairing that item type + while running ``fsstress``. +* Race ``fsstress`` and ``xfs_scrub -n`` to ensure that checking the whole + filesystem doesn't cause problems. +* Race ``fsstress`` and ``xfs_scrub`` in force-rebuild mode to ensure that + force-repairing the whole filesystem doesn't cause problems. +* Race ``xfs_scrub`` in check and force-repair mode against ``fsstress`` while + freezing and thawing the filesystem. +* Race ``xfs_scrub`` in check and force-repair mode against ``fsstress`` while + remounting the filesystem read-only and read-write. +* The same, but running ``fsx`` instead of ``fsstress``. (Not done yet?) + +Success is defined by the ability to run all of these tests without observing +any unexpected filesystem shutdowns due to corrupted metadata, kernel hang +check warnings, or any other sort of mischief. + +Proposed patchsets include `general stress testing +`_ +and the `evolution of existing per-function stress testing +`_. + +4. User Interface +================= + +The primary user of online fsck is the system administrator, just like offline +repair. +Online fsck presents two modes of operation to administrators: +A foreground CLI process for online fsck on demand, and a background service +that performs autonomous checking and repair. + +Checking on Demand +------------------ + +For administrators who want the absolute freshest information about the +metadata in a filesystem, ``xfs_scrub`` can be run as a foreground process on +a command line. +The program checks every piece of metadata in the filesystem while the +administrator waits for the results to be reported, just like the existing +``xfs_repair`` tool. +Both tools share a ``-n`` option to perform a read-only scan, and a ``-v`` +option to increase the verbosity of the information reported. + +A new feature of ``xfs_scrub`` is the ``-x`` option, which employs the error +correction capabilities of the hardware to check data file contents. +The media scan is not enabled by default because it may dramatically increase +program runtime and consume a lot of bandwidth on older storage hardware. + +The output of a foreground invocation is captured in the system log. + +The ``xfs_scrub_all`` program walks the list of mounted filesystems and +initiates ``xfs_scrub`` for each of them in parallel. +It serializes scans for any filesystems that resolve to the same top level +kernel block device to prevent resource overconsumption. + +Background Service +------------------ + +To reduce the workload of system administrators, the ``xfs_scrub`` package +provides a suite of `systemd `_ timers and services that +run online fsck automatically on weekends by default. +The background service configures scrub to run with as little privilege as +possible, the lowest CPU and IO priority, and in a CPU-constrained single +threaded mode. +This can be tuned by the systemd administrator at any time to suit the latency +and throughput requirements of customer workloads. + +The output of the background service is also captured in the system log. +If desired, reports of failures (either due to inconsistencies or mere runtime +errors) can be emailed automatically by setting the ``EMAIL_ADDR`` environment +variable in the following service files: + +* ``xfs_scrub_fail@.service`` +* ``xfs_scrub_media_fail@.service`` +* ``xfs_scrub_all_fail.service`` + +The decision to enable the background scan is left to the system administrator. +This can be done by enabling either of the following services: + +* ``xfs_scrub_all.timer`` on systemd systems +* ``xfs_scrub_all.cron`` on non-systemd systems + +This automatic weekly scan is configured out of the box to perform an +additional media scan of all file data once per month. +This is less foolproof than, say, storing file data block checksums, but much +more performant if application software provides its own integrity checking, +redundancy can be provided elsewhere above the filesystem, or the storage +device's integrity guarantees are deemed sufficient. + +The systemd unit file definitions have been subjected to a security audit +(as of systemd 249) to ensure that the xfs_scrub processes have as little +access to the rest of the system as possible. +This was performed via ``systemd-analyze security``, after which privileges +were restricted to the minimum required, sandboxing was set up to the maximal +extent possible with sandboxing and system call filtering; and access to the +filesystem tree was restricted to the minimum needed to start the program and +access the filesystem being scanned. +The service definition files restrict CPU usage to 80% of one CPU core, and +apply as nice of a priority to IO and CPU scheduling as possible. +This measure was taken to minimize delays in the rest of the filesystem. +No such hardening has been performed for the cron job. + +Proposed patchset: +`Enabling the xfs_scrub background service +`_. + +Health Reporting +---------------- + +XFS caches a summary of each filesystem's health status in memory. +The information is updated whenever ``xfs_scrub`` is run, or whenever +inconsistencies are detected in the filesystem metadata during regular +operations. +System administrators should use the ``health`` command of ``xfs_spaceman`` to +download this information into a human-readable format. +If problems have been observed, the administrator can schedule a reduced +service window to run the online repair tool to correct the problem. +Failing that, the administrator can decide to schedule a maintenance window to +run the traditional offline repair tool to correct the problem. + +**Future Work Question**: Should the health reporting integrate with the new +inotify fs error notification system? +Would it be helpful for sysadmins to have a daemon to listen for corruption +notifications and initiate a repair? + +*Answer*: These questions remain unanswered, but should be a part of the +conversation with early adopters and potential downstream users of XFS. + +Proposed patchsets include +`wiring up health reports to correction returns +`_ +and +`preservation of sickness info during memory reclaim +`_. + +5. Kernel Algorithms and Data Structures +======================================== + +This section discusses the key algorithms and data structures of the kernel +code that provide the ability to check and repair metadata while the system +is running. +The first chapters in this section reveal the pieces that provide the +foundation for checking metadata. +The remainder of this section presents the mechanisms through which XFS +regenerates itself. + +Self Describing Metadata +------------------------ + +Starting with XFS version 5 in 2012, XFS updated the format of nearly every +ondisk block header to record a magic number, a checksum, a universally +"unique" identifier (UUID), an owner code, the ondisk address of the block, +and a log sequence number. +When loading a block buffer from disk, the magic number, UUID, owner, and +ondisk address confirm that the retrieved block matches the specific owner of +the current filesystem, and that the information contained in the block is +supposed to be found at the ondisk address. +The first three components enable checking tools to disregard alleged metadata +that doesn't belong to the filesystem, and the fourth component enables the +filesystem to detect lost writes. + +Whenever a file system operation modifies a block, the change is submitted +to the log as part of a transaction. +The log then processes these transactions marking them done once they are +safely persisted to storage. +The logging code maintains the checksum and the log sequence number of the last +transactional update. +Checksums are useful for detecting torn writes and other discrepancies that can +be introduced between the computer and its storage devices. +Sequence number tracking enables log recovery to avoid applying out of date +log updates to the filesystem. + +These two features improve overall runtime resiliency by providing a means for +the filesystem to detect obvious corruption when reading metadata blocks from +disk, but these buffer verifiers cannot provide any consistency checking +between metadata structures. + +For more information, please see the documentation for +Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-self-describing-metadata.rst + +Reverse Mapping +--------------- + +The original design of XFS (circa 1993) is an improvement upon 1980s Unix +filesystem design. +In those days, storage density was expensive, CPU time was scarce, and +excessive seek time could kill performance. +For performance reasons, filesystem authors were reluctant to add redundancy to +the filesystem, even at the cost of data integrity. +Filesystems designers in the early 21st century choose different strategies to +increase internal redundancy -- either storing nearly identical copies of +metadata, or more space-efficient encoding techniques. + +For XFS, a different redundancy strategy was chosen to modernize the design: +a secondary space usage index that maps allocated disk extents back to their +owners. +By adding a new index, the filesystem retains most of its ability to scale +well to heavily threaded workloads involving large datasets, since the primary +file metadata (the directory tree, the file block map, and the allocation +groups) remain unchanged. +Like any system that improves redundancy, the reverse-mapping feature increases +overhead costs for space mapping activities. +However, it has two critical advantages: first, the reverse index is key to +enabling online fsck and other requested functionality such as free space +defragmentation, better media failure reporting, and filesystem shrinking. +Second, the different ondisk storage format of the reverse mapping btree +defeats device-level deduplication because the filesystem requires real +redundancy. + ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| **Sidebar**: | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| A criticism of adding the secondary index is that it does nothing to | +| improve the robustness of user data storage itself. | +| This is a valid point, but adding a new index for file data block | +| checksums increases write amplification by turning data overwrites into | +| copy-writes, which age the filesystem prematurely. | +| In keeping with thirty years of precedent, users who want file data | +| integrity can supply as powerful a solution as they require. | +| As for metadata, the complexity of adding a new secondary index of space | +| usage is much less than adding volume management and storage device | +| mirroring to XFS itself. | +| Perfection of RAID and volume management are best left to existing | +| layers in the kernel. | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +The information captured in a reverse space mapping record is as follows: + +.. code-block:: c + + struct xfs_rmap_irec { + xfs_agblock_t rm_startblock; /* extent start block */ + xfs_extlen_t rm_blockcount; /* extent length */ + uint64_t rm_owner; /* extent owner */ + uint64_t rm_offset; /* offset within the owner */ + unsigned int rm_flags; /* state flags */ + }; + +The first two fields capture the location and size of the physical space, +in units of filesystem blocks. +The owner field tells scrub which metadata structure or file inode have been +assigned this space. +For space allocated to files, the offset field tells scrub where the space was +mapped within the file fork. +Finally, the flags field provides extra information about the space usage -- +is this an attribute fork extent? A file mapping btree extent? Or an +unwritten data extent? + +Online filesystem checking judges the consistency of each primary metadata +record by comparing its information against all other space indices. +The reverse mapping index plays a key role in the consistency checking process +because it contains a centralized alternate copy of all space allocation +information. +Program runtime and ease of resource acquisition are the only real limits to +what online checking can consult. +For example, a file data extent mapping can be checked against: + +* The absence of an entry in the free space information. +* The absence of an entry in the inode index. +* The absence of an entry in the reference count data if the file is not + marked as having shared extents. +* The correspondence of an entry in the reverse mapping information. + +There are several observations to make about reverse mapping indices: + +1. Reverse mappings can provide a positive affirmation of correctness if any of + the above primary metadata are in doubt. + The checking code for most primary metadata follows a path similar to the + one outlined above. + +2. Proving the consistency of secondary metadata with the primary metadata is + difficult because that requires a full scan of all primary space metadata, + which is very time intensive. + For example, checking a reverse mapping record for a file extent mapping + btree block requires locking the file and searching the entire btree to + confirm the block. + Instead, scrub relies on rigorous cross-referencing during the primary space + mapping structure checks. + +3. Consistency scans must use non-blocking lock acquisition primitives if the + required locking order is not the same order used by regular filesystem + operations. + For example, if the filesystem normally takes a file ILOCK before taking + the AGF buffer lock but scrub wants to take a file ILOCK while holding + an AGF buffer lock, scrub cannot block on that second acquisition. + This means that forward progress during this part of a scan of the reverse + mapping data cannot be guaranteed if system load is heavy. + +In summary, reverse mappings play a key role in reconstruction of primary +metadata. +The details of how these records are staged, written to disk, and committed +into the filesystem are covered in subsequent sections. + +Checking and Cross-Referencing +------------------------------ + +The first step of checking a metadata structure is to examine every record +contained within the structure and its relationship with the rest of the +system. +XFS contains multiple layers of checking to try to prevent inconsistent +metadata from wreaking havoc on the system. +Each of these layers contributes information that helps the kernel to make +three decisions about the health of a metadata structure: + +- Is a part of this structure obviously corrupt (``XFS_SCRUB_OFLAG_CORRUPT``) ? +- Is this structure inconsistent with the rest of the system + (``XFS_SCRUB_OFLAG_XCORRUPT``) ? +- Is there so much damage around the filesystem that cross-referencing is not + possible (``XFS_SCRUB_OFLAG_XFAIL``) ? +- Can the structure be optimized to improve performance or reduce the size of + metadata (``XFS_SCRUB_OFLAG_PREEN``) ? +- Does the structure contain data that is not inconsistent but deserves review + by the system administrator (``XFS_SCRUB_OFLAG_WARNING``) ? + +The following sections describe how the metadata scrubbing process works. + +Metadata Buffer Verification +```````````````````````````` + +The lowest layer of metadata protection in XFS are the metadata verifiers built +into the buffer cache. +These functions perform inexpensive internal consistency checking of the block +itself, and answer these questions: + +- Does the block belong to this filesystem? + +- Does the block belong to the structure that asked for the read? + This assumes that metadata blocks only have one owner, which is always true + in XFS. + +- Is the type of data stored in the block within a reasonable range of what + scrub is expecting? + +- Does the physical location of the block match the location it was read from? + +- Does the block checksum match the data? + +The scope of the protections here are very limited -- verifiers can only +establish that the filesystem code is reasonably free of gross corruption bugs +and that the storage system is reasonably competent at retrieval. +Corruption problems observed at runtime cause the generation of health reports, +failed system calls, and in the extreme case, filesystem shutdowns if the +corrupt metadata force the cancellation of a dirty transaction. + +Every online fsck scrubbing function is expected to read every ondisk metadata +block of a structure in the course of checking the structure. +Corruption problems observed during a check are immediately reported to +userspace as corruption; during a cross-reference, they are reported as a +failure to cross-reference once the full examination is complete. +Reads satisfied by a buffer already in cache (and hence already verified) +bypass these checks. + +Internal Consistency Checks +``````````````````````````` + +After the buffer cache, the next level of metadata protection is the internal +record verification code built into the filesystem. +These checks are split between the buffer verifiers, the in-filesystem users of +the buffer cache, and the scrub code itself, depending on the amount of higher +level context required. +The scope of checking is still internal to the block. +These higher level checking functions answer these questions: + +- Does the type of data stored in the block match what scrub is expecting? + +- Does the block belong to the owning structure that asked for the read? + +- If the block contains records, do the records fit within the block? + +- If the block tracks internal free space information, is it consistent with + the record areas? + +- Are the records contained inside the block free of obvious corruptions? + +Record checks in this category are more rigorous and more time-intensive. +For example, block pointers and inumbers are checked to ensure that they point +within the dynamically allocated parts of an allocation group and within +the filesystem. +Names are checked for invalid characters, and flags are checked for invalid +combinations. +Other record attributes are checked for sensible values. +Btree records spanning an interval of the btree keyspace are checked for +correct order and lack of mergeability (except for file fork mappings). +For performance reasons, regular code may skip some of these checks unless +debugging is enabled or a write is about to occur. +Scrub functions, of course, must check all possible problems. + +Validation of Userspace-Controlled Record Attributes +```````````````````````````````````````````````````` + +Various pieces of filesystem metadata are directly controlled by userspace. +Because of this nature, validation work cannot be more precise than checking +that a value is within the possible range. +These fields include: + +- Superblock fields controlled by mount options +- Filesystem labels +- File timestamps +- File permissions +- File size +- File flags +- Names present in directory entries, extended attribute keys, and filesystem + labels +- Extended attribute key namespaces +- Extended attribute values +- File data block contents +- Quota limits +- Quota timer expiration (if resource usage exceeds the soft limit) + +Cross-Referencing Space Metadata +```````````````````````````````` + +After internal block checks, the next higher level of checking is +cross-referencing records between metadata structures. +For regular runtime code, the cost of these checks is considered to be +prohibitively expensive, but as scrub is dedicated to rooting out +inconsistencies, it must pursue all avenues of inquiry. +The exact set of cross-referencing is highly dependent on the context of the +data structure being checked. + +The XFS btree code has keyspace scanning functions that online fsck uses to +cross reference one structure with another. +Specifically, scrub can scan the key space of an index to determine if that +keyspace is fully, sparsely, or not at all mapped to records. +For the reverse mapping btree, it is possible to mask parts of the key for the +purposes of performing a keyspace scan so that scrub can decide if the rmap +btree contains records mapping a certain extent of physical space without the +sparsenses of the rest of the rmap keyspace getting in the way. + +Btree blocks undergo the following checks before cross-referencing: + +- Does the type of data stored in the block match what scrub is expecting? + +- Does the block belong to the owning structure that asked for the read? + +- Do the records fit within the block? + +- Are the records contained inside the block free of obvious corruptions? + +- Are the name hashes in the correct order? + +- Do node pointers within the btree point to valid block addresses for the type + of btree? + +- Do child pointers point towards the leaves? + +- Do sibling pointers point across the same level? + +- For each node block record, does the record key accurate reflect the contents + of the child block? + +Space allocation records are cross-referenced as follows: + +1. Any space mentioned by any metadata structure are cross-referenced as + follows: + + - Does the reverse mapping index list only the appropriate owner as the + owner of each block? + + - Are none of the blocks claimed as free space? + + - If these aren't file data blocks, are none of the blocks claimed as space + shared by different owners? + +2. Btree blocks are cross-referenced as follows: + + - Everything in class 1 above. + + - If there's a parent node block, do the keys listed for this block match the + keyspace of this block? + + - Do the sibling pointers point to valid blocks? Of the same level? + + - Do the child pointers point to valid blocks? Of the next level down? + +3. Free space btree records are cross-referenced as follows: + + - Everything in class 1 and 2 above. + + - Does the reverse mapping index list no owners of this space? + + - Is this space not claimed by the inode index for inodes? + + - Is it not mentioned by the reference count index? + + - Is there a matching record in the other free space btree? + +4. Inode btree records are cross-referenced as follows: + + - Everything in class 1 and 2 above. + + - Is there a matching record in free inode btree? + + - Do cleared bits in the holemask correspond with inode clusters? + + - Do set bits in the freemask correspond with inode records with zero link + count? + +5. Inode records are cross-referenced as follows: + + - Everything in class 1. + + - Do all the fields that summarize information about the file forks actually + match those forks? + + - Does each inode with zero link count correspond to a record in the free + inode btree? + +6. File fork space mapping records are cross-referenced as follows: + + - Everything in class 1 and 2 above. + + - Is this space not mentioned by the inode btrees? + + - If this is a CoW fork mapping, does it correspond to a CoW entry in the + reference count btree? + +7. Reference count records are cross-referenced as follows: + + - Everything in class 1 and 2 above. + + - Within the space subkeyspace of the rmap btree (that is to say, all + records mapped to a particular space extent and ignoring the owner info), + are there the same number of reverse mapping records for each block as the + reference count record claims? + +Proposed patchsets are the series to find gaps in +`refcount btree +`_, +`inode btree +`_, and +`rmap btree +`_ records; +to find +`mergeable records +`_; +and to +`improve cross referencing with rmap +`_ +before starting a repair. + +Checking Extended Attributes +```````````````````````````` + +Extended attributes implement a key-value store that enable fragments of data +to be attached to any file. +Both the kernel and userspace can access the keys and values, subject to +namespace and privilege restrictions. +Most typically these fragments are metadata about the file -- origins, security +contexts, user-supplied labels, indexing information, etc. + +Names can be as long as 255 bytes and can exist in several different +namespaces. +Values can be as large as 64KB. +A file's extended attributes are stored in blocks mapped by the attr fork. +The mappings point to leaf blocks, remote value blocks, or dabtree blocks. +Block 0 in the attribute fork is always the top of the structure, but otherwise +each of the three types of blocks can be found at any offset in the attr fork. +Leaf blocks contain attribute key records that point to the name and the value. +Names are always stored elsewhere in the same leaf block. +Values that are less than 3/4 the size of a filesystem block are also stored +elsewhere in the same leaf block. +Remote value blocks contain values that are too large to fit inside a leaf. +If the leaf information exceeds a single filesystem block, a dabtree (also +rooted at block 0) is created to map hashes of the attribute names to leaf +blocks in the attr fork. + +Checking an extended attribute structure is not so straightforward due to the +lack of separation between attr blocks and index blocks. +Scrub must read each block mapped by the attr fork and ignore the non-leaf +blocks: + +1. Walk the dabtree in the attr fork (if present) to ensure that there are no + irregularities in the blocks or dabtree mappings that do not point to + attr leaf blocks. + +2. Walk the blocks of the attr fork looking for leaf blocks. + For each entry inside a leaf: + + a. Validate that the name does not contain invalid characters. + + b. Read the attr value. + This performs a named lookup of the attr name to ensure the correctness + of the dabtree. + If the value is stored in a remote block, this also validates the + integrity of the remote value block. + +Checking and Cross-Referencing Directories +`````````````````````````````````````````` + +The filesystem directory tree is a directed acylic graph structure, with files +constituting the nodes, and directory entries (dirents) constituting the edges. +Directories are a special type of file containing a set of mappings from a +255-byte sequence (name) to an inumber. +These are called directory entries, or dirents for short. +Each directory file must have exactly one directory pointing to the file. +A root directory points to itself. +Directory entries point to files of any type. +Each non-directory file may have multiple directories point to it. + +In XFS, directories are implemented as a file containing up to three 32GB +partitions. +The first partition contains directory entry data blocks. +Each data block contains variable-sized records associating a user-provided +name with an inumber and, optionally, a file type. +If the directory entry data grows beyond one block, the second partition (which +exists as post-EOF extents) is populated with a block containing free space +information and an index that maps hashes of the dirent names to directory data +blocks in the first partition. +This makes directory name lookups very fast. +If this second partition grows beyond one block, the third partition is +populated with a linear array of free space information for faster +expansions. +If the free space has been separated and the second partition grows again +beyond one block, then a dabtree is used to map hashes of dirent names to +directory data blocks. + +Checking a directory is pretty straightforward: + +1. Walk the dabtree in the second partition (if present) to ensure that there + are no irregularities in the blocks or dabtree mappings that do not point to + dirent blocks. + +2. Walk the blocks of the first partition looking for directory entries. + Each dirent is checked as follows: + + a. Does the name contain no invalid characters? + + b. Does the inumber correspond to an actual, allocated inode? + + c. Does the child inode have a nonzero link count? + + d. If a file type is included in the dirent, does it match the type of the + inode? + + e. If the child is a subdirectory, does the child's dotdot pointer point + back to the parent? + + f. If the directory has a second partition, perform a named lookup of the + dirent name to ensure the correctness of the dabtree. + +3. Walk the free space list in the third partition (if present) to ensure that + the free spaces it describes are really unused. + +Checking operations involving :ref:`parents ` and +:ref:`file link counts ` are discussed in more detail in later +sections. + +Checking Directory/Attribute Btrees +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +As stated in previous sections, the directory/attribute btree (dabtree) index +maps user-provided names to improve lookup times by avoiding linear scans. +Internally, it maps a 32-bit hash of the name to a block offset within the +appropriate file fork. + +The internal structure of a dabtree closely resembles the btrees that record +fixed-size metadata records -- each dabtree block contains a magic number, a +checksum, sibling pointers, a UUID, a tree level, and a log sequence number. +The format of leaf and node records are the same -- each entry points to the +next level down in the hierarchy, with dabtree node records pointing to dabtree +leaf blocks, and dabtree leaf records pointing to non-dabtree blocks elsewhere +in the fork. + +Checking and cross-referencing the dabtree is very similar to what is done for +space btrees: + +- Does the type of data stored in the block match what scrub is expecting? + +- Does the block belong to the owning structure that asked for the read? + +- Do the records fit within the block? + +- Are the records contained inside the block free of obvious corruptions? + +- Are the name hashes in the correct order? + +- Do node pointers within the dabtree point to valid fork offsets for dabtree + blocks? + +- Do leaf pointers within the dabtree point to valid fork offsets for directory + or attr leaf blocks? + +- Do child pointers point towards the leaves? + +- Do sibling pointers point across the same level? + +- For each dabtree node record, does the record key accurate reflect the + contents of the child dabtree block? + +- For each dabtree leaf record, does the record key accurate reflect the + contents of the directory or attr block? + +Cross-Referencing Summary Counters +`````````````````````````````````` + +XFS maintains three classes of summary counters: available resources, quota +resource usage, and file link counts. + +In theory, the amount of available resources (data blocks, inodes, realtime +extents) can be found by walking the entire filesystem. +This would make for very slow reporting, so a transactional filesystem can +maintain summaries of this information in the superblock. +Cross-referencing these values against the filesystem metadata should be a +simple matter of walking the free space and inode metadata in each AG and the +realtime bitmap, but there are complications that will be discussed in +:ref:`more detail ` later. + +:ref:`Quota usage ` and :ref:`file link count ` +checking are sufficiently complicated to warrant separate sections. + +Post-Repair Reverification +`````````````````````````` + +After performing a repair, the checking code is run a second time to validate +the new structure, and the results of the health assessment are recorded +internally and returned to the calling process. +This step is critical for enabling system administrator to monitor the status +of the filesystem and the progress of any repairs. +For developers, it is a useful means to judge the efficacy of error detection +and correction in the online and offline checking tools. + +Eventual Consistency vs. Online Fsck +------------------------------------ + +Complex operations can make modifications to multiple per-AG data structures +with a chain of transactions. +These chains, once committed to the log, are restarted during log recovery if +the system crashes while processing the chain. +Because the AG header buffers are unlocked between transactions within a chain, +online checking must coordinate with chained operations that are in progress to +avoid incorrectly detecting inconsistencies due to pending chains. +Furthermore, online repair must not run when operations are pending because +the metadata are temporarily inconsistent with each other, and rebuilding is +not possible. + +Only online fsck has this requirement of total consistency of AG metadata, and +should be relatively rare as compared to filesystem change operations. +Online fsck coordinates with transaction chains as follows: + +* For each AG, maintain a count of intent items targeting that AG. + The count should be bumped whenever a new item is added to the chain. + The count should be dropped when the filesystem has locked the AG header + buffers and finished the work. + +* When online fsck wants to examine an AG, it should lock the AG header + buffers to quiesce all transaction chains that want to modify that AG. + If the count is zero, proceed with the checking operation. + If it is nonzero, cycle the buffer locks to allow the chain to make forward + progress. + +This may lead to online fsck taking a long time to complete, but regular +filesystem updates take precedence over background checking activity. +Details about the discovery of this situation are presented in the +:ref:`next section `, and details about the solution +are presented :ref:`after that`. + +.. _chain_coordination: + +Discovery of the Problem +```````````````````````` + +Midway through the development of online scrubbing, the fsstress tests +uncovered a misinteraction between online fsck and compound transaction chains +created by other writer threads that resulted in false reports of metadata +inconsistency. +The root cause of these reports is the eventual consistency model introduced by +the expansion of deferred work items and compound transaction chains when +reverse mapping and reflink were introduced. + +Originally, transaction chains were added to XFS to avoid deadlocks when +unmapping space from files. +Deadlock avoidance rules require that AGs only be locked in increasing order, +which makes it impossible (say) to use a single transaction to free a space +extent in AG 7 and then try to free a now superfluous block mapping btree block +in AG 3. +To avoid these kinds of deadlocks, XFS creates Extent Freeing Intent (EFI) log +items to commit to freeing some space in one transaction while deferring the +actual metadata updates to a fresh transaction. +The transaction sequence looks like this: + +1. The first transaction contains a physical update to the file's block mapping + structures to remove the mapping from the btree blocks. + It then attaches to the in-memory transaction an action item to schedule + deferred freeing of space. + Concretely, each transaction maintains a list of ``struct + xfs_defer_pending`` objects, each of which maintains a list of ``struct + xfs_extent_free_item`` objects. + Returning to the example above, the action item tracks the freeing of both + the unmapped space from AG 7 and the block mapping btree (BMBT) block from + AG 3. + Deferred frees recorded in this manner are committed in the log by creating + an EFI log item from the ``struct xfs_extent_free_item`` object and + attaching the log item to the transaction. + When the log is persisted to disk, the EFI item is written into the ondisk + transaction record. + EFIs can list up to 16 extents to free, all sorted in AG order. + +2. The second transaction contains a physical update to the free space btrees + of AG 3 to release the former BMBT block and a second physical update to the + free space btrees of AG 7 to release the unmapped file space. + Observe that the physical updates are resequenced in the correct order + when possible. + Attached to the transaction is a an extent free done (EFD) log item. + The EFD contains a pointer to the EFI logged in transaction #1 so that log + recovery can tell if the EFI needs to be replayed. + +If the system goes down after transaction #1 is written back to the filesystem +but before #2 is committed, a scan of the filesystem metadata would show +inconsistent filesystem metadata because there would not appear to be any owner +of the unmapped space. +Happily, log recovery corrects this inconsistency for us -- when recovery finds +an intent log item but does not find a corresponding intent done item, it will +reconstruct the incore state of the intent item and finish it. +In the example above, the log must replay both frees described in the recovered +EFI to complete the recovery phase. + +There are subtleties to XFS' transaction chaining strategy to consider: + +* Log items must be added to a transaction in the correct order to prevent + conflicts with principal objects that are not held by the transaction. + In other words, all per-AG metadata updates for an unmapped block must be + completed before the last update to free the extent, and extents should not + be reallocated until that last update commits to the log. + +* AG header buffers are released between each transaction in a chain. + This means that other threads can observe an AG in an intermediate state, + but as long as the first subtlety is handled, this should not affect the + correctness of filesystem operations. + +* Unmounting the filesystem flushes all pending work to disk, which means that + offline fsck never sees the temporary inconsistencies caused by deferred + work item processing. + +In this manner, XFS employs a form of eventual consistency to avoid deadlocks +and increase parallelism. + +During the design phase of the reverse mapping and reflink features, it was +decided that it was impractical to cram all the reverse mapping updates for a +single filesystem change into a single transaction because a single file +mapping operation can explode into many small updates: + +* The block mapping update itself +* A reverse mapping update for the block mapping update +* Fixing the freelist +* A reverse mapping update for the freelist fix + +* A shape change to the block mapping btree +* A reverse mapping update for the btree update +* Fixing the freelist (again) +* A reverse mapping update for the freelist fix + +* An update to the reference counting information +* A reverse mapping update for the refcount update +* Fixing the freelist (a third time) +* A reverse mapping update for the freelist fix + +* Freeing any space that was unmapped and not owned by any other file +* Fixing the freelist (a fourth time) +* A reverse mapping update for the freelist fix + +* Freeing the space used by the block mapping btree +* Fixing the freelist (a fifth time) +* A reverse mapping update for the freelist fix + +Free list fixups are not usually needed more than once per AG per transaction +chain, but it is theoretically possible if space is very tight. +For copy-on-write updates this is even worse, because this must be done once to +remove the space from a staging area and again to map it into the file! + +To deal with this explosion in a calm manner, XFS expands its use of deferred +work items to cover most reverse mapping updates and all refcount updates. +This reduces the worst case size of transaction reservations by breaking the +work into a long chain of small updates, which increases the degree of eventual +consistency in the system. +Again, this generally isn't a problem because XFS orders its deferred work +items carefully to avoid resource reuse conflicts between unsuspecting threads. + +However, online fsck changes the rules -- remember that although physical +updates to per-AG structures are coordinated by locking the buffers for AG +headers, buffer locks are dropped between transactions. +Once scrub acquires resources and takes locks for a data structure, it must do +all the validation work without releasing the lock. +If the main lock for a space btree is an AG header buffer lock, scrub may have +interrupted another thread that is midway through finishing a chain. +For example, if a thread performing a copy-on-write has completed a reverse +mapping update but not the corresponding refcount update, the two AG btrees +will appear inconsistent to scrub and an observation of corruption will be +recorded. This observation will not be correct. +If a repair is attempted in this state, the results will be catastrophic! + +Several other solutions to this problem were evaluated upon discovery of this +flaw and rejected: + +1. Add a higher level lock to allocation groups and require writer threads to + acquire the higher level lock in AG order before making any changes. + This would be very difficult to implement in practice because it is + difficult to determine which locks need to be obtained, and in what order, + without simulating the entire operation. + Performing a dry run of a file operation to discover necessary locks would + make the filesystem very slow. + +2. Make the deferred work coordinator code aware of consecutive intent items + targeting the same AG and have it hold the AG header buffers locked across + the transaction roll between updates. + This would introduce a lot of complexity into the coordinator since it is + only loosely coupled with the actual deferred work items. + It would also fail to solve the problem because deferred work items can + generate new deferred subtasks, but all subtasks must be complete before + work can start on a new sibling task. + +3. Teach online fsck to walk all transactions waiting for whichever lock(s) + protect the data structure being scrubbed to look for pending operations. + The checking and repair operations must factor these pending operations into + the evaluations being performed. + This solution is a nonstarter because it is *extremely* invasive to the main + filesystem. + +.. _intent_drains: + +Intent Drains +````````````` + +Online fsck uses an atomic intent item counter and lock cycling to coordinate +with transaction chains. +There are two key properties to the drain mechanism. +First, the counter is incremented when a deferred work item is *queued* to a +transaction, and it is decremented after the associated intent done log item is +*committed* to another transaction. +The second property is that deferred work can be added to a transaction without +holding an AG header lock, but per-AG work items cannot be marked done without +locking that AG header buffer to log the physical updates and the intent done +log item. +The first property enables scrub to yield to running transaction chains, which +is an explicit deprioritization of online fsck to benefit file operations. +The second property of the drain is key to the correct coordination of scrub, +since scrub will always be able to decide if a conflict is possible. + +For regular filesystem code, the drain works as follows: + +1. Call the appropriate subsystem function to add a deferred work item to a + transaction. + +2. The function calls ``xfs_defer_drain_bump`` to increase the counter. + +3. When the deferred item manager wants to finish the deferred work item, it + calls ``->finish_item`` to complete it. + +4. The ``->finish_item`` implementation logs some changes and calls + ``xfs_defer_drain_drop`` to decrease the sloppy counter and wake up any threads + waiting on the drain. + +5. The subtransaction commits, which unlocks the resource associated with the + intent item. + +For scrub, the drain works as follows: + +1. Lock the resource(s) associated with the metadata being scrubbed. + For example, a scan of the refcount btree would lock the AGI and AGF header + buffers. + +2. If the counter is zero (``xfs_defer_drain_busy`` returns false), there are no + chains in progress and the operation may proceed. + +3. Otherwise, release the resources grabbed in step 1. + +4. Wait for the intent counter to reach zero (``xfs_defer_drain_intents``), then go + back to step 1 unless a signal has been caught. + +To avoid polling in step 4, the drain provides a waitqueue for scrub threads to +be woken up whenever the intent count drops to zero. + +The proposed patchset is the +`scrub intent drain series +`_. + +.. _jump_labels: + +Static Keys (aka Jump Label Patching) +````````````````````````````````````` + +Online fsck for XFS separates the regular filesystem from the checking and +repair code as much as possible. +However, there are a few parts of online fsck (such as the intent drains, and +later, live update hooks) where it is useful for the online fsck code to know +what's going on in the rest of the filesystem. +Since it is not expected that online fsck will be constantly running in the +background, it is very important to minimize the runtime overhead imposed by +these hooks when online fsck is compiled into the kernel but not actively +running on behalf of userspace. +Taking locks in the hot path of a writer thread to access a data structure only +to find that no further action is necessary is expensive -- on the author's +computer, this have an overhead of 40-50ns per access. +Fortunately, the kernel supports dynamic code patching, which enables XFS to +replace a static branch to hook code with ``nop`` sleds when online fsck isn't +running. +This sled has an overhead of however long it takes the instruction decoder to +skip past the sled, which seems to be on the order of less than 1ns and +does not access memory outside of instruction fetching. + +When online fsck enables the static key, the sled is replaced with an +unconditional branch to call the hook code. +The switchover is quite expensive (~22000ns) but is paid entirely by the +program that invoked online fsck, and can be amortized if multiple threads +enter online fsck at the same time, or if multiple filesystems are being +checked at the same time. +Changing the branch direction requires taking the CPU hotplug lock, and since +CPU initialization requires memory allocation, online fsck must be careful not +to change a static key while holding any locks or resources that could be +accessed in the memory reclaim paths. +To minimize contention on the CPU hotplug lock, care should be taken not to +enable or disable static keys unnecessarily. + +Because static keys are intended to minimize hook overhead for regular +filesystem operations when xfs_scrub is not running, the intended usage +patterns are as follows: + +- The hooked part of XFS should declare a static-scoped static key that + defaults to false. + The ``DEFINE_STATIC_KEY_FALSE`` macro takes care of this. + The static key itself should be declared as a ``static`` variable. + +- When deciding to invoke code that's only used by scrub, the regular + filesystem should call the ``static_branch_unlikely`` predicate to avoid the + scrub-only hook code if the static key is not enabled. + +- The regular filesystem should export helper functions that call + ``static_branch_inc`` to enable and ``static_branch_dec`` to disable the + static key. + Wrapper functions make it easy to compile out the relevant code if the kernel + distributor turns off online fsck at build time. + +- Scrub functions wanting to turn on scrub-only XFS functionality should call + the ``xchk_fsgates_enable`` from the setup function to enable a specific + hook. + This must be done before obtaining any resources that are used by memory + reclaim. + Callers had better be sure they really need the functionality gated by the + static key; the ``TRY_HARDER`` flag is useful here. + +Online scrub has resource acquisition helpers (e.g. ``xchk_perag_lock``) to +handle locking AGI and AGF buffers for all scrubber functions. +If it detects a conflict between scrub and the running transactions, it will +try to wait for intents to complete. +If the caller of the helper has not enabled the static key, the helper will +return -EDEADLOCK, which should result in the scrub being restarted with the +``TRY_HARDER`` flag set. +The scrub setup function should detect that flag, enable the static key, and +try the scrub again. +Scrub teardown disables all static keys obtained by ``xchk_fsgates_enable``. + +For more information, please see the kernel documentation of +Documentation/staging/static-keys.rst. + +.. _xfile: + +Pageable Kernel Memory +---------------------- + +Some online checking functions work by scanning the filesystem to build a +shadow copy of an ondisk metadata structure in memory and comparing the two +copies. +For online repair to rebuild a metadata structure, it must compute the record +set that will be stored in the new structure before it can persist that new +structure to disk. +Ideally, repairs complete with a single atomic commit that introduces +a new data structure. +To meet these goals, the kernel needs to collect a large amount of information +in a place that doesn't require the correct operation of the filesystem. + +Kernel memory isn't suitable because: + +* Allocating a contiguous region of memory to create a C array is very + difficult, especially on 32-bit systems. + +* Linked lists of records introduce double pointer overhead which is very high + and eliminate the possibility of indexed lookups. + +* Kernel memory is pinned, which can drive the system into OOM conditions. + +* The system might not have sufficient memory to stage all the information. + +At any given time, online fsck does not need to keep the entire record set in +memory, which means that individual records can be paged out if necessary. +Continued development of online fsck demonstrated that the ability to perform +indexed data storage would also be very useful. +Fortunately, the Linux kernel already has a facility for byte-addressable and +pageable storage: tmpfs. +In-kernel graphics drivers (most notably i915) take advantage of tmpfs files +to store intermediate data that doesn't need to be in memory at all times, so +that usage precedent is already established. +Hence, the ``xfile`` was born! + ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| **Historical Sidebar**: | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The first edition of online repair inserted records into a new btree as | +| it found them, which failed because filesystem could shut down with a | +| built data structure, which would be live after recovery finished. | +| | +| The second edition solved the half-rebuilt structure problem by storing | +| everything in memory, but frequently ran the system out of memory. | +| | +| The third edition solved the OOM problem by using linked lists, but the | +| memory overhead of the list pointers was extreme. | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +xfile Access Models +``````````````````` + +A survey of the intended uses of xfiles suggested these use cases: + +1. Arrays of fixed-sized records (space management btrees, directory and + extended attribute entries) + +2. Sparse arrays of fixed-sized records (quotas and link counts) + +3. Large binary objects (BLOBs) of variable sizes (directory and extended + attribute names and values) + +4. Staging btrees in memory (reverse mapping btrees) + +5. Arbitrary contents (realtime space management) + +To support the first four use cases, high level data structures wrap the xfile +to share functionality between online fsck functions. +The rest of this section discusses the interfaces that the xfile presents to +four of those five higher level data structures. +The fifth use case is discussed in the :ref:`realtime summary ` case +study. + +The most general storage interface supported by the xfile enables the reading +and writing of arbitrary quantities of data at arbitrary offsets in the xfile. +This capability is provided by ``xfile_pread`` and ``xfile_pwrite`` functions, +which behave similarly to their userspace counterparts. +XFS is very record-based, which suggests that the ability to load and store +complete records is important. +To support these cases, a pair of ``xfile_obj_load`` and ``xfile_obj_store`` +functions are provided to read and persist objects into an xfile. +They are internally the same as pread and pwrite, except that they treat any +error as an out of memory error. +For online repair, squashing error conditions in this manner is an acceptable +behavior because the only reaction is to abort the operation back to userspace. +All five xfile usecases can be serviced by these four functions. + +However, no discussion of file access idioms is complete without answering the +question, "But what about mmap?" +It is convenient to access storage directly with pointers, just like userspace +code does with regular memory. +Online fsck must not drive the system into OOM conditions, which means that +xfiles must be responsive to memory reclamation. +tmpfs can only push a pagecache folio to the swap cache if the folio is neither +pinned nor locked, which means the xfile must not pin too many folios. + +Short term direct access to xfile contents is done by locking the pagecache +folio and mapping it into kernel address space. +Programmatic access (e.g. pread and pwrite) uses this mechanism. +Folio locks are not supposed to be held for long periods of time, so long +term direct access to xfile contents is done by bumping the folio refcount, +mapping it into kernel address space, and dropping the folio lock. +These long term users *must* be responsive to memory reclaim by hooking into +the shrinker infrastructure to know when to release folios. + +The ``xfile_get_page`` and ``xfile_put_page`` functions are provided to +retrieve the (locked) folio that backs part of an xfile and to release it. +The only code to use these folio lease functions are the xfarray +:ref:`sorting` algorithms and the :ref:`in-memory +btrees`. + +xfile Access Coordination +````````````````````````` + +For security reasons, xfiles must be owned privately by the kernel. +They are marked ``S_PRIVATE`` to prevent interference from the security system, +must never be mapped into process file descriptor tables, and their pages must +never be mapped into userspace processes. + +To avoid locking recursion issues with the VFS, all accesses to the shmfs file +are performed by manipulating the page cache directly. +xfile writers call the ``->write_begin`` and ``->write_end`` functions of the +xfile's address space to grab writable pages, copy the caller's buffer into the +page, and release the pages. +xfile readers call ``shmem_read_mapping_page_gfp`` to grab pages directly +before copying the contents into the caller's buffer. +In other words, xfiles ignore the VFS read and write code paths to avoid +having to create a dummy ``struct kiocb`` and to avoid taking inode and +freeze locks. +tmpfs cannot be frozen, and xfiles must not be exposed to userspace. + +If an xfile is shared between threads to stage repairs, the caller must provide +its own locks to coordinate access. +For example, if a scrub function stores scan results in an xfile and needs +other threads to provide updates to the scanned data, the scrub function must +provide a lock for all threads to share. + +.. _xfarray: + +Arrays of Fixed-Sized Records +````````````````````````````` + +In XFS, each type of indexed space metadata (free space, inodes, reference +counts, file fork space, and reverse mappings) consists of a set of fixed-size +records indexed with a classic B+ tree. +Directories have a set of fixed-size dirent records that point to the names, +and extended attributes have a set of fixed-size attribute keys that point to +names and values. +Quota counters and file link counters index records with numbers. +During a repair, scrub needs to stage new records during the gathering step and +retrieve them during the btree building step. + +Although this requirement can be satisfied by calling the read and write +methods of the xfile directly, it is simpler for callers for there to be a +higher level abstraction to take care of computing array offsets, to provide +iterator functions, and to deal with sparse records and sorting. +The ``xfarray`` abstraction presents a linear array for fixed-size records atop +the byte-accessible xfile. + +.. _xfarray_access_patterns: + +Array Access Patterns +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Array access patterns in online fsck tend to fall into three categories. +Iteration of records is assumed to be necessary for all cases and will be +covered in the next section. + +The first type of caller handles records that are indexed by position. +Gaps may exist between records, and a record may be updated multiple times +during the collection step. +In other words, these callers want a sparse linearly addressed table file. +The typical use case are quota records or file link count records. +Access to array elements is performed programmatically via ``xfarray_load`` and +``xfarray_store`` functions, which wrap the similarly-named xfile functions to +provide loading and storing of array elements at arbitrary array indices. +Gaps are defined to be null records, and null records are defined to be a +sequence of all zero bytes. +Null records are detected by calling ``xfarray_element_is_null``. +They are created either by calling ``xfarray_unset`` to null out an existing +record or by never storing anything to an array index. + +The second type of caller handles records that are not indexed by position +and do not require multiple updates to a record. +The typical use case here is rebuilding space btrees and key/value btrees. +These callers can add records to the array without caring about array indices +via the ``xfarray_append`` function, which stores a record at the end of the +array. +For callers that require records to be presentable in a specific order (e.g. +rebuilding btree data), the ``xfarray_sort`` function can arrange the sorted +records; this function will be covered later. + +The third type of caller is a bag, which is useful for counting records. +The typical use case here is constructing space extent reference counts from +reverse mapping information. +Records can be put in the bag in any order, they can be removed from the bag +at any time, and uniqueness of records is left to callers. +The ``xfarray_store_anywhere`` function is used to insert a record in any +null record slot in the bag; and the ``xfarray_unset`` function removes a +record from the bag. + +The proposed patchset is the +`big in-memory array +`_. + +Iterating Array Elements +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Most users of the xfarray require the ability to iterate the records stored in +the array. +Callers can probe every possible array index with the following: + +.. code-block:: c + + xfarray_idx_t i; + foreach_xfarray_idx(array, i) { + xfarray_load(array, i, &rec); + + /* do something with rec */ + } + +All users of this idiom must be prepared to handle null records or must already +know that there aren't any. + +For xfarray users that want to iterate a sparse array, the ``xfarray_iter`` +function ignores indices in the xfarray that have never been written to by +calling ``xfile_seek_data`` (which internally uses ``SEEK_DATA``) to skip areas +of the array that are not populated with memory pages. +Once it finds a page, it will skip the zeroed areas of the page. + +.. code-block:: c + + xfarray_idx_t i = XFARRAY_CURSOR_INIT; + while ((ret = xfarray_iter(array, &i, &rec)) == 1) { + /* do something with rec */ + } + +.. _xfarray_sort: + +Sorting Array Elements +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +During the fourth demonstration of online repair, a community reviewer remarked +that for performance reasons, online repair ought to load batches of records +into btree record blocks instead of inserting records into a new btree one at a +time. +The btree insertion code in XFS is responsible for maintaining correct ordering +of the records, so naturally the xfarray must also support sorting the record +set prior to bulk loading. + +Case Study: Sorting xfarrays +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The sorting algorithm used in the xfarray is actually a combination of adaptive +quicksort and a heapsort subalgorithm in the spirit of +`Sedgewick `_ and +`pdqsort `_, with customizations for the Linux +kernel. +To sort records in a reasonably short amount of time, ``xfarray`` takes +advantage of the binary subpartitioning offered by quicksort, but it also uses +heapsort to hedge against performance collapse if the chosen quicksort pivots +are poor. +Both algorithms are (in general) O(n * lg(n)), but there is a wide performance +gulf between the two implementations. + +The Linux kernel already contains a reasonably fast implementation of heapsort. +It only operates on regular C arrays, which limits the scope of its usefulness. +There are two key places where the xfarray uses it: + +* Sorting any record subset backed by a single xfile page. + +* Loading a small number of xfarray records from potentially disparate parts + of the xfarray into a memory buffer, and sorting the buffer. + +In other words, ``xfarray`` uses heapsort to constrain the nested recursion of +quicksort, thereby mitigating quicksort's worst runtime behavior. + +Choosing a quicksort pivot is a tricky business. +A good pivot splits the set to sort in half, leading to the divide and conquer +behavior that is crucial to O(n * lg(n)) performance. +A poor pivot barely splits the subset at all, leading to O(n\ :sup:`2`) +runtime. +The xfarray sort routine tries to avoid picking a bad pivot by sampling nine +records into a memory buffer and using the kernel heapsort to identify the +median of the nine. + +Most modern quicksort implementations employ Tukey's "ninther" to select a +pivot from a classic C array. +Typical ninther implementations pick three unique triads of records, sort each +of the triads, and then sort the middle value of each triad to determine the +ninther value. +As stated previously, however, xfile accesses are not entirely cheap. +It turned out to be much more performant to read the nine elements into a +memory buffer, run the kernel's in-memory heapsort on the buffer, and choose +the 4th element of that buffer as the pivot. +Tukey's ninthers are described in J. W. Tukey, `The ninther, a technique for +low-effort robust (resistant) location in large samples`, in *Contributions to +Survey Sampling and Applied Statistics*, edited by H. David, (Academic Press, +1978), pp. 251–257. + +The partitioning of quicksort is fairly textbook -- rearrange the record +subset around the pivot, then set up the current and next stack frames to +sort with the larger and the smaller halves of the pivot, respectively. +This keeps the stack space requirements to log2(record count). + +As a final performance optimization, the hi and lo scanning phase of quicksort +keeps examined xfile pages mapped in the kernel for as long as possible to +reduce map/unmap cycles. +Surprisingly, this reduces overall sort runtime by nearly half again after +accounting for the application of heapsort directly onto xfile pages. + +.. _xfblob: + +Blob Storage +```````````` + +Extended attributes and directories add an additional requirement for staging +records: arbitrary byte sequences of finite length. +Each directory entry record needs to store entry name, +and each extended attribute needs to store both the attribute name and value. +The names, keys, and values can consume a large amount of memory, so the +``xfblob`` abstraction was created to simplify management of these blobs +atop an xfile. + +Blob arrays provide ``xfblob_load`` and ``xfblob_store`` functions to retrieve +and persist objects. +The store function returns a magic cookie for every object that it persists. +Later, callers provide this cookie to the ``xblob_load`` to recall the object. +The ``xfblob_free`` function frees a specific blob, and the ``xfblob_truncate`` +function frees them all because compaction is not needed. + +The details of repairing directories and extended attributes will be discussed +in a subsequent section about atomic extent swapping. +However, it should be noted that these repair functions only use blob storage +to cache a small number of entries before adding them to a temporary ondisk +file, which is why compaction is not required. + +The proposed patchset is at the start of the +`extended attribute repair +`_ series. + +.. _xfbtree: + +In-Memory B+Trees +````````````````` + +The chapter about :ref:`secondary metadata` mentioned that +checking and repairing of secondary metadata commonly requires coordination +between a live metadata scan of the filesystem and writer threads that are +updating that metadata. +Keeping the scan data up to date requires requires the ability to propagate +metadata updates from the filesystem into the data being collected by the scan. +This *can* be done by appending concurrent updates into a separate log file and +applying them before writing the new metadata to disk, but this leads to +unbounded memory consumption if the rest of the system is very busy. +Another option is to skip the side-log and commit live updates from the +filesystem directly into the scan data, which trades more overhead for a lower +maximum memory requirement. +In both cases, the data structure holding the scan results must support indexed +access to perform well. + +Given that indexed lookups of scan data is required for both strategies, online +fsck employs the second strategy of committing live updates directly into +scan data. +Because xfarrays are not indexed and do not enforce record ordering, they +are not suitable for this task. +Conveniently, however, XFS has a library to create and maintain ordered reverse +mapping records: the existing rmap btree code! +If only there was a means to create one in memory. + +Recall that the :ref:`xfile ` abstraction represents memory pages as a +regular file, which means that the kernel can create byte or block addressable +virtual address spaces at will. +The XFS buffer cache specializes in abstracting IO to block-oriented address +spaces, which means that adaptation of the buffer cache to interface with +xfiles enables reuse of the entire btree library. +Btrees built atop an xfile are collectively known as ``xfbtrees``. +The next few sections describe how they actually work. + +The proposed patchset is the +`in-memory btree +`_ +series. + +Using xfiles as a Buffer Cache Target +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Two modifications are necessary to support xfiles as a buffer cache target. +The first is to make it possible for the ``struct xfs_buftarg`` structure to +host the ``struct xfs_buf`` rhashtable, because normally those are held by a +per-AG structure. +The second change is to modify the buffer ``ioapply`` function to "read" cached +pages from the xfile and "write" cached pages back to the xfile. +Multiple access to individual buffers is controlled by the ``xfs_buf`` lock, +since the xfile does not provide any locking on its own. +With this adaptation in place, users of the xfile-backed buffer cache use +exactly the same APIs as users of the disk-backed buffer cache. +The separation between xfile and buffer cache implies higher memory usage since +they do not share pages, but this property could some day enable transactional +updates to an in-memory btree. +Today, however, it simply eliminates the need for new code. + +Space Management with an xfbtree +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Space management for an xfile is very simple -- each btree block is one memory +page in size. +These blocks use the same header format as an on-disk btree, but the in-memory +block verifiers ignore the checksums, assuming that xfile memory is no more +corruption-prone than regular DRAM. +Reusing existing code here is more important than absolute memory efficiency. + +The very first block of an xfile backing an xfbtree contains a header block. +The header describes the owner, height, and the block number of the root +xfbtree block. + +To allocate a btree block, use ``xfile_seek_data`` to find a gap in the file. +If there are no gaps, create one by extending the length of the xfile. +Preallocate space for the block with ``xfile_prealloc``, and hand back the +location. +To free an xfbtree block, use ``xfile_discard`` (which internally uses +``FALLOC_FL_PUNCH_HOLE``) to remove the memory page from the xfile. + +Populating an xfbtree +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +An online fsck function that wants to create an xfbtree should proceed as +follows: + +1. Call ``xfile_create`` to create an xfile. + +2. Call ``xfs_alloc_memory_buftarg`` to create a buffer cache target structure + pointing to the xfile. + +3. Pass the buffer cache target, buffer ops, and other information to + ``xfbtree_create`` to write an initial tree header and root block to the + xfile. + Each btree type should define a wrapper that passes necessary arguments to + the creation function. + For example, rmap btrees define ``xfs_rmapbt_mem_create`` to take care of + all the necessary details for callers. + A ``struct xfbtree`` object will be returned. + +4. Pass the xfbtree object to the btree cursor creation function for the + btree type. + Following the example above, ``xfs_rmapbt_mem_cursor`` takes care of this + for callers. + +5. Pass the btree cursor to the regular btree functions to make queries against + and to update the in-memory btree. + For example, a btree cursor for an rmap xfbtree can be passed to the + ``xfs_rmap_*`` functions just like any other btree cursor. + See the :ref:`next section` for information on dealing with + xfbtree updates that are logged to a transaction. + +6. When finished, delete the btree cursor, destroy the xfbtree object, free the + buffer target, and the destroy the xfile to release all resources. + +.. _xfbtree_commit: + +Committing Logged xfbtree Buffers +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Although it is a clever hack to reuse the rmap btree code to handle the staging +structure, the ephemeral nature of the in-memory btree block storage presents +some challenges of its own. +The XFS transaction manager must not commit buffer log items for buffers backed +by an xfile because the log format does not understand updates for devices +other than the data device. +An ephemeral xfbtree probably will not exist by the time the AIL checkpoints +log transactions back into the filesystem, and certainly won't exist during +log recovery. +For these reasons, any code updating an xfbtree in transaction context must +remove the buffer log items from the transaction and write the updates into the +backing xfile before committing or cancelling the transaction. + +The ``xfbtree_trans_commit`` and ``xfbtree_trans_cancel`` functions implement +this functionality as follows: + +1. Find each buffer log item whose buffer targets the xfile. + +2. Record the dirty/ordered status of the log item. + +3. Detach the log item from the buffer. + +4. Queue the buffer to a special delwri list. + +5. Clear the transaction dirty flag if the only dirty log items were the ones + that were detached in step 3. + +6. Submit the delwri list to commit the changes to the xfile, if the updates + are being committed. + +After removing xfile logged buffers from the transaction in this manner, the +transaction can be committed or cancelled. + +Bulk Loading of Ondisk B+Trees +------------------------------ + +As mentioned previously, early iterations of online repair built new btree +structures by creating a new btree and adding observations individually. +Loading a btree one record at a time had a slight advantage of not requiring +the incore records to be sorted prior to commit, but was very slow and leaked +blocks if the system went down during a repair. +Loading records one at a time also meant that repair could not control the +loading factor of the blocks in the new btree. + +Fortunately, the venerable ``xfs_repair`` tool had a more efficient means for +rebuilding a btree index from a collection of records -- bulk btree loading. +This was implemented rather inefficiently code-wise, since ``xfs_repair`` +had separate copy-pasted implementations for each btree type. + +To prepare for online fsck, each of the four bulk loaders were studied, notes +were taken, and the four were refactored into a single generic btree bulk +loading mechanism. +Those notes in turn have been refreshed and are presented below. + +Geometry Computation +```````````````````` + +The zeroth step of bulk loading is to assemble the entire record set that will +be stored in the new btree, and sort the records. +Next, call ``xfs_btree_bload_compute_geometry`` to compute the shape of the +btree from the record set, the type of btree, and any load factor preferences. +This information is required for resource reservation. + +First, the geometry computation computes the minimum and maximum records that +will fit in a leaf block from the size of a btree block and the size of the +block header. +Roughly speaking, the maximum number of records is:: + + maxrecs = (block_size - header_size) / record_size + +The XFS design specifies that btree blocks should be merged when possible, +which means the minimum number of records is half of maxrecs:: + + minrecs = maxrecs / 2 + +The next variable to determine is the desired loading factor. +This must be at least minrecs and no more than maxrecs. +Choosing minrecs is undesirable because it wastes half the block. +Choosing maxrecs is also undesirable because adding a single record to each +newly rebuilt leaf block will cause a tree split, which causes a noticeable +drop in performance immediately afterwards. +The default loading factor was chosen to be 75% of maxrecs, which provides a +reasonably compact structure without any immediate split penalties:: + + default_load_factor = (maxrecs + minrecs) / 2 + +If space is tight, the loading factor will be set to maxrecs to try to avoid +running out of space:: + + leaf_load_factor = enough space ? default_load_factor : maxrecs + +Load factor is computed for btree node blocks using the combined size of the +btree key and pointer as the record size:: + + maxrecs = (block_size - header_size) / (key_size + ptr_size) + minrecs = maxrecs / 2 + node_load_factor = enough space ? default_load_factor : maxrecs + +Once that's done, the number of leaf blocks required to store the record set +can be computed as:: + + leaf_blocks = ceil(record_count / leaf_load_factor) + +The number of node blocks needed to point to the next level down in the tree +is computed as:: + + n_blocks = (n == 0 ? leaf_blocks : node_blocks[n]) + node_blocks[n + 1] = ceil(n_blocks / node_load_factor) + +The entire computation is performed recursively until the current level only +needs one block. +The resulting geometry is as follows: + +- For AG-rooted btrees, this level is the root level, so the height of the new + tree is ``level + 1`` and the space needed is the summation of the number of + blocks on each level. + +- For inode-rooted btrees where the records in the top level do not fit in the + inode fork area, the height is ``level + 2``, the space needed is the + summation of the number of blocks on each level, and the inode fork points to + the root block. + +- For inode-rooted btrees where the records in the top level can be stored in + the inode fork area, then the root block can be stored in the inode, the + height is ``level + 1``, and the space needed is one less than the summation + of the number of blocks on each level. + This only becomes relevant when non-bmap btrees gain the ability to root in + an inode, which is a future patchset and only included here for completeness. + +.. _newbt: + +Reserving New B+Tree Blocks +``````````````````````````` + +Once repair knows the number of blocks needed for the new btree, it allocates +those blocks using the free space information. +Each reserved extent is tracked separately by the btree builder state data. +To improve crash resilience, the reservation code also logs an Extent Freeing +Intent (EFI) item in the same transaction as each space allocation and attaches +its in-memory ``struct xfs_extent_free_item`` object to the space reservation. +If the system goes down, log recovery will use the unfinished EFIs to free the +unused space, the free space, leaving the filesystem unchanged. + +Each time the btree builder claims a block for the btree from a reserved +extent, it updates the in-memory reservation to reflect the claimed space. +Block reservation tries to allocate as much contiguous space as possible to +reduce the number of EFIs in play. + +While repair is writing these new btree blocks, the EFIs created for the space +reservations pin the tail of the ondisk log. +It's possible that other parts of the system will remain busy and push the head +of the log towards the pinned tail. +To avoid livelocking the filesystem, the EFIs must not pin the tail of the log +for too long. +To alleviate this problem, the dynamic relogging capability of the deferred ops +mechanism is reused here to commit a transaction at the log head containing an +EFD for the old EFI and new EFI at the head. +This enables the log to release the old EFI to keep the log moving forwards. + +EFIs have a role to play during the commit and reaping phases; please see the +next section and the section about :ref:`reaping` for more details. + +Proposed patchsets are the +`bitmap rework +`_ +and the +`preparation for bulk loading btrees +`_. + + +Writing the New Tree +```````````````````` + +This part is pretty simple -- the btree builder (``xfs_btree_bulkload``) claims +a block from the reserved list, writes the new btree block header, fills the +rest of the block with records, and adds the new leaf block to a list of +written blocks:: + + ┌────┐ + │leaf│ + │RRR │ + └────┘ + +Sibling pointers are set every time a new block is added to the level:: + + ┌────┐ ┌────┐ ┌────┐ ┌────┐ + │leaf│→│leaf│→│leaf│→│leaf│ + │RRR │←│RRR │←│RRR │←│RRR │ + └────┘ └────┘ └────┘ └────┘ + +When it finishes writing the record leaf blocks, it moves on to the node +blocks +To fill a node block, it walks each block in the next level down in the tree +to compute the relevant keys and write them into the parent node:: + + ┌────┐ ┌────┐ + │node│──────→│node│ + │PP │←──────│PP │ + └────┘ └────┘ + ↙ ↘ ↙ ↘ + ┌────┐ ┌────┐ ┌────┐ ┌────┐ + │leaf│→│leaf│→│leaf│→│leaf│ + │RRR │←│RRR │←│RRR │←│RRR │ + └────┘ └────┘ └────┘ └────┘ + +When it reaches the root level, it is ready to commit the new btree!:: + + ┌─────────┐ + │ root │ + │ PP │ + └─────────┘ + ↙ ↘ + ┌────┐ ┌────┐ + │node│──────→│node│ + │PP │←──────│PP │ + └────┘ └────┘ + ↙ ↘ ↙ ↘ + ┌────┐ ┌────┐ ┌────┐ ┌────┐ + │leaf│→│leaf│→│leaf│→│leaf│ + │RRR │←│RRR │←│RRR │←│RRR │ + └────┘ └────┘ └────┘ └────┘ + +The first step to commit the new btree is to persist the btree blocks to disk +synchronously. +This is a little complicated because a new btree block could have been freed +in the recent past, so the builder must use ``xfs_buf_delwri_queue_here`` to +remove the (stale) buffer from the AIL list before it can write the new blocks +to disk. +Blocks are queued for IO using a delwri list and written in one large batch +with ``xfs_buf_delwri_submit``. + +Once the new blocks have been persisted to disk, control returns to the +individual repair function that called the bulk loader. +The repair function must log the location of the new root in a transaction, +clean up the space reservations that were made for the new btree, and reap the +old metadata blocks: + +1. Commit the location of the new btree root. + +2. For each incore reservation: + + a. Log Extent Freeing Done (EFD) items for all the space that was consumed + by the btree builder. The new EFDs must point to the EFIs attached to + the reservation to prevent log recovery from freeing the new blocks. + + b. For unclaimed portions of incore reservations, create a regular deferred + extent free work item to be free the unused space later in the + transaction chain. + + c. The EFDs and EFIs logged in steps 2a and 2b must not overrun the + reservation of the committing transaction. + If the btree loading code suspects this might be about to happen, it must + call ``xrep_defer_finish`` to clear out the deferred work and obtain a + fresh transaction. + +3. Clear out the deferred work a second time to finish the commit and clean + the repair transaction. + +The transaction rolling in steps 2c and 3 represent a weakness in the repair +algorithm, because a log flush and a crash before the end of the reap step can +result in space leaking. +Online repair functions minimize the chances of this occurring by using very +large transactions, which each can accommodate many thousands of block freeing +instructions. +Repair moves on to reaping the old blocks, which will be presented in a +subsequent :ref:`section` after a few case studies of bulk loading. + +Case Study: Rebuilding the Inode Index +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The high level process to rebuild the inode index btree is: + +1. Walk the reverse mapping records to generate ``struct xfs_inobt_rec`` + records from the inode chunk information and a bitmap of the old inode btree + blocks. + +2. Append the records to an xfarray in inode order. + +3. Use the ``xfs_btree_bload_compute_geometry`` function to compute the number + of blocks needed for the inode btree. + If the free space inode btree is enabled, call it again to estimate the + geometry of the finobt. + +4. Allocate the number of blocks computed in the previous step. + +5. Use ``xfs_btree_bload`` to write the xfarray records to btree blocks and + generate the internal node blocks. + If the free space inode btree is enabled, call it again to load the finobt. + +6. Commit the location of the new btree root block(s) to the AGI. + +7. Reap the old btree blocks using the bitmap created in step 1. + +Details are as follows. + +The inode btree maps inumbers to the ondisk location of the associated +inode records, which means that the inode btrees can be rebuilt from the +reverse mapping information. +Reverse mapping records with an owner of ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_INOBT`` marks the +location of the old inode btree blocks. +Each reverse mapping record with an owner of ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_INODES`` marks the +location of at least one inode cluster buffer. +A cluster is the smallest number of ondisk inodes that can be allocated or +freed in a single transaction; it is never smaller than 1 fs block or 4 inodes. + +For the space represented by each inode cluster, ensure that there are no +records in the free space btrees nor any records in the reference count btree. +If there are, the space metadata inconsistencies are reason enough to abort the +operation. +Otherwise, read each cluster buffer to check that its contents appear to be +ondisk inodes and to decide if the file is allocated +(``xfs_dinode.i_mode != 0``) or free (``xfs_dinode.i_mode == 0``). +Accumulate the results of successive inode cluster buffer reads until there is +enough information to fill a single inode chunk record, which is 64 consecutive +numbers in the inumber keyspace. +If the chunk is sparse, the chunk record may include holes. + +Once the repair function accumulates one chunk's worth of data, it calls +``xfarray_append`` to add the inode btree record to the xfarray. +This xfarray is walked twice during the btree creation step -- once to populate +the inode btree with all inode chunk records, and a second time to populate the +free inode btree with records for chunks that have free non-sparse inodes. +The number of records for the inode btree is the number of xfarray records, +but the record count for the free inode btree has to be computed as inode chunk +records are stored in the xfarray. + +The proposed patchset is the +`AG btree repair +`_ +series. + +Case Study: Rebuilding the Space Reference Counts +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Reverse mapping records are used to rebuild the reference count information. +Reference counts are required for correct operation of copy on write for shared +file data. +Imagine the reverse mapping entries as rectangles representing extents of +physical blocks, and that the rectangles can be laid down to allow them to +overlap each other. +From the diagram below, it is apparent that a reference count record must start +or end wherever the height of the stack changes. +In other words, the record emission stimulus is level-triggered:: + + █ ███ + ██ █████ ████ ███ ██████ + ██ ████ ███████████ ████ █████████ + ████████████████████████████████ ███████████ + ^ ^ ^^ ^^ ^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^ ^^ ^ ^ ^ + 2 1 23 21 3 43 234 2123 1 01 2 3 0 + +The ondisk reference count btree does not store the refcount == 0 cases because +the free space btree already records which blocks are free. +Extents being used to stage copy-on-write operations should be the only records +with refcount == 1. +Single-owner file blocks aren't recorded in either the free space or the +reference count btrees. + +The high level process to rebuild the reference count btree is: + +1. Walk the reverse mapping records to generate ``struct xfs_refcount_irec`` + records for any space having more than one reverse mapping and add them to + the xfarray. + Any records owned by ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_COW`` are also added to the xfarray + because these are extents allocated to stage a copy on write operation and + are tracked in the refcount btree. + + Use any records owned by ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_REFC`` to create a bitmap of old + refcount btree blocks. + +2. Sort the records in physical extent order, putting the CoW staging extents + at the end of the xfarray. + This matches the sorting order of records in the refcount btree. + +3. Use the ``xfs_btree_bload_compute_geometry`` function to compute the number + of blocks needed for the new tree. + +4. Allocate the number of blocks computed in the previous step. + +5. Use ``xfs_btree_bload`` to write the xfarray records to btree blocks and + generate the internal node blocks. + +6. Commit the location of new btree root block to the AGF. + +7. Reap the old btree blocks using the bitmap created in step 1. + +Details are as follows; the same algorithm is used by ``xfs_repair`` to +generate refcount information from reverse mapping records. + +- Until the reverse mapping btree runs out of records: + + - Retrieve the next record from the btree and put it in a bag. + + - Collect all records with the same starting block from the btree and put + them in the bag. + + - While the bag isn't empty: + + - Among the mappings in the bag, compute the lowest block number where the + reference count changes. + This position will be either the starting block number of the next + unprocessed reverse mapping or the next block after the shortest mapping + in the bag. + + - Remove all mappings from the bag that end at this position. + + - Collect all reverse mappings that start at this position from the btree + and put them in the bag. + + - If the size of the bag changed and is greater than one, create a new + refcount record associating the block number range that we just walked to + the size of the bag. + +The bag-like structure in this case is a type 2 xfarray as discussed in the +:ref:`xfarray access patterns` section. +Reverse mappings are added to the bag using ``xfarray_store_anywhere`` and +removed via ``xfarray_unset``. +Bag members are examined through ``xfarray_iter`` loops. + +The proposed patchset is the +`AG btree repair +`_ +series. + +Case Study: Rebuilding File Fork Mapping Indices +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The high level process to rebuild a data/attr fork mapping btree is: + +1. Walk the reverse mapping records to generate ``struct xfs_bmbt_rec`` + records from the reverse mapping records for that inode and fork. + Append these records to an xfarray. + Compute the bitmap of the old bmap btree blocks from the ``BMBT_BLOCK`` + records. + +2. Use the ``xfs_btree_bload_compute_geometry`` function to compute the number + of blocks needed for the new tree. + +3. Sort the records in file offset order. + +4. If the extent records would fit in the inode fork immediate area, commit the + records to that immediate area and skip to step 8. + +5. Allocate the number of blocks computed in the previous step. + +6. Use ``xfs_btree_bload`` to write the xfarray records to btree blocks and + generate the internal node blocks. + +7. Commit the new btree root block to the inode fork immediate area. + +8. Reap the old btree blocks using the bitmap created in step 1. + +There are some complications here: +First, it's possible to move the fork offset to adjust the sizes of the +immediate areas if the data and attr forks are not both in BMBT format. +Second, if there are sufficiently few fork mappings, it may be possible to use +EXTENTS format instead of BMBT, which may require a conversion. +Third, the incore extent map must be reloaded carefully to avoid disturbing +any delayed allocation extents. + +The proposed patchset is the +`file mapping repair +`_ +series. + +.. _reaping: + +Reaping Old Metadata Blocks +--------------------------- + +Whenever online fsck builds a new data structure to replace one that is +suspect, there is a question of how to find and dispose of the blocks that +belonged to the old structure. +The laziest method of course is not to deal with them at all, but this slowly +leads to service degradations as space leaks out of the filesystem. +Hopefully, someone will schedule a rebuild of the free space information to +plug all those leaks. +Offline repair rebuilds all space metadata after recording the usage of +the files and directories that it decides not to clear, hence it can build new +structures in the discovered free space and avoid the question of reaping. + +As part of a repair, online fsck relies heavily on the reverse mapping records +to find space that is owned by the corresponding rmap owner yet truly free. +Cross referencing rmap records with other rmap records is necessary because +there may be other data structures that also think they own some of those +blocks (e.g. crosslinked trees). +Permitting the block allocator to hand them out again will not push the system +towards consistency. + +For space metadata, the process of finding extents to dispose of generally +follows this format: + +1. Create a bitmap of space used by data structures that must be preserved. + The space reservations used to create the new metadata can be used here if + the same rmap owner code is used to denote all of the objects being rebuilt. + +2. Survey the reverse mapping data to create a bitmap of space owned by the + same ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_*`` number for the metadata that is being preserved. + +3. Use the bitmap disunion operator to subtract (1) from (2). + The remaining set bits represent candidate extents that could be freed. + The process moves on to step 4 below. + +Repairs for file-based metadata such as extended attributes, directories, +symbolic links, quota files and realtime bitmaps are performed by building a +new structure attached to a temporary file and swapping the forks. +Afterward, the mappings in the old file fork are the candidate blocks for +disposal. + +The process for disposing of old extents is as follows: + +4. For each candidate extent, count the number of reverse mapping records for + the first block in that extent that do not have the same rmap owner for the + data structure being repaired. + + - If zero, the block has a single owner and can be freed. + + - If not, the block is part of a crosslinked structure and must not be + freed. + +5. Starting with the next block in the extent, figure out how many more blocks + have the same zero/nonzero other owner status as that first block. + +6. If the region is crosslinked, delete the reverse mapping entry for the + structure being repaired and move on to the next region. + +7. If the region is to be freed, mark any corresponding buffers in the buffer + cache as stale to prevent log writeback. + +8. Free the region and move on. + +However, there is one complication to this procedure. +Transactions are of finite size, so the reaping process must be careful to roll +the transactions to avoid overruns. +Overruns come from two sources: + +a. EFIs logged on behalf of space that is no longer occupied + +b. Log items for buffer invalidations + +This is also a window in which a crash during the reaping process can leak +blocks. +As stated earlier, online repair functions use very large transactions to +minimize the chances of this occurring. + +The proposed patchset is the +`preparation for bulk loading btrees +`_ +series. + +Case Study: Reaping After a Regular Btree Repair +```````````````````````````````````````````````` + +Old reference count and inode btrees are the easiest to reap because they have +rmap records with special owner codes: ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_REFC`` for the refcount +btree, and ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_INOBT`` for the inode and free inode btrees. +Creating a list of extents to reap the old btree blocks is quite simple, +conceptually: + +1. Lock the relevant AGI/AGF header buffers to prevent allocation and frees. + +2. For each reverse mapping record with an rmap owner corresponding to the + metadata structure being rebuilt, set the corresponding range in a bitmap. + +3. Walk the current data structures that have the same rmap owner. + For each block visited, clear that range in the above bitmap. + +4. Each set bit in the bitmap represents a block that could be a block from the + old data structures and hence is a candidate for reaping. + In other words, ``(rmap_records_owned_by & ~blocks_reachable_by_walk)`` + are the blocks that might be freeable. + +If it is possible to maintain the AGF lock throughout the repair (which is the +common case), then step 2 can be performed at the same time as the reverse +mapping record walk that creates the records for the new btree. + +Case Study: Rebuilding the Free Space Indices +````````````````````````````````````````````` + +The high level process to rebuild the free space indices is: + +1. Walk the reverse mapping records to generate ``struct xfs_alloc_rec_incore`` + records from the gaps in the reverse mapping btree. + +2. Append the records to an xfarray. + +3. Use the ``xfs_btree_bload_compute_geometry`` function to compute the number + of blocks needed for each new tree. + +4. Allocate the number of blocks computed in the previous step from the free + space information collected. + +5. Use ``xfs_btree_bload`` to write the xfarray records to btree blocks and + generate the internal node blocks for the free space by length index. + Call it again for the free space by block number index. + +6. Commit the locations of the new btree root blocks to the AGF. + +7. Reap the old btree blocks by looking for space that is not recorded by the + reverse mapping btree, the new free space btrees, or the AGFL. + +Repairing the free space btrees has three key complications over a regular +btree repair: + +First, free space is not explicitly tracked in the reverse mapping records. +Hence, the new free space records must be inferred from gaps in the physical +space component of the keyspace of the reverse mapping btree. + +Second, free space repairs cannot use the common btree reservation code because +new blocks are reserved out of the free space btrees. +This is impossible when repairing the free space btrees themselves. +However, repair holds the AGF buffer lock for the duration of the free space +index reconstruction, so it can use the collected free space information to +supply the blocks for the new free space btrees. +It is not necessary to back each reserved extent with an EFI because the new +free space btrees are constructed in what the ondisk filesystem thinks is +unowned space. +However, if reserving blocks for the new btrees from the collected free space +information changes the number of free space records, repair must re-estimate +the new free space btree geometry with the new record count until the +reservation is sufficient. +As part of committing the new btrees, repair must ensure that reverse mappings +are created for the reserved blocks and that unused reserved blocks are +inserted into the free space btrees. +Deferrred rmap and freeing operations are used to ensure that this transition +is atomic, similar to the other btree repair functions. + +Third, finding the blocks to reap after the repair is not overly +straightforward. +Blocks for the free space btrees and the reverse mapping btrees are supplied by +the AGFL. +Blocks put onto the AGFL have reverse mapping records with the owner +``XFS_RMAP_OWN_AG``. +This ownership is retained when blocks move from the AGFL into the free space +btrees or the reverse mapping btrees. +When repair walks reverse mapping records to synthesize free space records, it +creates a bitmap (``ag_owner_bitmap``) of all the space claimed by +``XFS_RMAP_OWN_AG`` records. +The repair context maintains a second bitmap corresponding to the rmap btree +blocks and the AGFL blocks (``rmap_agfl_bitmap``). +When the walk is complete, the bitmap disunion operation ``(ag_owner_bitmap & +~rmap_agfl_bitmap)`` computes the extents that are used by the old free space +btrees. +These blocks can then be reaped using the methods outlined above. + +The proposed patchset is the +`AG btree repair +`_ +series. + +.. _rmap_reap: + +Case Study: Reaping After Repairing Reverse Mapping Btrees +`````````````````````````````````````````````````````````` + +Old reverse mapping btrees are less difficult to reap after a repair. +As mentioned in the previous section, blocks on the AGFL, the two free space +btree blocks, and the reverse mapping btree blocks all have reverse mapping +records with ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_AG`` as the owner. +The full process of gathering reverse mapping records and building a new btree +are described in the case study of +:ref:`live rebuilds of rmap data `, but a crucial point from that +discussion is that the new rmap btree will not contain any records for the old +rmap btree, nor will the old btree blocks be tracked in the free space btrees. +The list of candidate reaping blocks is computed by setting the bits +corresponding to the gaps in the new rmap btree records, and then clearing the +bits corresponding to extents in the free space btrees and the current AGFL +blocks. +The result ``(new_rmapbt_gaps & ~(agfl | bnobt_records))`` are reaped using the +methods outlined above. + +The rest of the process of rebuildng the reverse mapping btree is discussed +in a separate :ref:`case study`. + +The proposed patchset is the +`AG btree repair +`_ +series. + +Case Study: Rebuilding the AGFL +``````````````````````````````` + +The allocation group free block list (AGFL) is repaired as follows: + +1. Create a bitmap for all the space that the reverse mapping data claims is + owned by ``XFS_RMAP_OWN_AG``. + +2. Subtract the space used by the two free space btrees and the rmap btree. + +3. Subtract any space that the reverse mapping data claims is owned by any + other owner, to avoid re-adding crosslinked blocks to the AGFL. + +4. Once the AGFL is full, reap any blocks leftover. + +5. The next operation to fix the freelist will right-size the list. + +See `fs/xfs/scrub/agheader_repair.c `_ for more details. + +Inode Record Repairs +-------------------- + +Inode records must be handled carefully, because they have both ondisk records +("dinodes") and an in-memory ("cached") representation. +There is a very high potential for cache coherency issues if online fsck is not +careful to access the ondisk metadata *only* when the ondisk metadata is so +badly damaged that the filesystem cannot load the in-memory representation. +When online fsck wants to open a damaged file for scrubbing, it must use +specialized resource acquisition functions that return either the in-memory +representation *or* a lock on whichever object is necessary to prevent any +update to the ondisk location. + +The only repairs that should be made to the ondisk inode buffers are whatever +is necessary to get the in-core structure loaded. +This means fixing whatever is caught by the inode cluster buffer and inode fork +verifiers, and retrying the ``iget`` operation. +If the second ``iget`` fails, the repair has failed. + +Once the in-memory representation is loaded, repair can lock the inode and can +subject it to comprehensive checks, repairs, and optimizations. +Most inode attributes are easy to check and constrain, or are user-controlled +arbitrary bit patterns; these are both easy to fix. +Dealing with the data and attr fork extent counts and the file block counts is +more complicated, because computing the correct value requires traversing the +forks, or if that fails, leaving the fields invalid and waiting for the fork +fsck functions to run. + +The proposed patchset is the +`inode +`_ +repair series. + +Quota Record Repairs +-------------------- + +Similar to inodes, quota records ("dquots") also have both ondisk records and +an in-memory representation, and hence are subject to the same cache coherency +issues. +Somewhat confusingly, both are known as dquots in the XFS codebase. + +The only repairs that should be made to the ondisk quota record buffers are +whatever is necessary to get the in-core structure loaded. +Once the in-memory representation is loaded, the only attributes needing +checking are obviously bad limits and timer values. + +Quota usage counters are checked, repaired, and discussed separately in the +section about :ref:`live quotacheck `. + +The proposed patchset is the +`quota +`_ +repair series. + +.. _fscounters: + +Freezing to Fix Summary Counters +-------------------------------- + +Filesystem summary counters track availability of filesystem resources such +as free blocks, free inodes, and allocated inodes. +This information could be compiled by walking the free space and inode indexes, +but this is a slow process, so XFS maintains a copy in the ondisk superblock +that should reflect the ondisk metadata, at least when the filesystem has been +unmounted cleanly. +For performance reasons, XFS also maintains incore copies of those counters, +which are key to enabling resource reservations for active transactions. +Writer threads reserve the worst-case quantities of resources from the +incore counter and give back whatever they don't use at commit time. +It is therefore only necessary to serialize on the superblock when the +superblock is being committed to disk. + +The lazy superblock counter feature introduced in XFS v5 took this even further +by training log recovery to recompute the summary counters from the AG headers, +which eliminated the need for most transactions even to touch the superblock. +The only time XFS commits the summary counters is at filesystem unmount. +To reduce contention even further, the incore counter is implemented as a +percpu counter, which means that each CPU is allocated a batch of blocks from a +global incore counter and can satisfy small allocations from the local batch. + +The high-performance nature of the summary counters makes it difficult for +online fsck to check them, since there is no way to quiesce a percpu counter +while the system is running. +Although online fsck can read the filesystem metadata to compute the correct +values of the summary counters, there's no way to hold the value of a percpu +counter stable, so it's quite possible that the counter will be out of date by +the time the walk is complete. +Earlier versions of online scrub would return to userspace with an incomplete +scan flag, but this is not a satisfying outcome for a system administrator. +For repairs, the in-memory counters must be stabilized while walking the +filesystem metadata to get an accurate reading and install it in the percpu +counter. + +To satisfy this requirement, online fsck must prevent other programs in the +system from initiating new writes to the filesystem, it must disable background +garbage collection threads, and it must wait for existing writer programs to +exit the kernel. +Once that has been established, scrub can walk the AG free space indexes, the +inode btrees, and the realtime bitmap to compute the correct value of all +four summary counters. +This is very similar to a filesystem freeze, though not all of the pieces are +necessary: + +- The final freeze state is set one higher than ``SB_FREEZE_COMPLETE`` to + prevent other threads from thawing the filesystem, or other scrub threads + from initiating another fscounters freeze. + +- It does not quiesce the log. + +With this code in place, it is now possible to pause the filesystem for just +long enough to check and correct the summary counters. + ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| **Historical Sidebar**: | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| The initial implementation used the actual VFS filesystem freeze | +| mechanism to quiesce filesystem activity. | +| With the filesystem frozen, it is possible to resolve the counter values | +| with exact precision, but there are many problems with calling the VFS | +| methods directly: | +| | +| - Other programs can unfreeze the filesystem without our knowledge. | +| This leads to incorrect scan results and incorrect repairs. | +| | +| - Adding an extra lock to prevent others from thawing the filesystem | +| required the addition of a ``->freeze_super`` function to wrap | +| ``freeze_fs()``. | +| This in turn caused other subtle problems because it turns out that | +| the VFS ``freeze_super`` and ``thaw_super`` functions can drop the | +| last reference to the VFS superblock, and any subsequent access | +| becomes a UAF bug! | +| This can happen if the filesystem is unmounted while the underlying | +| block device has frozen the filesystem. | +| This problem could be solved by grabbing extra references to the | +| superblock, but it felt suboptimal given the other inadequacies of | +| this approach. | +| | +| - The log need not be quiesced to check the summary counters, but a VFS | +| freeze initiates one anyway. | +| This adds unnecessary runtime to live fscounter fsck operations. | +| | +| - Quiescing the log means that XFS flushes the (possibly incorrect) | +| counters to disk as part of cleaning the log. | +| | +| - A bug in the VFS meant that freeze could complete even when | +| sync_filesystem fails to flush the filesystem and returns an error. | +| This bug was fixed in Linux 5.17. | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +The proposed patchset is the +`summary counter cleanup +`_ +series. + +Full Filesystem Scans +--------------------- + +Certain types of metadata can only be checked by walking every file in the +entire filesystem to record observations and comparing the observations against +what's recorded on disk. +Like every other type of online repair, repairs are made by writing those +observations to disk in a replacement structure and committing it atomically. +However, it is not practical to shut down the entire filesystem to examine +hundreds of billions of files because the downtime would be excessive. +Therefore, online fsck must build the infrastructure to manage a live scan of +all the files in the filesystem. +There are two questions that need to be solved to perform a live walk: + +- How does scrub manage the scan while it is collecting data? + +- How does the scan keep abreast of changes being made to the system by other + threads? + +.. _iscan: + +Coordinated Inode Scans +``````````````````````` + +In the original Unix filesystems of the 1970s, each directory entry contained +an index number (*inumber*) which was used as an index into on ondisk array +(*itable*) of fixed-size records (*inodes*) describing a file's attributes and +its data block mapping. +This system is described by J. Lions, `"inode (5659)" +`_ in *Lions' Commentary on +UNIX, 6th Edition*, (Dept. of Computer Science, the University of New South +Wales, November 1977), pp. 18-2; and later by D. Ritchie and K. Thompson, +`"Implementation of the File System" +`_, from *The UNIX +Time-Sharing System*, (The Bell System Technical Journal, July 1978), pp. +1913-4. + +XFS retains most of this design, except now inumbers are search keys over all +the space in the data section filesystem. +They form a continuous keyspace that can be expressed as a 64-bit integer, +though the inodes themselves are sparsely distributed within the keyspace. +Scans proceed in a linear fashion across the inumber keyspace, starting from +``0x0`` and ending at ``0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF``. +Naturally, a scan through a keyspace requires a scan cursor object to track the +scan progress. +Because this keyspace is sparse, this cursor contains two parts. +The first part of this scan cursor object tracks the inode that will be +examined next; call this the examination cursor. +Somewhat less obviously, the scan cursor object must also track which parts of +the keyspace have already been visited, which is critical for deciding if a +concurrent filesystem update needs to be incorporated into the scan data. +Call this the visited inode cursor. + +Advancing the scan cursor is a multi-step process encapsulated in +``xchk_iscan_iter``: + +1. Lock the AGI buffer of the AG containing the inode pointed to by the visited + inode cursor. + This guarantee that inodes in this AG cannot be allocated or freed while + advancing the cursor. + +2. Use the per-AG inode btree to look up the next inumber after the one that + was just visited, since it may not be keyspace adjacent. + +3. If there are no more inodes left in this AG: + + a. Move the examination cursor to the point of the inumber keyspace that + corresponds to the start of the next AG. + + b. Adjust the visited inode cursor to indicate that it has "visited" the + last possible inode in the current AG's inode keyspace. + XFS inumbers are segmented, so the cursor needs to be marked as having + visited the entire keyspace up to just before the start of the next AG's + inode keyspace. + + c. Unlock the AGI and return to step 1 if there are unexamined AGs in the + filesystem. + + d. If there are no more AGs to examine, set both cursors to the end of the + inumber keyspace. + The scan is now complete. + +4. Otherwise, there is at least one more inode to scan in this AG: + + a. Move the examination cursor ahead to the next inode marked as allocated + by the inode btree. + + b. Adjust the visited inode cursor to point to the inode just prior to where + the examination cursor is now. + Because the scanner holds the AGI buffer lock, no inodes could have been + created in the part of the inode keyspace that the visited inode cursor + just advanced. + +5. Get the incore inode for the inumber of the examination cursor. + By maintaining the AGI buffer lock until this point, the scanner knows that + it was safe to advance the examination cursor across the entire keyspace, + and that it has stabilized this next inode so that it cannot disappear from + the filesystem until the scan releases the incore inode. + +6. Drop the AGI lock and return the incore inode to the caller. + +Online fsck functions scan all files in the filesystem as follows: + +1. Start a scan by calling ``xchk_iscan_start``. + +2. Advance the scan cursor (``xchk_iscan_iter``) to get the next inode. + If one is provided: + + a. Lock the inode to prevent updates during the scan. + + b. Scan the inode. + + c. While still holding the inode lock, adjust the visited inode cursor + (``xchk_iscan_mark_visited``) to point to this inode. + + d. Unlock and release the inode. + +8. Call ``xchk_iscan_teardown`` to complete the scan. + +There are subtleties with the inode cache that complicate grabbing the incore +inode for the caller. +Obviously, it is an absolute requirement that the inode metadata be consistent +enough to load it into the inode cache. +Second, if the incore inode is stuck in some intermediate state, the scan +coordinator must release the AGI and push the main filesystem to get the inode +back into a loadable state. + +The proposed patches are the +`inode scanner +`_ +series. +The first user of the new functionality is the +`online quotacheck +`_ +series. + +Inode Management +```````````````` + +In regular filesystem code, references to allocated XFS incore inodes are +always obtained (``xfs_iget``) outside of transaction context because the +creation of the incore context for an existing file does not require metadata +updates. +However, it is important to note that references to incore inodes obtained as +part of file creation must be performed in transaction context because the +filesystem must ensure the atomicity of the ondisk inode btree index updates +and the initialization of the actual ondisk inode. + +References to incore inodes are always released (``xfs_irele``) outside of +transaction context because there are a handful of activities that might +require ondisk updates: + +- The VFS may decide to kick off writeback as part of a ``DONTCACHE`` inode + release. + +- Speculative preallocations need to be unreserved. + +- An unlinked file may have lost its last reference, in which case the entire + file must be inactivated, which involves releasing all of its resources in + the ondisk metadata and freeing the inode. + +These activities are collectively called inode inactivation. +Inactivation has two parts -- the VFS part, which initiates writeback on all +dirty file pages, and the XFS part, which cleans up XFS-specific information +and frees the inode if it was unlinked. +If the inode is unlinked (or unconnected after a file handle operation), the +kernel drops the inode into the inactivation machinery immediately. + +During normal operation, resource acquisition for an update follows this order +to avoid deadlocks: + +1. Inode reference (``iget``). + +2. Filesystem freeze protection, if repairing (``mnt_want_write_file``). + +3. Inode ``IOLOCK`` (VFS ``i_rwsem``) lock to control file IO. + +4. Inode ``MMAPLOCK`` (page cache ``invalidate_lock``) lock for operations that + can update page cache mappings. + +5. Log feature enablement. + +6. Transaction log space grant. + +7. Space on the data and realtime devices for the transaction. + +8. Incore dquot references, if a file is being repaired. + Note that they are not locked, merely acquired. + +9. Inode ``ILOCK`` for file metadata updates. + +10. AG header buffer locks / Realtime metadata inode ILOCK. + +11. Realtime metadata buffer locks, if applicable. + +12. Extent mapping btree blocks, if applicable. + +Resources are often released in the reverse order, though this is not required. +However, online fsck differs from regular XFS operations because it may examine +an object that normally is acquired in a later stage of the locking order, and +then decide to cross-reference the object with an object that is acquired +earlier in the order. +The next few sections detail the specific ways in which online fsck takes care +to avoid deadlocks. + +iget and irele During a Scrub +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +An inode scan performed on behalf of a scrub operation runs in transaction +context, and possibly with resources already locked and bound to it. +This isn't much of a problem for ``iget`` since it can operate in the context +of an existing transaction, as long as all of the bound resources are acquired +before the inode reference in the regular filesystem. + +When the VFS ``iput`` function is given a linked inode with no other +references, it normally puts the inode on an LRU list in the hope that it can +save time if another process re-opens the file before the system runs out +of memory and frees it. +Filesystem callers can short-circuit the LRU process by setting a ``DONTCACHE`` +flag on the inode to cause the kernel to try to drop the inode into the +inactivation machinery immediately. + +In the past, inactivation was always done from the process that dropped the +inode, which was a problem for scrub because scrub may already hold a +transaction, and XFS does not support nesting transactions. +On the other hand, if there is no scrub transaction, it is desirable to drop +otherwise unused inodes immediately to avoid polluting caches. +To capture these nuances, the online fsck code has a separate ``xchk_irele`` +function to set or clear the ``DONTCACHE`` flag to get the required release +behavior. + +Proposed patchsets include fixing +`scrub iget usage +`_ and +`dir iget usage +`_. + +.. _ilocking: + +Locking Inodes +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +In regular filesystem code, the VFS and XFS will acquire multiple IOLOCK locks +in a well-known order: parent → child when updating the directory tree, and +in numerical order of the addresses of their ``struct inode`` object otherwise. +For regular files, the MMAPLOCK can be acquired after the IOLOCK to stop page +faults. +If two MMAPLOCKs must be acquired, they are acquired in numerical order of +the addresses of their ``struct address_space`` objects. +Due to the structure of existing filesystem code, IOLOCKs and MMAPLOCKs must be +acquired before transactions are allocated. +If two ILOCKs must be acquired, they are acquired in inumber order. + +Inode lock acquisition must be done carefully during a coordinated inode scan. +Online fsck cannot abide these conventions, because for a directory tree +scanner, the scrub process holds the IOLOCK of the file being scanned and it +needs to take the IOLOCK of the file at the other end of the directory link. +If the directory tree is corrupt because it contains a cycle, ``xfs_scrub`` +cannot use the regular inode locking functions and avoid becoming trapped in an +ABBA deadlock. + +Solving both of these problems is straightforward -- any time online fsck +needs to take a second lock of the same class, it uses trylock to avoid an ABBA +deadlock. +If the trylock fails, scrub drops all inode locks and use trylock loops to +(re)acquire all necessary resources. +Trylock loops enable scrub to check for pending fatal signals, which is how +scrub avoids deadlocking the filesystem or becoming an unresponsive process. +However, trylock loops means that online fsck must be prepared to measure the +resource being scrubbed before and after the lock cycle to detect changes and +react accordingly. + +.. _dirparent: + +Case Study: Finding a Directory Parent +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Consider the directory parent pointer repair code as an example. +Online fsck must verify that the dotdot dirent of a directory points up to a +parent directory, and that the parent directory contains exactly one dirent +pointing down to the child directory. +Fully validating this relationship (and repairing it if possible) requires a +walk of every directory on the filesystem while holding the child locked, and +while updates to the directory tree are being made. +The coordinated inode scan provides a way to walk the filesystem without the +possibility of missing an inode. +The child directory is kept locked to prevent updates to the dotdot dirent, but +if the scanner fails to lock a parent, it can drop and relock both the child +and the prospective parent. +If the dotdot entry changes while the directory is unlocked, then a move or +rename operation must have changed the child's parentage, and the scan can +exit early. + +The proposed patchset is the +`directory repair +`_ +series. + +.. _fshooks: + +Filesystem Hooks +````````````````` + +The second piece of support that online fsck functions need during a full +filesystem scan is the ability to stay informed about updates being made by +other threads in the filesystem, since comparisons against the past are useless +in a dynamic environment. +Two pieces of Linux kernel infrastructure enable online fsck to monitor regular +filesystem operations: filesystem hooks and :ref:`static keys`. + +Filesystem hooks convey information about an ongoing filesystem operation to +a downstream consumer. +In this case, the downstream consumer is always an online fsck function. +Because multiple fsck functions can run in parallel, online fsck uses the Linux +notifier call chain facility to dispatch updates to any number of interested +fsck processes. +Call chains are a dynamic list, which means that they can be configured at +run time. +Because these hooks are private to the XFS module, the information passed along +contains exactly what the checking function needs to update its observations. + +The current implementation of XFS hooks uses SRCU notifier chains to reduce the +impact to highly threaded workloads. +Regular blocking notifier chains use a rwsem and seem to have a much lower +overhead for single-threaded applications. +However, it may turn out that the combination of blocking chains and static +keys are a more performant combination; more study is needed here. + +The following pieces are necessary to hook a certain point in the filesystem: + +- A ``struct xfs_hooks`` object must be embedded in a convenient place such as + a well-known incore filesystem object. + +- Each hook must define an action code and a structure containing more context + about the action. + +- Hook providers should provide appropriate wrapper functions and structs + around the ``xfs_hooks`` and ``xfs_hook`` objects to take advantage of type + checking to ensure correct usage. + +- A callsite in the regular filesystem code must be chosen to call + ``xfs_hooks_call`` with the action code and data structure. + This place should be adjacent to (and not earlier than) the place where + the filesystem update is committed to the transaction. + In general, when the filesystem calls a hook chain, it should be able to + handle sleeping and should not be vulnerable to memory reclaim or locking + recursion. + However, the exact requirements are very dependent on the context of the hook + caller and the callee. + +- The online fsck function should define a structure to hold scan data, a lock + to coordinate access to the scan data, and a ``struct xfs_hook`` object. + The scanner function and the regular filesystem code must acquire resources + in the same order; see the next section for details. + +- The online fsck code must contain a C function to catch the hook action code + and data structure. + If the object being updated has already been visited by the scan, then the + hook information must be applied to the scan data. + +- Prior to unlocking inodes to start the scan, online fsck must call + ``xfs_hooks_setup`` to initialize the ``struct xfs_hook``, and + ``xfs_hooks_add`` to enable the hook. + +- Online fsck must call ``xfs_hooks_del`` to disable the hook once the scan is + complete. + +The number of hooks should be kept to a minimum to reduce complexity. +Static keys are used to reduce the overhead of filesystem hooks to nearly +zero when online fsck is not running. + +.. _liveupdate: + +Live Updates During a Scan +`````````````````````````` + +The code paths of the online fsck scanning code and the :ref:`hooked` +filesystem code look like this:: + + other program + ↓ + inode lock ←────────────────────┐ + ↓ │ + AG header lock │ + ↓ │ + filesystem function │ + ↓ │ + notifier call chain │ same + ↓ ├─── inode + scrub hook function │ lock + ↓ │ + scan data mutex ←──┐ same │ + ↓ ├─── scan │ + update scan data │ lock │ + ↑ │ │ + scan data mutex ←──┘ │ + ↑ │ + inode lock ←────────────────────┘ + ↑ + scrub function + ↑ + inode scanner + ↑ + xfs_scrub + +These rules must be followed to ensure correct interactions between the +checking code and the code making an update to the filesystem: + +- Prior to invoking the notifier call chain, the filesystem function being + hooked must acquire the same lock that the scrub scanning function acquires + to scan the inode. + +- The scanning function and the scrub hook function must coordinate access to + the scan data by acquiring a lock on the scan data. + +- Scrub hook function must not add the live update information to the scan + observations unless the inode being updated has already been scanned. + The scan coordinator has a helper predicate (``xchk_iscan_want_live_update``) + for this. + +- Scrub hook functions must not change the caller's state, including the + transaction that it is running. + They must not acquire any resources that might conflict with the filesystem + function being hooked. + +- The hook function can abort the inode scan to avoid breaking the other rules. + +The inode scan APIs are pretty simple: + +- ``xchk_iscan_start`` starts a scan + +- ``xchk_iscan_iter`` grabs a reference to the next inode in the scan or + returns zero if there is nothing left to scan + +- ``xchk_iscan_want_live_update`` to decide if an inode has already been + visited in the scan. + This is critical for hook functions to decide if they need to update the + in-memory scan information. + +- ``xchk_iscan_mark_visited`` to mark an inode as having been visited in the + scan + +- ``xchk_iscan_teardown`` to finish the scan + +This functionality is also a part of the +`inode scanner +`_ +series. + +.. _quotacheck: + +Case Study: Quota Counter Checking +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +It is useful to compare the mount time quotacheck code to the online repair +quotacheck code. +Mount time quotacheck does not have to contend with concurrent operations, so +it does the following: + +1. Make sure the ondisk dquots are in good enough shape that all the incore + dquots will actually load, and zero the resource usage counters in the + ondisk buffer. + +2. Walk every inode in the filesystem. + Add each file's resource usage to the incore dquot. + +3. Walk each incore dquot. + If the incore dquot is not being flushed, add the ondisk buffer backing the + incore dquot to a delayed write (delwri) list. + +4. Write the buffer list to disk. + +Like most online fsck functions, online quotacheck can't write to regular +filesystem objects until the newly collected metadata reflect all filesystem +state. +Therefore, online quotacheck records file resource usage to a shadow dquot +index implemented with a sparse ``xfarray``, and only writes to the real dquots +once the scan is complete. +Handling transactional updates is tricky because quota resource usage updates +are handled in phases to minimize contention on dquots: + +1. The inodes involved are joined and locked to a transaction. + +2. For each dquot attached to the file: + + a. The dquot is locked. + + b. A quota reservation is added to the dquot's resource usage. + The reservation is recorded in the transaction. + + c. The dquot is unlocked. + +3. Changes in actual quota usage are tracked in the transaction. + +4. At transaction commit time, each dquot is examined again: + + a. The dquot is locked again. + + b. Quota usage changes are logged and unused reservation is given back to + the dquot. + + c. The dquot is unlocked. + +For online quotacheck, hooks are placed in steps 2 and 4. +The step 2 hook creates a shadow version of the transaction dquot context +(``dqtrx``) that operates in a similar manner to the regular code. +The step 4 hook commits the shadow ``dqtrx`` changes to the shadow dquots. +Notice that both hooks are called with the inode locked, which is how the +live update coordinates with the inode scanner. + +The quotacheck scan looks like this: + +1. Set up a coordinated inode scan. + +2. For each inode returned by the inode scan iterator: + + a. Grab and lock the inode. + + b. Determine that inode's resource usage (data blocks, inode counts, + realtime blocks) and add that to the shadow dquots for the user, group, + and project ids associated with the inode. + + c. Unlock and release the inode. + +3. For each dquot in the system: + + a. Grab and lock the dquot. + + b. Check the dquot against the shadow dquots created by the scan and updated + by the live hooks. + +Live updates are key to being able to walk every quota record without +needing to hold any locks for a long duration. +If repairs are desired, the real and shadow dquots are locked and their +resource counts are set to the values in the shadow dquot. + +The proposed patchset is the +`online quotacheck +`_ +series. + +.. _nlinks: + +Case Study: File Link Count Checking +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +File link count checking also uses live update hooks. +The coordinated inode scanner is used to visit all directories on the +filesystem, and per-file link count records are stored in a sparse ``xfarray`` +indexed by inumber. +During the scanning phase, each entry in a directory generates observation +data as follows: + +1. If the entry is a dotdot (``'..'``) entry of the root directory, the + directory's parent link count is bumped because the root directory's dotdot + entry is self referential. + +2. If the entry is a dotdot entry of a subdirectory, the parent's backref + count is bumped. + +3. If the entry is neither a dot nor a dotdot entry, the target file's parent + count is bumped. + +4. If the target is a subdirectory, the parent's child link count is bumped. + +A crucial point to understand about how the link count inode scanner interacts +with the live update hooks is that the scan cursor tracks which *parent* +directories have been scanned. +In other words, the live updates ignore any update about ``A → B`` when A has +not been scanned, even if B has been scanned. +Furthermore, a subdirectory A with a dotdot entry pointing back to B is +accounted as a backref counter in the shadow data for A, since child dotdot +entries affect the parent's link count. +Live update hooks are carefully placed in all parts of the filesystem that +create, change, or remove directory entries, since those operations involve +bumplink and droplink. + +For any file, the correct link count is the number of parents plus the number +of child subdirectories. +Non-directories never have children of any kind. +The backref information is used to detect inconsistencies in the number of +links pointing to child subdirectories and the number of dotdot entries +pointing back. + +After the scan completes, the link count of each file can be checked by locking +both the inode and the shadow data, and comparing the link counts. +A second coordinated inode scan cursor is used for comparisons. +Live updates are key to being able to walk every inode without needing to hold +any locks between inodes. +If repairs are desired, the inode's link count is set to the value in the +shadow information. +If no parents are found, the file must be :ref:`reparented ` to the +orphanage to prevent the file from being lost forever. + +The proposed patchset is the +`file link count repair +`_ +series. + +.. _rmap_repair: + +Case Study: Rebuilding Reverse Mapping Records +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Most repair functions follow the same pattern: lock filesystem resources, +walk the surviving ondisk metadata looking for replacement metadata records, +and use an :ref:`in-memory array ` to store the gathered observations. +The primary advantage of this approach is the simplicity and modularity of the +repair code -- code and data are entirely contained within the scrub module, +do not require hooks in the main filesystem, and are usually the most efficient +in memory use. +A secondary advantage of this repair approach is atomicity -- once the kernel +decides a structure is corrupt, no other threads can access the metadata until +the kernel finishes repairing and revalidating the metadata. + +For repairs going on within a shard of the filesystem, these advantages +outweigh the delays inherent in locking the shard while repairing parts of the +shard. +Unfortunately, repairs to the reverse mapping btree cannot use the "standard" +btree repair strategy because it must scan every space mapping of every fork of +every file in the filesystem, and the filesystem cannot stop. +Therefore, rmap repair foregoes atomicity between scrub and repair. +It combines a :ref:`coordinated inode scanner `, :ref:`live update hooks +`, and an :ref:`in-memory rmap btree ` to complete the +scan for reverse mapping records. + +1. Set up an xfbtree to stage rmap records. + +2. While holding the locks on the AGI and AGF buffers acquired during the + scrub, generate reverse mappings for all AG metadata: inodes, btrees, CoW + staging extents, and the internal log. + +3. Set up an inode scanner. + +4. Hook into rmap updates for the AG being repaired so that the live scan data + can receive updates to the rmap btree from the rest of the filesystem during + the file scan. + +5. For each space mapping found in either fork of each file scanned, + decide if the mapping matches the AG of interest. + If so: + + a. Create a btree cursor for the in-memory btree. + + b. Use the rmap code to add the record to the in-memory btree. + + c. Use the :ref:`special commit function ` to write the + xfbtree changes to the xfile. + +6. For each live update received via the hook, decide if the owner has already + been scanned. + If so, apply the live update into the scan data: + + a. Create a btree cursor for the in-memory btree. + + b. Replay the operation into the in-memory btree. + + c. Use the :ref:`special commit function ` to write the + xfbtree changes to the xfile. + This is performed with an empty transaction to avoid changing the + caller's state. + +7. When the inode scan finishes, create a new scrub transaction and relock the + two AG headers. + +8. Compute the new btree geometry using the number of rmap records in the + shadow btree, like all other btree rebuilding functions. + +9. Allocate the number of blocks computed in the previous step. + +10. Perform the usual btree bulk loading and commit to install the new rmap + btree. + +11. Reap the old rmap btree blocks as discussed in the case study about how + to :ref:`reap after rmap btree repair `. + +12. Free the xfbtree now that it not needed. + +The proposed patchset is the +`rmap repair +`_ +series. + +Staging Repairs with Temporary Files on Disk +-------------------------------------------- + +XFS stores a substantial amount of metadata in file forks: directories, +extended attributes, symbolic link targets, free space bitmaps and summary +information for the realtime volume, and quota records. +File forks map 64-bit logical file fork space extents to physical storage space +extents, similar to how a memory management unit maps 64-bit virtual addresses +to physical memory addresses. +Therefore, file-based tree structures (such as directories and extended +attributes) use blocks mapped in the file fork offset address space that point +to other blocks mapped within that same address space, and file-based linear +structures (such as bitmaps and quota records) compute array element offsets in +the file fork offset address space. + +Because file forks can consume as much space as the entire filesystem, repairs +cannot be staged in memory, even when a paging scheme is available. +Therefore, online repair of file-based metadata createas a temporary file in +the XFS filesystem, writes a new structure at the correct offsets into the +temporary file, and atomically swaps the fork mappings (and hence the fork +contents) to commit the repair. +Once the repair is complete, the old fork can be reaped as necessary; if the +system goes down during the reap, the iunlink code will delete the blocks +during log recovery. + +**Note**: All space usage and inode indices in the filesystem *must* be +consistent to use a temporary file safely! +This dependency is the reason why online repair can only use pageable kernel +memory to stage ondisk space usage information. + +Swapping metadata extents with a temporary file requires the owner field of the +block headers to match the file being repaired and not the temporary file. The +directory, extended attribute, and symbolic link functions were all modified to +allow callers to specify owner numbers explicitly. + +There is a downside to the reaping process -- if the system crashes during the +reap phase and the fork extents are crosslinked, the iunlink processing will +fail because freeing space will find the extra reverse mappings and abort. + +Temporary files created for repair are similar to ``O_TMPFILE`` files created +by userspace. +They are not linked into a directory and the entire file will be reaped when +the last reference to the file is lost. +The key differences are that these files must have no access permission outside +the kernel at all, they must be specially marked to prevent them from being +opened by handle, and they must never be linked into the directory tree. + ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| **Historical Sidebar**: | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| In the initial iteration of file metadata repair, the damaged metadata | +| blocks would be scanned for salvageable data; the extents in the file | +| fork would be reaped; and then a new structure would be built in its | +| place. | +| This strategy did not survive the introduction of the atomic repair | +| requirement expressed earlier in this document. | +| | +| The second iteration explored building a second structure at a high | +| offset in the fork from the salvage data, reaping the old extents, and | +| using a ``COLLAPSE_RANGE`` operation to slide the new extents into | +| place. | +| | +| This had many drawbacks: | +| | +| - Array structures are linearly addressed, and the regular filesystem | +| codebase does not have the concept of a linear offset that could be | +| applied to the record offset computation to build an alternate copy. | +| | +| - Extended attributes are allowed to use the entire attr fork offset | +| address space. | +| | +| - Even if repair could build an alternate copy of a data structure in a | +| different part of the fork address space, the atomic repair commit | +| requirement means that online repair would have to be able to perform | +| a log assisted ``COLLAPSE_RANGE`` operation to ensure that the old | +| structure was completely replaced. | +| | +| - A crash after construction of the secondary tree but before the range | +| collapse would leave unreachable blocks in the file fork. | +| This would likely confuse things further. | +| | +| - Reaping blocks after a repair is not a simple operation, and | +| initiating a reap operation from a restarted range collapse operation | +| during log recovery is daunting. | +| | +| - Directory entry blocks and quota records record the file fork offset | +| in the header area of each block. | +| An atomic range collapse operation would have to rewrite this part of | +| each block header. | +| Rewriting a single field in block headers is not a huge problem, but | +| it's something to be aware of. | +| | +| - Each block in a directory or extended attributes btree index contains | +| sibling and child block pointers. | +| Were the atomic commit to use a range collapse operation, each block | +| would have to be rewritten very carefully to preserve the graph | +| structure. | +| Doing this as part of a range collapse means rewriting a large number | +| of blocks repeatedly, which is not conducive to quick repairs. | +| | +| This lead to the introduction of temporary file staging. | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +Using a Temporary File +`````````````````````` + +Online repair code should use the ``xrep_tempfile_create`` function to create a +temporary file inside the filesystem. +This allocates an inode, marks the in-core inode private, and attaches it to +the scrub context. +These files are hidden from userspace, may not be added to the directory tree, +and must be kept private. + +Temporary files only use two inode locks: the IOLOCK and the ILOCK. +The MMAPLOCK is not needed here, because there must not be page faults from +userspace for data fork blocks. +The usage patterns of these two locks are the same as for any other XFS file -- +access to file data are controlled via the IOLOCK, and access to file metadata +are controlled via the ILOCK. +Locking helpers are provided so that the temporary file and its lock state can +be cleaned up by the scrub context. +To comply with the nested locking strategy laid out in the :ref:`inode +locking` section, it is recommended that scrub functions use the +xrep_tempfile_ilock*_nowait lock helpers. + +Data can be written to a temporary file by two means: + +1. ``xrep_tempfile_copyin`` can be used to set the contents of a regular + temporary file from an xfile. + +2. The regular directory, symbolic link, and extended attribute functions can + be used to write to the temporary file. + +Once a good copy of a data file has been constructed in a temporary file, it +must be conveyed to the file being repaired, which is the topic of the next +section. + +The proposed patches are in the +`repair temporary files +`_ +series. + +Atomic Extent Swapping +---------------------- + +Once repair builds a temporary file with a new data structure written into +it, it must commit the new changes into the existing file. +It is not possible to swap the inumbers of two files, so instead the new +metadata must replace the old. +This suggests the need for the ability to swap extents, but the existing extent +swapping code used by the file defragmenting tool ``xfs_fsr`` is not sufficient +for online repair because: + +a. When the reverse-mapping btree is enabled, the swap code must keep the + reverse mapping information up to date with every exchange of mappings. + Therefore, it can only exchange one mapping per transaction, and each + transaction is independent. + +b. Reverse-mapping is critical for the operation of online fsck, so the old + defragmentation code (which swapped entire extent forks in a single + operation) is not useful here. + +c. Defragmentation is assumed to occur between two files with identical + contents. + For this use case, an incomplete exchange will not result in a user-visible + change in file contents, even if the operation is interrupted. + +d. Online repair needs to swap the contents of two files that are by definition + *not* identical. + For directory and xattr repairs, the user-visible contents might be the + same, but the contents of individual blocks may be very different. + +e. Old blocks in the file may be cross-linked with another structure and must + not reappear if the system goes down mid-repair. + +These problems are overcome by creating a new deferred operation and a new type +of log intent item to track the progress of an operation to exchange two file +ranges. +The new deferred operation type chains together the same transactions used by +the reverse-mapping extent swap code. +The new log item records the progress of the exchange to ensure that once an +exchange begins, it will always run to completion, even there are +interruptions. +The new ``XFS_SB_FEAT_INCOMPAT_LOG_ATOMIC_SWAP`` log-incompatible feature flag +in the superblock protects these new log item records from being replayed on +old kernels. + +The proposed patchset is the +`atomic extent swap +`_ +series. + ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| **Sidebar: Using Log-Incompatible Feature Flags** | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| Starting with XFS v5, the superblock contains a | +| ``sb_features_log_incompat`` field to indicate that the log contains | +| records that might not readable by all kernels that could mount this | +| filesystem. | +| In short, log incompat features protect the log contents against kernels | +| that will not understand the contents. | +| Unlike the other superblock feature bits, log incompat bits are | +| ephemeral because an empty (clean) log does not need protection. | +| The log cleans itself after its contents have been committed into the | +| filesystem, either as part of an unmount or because the system is | +| otherwise idle. | +| Because upper level code can be working on a transaction at the same | +| time that the log cleans itself, it is necessary for upper level code to | +| communicate to the log when it is going to use a log incompatible | +| feature. | +| | +| The log coordinates access to incompatible features through the use of | +| one ``struct rw_semaphore`` for each feature. | +| The log cleaning code tries to take this rwsem in exclusive mode to | +| clear the bit; if the lock attempt fails, the feature bit remains set. | +| Filesystem code signals its intention to use a log incompat feature in a | +| transaction by calling ``xlog_use_incompat_feat``, which takes the rwsem | +| in shared mode. | +| The code supporting a log incompat feature should create wrapper | +| functions to obtain the log feature and call | +| ``xfs_add_incompat_log_feature`` to set the feature bits in the primary | +| superblock. | +| The superblock update is performed transactionally, so the wrapper to | +| obtain log assistance must be called just prior to the creation of the | +| transaction that uses the functionality. | +| For a file operation, this step must happen after taking the IOLOCK | +| and the MMAPLOCK, but before allocating the transaction. | +| When the transaction is complete, the ``xlog_drop_incompat_feat`` | +| function is called to release the feature. | +| The feature bit will not be cleared from the superblock until the log | +| becomes clean. | +| | +| Log-assisted extended attribute updates and atomic extent swaps both use | +| log incompat features and provide convenience wrappers around the | +| functionality. | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +Mechanics of an Atomic Extent Swap +`````````````````````````````````` + +Swapping entire file forks is a complex task. +The goal is to exchange all file fork mappings between two file fork offset +ranges. +There are likely to be many extent mappings in each fork, and the edges of +the mappings aren't necessarily aligned. +Furthermore, there may be other updates that need to happen after the swap, +such as exchanging file sizes, inode flags, or conversion of fork data to local +format. +This is roughly the format of the new deferred extent swap work item: + +.. code-block:: c + + struct xfs_swapext_intent { + /* Inodes participating in the operation. */ + struct xfs_inode *sxi_ip1; + struct xfs_inode *sxi_ip2; + + /* File offset range information. */ + xfs_fileoff_t sxi_startoff1; + xfs_fileoff_t sxi_startoff2; + xfs_filblks_t sxi_blockcount; + + /* Set these file sizes after the operation, unless negative. */ + xfs_fsize_t sxi_isize1; + xfs_fsize_t sxi_isize2; + + /* XFS_SWAP_EXT_* log operation flags */ + uint64_t sxi_flags; + }; + +The new log intent item contains enough information to track two logical fork +offset ranges: ``(inode1, startoff1, blockcount)`` and ``(inode2, startoff2, +blockcount)``. +Each step of a swap operation exchanges the largest file range mapping possible +from one file to the other. +After each step in the swap operation, the two startoff fields are incremented +and the blockcount field is decremented to reflect the progress made. +The flags field captures behavioral parameters such as swapping the attr fork +instead of the data fork and other work to be done after the extent swap. +The two isize fields are used to swap the file size at the end of the operation +if the file data fork is the target of the swap operation. + +When the extent swap is initiated, the sequence of operations is as follows: + +1. Create a deferred work item for the extent swap. + At the start, it should contain the entirety of the file ranges to be + swapped. + +2. Call ``xfs_defer_finish`` to process the exchange. + This is encapsulated in ``xrep_tempswap_contents`` for scrub operations. + This will log an extent swap intent item to the transaction for the deferred + extent swap work item. + +3. Until ``sxi_blockcount`` of the deferred extent swap work item is zero, + + a. Read the block maps of both file ranges starting at ``sxi_startoff1`` and + ``sxi_startoff2``, respectively, and compute the longest extent that can + be swapped in a single step. + This is the minimum of the two ``br_blockcount`` s in the mappings. + Keep advancing through the file forks until at least one of the mappings + contains written blocks. + Mutual holes, unwritten extents, and extent mappings to the same physical + space are not exchanged. + + For the next few steps, this document will refer to the mapping that came + from file 1 as "map1", and the mapping that came from file 2 as "map2". + + b. Create a deferred block mapping update to unmap map1 from file 1. + + c. Create a deferred block mapping update to unmap map2 from file 2. + + d. Create a deferred block mapping update to map map1 into file 2. + + e. Create a deferred block mapping update to map map2 into file 1. + + f. Log the block, quota, and extent count updates for both files. + + g. Extend the ondisk size of either file if necessary. + + h. Log an extent swap done log item for the extent swap intent log item + that was read at the start of step 3. + + i. Compute the amount of file range that has just been covered. + This quantity is ``(map1.br_startoff + map1.br_blockcount - + sxi_startoff1)``, because step 3a could have skipped holes. + + j. Increase the starting offsets of ``sxi_startoff1`` and ``sxi_startoff2`` + by the number of blocks computed in the previous step, and decrease + ``sxi_blockcount`` by the same quantity. + This advances the cursor. + + k. Log a new extent swap intent log item reflecting the advanced state of + the work item. + + l. Return the proper error code (EAGAIN) to the deferred operation manager + to inform it that there is more work to be done. + The operation manager completes the deferred work in steps 3b-3e before + moving back to the start of step 3. + +4. Perform any post-processing. + This will be discussed in more detail in subsequent sections. + +If the filesystem goes down in the middle of an operation, log recovery will +find the most recent unfinished extent swap log intent item and restart from +there. +This is how extent swapping guarantees that an outside observer will either see +the old broken structure or the new one, and never a mismash of both. + +Preparation for Extent Swapping +``````````````````````````````` + +There are a few things that need to be taken care of before initiating an +atomic extent swap operation. +First, regular files require the page cache to be flushed to disk before the +operation begins, and directio writes to be quiesced. +Like any filesystem operation, extent swapping must determine the maximum +amount of disk space and quota that can be consumed on behalf of both files in +the operation, and reserve that quantity of resources to avoid an unrecoverable +out of space failure once it starts dirtying metadata. +The preparation step scans the ranges of both files to estimate: + +- Data device blocks needed to handle the repeated updates to the fork + mappings. +- Change in data and realtime block counts for both files. +- Increase in quota usage for both files, if the two files do not share the + same set of quota ids. +- The number of extent mappings that will be added to each file. +- Whether or not there are partially written realtime extents. + User programs must never be able to access a realtime file extent that maps + to different extents on the realtime volume, which could happen if the + operation fails to run to completion. + +The need for precise estimation increases the run time of the swap operation, +but it is very important to maintain correct accounting. +The filesystem must not run completely out of free space, nor can the extent +swap ever add more extent mappings to a fork than it can support. +Regular users are required to abide the quota limits, though metadata repairs +may exceed quota to resolve inconsistent metadata elsewhere. + +Special Features for Swapping Metadata File Extents +``````````````````````````````````````````````````` + +Extended attributes, symbolic links, and directories can set the fork format to +"local" and treat the fork as a literal area for data storage. +Metadata repairs must take extra steps to support these cases: + +- If both forks are in local format and the fork areas are large enough, the + swap is performed by copying the incore fork contents, logging both forks, + and committing. + The atomic extent swap mechanism is not necessary, since this can be done + with a single transaction. + +- If both forks map blocks, then the regular atomic extent swap is used. + +- Otherwise, only one fork is in local format. + The contents of the local format fork are converted to a block to perform the + swap. + The conversion to block format must be done in the same transaction that + logs the initial extent swap intent log item. + The regular atomic extent swap is used to exchange the mappings. + Special flags are set on the swap operation so that the transaction can be + rolled one more time to convert the second file's fork back to local format + so that the second file will be ready to go as soon as the ILOCK is dropped. + +Extended attributes and directories stamp the owning inode into every block, +but the buffer verifiers do not actually check the inode number! +Although there is no verification, it is still important to maintain +referential integrity, so prior to performing the extent swap, online repair +builds every block in the new data structure with the owner field of the file +being repaired. + +After a successful swap operation, the repair operation must reap the old fork +blocks by processing each fork mapping through the standard :ref:`file extent +reaping ` mechanism that is done post-repair. +If the filesystem should go down during the reap part of the repair, the +iunlink processing at the end of recovery will free both the temporary file and +whatever blocks were not reaped. +However, this iunlink processing omits the cross-link detection of online +repair, and is not completely foolproof. + +Swapping Temporary File Extents +``````````````````````````````` + +To repair a metadata file, online repair proceeds as follows: + +1. Create a temporary repair file. + +2. Use the staging data to write out new contents into the temporary repair + file. + The same fork must be written to as is being repaired. + +3. Commit the scrub transaction, since the swap estimation step must be + completed before transaction reservations are made. + +4. Call ``xrep_tempswap_trans_alloc`` to allocate a new scrub transaction with + the appropriate resource reservations, locks, and fill out a ``struct + xfs_swapext_req`` with the details of the swap operation. + +5. Call ``xrep_tempswap_contents`` to swap the contents. + +6. Commit the transaction to complete the repair. + +.. _rtsummary: + +Case Study: Repairing the Realtime Summary File +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +In the "realtime" section of an XFS filesystem, free space is tracked via a +bitmap, similar to Unix FFS. +Each bit in the bitmap represents one realtime extent, which is a multiple of +the filesystem block size between 4KiB and 1GiB in size. +The realtime summary file indexes the number of free extents of a given size to +the offset of the block within the realtime free space bitmap where those free +extents begin. +In other words, the summary file helps the allocator find free extents by +length, similar to what the free space by count (cntbt) btree does for the data +section. + +The summary file itself is a flat file (with no block headers or checksums!) +partitioned into ``log2(total rt extents)`` sections containing enough 32-bit +counters to match the number of blocks in the rt bitmap. +Each counter records the number of free extents that start in that bitmap block +and can satisfy a power-of-two allocation request. + +To check the summary file against the bitmap: + +1. Take the ILOCK of both the realtime bitmap and summary files. + +2. For each free space extent recorded in the bitmap: + + a. Compute the position in the summary file that contains a counter that + represents this free extent. + + b. Read the counter from the xfile. + + c. Increment it, and write it back to the xfile. + +3. Compare the contents of the xfile against the ondisk file. + +To repair the summary file, write the xfile contents into the temporary file +and use atomic extent swap to commit the new contents. +The temporary file is then reaped. + +The proposed patchset is the +`realtime summary repair +`_ +series. + +Case Study: Salvaging Extended Attributes +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +In XFS, extended attributes are implemented as a namespaced name-value store. +Values are limited in size to 64KiB, but there is no limit in the number of +names. +The attribute fork is unpartitioned, which means that the root of the attribute +structure is always in logical block zero, but attribute leaf blocks, dabtree +index blocks, and remote value blocks are intermixed. +Attribute leaf blocks contain variable-sized records that associate +user-provided names with the user-provided values. +Values larger than a block are allocated separate extents and written there. +If the leaf information expands beyond a single block, a directory/attribute +btree (``dabtree``) is created to map hashes of attribute names to entries +for fast lookup. + +Salvaging extended attributes is done as follows: + +1. Walk the attr fork mappings of the file being repaired to find the attribute + leaf blocks. + When one is found, + + a. Walk the attr leaf block to find candidate keys. + When one is found, + + 1. Check the name for problems, and ignore the name if there are. + + 2. Retrieve the value. + If that succeeds, add the name and value to the staging xfarray and + xfblob. + +2. If the memory usage of the xfarray and xfblob exceed a certain amount of + memory or there are no more attr fork blocks to examine, unlock the file and + add the staged extended attributes to the temporary file. + +3. Use atomic extent swapping to exchange the new and old extended attribute + structures. + The old attribute blocks are now attached to the temporary file. + +4. Reap the temporary file. + +The proposed patchset is the +`extended attribute repair +`_ +series. + +Fixing Directories +------------------ + +Fixing directories is difficult with currently available filesystem features, +since directory entries are not redundant. +The offline repair tool scans all inodes to find files with nonzero link count, +and then it scans all directories to establish parentage of those linked files. +Damaged files and directories are zapped, and files with no parent are +moved to the ``/lost+found`` directory. +It does not try to salvage anything. + +The best that online repair can do at this time is to read directory data +blocks and salvage any dirents that look plausible, correct link counts, and +move orphans back into the directory tree. +The salvage process is discussed in the case study at the end of this section. +The :ref:`file link count fsck ` code takes care of fixing link counts +and moving orphans to the ``/lost+found`` directory. + +Case Study: Salvaging Directories +````````````````````````````````` + +Unlike extended attributes, directory blocks are all the same size, so +salvaging directories is straightforward: + +1. Find the parent of the directory. + If the dotdot entry is not unreadable, try to confirm that the alleged + parent has a child entry pointing back to the directory being repaired. + Otherwise, walk the filesystem to find it. + +2. Walk the first partition of data fork of the directory to find the directory + entry data blocks. + When one is found, + + a. Walk the directory data block to find candidate entries. + When an entry is found: + + i. Check the name for problems, and ignore the name if there are. + + ii. Retrieve the inumber and grab the inode. + If that succeeds, add the name, inode number, and file type to the + staging xfarray and xblob. + +3. If the memory usage of the xfarray and xfblob exceed a certain amount of + memory or there are no more directory data blocks to examine, unlock the + directory and add the staged dirents into the temporary directory. + Truncate the staging files. + +4. Use atomic extent swapping to exchange the new and old directory structures. + The old directory blocks are now attached to the temporary file. + +5. Reap the temporary file. + +**Future Work Question**: Should repair revalidate the dentry cache when +rebuilding a directory? + +*Answer*: Yes, it should. + +In theory it is necessary to scan all dentry cache entries for a directory to +ensure that one of the following apply: + +1. The cached dentry reflects an ondisk dirent in the new directory. + +2. The cached dentry no longer has a corresponding ondisk dirent in the new + directory and the dentry can be purged from the cache. + +3. The cached dentry no longer has an ondisk dirent but the dentry cannot be + purged. + This is the problem case. + +Unfortunately, the current dentry cache design doesn't provide a means to walk +every child dentry of a specific directory, which makes this a hard problem. +There is no known solution. + +The proposed patchset is the +`directory repair +`_ +series. + +Parent Pointers +``````````````` + +A parent pointer is a piece of file metadata that enables a user to locate the +file's parent directory without having to traverse the directory tree from the +root. +Without them, reconstruction of directory trees is hindered in much the same +way that the historic lack of reverse space mapping information once hindered +reconstruction of filesystem space metadata. +The parent pointer feature, however, makes total directory reconstruction +possible. + +XFS parent pointers include the dirent name and location of the entry within +the parent directory. +In other words, child files use extended attributes to store pointers to +parents in the form ``(parent_inum, parent_gen, dirent_pos) → (dirent_name)``. +The directory checking process can be strengthened to ensure that the target of +each dirent also contains a parent pointer pointing back to the dirent. +Likewise, each parent pointer can be checked by ensuring that the target of +each parent pointer is a directory and that it contains a dirent matching +the parent pointer. +Both online and offline repair can use this strategy. + +**Note**: The ondisk format of parent pointers is not yet finalized. + ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| **Historical Sidebar**: | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +| Directory parent pointers were first proposed as an XFS feature more | +| than a decade ago by SGI. | +| Each link from a parent directory to a child file is mirrored with an | +| extended attribute in the child that could be used to identify the | +| parent directory. | +| Unfortunately, this early implementation had major shortcomings and was | +| never merged into Linux XFS: | +| | +| 1. The XFS codebase of the late 2000s did not have the infrastructure to | +| enforce strong referential integrity in the directory tree. | +| It did not guarantee that a change in a forward link would always be | +| followed up with the corresponding change to the reverse links. | +| | +| 2. Referential integrity was not integrated into offline repair. | +| Checking and repairs were performed on mounted filesystems without | +| taking any kernel or inode locks to coordinate access. | +| It is not clear how this actually worked properly. | +| | +| 3. The extended attribute did not record the name of the directory entry | +| in the parent, so the SGI parent pointer implementation cannot be | +| used to reconnect the directory tree. | +| | +| 4. Extended attribute forks only support 65,536 extents, which means | +| that parent pointer attribute creation is likely to fail at some | +| point before the maximum file link count is achieved. | +| | +| The original parent pointer design was too unstable for something like | +| a file system repair to depend on. | +| Allison Henderson, Chandan Babu, and Catherine Hoang are working on a | +| second implementation that solves all shortcomings of the first. | +| During 2022, Allison introduced log intent items to track physical | +| manipulations of the extended attribute structures. | +| This solves the referential integrity problem by making it possible to | +| commit a dirent update and a parent pointer update in the same | +| transaction. | +| Chandan increased the maximum extent counts of both data and attribute | +| forks, thereby ensuring that the extended attribute structure can grow | +| to handle the maximum hardlink count of any file. | ++--------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +Case Study: Repairing Directories with Parent Pointers +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Directory rebuilding uses a :ref:`coordinated inode scan ` and +a :ref:`directory entry live update hook ` as follows: + +1. Set up a temporary directory for generating the new directory structure, + an xfblob for storing entry names, and an xfarray for stashing directory + updates. + +2. Set up an inode scanner and hook into the directory entry code to receive + updates on directory operations. + +3. For each parent pointer found in each file scanned, decide if the parent + pointer references the directory of interest. + If so: + + a. Stash an addname entry for this dirent in the xfarray for later. + + b. When finished scanning that file, flush the stashed updates to the + temporary directory. + +4. For each live directory update received via the hook, decide if the child + has already been scanned. + If so: + + a. Stash an addname or removename entry for this dirent update in the + xfarray for later. + We cannot write directly to the temporary directory because hook + functions are not allowed to modify filesystem metadata. + Instead, we stash updates in the xfarray and rely on the scanner thread + to apply the stashed updates to the temporary directory. + +5. When the scan is complete, atomically swap the contents of the temporary + directory and the directory being repaired. + The temporary directory now contains the damaged directory structure. + +6. Reap the temporary directory. + +7. Update the dirent position field of parent pointers as necessary. + This may require the queuing of a substantial number of xattr log intent + items. + +The proposed patchset is the +`parent pointers directory repair +`_ +series. + +**Unresolved Question**: How will repair ensure that the ``dirent_pos`` fields +match in the reconstructed directory? + +*Answer*: There are a few ways to solve this problem: + +1. The field could be designated advisory, since the other three values are + sufficient to find the entry in the parent. + However, this makes indexed key lookup impossible while repairs are ongoing. + +2. We could allow creating directory entries at specified offsets, which solves + the referential integrity problem but runs the risk that dirent creation + will fail due to conflicts with the free space in the directory. + + These conflicts could be resolved by appending the directory entry and + amending the xattr code to support updating an xattr key and reindexing the + dabtree, though this would have to be performed with the parent directory + still locked. + +3. Same as above, but remove the old parent pointer entry and add a new one + atomically. + +4. Change the ondisk xattr format to ``(parent_inum, name) → (parent_gen)``, + which would provide the attr name uniqueness that we require, without + forcing repair code to update the dirent position. + Unfortunately, this requires changes to the xattr code to support attr + names as long as 263 bytes. + +5. Change the ondisk xattr format to ``(parent_inum, hash(name)) → + (name, parent_gen)``. + If the hash is sufficiently resistant to collisions (e.g. sha256) then + this should provide the attr name uniqueness that we require. + Names shorter than 247 bytes could be stored directly. + +Discussion is ongoing under the `parent pointers patch deluge +`_. + +Case Study: Repairing Parent Pointers +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Online reconstruction of a file's parent pointer information works similarly to +directory reconstruction: + +1. Set up a temporary file for generating a new extended attribute structure, + an `xfblob` for storing parent pointer names, and an xfarray for + stashing parent pointer updates. + +2. Set up an inode scanner and hook into the directory entry code to receive + updates on directory operations. + +3. For each directory entry found in each directory scanned, decide if the + dirent references the file of interest. + If so: + + a. Stash an addpptr entry for this parent pointer in the xfblob and xfarray + for later. + + b. When finished scanning the directory, flush the stashed updates to the + temporary directory. + +4. For each live directory update received via the hook, decide if the parent + has already been scanned. + If so: + + a. Stash an addpptr or removepptr entry for this dirent update in the + xfarray for later. + We cannot write parent pointers directly to the temporary file because + hook functions are not allowed to modify filesystem metadata. + Instead, we stash updates in the xfarray and rely on the scanner thread + to apply the stashed parent pointer updates to the temporary file. + +5. Copy all non-parent pointer extended attributes to the temporary file. + +6. When the scan is complete, atomically swap the attribute fork of the + temporary file and the file being repaired. + The temporary file now contains the damaged extended attribute structure. + +7. Reap the temporary file. + +The proposed patchset is the +`parent pointers repair +`_ +series. + +Digression: Offline Checking of Parent Pointers +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Examining parent pointers in offline repair works differently because corrupt +files are erased long before directory tree connectivity checks are performed. +Parent pointer checks are therefore a second pass to be added to the existing +connectivity checks: + +1. After the set of surviving files has been established (i.e. phase 6), + walk the surviving directories of each AG in the filesystem. + This is already performed as part of the connectivity checks. + +2. For each directory entry found, record the name in an xfblob, and store + ``(child_ag_inum, parent_inum, parent_gen, dirent_pos)`` tuples in a + per-AG in-memory slab. + +3. For each AG in the filesystem, + + a. Sort the per-AG tuples in order of child_ag_inum, parent_inum, and + dirent_pos. + + b. For each inode in the AG, + + 1. Scan the inode for parent pointers. + Record the names in a per-file xfblob, and store ``(parent_inum, + parent_gen, dirent_pos)`` tuples in a per-file slab. + + 2. Sort the per-file tuples in order of parent_inum, and dirent_pos. + + 3. Position one slab cursor at the start of the inode's records in the + per-AG tuple slab. + This should be trivial since the per-AG tuples are in child inumber + order. + + 4. Position a second slab cursor at the start of the per-file tuple slab. + + 5. Iterate the two cursors in lockstep, comparing the parent_ino and + dirent_pos fields of the records under each cursor. + + a. Tuples in the per-AG list but not the per-file list are missing and + need to be written to the inode. + + b. Tuples in the per-file list but not the per-AG list are dangling + and need to be removed from the inode. + + c. For tuples in both lists, update the parent_gen and name components + of the parent pointer if necessary. + +4. Move on to examining link counts, as we do today. + +The proposed patchset is the +`offline parent pointers repair +`_ +series. + +Rebuilding directories from parent pointers in offline repair is very +challenging because it currently uses a single-pass scan of the filesystem +during phase 3 to decide which files are corrupt enough to be zapped. +This scan would have to be converted into a multi-pass scan: + +1. The first pass of the scan zaps corrupt inodes, forks, and attributes + much as it does now. + Corrupt directories are noted but not zapped. + +2. The next pass records parent pointers pointing to the directories noted + as being corrupt in the first pass. + This second pass may have to happen after the phase 4 scan for duplicate + blocks, if phase 4 is also capable of zapping directories. + +3. The third pass resets corrupt directories to an empty shortform directory. + Free space metadata has not been ensured yet, so repair cannot yet use the + directory building code in libxfs. + +4. At the start of phase 6, space metadata have been rebuilt. + Use the parent pointer information recorded during step 2 to reconstruct + the dirents and add them to the now-empty directories. + +This code has not yet been constructed. + +.. _orphanage: + +The Orphanage +------------- + +Filesystems present files as a directed, and hopefully acyclic, graph. +In other words, a tree. +The root of the filesystem is a directory, and each entry in a directory points +downwards either to more subdirectories or to non-directory files. +Unfortunately, a disruption in the directory graph pointers result in a +disconnected graph, which makes files impossible to access via regular path +resolution. + +Without parent pointers, the directory parent pointer online scrub code can +detect a dotdot entry pointing to a parent directory that doesn't have a link +back to the child directory and the file link count checker can detect a file +that isn't pointed to by any directory in the filesystem. +If such a file has a positive link count, the file is an orphan. + +With parent pointers, directories can be rebuilt by scanning parent pointers +and parent pointers can be rebuilt by scanning directories. +This should reduce the incidence of files ending up in ``/lost+found``. + +When orphans are found, they should be reconnected to the directory tree. +Offline fsck solves the problem by creating a directory ``/lost+found`` to +serve as an orphanage, and linking orphan files into the orphanage by using the +inumber as the name. +Reparenting a file to the orphanage does not reset any of its permissions or +ACLs. + +This process is more involved in the kernel than it is in userspace. +The directory and file link count repair setup functions must use the regular +VFS mechanisms to create the orphanage directory with all the necessary +security attributes and dentry cache entries, just like a regular directory +tree modification. + +Orphaned files are adopted by the orphanage as follows: + +1. Call ``xrep_orphanage_try_create`` at the start of the scrub setup function + to try to ensure that the lost and found directory actually exists. + This also attaches the orphanage directory to the scrub context. + +2. If the decision is made to reconnect a file, take the IOLOCK of both the + orphanage and the file being reattached. + The ``xrep_orphanage_iolock_two`` function follows the inode locking + strategy discussed earlier. + +3. Call ``xrep_orphanage_compute_blkres`` and ``xrep_orphanage_compute_name`` + to compute the new name in the orphanage and the block reservation required. + +4. Use ``xrep_orphanage_adoption_prep`` to reserve resources to the repair + transaction. + +5. Call ``xrep_orphanage_adopt`` to reparent the orphaned file into the lost + and found, and update the kernel dentry cache. + +The proposed patches are in the +`orphanage adoption +`_ +series. + +6. Userspace Algorithms and Data Structures +=========================================== + +This section discusses the key algorithms and data structures of the userspace +program, ``xfs_scrub``, that provide the ability to drive metadata checks and +repairs in the kernel, verify file data, and look for other potential problems. + +.. _scrubcheck: + +Checking Metadata +----------------- + +Recall the :ref:`phases of fsck work` outlined earlier. +That structure follows naturally from the data dependencies designed into the +filesystem from its beginnings in 1993. +In XFS, there are several groups of metadata dependencies: + +a. Filesystem summary counts depend on consistency within the inode indices, + the allocation group space btrees, and the realtime volume space + information. + +b. Quota resource counts depend on consistency within the quota file data + forks, inode indices, inode records, and the forks of every file on the + system. + +c. The naming hierarchy depends on consistency within the directory and + extended attribute structures. + This includes file link counts. + +d. Directories, extended attributes, and file data depend on consistency within + the file forks that map directory and extended attribute data to physical + storage media. + +e. The file forks depends on consistency within inode records and the space + metadata indices of the allocation groups and the realtime volume. + This includes quota and realtime metadata files. + +f. Inode records depends on consistency within the inode metadata indices. + +g. Realtime space metadata depend on the inode records and data forks of the + realtime metadata inodes. + +h. The allocation group metadata indices (free space, inodes, reference count, + and reverse mapping btrees) depend on consistency within the AG headers and + between all the AG metadata btrees. + +i. ``xfs_scrub`` depends on the filesystem being mounted and kernel support + for online fsck functionality. + +Therefore, a metadata dependency graph is a convenient way to schedule checking +operations in the ``xfs_scrub`` program: + +- Phase 1 checks that the provided path maps to an XFS filesystem and detect + the kernel's scrubbing abilities, which validates group (i). + +- Phase 2 scrubs groups (g) and (h) in parallel using a threaded workqueue. + +- Phase 3 scans inodes in parallel. + For each inode, groups (f), (e), and (d) are checked, in that order. + +- Phase 4 repairs everything in groups (i) through (d) so that phases 5 and 6 + may run reliably. + +- Phase 5 starts by checking groups (b) and (c) in parallel before moving on + to checking names. + +- Phase 6 depends on groups (i) through (b) to find file data blocks to verify, + to read them, and to report which blocks of which files are affected. + +- Phase 7 checks group (a), having validated everything else. + +Notice that the data dependencies between groups are enforced by the structure +of the program flow. + +Parallel Inode Scans +-------------------- + +An XFS filesystem can easily contain hundreds of millions of inodes. +Given that XFS targets installations with large high-performance storage, +it is desirable to scrub inodes in parallel to minimize runtime, particularly +if the program has been invoked manually from a command line. +This requires careful scheduling to keep the threads as evenly loaded as +possible. + +Early iterations of the ``xfs_scrub`` inode scanner naïvely created a single +workqueue and scheduled a single workqueue item per AG. +Each workqueue item walked the inode btree (with ``XFS_IOC_INUMBERS``) to find +inode chunks and then called bulkstat (``XFS_IOC_BULKSTAT``) to gather enough +information to construct file handles. +The file handle was then passed to a function to generate scrub items for each +metadata object of each inode. +This simple algorithm leads to thread balancing problems in phase 3 if the +filesystem contains one AG with a few large sparse files and the rest of the +AGs contain many smaller files. +The inode scan dispatch function was not sufficiently granular; it should have +been dispatching at the level of individual inodes, or, to constrain memory +consumption, inode btree records. + +Thanks to Dave Chinner, bounded workqueues in userspace enable ``xfs_scrub`` to +avoid this problem with ease by adding a second workqueue. +Just like before, the first workqueue is seeded with one workqueue item per AG, +and it uses INUMBERS to find inode btree chunks. +The second workqueue, however, is configured with an upper bound on the number +of items that can be waiting to be run. +Each inode btree chunk found by the first workqueue's workers are queued to the +second workqueue, and it is this second workqueue that queries BULKSTAT, +creates a file handle, and passes it to a function to generate scrub items for +each metadata object of each inode. +If the second workqueue is too full, the workqueue add function blocks the +first workqueue's workers until the backlog eases. +This doesn't completely solve the balancing problem, but reduces it enough to +move on to more pressing issues. + +The proposed patchsets are the scrub +`performance tweaks +`_ +and the +`inode scan rebalance +`_ +series. + +.. _scrubrepair: + +Scheduling Repairs +------------------ + +During phase 2, corruptions and inconsistencies reported in any AGI header or +inode btree are repaired immediately, because phase 3 relies on proper +functioning of the inode indices to find inodes to scan. +Failed repairs are rescheduled to phase 4. +Problems reported in any other space metadata are deferred to phase 4. +Optimization opportunities are always deferred to phase 4, no matter their +origin. + +During phase 3, corruptions and inconsistencies reported in any part of a +file's metadata are repaired immediately if all space metadata were validated +during phase 2. +Repairs that fail or cannot be repaired immediately are scheduled for phase 4. + +In the original design of ``xfs_scrub``, it was thought that repairs would be +so infrequent that the ``struct xfs_scrub_metadata`` objects used to +communicate with the kernel could also be used as the primary object to +schedule repairs. +With recent increases in the number of optimizations possible for a given +filesystem object, it became much more memory-efficient to track all eligible +repairs for a given filesystem object with a single repair item. +Each repair item represents a single lockable object -- AGs, metadata files, +individual inodes, or a class of summary information. + +Phase 4 is responsible for scheduling a lot of repair work in as quick a +manner as is practical. +The :ref:`data dependencies ` outlined earlier still apply, which +means that ``xfs_scrub`` must try to complete the repair work scheduled by +phase 2 before trying repair work scheduled by phase 3. +The repair process is as follows: + +1. Start a round of repair with a workqueue and enough workers to keep the CPUs + as busy as the user desires. + + a. For each repair item queued by phase 2, + + i. Ask the kernel to repair everything listed in the repair item for a + given filesystem object. + + ii. Make a note if the kernel made any progress in reducing the number + of repairs needed for this object. + + iii. If the object no longer requires repairs, revalidate all metadata + associated with this object. + If the revalidation succeeds, drop the repair item. + If not, requeue the item for more repairs. + + b. If any repairs were made, jump back to 1a to retry all the phase 2 items. + + c. For each repair item queued by phase 3, + + i. Ask the kernel to repair everything listed in the repair item for a + given filesystem object. + + ii. Make a note if the kernel made any progress in reducing the number + of repairs needed for this object. + + iii. If the object no longer requires repairs, revalidate all metadata + associated with this object. + If the revalidation succeeds, drop the repair item. + If not, requeue the item for more repairs. + + d. If any repairs were made, jump back to 1c to retry all the phase 3 items. + +2. If step 1 made any repair progress of any kind, jump back to step 1 to start + another round of repair. + +3. If there are items left to repair, run them all serially one more time. + Complain if the repairs were not successful, since this is the last chance + to repair anything. + +Corruptions and inconsistencies encountered during phases 5 and 7 are repaired +immediately. +Corrupt file data blocks reported by phase 6 cannot be recovered by the +filesystem. + +The proposed patchsets are the +`repair warning improvements +`_, +refactoring of the +`repair data dependency +`_ +and +`object tracking +`_, +and the +`repair scheduling +`_ +improvement series. + +Checking Names for Confusable Unicode Sequences +----------------------------------------------- + +If ``xfs_scrub`` succeeds in validating the filesystem metadata by the end of +phase 4, it moves on to phase 5, which checks for suspicious looking names in +the filesystem. +These names consist of the filesystem label, names in directory entries, and +the names of extended attributes. +Like most Unix filesystems, XFS imposes the sparest of constraints on the +contents of a name: + +- Slashes and null bytes are not allowed in directory entries. + +- Null bytes are not allowed in userspace-visible extended attributes. + +- Null bytes are not allowed in the filesystem label. + +Directory entries and attribute keys store the length of the name explicitly +ondisk, which means that nulls are not name terminators. +For this section, the term "naming domain" refers to any place where names are +presented together -- all the names in a directory, or all the attributes of a +file. + +Although the Unix naming constraints are very permissive, the reality of most +modern-day Linux systems is that programs work with Unicode character code +points to support international languages. +These programs typically encode those code points in UTF-8 when interfacing +with the C library because the kernel expects null-terminated names. +In the common case, therefore, names found in an XFS filesystem are actually +UTF-8 encoded Unicode data. + +To maximize its expressiveness, the Unicode standard defines separate control +points for various characters that render similarly or identically in writing +systems around the world. +For example, the character "Cyrillic Small Letter A" U+0430 "а" often renders +identically to "Latin Small Letter A" U+0061 "a". + +The standard also permits characters to be constructed in multiple ways -- +either by using a defined code point, or by combining one code point with +various combining marks. +For example, the character "Angstrom Sign U+212B "Å" can also be expressed +as "Latin Capital Letter A" U+0041 "A" followed by "Combining Ring Above" +U+030A "◌̊". +Both sequences render identically. + +Like the standards that preceded it, Unicode also defines various control +characters to alter the presentation of text. +For example, the character "Right-to-Left Override" U+202E can trick some +programs into rendering "moo\\xe2\\x80\\xaegnp.txt" as "mootxt.png". +A second category of rendering problems involves whitespace characters. +If the character "Zero Width Space" U+200B is encountered in a file name, the +name will render identically to a name that does not have the zero width +space. + +If two names within a naming domain have different byte sequences but render +identically, a user may be confused by it. +The kernel, in its indifference to upper level encoding schemes, permits this. +Most filesystem drivers persist the byte sequence names that are given to them +by the VFS. + +Techniques for detecting confusable names are explained in great detail in +sections 4 and 5 of the +`Unicode Security Mechanisms `_ +document. +When ``xfs_scrub`` detects UTF-8 encoding in use on a system, it uses the +Unicode normalization form NFD in conjunction with the confusable name +detection component of +`libicu `_ +to identify names with a directory or within a file's extended attributes that +could be confused for each other. +Names are also checked for control characters, non-rendering characters, and +mixing of bidirectional characters. +All of these potential issues are reported to the system administrator during +phase 5. + +Media Verification of File Data Extents +--------------------------------------- + +The system administrator can elect to initiate a media scan of all file data +blocks. +This scan after validation of all filesystem metadata (except for the summary +counters) as phase 6. +The scan starts by calling ``FS_IOC_GETFSMAP`` to scan the filesystem space map +to find areas that are allocated to file data fork extents. +Gaps between data fork extents that are smaller than 64k are treated as if +they were data fork extents to reduce the command setup overhead. +When the space map scan accumulates a region larger than 32MB, a media +verification request is sent to the disk as a directio read of the raw block +device. + +If the verification read fails, ``xfs_scrub`` retries with single-block reads +to narrow down the failure to the specific region of the media and recorded. +When it has finished issuing verification requests, it again uses the space +mapping ioctl to map the recorded media errors back to metadata structures +and report what has been lost. +For media errors in blocks owned by files, parent pointers can be used to +construct file paths from inode numbers for user-friendly reporting. + +7. Conclusion and Future Work +============================= + +It is hoped that the reader of this document has followed the designs laid out +in this document and now has some familiarity with how XFS performs online +rebuilding of its metadata indices, and how filesystem users can interact with +that functionality. +Although the scope of this work is daunting, it is hoped that this guide will +make it easier for code readers to understand what has been built, for whom it +has been built, and why. +Please feel free to contact the XFS mailing list with questions. + +FIEXCHANGE_RANGE +---------------- + +As discussed earlier, a second frontend to the atomic extent swap mechanism is +a new ioctl call that userspace programs can use to commit updates to files +atomically. +This frontend has been out for review for several years now, though the +necessary refinements to online repair and lack of customer demand mean that +the proposal has not been pushed very hard. + +Extent Swapping with Regular User Files +``````````````````````````````````````` + +As mentioned earlier, XFS has long had the ability to swap extents between +files, which is used almost exclusively by ``xfs_fsr`` to defragment files. +The earliest form of this was the fork swap mechanism, where the entire +contents of data forks could be exchanged between two files by exchanging the +raw bytes in each inode fork's immediate area. +When XFS v5 came along with self-describing metadata, this old mechanism grew +some log support to continue rewriting the owner fields of BMBT blocks during +log recovery. +When the reverse mapping btree was later added to XFS, the only way to maintain +the consistency of the fork mappings with the reverse mapping index was to +develop an iterative mechanism that used deferred bmap and rmap operations to +swap mappings one at a time. +This mechanism is identical to steps 2-3 from the procedure above except for +the new tracking items, because the atomic extent swap mechanism is an +iteration of an existing mechanism and not something totally novel. +For the narrow case of file defragmentation, the file contents must be +identical, so the recovery guarantees are not much of a gain. + +Atomic extent swapping is much more flexible than the existing swapext +implementations because it can guarantee that the caller never sees a mix of +old and new contents even after a crash, and it can operate on two arbitrary +file fork ranges. +The extra flexibility enables several new use cases: + +- **Atomic commit of file writes**: A userspace process opens a file that it + wants to update. + Next, it opens a temporary file and calls the file clone operation to reflink + the first file's contents into the temporary file. + Writes to the original file should instead be written to the temporary file. + Finally, the process calls the atomic extent swap system call + (``FIEXCHANGE_RANGE``) to exchange the file contents, thereby committing all + of the updates to the original file, or none of them. + +.. _swapext_if_unchanged: + +- **Transactional file updates**: The same mechanism as above, but the caller + only wants the commit to occur if the original file's contents have not + changed. + To make this happen, the calling process snapshots the file modification and + change timestamps of the original file before reflinking its data to the + temporary file. + When the program is ready to commit the changes, it passes the timestamps + into the kernel as arguments to the atomic extent swap system call. + The kernel only commits the changes if the provided timestamps match the + original file. + +- **Emulation of atomic block device writes**: Export a block device with a + logical sector size matching the filesystem block size to force all writes + to be aligned to the filesystem block size. + Stage all writes to a temporary file, and when that is complete, call the + atomic extent swap system call with a flag to indicate that holes in the + temporary file should be ignored. + This emulates an atomic device write in software, and can support arbitrary + scattered writes. + +Vectorized Scrub +---------------- + +As it turns out, the :ref:`refactoring ` of repair items mentioned +earlier was a catalyst for enabling a vectorized scrub system call. +Since 2018, the cost of making a kernel call has increased considerably on some +systems to mitigate the effects of speculative execution attacks. +This incentivizes program authors to make as few system calls as possible to +reduce the number of times an execution path crosses a security boundary. + +With vectorized scrub, userspace pushes to the kernel the identity of a +filesystem object, a list of scrub types to run against that object, and a +simple representation of the data dependencies between the selected scrub +types. +The kernel executes as much of the caller's plan as it can until it hits a +dependency that cannot be satisfied due to a corruption, and tells userspace +how much was accomplished. +It is hoped that ``io_uring`` will pick up enough of this functionality that +online fsck can use that instead of adding a separate vectored scrub system +call to XFS. + +The relevant patchsets are the +`kernel vectorized scrub +`_ +and +`userspace vectorized scrub +`_ +series. + +Quality of Service Targets for Scrub +------------------------------------ + +One serious shortcoming of the online fsck code is that the amount of time that +it can spend in the kernel holding resource locks is basically unbounded. +Userspace is allowed to send a fatal signal to the process which will cause +``xfs_scrub`` to exit when it reaches a good stopping point, but there's no way +for userspace to provide a time budget to the kernel. +Given that the scrub codebase has helpers to detect fatal signals, it shouldn't +be too much work to allow userspace to specify a timeout for a scrub/repair +operation and abort the operation if it exceeds budget. +However, most repair functions have the property that once they begin to touch +ondisk metadata, the operation cannot be cancelled cleanly, after which a QoS +timeout is no longer useful. + +Defragmenting Free Space +------------------------ + +Over the years, many XFS users have requested the creation of a program to +clear a portion of the physical storage underlying a filesystem so that it +becomes a contiguous chunk of free space. +Call this free space defragmenter ``clearspace`` for short. + +The first piece the ``clearspace`` program needs is the ability to read the +reverse mapping index from userspace. +This already exists in the form of the ``FS_IOC_GETFSMAP`` ioctl. +The second piece it needs is a new fallocate mode +(``FALLOC_FL_MAP_FREE_SPACE``) that allocates the free space in a region and +maps it to a file. +Call this file the "space collector" file. +The third piece is the ability to force an online repair. + +To clear all the metadata out of a portion of physical storage, clearspace +uses the new fallocate map-freespace call to map any free space in that region +to the space collector file. +Next, clearspace finds all metadata blocks in that region by way of +``GETFSMAP`` and issues forced repair requests on the data structure. +This often results in the metadata being rebuilt somewhere that is not being +cleared. +After each relocation, clearspace calls the "map free space" function again to +collect any newly freed space in the region being cleared. + +To clear all the file data out of a portion of the physical storage, clearspace +uses the FSMAP information to find relevant file data blocks. +Having identified a good target, it uses the ``FICLONERANGE`` call on that part +of the file to try to share the physical space with a dummy file. +Cloning the extent means that the original owners cannot overwrite the +contents; any changes will be written somewhere else via copy-on-write. +Clearspace makes its own copy of the frozen extent in an area that is not being +cleared, and uses ``FIEDEUPRANGE`` (or the :ref:`atomic extent swap +` feature) to change the target file's data extent +mapping away from the area being cleared. +When all other mappings have been moved, clearspace reflinks the space into the +space collector file so that it becomes unavailable. + +There are further optimizations that could apply to the above algorithm. +To clear a piece of physical storage that has a high sharing factor, it is +strongly desirable to retain this sharing factor. +In fact, these extents should be moved first to maximize sharing factor after +the operation completes. +To make this work smoothly, clearspace needs a new ioctl +(``FS_IOC_GETREFCOUNTS``) to report reference count information to userspace. +With the refcount information exposed, clearspace can quickly find the longest, +most shared data extents in the filesystem, and target them first. + +**Future Work Question**: How might the filesystem move inode chunks? + +*Answer*: To move inode chunks, Dave Chinner constructed a prototype program +that creates a new file with the old contents and then locklessly runs around +the filesystem updating directory entries. +The operation cannot complete if the filesystem goes down. +That problem isn't totally insurmountable: create an inode remapping table +hidden behind a jump label, and a log item that tracks the kernel walking the +filesystem to update directory entries. +The trouble is, the kernel can't do anything about open files, since it cannot +revoke them. + +**Future Work Question**: Can static keys be used to minimize the cost of +supporting ``revoke()`` on XFS files? + +*Answer*: Yes. +Until the first revocation, the bailout code need not be in the call path at +all. + +The relevant patchsets are the +`kernel freespace defrag +`_ +and +`userspace freespace defrag +`_ +series. + +Shrinking Filesystems +--------------------- + +Removing the end of the filesystem ought to be a simple matter of evacuating +the data and metadata at the end of the filesystem, and handing the freed space +to the shrink code. +That requires an evacuation of the space at end of the filesystem, which is a +use of free space defragmentation! diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-self-describing-metadata.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-self-describing-metadata.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a10c4ae695 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs/xfs-self-describing-metadata.rst @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. _xfs_self_describing_metadata: + +============================ +XFS Self Describing Metadata +============================ + +Introduction +============ + +The largest scalability problem facing XFS is not one of algorithmic +scalability, but of verification of the filesystem structure. Scalabilty of the +structures and indexes on disk and the algorithms for iterating them are +adequate for supporting PB scale filesystems with billions of inodes, however it +is this very scalability that causes the verification problem. + +Almost all metadata on XFS is dynamically allocated. The only fixed location +metadata is the allocation group headers (SB, AGF, AGFL and AGI), while all +other metadata structures need to be discovered by walking the filesystem +structure in different ways. While this is already done by userspace tools for +validating and repairing the structure, there are limits to what they can +verify, and this in turn limits the supportable size of an XFS filesystem. + +For example, it is entirely possible to manually use xfs_db and a bit of +scripting to analyse the structure of a 100TB filesystem when trying to +determine the root cause of a corruption problem, but it is still mainly a +manual task of verifying that things like single bit errors or misplaced writes +weren't the ultimate cause of a corruption event. It may take a few hours to a +few days to perform such forensic analysis, so for at this scale root cause +analysis is entirely possible. + +However, if we scale the filesystem up to 1PB, we now have 10x as much metadata +to analyse and so that analysis blows out towards weeks/months of forensic work. +Most of the analysis work is slow and tedious, so as the amount of analysis goes +up, the more likely that the cause will be lost in the noise. Hence the primary +concern for supporting PB scale filesystems is minimising the time and effort +required for basic forensic analysis of the filesystem structure. + + +Self Describing Metadata +======================== + +One of the problems with the current metadata format is that apart from the +magic number in the metadata block, we have no other way of identifying what it +is supposed to be. We can't even identify if it is the right place. Put simply, +you can't look at a single metadata block in isolation and say "yes, it is +supposed to be there and the contents are valid". + +Hence most of the time spent on forensic analysis is spent doing basic +verification of metadata values, looking for values that are in range (and hence +not detected by automated verification checks) but are not correct. Finding and +understanding how things like cross linked block lists (e.g. sibling +pointers in a btree end up with loops in them) are the key to understanding what +went wrong, but it is impossible to tell what order the blocks were linked into +each other or written to disk after the fact. + +Hence we need to record more information into the metadata to allow us to +quickly determine if the metadata is intact and can be ignored for the purpose +of analysis. We can't protect against every possible type of error, but we can +ensure that common types of errors are easily detectable. Hence the concept of +self describing metadata. + +The first, fundamental requirement of self describing metadata is that the +metadata object contains some form of unique identifier in a well known +location. This allows us to identify the expected contents of the block and +hence parse and verify the metadata object. IF we can't independently identify +the type of metadata in the object, then the metadata doesn't describe itself +very well at all! + +Luckily, almost all XFS metadata has magic numbers embedded already - only the +AGFL, remote symlinks and remote attribute blocks do not contain identifying +magic numbers. Hence we can change the on-disk format of all these objects to +add more identifying information and detect this simply by changing the magic +numbers in the metadata objects. That is, if it has the current magic number, +the metadata isn't self identifying. If it contains a new magic number, it is +self identifying and we can do much more expansive automated verification of the +metadata object at runtime, during forensic analysis or repair. + +As a primary concern, self describing metadata needs some form of overall +integrity checking. We cannot trust the metadata if we cannot verify that it has +not been changed as a result of external influences. Hence we need some form of +integrity check, and this is done by adding CRC32c validation to the metadata +block. If we can verify the block contains the metadata it was intended to +contain, a large amount of the manual verification work can be skipped. + +CRC32c was selected as metadata cannot be more than 64k in length in XFS and +hence a 32 bit CRC is more than sufficient to detect multi-bit errors in +metadata blocks. CRC32c is also now hardware accelerated on common CPUs so it is +fast. So while CRC32c is not the strongest of possible integrity checks that +could be used, it is more than sufficient for our needs and has relatively +little overhead. Adding support for larger integrity fields and/or algorithms +does really provide any extra value over CRC32c, but it does add a lot of +complexity and so there is no provision for changing the integrity checking +mechanism. + +Self describing metadata needs to contain enough information so that the +metadata block can be verified as being in the correct place without needing to +look at any other metadata. This means it needs to contain location information. +Just adding a block number to the metadata is not sufficient to protect against +mis-directed writes - a write might be misdirected to the wrong LUN and so be +written to the "correct block" of the wrong filesystem. Hence location +information must contain a filesystem identifier as well as a block number. + +Another key information point in forensic analysis is knowing who the metadata +block belongs to. We already know the type, the location, that it is valid +and/or corrupted, and how long ago that it was last modified. Knowing the owner +of the block is important as it allows us to find other related metadata to +determine the scope of the corruption. For example, if we have a extent btree +object, we don't know what inode it belongs to and hence have to walk the entire +filesystem to find the owner of the block. Worse, the corruption could mean that +no owner can be found (i.e. it's an orphan block), and so without an owner field +in the metadata we have no idea of the scope of the corruption. If we have an +owner field in the metadata object, we can immediately do top down validation to +determine the scope of the problem. + +Different types of metadata have different owner identifiers. For example, +directory, attribute and extent tree blocks are all owned by an inode, while +freespace btree blocks are owned by an allocation group. Hence the size and +contents of the owner field are determined by the type of metadata object we are +looking at. The owner information can also identify misplaced writes (e.g. +freespace btree block written to the wrong AG). + +Self describing metadata also needs to contain some indication of when it was +written to the filesystem. One of the key information points when doing forensic +analysis is how recently the block was modified. Correlation of set of corrupted +metadata blocks based on modification times is important as it can indicate +whether the corruptions are related, whether there's been multiple corruption +events that lead to the eventual failure, and even whether there are corruptions +present that the run-time verification is not detecting. + +For example, we can determine whether a metadata object is supposed to be free +space or still allocated if it is still referenced by its owner by looking at +when the free space btree block that contains the block was last written +compared to when the metadata object itself was last written. If the free space +block is more recent than the object and the object's owner, then there is a +very good chance that the block should have been removed from the owner. + +To provide this "written timestamp", each metadata block gets the Log Sequence +Number (LSN) of the most recent transaction it was modified on written into it. +This number will always increase over the life of the filesystem, and the only +thing that resets it is running xfs_repair on the filesystem. Further, by use of +the LSN we can tell if the corrupted metadata all belonged to the same log +checkpoint and hence have some idea of how much modification occurred between +the first and last instance of corrupt metadata on disk and, further, how much +modification occurred between the corruption being written and when it was +detected. + +Runtime Validation +================== + +Validation of self-describing metadata takes place at runtime in two places: + + - immediately after a successful read from disk + - immediately prior to write IO submission + +The verification is completely stateless - it is done independently of the +modification process, and seeks only to check that the metadata is what it says +it is and that the metadata fields are within bounds and internally consistent. +As such, we cannot catch all types of corruption that can occur within a block +as there may be certain limitations that operational state enforces of the +metadata, or there may be corruption of interblock relationships (e.g. corrupted +sibling pointer lists). Hence we still need stateful checking in the main code +body, but in general most of the per-field validation is handled by the +verifiers. + +For read verification, the caller needs to specify the expected type of metadata +that it should see, and the IO completion process verifies that the metadata +object matches what was expected. If the verification process fails, then it +marks the object being read as EFSCORRUPTED. The caller needs to catch this +error (same as for IO errors), and if it needs to take special action due to a +verification error it can do so by catching the EFSCORRUPTED error value. If we +need more discrimination of error type at higher levels, we can define new +error numbers for different errors as necessary. + +The first step in read verification is checking the magic number and determining +whether CRC validating is necessary. If it is, the CRC32c is calculated and +compared against the value stored in the object itself. Once this is validated, +further checks are made against the location information, followed by extensive +object specific metadata validation. If any of these checks fail, then the +buffer is considered corrupt and the EFSCORRUPTED error is set appropriately. + +Write verification is the opposite of the read verification - first the object +is extensively verified and if it is OK we then update the LSN from the last +modification made to the object, After this, we calculate the CRC and insert it +into the object. Once this is done the write IO is allowed to continue. If any +error occurs during this process, the buffer is again marked with a EFSCORRUPTED +error for the higher layers to catch. + +Structures +========== + +A typical on-disk structure needs to contain the following information:: + + struct xfs_ondisk_hdr { + __be32 magic; /* magic number */ + __be32 crc; /* CRC, not logged */ + uuid_t uuid; /* filesystem identifier */ + __be64 owner; /* parent object */ + __be64 blkno; /* location on disk */ + __be64 lsn; /* last modification in log, not logged */ + }; + +Depending on the metadata, this information may be part of a header structure +separate to the metadata contents, or may be distributed through an existing +structure. The latter occurs with metadata that already contains some of this +information, such as the superblock and AG headers. + +Other metadata may have different formats for the information, but the same +level of information is generally provided. For example: + + - short btree blocks have a 32 bit owner (ag number) and a 32 bit block + number for location. The two of these combined provide the same + information as @owner and @blkno in eh above structure, but using 8 + bytes less space on disk. + + - directory/attribute node blocks have a 16 bit magic number, and the + header that contains the magic number has other information in it as + well. hence the additional metadata headers change the overall format + of the metadata. + +A typical buffer read verifier is structured as follows:: + + #define XFS_FOO_CRC_OFF offsetof(struct xfs_ondisk_hdr, crc) + + static void + xfs_foo_read_verify( + struct xfs_buf *bp) + { + struct xfs_mount *mp = bp->b_mount; + + if ((xfs_sb_version_hascrc(&mp->m_sb) && + !xfs_verify_cksum(bp->b_addr, BBTOB(bp->b_length), + XFS_FOO_CRC_OFF)) || + !xfs_foo_verify(bp)) { + XFS_CORRUPTION_ERROR(__func__, XFS_ERRLEVEL_LOW, mp, bp->b_addr); + xfs_buf_ioerror(bp, EFSCORRUPTED); + } + } + +The code ensures that the CRC is only checked if the filesystem has CRCs enabled +by checking the superblock of the feature bit, and then if the CRC verifies OK +(or is not needed) it verifies the actual contents of the block. + +The verifier function will take a couple of different forms, depending on +whether the magic number can be used to determine the format of the block. In +the case it can't, the code is structured as follows:: + + static bool + xfs_foo_verify( + struct xfs_buf *bp) + { + struct xfs_mount *mp = bp->b_mount; + struct xfs_ondisk_hdr *hdr = bp->b_addr; + + if (hdr->magic != cpu_to_be32(XFS_FOO_MAGIC)) + return false; + + if (!xfs_sb_version_hascrc(&mp->m_sb)) { + if (!uuid_equal(&hdr->uuid, &mp->m_sb.sb_uuid)) + return false; + if (bp->b_bn != be64_to_cpu(hdr->blkno)) + return false; + if (hdr->owner == 0) + return false; + } + + /* object specific verification checks here */ + + return true; + } + +If there are different magic numbers for the different formats, the verifier +will look like:: + + static bool + xfs_foo_verify( + struct xfs_buf *bp) + { + struct xfs_mount *mp = bp->b_mount; + struct xfs_ondisk_hdr *hdr = bp->b_addr; + + if (hdr->magic == cpu_to_be32(XFS_FOO_CRC_MAGIC)) { + if (!uuid_equal(&hdr->uuid, &mp->m_sb.sb_uuid)) + return false; + if (bp->b_bn != be64_to_cpu(hdr->blkno)) + return false; + if (hdr->owner == 0) + return false; + } else if (hdr->magic != cpu_to_be32(XFS_FOO_MAGIC)) + return false; + + /* object specific verification checks here */ + + return true; + } + +Write verifiers are very similar to the read verifiers, they just do things in +the opposite order to the read verifiers. A typical write verifier:: + + static void + xfs_foo_write_verify( + struct xfs_buf *bp) + { + struct xfs_mount *mp = bp->b_mount; + struct xfs_buf_log_item *bip = bp->b_fspriv; + + if (!xfs_foo_verify(bp)) { + XFS_CORRUPTION_ERROR(__func__, XFS_ERRLEVEL_LOW, mp, bp->b_addr); + xfs_buf_ioerror(bp, EFSCORRUPTED); + return; + } + + if (!xfs_sb_version_hascrc(&mp->m_sb)) + return; + + + if (bip) { + struct xfs_ondisk_hdr *hdr = bp->b_addr; + hdr->lsn = cpu_to_be64(bip->bli_item.li_lsn); + } + xfs_update_cksum(bp->b_addr, BBTOB(bp->b_length), XFS_FOO_CRC_OFF); + } + +This will verify the internal structure of the metadata before we go any +further, detecting corruptions that have occurred as the metadata has been +modified in memory. If the metadata verifies OK, and CRCs are enabled, we then +update the LSN field (when it was last modified) and calculate the CRC on the +metadata. Once this is done, we can issue the IO. + +Inodes and Dquots +================= + +Inodes and dquots are special snowflakes. They have per-object CRC and +self-identifiers, but they are packed so that there are multiple objects per +buffer. Hence we do not use per-buffer verifiers to do the work of per-object +verification and CRC calculations. The per-buffer verifiers simply perform basic +identification of the buffer - that they contain inodes or dquots, and that +there are magic numbers in all the expected spots. All further CRC and +verification checks are done when each inode is read from or written back to the +buffer. + +The structure of the verifiers and the identifiers checks is very similar to the +buffer code described above. The only difference is where they are called. For +example, inode read verification is done in xfs_inode_from_disk() when the inode +is first read out of the buffer and the struct xfs_inode is instantiated. The +inode is already extensively verified during writeback in xfs_iflush_int, so the +only addition here is to add the LSN and CRC to the inode as it is copied back +into the buffer. + +XXX: inode unlinked list modification doesn't recalculate the inode CRC! None of +the unlinked list modifications check or update CRCs, neither during unlink nor +log recovery. So, it's gone unnoticed until now. This won't matter immediately - +repair will probably complain about it - but it needs to be fixed. diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/apu-asic-info-table.csv b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/apu-asic-info-table.csv index 2e76b427ba..18868abe2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/apu-asic-info-table.csv +++ b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/apu-asic-info-table.csv @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ SteamDeck, VANGOGH, DCN 3.0.1, 10.3.1, VCN 3.1.0, 5.2.1, 11.5.0 Ryzen 5000 series / Ryzen 7x30 series, GREEN SARDINE / Cezanne / Barcelo / Barcelo-R, DCN 2.1, 9.3, VCN 2.2, 4.1.1, 12.0.1 Ryzen 6000 series / Ryzen 7x35 series / Ryzen 7x36 series, YELLOW CARP / Rembrandt / Rembrandt-R, 3.1.2, 10.3.3, VCN 3.1.1, 5.2.3, 13.0.3 Ryzen 7000 series (AM5), Raphael, 3.1.5, 10.3.6, 3.1.2, 5.2.6, 13.0.5 -Ryzen 7x45 series (FL1), / Dragon Range, 3.1.5, 10.3.6, 3.1.2, 5.2.6, 13.0.5 +Ryzen 7x45 series (FL1), Dragon Range, 3.1.5, 10.3.6, 3.1.2, 5.2.6, 13.0.5 Ryzen 7x20 series, Mendocino, 3.1.6, 10.3.7, 3.1.1, 5.2.7, 13.0.8 -Ryzen 7x40 series, Phoenix, 3.1.4, 11.0.1 / 11.0.4, 4.0.2, 6.0.1, 13.0.4 / 13.0.11 \ No newline at end of file +Ryzen 7x40 series, Phoenix, 3.1.4, 11.0.1 / 11.0.4, 4.0.2, 6.0.1, 13.0.4 / 13.0.11 +Ryzen 8x40 series, Hawk Point, 3.1.4, 11.0.1 / 11.0.4, 4.0.2, 6.0.1, 13.0.4 / 13.0.11 diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/display/dc-debug.rst b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/display/dc-debug.rst index 40c55a6189..817631b1db 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/display/dc-debug.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/display/dc-debug.rst @@ -75,3 +75,44 @@ change in real-time by using something like:: When reporting a bug related to DC, consider attaching this log before and after you reproduce the bug. + +DMUB Firmware Debug +=================== + +Sometimes, dmesg logs aren't enough. This is especially true if a feature is +implemented primarily in DMUB firmware. In such cases, all we see in dmesg when +an issue arises is some generic timeout error. So, to get more relevant +information, we can trace DMUB commands by enabling the relevant bits in +`amdgpu_dm_dmub_trace_mask`. + +Currently, we support the tracing of the following groups: + +Trace Groups +------------ + +.. csv-table:: + :header-rows: 1 + :widths: 1, 1 + :file: ./trace-groups-table.csv + +**Note: Not all ASICs support all of the listed trace groups** + +So, to enable just PSR tracing you can use the following command:: + + # echo 0x8020 > /sys/kernel/debug/dri/0/amdgpu_dm_dmub_trace_mask + +Then, you need to enable logging trace events to the buffer, which you can do +using the following:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/dri/0/amdgpu_dm_dmcub_trace_event_en + +Lastly, after you are able to reproduce the issue you are trying to debug, +you can disable tracing and read the trace log by using the following:: + + # echo 0 > /sys/kernel/debug/dri/0/amdgpu_dm_dmcub_trace_event_en + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/dri/0/amdgpu_dm_dmub_tracebuffer + +So, when reporting bugs related to features such as PSR and ABM, consider +enabling the relevant bits in the mask before reproducing the issue and +attach the log that you obtain from the trace buffer in any bug reports that you +create. diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/display/trace-groups-table.csv b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/display/trace-groups-table.csv new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f6a50d1d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu/display/trace-groups-table.csv @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Name, Mask Value +INFO, 0x1 +IRQ SVC, 0x2 +VBIOS, 0x4 +REGISTER, 0x8 +PHY DBG, 0x10 +PSR, 0x20 +AUX, 0x40 +SMU, 0x80 +MALL, 0x100 +ABM, 0x200 +ALPM, 0x400 +TIMER, 0x800 +HW LOCK MGR, 0x1000 +INBOX1, 0x2000 +PHY SEQ, 0x4000 +PSR STATE, 0x8000 +ZSTATE, 0x10000 +TRANSMITTER CTL, 0x20000 +PANEL CNTL, 0x40000 +FAMS, 0x80000 +DPIA, 0x100000 +SUBVP, 0x200000 +INBOX0, 0x400000 +SDP, 0x4000000 +REPLAY, 0x8000000 +REPLAY RESIDENCY, 0x20000000 +CURSOR INFO, 0x80000000 +IPS, 0x100000000 diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/automated_testing.rst b/Documentation/gpu/automated_testing.rst index 240e29d5ba..2d5a28866a 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/automated_testing.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/automated_testing.rst @@ -69,14 +69,15 @@ the result. They will still be run. Each new flake entry must be associated with a link to the email reporting the bug to the author of the affected driver, the board name or Device Tree name of -the board, the first kernel version affected, and an approximation of the -failure rate. +the board, the first kernel version affected, the IGT version used for tests, +and an approximation of the failure rate. They should be provided under the following format:: # Bug Report: $LORE_OR_PATCHWORK_URL # Board Name: broken-board.dtb - # Version: 6.6-rc1 + # Linux Version: 6.6-rc1 + # IGT Version: 1.28-gd2af13d9f # Failure Rate: 100 flaky-test diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/driver-uapi.rst b/Documentation/gpu/driver-uapi.rst index c08bcbb95f..e5070a0e95 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/driver-uapi.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/driver-uapi.rst @@ -17,3 +17,8 @@ VM_BIND / EXEC uAPI :doc: Overview .. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/nouveau_drm.h + +drm/xe uAPI +=========== + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/xe_drm.h diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst index 45a12e5520..b899cbc5c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst @@ -3,9 +3,11 @@ GPU Driver Documentation ======================== .. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 3 amdgpu/index i915 + imagination/index mcde meson pl111 @@ -16,6 +18,7 @@ GPU Driver Documentation vkms bridge/dw-hdmi xen-front + xe/index afbc komeda-kms panfrost diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms-helpers.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms-helpers.rst index b748b8ae70..59cfe8a7a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms-helpers.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms-helpers.rst @@ -363,6 +363,12 @@ EDID Helper Functions Reference .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_edid.c :export: +.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_eld.h + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_eld.c + :export: + SCDC Helper Functions Reference =============================== diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst index a98a7e04e8..13d3627d8b 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst @@ -581,6 +581,12 @@ Variable Refresh Properties .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_connector.c :doc: Variable refresh properties +Cursor Hotspot Properties +--------------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_plane.c + :doc: hotspot properties + Existing KMS Properties ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst index 602010cb68..d55751cad6 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst @@ -466,6 +466,8 @@ DRM MM Range Allocator Function References .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_mm.c :export: +.. _drm_gpuvm: + DRM GPUVM ========= @@ -481,6 +483,8 @@ Split and Merge .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_gpuvm.c :doc: Split and Merge +.. _drm_gpuvm_locking: + Locking ------- @@ -552,6 +556,12 @@ Overview .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/scheduler/sched_main.c :doc: Overview +Flow Control +------------ + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/scheduler/sched_main.c + :doc: Flow Control + Scheduler Function References ----------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-vm-bind-locking.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-vm-bind-locking.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a345aa513d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-vm-bind-locking.rst @@ -0,0 +1,582 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +=============== +VM_BIND locking +=============== + +This document attempts to describe what's needed to get VM_BIND locking right, +including the userptr mmu_notifier locking. It also discusses some +optimizations to get rid of the looping through of all userptr mappings and +external / shared object mappings that is needed in the simplest +implementation. In addition, there is a section describing the VM_BIND locking +required for implementing recoverable pagefaults. + +The DRM GPUVM set of helpers +============================ + +There is a set of helpers for drivers implementing VM_BIND, and this +set of helpers implements much, but not all of the locking described +in this document. In particular, it is currently lacking a userptr +implementation. This document does not intend to describe the DRM GPUVM +implementation in detail, but it is covered in :ref:`its own +documentation `. It is highly recommended for any driver +implementing VM_BIND to use the DRM GPUVM helpers and to extend it if +common functionality is missing. + +Nomenclature +============ + +* ``gpu_vm``: Abstraction of a virtual GPU address space with + meta-data. Typically one per client (DRM file-private), or one per + execution context. +* ``gpu_vma``: Abstraction of a GPU address range within a gpu_vm with + associated meta-data. The backing storage of a gpu_vma can either be + a GEM object or anonymous or page-cache pages mapped also into the CPU + address space for the process. +* ``gpu_vm_bo``: Abstracts the association of a GEM object and + a VM. The GEM object maintains a list of gpu_vm_bos, where each gpu_vm_bo + maintains a list of gpu_vmas. +* ``userptr gpu_vma or just userptr``: A gpu_vma, whose backing store + is anonymous or page-cache pages as described above. +* ``revalidating``: Revalidating a gpu_vma means making the latest version + of the backing store resident and making sure the gpu_vma's + page-table entries point to that backing store. +* ``dma_fence``: A struct dma_fence that is similar to a struct completion + and which tracks GPU activity. When the GPU activity is finished, + the dma_fence signals. Please refer to the ``DMA Fences`` section of + the :doc:`dma-buf doc `. +* ``dma_resv``: A struct dma_resv (a.k.a reservation object) that is used + to track GPU activity in the form of multiple dma_fences on a + gpu_vm or a GEM object. The dma_resv contains an array / list + of dma_fences and a lock that needs to be held when adding + additional dma_fences to the dma_resv. The lock is of a type that + allows deadlock-safe locking of multiple dma_resvs in arbitrary + order. Please refer to the ``Reservation Objects`` section of the + :doc:`dma-buf doc `. +* ``exec function``: An exec function is a function that revalidates all + affected gpu_vmas, submits a GPU command batch and registers the + dma_fence representing the GPU command's activity with all affected + dma_resvs. For completeness, although not covered by this document, + it's worth mentioning that an exec function may also be the + revalidation worker that is used by some drivers in compute / + long-running mode. +* ``local object``: A GEM object which is only mapped within a + single VM. Local GEM objects share the gpu_vm's dma_resv. +* ``external object``: a.k.a shared object: A GEM object which may be shared + by multiple gpu_vms and whose backing storage may be shared with + other drivers. + +Locks and locking order +======================= + +One of the benefits of VM_BIND is that local GEM objects share the gpu_vm's +dma_resv object and hence the dma_resv lock. So, even with a huge +number of local GEM objects, only one lock is needed to make the exec +sequence atomic. + +The following locks and locking orders are used: + +* The ``gpu_vm->lock`` (optionally an rwsem). Protects the gpu_vm's + data structure keeping track of gpu_vmas. It can also protect the + gpu_vm's list of userptr gpu_vmas. With a CPU mm analogy this would + correspond to the mmap_lock. An rwsem allows several readers to walk + the VM tree concurrently, but the benefit of that concurrency most + likely varies from driver to driver. +* The ``userptr_seqlock``. This lock is taken in read mode for each + userptr gpu_vma on the gpu_vm's userptr list, and in write mode during mmu + notifier invalidation. This is not a real seqlock but described in + ``mm/mmu_notifier.c`` as a "Collision-retry read-side/write-side + 'lock' a lot like a seqcount. However this allows multiple + write-sides to hold it at once...". The read side critical section + is enclosed by ``mmu_interval_read_begin() / + mmu_interval_read_retry()`` with ``mmu_interval_read_begin()`` + sleeping if the write side is held. + The write side is held by the core mm while calling mmu interval + invalidation notifiers. +* The ``gpu_vm->resv`` lock. Protects the gpu_vm's list of gpu_vmas needing + rebinding, as well as the residency state of all the gpu_vm's local + GEM objects. + Furthermore, it typically protects the gpu_vm's list of evicted and + external GEM objects. +* The ``gpu_vm->userptr_notifier_lock``. This is an rwsem that is + taken in read mode during exec and write mode during a mmu notifier + invalidation. The userptr notifier lock is per gpu_vm. +* The ``gem_object->gpuva_lock`` This lock protects the GEM object's + list of gpu_vm_bos. This is usually the same lock as the GEM + object's dma_resv, but some drivers protects this list differently, + see below. +* The ``gpu_vm list spinlocks``. With some implementations they are needed + to be able to update the gpu_vm evicted- and external object + list. For those implementations, the spinlocks are grabbed when the + lists are manipulated. However, to avoid locking order violations + with the dma_resv locks, a special scheme is needed when iterating + over the lists. + +.. _gpu_vma lifetime: + +Protection and lifetime of gpu_vm_bos and gpu_vmas +================================================== + +The GEM object's list of gpu_vm_bos, and the gpu_vm_bo's list of gpu_vmas +is protected by the ``gem_object->gpuva_lock``, which is typically the +same as the GEM object's dma_resv, but if the driver +needs to access these lists from within a dma_fence signalling +critical section, it can instead choose to protect it with a +separate lock, which can be locked from within the dma_fence signalling +critical section. Such drivers then need to pay additional attention +to what locks need to be taken from within the loop when iterating +over the gpu_vm_bo and gpu_vma lists to avoid locking-order violations. + +The DRM GPUVM set of helpers provide lockdep asserts that this lock is +held in relevant situations and also provides a means of making itself +aware of which lock is actually used: :c:func:`drm_gem_gpuva_set_lock`. + +Each gpu_vm_bo holds a reference counted pointer to the underlying GEM +object, and each gpu_vma holds a reference counted pointer to the +gpu_vm_bo. When iterating over the GEM object's list of gpu_vm_bos and +over the gpu_vm_bo's list of gpu_vmas, the ``gem_object->gpuva_lock`` must +not be dropped, otherwise, gpu_vmas attached to a gpu_vm_bo may +disappear without notice since those are not reference-counted. A +driver may implement its own scheme to allow this at the expense of +additional complexity, but this is outside the scope of this document. + +In the DRM GPUVM implementation, each gpu_vm_bo and each gpu_vma +holds a reference count on the gpu_vm itself. Due to this, and to avoid circular +reference counting, cleanup of the gpu_vm's gpu_vmas must not be done from the +gpu_vm's destructor. Drivers typically implements a gpu_vm close +function for this cleanup. The gpu_vm close function will abort gpu +execution using this VM, unmap all gpu_vmas and release page-table memory. + +Revalidation and eviction of local objects +========================================== + +Note that in all the code examples given below we use simplified +pseudo-code. In particular, the dma_resv deadlock avoidance algorithm +as well as reserving memory for dma_resv fences is left out. + +Revalidation +____________ +With VM_BIND, all local objects need to be resident when the gpu is +executing using the gpu_vm, and the objects need to have valid +gpu_vmas set up pointing to them. Typically, each gpu command buffer +submission is therefore preceded with a re-validation section: + +.. code-block:: C + + dma_resv_lock(gpu_vm->resv); + + // Validation section starts here. + for_each_gpu_vm_bo_on_evict_list(&gpu_vm->evict_list, &gpu_vm_bo) { + validate_gem_bo(&gpu_vm_bo->gem_bo); + + // The following list iteration needs the Gem object's + // dma_resv to be held (it protects the gpu_vm_bo's list of + // gpu_vmas, but since local gem objects share the gpu_vm's + // dma_resv, it is already held at this point. + for_each_gpu_vma_of_gpu_vm_bo(&gpu_vm_bo, &gpu_vma) + move_gpu_vma_to_rebind_list(&gpu_vma, &gpu_vm->rebind_list); + } + + for_each_gpu_vma_on_rebind_list(&gpu vm->rebind_list, &gpu_vma) { + rebind_gpu_vma(&gpu_vma); + remove_gpu_vma_from_rebind_list(&gpu_vma); + } + // Validation section ends here, and job submission starts. + + add_dependencies(&gpu_job, &gpu_vm->resv); + job_dma_fence = gpu_submit(&gpu_job)); + + add_dma_fence(job_dma_fence, &gpu_vm->resv); + dma_resv_unlock(gpu_vm->resv); + +The reason for having a separate gpu_vm rebind list is that there +might be userptr gpu_vmas that are not mapping a buffer object that +also need rebinding. + +Eviction +________ + +Eviction of one of these local objects will then look similar to the +following: + +.. code-block:: C + + obj = get_object_from_lru(); + + dma_resv_lock(obj->resv); + for_each_gpu_vm_bo_of_obj(obj, &gpu_vm_bo); + add_gpu_vm_bo_to_evict_list(&gpu_vm_bo, &gpu_vm->evict_list); + + add_dependencies(&eviction_job, &obj->resv); + job_dma_fence = gpu_submit(&eviction_job); + add_dma_fence(&obj->resv, job_dma_fence); + + dma_resv_unlock(&obj->resv); + put_object(obj); + +Note that since the object is local to the gpu_vm, it will share the gpu_vm's +dma_resv lock such that ``obj->resv == gpu_vm->resv``. +The gpu_vm_bos marked for eviction are put on the gpu_vm's evict list, +which is protected by ``gpu_vm->resv``. During eviction all local +objects have their dma_resv locked and, due to the above equality, also +the gpu_vm's dma_resv protecting the gpu_vm's evict list is locked. + +With VM_BIND, gpu_vmas don't need to be unbound before eviction, +since the driver must ensure that the eviction blit or copy will wait +for GPU idle or depend on all previous GPU activity. Furthermore, any +subsequent attempt by the GPU to access freed memory through the +gpu_vma will be preceded by a new exec function, with a revalidation +section which will make sure all gpu_vmas are rebound. The eviction +code holding the object's dma_resv while revalidating will ensure a +new exec function may not race with the eviction. + +A driver can be implemented in such a way that, on each exec function, +only a subset of vmas are selected for rebind. In this case, all vmas that are +*not* selected for rebind must be unbound before the exec +function workload is submitted. + +Locking with external buffer objects +==================================== + +Since external buffer objects may be shared by multiple gpu_vm's they +can't share their reservation object with a single gpu_vm. Instead +they need to have a reservation object of their own. The external +objects bound to a gpu_vm using one or many gpu_vmas are therefore put on a +per-gpu_vm list which is protected by the gpu_vm's dma_resv lock or +one of the :ref:`gpu_vm list spinlocks `. Once +the gpu_vm's reservation object is locked, it is safe to traverse the +external object list and lock the dma_resvs of all external +objects. However, if instead a list spinlock is used, a more elaborate +iteration scheme needs to be used. + +At eviction time, the gpu_vm_bos of *all* the gpu_vms an external +object is bound to need to be put on their gpu_vm's evict list. +However, when evicting an external object, the dma_resvs of the +gpu_vms the object is bound to are typically not held. Only +the object's private dma_resv can be guaranteed to be held. If there +is a ww_acquire context at hand at eviction time we could grab those +dma_resvs but that could cause expensive ww_mutex rollbacks. A simple +option is to just mark the gpu_vm_bos of the evicted gem object with +an ``evicted`` bool that is inspected before the next time the +corresponding gpu_vm evicted list needs to be traversed. For example, when +traversing the list of external objects and locking them. At that time, +both the gpu_vm's dma_resv and the object's dma_resv is held, and the +gpu_vm_bo marked evicted, can then be added to the gpu_vm's list of +evicted gpu_vm_bos. The ``evicted`` bool is formally protected by the +object's dma_resv. + +The exec function becomes + +.. code-block:: C + + dma_resv_lock(gpu_vm->resv); + + // External object list is protected by the gpu_vm->resv lock. + for_each_gpu_vm_bo_on_extobj_list(gpu_vm, &gpu_vm_bo) { + dma_resv_lock(gpu_vm_bo.gem_obj->resv); + if (gpu_vm_bo_marked_evicted(&gpu_vm_bo)) + add_gpu_vm_bo_to_evict_list(&gpu_vm_bo, &gpu_vm->evict_list); + } + + for_each_gpu_vm_bo_on_evict_list(&gpu_vm->evict_list, &gpu_vm_bo) { + validate_gem_bo(&gpu_vm_bo->gem_bo); + + for_each_gpu_vma_of_gpu_vm_bo(&gpu_vm_bo, &gpu_vma) + move_gpu_vma_to_rebind_list(&gpu_vma, &gpu_vm->rebind_list); + } + + for_each_gpu_vma_on_rebind_list(&gpu vm->rebind_list, &gpu_vma) { + rebind_gpu_vma(&gpu_vma); + remove_gpu_vma_from_rebind_list(&gpu_vma); + } + + add_dependencies(&gpu_job, &gpu_vm->resv); + job_dma_fence = gpu_submit(&gpu_job)); + + add_dma_fence(job_dma_fence, &gpu_vm->resv); + for_each_external_obj(gpu_vm, &obj) + add_dma_fence(job_dma_fence, &obj->resv); + dma_resv_unlock_all_resv_locks(); + +And the corresponding shared-object aware eviction would look like: + +.. code-block:: C + + obj = get_object_from_lru(); + + dma_resv_lock(obj->resv); + for_each_gpu_vm_bo_of_obj(obj, &gpu_vm_bo) + if (object_is_vm_local(obj)) + add_gpu_vm_bo_to_evict_list(&gpu_vm_bo, &gpu_vm->evict_list); + else + mark_gpu_vm_bo_evicted(&gpu_vm_bo); + + add_dependencies(&eviction_job, &obj->resv); + job_dma_fence = gpu_submit(&eviction_job); + add_dma_fence(&obj->resv, job_dma_fence); + + dma_resv_unlock(&obj->resv); + put_object(obj); + +.. _Spinlock iteration: + +Accessing the gpu_vm's lists without the dma_resv lock held +=========================================================== + +Some drivers will hold the gpu_vm's dma_resv lock when accessing the +gpu_vm's evict list and external objects lists. However, there are +drivers that need to access these lists without the dma_resv lock +held, for example due to asynchronous state updates from within the +dma_fence signalling critical path. In such cases, a spinlock can be +used to protect manipulation of the lists. However, since higher level +sleeping locks need to be taken for each list item while iterating +over the lists, the items already iterated over need to be +temporarily moved to a private list and the spinlock released +while processing each item: + +.. code block:: C + + struct list_head still_in_list; + + INIT_LIST_HEAD(&still_in_list); + + spin_lock(&gpu_vm->list_lock); + do { + struct list_head *entry = list_first_entry_or_null(&gpu_vm->list, head); + + if (!entry) + break; + + list_move_tail(&entry->head, &still_in_list); + list_entry_get_unless_zero(entry); + spin_unlock(&gpu_vm->list_lock); + + process(entry); + + spin_lock(&gpu_vm->list_lock); + list_entry_put(entry); + } while (true); + + list_splice_tail(&still_in_list, &gpu_vm->list); + spin_unlock(&gpu_vm->list_lock); + +Due to the additional locking and atomic operations, drivers that *can* +avoid accessing the gpu_vm's list outside of the dma_resv lock +might want to avoid also this iteration scheme. Particularly, if the +driver anticipates a large number of list items. For lists where the +anticipated number of list items is small, where list iteration doesn't +happen very often or if there is a significant additional cost +associated with each iteration, the atomic operation overhead +associated with this type of iteration is, most likely, negligible. Note that +if this scheme is used, it is necessary to make sure this list +iteration is protected by an outer level lock or semaphore, since list +items are temporarily pulled off the list while iterating, and it is +also worth mentioning that the local list ``still_in_list`` should +also be considered protected by the ``gpu_vm->list_lock``, and it is +thus possible that items can be removed also from the local list +concurrently with list iteration. + +Please refer to the :ref:`DRM GPUVM locking section +` and its internal +:c:func:`get_next_vm_bo_from_list` function. + + +userptr gpu_vmas +================ + +A userptr gpu_vma is a gpu_vma that, instead of mapping a buffer object to a +GPU virtual address range, directly maps a CPU mm range of anonymous- +or file page-cache pages. +A very simple approach would be to just pin the pages using +pin_user_pages() at bind time and unpin them at unbind time, but this +creates a Denial-Of-Service vector since a single user-space process +would be able to pin down all of system memory, which is not +desirable. (For special use-cases and assuming proper accounting pinning might +still be a desirable feature, though). What we need to do in the +general case is to obtain a reference to the desired pages, make sure +we are notified using a MMU notifier just before the CPU mm unmaps the +pages, dirty them if they are not mapped read-only to the GPU, and +then drop the reference. +When we are notified by the MMU notifier that CPU mm is about to drop the +pages, we need to stop GPU access to the pages by waiting for VM idle +in the MMU notifier and make sure that before the next time the GPU +tries to access whatever is now present in the CPU mm range, we unmap +the old pages from the GPU page tables and repeat the process of +obtaining new page references. (See the :ref:`notifier example +` below). Note that when the core mm decides to +laundry pages, we get such an unmap MMU notification and can mark the +pages dirty again before the next GPU access. We also get similar MMU +notifications for NUMA accounting which the GPU driver doesn't really +need to care about, but so far it has proven difficult to exclude +certain notifications. + +Using a MMU notifier for device DMA (and other methods) is described in +:ref:`the pin_user_pages() documentation `. + +Now, the method of obtaining struct page references using +get_user_pages() unfortunately can't be used under a dma_resv lock +since that would violate the locking order of the dma_resv lock vs the +mmap_lock that is grabbed when resolving a CPU pagefault. This means +the gpu_vm's list of userptr gpu_vmas needs to be protected by an +outer lock, which in our example below is the ``gpu_vm->lock``. + +The MMU interval seqlock for a userptr gpu_vma is used in the following +way: + +.. code-block:: C + + // Exclusive locking mode here is strictly needed only if there are + // invalidated userptr gpu_vmas present, to avoid concurrent userptr + // revalidations of the same userptr gpu_vma. + down_write(&gpu_vm->lock); + retry: + + // Note: mmu_interval_read_begin() blocks until there is no + // invalidation notifier running anymore. + seq = mmu_interval_read_begin(&gpu_vma->userptr_interval); + if (seq != gpu_vma->saved_seq) { + obtain_new_page_pointers(&gpu_vma); + dma_resv_lock(&gpu_vm->resv); + add_gpu_vma_to_revalidate_list(&gpu_vma, &gpu_vm); + dma_resv_unlock(&gpu_vm->resv); + gpu_vma->saved_seq = seq; + } + + // The usual revalidation goes here. + + // Final userptr sequence validation may not happen before the + // submission dma_fence is added to the gpu_vm's resv, from the POW + // of the MMU invalidation notifier. Hence the + // userptr_notifier_lock that will make them appear atomic. + + add_dependencies(&gpu_job, &gpu_vm->resv); + down_read(&gpu_vm->userptr_notifier_lock); + if (mmu_interval_read_retry(&gpu_vma->userptr_interval, gpu_vma->saved_seq)) { + up_read(&gpu_vm->userptr_notifier_lock); + goto retry; + } + + job_dma_fence = gpu_submit(&gpu_job)); + + add_dma_fence(job_dma_fence, &gpu_vm->resv); + + for_each_external_obj(gpu_vm, &obj) + add_dma_fence(job_dma_fence, &obj->resv); + + dma_resv_unlock_all_resv_locks(); + up_read(&gpu_vm->userptr_notifier_lock); + up_write(&gpu_vm->lock); + +The code between ``mmu_interval_read_begin()`` and the +``mmu_interval_read_retry()`` marks the read side critical section of +what we call the ``userptr_seqlock``. In reality, the gpu_vm's userptr +gpu_vma list is looped through, and the check is done for *all* of its +userptr gpu_vmas, although we only show a single one here. + +The userptr gpu_vma MMU invalidation notifier might be called from +reclaim context and, again, to avoid locking order violations, we can't +take any dma_resv lock nor the gpu_vm->lock from within it. + +.. _Invalidation example: +.. code-block:: C + + bool gpu_vma_userptr_invalidate(userptr_interval, cur_seq) + { + // Make sure the exec function either sees the new sequence + // and backs off or we wait for the dma-fence: + + down_write(&gpu_vm->userptr_notifier_lock); + mmu_interval_set_seq(userptr_interval, cur_seq); + up_write(&gpu_vm->userptr_notifier_lock); + + // At this point, the exec function can't succeed in + // submitting a new job, because cur_seq is an invalid + // sequence number and will always cause a retry. When all + // invalidation callbacks, the mmu notifier core will flip + // the sequence number to a valid one. However we need to + // stop gpu access to the old pages here. + + dma_resv_wait_timeout(&gpu_vm->resv, DMA_RESV_USAGE_BOOKKEEP, + false, MAX_SCHEDULE_TIMEOUT); + return true; + } + +When this invalidation notifier returns, the GPU can no longer be +accessing the old pages of the userptr gpu_vma and needs to redo the +page-binding before a new GPU submission can succeed. + +Efficient userptr gpu_vma exec_function iteration +_________________________________________________ + +If the gpu_vm's list of userptr gpu_vmas becomes large, it's +inefficient to iterate through the complete lists of userptrs on each +exec function to check whether each userptr gpu_vma's saved +sequence number is stale. A solution to this is to put all +*invalidated* userptr gpu_vmas on a separate gpu_vm list and +only check the gpu_vmas present on this list on each exec +function. This list will then lend itself very-well to the spinlock +locking scheme that is +:ref:`described in the spinlock iteration section `, since +in the mmu notifier, where we add the invalidated gpu_vmas to the +list, it's not possible to take any outer locks like the +``gpu_vm->lock`` or the ``gpu_vm->resv`` lock. Note that the +``gpu_vm->lock`` still needs to be taken while iterating to ensure the list is +complete, as also mentioned in that section. + +If using an invalidated userptr list like this, the retry check in the +exec function trivially becomes a check for invalidated list empty. + +Locking at bind and unbind time +=============================== + +At bind time, assuming a GEM object backed gpu_vma, each +gpu_vma needs to be associated with a gpu_vm_bo and that +gpu_vm_bo in turn needs to be added to the GEM object's +gpu_vm_bo list, and possibly to the gpu_vm's external object +list. This is referred to as *linking* the gpu_vma, and typically +requires that the ``gpu_vm->lock`` and the ``gem_object->gpuva_lock`` +are held. When unlinking a gpu_vma the same locks should be held, +and that ensures that when iterating over ``gpu_vmas`, either under +the ``gpu_vm->resv`` or the GEM object's dma_resv, that the gpu_vmas +stay alive as long as the lock under which we iterate is not released. For +userptr gpu_vmas it's similarly required that during vma destroy, the +outer ``gpu_vm->lock`` is held, since otherwise when iterating over +the invalidated userptr list as described in the previous section, +there is nothing keeping those userptr gpu_vmas alive. + +Locking for recoverable page-fault page-table updates +===================================================== + +There are two important things we need to ensure with locking for +recoverable page-faults: + +* At the time we return pages back to the system / allocator for + reuse, there should be no remaining GPU mappings and any GPU TLB + must have been flushed. +* The unmapping and mapping of a gpu_vma must not race. + +Since the unmapping (or zapping) of GPU ptes is typically taking place +where it is hard or even impossible to take any outer level locks we +must either introduce a new lock that is held at both mapping and +unmapping time, or look at the locks we do hold at unmapping time and +make sure that they are held also at mapping time. For userptr +gpu_vmas, the ``userptr_seqlock`` is held in write mode in the mmu +invalidation notifier where zapping happens. Hence, if the +``userptr_seqlock`` as well as the ``gpu_vm->userptr_notifier_lock`` +is held in read mode during mapping, it will not race with the +zapping. For GEM object backed gpu_vmas, zapping will take place under +the GEM object's dma_resv and ensuring that the dma_resv is held also +when populating the page-tables for any gpu_vma pointing to the GEM +object, will similarly ensure we are race-free. + +If any part of the mapping is performed asynchronously +under a dma-fence with these locks released, the zapping will need to +wait for that dma-fence to signal under the relevant lock before +starting to modify the page-table. + +Since modifying the +page-table structure in a way that frees up page-table memory +might also require outer level locks, the zapping of GPU ptes +typically focuses only on zeroing page-table or page-directory entries +and flushing TLB, whereas freeing of page-table memory is deferred to +unbind or rebind time. diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/imagination/index.rst b/Documentation/gpu/imagination/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c1e247cea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/imagination/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +======================================= +drm/imagination PowerVR Graphics Driver +======================================= + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/imagination/pvr_drv.c + :doc: PowerVR (Series 6 and later) and IMG Graphics Driver + +Contents +======== +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + uapi diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/imagination/uapi.rst b/Documentation/gpu/imagination/uapi.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7502413d0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/imagination/uapi.rst @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +==== +UAPI +==== +The sources associated with this section can be found in ``pvr_drm.h``. + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: PowerVR UAPI + +OBJECT ARRAYS +============= +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_obj_array + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: DRM_PVR_OBJ_ARRAY + +IOCTLS +====== +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: PowerVR IOCTL interface + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: PVR_IOCTL + +DEV_QUERY +--------- +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: PowerVR IOCTL DEV_QUERY interface + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_dev_query + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_ioctl_dev_query_args + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_dev_query_gpu_info + drm_pvr_dev_query_runtime_info + drm_pvr_dev_query_hwrt_info + drm_pvr_dev_query_quirks + drm_pvr_dev_query_enhancements + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_heap_id + drm_pvr_heap + drm_pvr_dev_query_heap_info + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_static_data_area_usage + drm_pvr_static_data_area + drm_pvr_dev_query_static_data_areas + +CREATE_BO +--------- +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: PowerVR IOCTL CREATE_BO interface + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_ioctl_create_bo_args + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: Flags for CREATE_BO + +GET_BO_MMAP_OFFSET +------------------ +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: PowerVR IOCTL GET_BO_MMAP_OFFSET interface + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_ioctl_get_bo_mmap_offset_args + +CREATE_VM_CONTEXT and DESTROY_VM_CONTEXT +---------------------------------------- +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: PowerVR IOCTL CREATE_VM_CONTEXT and DESTROY_VM_CONTEXT interfaces + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_ioctl_create_vm_context_args + drm_pvr_ioctl_destroy_vm_context_args + +VM_MAP and VM_UNMAP +------------------- +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: PowerVR IOCTL VM_MAP and VM_UNMAP interfaces + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_ioctl_vm_map_args + drm_pvr_ioctl_vm_unmap_args + +CREATE_CONTEXT and DESTROY_CONTEXT +---------------------------------- +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: PowerVR IOCTL CREATE_CONTEXT and DESTROY_CONTEXT interfaces + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_ioctl_create_context_args + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_ctx_priority + drm_pvr_ctx_type + drm_pvr_static_render_context_state + drm_pvr_static_render_context_state_format + drm_pvr_reset_framework + drm_pvr_reset_framework_format + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_ioctl_destroy_context_args + +CREATE_FREE_LIST and DESTROY_FREE_LIST +-------------------------------------- +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: PowerVR IOCTL CREATE_FREE_LIST and DESTROY_FREE_LIST interfaces + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_ioctl_create_free_list_args + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_ioctl_destroy_free_list_args + +CREATE_HWRT_DATASET and DESTROY_HWRT_DATASET +-------------------------------------------- +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: PowerVR IOCTL CREATE_HWRT_DATASET and DESTROY_HWRT_DATASET interfaces + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_ioctl_create_hwrt_dataset_args + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_create_hwrt_geom_data_args + drm_pvr_create_hwrt_rt_data_args + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_ioctl_destroy_hwrt_dataset_args + +SUBMIT_JOBS +----------- +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: PowerVR IOCTL SUBMIT_JOBS interface + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: Flags for the drm_pvr_sync_op object. + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_ioctl_submit_jobs_args + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: Flags for SUBMIT_JOB ioctl geometry command. + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: Flags for SUBMIT_JOB ioctl fragment command. + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: Flags for SUBMIT_JOB ioctl compute command. + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :doc: Flags for SUBMIT_JOB ioctl transfer command. + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/pvr_drm.h + :identifiers: drm_pvr_sync_op + drm_pvr_job_type + drm_pvr_hwrt_data_ref + drm_pvr_job + +Internal notes +============== +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/imagination/pvr_device.h + :doc: IOCTL validation helpers + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/imagination/pvr_device.h + :identifiers: PVR_STATIC_ASSERT_64BIT_ALIGNED PVR_IOCTL_UNION_PADDING_CHECK + pvr_ioctl_union_padding_check diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/implementation_guidelines.rst b/Documentation/gpu/implementation_guidelines.rst index 138e637dcc..dbccfa72f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/implementation_guidelines.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/implementation_guidelines.rst @@ -7,3 +7,4 @@ Misc DRM driver uAPI- and feature implementation guidelines .. toctree:: drm-vm-bind-async + drm-vm-bind-locking diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/rfc/xe.rst b/Documentation/gpu/rfc/xe.rst index c29113a0ac..97cf87578f 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/rfc/xe.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/rfc/xe.rst @@ -70,35 +70,42 @@ When the time comes for Xe, the protection will be lifted on Xe and kept in i915 Xe – Pre-Merge Goals - Work-in-Progress ======================================= -Drm_scheduler -------------- -Xe primarily uses Firmware based scheduling (GuC FW). However, it will use -drm_scheduler as the scheduler ‘frontend’ for userspace submission in order to -resolve syncobj and dma-buf implicit sync dependencies. However, drm_scheduler is -not yet prepared to handle the 1-to-1 relationship between drm_gpu_scheduler and -drm_sched_entity. +Display integration with i915 +----------------------------- +In order to share the display code with the i915 driver so that there is maximum +reuse, the i915/display/ code is built twice, once for i915.ko and then for +xe.ko. Currently, the i915/display code in Xe tree is polluted with many 'ifdefs' +depending on the build target. The goal is to refactor both Xe and i915/display +code simultaneously in order to get a clean result before they land upstream, so +that display can already be part of the initial pull request towards drm-next. -Deeper changes to drm_scheduler should *not* be required to get Xe accepted, but -some consensus needs to be reached between Xe and other community drivers that -could also benefit from this work, for coupling FW based/assisted submission such -as the ARM’s new Mali GPU driver, and others. +However, display code should not gate the acceptance of Xe in upstream. Xe +patches will be refactored in a way that display code can be removed, if needed, +from the first pull request of Xe towards drm-next. The expectation is that when +both drivers are part of the drm-tip, the introduction of cleaner patches will be +easier and speed up. -As a key measurable result, the patch series introducing Xe itself shall not -depend on any other patch touching drm_scheduler itself that was not yet merged -through drm-misc. This, by itself, already includes the reach of an agreement for -uniform 1 to 1 relationship implementation / usage across drivers. +Xe – uAPI high level overview +============================= -ASYNC VM_BIND -------------- -Although having a common DRM level IOCTL for VM_BIND is not a requirement to get -Xe merged, it is mandatory to have a consensus with other drivers and Mesa. -It needs to be clear how to handle async VM_BIND and interactions with userspace -memory fences. Ideally with helper support so people don't get it wrong in all -possible ways. +...Warning: To be done in follow up patches after/when/where the main consensus in various items are individually reached. -As a key measurable result, the benefits of ASYNC VM_BIND and a discussion of -various flavors, error handling and sample API suggestions are documented in -:doc:`The ASYNC VM_BIND document `. +Xe – Pre-Merge Goals - Completed +================================ + +Drm_exec +-------- +Helper to make dma_resv locking for a big number of buffers is getting removed in +the drm_exec series proposed in https://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/524376/ +If that happens, Xe needs to change and incorporate the changes in the driver. +The goal is to engage with the Community to understand if the best approach is to +move that to the drivers that are using it or if we should keep the helpers in +place waiting for Xe to get merged. + +This item ties into the GPUVA, VM_BIND, and even long-running compute support. + +As a key measurable result, we need to have a community consensus documented in +this document and the Xe driver prepared for the changes, if necessary. Userptr integration and vm_bind ------------------------------- @@ -123,10 +130,45 @@ Documentation should include: * O(1) complexity under VM_BIND. +The document is now included in the drm documentation :doc:`here `. + Some parts of userptr like mmu_notifiers should become GPUVA or DRM helpers when the second driver supporting VM_BIND+userptr appears. Details to be defined when the time comes. +The DRM GPUVM helpers do not yet include the userptr parts, but discussions +about implementing them are ongoing. + +ASYNC VM_BIND +------------- +Although having a common DRM level IOCTL for VM_BIND is not a requirement to get +Xe merged, it is mandatory to have a consensus with other drivers and Mesa. +It needs to be clear how to handle async VM_BIND and interactions with userspace +memory fences. Ideally with helper support so people don't get it wrong in all +possible ways. + +As a key measurable result, the benefits of ASYNC VM_BIND and a discussion of +various flavors, error handling and sample API suggestions are documented in +:doc:`The ASYNC VM_BIND document `. + +Drm_scheduler +------------- +Xe primarily uses Firmware based scheduling (GuC FW). However, it will use +drm_scheduler as the scheduler ‘frontend’ for userspace submission in order to +resolve syncobj and dma-buf implicit sync dependencies. However, drm_scheduler is +not yet prepared to handle the 1-to-1 relationship between drm_gpu_scheduler and +drm_sched_entity. + +Deeper changes to drm_scheduler should *not* be required to get Xe accepted, but +some consensus needs to be reached between Xe and other community drivers that +could also benefit from this work, for coupling FW based/assisted submission such +as the ARM’s new Mali GPU driver, and others. + +As a key measurable result, the patch series introducing Xe itself shall not +depend on any other patch touching drm_scheduler itself that was not yet merged +through drm-misc. This, by itself, already includes the reach of an agreement for +uniform 1 to 1 relationship implementation / usage across drivers. + Long running compute: minimal data structure/scaffolding -------------------------------------------------------- The generic scheduler code needs to include the handling of endless compute @@ -139,46 +181,6 @@ this minimal drm/scheduler work, if needed, merged to drm-misc in a way that any drm driver, including Xe, could re-use and add their own individual needs on top in a next stage. However, this should not block the initial merge. -This is a non-blocker item since the driver without the support for the long -running compute enabled is not a showstopper. - -Display integration with i915 ------------------------------ -In order to share the display code with the i915 driver so that there is maximum -reuse, the i915/display/ code is built twice, once for i915.ko and then for -xe.ko. Currently, the i915/display code in Xe tree is polluted with many 'ifdefs' -depending on the build target. The goal is to refactor both Xe and i915/display -code simultaneously in order to get a clean result before they land upstream, so -that display can already be part of the initial pull request towards drm-next. - -However, display code should not gate the acceptance of Xe in upstream. Xe -patches will be refactored in a way that display code can be removed, if needed, -from the first pull request of Xe towards drm-next. The expectation is that when -both drivers are part of the drm-tip, the introduction of cleaner patches will be -easier and speed up. - -Drm_exec --------- -Helper to make dma_resv locking for a big number of buffers is getting removed in -the drm_exec series proposed in https://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/524376/ -If that happens, Xe needs to change and incorporate the changes in the driver. -The goal is to engage with the Community to understand if the best approach is to -move that to the drivers that are using it or if we should keep the helpers in -place waiting for Xe to get merged. - -This item ties into the GPUVA, VM_BIND, and even long-running compute support. - -As a key measurable result, we need to have a community consensus documented in -this document and the Xe driver prepared for the changes, if necessary. - -Xe – uAPI high level overview -============================= - -...Warning: To be done in follow up patches after/when/where the main consensus in various items are individually reached. - -Xe – Pre-Merge Goals - Completed -================================ - Dev_coredump ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst b/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst index 85bbe05436..41a264bf84 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst @@ -620,6 +620,23 @@ Contact: Javier Martinez Canillas Level: Intermediate +Clean up and document former selftests suites +--------------------------------------------- + +Some KUnit test suites (drm_buddy, drm_cmdline_parser, drm_damage_helper, +drm_format, drm_framebuffer, drm_dp_mst_helper, drm_mm, drm_plane_helper and +drm_rect) are former selftests suites that have been converted over when KUnit +was first introduced. + +These suites were fairly undocumented, and with different goals than what unit +tests can be. Trying to identify what each test in these suites actually test +for, whether that makes sense for a unit test, and either remove it if it +doesn't or document it if it does would be of great help. + +Contact: Maxime Ripard + +Level: Intermediate + Enable trinity for DRM ---------------------- @@ -764,6 +781,29 @@ Contact: Hans de Goede Level: Advanced +Buffer age or other damage accumulation algorithm for buffer damage +=================================================================== + +Drivers that do per-buffer uploads, need a buffer damage handling (rather than +frame damage like drivers that do per-plane or per-CRTC uploads), but there is +no support to get the buffer age or any other damage accumulation algorithm. + +For this reason, the damage helpers just fallback to a full plane update if the +framebuffer attached to a plane has changed since the last page-flip. Drivers +set &drm_plane_state.ignore_damage_clips to true as indication to +drm_atomic_helper_damage_iter_init() and drm_atomic_helper_damage_iter_next() +helpers that the damage clips should be ignored. + +This should be improved to get damage tracking properly working on drivers that +do per-buffer uploads. + +More information about damage tracking and references to learning materials can +be found in :ref:`damage_tracking_properties`. + +Contact: Javier Martinez Canillas + +Level: Advanced + Outside DRM =========== diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/xe/index.rst b/Documentation/gpu/xe/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c224ecaee8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/xe/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +======================= +drm/xe Intel GFX Driver +======================= + +The drm/xe driver supports some future GFX cards with rendering, display, +compute and media. Support for currently available platforms like TGL, ADL, +DG2, etc is provided to prototype the driver. + +.. toctree:: + :titlesonly: + + xe_mm + xe_map + xe_migrate + xe_cs + xe_pm + xe_pcode + xe_gt_mcr + xe_wa + xe_rtp + xe_firmware + xe_tile + xe_debugging diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_cs.rst b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_cs.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e379aed4f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_cs.rst @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +================== +Command submission +================== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_exec.c + :doc: Execbuf (User GPU command submission) diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_debugging.rst b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_debugging.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d65e56ff35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_debugging.rst @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +========= +Debugging +========= + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_assert.h diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_firmware.rst b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_firmware.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..afcb561cd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_firmware.rst @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +======== +Firmware +======== + +Firmware Layout +=============== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_uc_fw_abi.h + :doc: CSS-based Firmware Layout + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_uc_fw_abi.h + :doc: GSC-based Firmware Layout + +Write Once Protected Content Memory (WOPCM) Layout +================================================== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_wopcm.c + :doc: Write Once Protected Content Memory (WOPCM) Layout + +GuC CTB Blob +============ + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_guc_ct.c + :doc: GuC CTB Blob + +GuC Power Conservation (PC) +=========================== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_guc_pc.c + :doc: GuC Power Conservation (PC) + +Internal API +============ + +TODO diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_gt_mcr.rst b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_gt_mcr.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..848c07bc36 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_gt_mcr.rst @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +============================================== +GT Multicast/Replicated (MCR) Register Support +============================================== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_gt_mcr.c + :doc: GT Multicast/Replicated (MCR) Register Support + +Internal API +============ + +TODO diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_map.rst b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_map.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a098cfd2df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_map.rst @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +========= +Map Layer +========= + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_map.h + :doc: Map layer diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_migrate.rst b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_migrate.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f92faec0ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_migrate.rst @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +============= +Migrate Layer +============= + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_migrate_doc.h + :doc: Migrate Layer diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_mm.rst b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_mm.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c8fd8b4a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_mm.rst @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +================= +Memory Management +================= + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_bo_doc.h + :doc: Buffer Objects (BO) + +Pagetable building +================== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_pt.c + :doc: Pagetable building diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_pcode.rst b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_pcode.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d2e22cc450 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_pcode.rst @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +===== +Pcode +===== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_pcode.c + :doc: PCODE + +Internal API +============ + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_pcode.c + :internal: diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_pm.rst b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_pm.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6781cdfb24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_pm.rst @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +======================== +Runtime Power Management +======================== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_pm.c + :doc: Xe Power Management + +Internal API +============ + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_pm.c + :internal: diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_rtp.rst b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_rtp.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7fdf4b6c1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_rtp.rst @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +========================= +Register Table Processing +========================= + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_rtp.c + :doc: Register Table Processing + +Internal API +============ + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_rtp_types.h + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_rtp.h + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_rtp.c + :internal: diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_tile.rst b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_tile.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c33f68dd95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_tile.rst @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +================== +Multi-tile Devices +================== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_tile.c + :doc: Multi-tile Design + +Internal API +============ + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_tile.c + :internal: diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_wa.rst b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_wa.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f8811cc6ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/xe/xe_wa.rst @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR MIT) + +==================== +Hardware workarounds +==================== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_wa.c + :doc: Hardware workarounds + +Internal API +============ + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/xe/xe_wa.c + :internal: diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/dell-smm-hwmon.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/dell-smm-hwmon.rst index d8f1d6859b..977263cb57 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/dell-smm-hwmon.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/dell-smm-hwmon.rst @@ -186,8 +186,7 @@ SMM Interface The driver uses the SMM interface to send commands to the system BIOS. This interface is normally used by Dell's 32-bit diagnostic program or on newer notebook models by the buildin BIOS diagnostics. -The SMM is triggered by writing to the special ioports ``0xb2`` and ``0x84``, -and may cause short hangs when the BIOS code is taking too long to +The SMM may cause short hangs when the BIOS code is taking too long to execute. The SMM handler inside the system BIOS looks at the contents of the @@ -210,7 +209,40 @@ The SMM handler can signal a failure by either: - setting the lower sixteen bits of ``eax`` to ``0xffff`` - not modifying ``eax`` at all -- setting the carry flag +- setting the carry flag (legacy SMM interface only) + +Legacy SMM Interface +-------------------- + +When using the legacy SMM interface, a SMM is triggered by writing the least significant byte +of the command code to the special ioports ``0xb2`` and ``0x84``. This interface is not +described inside the ACPI tables and can thus only be detected by issuing a test SMM call. + +WMI SMM Interface +----------------- + +On modern Dell machines, the SMM calls are done over ACPI WMI: + +:: + + #pragma namespace("\\\\.\\root\\dcim\\sysman\\diagnostics") + [WMI, Provider("Provider_DiagnosticsServices"), Dynamic, Locale("MS\\0x409"), + Description("RunDellDiag"), guid("{F1DDEE52-063C-4784-A11E-8A06684B9B01}")] + class LegacyDiags { + [key, read] string InstanceName; + [read] boolean Active; + + [WmiMethodId(1), Implemented, read, write, Description("Legacy Method ")] + void Execute([in, out] uint32 EaxLen, [in, out, WmiSizeIs("EaxLen") : ToInstance] uint8 EaxVal[], + [in, out] uint32 EbxLen, [in, out, WmiSizeIs("EbxLen") : ToInstance] uint8 EbxVal[], + [in, out] uint32 EcxLen, [in, out, WmiSizeIs("EcxLen") : ToInstance] uint8 EcxVal[], + [in, out] uint32 EdxLen, [in, out, WmiSizeIs("EdxLen") : ToInstance] uint8 EdxVal[]); + }; + +Some machines support only the WMI SMM interface, while some machines support both interfaces. +The driver automatically detects which interfaces are present and will use the WMI SMM interface +if the legacy SMM interface is not present. The WMI SMM interface is usually slower than the +legacy SMM interface since ACPI methods need to be called in order to trigger a SMM. SMM command codes ----------------- diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/gigabyte_waterforce.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/gigabyte_waterforce.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d47f3e8516 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/gigabyte_waterforce.rst @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later + +Kernel driver gigabyte_waterforce +================================= + +Supported devices: + +* Gigabyte AORUS WATERFORCE X240 +* Gigabyte AORUS WATERFORCE X280 +* Gigabyte AORUS WATERFORCE X360 + +Author: Aleksa Savic + +Description +----------- + +This driver enables hardware monitoring support for the listed Gigabyte Waterforce +all-in-one CPU liquid coolers. Available sensors are pump and fan speed in RPM, as +well as coolant temperature. Also available through debugfs is the firmware version. + +Attaching a fan is optional and allows it to be controlled from the device. If +it's not connected, the fan-related sensors will report zeroes. + +The addressable RGB LEDs and LCD screen are not supported in this driver and should +be controlled through userspace tools. + +Usage notes +----------- + +As these are USB HIDs, the driver can be loaded automatically by the kernel and +supports hot swapping. + +Sysfs entries +------------- + +=========== ============================================= +fan1_input Fan speed (in rpm) +fan2_input Pump speed (in rpm) +temp1_input Coolant temperature (in millidegrees Celsius) +=========== ============================================= + +Debugfs entries +--------------- + +================ ======================= +firmware_version Device firmware version +================ ======================= diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst index 72f4e6065b..c7ed1f73ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst @@ -73,6 +73,7 @@ Hardware Monitoring Kernel Drivers ftsteutates g760a g762 + gigabyte_waterforce gsc-hwmon gl518sm gxp-fan-ctrl @@ -128,6 +129,7 @@ Hardware Monitoring Kernel Drivers ltc4245 ltc4260 ltc4261 + ltc4286 max127 max15301 max16064 @@ -156,9 +158,11 @@ Hardware Monitoring Kernel Drivers mcp3021 menf21bmc mlxreg-fan + mp2856 mp2888 mp2975 mp5023 + mp5990 nct6683 nct6775 nct7802 diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm75.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/lm75.rst index 8d0ab4ad5f..6adab608dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm75.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm75.rst @@ -133,6 +133,16 @@ Supported chips: https://www.nxp.com/docs/en/data-sheet/PCT2075.pdf + * AMS OSRAM AS6200 + + Prefix: 'as6200' + + Addresses scanned: none + + Datasheet: Publicly available at the AMS website + + https://ams.com/documents/20143/36005/AS6200_DS000449_4-00.pdf + Author: Frodo Looijaard Description diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ltc4286.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc4286.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2cd149676d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ltc4286.rst @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later + +Kernel driver ltc4286 +===================== + +Supported chips: + + * Analog Devices LTC4286 + + Prefix: 'ltc4286' + + Addresses scanned: - + + Datasheet: https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/ltc4286.pdf + + * Analog Devices LTC4287 + + Prefix: 'ltc4287' + + Addresses scanned: - + + Datasheet: https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/ltc4287.pdf + +Author: Delphine CC Chiu + + +Description +----------- + +This driver supports hardware monitoring for Analog Devices LTC4286 +and LTC4287 Hot-Swap Controller and Digital Power Monitors. + +LTC4286 and LTC4287 are hot-swap controllers that allow a circuit board +to be removed from or inserted into a live backplane. They also feature +current and voltage readback via an integrated 12 bit analog-to-digital +converter (ADC), accessed using a PMBus interface. + +The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see +Documentation/hwmon/pmbus.rst for details on PMBus client drivers. + + +Usage Notes +----------- + +This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the +devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices.rst for +details. + +The shunt value in micro-ohms can be set via device tree at compile-time. Please +refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lltc,ltc4286.yaml for bindings +if the device tree is used. + + +Platform data support +--------------------- + +The driver supports standard PMBus driver platform data. Please see +Documentation/hwmon/pmbus.rst for details. + + +Sysfs entries +------------- + +The following attributes are supported. Limits are read-write, history reset +attributes are write-only, all other attributes are read-only. + +======================= ======================================================= +in1_label "vin" +in1_input Measured voltage. +in1_alarm Input voltage alarm. +in1_min Minimum input voltage. +in1_max Maximum input voltage. + +in2_label "vout1" +in2_input Measured voltage. +in2_alarm Output voltage alarm. +in2_min Minimum output voltage. +in2_max Maximum output voltage. + +curr1_label "iout1" +curr1_input Measured current. +curr1_alarm Output current alarm. +curr1_max Maximum current. + +power1_label "pin" +power1_input Input power. +power1_alarm Input power alarm. +power1_max Maximum poewr. + +temp1_input Chip temperature. +temp1_min Minimum chip temperature. +temp1_max Maximum chip temperature. +temp1_crit Critical chip temperature. +temp1_alarm Chip temperature alarm. +======================= ======================================================= diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max31827.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/max31827.rst index 9a1055a007..44ab9dc064 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max31827.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max31827.rst @@ -52,13 +52,21 @@ MAX31827 has low and over temperature alarms with an effective value and a hysteresis value: -40 and -30 degrees for under temperature alarm and +100 and +90 degrees for over temperature alarm. -The alarm can be configured in comparator and interrupt mode. Currently only -comparator mode is implemented. In Comparator mode, the OT/UT status bits have a -value of 1 when the temperature rises above the TH value or falls below TL, -which is also subject to the Fault Queue selection. OT status returns to 0 when -the temperature drops below the TH_HYST value or when shutdown mode is entered. -Similarly, UT status returns to 0 when the temperature rises above TL_HYST value -or when shutdown mode is entered. +The alarm can be configured in comparator and interrupt mode from the +devicetree. In Comparator mode, the OT/UT status bits have a value of 1 when the +temperature rises above the TH value or falls below TL, which is also subject to +the Fault Queue selection. OT status returns to 0 when the temperature drops +below the TH_HYST value or when shutdown mode is entered. Similarly, UT status +returns to 0 when the temperature rises above TL_HYST value or when shutdown +mode is entered. + +In interrupt mode exceeding TH also sets OT status to 1, which remains set until +a read operation is performed on the configuration/status register (max or min +attribute); at this point, it returns to 0. Once OT status is set to 1 from +exceeding TH and reset, it is set to 1 again only when the temperature drops +below TH_HYST. The output remains asserted until it is reset by a read. It is +set again if the temperature rises above TH, and so on. The same logic applies +to the operation of the UT status bit. Putting the MAX31827 into shutdown mode also resets the OT/UT status bits. Note that if the mode is changed while OT/UT status bits are set, an OT/UT status @@ -68,13 +76,42 @@ clear the status bits before changing the operating mode. The conversions can be manual with the one-shot functionality and automatic with a set frequency. When powered on, the chip measures temperatures with 1 conv/s. +The conversion rate can be modified with update_interval attribute of the chip. +Conversion/second = 1/update_interval. Thus, the available options according to +the data sheet are: + +- 64000 (ms) = 1 conv/64 sec +- 32000 (ms) = 1 conv/32 sec +- 16000 (ms) = 1 conv/16 sec +- 4000 (ms) = 1 conv/4 sec +- 1000 (ms) = 1 conv/sec (default) +- 250 (ms) = 4 conv/sec +- 125 (ms) = 8 conv/sec + Enabling the device when it is already enabled has the side effect of setting the conversion frequency to 1 conv/s. The conversion time varies depending on -the resolution. The conversion time doubles with every bit of increased -resolution. For 10 bit resolution 35ms are needed, while for 12 bit resolution -(default) 140ms. When chip is in shutdown mode and a read operation is -requested, one-shot is triggered, the device waits for 140 (conversion time) ms, -and only after that is the temperature value register read. +the resolution. + +The conversion time doubles with every bit of increased resolution. The +available resolutions are: + +- 8 bit -> 8.75 ms conversion time +- 9 bit -> 17.5 ms conversion time +- 10 bit -> 35 ms conversion time +- 12 bit (default) -> 140 ms conversion time + +There is a temp1_resolution attribute which indicates the unit change in the +input temperature in milli-degrees C. + +- 1000 mC -> 8 bit +- 500 mC -> 9 bit +- 250 mC -> 10 bit +- 62 mC -> 12 bit (default) - actually this is 62.5, but the fil returns 62 + +When chip is in shutdown mode and a read operation is requested, one-shot is +triggered, the device waits for ms, and only after that is +the temperature value register read. Note that the conversion times are rounded +up to the nearest possible integer. The LSB of the temperature values is 0.0625 degrees Celsius, but the values of the temperatures are displayed in milli-degrees. This means, that some data is @@ -83,8 +120,18 @@ in the writing of alarm values too. For positive numbers the user-input value will always be rounded down to the nearest possible value, for negative numbers the user-input will always be rounded up to the nearest possible value. +Bus timeout resets the I2C-compatible interface when SCL is low for more than +30ms (nominal). + +Alarm polarity determines if the active state of the alarm is low or high. The +behavior for both settings is dependent on the Fault Queue setting. The ALARM +pin is an open-drain output and requires a pullup resistor to operate. + +The Fault Queue bits select how many consecutive temperature faults must occur +before overtemperature or undertemperature faults are indicated in the +corresponding status bits. + Notes ----- -Currently fault queue, alarm polarity and resolution cannot be modified. -PEC is not implemented either. +PEC is not implemented. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/mp2856.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/mp2856.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af625c22b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/mp2856.rst @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +Kernel driver mp2856 +==================== + +Supported chips: + + * MPS MP2856 + + Prefix: 'mp2856' + + * MPS MP2857 + + Prefix: 'mp2857' + +Author: + + Peter Yin + +Description +----------- + +This driver implements support for Monolithic Power Systems, Inc. (MPS) +vendor dual-loop, digital, multi-phase controller MP2856/MP2857 + +This device: + +- Supports up to two power rail. +- Supports two pages 0 and 1 for and also pages 2 for configuration. +- Can configured VOUT readout in direct or VID format and allows + setting of different formats on rails 1 and 2. For VID the following + protocols are available: AMD SVI3 mode with 5-mV/LSB. + +Device supports: + +- SVID interface. +- AVSBus interface. + +Device compliant with: + +- PMBus rev 1.3 interface. + +Device supports direct format for reading output current, output voltage, +input and output power and temperature. +Device supports linear format for reading input voltage and input power. +Device supports VID and direct formats for reading output voltage. +The below VID modes are supported: AMD SVI3. + +The driver provides the following sysfs attributes for current measurements: + +- indexes 1 for "iin"; +- indexes 2, 3 for "iout"; + +**curr[1-3]_alarm** + +**curr[1-3]_input** + +**curr[1-3]_label** + +The driver provides the following sysfs attributes for voltage measurements. + +- indexes 1 for "vin"; +- indexes 2, 3 for "vout"; + +**in[1-3]_crit** + +**in[1-3]_crit_alarm** + +**in[1-3]_input** + +**in[1-3]_label** + +**in[1-3]_lcrit** + +**in[1-3]_lcrit_alarm** + +The driver provides the following sysfs attributes for power measurements. + +- indexes 1 for "pin"; +- indexes 2, 3 for "pout"; + +**power[1-3]_alarm** + +**power[1-3]_input** + +**power[1-3]_label** + +The driver provides the following sysfs attributes for temperature measurements. + +**temp[1-2]_crit** + +**temp[1-2]_crit_alarm** + +**temp[1-2]_input** + +**temp[1-2]_max** + +**temp[1-2]_max_alarm** diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/mp5990.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/mp5990.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f2f0c099d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/mp5990.rst @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +Kernel driver mp5990 +==================== + +Supported chips: + + * MPS MP5990 + + Prefix: 'mp5990' + + * Datasheet + + Publicly available at the MPS website : https://www.monolithicpower.com/en/mp5990.html + +Author: + + Peter Yin + +Description +----------- + +This driver implements support for Monolithic Power Systems, Inc. (MPS) +MP5990 Hot-Swap Controller. + +Device compliant with: + +- PMBus rev 1.3 interface. + +Device supports direct and linear format for reading input voltage, +output voltage, output current, input power and temperature. + +The driver exports the following attributes via the 'sysfs' files +for input voltage: + +**in1_input** + +**in1_label** + +**in1_max** + +**in1_max_alarm** + +**in1_min** + +**in1_min_alarm** + +The driver provides the following attributes for output voltage: + +**in2_input** + +**in2_label** + +**in2_alarm** + +The driver provides the following attributes for output current: + +**curr1_input** + +**curr1_label** + +**curr1_alarm** + +**curr1_max** + +The driver provides the following attributes for input power: + +**power1_input** + +**power1_label** + +**power1_alarm** + +The driver provides the following attributes for temperature: + +**temp1_input** + +**temp1_max** + +**temp1_max_alarm** + +**temp1_crit** + +**temp1_crit_alarm** diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sht3x.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/sht3x.rst index 87864ffd17..957c854f5d 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/sht3x.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sht3x.rst @@ -9,7 +9,19 @@ Supported chips: Addresses scanned: none - Datasheet: https://www.sensirion.com/file/datasheet_sht3x_digital + Datasheets: + - https://sensirion.com/media/documents/213E6A3B/63A5A569/Datasheet_SHT3x_DIS.pdf + - https://sensirion.com/media/documents/051DF50B/639C8101/Sensirion_Humidity_and_Temperature_Sensors_Datasheet_SHT33.pdf + + * Sensirion STS3x-DIS + + Prefix: 'sts3x' + + Addresses scanned: none + + Datasheets: + - https://sensirion.com/media/documents/1DA31AFD/61641F76/Sensirion_Temperature_Sensors_STS3x_Datasheet.pdf + - https://sensirion.com/media/documents/292A335C/65537BAF/Sensirion_Datasheet_STS32_STS33.pdf Author: @@ -19,16 +31,17 @@ Author: Description ----------- -This driver implements support for the Sensirion SHT3x-DIS chip, a humidity -and temperature sensor. Temperature is measured in degrees celsius, relative -humidity is expressed as a percentage. In the sysfs interface, all values are -scaled by 1000, i.e. the value for 31.5 degrees celsius is 31500. +This driver implements support for the Sensirion SHT3x-DIS and STS3x-DIS +series of humidity and temperature sensors. Temperature is measured in degrees +celsius, relative humidity is expressed as a percentage. In the sysfs interface, +all values are scaled by 1000, i.e. the value for 31.5 degrees celsius is 31500. The device communicates with the I2C protocol. Sensors can have the I2C -addresses 0x44 or 0x45, depending on the wiring. See -Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices.rst for methods to instantiate the device. +addresses 0x44 or 0x45 (0x4a or 0x4b for sts3x), depending on the wiring. See +Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices.rst for methods to instantiate the +device. -Even if sht3x sensor supports clock-strech(blocking mode) and non-strench +Even if sht3x sensor supports clock-stretch (blocking mode) and non-stretch (non-blocking mode) in single-shot mode, this driver only supports the latter. The sht3x sensor supports a single shot mode as well as 5 periodic measure diff --git a/Documentation/index.rst b/Documentation/index.rst index 9dfdc82661..36e6178343 100644 --- a/Documentation/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/index.rst @@ -113,6 +113,7 @@ to ReStructured Text format, or are simply too old. :maxdepth: 1 staging/index + RAS/ras Translations diff --git a/Documentation/input/input_kapi.rst b/Documentation/input/input_kapi.rst index 41f1b7e6b7..9937522daa 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/input_kapi.rst +++ b/Documentation/input/input_kapi.rst @@ -4,11 +4,8 @@ Linux Input Subsystem kernel API ################################ -.. class:: toc-title - - Table of Contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of Contents :maxdepth: 2 :numbered: diff --git a/Documentation/input/input_uapi.rst b/Documentation/input/input_uapi.rst index 4a03916093..8275b4223a 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/input_uapi.rst +++ b/Documentation/input/input_uapi.rst @@ -4,11 +4,8 @@ Linux Input Subsystem userspace API ################################### -.. class:: toc-title - - Table of Contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of Contents :maxdepth: 2 :numbered: diff --git a/Documentation/input/joydev/index.rst b/Documentation/input/joydev/index.rst index ebcff43056..d03d6f6cbf 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/joydev/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/input/joydev/index.rst @@ -6,11 +6,8 @@ Linux Joystick support :Copyright: |copy| 1996-2000 Vojtech Pavlik - Sponsored by SuSE -.. class:: toc-title - - Table of Contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of Contents :maxdepth: 3 joystick diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/Kconfig.recursion-issue-01 b/Documentation/kbuild/Kconfig.recursion-issue-01 index e8877db046..ac49836d8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/Kconfig.recursion-issue-01 +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/Kconfig.recursion-issue-01 @@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ # that are possible for CORE. So for example if CORE_BELL_A_ADVANCED is 'y', # CORE must be 'y' too. # -# * What influences CORE_BELL_A_ADVANCED ? +# * What influences CORE_BELL_A_ADVANCED? # # As the name implies CORE_BELL_A_ADVANCED is an advanced feature of # CORE_BELL_A so naturally it depends on CORE_BELL_A. So if CORE_BELL_A is 'y' # we know CORE_BELL_A_ADVANCED can be 'y' too. # -# * What influences CORE_BELL_A ? +# * What influences CORE_BELL_A? # # CORE_BELL_A depends on CORE, so CORE influences CORE_BELL_A. # @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ # the "recursive dependency detected" error. # # Reading the Documentation/kbuild/Kconfig.recursion-issue-01 file it may be -# obvious that an easy to solution to this problem should just be the removal +# obvious that an easy solution to this problem should just be the removal # of the "select CORE" from CORE_BELL_A_ADVANCED as that is implicit already # since CORE_BELL_A depends on CORE. Recursive dependency issues are not always # so trivial to resolve, we provide another example below of practical diff --git a/Documentation/livepatch/callbacks.rst b/Documentation/livepatch/callbacks.rst index 470944aa86..914445784c 100644 --- a/Documentation/livepatch/callbacks.rst +++ b/Documentation/livepatch/callbacks.rst @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Global data update ------------------ A pre-patch callback can be useful to update a global variable. For -example, 75ff39ccc1bd ("tcp: make challenge acks less predictable") +example, commit 75ff39ccc1bd ("tcp: make challenge acks less predictable") changes a global sysctl, as well as patches the tcp_send_challenge_ack() function. @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Although __init and probe functions are not directly livepatch-able, it may be possible to implement similar updates via pre/post-patch callbacks. -The commit ``48900cb6af42 ("virtio-net: drop NETIF_F_FRAGLIST")`` change the way that +The commit 48900cb6af42 ("virtio-net: drop NETIF_F_FRAGLIST") change the way that virtnet_probe() initialized its driver's net_device features. A pre/post-patch callback could iterate over all such devices, making a similar change to their hw_features value. (Client functions of the diff --git a/Documentation/locking/mutex-design.rst b/Documentation/locking/mutex-design.rst index 78540cd7f5..7c30b4aa5e 100644 --- a/Documentation/locking/mutex-design.rst +++ b/Documentation/locking/mutex-design.rst @@ -101,6 +101,24 @@ features that make lock debugging easier and faster: - Detects multi-task circular deadlocks and prints out all affected locks and tasks (and only those tasks). +Mutexes - and most other sleeping locks like rwsems - do not provide an +implicit reference for the memory they occupy, which reference is released +with mutex_unlock(). + +[ This is in contrast with spin_unlock() [or completion_done()], which + APIs can be used to guarantee that the memory is not touched by the + lock implementation after spin_unlock()/completion_done() releases + the lock. ] + +mutex_unlock() may access the mutex structure even after it has internally +released the lock already - so it's not safe for another context to +acquire the mutex and assume that the mutex_unlock() context is not using +the structure anymore. + +The mutex user must ensure that the mutex is not destroyed while a +release operation is still in progress - in other words, callers of +mutex_unlock() must ensure that the mutex stays alive until mutex_unlock() +has returned. Interfaces ---------- diff --git a/Documentation/maintainer/maintainer-entry-profile.rst b/Documentation/maintainer/maintainer-entry-profile.rst index 7ad4bfc2cc..18cee1edae 100644 --- a/Documentation/maintainer/maintainer-entry-profile.rst +++ b/Documentation/maintainer/maintainer-entry-profile.rst @@ -105,4 +105,4 @@ to do something different in the near future. ../driver-api/media/maintainer-entry-profile ../driver-api/vfio-pci-device-specific-driver-acceptance ../nvme/feature-and-quirk-policy - ../filesystems/xfs-maintainer-entry-profile + ../filesystems/xfs/xfs-maintainer-entry-profile diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt index d414e145f9..4202174a62 100644 --- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt +++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt @@ -396,10 +396,11 @@ Memory barriers come in four basic varieties: (2) Address-dependency barriers (historical). - [!] This section is marked as HISTORICAL: For more up-to-date - information, including how compiler transformations related to pointer - comparisons can sometimes cause problems, see - Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.rst. + [!] This section is marked as HISTORICAL: it covers the long-obsolete + smp_read_barrier_depends() macro, the semantics of which are now + implicit in all marked accesses. For more up-to-date information, + including how compiler transformations can sometimes break address + dependencies, see Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.rst. An address-dependency barrier is a weaker form of read barrier. In the case where two loads are performed such that the second depends on the @@ -560,9 +561,11 @@ There are certain things that the Linux kernel memory barriers do not guarantee: ADDRESS-DEPENDENCY BARRIERS (HISTORICAL) ---------------------------------------- -[!] This section is marked as HISTORICAL: For more up-to-date information, -including how compiler transformations related to pointer comparisons can -sometimes cause problems, see Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.rst. +[!] This section is marked as HISTORICAL: it covers the long-obsolete +smp_read_barrier_depends() macro, the semantics of which are now implicit +in all marked accesses. For more up-to-date information, including +how compiler transformations can sometimes break address dependencies, +see Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.rst. As of v4.15 of the Linux kernel, an smp_mb() was added to READ_ONCE() for DEC Alpha, which means that about the only people who need to pay attention diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/index.rst b/Documentation/misc-devices/index.rst index 7de1679798..2d0ce91385 100644 --- a/Documentation/misc-devices/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/index.rst @@ -7,11 +7,8 @@ Assorted Miscellaneous Devices Documentation This documentation contains information for assorted devices that do not fit into other categories. -.. class:: toc-title - - Table of contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of contents :maxdepth: 2 ad525x_dpot diff --git a/Documentation/mm/arch_pgtable_helpers.rst b/Documentation/mm/arch_pgtable_helpers.rst index c82e3ee20e..2466d3363a 100644 --- a/Documentation/mm/arch_pgtable_helpers.rst +++ b/Documentation/mm/arch_pgtable_helpers.rst @@ -18,8 +18,6 @@ PTE Page Table Helpers +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ | pte_same | Tests whether both PTE entries are the same | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ -| pte_bad | Tests a non-table mapped PTE | -+---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ | pte_present | Tests a valid mapped PTE | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ | pte_young | Tests a young PTE | diff --git a/Documentation/mm/damon/design.rst b/Documentation/mm/damon/design.rst index 1f7e0586b5..1bb69524a6 100644 --- a/Documentation/mm/damon/design.rst +++ b/Documentation/mm/damon/design.rst @@ -5,6 +5,18 @@ Design ====== +.. _damon_design_execution_model_and_data_structures: + +Execution Model and Data Structures +=================================== + +The monitoring-related information including the monitoring request +specification and DAMON-based operation schemes are stored in a data structure +called DAMON ``context``. DAMON executes each context with a kernel thread +called ``kdamond``. Multiple kdamonds could run in parallel, for different +types of monitoring. + + Overall Architecture ==================== @@ -346,6 +358,19 @@ the weight will be respected are up to the underlying prioritization mechanism implementation. +.. _damon_design_damos_quotas_auto_tuning: + +Aim-oriented Feedback-driven Auto-tuning +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Automatic feedback-driven quota tuning. Instead of setting the absolute quota +value, users can repeatedly provide numbers representing how much of their goal +for the scheme is achieved as feedback. DAMOS then automatically tunes the +aggressiveness (the quota) of the corresponding scheme. For example, if DAMOS +is under achieving the goal, DAMOS automatically increases the quota. If DAMOS +is over achieving the goal, it decreases the quota. + + .. _damon_design_damos_watermarks: Watermarks @@ -477,15 +502,3 @@ modules for proactive reclamation and LRU lists manipulation are provided. For more detail, please read the usage documents for those (:doc:`/admin-guide/mm/damon/reclaim` and :doc:`/admin-guide/mm/damon/lru_sort`). - - -.. _damon_design_execution_model_and_data_structures: - -Execution Model and Data Structures -=================================== - -The monitoring-related information including the monitoring request -specification and DAMON-based operation schemes are stored in a data structure -called DAMON ``context``. DAMON executes each context with a kernel thread -called ``kdamond``. Multiple kdamonds could run in parallel, for different -types of monitoring. diff --git a/Documentation/mm/transhuge.rst b/Documentation/mm/transhuge.rst index 9a607059ea..93c9239b9e 100644 --- a/Documentation/mm/transhuge.rst +++ b/Documentation/mm/transhuge.rst @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ pages: - map/unmap of a PMD entry for the whole THP increment/decrement folio->_entire_mapcount and also increment/decrement - folio->_nr_pages_mapped by COMPOUND_MAPPED when _entire_mapcount + folio->_nr_pages_mapped by ENTIRELY_MAPPED when _entire_mapcount goes from -1 to 0 or 0 to -1. - map/unmap of individual pages with PTE entry increment/decrement @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Partial unmap and deferred_split_folio() Unmapping part of THP (with munmap() or other way) is not going to free memory immediately. Instead, we detect that a subpage of THP is not in use -in page_remove_rmap() and queue the THP for splitting if memory pressure +in folio_remove_rmap_*() and queue the THP for splitting if memory pressure comes. Splitting will free up unused subpages. Splitting the page right away is not an option due to locking context in diff --git a/Documentation/mm/unevictable-lru.rst b/Documentation/mm/unevictable-lru.rst index 67f1338440..b6a07a26b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/mm/unevictable-lru.rst +++ b/Documentation/mm/unevictable-lru.rst @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ munlock the pages if we're removing the last VM_LOCKED VMA that maps the pages. Before the unevictable/mlock changes, mlocking did not mark the pages in any way, so unmapping them required no processing. -For each PTE (or PMD) being unmapped from a VMA, page_remove_rmap() calls +For each PTE (or PMD) being unmapped from a VMA, folio_remove_rmap_*() calls munlock_vma_folio(), which calls munlock_folio() when the VMA is VM_LOCKED (unless it was a PTE mapping of a part of a transparent huge page). @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ userspace; truncation even unmaps and deletes any private anonymous pages which had been Copied-On-Write from the file pages now being truncated. Mlocked pages can be munlocked and deleted in this way: like with munmap(), -for each PTE (or PMD) being unmapped from a VMA, page_remove_rmap() calls +for each PTE (or PMD) being unmapped from a VMA, folio_remove_rmap_*() calls munlock_vma_folio(), which calls munlock_folio() when the VMA is VM_LOCKED (unless it was a PTE mapping of a part of a transparent huge page). diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/netlink-raw.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/netlink-raw.yaml index 775cce8c54..04b92f1a5c 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/netlink-raw.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/netlink-raw.yaml @@ -126,8 +126,10 @@ properties: name: type: string type: - description: The netlink attribute type - enum: [ u8, u16, u32, u64, s8, s16, s32, s64, string, binary ] + description: | + The netlink attribute type. Members of type 'binary' or 'pad' + must also have the 'len' property set. + enum: [ u8, u16, u32, u64, s8, s16, s32, s64, string, binary, pad ] len: $ref: '#/$defs/len-or-define' byte-order: @@ -150,6 +152,14 @@ properties: the right formatting mechanism when displaying values of this type. enum: [ hex, mac, fddi, ipv4, ipv6, uuid ] + if: + properties: + type: + oneOf: + - const: binary + - const: pad + then: + required: [ len ] # End genetlink-legacy attribute-sets: @@ -200,8 +210,10 @@ properties: type: string type: &attr-type description: The netlink attribute type - enum: [ unused, pad, flag, binary, u8, u16, u32, u64, s32, s64, - string, nest, array-nest, nest-type-value ] + enum: [ unused, pad, flag, binary, bitfield32, + u8, u16, u32, u64, s8, s16, s32, s64, + string, nest, array-nest, nest-type-value, + sub-message ] doc: description: Documentation of the attribute. type: string @@ -260,6 +272,17 @@ properties: description: Name of the struct type used for the attribute. type: string # End genetlink-legacy + # Start netlink-raw + sub-message: + description: | + Name of the sub-message definition to use for the attribute. + type: string + selector: + description: | + Name of the attribute to use for dynamic selection of sub-message + format specifier. + type: string + # End netlink-raw # Make sure name-prefix does not appear in subsets (subsets inherit naming) dependencies: @@ -282,6 +305,43 @@ properties: items: required: [ type ] + # Start netlink-raw + sub-messages: + description: Definition of sub message attributes + type: array + items: + type: object + additionalProperties: False + required: [ name, formats ] + properties: + name: + description: Name of the sub-message definition + type: string + formats: + description: Dynamically selected format specifiers + type: array + items: + type: object + additionalProperties: False + required: [ value ] + properties: + value: + description: | + Value to match for dynamic selection of sub-message format + specifier. + type: string + fixed-header: + description: | + Name of the struct definition to use as the fixed header + for the sub message. + type: string + attribute-set: + description: | + Name of the attribute space from which to resolve attributes + in the sub message. + type: string + # End netlink-raw + operations: description: Operations supported by the protocol. type: object diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml index 42a9d77803..09fbb4c03f 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml @@ -75,6 +75,14 @@ definitions: name: ipsec-crypto-bit - name: ipsec-packet-bit + - + type: enum + name: rate-type + entries: + - + name: leaf + - + name: node - type: enum name: sb-threshold-type @@ -111,6 +119,16 @@ definitions: name: none - name: basic + - + type: enum + name: dpipe-header-id + entries: + - + name: ethernet + - + name: ipv4 + - + name: ipv6 - type: enum name: dpipe-match-type @@ -174,6 +192,16 @@ definitions: name: trap - name: mirror + - + type: enum + name: trap-type + entries: + - + name: drop + - + name: exception + - + name: control attribute-sets: - @@ -194,27 +222,45 @@ attribute-sets: name: port-type type: u16 enum: port-type - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: port-desired-type + type: u16 + - + name: port-netdev-ifindex + type: u32 + - + name: port-netdev-name + type: string + - + name: port-ibdev-name + type: string - name: port-split-count type: u32 - value: 9 - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: port-split-group + type: u32 - name: sb-index type: u32 - value: 11 - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: sb-size + type: u32 + - + name: sb-ingress-pool-count + type: u16 + - + name: sb-egress-pool-count + type: u16 + - + name: sb-ingress-tc-count + type: u16 + - + name: sb-egress-tc-count + type: u16 - name: sb-pool-index type: u16 - value: 17 - name: sb-pool-type type: u8 @@ -232,16 +278,16 @@ attribute-sets: - name: sb-tc-index type: u16 - value: 22 - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: sb-occ-cur + type: u32 + - + name: sb-occ-max + type: u32 - name: eswitch-mode type: u16 - value: 25 enum: eswitch-mode - - name: eswitch-inline-mode type: u8 @@ -347,6 +393,7 @@ attribute-sets: - name: dpipe-header-id type: u32 + enum: dpipe-header-id - name: dpipe-header-fields type: nest @@ -381,7 +428,6 @@ attribute-sets: - name: eswitch-encap-mode type: u8 - value: 62 enum: eswitch-encap-mode - name: resource-list @@ -433,20 +479,25 @@ attribute-sets: name: port-flavour type: u16 enum: port-flavour - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: port-number + type: u32 + - + name: port-split-subport-number + type: u32 + - + name: param + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-param - name: param-name type: string - value: 81 - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: param-generic + type: flag - name: param-type type: u8 - value: 83 # TODO: fill in the attributes in between @@ -458,20 +509,34 @@ attribute-sets: - name: region-name type: string - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: region-size + type: u64 + - + name: region-snapshots + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-region-snapshots + - + name: region-snapshot + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-region-snapshot - name: region-snapshot-id type: u32 - value: 92 - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: region-chunks + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-region-chunks + - + name: region-chunk + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-region-chunk + - + name: region-chunk-data + type: binary - name: region-chunk-addr type: u64 - value: 96 - name: region-chunk-len type: u64 @@ -502,14 +567,13 @@ attribute-sets: - name: info-version-value type: string - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: sb-pool-cell-size + type: u32 - name: fmsg type: nest nested-attributes: dl-fmsg - value: 106 - name: fmsg-obj-nest-start type: flag @@ -525,20 +589,35 @@ attribute-sets: - name: fmsg-obj-name type: string + - + name: fmsg-obj-value-type + type: u8 # TODO: fill in the attributes in between + - + name: health-reporter + type: nest + value: 114 + nested-attributes: dl-health-reporter - name: health-reporter-name type: string - value: 115 - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: health-reporter-state + type: u8 + - + name: health-reporter-err-count + type: u64 + - + name: health-reporter-recover-count + type: u64 + - + name: health-reporter-dump-ts + type: u64 - name: health-reporter-graceful-period type: u64 - value: 120 - name: health-reporter-auto-recover type: u8 @@ -548,55 +627,64 @@ attribute-sets: - name: flash-update-component type: string - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: flash-update-status-msg + type: string + - + name: flash-update-status-done + type: u64 + - + name: flash-update-status-total + type: u64 - name: port-pci-pf-number type: u16 - value: 127 - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: port-pci-vf-number + type: u16 + - + name: stats + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-attr-stats - name: trap-name type: string - value: 130 - name: trap-action type: u8 enum: trap-action - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: trap-type + type: u8 + enum: trap-type + - + name: trap-generic + type: flag + - + name: trap-metadata + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-trap-metadata - name: trap-group-name type: string - value: 135 - - name: reload-failed type: u8 - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: health-reporter-dump-ts-ns + type: u64 - name: netns-fd type: u32 - value: 138 - name: netns-pid type: u32 - name: netns-id type: u32 - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - - name: health-reporter-auto-dump type: u8 - value: 141 - name: trap-policer-id type: u32 @@ -610,22 +698,29 @@ attribute-sets: name: port-function type: nest nested-attributes: dl-port-function - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: info-board-serial-number + type: string + - + name: port-lanes + type: u32 + - + name: port-splittable + type: u8 + - + name: port-external + type: u8 - name: port-controller-number type: u32 - value: 150 - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: flash-update-status-timeout + type: u64 - name: flash-update-overwrite-mask type: bitfield32 enum: flash-overwrite enum-as-flags: True - value: 152 - name: reload-action type: u8 @@ -673,20 +768,16 @@ attribute-sets: type: nest multi-attr: true nested-attributes: dl-reload-act-stats - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - - name: port-pci-sf-number type: u32 - value: 164 - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: rate-type + type: u16 + enum: rate-type - name: rate-tx-share type: u64 - value: 166 - name: rate-tx-max type: u64 @@ -696,20 +787,22 @@ attribute-sets: - name: rate-parent-node-name type: string - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: region-max-snapshots + type: u32 - name: linecard-index type: u32 - value: 171 - - # TODO: fill in the attributes in between - + - + name: linecard-state + type: u8 - name: linecard-type type: string - value: 173 + - + name: linecard-supported-types + type: nest + nested-attributes: dl-linecard-supported-types # TODO: fill in the attributes in between @@ -736,12 +829,14 @@ attribute-sets: name: reload-stats - name: remote-reload-stats + - name: dl-reload-stats subset-of: devlink attributes: - name: reload-action-info + - name: dl-reload-act-info subset-of: devlink @@ -750,12 +845,14 @@ attribute-sets: name: reload-action - name: reload-action-stats + - name: dl-reload-act-stats subset-of: devlink attributes: - name: reload-stats-entry + - name: dl-reload-stats-entry subset-of: devlink @@ -764,6 +861,7 @@ attribute-sets: name: reload-stats-limit - name: reload-stats-value + - name: dl-info-version subset-of: devlink @@ -772,6 +870,7 @@ attribute-sets: name: info-version-name - name: info-version-value + - name: dl-port-function name-prefix: devlink-port-fn-attr- @@ -1005,6 +1104,49 @@ attribute-sets: - name: resource + - + name: dl-param + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: param-name + - + name: param-generic + - + name: param-type + + # TODO: fill in the attribute param-value-list + + - + name: dl-region-snapshots + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: region-snapshot + + - + name: dl-region-snapshot + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: region-snapshot-id + + - + name: dl-region-chunks + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: region-chunk + + - + name: dl-region-chunk + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: region-chunk-data + - + name: region-chunk-addr + - name: dl-fmsg subset-of: devlink @@ -1020,6 +1162,62 @@ attribute-sets: - name: fmsg-obj-name + - + name: dl-health-reporter + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: health-reporter-name + - + name: health-reporter-state + - + name: health-reporter-err-count + - + name: health-reporter-recover-count + - + name: health-reporter-graceful-period + - + name: health-reporter-auto-recover + - + name: health-reporter-dump-ts + - + name: health-reporter-dump-ts-ns + - + name: health-reporter-auto-dump + + - + name: dl-attr-stats + name-prefix: devlink-attr- + attributes: + - name: stats-rx-packets + type: u64 + value: 0 + - + name: stats-rx-bytes + type: u64 + - + name: stats-rx-dropped + type: u64 + + - + name: dl-trap-metadata + name-prefix: devlink-attr- + attributes: + - + name: trap-metadata-type-in-port + type: flag + value: 0 + - + name: trap-metadata-type-fa-cookie + type: flag + + - + name: dl-linecard-supported-types + subset-of: devlink + attributes: + - + name: linecard-type + - name: dl-selftest-id name-prefix: devlink-attr-selftest-id- @@ -1077,6 +1275,7 @@ operations: reply: value: 3 # due to a bug, port dump returns DEVLINK_CMD_NEW attributes: *port-id-attrs + - name: port-set doc: Set devlink port instances. @@ -1484,8 +1683,8 @@ operations: dont-validate: [ strict ] flags: [ admin-perm ] do: - pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit - post: devlink-nl-post-doit + pre: devlink-nl-pre-doit-dev-lock + post: devlink-nl-post-doit-dev-lock request: attributes: - bus-name @@ -2055,3 +2254,14 @@ operations: - bus-name - dev-name - selftests + + - + name: notify-filter-set + doc: Set notification messages socket filter. + attribute-set: devlink + do: + request: + attributes: + - bus-name + - dev-name + - port-index diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/dpll.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/dpll.yaml index 5b25ad589e..d0c821c202 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/specs/dpll.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/dpll.yaml @@ -297,6 +297,16 @@ attribute-sets: - name: phase-offset type: s64 + - + name: fractional-frequency-offset + type: sint + doc: | + The FFO (Fractional Frequency Offset) between the RX and TX + symbol rate on the media associated with the pin: + (rx_frequency-tx_frequency)/rx_frequency + Value is in PPM (parts per million). + This may be implemented for example for pin of type + PIN_TYPE_SYNCE_ETH_PORT. - name: pin-parent-device subset-of: pin @@ -459,6 +469,7 @@ operations: - phase-adjust-min - phase-adjust-max - phase-adjust + - fractional-frequency-offset dump: request: diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/ethtool.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/ethtool.yaml index 5c7a65b009..197208f419 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/specs/ethtool.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/ethtool.yaml @@ -908,6 +908,9 @@ attribute-sets: - name: hkey type: binary + - + name: input_xfrm + type: u32 - name: plca attributes: @@ -1598,6 +1601,7 @@ operations: - hfunc - indir - hkey + - input_xfrm dump: *rss-get-op - name: plca-get-cfg diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/mptcp.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/mptcp.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index 49f90cfb46..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/netlink/specs/mptcp.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,393 +0,0 @@ -# SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) - -name: mptcp_pm -protocol: genetlink-legacy -doc: Multipath TCP. - -c-family-name: mptcp-pm-name -c-version-name: mptcp-pm-ver -max-by-define: true -kernel-policy: per-op -cmd-cnt-name: --mptcp-pm-cmd-after-last - -definitions: - - - type: enum - name: event-type - enum-name: mptcp-event-type - name-prefix: mptcp-event- - entries: - - - name: unspec - doc: unused event - - - name: created - doc: - token, family, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, dport - A new MPTCP connection has been created. It is the good time to - allocate memory and send ADD_ADDR if needed. Depending on the - traffic-patterns it can take a long time until the - MPTCP_EVENT_ESTABLISHED is sent. - - - name: established - doc: - token, family, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, dport - A MPTCP connection is established (can start new subflows). - - - name: closed - doc: - token - A MPTCP connection has stopped. - - - name: announced - value: 6 - doc: - token, rem_id, family, daddr4 | daddr6 [, dport] - A new address has been announced by the peer. - - - name: removed - doc: - token, rem_id - An address has been lost by the peer. - - - name: sub-established - value: 10 - doc: - token, family, loc_id, rem_id, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, - dport, backup, if_idx [, error] - A new subflow has been established. 'error' should not be set. - - - name: sub-closed - doc: - token, family, loc_id, rem_id, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, - dport, backup, if_idx [, error] - A subflow has been closed. An error (copy of sk_err) could be set if an - error has been detected for this subflow. - - - name: sub-priority - value: 13 - doc: - token, family, loc_id, rem_id, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, - dport, backup, if_idx [, error] - The priority of a subflow has changed. 'error' should not be set. - - - name: listener-created - value: 15 - doc: - family, sport, saddr4 | saddr6 - A new PM listener is created. - - - name: listener-closed - doc: - family, sport, saddr4 | saddr6 - A PM listener is closed. - -attribute-sets: - - - name: address - name-prefix: mptcp-pm-addr-attr- - attributes: - - - name: unspec - type: unused - value: 0 - - - name: family - type: u16 - - - name: id - type: u8 - - - name: addr4 - type: u32 - byte-order: big-endian - - - name: addr6 - type: binary - checks: - exact-len: 16 - - - name: port - type: u16 - byte-order: big-endian - - - name: flags - type: u32 - - - name: if-idx - type: s32 - - - name: subflow-attribute - name-prefix: mptcp-subflow-attr- - attributes: - - - name: unspec - type: unused - value: 0 - - - name: token-rem - type: u32 - - - name: token-loc - type: u32 - - - name: relwrite-seq - type: u32 - - - name: map-seq - type: u64 - - - name: map-sfseq - type: u32 - - - name: ssn-offset - type: u32 - - - name: map-datalen - type: u16 - - - name: flags - type: u32 - - - name: id-rem - type: u8 - - - name: id-loc - type: u8 - - - name: pad - type: pad - - - name: endpoint - name-prefix: mptcp-pm-endpoint- - attributes: - - - name: addr - type: nest - nested-attributes: address - - - name: attr - name-prefix: mptcp-pm-attr- - attr-cnt-name: --mptcp-attr-after-last - attributes: - - - name: unspec - type: unused - value: 0 - - - name: addr - type: nest - nested-attributes: address - - - name: rcv-add-addrs - type: u32 - - - name: subflows - type: u32 - - - name: token - type: u32 - - - name: loc-id - type: u8 - - - name: addr-remote - type: nest - nested-attributes: address - - - name: event-attr - enum-name: mptcp-event-attr - name-prefix: mptcp-attr- - attributes: - - - name: unspec - type: unused - value: 0 - - - name: token - type: u32 - - - name: family - type: u16 - - - name: loc-id - type: u8 - - - name: rem-id - type: u8 - - - name: saddr4 - type: u32 - byte-order: big-endian - - - name: saddr6 - type: binary - checks: - min-len: 16 - - - name: daddr4 - type: u32 - byte-order: big-endian - - - name: daddr6 - type: binary - checks: - min-len: 16 - - - name: sport - type: u16 - byte-order: big-endian - - - name: dport - type: u16 - byte-order: big-endian - - - name: backup - type: u8 - - - name: error - type: u8 - - - name: flags - type: u16 - - - name: timeout - type: u32 - - - name: if_idx - type: u32 - - - name: reset-reason - type: u32 - - - name: reset-flags - type: u32 - - - name: server-side - type: u8 - -operations: - list: - - - name: unspec - doc: unused - value: 0 - - - name: add-addr - doc: Add endpoint - attribute-set: endpoint - dont-validate: [ strict ] - flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] - do: &add-addr-attrs - request: - attributes: - - addr - - - name: del-addr - doc: Delete endpoint - attribute-set: endpoint - dont-validate: [ strict ] - flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] - do: *add-addr-attrs - - - name: get-addr - doc: Get endpoint information - attribute-set: endpoint - dont-validate: [ strict ] - flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] - do: &get-addr-attrs - request: - attributes: - - addr - reply: - attributes: - - addr - dump: - reply: - attributes: - - addr - - - name: flush-addrs - doc: flush addresses - attribute-set: endpoint - dont-validate: [ strict ] - flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] - do: *add-addr-attrs - - - name: set-limits - doc: Set protocol limits - attribute-set: attr - dont-validate: [ strict ] - flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] - do: &mptcp-limits - request: - attributes: - - rcv-add-addrs - - subflows - - - name: get-limits - doc: Get protocol limits - attribute-set: attr - dont-validate: [ strict ] - do: &mptcp-get-limits - request: - attributes: - - rcv-add-addrs - - subflows - reply: - attributes: - - rcv-add-addrs - - subflows - - - name: set-flags - doc: Change endpoint flags - attribute-set: attr - dont-validate: [ strict ] - flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] - do: &mptcp-set-flags - request: - attributes: - - addr - - token - - addr-remote - - - name: announce - doc: announce new sf - attribute-set: attr - dont-validate: [ strict ] - flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] - do: &announce-add - request: - attributes: - - addr - - token - - - name: remove - doc: announce removal - attribute-set: attr - dont-validate: [ strict ] - flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] - do: - request: - attributes: - - token - - loc-id - - - name: subflow-create - doc: todo - attribute-set: attr - dont-validate: [ strict ] - flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] - do: &sf-create - request: - attributes: - - addr - - token - - addr-remote - - - name: subflow-destroy - doc: todo - attribute-set: attr - dont-validate: [ strict ] - flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] - do: *sf-create diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/mptcp_pm.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/mptcp_pm.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49f90cfb46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/mptcp_pm.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,393 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) + +name: mptcp_pm +protocol: genetlink-legacy +doc: Multipath TCP. + +c-family-name: mptcp-pm-name +c-version-name: mptcp-pm-ver +max-by-define: true +kernel-policy: per-op +cmd-cnt-name: --mptcp-pm-cmd-after-last + +definitions: + - + type: enum + name: event-type + enum-name: mptcp-event-type + name-prefix: mptcp-event- + entries: + - + name: unspec + doc: unused event + - + name: created + doc: + token, family, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, dport + A new MPTCP connection has been created. It is the good time to + allocate memory and send ADD_ADDR if needed. Depending on the + traffic-patterns it can take a long time until the + MPTCP_EVENT_ESTABLISHED is sent. + - + name: established + doc: + token, family, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, dport + A MPTCP connection is established (can start new subflows). + - + name: closed + doc: + token + A MPTCP connection has stopped. + - + name: announced + value: 6 + doc: + token, rem_id, family, daddr4 | daddr6 [, dport] + A new address has been announced by the peer. + - + name: removed + doc: + token, rem_id + An address has been lost by the peer. + - + name: sub-established + value: 10 + doc: + token, family, loc_id, rem_id, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, + dport, backup, if_idx [, error] + A new subflow has been established. 'error' should not be set. + - + name: sub-closed + doc: + token, family, loc_id, rem_id, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, + dport, backup, if_idx [, error] + A subflow has been closed. An error (copy of sk_err) could be set if an + error has been detected for this subflow. + - + name: sub-priority + value: 13 + doc: + token, family, loc_id, rem_id, saddr4 | saddr6, daddr4 | daddr6, sport, + dport, backup, if_idx [, error] + The priority of a subflow has changed. 'error' should not be set. + - + name: listener-created + value: 15 + doc: + family, sport, saddr4 | saddr6 + A new PM listener is created. + - + name: listener-closed + doc: + family, sport, saddr4 | saddr6 + A PM listener is closed. + +attribute-sets: + - + name: address + name-prefix: mptcp-pm-addr-attr- + attributes: + - + name: unspec + type: unused + value: 0 + - + name: family + type: u16 + - + name: id + type: u8 + - + name: addr4 + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: addr6 + type: binary + checks: + exact-len: 16 + - + name: port + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: flags + type: u32 + - + name: if-idx + type: s32 + - + name: subflow-attribute + name-prefix: mptcp-subflow-attr- + attributes: + - + name: unspec + type: unused + value: 0 + - + name: token-rem + type: u32 + - + name: token-loc + type: u32 + - + name: relwrite-seq + type: u32 + - + name: map-seq + type: u64 + - + name: map-sfseq + type: u32 + - + name: ssn-offset + type: u32 + - + name: map-datalen + type: u16 + - + name: flags + type: u32 + - + name: id-rem + type: u8 + - + name: id-loc + type: u8 + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: endpoint + name-prefix: mptcp-pm-endpoint- + attributes: + - + name: addr + type: nest + nested-attributes: address + - + name: attr + name-prefix: mptcp-pm-attr- + attr-cnt-name: --mptcp-attr-after-last + attributes: + - + name: unspec + type: unused + value: 0 + - + name: addr + type: nest + nested-attributes: address + - + name: rcv-add-addrs + type: u32 + - + name: subflows + type: u32 + - + name: token + type: u32 + - + name: loc-id + type: u8 + - + name: addr-remote + type: nest + nested-attributes: address + - + name: event-attr + enum-name: mptcp-event-attr + name-prefix: mptcp-attr- + attributes: + - + name: unspec + type: unused + value: 0 + - + name: token + type: u32 + - + name: family + type: u16 + - + name: loc-id + type: u8 + - + name: rem-id + type: u8 + - + name: saddr4 + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: saddr6 + type: binary + checks: + min-len: 16 + - + name: daddr4 + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: daddr6 + type: binary + checks: + min-len: 16 + - + name: sport + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: dport + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: backup + type: u8 + - + name: error + type: u8 + - + name: flags + type: u16 + - + name: timeout + type: u32 + - + name: if_idx + type: u32 + - + name: reset-reason + type: u32 + - + name: reset-flags + type: u32 + - + name: server-side + type: u8 + +operations: + list: + - + name: unspec + doc: unused + value: 0 + - + name: add-addr + doc: Add endpoint + attribute-set: endpoint + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: &add-addr-attrs + request: + attributes: + - addr + - + name: del-addr + doc: Delete endpoint + attribute-set: endpoint + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: *add-addr-attrs + - + name: get-addr + doc: Get endpoint information + attribute-set: endpoint + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: &get-addr-attrs + request: + attributes: + - addr + reply: + attributes: + - addr + dump: + reply: + attributes: + - addr + - + name: flush-addrs + doc: flush addresses + attribute-set: endpoint + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: *add-addr-attrs + - + name: set-limits + doc: Set protocol limits + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: &mptcp-limits + request: + attributes: + - rcv-add-addrs + - subflows + - + name: get-limits + doc: Get protocol limits + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + do: &mptcp-get-limits + request: + attributes: + - rcv-add-addrs + - subflows + reply: + attributes: + - rcv-add-addrs + - subflows + - + name: set-flags + doc: Change endpoint flags + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: &mptcp-set-flags + request: + attributes: + - addr + - token + - addr-remote + - + name: announce + doc: announce new sf + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: &announce-add + request: + attributes: + - addr + - token + - + name: remove + doc: announce removal + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: + request: + attributes: + - token + - loc-id + - + name: subflow-create + doc: todo + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: &sf-create + request: + attributes: + - addr + - token + - addr-remote + - + name: subflow-destroy + doc: todo + attribute-set: attr + dont-validate: [ strict ] + flags: [ uns-admin-perm ] + do: *sf-create diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/netdev.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/netdev.yaml index 14511b13f3..3addac9706 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/specs/netdev.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/netdev.yaml @@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ definitions: - type: flags name: xdp-rx-metadata - render-max: true entries: - name: timestamp @@ -55,6 +54,26 @@ definitions: name: hash doc: Device is capable of exposing receive packet hash via bpf_xdp_metadata_rx_hash(). + - + name: vlan-tag + doc: + Device is capable of exposing receive packet VLAN tag via bpf_xdp_metadata_rx_vlan_tag(). + - + type: flags + name: xsk-flags + entries: + - + name: tx-timestamp + doc: + HW timestamping egress packets is supported by the driver. + - + name: tx-checksum + doc: + L3 checksum HW offload is supported by the driver. + - + name: queue-type + type: enum + entries: [ rx, tx ] attribute-sets: - @@ -86,6 +105,165 @@ attribute-sets: See Documentation/networking/xdp-rx-metadata.rst for more details. type: u64 enum: xdp-rx-metadata + - + name: xsk-features + doc: Bitmask of enabled AF_XDP features. + type: u64 + enum: xsk-flags + - + name: page-pool + attributes: + - + name: id + doc: Unique ID of a Page Pool instance. + type: uint + checks: + min: 1 + max: u32-max + - + name: ifindex + doc: | + ifindex of the netdev to which the pool belongs. + May be reported as 0 if the page pool was allocated for a netdev + which got destroyed already (page pools may outlast their netdevs + because they wait for all memory to be returned). + type: u32 + checks: + min: 1 + max: s32-max + - + name: napi-id + doc: Id of NAPI using this Page Pool instance. + type: uint + checks: + min: 1 + max: u32-max + - + name: inflight + type: uint + doc: | + Number of outstanding references to this page pool (allocated + but yet to be freed pages). Allocated pages may be held in + socket receive queues, driver receive ring, page pool recycling + ring, the page pool cache, etc. + - + name: inflight-mem + type: uint + doc: | + Amount of memory held by inflight pages. + - + name: detach-time + type: uint + doc: | + Seconds in CLOCK_BOOTTIME of when Page Pool was detached by + the driver. Once detached Page Pool can no longer be used to + allocate memory. + Page Pools wait for all the memory allocated from them to be freed + before truly disappearing. "Detached" Page Pools cannot be + "re-attached", they are just waiting to disappear. + Attribute is absent if Page Pool has not been detached, and + can still be used to allocate new memory. + - + name: page-pool-info + subset-of: page-pool + attributes: + - + name: id + - + name: ifindex + - + name: page-pool-stats + doc: | + Page pool statistics, see docs for struct page_pool_stats + for information about individual statistics. + attributes: + - + name: info + doc: Page pool identifying information. + type: nest + nested-attributes: page-pool-info + - + name: alloc-fast + type: uint + value: 8 # reserve some attr ids in case we need more metadata later + - + name: alloc-slow + type: uint + - + name: alloc-slow-high-order + type: uint + - + name: alloc-empty + type: uint + - + name: alloc-refill + type: uint + - + name: alloc-waive + type: uint + - + name: recycle-cached + type: uint + - + name: recycle-cache-full + type: uint + - + name: recycle-ring + type: uint + - + name: recycle-ring-full + type: uint + - + name: recycle-released-refcnt + type: uint + + - + name: napi + attributes: + - + name: ifindex + doc: ifindex of the netdevice to which NAPI instance belongs. + type: u32 + checks: + min: 1 + - + name: id + doc: ID of the NAPI instance. + type: u32 + - + name: irq + doc: The associated interrupt vector number for the napi + type: u32 + - + name: pid + doc: PID of the napi thread, if NAPI is configured to operate in + threaded mode. If NAPI is not in threaded mode (i.e. uses normal + softirq context), the attribute will be absent. + type: u32 + - + name: queue + attributes: + - + name: id + doc: Queue index; most queue types are indexed like a C array, with + indexes starting at 0 and ending at queue count - 1. Queue indexes + are scoped to an interface and queue type. + type: u32 + - + name: ifindex + doc: ifindex of the netdevice to which the queue belongs. + type: u32 + checks: + min: 1 + - + name: type + doc: Queue type as rx, tx. Each queue type defines a separate ID space. + type: u32 + enum: queue-type + - + name: napi-id + doc: ID of the NAPI instance which services this queue. + type: u32 operations: list: @@ -103,6 +281,7 @@ operations: - xdp-features - xdp-zc-max-segs - xdp-rx-metadata-features + - xsk-features dump: reply: *dev-all - @@ -120,8 +299,116 @@ operations: doc: Notification about device configuration being changed. notify: dev-get mcgrp: mgmt + - + name: page-pool-get + doc: | + Get / dump information about Page Pools. + (Only Page Pools associated with a net_device can be listed.) + attribute-set: page-pool + do: + request: + attributes: + - id + reply: &pp-reply + attributes: + - id + - ifindex + - napi-id + - inflight + - inflight-mem + - detach-time + dump: + reply: *pp-reply + config-cond: page-pool + - + name: page-pool-add-ntf + doc: Notification about page pool appearing. + notify: page-pool-get + mcgrp: page-pool + config-cond: page-pool + - + name: page-pool-del-ntf + doc: Notification about page pool disappearing. + notify: page-pool-get + mcgrp: page-pool + config-cond: page-pool + - + name: page-pool-change-ntf + doc: Notification about page pool configuration being changed. + notify: page-pool-get + mcgrp: page-pool + config-cond: page-pool + - + name: page-pool-stats-get + doc: Get page pool statistics. + attribute-set: page-pool-stats + do: + request: + attributes: + - info + reply: &pp-stats-reply + attributes: + - info + - alloc-fast + - alloc-slow + - alloc-slow-high-order + - alloc-empty + - alloc-refill + - alloc-waive + - recycle-cached + - recycle-cache-full + - recycle-ring + - recycle-ring-full + - recycle-released-refcnt + dump: + reply: *pp-stats-reply + config-cond: page-pool-stats + - + name: queue-get + doc: Get queue information from the kernel. + Only configured queues will be reported (as opposed to all available + hardware queues). + attribute-set: queue + do: + request: + attributes: + - ifindex + - type + - id + reply: &queue-get-op + attributes: + - id + - type + - napi-id + - ifindex + dump: + request: + attributes: + - ifindex + reply: *queue-get-op + - + name: napi-get + doc: Get information about NAPI instances configured on the system. + attribute-set: napi + do: + request: + attributes: + - id + reply: &napi-get-op + attributes: + - id + - ifindex + - irq + - pid + dump: + request: + attributes: + - ifindex + reply: *napi-get-op mcast-groups: list: - name: mgmt + - + name: page-pool diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_datapath.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_datapath.yaml index f709c26c3e..edc8c95ca6 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_datapath.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_datapath.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ definitions: name: user-features type: flags name-prefix: ovs-dp-f- + enum-name: entries: - name: unaligned @@ -142,7 +143,6 @@ operations: do: request: attributes: - - dp-ifindex - name - upcall-pid - user-features @@ -154,7 +154,6 @@ operations: do: request: attributes: - - dp-ifindex - name mcast-groups: diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_flow.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_flow.yaml index 109ca1f57b..4fdfc6b5ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_flow.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_flow.yaml @@ -124,6 +124,7 @@ definitions: - name: ovs-frag-type name-prefix: ovs-frag-type- + enum-name: ovs-frag-type type: enum entries: - @@ -269,6 +270,7 @@ definitions: - name: ovs-ufid-flags name-prefix: ovs-ufid-f- + enum-name: type: flags entries: - omit-key @@ -288,6 +290,7 @@ definitions: doc: Basis used for computing hash. - name: ovs-hash-alg + enum-name: ovs-hash-alg type: enum doc: | Data path hash algorithm for computing Datapath hash. The algorithm type only specifies @@ -339,6 +342,7 @@ definitions: MPLS tunnel attributes. - name: ct-state-flags + enum-name: type: flags name-prefix: ovs-cs-f- entries: @@ -947,13 +951,11 @@ operations: do: &flow-get-op request: attributes: - - dp-ifindex - key - ufid - ufid-flags reply: attributes: - - dp-ifindex - key - ufid - mask @@ -968,7 +970,6 @@ operations: do: request: attributes: - - dp-ifindex - key - ufid - mask diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_vport.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_vport.yaml index f65ce62cd6..86ba9ac2a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_vport.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/ovs_vport.yaml @@ -135,7 +135,6 @@ operations: - name - type - upcall-pid - - dp-ifindex - ifindex - options - @@ -146,7 +145,6 @@ operations: do: request: attributes: - - dp-ifindex - port-no - type - name @@ -158,11 +156,9 @@ operations: do: &vport-get-op request: attributes: - - dp-ifindex - name reply: &dev-all attributes: - - dp-ifindex - port-no - type - name diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/rt_link.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/rt_link.yaml index d86a68f847..8e4d19adee 100644 --- a/Documentation/netlink/specs/rt_link.yaml +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/rt_link.yaml @@ -66,8 +66,9 @@ definitions: name: ifi-family type: u8 - - name: padding - type: u8 + name: pad + type: pad + len: 1 - name: ifi-type type: u16 @@ -82,6 +83,18 @@ definitions: - name: ifi-change type: u32 + - + name: ifla-bridge-id + type: struct + members: + - + name: prio + type: u16 + - + name: addr + type: binary + len: 6 + display-hint: mac - name: ifla-cacheinfo type: struct @@ -707,11 +720,9 @@ definitions: name: family type: u8 - - name: pad1 - type: u8 - - - name: pad2 - type: u16 + name: pad + type: pad + len: 3 - name: ifindex type: u32 @@ -931,6 +942,10 @@ attribute-sets: - name: gro-ipv4-max-size type: u32 + - + name: dpll-pin + type: nest + nested-attributes: link-dpll-pin-attrs - name: af-spec-attrs attributes: @@ -966,8 +981,9 @@ attribute-sets: type: string - name: data - type: binary - # kind specific nest, e.g. linkinfo-bridge-attrs + type: sub-message + sub-message: linkinfo-data-msg + selector: kind - name: xstats type: binary @@ -976,10 +992,12 @@ attribute-sets: type: string - name: slave-data - type: binary - # kind specific nest + type: sub-message + sub-message: linkinfo-member-data-msg + selector: slave-kind - name: linkinfo-bridge-attrs + name-prefix: ifla-br- attributes: - name: forward-delay @@ -1011,9 +1029,11 @@ attribute-sets: - name: root-id type: binary + struct: ifla-bridge-id - name: bridge-id type: binary + struct: ifla-bridge-id - name: root-port type: u16 @@ -1041,6 +1061,7 @@ attribute-sets: - name: group-addr type: binary + display-hint: mac - name: fdb-flush type: binary @@ -1123,6 +1144,376 @@ attribute-sets: - name: mcast-querier-state type: binary + - + name: linkinfo-brport-attrs + name-prefix: ifla-brport- + attributes: + - + name: state + type: u8 + - + name: priority + type: u16 + - + name: cost + type: u32 + - + name: mode + type: flag + - + name: guard + type: flag + - + name: protect + type: flag + - + name: fast-leave + type: flag + - + name: learning + type: flag + - + name: unicast-flood + type: flag + - + name: proxyarp + type: flag + - + name: learning-sync + type: flag + - + name: proxyarp-wifi + type: flag + - + name: root-id + type: binary + struct: ifla-bridge-id + - + name: bridge-id + type: binary + struct: ifla-bridge-id + - + name: designated-port + type: u16 + - + name: designated-cost + type: u16 + - + name: id + type: u16 + - + name: "no" + type: u16 + - + name: topology-change-ack + type: u8 + - + name: config-pending + type: u8 + - + name: message-age-timer + type: u64 + - + name: forward-delay-timer + type: u64 + - + name: hold-timer + type: u64 + - + name: flush + type: flag + - + name: multicast-router + type: u8 + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: mcast-flood + type: flag + - + name: mcast-to-ucast + type: flag + - + name: vlan-tunnel + type: flag + - + name: bcast-flood + type: flag + - + name: group-fwd-mask + type: u16 + - + name: neigh-suppress + type: flag + - + name: isolated + type: flag + - + name: backup-port + type: u32 + - + name: mrp-ring-open + type: flag + - + name: mrp-in-open + type: flag + - + name: mcast-eht-hosts-limit + type: u32 + - + name: mcast-eht-hosts-cnt + type: u32 + - + name: locked + type: flag + - + name: mab + type: flag + - + name: mcast-n-groups + type: u32 + - + name: mcast-max-groups + type: u32 + - + name: neigh-vlan-suppress + type: flag + - + name: backup-nhid + type: u32 + - + name: linkinfo-gre-attrs + name-prefix: ifla-gre- + attributes: + - + name: link + type: u32 + - + name: iflags + type: u16 + - + name: oflags + type: u16 + - + name: ikey + type: u32 + - + name: okey + type: u32 + - + name: local + type: binary + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: remote + type: binary + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: ttl + type: u8 + - + name: tos + type: u8 + - + name: pmtudisc + type: u8 + - + name: encap-limit + type: u32 + - + name: flowinfo + type: u32 + - + name: flags + type: u32 + - + name: encap-type + type: u16 + - + name: encap-flags + type: u16 + - + name: encap-sport + type: u16 + - + name: encap-dport + type: u16 + - + name: collect-metadata + type: flag + - + name: ignore-df + type: u8 + - + name: fwmark + type: u32 + - + name: erspan-index + type: u32 + - + name: erspan-ver + type: u8 + - + name: erspan-dir + type: u8 + - + name: erspan-hwid + type: u16 + - + name: linkinfo-geneve-attrs + name-prefix: ifla-geneve- + attributes: + - + name: id + type: u32 + - + name: remote + type: binary + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: ttl + type: u8 + - + name: tos + type: u8 + - + name: port + type: u16 + - + name: collect-metadata + type: flag + - + name: remote6 + type: binary + display-hint: ipv6 + - + name: udp-csum + type: u8 + - + name: udp-zero-csum6-tx + type: u8 + - + name: udp-zero-csum6-rx + type: u8 + - + name: label + type: u32 + - + name: ttl-inherit + type: u8 + - + name: df + type: u8 + - + name: inner-proto-inherit + type: flag + - + name: linkinfo-iptun-attrs + name-prefix: ifla-iptun- + attributes: + - + name: link + type: u32 + - + name: local + type: binary + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: remote + type: binary + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: ttl + type: u8 + - + name: tos + type: u8 + - + name: encap-limit + type: u8 + - + name: flowinfo + type: u32 + - + name: flags + type: u16 + - + name: proto + type: u8 + - + name: pmtudisc + type: u8 + - + name: 6rd-prefix + type: binary + display-hint: ipv6 + - + name: 6rd-relay-prefix + type: binary + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: 6rd-prefixlen + type: u16 + - + name: 6rd-relay-prefixlen + type: u16 + - + name: encap-type + type: u16 + - + name: encap-flags + type: u16 + - + name: encap-sport + type: u16 + - + name: encap-dport + type: u16 + - + name: collect-metadata + type: flag + - + name: fwmark + type: u32 + - + name: linkinfo-tun-attrs + name-prefix: ifla-tun- + attributes: + - + name: owner + type: u32 + - + name: group + type: u32 + - + name: type + type: u8 + - + name: pi + type: u8 + - + name: vnet-hdr + type: u8 + - + name: persist + type: u8 + - + name: multi-queue + type: u8 + - + name: num-queues + type: u32 + - + name: num-disabled-queues + type: u32 + - + name: linkinfo-vrf-attrs + name-prefix: ifla-vrf- + attributes: + - + name: table + type: u32 - name: xdp-attrs attributes: @@ -1240,6 +1631,52 @@ attribute-sets: - name: used type: u8 + - + name: link-dpll-pin-attrs + attributes: + - + name: id + type: u32 + +sub-messages: + - + name: linkinfo-data-msg + formats: + - + value: bridge + attribute-set: linkinfo-bridge-attrs + - + value: erspan + attribute-set: linkinfo-gre-attrs + - + value: gre + attribute-set: linkinfo-gre-attrs + - + value: gretap + attribute-set: linkinfo-gre-attrs + - + value: geneve + attribute-set: linkinfo-geneve-attrs + - + value: ipip + attribute-set: linkinfo-iptun-attrs + - + value: sit + attribute-set: linkinfo-iptun-attrs + - + value: tun + attribute-set: linkinfo-tun-attrs + - + value: vrf + attribute-set: linkinfo-vrf-attrs + - + name: linkinfo-member-data-msg + formats: + - + value: bridge + attribute-set: linkinfo-brport-attrs + - + value: bond operations: enum-model: directional diff --git a/Documentation/netlink/specs/tc.yaml b/Documentation/netlink/specs/tc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4346fa402f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/netlink/specs/tc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,2031 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) + +name: tc +protocol: netlink-raw +protonum: 0 + +doc: + Netlink raw family for tc qdisc, chain, class and filter configuration + over rtnetlink. + +definitions: + - + name: tcmsg + type: struct + members: + - + name: family + type: u8 + - + name: pad + type: pad + len: 3 + - + name: ifindex + type: s32 + - + name: handle + type: u32 + - + name: parent + type: u32 + - + name: info + type: u32 + - + name: tc-cls-flags + type: flags + entries: + - skip-hw + - skip-sw + - in-hw + - not-in-nw + - verbose + - + name: tc-stats + type: struct + members: + - + name: bytes + type: u64 + - + name: packets + type: u32 + - + name: drops + type: u32 + - + name: overlimits + type: u32 + - + name: bps + type: u32 + - + name: pps + type: u32 + - + name: qlen + type: u32 + - + name: backlog + type: u32 + - + name: tc-cbs-qopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: offload + type: u8 + - + name: pad + type: pad + len: 3 + - + name: hicredit + type: s32 + - + name: locredit + type: s32 + - + name: idleslope + type: s32 + - + name: sendslope + type: s32 + - + name: tc-etf-qopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: delta + type: s32 + - + name: clockid + type: s32 + - + name: flags + type: s32 + - + name: tc-fifo-qopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: tc-htb-opt + type: struct + members: + - + name: rate + type: binary + len: 12 + - + name: ceil + type: binary + len: 12 + - + name: buffer + type: u32 + - + name: cbuffer + type: u32 + - + name: quantum + type: u32 + - + name: level + type: u32 + - + name: prio + type: u32 + - + name: tc-htb-glob + type: struct + members: + - + name: version + type: u32 + - + name: rate2quantum + type: u32 + - + name: defcls + type: u32 + - + name: debug + type: u32 + - + name: direct-pkts + type: u32 + - + name: tc-gred-qopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: qth-min + type: u32 + - + name: qth-max + type: u32 + - + name: DP + type: u32 + - + name: backlog + type: u32 + - + name: qave + type: u32 + - + name: forced + type: u32 + - + name: early + type: u32 + - + name: other + type: u32 + - + name: pdrop + type: u32 + - + name: Wlog + type: u8 + - + name: Plog + type: u8 + - + name: Scell_log + type: u8 + - + name: prio + type: u8 + - + name: packets + type: u32 + - + name: bytesin + type: u32 + - + name: tc-gred-sopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: DPs + type: u32 + - + name: def_DP + type: u32 + - + name: grio + type: u8 + - + name: flags + type: u8 + - + name: pad + type: pad + len: 2 + - + name: tc-hfsc-qopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: defcls + type: u16 + - + name: tc-mqprio-qopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: num-tc + type: u8 + - + name: prio-tc-map + type: binary + len: 16 + - + name: hw + type: u8 + - + name: count + type: binary + len: 32 + - + name: offset + type: binary + len: 32 + - + name: tc-multiq-qopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: bands + type: u16 + - + name: max-bands + type: u16 + - + name: tc-netem-qopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: latency + type: u32 + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: loss + type: u32 + - + name: gap + type: u32 + - + name: duplicate + type: u32 + - + name: jitter + type: u32 + - + name: tc-plug-qopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: action + type: s32 + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: tc-prio-qopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: bands + type: u16 + - + name: priomap + type: binary + len: 16 + - + name: tc-red-qopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: qth-min + type: u32 + - + name: qth-max + type: u32 + - + name: Wlog + type: u8 + - + name: Plog + type: u8 + - + name: Scell-log + type: u8 + - + name: flags + type: u8 + - + name: tc-sfb-qopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: rehash-interval + type: u32 + - + name: warmup-time + type: u32 + - + name: max + type: u32 + - + name: bin-size + type: u32 + - + name: increment + type: u32 + - + name: decrement + type: u32 + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: penalty-rate + type: u32 + - + name: penalty-burst + type: u32 + - + name: tc-sfq-qopt-v1 # TODO nested structs + type: struct + members: + - + name: quantum + type: u32 + - + name: perturb-period + type: s32 + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: divisor + type: u32 + - + name: flows + type: u32 + - + name: depth + type: u32 + - + name: headdrop + type: u32 + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: qth-min + type: u32 + - + name: qth-mac + type: u32 + - + name: Wlog + type: u8 + - + name: Plog + type: u8 + - + name: Scell-log + type: u8 + - + name: flags + type: u8 + - + name: max-P + type: u32 + - + name: prob-drop + type: u32 + - + name: forced-drop + type: u32 + - + name: prob-mark + type: u32 + - + name: forced-mark + type: u32 + - + name: prob-mark-head + type: u32 + - + name: forced-mark-head + type: u32 + - + name: tc-tbf-qopt + type: struct + members: + - + name: rate + type: binary # TODO nested struct tc_ratespec + len: 12 + - + name: peakrate + type: binary # TODO nested struct tc_ratespec + len: 12 + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: buffer + type: u32 + - + name: mtu + type: u32 + - + name: tc-sizespec + type: struct + members: + - + name: cell-log + type: u8 + - + name: size-log + type: u8 + - + name: cell-align + type: s16 + - + name: overhead + type: s32 + - + name: linklayer + type: u32 + - + name: mpu + type: u32 + - + name: mtu + type: u32 + - + name: tsize + type: u32 + - + name: gnet-estimator + type: struct + members: + - + name: interval + type: s8 + - + name: ewma-log + type: u8 +attribute-sets: + - + name: tc-attrs + attributes: + - + name: kind + type: string + - + name: options + type: sub-message + sub-message: tc-options-msg + selector: kind + - + name: stats + type: binary + struct: tc-stats + - + name: xstats + type: binary + - + name: rate + type: binary + struct: gnet-estimator + - + name: fcnt + type: u32 + - + name: stats2 + type: nest + nested-attributes: tca-stats-attrs + - + name: stab + type: nest + nested-attributes: tca-stab-attrs + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: dump-invisible + type: flag + - + name: chain + type: u32 + - + name: hw-offload + type: u8 + - + name: ingress-block + type: u32 + - + name: egress-block + type: u32 + - + name: dump-flags + type: bitfield32 + - + name: ext-warn-msg + type: string + - + name: tc-cake-attrs + attributes: + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: base-rate64 + type: u64 + - + name: diffserv-mode + type: u32 + - + name: atm + type: u32 + - + name: flow-mode + type: u32 + - + name: overhead + type: u32 + - + name: rtt + type: u32 + - + name: target + type: u32 + - + name: autorate + type: u32 + - + name: memory + type: u32 + - + name: nat + type: u32 + - + name: raw + type: u32 + - + name: wash + type: u32 + - + name: mpu + type: u32 + - + name: ingress + type: u32 + - + name: ack-filter + type: u32 + - + name: split-gso + type: u32 + - + name: fwmark + type: u32 + - + name: tc-cake-stats-attrs + attributes: + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: capacity-estimate64 + type: u64 + - + name: memory-limit + type: u32 + - + name: memory-used + type: u32 + - + name: avg-netoff + type: u32 + - + name: min-netlen + type: u32 + - + name: max-netlen + type: u32 + - + name: min-adjlen + type: u32 + - + name: max-adjlen + type: u32 + - + name: tin-stats + type: binary + - + name: deficit + type: s32 + - + name: cobalt-count + type: u32 + - + name: dropping + type: u32 + - + name: drop-next-us + type: s32 + - + name: p-drop + type: u32 + - + name: blue-timer-us + type: s32 + - + name: tc-cbs-attrs + attributes: + - + name: parms + type: binary + struct: tc-cbs-qopt + - + name: tc-choke-attrs + attributes: + - + name: parms + type: binary + struct: tc-red-qopt + - + name: stab + type: binary + - + name: max-p + type: u32 + - + name: tc-codel-attrs + attributes: + - + name: target + type: u32 + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: interval + type: u32 + - + name: ecn + type: u32 + - + name: ce-threshold + type: u32 + - + name: tc-drr-attrs + attributes: + - + name: quantum + type: u32 + - + name: tc-flower-attrs + attributes: + - + name: classid + type: u32 + - + name: indev + type: string + - + name: act + type: array-nest + nested-attributes: tc-act-attrs + - + name: key-eth-dst + type: binary + display-hint: mac + - + name: key-eth-dst-mask + type: binary + display-hint: mac + - + name: key-eth-src + type: binary + display-hint: mac + - + name: key-eth-src-mask + type: binary + display-hint: mac + - + name: key-eth-type + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-ip-proto + type: u8 + - + name: key-ipv4-src + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: key-ipv4-src-mask + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: key-ipv4-dst + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: key-ipv4-dst-mask + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: key-ipv6-src + type: binary + display-hint: ipv6 + - + name: key-ipv6-src-mask + type: binary + display-hint: ipv6 + - + name: key-ipv6-dst + type: binary + display-hint: ipv6 + - + name: key-ipv6-dst-mask + type: binary + display-hint: ipv6 + - + name: key-tcp-src + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-tcp-dst + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-udp-src + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-udp-dst + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: flags + type: u32 + enum: tc-cls-flags + enum-as-flags: true + - + name: key-vlan-id + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-vlan-prio + type: u8 + - + name: key-vlan-eth-type + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-enc-key-id + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-enc-ipv4-src + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: key-enc-ipv4-src-mask + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: key-enc-ipv4-dst + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: key-enc-ipv4-dst-mask + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + display-hint: ipv4 + - + name: key-enc-ipv6-src + type: binary + display-hint: ipv6 + - + name: key-enc-ipv6-src-mask + type: binary + display-hint: ipv6 + - + name: key-enc-ipv6-dst + type: binary + display-hint: ipv6 + - + name: key-enc-ipv6-dst-mask + type: binary + display-hint: ipv6 + - + name: key-tcp-src-mask + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-tcp-dst-mask + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-udp-src-mask + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-udp-dst-mask + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-sctp-src-mask + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-sctp-dst-mask + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-sctp-src + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-sctp-dst + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-enc-udp-src-port + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-enc-udp-src-port-mask + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-enc-udp-dst-port + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-enc-udp-dst-port-mask + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-flags + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-flags-mask + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-icmpv4-code + type: u8 + - + name: key-icmpv4-code-mask + type: u8 + - + name: key-icmpv4-type + type: u8 + - + name: key-icmpv4-type-mask + type: u8 + - + name: key-icmpv6-code + type: u8 + - + name: key-icmpv6-code-mask + type: u8 + - + name: key-icmpv6-type + type: u8 + - + name: key-icmpv6-type-mask + type: u8 + - + name: key-arp-sip + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-arp-sip-mask + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-arp-tip + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-arp-tip-mask + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-arp-op + type: u8 + - + name: key-arp-op-mask + type: u8 + - + name: key-arp-sha + type: binary + - + name: key-arp-sha-mask + type: binary + - + name: key-arp-tha + type: binary + - + name: key-arp-tha-mask + type: binary + - + name: key-mpls-ttl + type: u8 + - + name: key-mpls-bos + type: u8 + - + name: key-mpls-tc + type: u8 + - + name: key-mpls-label + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-tcp-flags + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-tcp-flags-mask + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-ip-tos + type: u8 + - + name: key-ip-tos-mask + type: u8 + - + name: key-ip-ttl + type: u8 + - + name: key-ip-ttl-mask + type: u8 + - + name: key-cvlan-id + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-cvlan-prio + type: u8 + - + name: key-cvlan-eth-type + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-enc-ip-tos + type: u8 + - + name: key-enc-ip-tos-mask + type: u8 + - + name: key-enc-ip-ttl + type: u8 + - + name: key-enc-ip-ttl-mask + type: u8 + - + name: key-enc-opts + type: binary + - + name: key-enc-opts-mask + type: binary + - + name: in-hw-count + type: u32 + - + name: key-port-src-min + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-port-src-max + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-port-dst-min + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-port-dst-max + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-ct-state + type: u16 + - + name: key-ct-state-mask + type: u16 + - + name: key-ct-zone + type: u16 + - + name: key-ct-zone-mask + type: u16 + - + name: key-ct-mark + type: u32 + - + name: key-ct-mark-mask + type: u32 + - + name: key-ct-labels + type: binary + - + name: key-ct-labels-mask + type: binary + - + name: key-mpls-opts + type: binary + - + name: key-hash + type: u32 + - + name: key-hash-mask + type: u32 + - + name: key-num-of-vlans + type: u8 + - + name: key-pppoe-sid + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-ppp-proto + type: u16 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: key-l2-tpv3-sid + type: u32 + byte-order: big-endian + - + name: tc-gred-attrs + attributes: + - + name: parms + type: binary # array of struct: tc-gred-qopt + - + name: stab + type: binary + sub-type: u8 + - + name: dps + type: binary + struct: tc-gred-sopt + - + name: max-p + type: binary + sub-type: u32 + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: vq-list + type: nest + nested-attributes: tca-gred-vq-list-attrs + - + name: tca-gred-vq-list-attrs + attributes: + - + name: entry + type: nest + nested-attributes: tca-gred-vq-entry-attrs + multi-attr: true + - + name: tca-gred-vq-entry-attrs + attributes: + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: dp + type: u32 + - + name: stat-bytes + type: u32 + - + name: stat-packets + type: u32 + - + name: stat-backlog + type: u32 + - + name: stat-prob-drop + type: u32 + - + name: stat-prob-mark + type: u32 + - + name: stat-forced-drop + type: u32 + - + name: stat-forced-mark + type: u32 + - + name: stat-pdrop + type: u32 + - + name: stat-other + type: u32 + - + name: flags + type: u32 + - + name: tc-hfsc-attrs + attributes: + - + name: rsc + type: binary + - + name: fsc + type: binary + - + name: usc + type: binary + - + name: tc-hhf-attrs + attributes: + - + name: backlog-limit + type: u32 + - + name: quantum + type: u32 + - + name: hh-flows-limit + type: u32 + - + name: reset-timeout + type: u32 + - + name: admit-bytes + type: u32 + - + name: evict-timeout + type: u32 + - + name: non-hh-weight + type: u32 + - + name: tc-htb-attrs + attributes: + - + name: parms + type: binary + struct: tc-htb-opt + - + name: init + type: binary + struct: tc-htb-glob + - + name: ctab + type: binary + - + name: rtab + type: binary + - + name: direct-qlen + type: u32 + - + name: rate64 + type: u64 + - + name: ceil64 + type: u64 + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: offload + type: flag + - + name: tc-act-attrs + attributes: + - + name: kind + type: string + - + name: options + type: sub-message + sub-message: tc-act-options-msg + selector: kind + - + name: index + type: u32 + - + name: stats + type: binary + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: cookie + type: binary + - + name: flags + type: bitfield32 + - + name: hw-stats + type: bitfield32 + - + name: used-hw-stats + type: bitfield32 + - + name: in-hw-count + type: u32 + - + name: tc-etf-attrs + attributes: + - + name: parms + type: binary + struct: tc-etf-qopt + - + name: tc-ets-attrs + attributes: + - + name: nbands + type: u8 + - + name: nstrict + type: u8 + - + name: quanta + type: nest + nested-attributes: tc-ets-attrs + - + name: quanta-band + type: u32 + multi-attr: true + - + name: priomap + type: nest + nested-attributes: tc-ets-attrs + - + name: priomap-band + type: u8 + multi-attr: true + - + name: tc-fq-attrs + attributes: + - + name: plimit + type: u32 + - + name: flow-plimit + type: u32 + - + name: quantum + type: u32 + - + name: initial-quantum + type: u32 + - + name: rate-enable + type: u32 + - + name: flow-default-rate + type: u32 + - + name: flow-max-rate + type: u32 + - + name: buckets-log + type: u32 + - + name: flow-refill-delay + type: u32 + - + name: orphan-mask + type: u32 + - + name: low-rate-threshold + type: u32 + - + name: ce-threshold + type: u32 + - + name: timer-slack + type: u32 + - + name: horizon + type: u32 + - + name: horizon-drop + type: u8 + - + name: tc-fq-codel-attrs + attributes: + - + name: target + type: u32 + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: interval + type: u32 + - + name: ecn + type: u32 + - + name: flows + type: u32 + - + name: quantum + type: u32 + - + name: ce-threshold + type: u32 + - + name: drop-batch-size + type: u32 + - + name: memory-limit + type: u32 + - + name: ce-threshold-selector + type: u8 + - + name: ce-threshold-mask + type: u8 + - + name: tc-fq-pie-attrs + attributes: + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: flows + type: u32 + - + name: target + type: u32 + - + name: tupdate + type: u32 + - + name: alpha + type: u32 + - + name: beta + type: u32 + - + name: quantum + type: u32 + - + name: memory-limit + type: u32 + - + name: ecn-prob + type: u32 + - + name: ecn + type: u32 + - + name: bytemode + type: u32 + - + name: dq-rate-estimator + type: u32 + - + name: tc-netem-attrs + attributes: + - + name: corr + type: binary + - + name: delay-dist + type: binary + sub-type: s16 + - + name: reorder + type: binary + - + name: corrupt + type: binary + - + name: loss + type: binary + - + name: rate + type: binary + - + name: ecn + type: u32 + - + name: rate64 + type: u64 + - + name: pad + type: u32 + - + name: latency64 + type: s64 + - + name: jitter64 + type: s64 + - + name: slot + type: binary + - + name: slot-dist + type: binary + sub-type: s16 + - + name: tc-pie-attrs + attributes: + - + name: target + type: u32 + - + name: limit + type: u32 + - + name: tupdate + type: u32 + - + name: alpha + type: u32 + - + name: beta + type: u32 + - + name: ecn + type: u32 + - + name: bytemode + type: u32 + - + name: dq-rate-estimator + type: u32 + - + name: tc-qfq-attrs + attributes: + - + name: weight + type: u32 + - + name: lmax + type: u32 + - + name: tc-red-attrs + attributes: + - + name: parms + type: binary + struct: tc-red-qopt + - + name: stab + type: binary + - + name: max-p + type: u32 + - + name: flags + type: binary + - + name: early-drop-block + type: u32 + - + name: mark-block + type: u32 + - + name: tc-taprio-attrs + attributes: + - + name: priomap + type: binary + struct: tc-mqprio-qopt + - + name: sched-entry-list + type: nest + nested-attributes: tc-taprio-sched-entry-list + - + name: sched-base-time + type: s64 + - + name: sched-single-entry + type: nest + nested-attributes: tc-taprio-sched-entry + - + name: sched-clockid + type: s32 + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: admin-sched + type: binary + - + name: sched-cycle-time + type: s64 + - + name: sched-cycle-time-extension + type: s64 + - + name: flags + type: u32 + - + name: txtime-delay + type: u32 + - + name: tc-entry + type: nest + nested-attributes: tc-taprio-tc-entry-attrs + - + name: tc-taprio-sched-entry-list + attributes: + - + name: entry + type: nest + nested-attributes: tc-taprio-sched-entry + - + name: tc-taprio-sched-entry + attributes: + - + name: index + type: u32 + - + name: cmd + type: u8 + - + name: gate-mask + type: u32 + - + name: interval + type: u32 + - + name: tc-taprio-tc-entry-attrs + attributes: + - + name: index + type: u32 + - + name: max-sdu + type: u32 + - + name: fp + type: u32 + - + name: tc-tbf-attrs + attributes: + - + name: parms + type: binary + struct: tc-tbf-qopt + - + name: rtab + type: binary + - + name: ptab + type: binary + - + name: rate64 + type: u64 + - + name: prate4 + type: u64 + - + name: burst + type: u32 + - + name: pburst + type: u32 + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: tca-gact-attrs + attributes: + - + name: tm + type: binary + - + name: parms + type: binary + - + name: prob + type: binary + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: tca-stab-attrs + attributes: + - + name: base + type: binary + struct: tc-sizespec + - + name: data + type: binary + - + name: tca-stats-attrs + attributes: + - + name: basic + type: binary + - + name: rate-est + type: binary + - + name: queue + type: binary + - + name: app + type: binary # TODO sub-message needs 2+ level deep lookup + sub-message: tca-stats-app-msg + selector: kind + - + name: rate-est64 + type: binary + - + name: pad + type: pad + - + name: basic-hw + type: binary + - + name: pkt64 + type: binary + +sub-messages: + - + name: tc-options-msg + formats: + - + value: bfifo + fixed-header: tc-fifo-qopt + - + value: cake + attribute-set: tc-cake-attrs + - + value: cbs + attribute-set: tc-cbs-attrs + - + value: choke + attribute-set: tc-choke-attrs + - + value: clsact # no content + - + value: codel + attribute-set: tc-codel-attrs + - + value: drr + attribute-set: tc-drr-attrs + - + value: etf + attribute-set: tc-etf-attrs + - + value: ets + attribute-set: tc-ets-attrs + - + value: fq + attribute-set: tc-fq-attrs + - + value: fq_codel + attribute-set: tc-fq-codel-attrs + - + value: fq_pie + attribute-set: tc-fq-pie-attrs + - + value: flower + attribute-set: tc-flower-attrs + - + value: gred + attribute-set: tc-gred-attrs + - + value: hfsc + fixed-header: tc-hfsc-qopt + - + value: hhf + attribute-set: tc-hhf-attrs + - + value: htb + attribute-set: tc-htb-attrs + - + value: ingress # no content + - + value: mq # no content + - + value: mqprio + fixed-header: tc-mqprio-qopt + - + value: multiq + fixed-header: tc-multiq-qopt + - + value: netem + fixed-header: tc-netem-qopt + attribute-set: tc-netem-attrs + - + value: pfifo + fixed-header: tc-fifo-qopt + - + value: pfifo_fast + fixed-header: tc-prio-qopt + - + value: pfifo_head_drop + fixed-header: tc-fifo-qopt + - + value: pie + attribute-set: tc-pie-attrs + - + value: plug + fixed-header: tc-plug-qopt + - + value: prio + fixed-header: tc-prio-qopt + - + value: qfq + attribute-set: tc-qfq-attrs + - + value: red + attribute-set: tc-red-attrs + - + value: sfb + fixed-header: tc-sfb-qopt + - + value: sfq + fixed-header: tc-sfq-qopt-v1 + - + value: taprio + attribute-set: tc-taprio-attrs + - + value: tbf + attribute-set: tc-tbf-attrs + - + name: tc-act-options-msg + formats: + - + value: gact + attribute-set: tca-gact-attrs + - + name: tca-stats-app-msg + formats: + - + value: bfifo + - + value: blackhole + - + value: cake + attribute-set: tc-cake-stats-attrs + - + value: cbs + - + value: choke + - + value: clsact + - + value: codel + - + value: drr + - + value: etf + - + value: ets + - + value: fq + - + value: fq_codel + - + value: fq_pie + - + value: flower + - + value: gred + - + value: hfsc + - + value: hhf + - + value: htb + - + value: ingress + - + value: mq + - + value: mqprio + - + value: multiq + - + value: netem + - + value: noqueue + - + value: pfifo + - + value: pfifo_fast + - + value: pfifo_head_drop + - + value: pie + - + value: plug + - + value: prio + - + value: qfq + - + value: red + - + value: sfb + - + value: sfq + - + value: taprio + - + value: tbf + +operations: + enum-model: directional + list: + - + name: newqdisc + doc: Create new tc qdisc. + attribute-set: tc-attrs + fixed-header: tcmsg + do: + request: + value: 36 + attributes: &create-params + - kind + - options + - rate + - chain + - ingress-block + - egress-block + - + name: delqdisc + doc: Delete existing tc qdisc. + attribute-set: tc-attrs + fixed-header: tcmsg + do: + request: + value: 37 + - + name: getqdisc + doc: Get / dump tc qdisc information. + attribute-set: tc-attrs + fixed-header: tcmsg + do: + request: + value: 38 + attributes: + - dump-invisible + reply: + value: 36 + attributes: &tc-all + - kind + - options + - stats + - xstats + - rate + - fcnt + - stats2 + - stab + - chain + - ingress-block + - egress-block + - + name: newtclass + doc: Get / dump tc traffic class information. + attribute-set: tc-attrs + fixed-header: tcmsg + do: + request: + value: 40 + attributes: *create-params + - + name: deltclass + doc: Get / dump tc traffic class information. + attribute-set: tc-attrs + fixed-header: tcmsg + do: + request: + value: 41 + - + name: gettclass + doc: Get / dump tc traffic class information. + attribute-set: tc-attrs + fixed-header: tcmsg + do: + request: + value: 42 + reply: + value: 40 + attributes: *tc-all + - + name: newtfilter + doc: Get / dump tc filter information. + attribute-set: tc-attrs + fixed-header: tcmsg + do: + request: + value: 44 + attributes: *create-params + - + name: deltfilter + doc: Get / dump tc filter information. + attribute-set: tc-attrs + fixed-header: tcmsg + do: + request: + value: 45 + attributes: + - chain + - kind + - + name: gettfilter + doc: Get / dump tc filter information. + attribute-set: tc-attrs + fixed-header: tcmsg + do: + request: + value: 46 + attributes: + - chain + - kind + reply: + value: 44 + attributes: *tc-all + dump: + request: + value: 46 + attributes: + - chain + - dump-flags + reply: + value: 44 + attributes: *tc-all + - + name: newchain + doc: Get / dump tc chain information. + attribute-set: tc-attrs + fixed-header: tcmsg + do: + request: + value: 100 + attributes: *create-params + - + name: delchain + doc: Get / dump tc chain information. + attribute-set: tc-attrs + fixed-header: tcmsg + do: + request: + value: 101 + attributes: + - chain + - + name: getchain + doc: Get / dump tc chain information. + attribute-set: tc-attrs + fixed-header: tcmsg + do: + request: + value: 102 + attributes: + - chain + reply: + value: 100 + attributes: *tc-all + +mcast-groups: + list: + - + name: rtnlgrp-tc + value: 4 diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bridge.rst b/Documentation/networking/bridge.rst index c859f3c163..ba14e7b078 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/bridge.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/bridge.rst @@ -4,18 +4,332 @@ Ethernet Bridging ================= -In order to use the Ethernet bridging functionality, you'll need the -userspace tools. +Introduction +============ -Documentation for Linux bridging is on: - https://wiki.linuxfoundation.org/networking/bridge +The IEEE 802.1Q-2022 (Bridges and Bridged Networks) standard defines the +operation of bridges in computer networks. A bridge, in the context of this +standard, is a device that connects two or more network segments and operates +at the data link layer (Layer 2) of the OSI (Open Systems Interconnection) +model. The purpose of a bridge is to filter and forward frames between +different segments based on the destination MAC (Media Access Control) address. -The bridge-utilities are maintained at: - git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/shemminger/bridge-utils.git +Bridge kAPI +=========== -Additionally, the iproute2 utilities can be used to configure -bridge devices. +Here are some core structures of bridge code. Note that the kAPI is *unstable*, +and can be changed at any time. -If you still have questions, don't hesitate to post to the mailing list -(more info https://lists.linux-foundation.org/mailman/listinfo/bridge). +.. kernel-doc:: net/bridge/br_private.h + :identifiers: net_bridge_vlan +Bridge uAPI +=========== + +Modern Linux bridge uAPI is accessed via Netlink interface. You can find +below files where the bridge and bridge port netlink attributes are defined. + +Bridge netlink attributes +------------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/linux/if_link.h + :doc: Bridge enum definition + +Bridge port netlink attributes +------------------------------ + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/linux/if_link.h + :doc: Bridge port enum definition + +Bridge sysfs +------------ + +The sysfs interface is deprecated and should not be extended if new +options are added. + +STP +=== + +The STP (Spanning Tree Protocol) implementation in the Linux bridge driver +is a critical feature that helps prevent loops and broadcast storms in +Ethernet networks by identifying and disabling redundant links. In a Linux +bridge context, STP is crucial for network stability and availability. + +STP is a Layer 2 protocol that operates at the Data Link Layer of the OSI +model. It was originally developed as IEEE 802.1D and has since evolved into +multiple versions, including Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) and +`Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) +`_. + +The 802.1D-2004 removed the original Spanning Tree Protocol, instead +incorporating the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). By 2014, all the +functionality defined by IEEE 802.1D has been incorporated into either +IEEE 802.1Q (Bridges and Bridged Networks) or IEEE 802.1AC (MAC Service +Definition). 802.1D has been officially withdrawn in 2022. + +Bridge Ports and STP States +--------------------------- + +In the context of STP, bridge ports can be in one of the following states: + * Blocking: The port is disabled for data traffic and only listens for + BPDUs (Bridge Protocol Data Units) from other devices to determine the + network topology. + * Listening: The port begins to participate in the STP process and listens + for BPDUs. + * Learning: The port continues to listen for BPDUs and begins to learn MAC + addresses from incoming frames but does not forward data frames. + * Forwarding: The port is fully operational and forwards both BPDUs and + data frames. + * Disabled: The port is administratively disabled and does not participate + in the STP process. The data frames forwarding are also disabled. + +Root Bridge and Convergence +--------------------------- + +In the context of networking and Ethernet bridging in Linux, the root bridge +is a designated switch in a bridged network that serves as a reference point +for the spanning tree algorithm to create a loop-free topology. + +Here's how the STP works and root bridge is chosen: + 1. Bridge Priority: Each bridge running a spanning tree protocol, has a + configurable Bridge Priority value. The lower the value, the higher the + priority. By default, the Bridge Priority is set to a standard value + (e.g., 32768). + 2. Bridge ID: The Bridge ID is composed of two components: Bridge Priority + and the MAC address of the bridge. It uniquely identifies each bridge + in the network. The Bridge ID is used to compare the priorities of + different bridges. + 3. Bridge Election: When the network starts, all bridges initially assume + that they are the root bridge. They start advertising Bridge Protocol + Data Units (BPDU) to their neighbors, containing their Bridge ID and + other information. + 4. BPDU Comparison: Bridges exchange BPDUs to determine the root bridge. + Each bridge examines the received BPDUs, including the Bridge Priority + and Bridge ID, to determine if it should adjust its own priorities. + The bridge with the lowest Bridge ID will become the root bridge. + 5. Root Bridge Announcement: Once the root bridge is determined, it sends + BPDUs with information about the root bridge to all other bridges in the + network. This information is used by other bridges to calculate the + shortest path to the root bridge and, in doing so, create a loop-free + topology. + 6. Forwarding Ports: After the root bridge is selected and the spanning tree + topology is established, each bridge determines which of its ports should + be in the forwarding state (used for data traffic) and which should be in + the blocking state (used to prevent loops). The root bridge's ports are + all in the forwarding state. while other bridges have some ports in the + blocking state to avoid loops. + 7. Root Ports: After the root bridge is selected and the spanning tree + topology is established, each non-root bridge processes incoming + BPDUs and determines which of its ports provides the shortest path to the + root bridge based on the information in the received BPDUs. This port is + designated as the root port. And it is in the Forwarding state, allowing + it to actively forward network traffic. + 8. Designated ports: A designated port is the port through which the non-root + bridge will forward traffic towards the designated segment. Designated ports + are placed in the Forwarding state. All other ports on the non-root + bridge that are not designated for specific segments are placed in the + Blocking state to prevent network loops. + +STP ensures network convergence by calculating the shortest path and disabling +redundant links. When network topology changes occur (e.g., a link failure), +STP recalculates the network topology to restore connectivity while avoiding loops. + +Proper configuration of STP parameters, such as the bridge priority, can +influence network performance, path selection and which bridge becomes the +Root Bridge. + +User space STP helper +--------------------- + +The user space STP helper *bridge-stp* is a program to control whether to use +user mode spanning tree. The ``/sbin/bridge-stp `` is +called by the kernel when STP is enabled/disabled on a bridge +(via ``brctl stp `` or ``ip link set type bridge +stp_state <0|1>``). The kernel enables user_stp mode if that command returns +0, or enables kernel_stp mode if that command returns any other value. + +VLAN +==== + +A LAN (Local Area Network) is a network that covers a small geographic area, +typically within a single building or a campus. LANs are used to connect +computers, servers, printers, and other networked devices within a localized +area. LANs can be wired (using Ethernet cables) or wireless (using Wi-Fi). + +A VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network) is a logical segmentation of a physical +network into multiple isolated broadcast domains. VLANs are used to divide +a single physical LAN into multiple virtual LANs, allowing different groups of +devices to communicate as if they were on separate physical networks. + +Typically there are two VLAN implementations, IEEE 802.1Q and IEEE 802.1ad +(also known as QinQ). IEEE 802.1Q is a standard for VLAN tagging in Ethernet +networks. It allows network administrators to create logical VLANs on a +physical network and tag Ethernet frames with VLAN information, which is +called *VLAN-tagged frames*. IEEE 802.1ad, commonly known as QinQ or Double +VLAN, is an extension of the IEEE 802.1Q standard. QinQ allows for the +stacking of multiple VLAN tags within a single Ethernet frame. The Linux +bridge supports both the IEEE 802.1Q and `802.1AD +`_ +protocol for VLAN tagging. + +`VLAN filtering `_ +on a bridge is disabled by default. After enabling VLAN filtering on a bridge, +it will start forwarding frames to appropriate destinations based on their +destination MAC address and VLAN tag (both must match). + +Multicast +========= + +The Linux bridge driver has multicast support allowing it to process Internet +Group Management Protocol (IGMP) or Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) +messages, and to efficiently forward multicast data packets. The bridge +driver supports IGMPv2/IGMPv3 and MLDv1/MLDv2. + +Multicast snooping +------------------ + +Multicast snooping is a networking technology that allows network switches +to intelligently manage multicast traffic within a local area network (LAN). + +The switch maintains a multicast group table, which records the association +between multicast group addresses and the ports where hosts have joined these +groups. The group table is dynamically updated based on the IGMP/MLD messages +received. With the multicast group information gathered through snooping, the +switch optimizes the forwarding of multicast traffic. Instead of blindly +broadcasting the multicast traffic to all ports, it sends the multicast +traffic based on the destination MAC address only to ports which have +subscribed the respective destination multicast group. + +When created, the Linux bridge devices have multicast snooping enabled by +default. It maintains a Multicast forwarding database (MDB) which keeps track +of port and group relationships. + +IGMPv3/MLDv2 EHT support +------------------------ + +The Linux bridge supports IGMPv3/MLDv2 EHT (Explicit Host Tracking), which +was added by `474ddb37fa3a ("net: bridge: multicast: add EHT allow/block handling") +`_ + +The explicit host tracking enables the device to keep track of each +individual host that is joined to a particular group or channel. The main +benefit of the explicit host tracking in IGMP is to allow minimal leave +latencies when a host leaves a multicast group or channel. + +The length of time between a host wanting to leave and a device stopping +traffic forwarding is called the IGMP leave latency. A device configured +with IGMPv3 or MLDv2 and explicit tracking can immediately stop forwarding +traffic if the last host to request to receive traffic from the device +indicates that it no longer wants to receive traffic. The leave latency +is thus bound only by the packet transmission latencies in the multiaccess +network and the processing time in the device. + +Other multicast features +------------------------ + +The Linux bridge also supports `per-VLAN multicast snooping +`_, +which is disabled by default but can be enabled. And `Multicast Router Discovery +`_, +which help identify the location of multicast routers. + +Switchdev +========= + +Linux Bridge Switchdev is a feature in the Linux kernel that extends the +capabilities of the traditional Linux bridge to work more efficiently with +hardware switches that support switchdev. With Linux Bridge Switchdev, certain +networking functions like forwarding, filtering, and learning of Ethernet +frames can be offloaded to a hardware switch. This offloading reduces the +burden on the Linux kernel and CPU, leading to improved network performance +and lower latency. + +To use Linux Bridge Switchdev, you need hardware switches that support the +switchdev interface. This means that the switch hardware needs to have the +necessary drivers and functionality to work in conjunction with the Linux +kernel. + +Please see the :ref:`switchdev` document for more details. + +Netfilter +========= + +The bridge netfilter module is a legacy feature that allows to filter bridged +packets with iptables and ip6tables. Its use is discouraged. Users should +consider using nftables for packet filtering. + +The older ebtables tool is more feature-limited compared to nftables, but +just like nftables it doesn't need this module either to function. + +The br_netfilter module intercepts packets entering the bridge, performs +minimal sanity tests on ipv4 and ipv6 packets and then pretends that +these packets are being routed, not bridged. br_netfilter then calls +the ip and ipv6 netfilter hooks from the bridge layer, i.e. ip(6)tables +rulesets will also see these packets. + +br_netfilter is also the reason for the iptables *physdev* match: +This match is the only way to reliably tell routed and bridged packets +apart in an iptables ruleset. + +Note that ebtables and nftables will work fine without the br_netfilter module. +iptables/ip6tables/arptables do not work for bridged traffic because they +plug in the routing stack. nftables rules in ip/ip6/inet/arp families won't +see traffic that is forwarded by a bridge either, but that's very much how it +should be. + +Historically the feature set of ebtables was very limited (it still is), +this module was added to pretend packets are routed and invoke the ipv4/ipv6 +netfilter hooks from the bridge so users had access to the more feature-rich +iptables matching capabilities (including conntrack). nftables doesn't have +this limitation, pretty much all features work regardless of the protocol family. + +So, br_netfilter is only needed if users, for some reason, need to use +ip(6)tables to filter packets forwarded by the bridge, or NAT bridged +traffic. For pure link layer filtering, this module isn't needed. + +Other Features +============== + +The Linux bridge also supports `IEEE 802.11 Proxy ARP +`_, +`Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) +`_, +`Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) LC mode +`_, +`IEEE 802.1X port authentication +`_, +and `MAC Authentication Bypass (MAB) +`_. + +FAQ +=== + +What does a bridge do? +---------------------- + +A bridge transparently forwards traffic between multiple network interfaces. +In plain English this means that a bridge connects two or more physical +Ethernet networks, to form one larger (logical) Ethernet network. + +Is it L3 protocol independent? +------------------------------ + +Yes. The bridge sees all frames, but it *uses* only L2 headers/information. +As such, the bridging functionality is protocol independent, and there should +be no trouble forwarding IPX, NetBEUI, IP, IPv6, etc. + +Contact Info +============ + +The code is currently maintained by Roopa Prabhu and +Nikolay Aleksandrov . Bridge bugs and enhancements +are discussed on the linux-netdev mailing list netdev@vger.kernel.org and +bridge@lists.linux-foundation.org. + +The list is open to anyone interested: http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#netdev + +External Links +============== + +The old Documentation for Linux bridging is on: +https://wiki.linuxfoundation.org/networking/bridge diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/amazon/ena.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/amazon/ena.rst index 5eaa3ab6c7..b842bcb142 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/amazon/ena.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/amazon/ena.rst @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ ena_common_defs.h Common definitions for ena_com layer. ena_regs_defs.h Definition of ENA PCI memory-mapped (MMIO) registers. ena_netdev.[ch] Main Linux kernel driver. ena_ethtool.c ethtool callbacks. +ena_xdp.[ch] XDP files ena_pci_id_tbl.h Supported device IDs. ================= ====================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/intel/ice.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/intel/ice.rst index e4d065c55e..5038e54586 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/intel/ice.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/intel/ice.rst @@ -895,6 +895,147 @@ driver writes raw bytes by the GNSS object to the receiver through i2c. Please refer to the hardware GNSS module documentation for configuration details. +Firmware (FW) logging +--------------------- +The driver supports FW logging via the debugfs interface on PF 0 only. The FW +running on the NIC must support FW logging; if the FW doesn't support FW logging +the 'fwlog' file will not get created in the ice debugfs directory. + +Module configuration +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Firmware logging is configured on a per module basis. Each module can be set to +a value independent of the other modules (unless the module 'all' is specified). +The modules will be instantiated under the 'fwlog/modules' directory. + +The user can set the log level for a module by writing to the module file like +this:: + + # echo > /sys/kernel/debug/ice/0000\:18\:00.0/fwlog/modules/ + +where + +* log_level is a name as described below. Each level includes the + messages from the previous/lower level + + * none + * error + * warning + * normal + * verbose + +* module is a name that represents the module to receive events for. The + module names are + + * general + * ctrl + * link + * link_topo + * dnl + * i2c + * sdp + * mdio + * adminq + * hdma + * lldp + * dcbx + * dcb + * xlr + * nvm + * auth + * vpd + * iosf + * parser + * sw + * scheduler + * txq + * rsvd + * post + * watchdog + * task_dispatch + * mng + * synce + * health + * tsdrv + * pfreg + * mdlver + * all + +The name 'all' is special and allows the user to set all of the modules to the +specified log_level or to read the log_level of all of the modules. + +Example usage to configure the modules +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +To set a single module to 'verbose':: + + # echo verbose > /sys/kernel/debug/ice/0000\:18\:00.0/fwlog/modules/link + +To set multiple modules then issue the command multiple times:: + + # echo verbose > /sys/kernel/debug/ice/0000\:18\:00.0/fwlog/modules/link + # echo warning > /sys/kernel/debug/ice/0000\:18\:00.0/fwlog/modules/ctrl + # echo none > /sys/kernel/debug/ice/0000\:18\:00.0/fwlog/modules/dcb + +To set all the modules to the same value:: + + # echo normal > /sys/kernel/debug/ice/0000\:18\:00.0/fwlog/modules/all + +To read the log_level of a specific module (e.g. module 'general'):: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/ice/0000\:18\:00.0/fwlog/modules/general + +To read the log_level of all the modules:: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/ice/0000\:18\:00.0/fwlog/modules/all + +Enabling FW log +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Configuring the modules indicates to the FW that the configured modules should +generate events that the driver is interested in, but it **does not** send the +events to the driver until the enable message is sent to the FW. To do this +the user can write a 1 (enable) or 0 (disable) to 'fwlog/enable'. An example +is:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/ice/0000\:18\:00.0/fwlog/enable + +Retrieving FW log data +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The FW log data can be retrieved by reading from 'fwlog/data'. The user can +write any value to 'fwlog/data' to clear the data. The data can only be cleared +when FW logging is disabled. The FW log data is a binary file that is sent to +Intel and used to help debug user issues. + +An example to read the data is:: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/ice/0000\:18\:00.0/fwlog/data > fwlog.bin + +An example to clear the data is:: + + # echo 0 > /sys/kernel/debug/ice/0000\:18\:00.0/fwlog/data + +Changing how often the log events are sent to the driver +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The driver receives FW log data from the Admin Receive Queue (ARQ). The +frequency that the FW sends the ARQ events can be configured by writing to +'fwlog/nr_messages'. The range is 1-128 (1 means push every log message, 128 +means push only when the max AQ command buffer is full). The suggested value is +10. The user can see what the value is configured to by reading +'fwlog/nr_messages'. An example to set the value is:: + + # echo 50 > /sys/kernel/debug/ice/0000\:18\:00.0/fwlog/nr_messages + +Configuring the amount of memory used to store FW log data +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The driver stores FW log data within the driver. The default size of the memory +used to store the data is 1MB. Some use cases may require more or less data so +the user can change the amount of memory that is allocated for FW log data. +To change the amount of memory then write to 'fwlog/log_size'. The value must be +one of: 128K, 256K, 512K, 1M, or 2M. FW logging must be disabled to change the +value. An example of changing the value is:: + + # echo 128K > /sys/kernel/debug/ice/0000\:18\:00.0/fwlog/log_size + + Performance Optimization ======================== Driver defaults are meant to fit a wide variety of workloads, but if further diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/marvell/octeon_ep.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/marvell/octeon_ep.rst index cad96c8d1f..c96d262b30 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/marvell/octeon_ep.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/marvell/octeon_ep.rst @@ -22,8 +22,13 @@ EndPoint NIC. Supported Devices ================= Currently, this driver support following devices: + * Network controller: Cavium, Inc. Device b100 * Network controller: Cavium, Inc. Device b200 * Network controller: Cavium, Inc. Device b400 + * Network controller: Cavium, Inc. Device b900 + * Network controller: Cavium, Inc. Device ba00 + * Network controller: Cavium, Inc. Device bc00 + * Network controller: Cavium, Inc. Device bd00 Interface Control ================= diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/wifi/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/wifi/index.rst index bf91a87c7a..fb394f5de4 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/wifi/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/wifi/index.rst @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ Contents: intel/ipw2100 intel/ipw2200 - ray_cs .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/wifi/ray_cs.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/wifi/ray_cs.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 9a46d1ae8f..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/wifi/ray_cs.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -.. include:: - -========================= -Raylink wireless LAN card -========================= - -September 21, 1999 - -Copyright |copy| 1998 Corey Thomas (corey@world.std.com) - -This file is the documentation for the Raylink Wireless LAN card driver for -Linux. The Raylink wireless LAN card is a PCMCIA card which provides IEEE -802.11 compatible wireless network connectivity at 1 and 2 megabits/second. -See http://www.raytheon.com/micro/raylink/ for more information on the Raylink -card. This driver is in early development and does have bugs. See the known -bugs and limitations at the end of this document for more information. -This driver also works with WebGear's Aviator 2.4 and Aviator Pro -wireless LAN cards. - -As of kernel 2.3.18, the ray_cs driver is part of the Linux kernel -source. My web page for the development of ray_cs is at -http://web.ralinktech.com/ralink/Home/Support/Linux.html -and I can be emailed at corey@world.std.com - -The kernel driver is based on ray_cs-1.62.tgz - -The driver at my web page is intended to be used as an add on to -David Hinds pcmcia package. All the command line parameters are -available when compiled as a module. When built into the kernel, only -the essid= string parameter is available via the kernel command line. -This will change after the method of sorting out parameters for all -the PCMCIA drivers is agreed upon. If you must have a built in driver -with nondefault parameters, they can be edited in -/usr/src/linux/drivers/net/pcmcia/ray_cs.c. Searching for module_param -will find them all. - -Information on card services is available at: - - http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ - - -Card services user programs are still required for PCMCIA devices. -pcmcia-cs-3.1.1 or greater is required for the kernel version of -the driver. - -Currently, ray_cs is not part of David Hinds card services package, -so the following magic is required. - -At the end of the /etc/pcmcia/config.opts file, add the line: -source ./ray_cs.opts -This will make card services read the ray_cs.opts file -when starting. Create the file /etc/pcmcia/ray_cs.opts containing the -following:: - - #### start of /etc/pcmcia/ray_cs.opts ################### - # Configuration options for Raylink Wireless LAN PCMCIA card - device "ray_cs" - class "network" module "misc/ray_cs" - - card "RayLink PC Card WLAN Adapter" - manfid 0x01a6, 0x0000 - bind "ray_cs" - - module "misc/ray_cs" opts "" - #### end of /etc/pcmcia/ray_cs.opts ##################### - - -To join an existing network with -different parameters, contact the network administrator for the -configuration information, and edit /etc/pcmcia/ray_cs.opts. -Add the parameters below between the empty quotes. - -Parameters for ray_cs driver which may be specified in ray_cs.opts: - -=============== =============== ============================================= -bc integer 0 = normal mode (802.11 timing), - 1 = slow down inter frame timing to allow - operation with older breezecom access - points. - -beacon_period integer beacon period in Kilo-microseconds, - - legal values = must be integer multiple - of hop dwell - - default = 256 - -country integer 1 = USA (default), - 2 = Europe, - 3 = Japan, - 4 = Korea, - 5 = Spain, - 6 = France, - 7 = Israel, - 8 = Australia - -essid string ESS ID - network name to join - - string with maximum length of 32 chars - default value = "ADHOC_ESSID" - -hop_dwell integer hop dwell time in Kilo-microseconds - - legal values = 16,32,64,128(default),256 - -irq_mask integer linux standard 16 bit value 1bit/IRQ - - lsb is IRQ 0, bit 1 is IRQ 1 etc. - Used to restrict choice of IRQ's to use. - Recommended method for controlling - interrupts is in /etc/pcmcia/config.opts - -net_type integer 0 (default) = adhoc network, - 1 = infrastructure - -phy_addr string string containing new MAC address in - hex, must start with x eg - x00008f123456 - -psm integer 0 = continuously active, - 1 = power save mode (not useful yet) - -pc_debug integer (0-5) larger values for more verbose - logging. Replaces ray_debug. - -ray_debug integer Replaced with pc_debug - -ray_mem_speed integer defaults to 500 - -sniffer integer 0 = not sniffer (default), - 1 = sniffer which can be used to record all - network traffic using tcpdump or similar, - but no normal network use is allowed. - -translate integer 0 = no translation (encapsulate frames), - 1 = translation (RFC1042/802.1) -=============== =============== ============================================= - -More on sniffer mode: - -tcpdump does not understand 802.11 headers, so it can't -interpret the contents, but it can record to a file. This is only -useful for debugging 802.11 lowlevel protocols that are not visible to -linux. If you want to watch ftp xfers, or do similar things, you -don't need to use sniffer mode. Also, some packet types are never -sent up by the card, so you will never see them (ack, rts, cts, probe -etc.) There is a simple program (showcap) included in the ray_cs -package which parses the 802.11 headers. - -Known Problems and missing features - - Does not work with non x86 - - Does not work with SMP - - Support for defragmenting frames is not yet debugged, and in - fact is known to not work. I have never encountered a net set - up to fragment, but still, it should be fixed. - - The ioctl support is incomplete. The hardware address cannot be set - using ifconfig yet. If a different hardware address is needed, it may - be set using the phy_addr parameter in ray_cs.opts. This requires - a card insertion to take effect. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-reload.rst b/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-reload.rst index 505d22da02..2fb0269b20 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-reload.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-reload.rst @@ -22,8 +22,17 @@ By default ``driver_reinit`` action is selected. * - ``driver-reinit`` - Devlink driver entities re-initialization, including applying new values to devlink entities which are used during driver - load such as ``devlink-params`` in configuration mode - ``driverinit`` or ``devlink-resources`` + load which are: + + * ``devlink-params`` in configuration mode ``driverinit`` + * ``devlink-resources`` + + Other devlink entities may stay over the re-initialization: + + * ``devlink-health-reporter`` + * ``devlink-region`` + + The rest of the devlink entities have to be removed and readded. * - ``fw_activate`` - Firmware activate. Activates new firmware if such image is stored and pending activation. If no limitation specified this action may involve diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink/ice.rst b/Documentation/networking/devlink/ice.rst index 2f60e34ab9..7f30ebd5de 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/devlink/ice.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink/ice.rst @@ -38,6 +38,10 @@ The ``ice`` driver reports the following versions - fixed - K65390-000 - The Product Board Assembly (PBA) identifier of the board. + * - ``cgu.id`` + - fixed + - 36 + - The Clock Generation Unit (CGU) hardware revision identifier. * - ``fw.mgmt`` - running - 2.1.7 @@ -104,6 +108,11 @@ The ``ice`` driver reports the following versions - running - 0xee16ced7 - The first 4 bytes of the hash of the netlist module contents. + * - ``fw.cgu`` + - running + - 8032.16973825.6021 + - The version of Clock Generation Unit (CGU). Format: + ... Flash Update ============ diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ethtool-netlink.rst b/Documentation/networking/ethtool-netlink.rst index 2540c70952..d583d9abf2 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ethtool-netlink.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/ethtool-netlink.rst @@ -223,6 +223,9 @@ Userspace to kernel: ``ETHTOOL_MSG_PSE_SET`` set PSE parameters ``ETHTOOL_MSG_PSE_GET`` get PSE parameters ``ETHTOOL_MSG_RSS_GET`` get RSS settings + ``ETHTOOL_MSG_PLCA_GET_CFG`` get PLCA RS parameters + ``ETHTOOL_MSG_PLCA_SET_CFG`` set PLCA RS parameters + ``ETHTOOL_MSG_PLCA_GET_STATUS`` get PLCA RS status ``ETHTOOL_MSG_MM_GET`` get MAC merge layer state ``ETHTOOL_MSG_MM_SET`` set MAC merge layer parameters ===================================== ================================= @@ -267,6 +270,9 @@ Kernel to userspace: ``ETHTOOL_MSG_MODULE_GET_REPLY`` transceiver module parameters ``ETHTOOL_MSG_PSE_GET_REPLY`` PSE parameters ``ETHTOOL_MSG_RSS_GET_REPLY`` RSS settings + ``ETHTOOL_MSG_PLCA_GET_CFG_REPLY`` PLCA RS parameters + ``ETHTOOL_MSG_PLCA_GET_STATUS_REPLY`` PLCA RS status + ``ETHTOOL_MSG_PLCA_NTF`` PLCA RS parameters ``ETHTOOL_MSG_MM_GET_REPLY`` MAC merge layer status ======================================== ================================= @@ -1768,12 +1774,16 @@ Kernel response contents: ``ETHTOOL_A_RSS_HFUNC`` u32 RSS hash func ``ETHTOOL_A_RSS_INDIR`` binary Indir table bytes ``ETHTOOL_A_RSS_HKEY`` binary Hash key bytes + ``ETHTOOL_A_RSS_INPUT_XFRM`` u32 RSS input data transformation ===================================== ====== ========================== ETHTOOL_A_RSS_HFUNC attribute is bitmap indicating the hash function being used. Current supported options are toeplitz, xor or crc32. -ETHTOOL_A_RSS_INDIR attribute returns RSS indrection table where each byte +ETHTOOL_A_RSS_INDIR attribute returns RSS indirection table where each byte indicates queue number. +ETHTOOL_A_RSS_INPUT_XFRM attribute is a bitmap indicating the type of +transformation applied to the input protocol fields before given to the RSS +hfunc. Current supported option is symmetric-xor. PLCA_GET_CFG ============ diff --git a/Documentation/networking/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/index.rst index 683eb42309..69f3d6dcd9 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/index.rst @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ Contents: filter generic-hdlc generic_netlink + netlink_spec/index gen_stats gtp ila @@ -74,6 +75,7 @@ Contents: mptcp-sysctl multiqueue napi + net_cachelines/index netconsole netdev-features netdevices @@ -123,6 +125,7 @@ Contents: xfrm_sync xfrm_sysctl xdp-rx-metadata + xsk-tx-metadata .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2669e4cda0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. Copyright (C) 2023 Google LLC + +=================================== +Common Networking Struct Cachelines +=================================== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + inet_connection_sock + inet_sock + net_device + netns_ipv4_sysctl + snmp + tcp_sock diff --git a/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/inet_connection_sock.rst b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/inet_connection_sock.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7a911dc956 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/inet_connection_sock.rst @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. Copyright (C) 2023 Google LLC + +===================================================== +inet_connection_sock struct fast path usage breakdown +===================================================== + +Type Name fastpath_tx_access fastpath_rx_access comment +..struct ..inet_connection_sock +struct_inet_sock icsk_inet read_mostly read_mostly tcp_init_buffer_space,tcp_init_transfer,tcp_finish_connect,tcp_connect,tcp_send_rcvq,tcp_send_syn_data +struct_request_sock_queue icsk_accept_queue - - +struct_inet_bind_bucket icsk_bind_hash read_mostly - tcp_set_state +struct_inet_bind2_bucket icsk_bind2_hash read_mostly - tcp_set_state,inet_put_port +unsigned_long icsk_timeout read_mostly - inet_csk_reset_xmit_timer,tcp_connect +struct_timer_list icsk_retransmit_timer read_mostly - inet_csk_reset_xmit_timer,tcp_connect +struct_timer_list icsk_delack_timer read_mostly - inet_csk_reset_xmit_timer,tcp_connect +u32 icsk_rto read_write - tcp_cwnd_validate,tcp_schedule_loss_probe,tcp_connect_init,tcp_connect,tcp_write_xmit,tcp_push_one +u32 icsk_rto_min - - +u32 icsk_delack_max - - +u32 icsk_pmtu_cookie read_write - tcp_sync_mss,tcp_current_mss,tcp_send_syn_data,tcp_connect_init,tcp_connect +struct_tcp_congestion_ops icsk_ca_ops read_write - tcp_cwnd_validate,tcp_tso_segs,tcp_ca_dst_init,tcp_connect_init,tcp_connect,tcp_write_xmit +struct_inet_connection_sock_af_ops icsk_af_ops read_mostly - tcp_finish_connect,tcp_send_syn_data,tcp_mtup_init,tcp_mtu_check_reprobe,tcp_mtu_probe,tcp_connect_init,tcp_connect,__tcp_transmit_skb +struct_tcp_ulp_ops* icsk_ulp_ops - - +void* icsk_ulp_data - - +u8:5 icsk_ca_state read_write - tcp_cwnd_application_limited,tcp_set_ca_state,tcp_enter_cwr,tcp_tso_should_defer,tcp_mtu_probe,tcp_schedule_loss_probe,tcp_write_xmit,__tcp_transmit_skb +u8:1 icsk_ca_initialized read_write - tcp_init_transfer,tcp_init_congestion_control,tcp_init_transfer,tcp_finish_connect,tcp_connect +u8:1 icsk_ca_setsockopt - - +u8:1 icsk_ca_dst_locked write_mostly - tcp_ca_dst_init,tcp_connect_init,tcp_connect +u8 icsk_retransmits write_mostly - tcp_connect_init,tcp_connect +u8 icsk_pending read_write - inet_csk_reset_xmit_timer,tcp_connect,tcp_check_probe_timer,__tcp_push_pending_frames,tcp_rearm_rto,tcp_event_new_data_sent,tcp_event_new_data_sent +u8 icsk_backoff write_mostly - tcp_write_queue_purge,tcp_connect_init +u8 icsk_syn_retries - - +u8 icsk_probes_out - - +u16 icsk_ext_hdr_len read_mostly - __tcp_mtu_to_mss,tcp_mtu_to_rss,tcp_mtu_probe,tcp_write_xmit,tcp_mtu_to_mss, +struct_icsk_ack_u8 pending read_write read_write inet_csk_ack_scheduled,__tcp_cleanup_rbuf,tcp_cleanup_rbuf,inet_csk_clear_xmit_timer,tcp_event_ack-sent,inet_csk_reset_xmit_timer +struct_icsk_ack_u8 quick read_write write_mostly tcp_dec_quickack_mode,tcp_event_ack_sent,__tcp_transmit_skb,__tcp_select_window,__tcp_cleanup_rbuf +struct_icsk_ack_u8 pingpong - - +struct_icsk_ack_u8 retry write_mostly read_write inet_csk_clear_xmit_timer,tcp_rearm_rto,tcp_event_new_data_sent,tcp_write_xmit,__tcp_send_ack,tcp_send_ack, +struct_icsk_ack_u8 ato read_mostly write_mostly tcp_dec_quickack_mode,tcp_event_ack_sent,__tcp_transmit_skb,__tcp_send_ack,tcp_send_ack +struct_icsk_ack_unsigned_long timeout read_write read_write inet_csk_reset_xmit_timer,tcp_connect +struct_icsk_ack_u32 lrcvtime read_write - tcp_finish_connect,tcp_connect,tcp_event_data_sent,__tcp_transmit_skb +struct_icsk_ack_u16 rcv_mss write_mostly read_mostly __tcp_select_window,__tcp_cleanup_rbuf,tcp_initialize_rcv_mss,tcp_connect_init +struct_icsk_mtup_int search_high read_write - tcp_mtup_init,tcp_sync_mss,tcp_connect_init,tcp_mtu_check_reprobe,tcp_write_xmit +struct_icsk_mtup_int search_low read_write - tcp_mtu_probe,tcp_mtu_check_reprobe,tcp_write_xmit,tcp_sync_mss,tcp_connect_init,tcp_mtup_init +struct_icsk_mtup_u32:31 probe_size read_write - tcp_mtup_init,tcp_connect_init,__tcp_transmit_skb +struct_icsk_mtup_u32:1 enabled read_write - tcp_mtup_init,tcp_sync_mss,tcp_connect_init,tcp_mtu_probe,tcp_write_xmit +struct_icsk_mtup_u32 probe_timestamp read_write - tcp_mtup_init,tcp_connect_init,tcp_mtu_check_reprobe,tcp_mtu_probe +u32 icsk_probes_tstamp - - +u32 icsk_user_timeout - - +u64[104/sizeof(u64)] icsk_ca_priv - - diff --git a/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/inet_sock.rst b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/inet_sock.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..595d7ef5fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/inet_sock.rst @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. Copyright (C) 2023 Google LLC + +========================================== +inet_sock struct fast path usage breakdown +========================================== + +Type Name fastpath_tx_access fastpath_rx_access comment +..struct ..inet_sock +struct_sock sk read_mostly read_mostly tcp_init_buffer_space,tcp_init_transfer,tcp_finish_connect,tcp_connect,tcp_send_rcvq,tcp_send_syn_data +struct_ipv6_pinfo* pinet6 - - +be16 inet_sport read_mostly - __tcp_transmit_skb +be32 inet_daddr read_mostly - ip_select_ident_segs +be32 inet_rcv_saddr - - +be16 inet_dport read_mostly - __tcp_transmit_skb +u16 inet_num - - +be32 inet_saddr - - +s16 uc_ttl read_mostly - __ip_queue_xmit/ip_select_ttl +u16 cmsg_flags - - +struct_ip_options_rcu* inet_opt read_mostly - __ip_queue_xmit +u16 inet_id read_mostly - ip_select_ident_segs +u8 tos read_mostly - ip_queue_xmit +u8 min_ttl - - +u8 mc_ttl - - +u8 pmtudisc - - +u8:1 recverr - - +u8:1 is_icsk - - +u8:1 freebind - - +u8:1 hdrincl - - +u8:1 mc_loop - - +u8:1 transparent - - +u8:1 mc_all - - +u8:1 nodefrag - - +u8:1 bind_address_no_port - - +u8:1 recverr_rfc4884 - - +u8:1 defer_connect read_mostly - tcp_sendmsg_fastopen +u8 rcv_tos - - +u8 convert_csum - - +int uc_index - - +int mc_index - - +be32 mc_addr - - +struct_ip_mc_socklist* mc_list - - +struct_inet_cork_full cork read_mostly - __tcp_transmit_skb +struct local_port_range - - diff --git a/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/net_device.rst b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/net_device.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..70c4fb9d4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/net_device.rst @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. Copyright (C) 2023 Google LLC + +=========================================== +net_device struct fast path usage breakdown +=========================================== + +Type Name fastpath_tx_access fastpath_rx_access Comments +..struct ..net_device +char name[16] - - +struct_netdev_name_node* name_node +struct_dev_ifalias* ifalias +unsigned_long mem_end +unsigned_long mem_start +unsigned_long base_addr +unsigned_long state read_mostly read_mostly netif_running(dev) +struct_list_head dev_list +struct_list_head napi_list +struct_list_head unreg_list +struct_list_head close_list +struct_list_head ptype_all read_mostly - dev_nit_active(tx) +struct_list_head ptype_specific read_mostly deliver_ptype_list_skb/__netif_receive_skb_core(rx) +struct adj_list +unsigned_int flags read_mostly read_mostly __dev_queue_xmit,__dev_xmit_skb,ip6_output,__ip6_finish_output(tx);ip6_rcv_core(rx) +xdp_features_t xdp_features +unsigned_long_long priv_flags read_mostly - __dev_queue_xmit(tx) +struct_net_device_ops* netdev_ops read_mostly - netdev_core_pick_tx,netdev_start_xmit(tx) +struct_xdp_metadata_ops* xdp_metadata_ops +int ifindex - read_mostly ip6_rcv_core +unsigned_short gflags +unsigned_short hard_header_len read_mostly read_mostly ip6_xmit(tx);gro_list_prepare(rx) +unsigned_int mtu read_mostly - ip_finish_output2 +unsigned_short needed_headroom read_mostly - LL_RESERVED_SPACE/ip_finish_output2 +unsigned_short needed_tailroom +netdev_features_t features read_mostly read_mostly HARD_TX_LOCK,netif_skb_features,sk_setup_caps(tx);netif_elide_gro(rx) +netdev_features_t hw_features +netdev_features_t wanted_features +netdev_features_t vlan_features +netdev_features_t hw_enc_features - - netif_skb_features +netdev_features_t mpls_features +netdev_features_t gso_partial_features read_mostly gso_features_check +unsigned_int min_mtu +unsigned_int max_mtu +unsigned_short type +unsigned_char min_header_len +unsigned_char name_assign_type +int group +struct_net_device_stats stats +struct_net_device_core_stats* core_stats +atomic_t carrier_up_count +atomic_t carrier_down_count +struct_iw_handler_def* wireless_handlers +struct_iw_public_data* wireless_data +struct_ethtool_ops* ethtool_ops +struct_l3mdev_ops* l3mdev_ops +struct_ndisc_ops* ndisc_ops +struct_xfrmdev_ops* xfrmdev_ops +struct_tlsdev_ops* tlsdev_ops +struct_header_ops* header_ops read_mostly - ip_finish_output2,ip6_finish_output2(tx) +unsigned_char operstate +unsigned_char link_mode +unsigned_char if_port +unsigned_char dma +unsigned_char perm_addr[32] +unsigned_char addr_assign_type +unsigned_char addr_len +unsigned_char upper_level +unsigned_char lower_level +unsigned_short neigh_priv_len +unsigned_short padded +unsigned_short dev_id +unsigned_short dev_port +spinlock_t addr_list_lock +int irq +struct_netdev_hw_addr_list uc +struct_netdev_hw_addr_list mc +struct_netdev_hw_addr_list dev_addrs +struct_kset* queues_kset +struct_list_head unlink_list +unsigned_int promiscuity +unsigned_int allmulti +bool uc_promisc +unsigned_char nested_level +struct_in_device* ip_ptr read_mostly read_mostly __in_dev_get +struct_inet6_dev* ip6_ptr read_mostly read_mostly __in6_dev_get +struct_vlan_info* vlan_info +struct_dsa_port* dsa_ptr +struct_tipc_bearer* tipc_ptr +void* atalk_ptr +void* ax25_ptr +struct_wireless_dev* ieee80211_ptr +struct_wpan_dev* ieee802154_ptr +struct_mpls_dev* mpls_ptr +struct_mctp_dev* mctp_ptr +unsigned_char* dev_addr +struct_netdev_queue* _rx read_mostly - netdev_get_rx_queue(rx) +unsigned_int num_rx_queues +unsigned_int real_num_rx_queues - read_mostly get_rps_cpu +struct_bpf_prog* xdp_prog - read_mostly netif_elide_gro() +unsigned_long gro_flush_timeout - read_mostly napi_complete_done +int napi_defer_hard_irqs - read_mostly napi_complete_done +unsigned_int gro_max_size - read_mostly skb_gro_receive +unsigned_int gro_ipv4_max_size - read_mostly skb_gro_receive +rx_handler_func_t* rx_handler read_mostly - __netif_receive_skb_core +void* rx_handler_data read_mostly - +struct_netdev_queue* ingress_queue read_mostly - +struct_bpf_mprog_entry tcx_ingress - read_mostly sch_handle_ingress +struct_nf_hook_entries* nf_hooks_ingress +unsigned_char broadcast[32] +struct_cpu_rmap* rx_cpu_rmap +struct_hlist_node index_hlist +struct_netdev_queue* _tx read_mostly - netdev_get_tx_queue(tx) +unsigned_int num_tx_queues - - +unsigned_int real_num_tx_queues read_mostly - skb_tx_hash,netdev_core_pick_tx(tx) +unsigned_int tx_queue_len +spinlock_t tx_global_lock +struct_xdp_dev_bulk_queue__percpu* xdp_bulkq +struct_xps_dev_maps* xps_maps[2] read_mostly - __netif_set_xps_queue +struct_bpf_mprog_entry tcx_egress read_mostly - sch_handle_egress +struct_nf_hook_entries* nf_hooks_egress read_mostly - +struct_hlist_head qdisc_hash[16] +struct_timer_list watchdog_timer +int watchdog_timeo +u32 proto_down_reason +struct_list_head todo_list +int__percpu* pcpu_refcnt +refcount_t dev_refcnt +struct_ref_tracker_dir refcnt_tracker +struct_list_head link_watch_list +enum:8 reg_state +bool dismantle +enum:16 rtnl_link_state +bool needs_free_netdev +void*priv_destructor struct_net_device +struct_netpoll_info* npinfo - read_mostly napi_poll/napi_poll_lock +possible_net_t nd_net - read_mostly (dev_net)napi_busy_loop,tcp_v(4/6)_rcv,ip(v6)_rcv,ip(6)_input,ip(6)_input_finish +void* ml_priv +enum_netdev_ml_priv_type ml_priv_type +struct_pcpu_lstats__percpu* lstats read_mostly dev_lstats_add() +struct_pcpu_sw_netstats__percpu* tstats read_mostly dev_sw_netstats_tx_add() +struct_pcpu_dstats__percpu* dstats +struct_garp_port* garp_port +struct_mrp_port* mrp_port +struct_dm_hw_stat_delta* dm_private +struct_device dev - - +struct_attribute_group* sysfs_groups[4] +struct_attribute_group* sysfs_rx_queue_group +struct_rtnl_link_ops* rtnl_link_ops +unsigned_int gso_max_size read_mostly - sk_dst_gso_max_size +unsigned_int tso_max_size +u16 gso_max_segs read_mostly - gso_max_segs +u16 tso_max_segs +unsigned_int gso_ipv4_max_size read_mostly - sk_dst_gso_max_size +struct_dcbnl_rtnl_ops* dcbnl_ops +s16 num_tc read_mostly - skb_tx_hash +struct_netdev_tc_txq tc_to_txq[16] read_mostly - skb_tx_hash +u8 prio_tc_map[16] +unsigned_int fcoe_ddp_xid +struct_netprio_map* priomap +struct_phy_device* phydev +struct_sfp_bus* sfp_bus +struct_lock_class_key* qdisc_tx_busylock +bool proto_down +unsigned:1 wol_enabled +unsigned:1 threaded - - napi_poll(napi_enable,dev_set_threaded) +struct_list_head net_notifier_list +struct_macsec_ops* macsec_ops +struct_udp_tunnel_nic_info* udp_tunnel_nic_info +struct_udp_tunnel_nic* udp_tunnel_nic +unsigned_int xdp_zc_max_segs +struct_bpf_xdp_entity xdp_state[3] +u8 dev_addr_shadow[32] +netdevice_tracker linkwatch_dev_tracker +netdevice_tracker watchdog_dev_tracker +netdevice_tracker dev_registered_tracker +struct_rtnl_hw_stats64* offload_xstats_l3 +struct_devlink_port* devlink_port +struct_dpll_pin* dpll_pin diff --git a/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/netns_ipv4_sysctl.rst b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/netns_ipv4_sysctl.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9b87089a84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/netns_ipv4_sysctl.rst @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. Copyright (C) 2023 Google LLC + +=========================================== +netns_ipv4 struct fast path usage breakdown +=========================================== + +Type Name fastpath_tx_access fastpath_rx_access comment +..struct ..netns_ipv4 +struct_inet_timewait_death_row tcp_death_row +struct_udp_table* udp_table +struct_ctl_table_header* forw_hdr +struct_ctl_table_header* frags_hdr +struct_ctl_table_header* ipv4_hdr +struct_ctl_table_header* route_hdr +struct_ctl_table_header* xfrm4_hdr +struct_ipv4_devconf* devconf_all +struct_ipv4_devconf* devconf_dflt +struct_ip_ra_chain ra_chain +struct_mutex ra_mutex +struct_fib_rules_ops* rules_ops +struct_fib_table fib_main +struct_fib_table fib_default +unsigned_int fib_rules_require_fldissect +bool fib_has_custom_rules +bool fib_has_custom_local_routes +bool fib_offload_disabled +atomic_t fib_num_tclassid_users +struct_hlist_head* fib_table_hash +struct_sock* fibnl +struct_sock* mc_autojoin_sk +struct_inet_peer_base* peers +struct_fqdir* fqdir +u8 sysctl_icmp_echo_ignore_all +u8 sysctl_icmp_echo_enable_probe +u8 sysctl_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts +u8 sysctl_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses +u8 sysctl_icmp_errors_use_inbound_ifaddr +int sysctl_icmp_ratelimit +int sysctl_icmp_ratemask +u32 ip_rt_min_pmtu - - +int ip_rt_mtu_expires - - +int ip_rt_min_advmss - - +struct_local_ports ip_local_ports - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_ecn - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_ecn_fallback - - +u8 sysctl_ip_default_ttl - - ip4_dst_hoplimit/ip_select_ttl +u8 sysctl_ip_no_pmtu_disc - - +u8 sysctl_ip_fwd_use_pmtu read_mostly - ip_dst_mtu_maybe_forward/ip_skb_dst_mtu +u8 sysctl_ip_fwd_update_priority - - ip_forward +u8 sysctl_ip_nonlocal_bind - - +u8 sysctl_ip_autobind_reuse - - +u8 sysctl_ip_dynaddr - - +u8 sysctl_ip_early_demux - read_mostly ip(6)_rcv_finish_core +u8 sysctl_raw_l3mdev_accept - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_early_demux - read_mostly ip(6)_rcv_finish_core +u8 sysctl_udp_early_demux +u8 sysctl_nexthop_compat_mode - - +u8 sysctl_fwmark_reflect - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_fwmark_accept - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_l3mdev_accept - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_mtu_probing - - +int sysctl_tcp_mtu_probe_floor - - +int sysctl_tcp_base_mss - - +int sysctl_tcp_min_snd_mss read_mostly - __tcp_mtu_to_mss(tcp_write_xmit) +int sysctl_tcp_probe_threshold - - tcp_mtu_probe(tcp_write_xmit) +u32 sysctl_tcp_probe_interval - - tcp_mtu_check_reprobe(tcp_write_xmit) +int sysctl_tcp_keepalive_time - - +int sysctl_tcp_keepalive_intvl - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_keepalive_probes - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_syn_retries - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_synack_retries - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_syncookies - - generated_on_syn +u8 sysctl_tcp_migrate_req - - reuseport +u8 sysctl_tcp_comp_sack_nr - - __tcp_ack_snd_check +int sysctl_tcp_reordering - read_mostly tcp_may_raise_cwnd/tcp_cong_control +u8 sysctl_tcp_retries1 - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_retries2 - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_orphan_retries - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_tw_reuse - - timewait_sock_ops +int sysctl_tcp_fin_timeout - - TCP_LAST_ACK/tcp_rcv_state_process +unsigned_int sysctl_tcp_notsent_lowat read_mostly - tcp_notsent_lowat/tcp_stream_memory_free +u8 sysctl_tcp_sack - - tcp_syn_options +u8 sysctl_tcp_window_scaling - - tcp_syn_options,tcp_parse_options +u8 sysctl_tcp_timestamps +u8 sysctl_tcp_early_retrans read_mostly - tcp_schedule_loss_probe(tcp_write_xmit) +u8 sysctl_tcp_recovery - - tcp_fastretrans_alert +u8 sysctl_tcp_thin_linear_timeouts - - tcp_retrans_timer(on_thin_streams) +u8 sysctl_tcp_slow_start_after_idle - - unlikely(tcp_cwnd_validate-network-not-starved) +u8 sysctl_tcp_retrans_collapse - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_stdurg - - unlikely(tcp_check_urg) +u8 sysctl_tcp_rfc1337 - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_abort_on_overflow - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_fack - - +int sysctl_tcp_max_reordering - - tcp_check_sack_reordering +int sysctl_tcp_adv_win_scale - - tcp_init_buffer_space +u8 sysctl_tcp_dsack - - partial_packet_or_retrans_in_tcp_data_queue +u8 sysctl_tcp_app_win - - tcp_win_from_space +u8 sysctl_tcp_frto - - tcp_enter_loss +u8 sysctl_tcp_nometrics_save - - TCP_LAST_ACK/tcp_update_metrics +u8 sysctl_tcp_no_ssthresh_metrics_save - - TCP_LAST_ACK/tcp_(update/init)_metrics +u8 sysctl_tcp_moderate_rcvbuf read_mostly read_mostly tcp_tso_should_defer(tx);tcp_rcv_space_adjust(rx) +u8 sysctl_tcp_tso_win_divisor read_mostly - tcp_tso_should_defer(tcp_write_xmit) +u8 sysctl_tcp_workaround_signed_windows - - tcp_select_window +int sysctl_tcp_limit_output_bytes read_mostly - tcp_small_queue_check(tcp_write_xmit) +int sysctl_tcp_challenge_ack_limit - - +int sysctl_tcp_min_rtt_wlen read_mostly - tcp_ack_update_rtt +u8 sysctl_tcp_min_tso_segs - - unlikely(icsk_ca_ops-written) +u8 sysctl_tcp_tso_rtt_log read_mostly - tcp_tso_autosize +u8 sysctl_tcp_autocorking read_mostly - tcp_push/tcp_should_autocork +u8 sysctl_tcp_reflect_tos - - tcp_v(4/6)_send_synack +int sysctl_tcp_invalid_ratelimit - - +int sysctl_tcp_pacing_ss_ratio - - default_cong_cont(tcp_update_pacing_rate) +int sysctl_tcp_pacing_ca_ratio - - default_cong_cont(tcp_update_pacing_rate) +int sysctl_tcp_wmem[3] read_mostly - tcp_wmem_schedule(sendmsg/sendpage) +int sysctl_tcp_rmem[3] - read_mostly __tcp_grow_window(tx),tcp_rcv_space_adjust(rx) +unsigned_int sysctl_tcp_child_ehash_entries +unsigned_long sysctl_tcp_comp_sack_delay_ns - - __tcp_ack_snd_check +unsigned_long sysctl_tcp_comp_sack_slack_ns - - __tcp_ack_snd_check +int sysctl_max_syn_backlog - - +int sysctl_tcp_fastopen - - +struct_tcp_congestion_ops tcp_congestion_control - - init_cc +struct_tcp_fastopen_context tcp_fastopen_ctx - - +unsigned_int sysctl_tcp_fastopen_blackhole_timeout - - +atomic_t tfo_active_disable_times - - +unsigned_long tfo_active_disable_stamp - - +u32 tcp_challenge_timestamp - - +u32 tcp_challenge_count - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_plb_enabled - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_plb_idle_rehash_rounds - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_plb_rehash_rounds - - +u8 sysctl_tcp_plb_suspend_rto_sec - - +int sysctl_tcp_plb_cong_thresh - - +int sysctl_udp_wmem_min +int sysctl_udp_rmem_min +u8 sysctl_fib_notify_on_flag_change +u8 sysctl_udp_l3mdev_accept +u8 sysctl_igmp_llm_reports +int sysctl_igmp_max_memberships +int sysctl_igmp_max_msf +int sysctl_igmp_qrv +struct_ping_group_range ping_group_range +atomic_t dev_addr_genid +unsigned_int sysctl_udp_child_hash_entries +unsigned_long* sysctl_local_reserved_ports +int sysctl_ip_prot_sock +struct_mr_table* mrt +struct_list_head mr_tables +struct_fib_rules_ops* mr_rules_ops +u32 sysctl_fib_multipath_hash_fields +u8 sysctl_fib_multipath_use_neigh +u8 sysctl_fib_multipath_hash_policy +struct_fib_notifier_ops* notifier_ops +unsigned_int fib_seq +struct_fib_notifier_ops* ipmr_notifier_ops +unsigned_int ipmr_seq +atomic_t rt_genid +siphash_key_t ip_id_key diff --git a/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/snmp.rst b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/snmp.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a07153856 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/snmp.rst @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. Copyright (C) 2023 Google LLC + +=========================================== +netns_ipv4 enum fast path usage breakdown +=========================================== + +Type Name fastpath_tx_access fastpath_rx_access comment +..enum +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPKEEPALIVE write_mostly - tcp_keepalive_timer +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_DELAYEDACKS write_mostly - tcp_delack_timer_handler,tcp_delack_timer +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_DELAYEDACKLOCKED write_mostly - tcp_delack_timer_handler,tcp_delack_timer +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPAUTOCORKING write_mostly - tcp_push,tcp_sendmsg_locked +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPFROMZEROWINDOWADV write_mostly - tcp_select_window,tcp_transmit-skb +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPTOZEROWINDOWADV write_mostly - tcp_select_window,tcp_transmit-skb +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPWANTZEROWINDOWADV write_mostly - tcp_select_window,tcp_transmit-skb +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPORIGDATASENT write_mostly - tcp_write_xmit +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPHPHITS - write_mostly tcp_rcv_established,tcp_v4_do_rcv,tcp_v6_do_rcv +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPRCVCOALESCE - write_mostly tcp_try_coalesce,tcp_queue_rcv,tcp_rcv_established +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPPUREACKS - write_mostly tcp_ack,tcp_rcv_established +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPHPACKS - write_mostly tcp_ack,tcp_rcv_established +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPDELIVERED - write_mostly tcp_newly_delivered,tcp_ack,tcp_rcv_established +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_SYNCOOKIESSENT +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_SYNCOOKIESRECV +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_SYNCOOKIESFAILED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_EMBRYONICRSTS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_PRUNECALLED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_RCVPRUNED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_OFOPRUNED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_OUTOFWINDOWICMPS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_LOCKDROPPEDICMPS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_ARPFILTER +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TIMEWAITED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TIMEWAITRECYCLED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TIMEWAITKILLED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_PAWSACTIVEREJECTED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_PAWSESTABREJECTED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_DELAYEDACKLOST +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_LISTENOVERFLOWS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_LISTENDROPS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPRENORECOVERY +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKRECOVERY +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKRENEGING +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKREORDER +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPRENOREORDER +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPTSREORDER +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPFULLUNDO +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPPARTIALUNDO +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKUNDO +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPLOSSUNDO +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPLOSTRETRANSMIT +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPRENOFAILURES +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKFAILURES +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPLOSSFAILURES +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTRETRANS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPSLOWSTARTRETRANS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPTIMEOUTS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPLOSSPROBES +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPLOSSPROBERECOVERY +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPRENORECOVERYFAIL +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKRECOVERYFAIL +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPRCVCOLLAPSED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKOLDSENT +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKOFOSENT +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKRECV +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKOFORECV +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPABORTONDATA +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPABORTONCLOSE +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPABORTONMEMORY +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPABORTONTIMEOUT +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPABORTONLINGER +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPABORTFAILED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPMEMORYPRESSURES +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPMEMORYPRESSURESCHRONO +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPSACKDISCARD +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKIGNOREDOLD +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKIGNOREDNOUNDO +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPSPURIOUSRTOS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPMD5NOTFOUND +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPMD5UNEXPECTED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPMD5FAILURE +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_SACKSHIFTED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_SACKMERGED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_SACKSHIFTFALLBACK +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPBACKLOGDROP +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_PFMEMALLOCDROP +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPMINTTLDROP +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPDEFERACCEPTDROP +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_IPRPFILTER +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPTIMEWAITOVERFLOW +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPREQQFULLDOCOOKIES +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPREQQFULLDROP +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPRETRANSFAIL +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPBACKLOGCOALESCE +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPOFOQUEUE +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPOFODROP +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPOFOMERGE +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPCHALLENGEACK +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPSYNCHALLENGE +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENACTIVE +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENACTIVEFAIL +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENPASSIVE +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENPASSIVEFAIL +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENLISTENOVERFLOW +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENCOOKIEREQD +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENBLACKHOLE +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPSPURIOUS_RTX_HOSTQUEUES +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_BUSYPOLLRXPACKETS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPSYNRETRANS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPHYSTARTTRAINDETECT +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPHYSTARTTRAINCWND +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPHYSTARTDELAYDETECT +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPHYSTARTDELAYCWND +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPACKSKIPPEDSYNRECV +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPACKSKIPPEDPAWS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPACKSKIPPEDSEQ +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPACKSKIPPEDFINWAIT2 +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPACKSKIPPEDTIMEWAIT +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPACKSKIPPEDCHALLENGE +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPWINPROBE +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPMTUPFAIL +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPMTUPSUCCESS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPDELIVEREDCE +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPACKCOMPRESSED +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPZEROWINDOWDROP +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPRCVQDROP +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPWQUEUETOOBIG +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPFASTOPENPASSIVEALTKEY +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPTIMEOUTREHASH +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPDUPLICATEDATAREHASH +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKRECVSEGS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPDSACKIGNOREDDUBIOUS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPMIGRATEREQSUCCESS +unsigned_long LINUX_MIB_TCPMIGRATEREQFAILURE +unsigned_long __LINUX_MIB_MAX diff --git a/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/tcp_sock.rst b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/tcp_sock.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c154cbd18 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/net_cachelines/tcp_sock.rst @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. Copyright (C) 2023 Google LLC + +========================================= +tcp_sock struct fast path usage breakdown +========================================= + +Type Name fastpath_tx_access fastpath_rx_access Comments +..struct ..tcp_sock +struct_inet_connection_sock inet_conn +u16 tcp_header_len read_mostly read_mostly tcp_bound_to_half_wnd,tcp_current_mss(tx);tcp_rcv_established(rx) +u16 gso_segs read_mostly - tcp_xmit_size_goal +__be32 pred_flags read_write read_mostly tcp_select_window(tx);tcp_rcv_established(rx) +u64 bytes_received - read_write tcp_rcv_nxt_update(rx) +u32 segs_in - read_write tcp_v6_rcv(rx) +u32 data_segs_in - read_write tcp_v6_rcv(rx) +u32 rcv_nxt read_mostly read_write tcp_cleanup_rbuf,tcp_send_ack,tcp_inq_hint,tcp_transmit_skb,tcp_receive_window(tx);tcp_v6_do_rcv,tcp_rcv_established,tcp_data_queue,tcp_receive_window,tcp_rcv_nxt_update(write)(rx) +u32 copied_seq - read_mostly tcp_cleanup_rbuf,tcp_rcv_space_adjust,tcp_inq_hint +u32 rcv_wup - read_write __tcp_cleanup_rbuf,tcp_receive_window,tcp_receive_established +u32 snd_nxt read_write read_mostly tcp_rate_check_app_limited,__tcp_transmit_skb,tcp_event_new_data_sent(write)(tx);tcp_rcv_established,tcp_ack,tcp_clean_rtx_queue(rx) +u32 segs_out read_write - __tcp_transmit_skb +u32 data_segs_out read_write - __tcp_transmit_skb,tcp_update_skb_after_send +u64 bytes_sent read_write - __tcp_transmit_skb +u64 bytes_acked - read_write tcp_snd_una_update/tcp_ack +u32 dsack_dups +u32 snd_una read_mostly read_write tcp_wnd_end,tcp_urg_mode,tcp_minshall_check,tcp_cwnd_validate(tx);tcp_ack,tcp_may_update_window,tcp_clean_rtx_queue(write),tcp_ack_tstamp(rx) +u32 snd_sml read_write - tcp_minshall_check,tcp_minshall_update +u32 rcv_tstamp - read_mostly tcp_ack +u32 lsndtime read_write - tcp_slow_start_after_idle_check,tcp_event_data_sent +u32 last_oow_ack_time +u32 compressed_ack_rcv_nxt +u32 tsoffset read_mostly read_mostly tcp_established_options(tx);tcp_fast_parse_options(rx) +struct_list_head tsq_node - - +struct_list_head tsorted_sent_queue read_write - tcp_update_skb_after_send +u32 snd_wl1 - read_mostly tcp_may_update_window +u32 snd_wnd read_mostly read_mostly tcp_wnd_end,tcp_tso_should_defer(tx);tcp_fast_path_on(rx) +u32 max_window read_mostly - tcp_bound_to_half_wnd,forced_push +u32 mss_cache read_mostly read_mostly tcp_rate_check_app_limited,tcp_current_mss,tcp_sync_mss,tcp_sndbuf_expand,tcp_tso_should_defer(tx);tcp_update_pacing_rate,tcp_clean_rtx_queue(rx) +u32 window_clamp read_mostly read_write tcp_rcv_space_adjust,__tcp_select_window +u32 rcv_ssthresh read_mostly - __tcp_select_window +u8 scaling_ratio read_mostly read_mostly tcp_win_from_space +struct tcp_rack +u16 advmss - read_mostly tcp_rcv_space_adjust +u8 compressed_ack +u8:2 dup_ack_counter +u8:1 tlp_retrans +u8:1 tcp_usec_ts read_mostly read_mostly +u32 chrono_start read_write - tcp_chrono_start/stop(tcp_write_xmit,tcp_cwnd_validate,tcp_send_syn_data) +u32[3] chrono_stat read_write - tcp_chrono_start/stop(tcp_write_xmit,tcp_cwnd_validate,tcp_send_syn_data) +u8:2 chrono_type read_write - tcp_chrono_start/stop(tcp_write_xmit,tcp_cwnd_validate,tcp_send_syn_data) +u8:1 rate_app_limited - read_write tcp_rate_gen +u8:1 fastopen_connect +u8:1 fastopen_no_cookie +u8:1 is_sack_reneg - read_mostly tcp_skb_entail,tcp_ack +u8:2 fastopen_client_fail +u8:4 nonagle read_write - tcp_skb_entail,tcp_push_pending_frames +u8:1 thin_lto +u8:1 recvmsg_inq +u8:1 repair read_mostly - tcp_write_xmit +u8:1 frto +u8 repair_queue - - +u8:2 save_syn +u8:1 syn_data +u8:1 syn_fastopen +u8:1 syn_fastopen_exp +u8:1 syn_fastopen_ch +u8:1 syn_data_acked +u8:1 is_cwnd_limited read_mostly - tcp_cwnd_validate,tcp_is_cwnd_limited +u32 tlp_high_seq - read_mostly tcp_ack +u32 tcp_tx_delay +u64 tcp_wstamp_ns read_write - tcp_pacing_check,tcp_tso_should_defer,tcp_update_skb_after_send +u64 tcp_clock_cache read_write read_write tcp_mstamp_refresh(tcp_write_xmit/tcp_rcv_space_adjust),__tcp_transmit_skb,tcp_tso_should_defer;timer +u64 tcp_mstamp read_write read_write tcp_mstamp_refresh(tcp_write_xmit/tcp_rcv_space_adjust)(tx);tcp_rcv_space_adjust,tcp_rate_gen,tcp_clean_rtx_queue,tcp_ack_update_rtt/tcp_time_stamp(rx);timer +u32 srtt_us read_mostly read_write tcp_tso_should_defer(tx);tcp_update_pacing_rate,__tcp_set_rto,tcp_rtt_estimator(rx) +u32 mdev_us read_write - tcp_rtt_estimator +u32 mdev_max_us +u32 rttvar_us - read_mostly __tcp_set_rto +u32 rtt_seq read_write tcp_rtt_estimator +struct_minmax rtt_min - read_mostly tcp_min_rtt/tcp_rate_gen,tcp_min_rtttcp_update_rtt_min +u32 packets_out read_write read_write tcp_packets_in_flight(tx/rx);tcp_slow_start_after_idle_check,tcp_nagle_check,tcp_rate_skb_sent,tcp_event_new_data_sent,tcp_cwnd_validate,tcp_write_xmit(tx);tcp_ack,tcp_clean_rtx_queue,tcp_update_pacing_rate(rx) +u32 retrans_out - read_mostly tcp_packets_in_flight,tcp_rate_check_app_limited +u32 max_packets_out - read_write tcp_cwnd_validate +u32 cwnd_usage_seq - read_write tcp_cwnd_validate +u16 urg_data - read_mostly tcp_fast_path_check +u8 ecn_flags read_write - tcp_ecn_send +u8 keepalive_probes +u32 reordering read_mostly - tcp_sndbuf_expand +u32 reord_seen +u32 snd_up read_write read_mostly tcp_mark_urg,tcp_urg_mode,__tcp_transmit_skb(tx);tcp_clean_rtx_queue(rx) +struct_tcp_options_received rx_opt read_mostly read_write tcp_established_options(tx);tcp_fast_path_on,tcp_ack_update_window,tcp_is_sack,tcp_data_queue,tcp_rcv_established,tcp_ack_update_rtt(rx) +u32 snd_ssthresh - read_mostly tcp_update_pacing_rate +u32 snd_cwnd read_mostly read_mostly tcp_snd_cwnd,tcp_rate_check_app_limited,tcp_tso_should_defer(tx);tcp_update_pacing_rate +u32 snd_cwnd_cnt +u32 snd_cwnd_clamp +u32 snd_cwnd_used +u32 snd_cwnd_stamp +u32 prior_cwnd +u32 prr_delivered +u32 prr_out read_mostly read_mostly tcp_rate_skb_sent,tcp_newly_delivered(tx);tcp_ack,tcp_rate_gen,tcp_clean_rtx_queue(rx) +u32 delivered read_mostly read_write tcp_rate_skb_sent, tcp_newly_delivered(tx);tcp_ack, tcp_rate_gen, tcp_clean_rtx_queue (rx) +u32 delivered_ce read_mostly read_write tcp_rate_skb_sent(tx);tcp_rate_gen(rx) +u32 lost - read_mostly tcp_ack +u32 app_limited read_write read_mostly tcp_rate_check_app_limited,tcp_rate_skb_sent(tx);tcp_rate_gen(rx) +u64 first_tx_mstamp read_write - tcp_rate_skb_sent +u64 delivered_mstamp read_write - tcp_rate_skb_sent +u32 rate_delivered - read_mostly tcp_rate_gen +u32 rate_interval_us - read_mostly rate_delivered,rate_app_limited +u32 rcv_wnd read_write read_mostly tcp_select_window,tcp_receive_window,tcp_fast_path_check +u32 write_seq read_write - tcp_rate_check_app_limited,tcp_write_queue_empty,tcp_skb_entail,forced_push,tcp_mark_push +u32 notsent_lowat read_mostly - tcp_stream_memory_free +u32 pushed_seq read_write - tcp_mark_push,forced_push +u32 lost_out read_mostly read_mostly tcp_left_out(tx);tcp_packets_in_flight(tx/rx);tcp_rate_check_app_limited(rx) +u32 sacked_out read_mostly read_mostly tcp_left_out(tx);tcp_packets_in_flight(tx/rx);tcp_clean_rtx_queue(rx) +struct_hrtimer pacing_timer +struct_hrtimer compressed_ack_timer +struct_sk_buff* lost_skb_hint read_mostly tcp_clean_rtx_queue +struct_sk_buff* retransmit_skb_hint read_mostly - tcp_clean_rtx_queue +struct_rb_root out_of_order_queue - read_mostly tcp_data_queue,tcp_fast_path_check +struct_sk_buff* ooo_last_skb +struct_tcp_sack_block[1] duplicate_sack +struct_tcp_sack_block[4] selective_acks +struct_tcp_sack_block[4] recv_sack_cache +struct_sk_buff* highest_sack read_write - tcp_event_new_data_sent +int lost_cnt_hint +u32 prior_ssthresh +u32 high_seq +u32 retrans_stamp +u32 undo_marker +int undo_retrans +u64 bytes_retrans +u32 total_retrans +u32 rto_stamp +u16 total_rto +u16 total_rto_recoveries +u32 total_rto_time +u32 urg_seq - - +unsigned_int keepalive_time +unsigned_int keepalive_intvl +int linger2 +u8 bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags +u8:1 bpf_chg_cc_inprogress +u16 timeout_rehash +u32 rcv_ooopack +u32 rcv_rtt_last_tsecr +struct rcv_rtt_est - read_write tcp_rcv_space_adjust,tcp_rcv_established +struct rcvq_space - read_write tcp_rcv_space_adjust +struct mtu_probe +u32 plb_rehash +u32 mtu_info +bool is_mptcp +bool smc_hs_congested +bool syn_smc +struct_tcp_sock_af_ops* af_specific +struct_tcp_md5sig_info* md5sig_info +struct_tcp_fastopen_request* fastopen_req +struct_request_sock* fastopen_rsk +struct_saved_syn* saved_syn \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netlink_spec/.gitignore b/Documentation/networking/netlink_spec/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..30d85567b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/netlink_spec/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +*.rst diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netlink_spec/readme.txt b/Documentation/networking/netlink_spec/readme.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6763f99d21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/netlink_spec/readme.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +This file is populated during the build of the documentation (htmldocs) by the +tools/net/ynl/ynl-gen-rst.py script. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.rst b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.rst index 30a3be3c48..dca15d15fe 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.rst @@ -263,20 +263,20 @@ the name indicates, this function allocates pages of memory, and the second argument is "order" or a power of two number of pages, that is (for PAGE_SIZE == 4096) order=0 ==> 4096 bytes, order=1 ==> 8192 bytes, order=2 ==> 16384 bytes, etc. The maximum size of a -region allocated by __get_free_pages is determined by the MAX_ORDER macro. More -precisely the limit can be calculated as:: +region allocated by __get_free_pages is determined by the MAX_PAGE_ORDER macro. +More precisely the limit can be calculated as:: - PAGE_SIZE << MAX_ORDER + PAGE_SIZE << MAX_PAGE_ORDER In a i386 architecture PAGE_SIZE is 4096 bytes - In a 2.4/i386 kernel MAX_ORDER is 10 - In a 2.6/i386 kernel MAX_ORDER is 11 + In a 2.4/i386 kernel MAX_PAGE_ORDER is 10 + In a 2.6/i386 kernel MAX_PAGE_ORDER is 11 So get_free_pages can allocate as much as 4MB or 8MB in a 2.4/2.6 kernel respectively, with an i386 architecture. User space programs can include /usr/include/sys/user.h and -/usr/include/linux/mmzone.h to get PAGE_SIZE MAX_ORDER declarations. +/usr/include/linux/mmzone.h to get PAGE_SIZE MAX_PAGE_ORDER declarations. The pagesize can also be determined dynamically with the getpagesize (2) system call. @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ Definitions: (see /proc/slabinfo) depends on the architecture -- ``sizeof(void *)`` depends on the architecture -- PAGE_SIZE or getpagesize (2) - is the value defined with MAX_ORDER + is the value defined with MAX_PAGE_ORDER it's an upper bound of frame's capture size (more on this later) ============== ================================================================ diff --git a/Documentation/networking/page_pool.rst b/Documentation/networking/page_pool.rst index 60993cb56b..9d958128a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/page_pool.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/page_pool.rst @@ -41,6 +41,11 @@ Architecture overview | Fast cache | | ptr-ring cache | +-----------------+ +------------------+ +Monitoring +========== +Information about page pools on the system can be accessed via the netdev +genetlink family (see Documentation/netlink/specs/netdev.yaml). + API interface ============= The number of pools created **must** match the number of hardware queues @@ -107,8 +112,9 @@ page_pool_get_stats() and structures described below are available. It takes a pointer to a ``struct page_pool`` and a pointer to a struct page_pool_stats allocated by the caller. -The API will fill in the provided struct page_pool_stats with -statistics about the page_pool. +Older drivers expose page pool statistics via ethtool or debugfs. +The same statistics are accessible via the netlink netdev family +in a driver-independent fashion. .. kernel-doc:: include/net/page_pool/types.h :identifiers: struct page_pool_recycle_stats diff --git a/Documentation/networking/scaling.rst b/Documentation/networking/scaling.rst index 03ae19a689..4eb50bcb9d 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/scaling.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/scaling.rst @@ -44,6 +44,21 @@ by masking out the low order seven bits of the computed hash for the packet (usually a Toeplitz hash), taking this number as a key into the indirection table and reading the corresponding value. +Some NICs support symmetric RSS hashing where, if the IP (source address, +destination address) and TCP/UDP (source port, destination port) tuples +are swapped, the computed hash is the same. This is beneficial in some +applications that monitor TCP/IP flows (IDS, firewalls, ...etc) and need +both directions of the flow to land on the same Rx queue (and CPU). The +"Symmetric-XOR" is a type of RSS algorithms that achieves this hash +symmetry by XORing the input source and destination fields of the IP +and/or L4 protocols. This, however, results in reduced input entropy and +could potentially be exploited. Specifically, the algorithm XORs the input +as follows:: + + # (SRC_IP ^ DST_IP, SRC_IP ^ DST_IP, SRC_PORT ^ DST_PORT, SRC_PORT ^ DST_PORT) + +The result is then fed to the underlying RSS algorithm. + Some advanced NICs allow steering packets to queues based on programmable filters. For example, webserver bound TCP port 80 packets can be directed to their own receive queue. Such “n-tuple” filters can diff --git a/Documentation/networking/smc-sysctl.rst b/Documentation/networking/smc-sysctl.rst index 769149d987..a874d007f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/smc-sysctl.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/smc-sysctl.rst @@ -57,3 +57,17 @@ rmem - INTEGER only allowed 512KiB for SMC-R and 1MiB for SMC-D. Default: 64KiB + +smcr_max_links_per_lgr - INTEGER + Controls the max number of links can be added to a SMC-R link group. Notice that + the actual number of the links added to a SMC-R link group depends on the number + of RDMA devices exist in the system. The acceptable value ranges from 1 to 2. Only + for SMC-R v2.1 and later. + + Default: 2 + +smcr_max_conns_per_lgr - INTEGER + Controls the max number of connections can be added to a SMC-R link group. The + acceptable value ranges from 16 to 255. Only for SMC-R v2.1 and later. + + Default: 255 diff --git a/Documentation/networking/snmp_counter.rst b/Documentation/networking/snmp_counter.rst index 2136374744..ff1e6a8ffe 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/snmp_counter.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/snmp_counter.rst @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ https://lwn.net/Articles/576263/ * TcpExtTCPOrigDataSent -This counter is explained by `kernel commit f19c29e3e391`_, I pasted the +This counter is explained by kernel commit f19c29e3e391, I pasted the explanation below:: TCPOrigDataSent: number of outgoing packets with original data (excluding @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ explanation below:: * TCPSynRetrans -This counter is explained by `kernel commit f19c29e3e391`_, I pasted the +This counter is explained by kernel commit f19c29e3e391, I pasted the explanation below:: TCPSynRetrans: number of SYN and SYN/ACK retransmits to break down @@ -331,14 +331,12 @@ explanation below:: * TCPFastOpenActiveFail -This counter is explained by `kernel commit f19c29e3e391`_, I pasted the +This counter is explained by kernel commit f19c29e3e391, I pasted the explanation below:: TCPFastOpenActiveFail: Fast Open attempts (SYN/data) failed because the remote does not accept it or the attempts timed out. -.. _kernel commit f19c29e3e391: https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=f19c29e3e391a66a273e9afebaf01917245148cd - * TcpExtListenOverflows and TcpExtListenDrops When kernel receives a SYN from a client, and if the TCP accept queue @@ -698,11 +696,9 @@ number of the SACK block. For more details, please refer the comment of the function tcp_is_sackblock_valid in the kernel source code. A SACK option could have up to 4 blocks, they are checked individually. E.g., if 3 blocks of a SACk is invalid, the -corresponding counter would be updated 3 times. The comment of the -`Add counters for discarded SACK blocks`_ patch has additional -explanation: - -.. _Add counters for discarded SACK blocks: https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=18f02545a9a16c9a89778b91a162ad16d510bb32 +corresponding counter would be updated 3 times. The comment of commit +18f02545a9a1 ("[TCP] MIB: Add counters for discarded SACK blocks") +has additional explanation: * TcpExtTCPSACKDiscard diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.rst b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.rst index f17c01834a..5e93cd71f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.rst @@ -357,7 +357,8 @@ enabling SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_ID and comparing the byte offset at send time with the value returned for each timestamp. It can prevent the situation by always flushing the TCP stack in between requests, for instance by enabling TCP_NODELAY and disabling TCP_CORK and -autocork. +autocork. After linux-4.7, a better way to prevent coalescing is +to use MSG_EOR flag at sendmsg() time. These precautions ensure that the timestamp is generated only when all bytes have passed a timestamp point, assuming that the network stack diff --git a/Documentation/networking/xdp-rx-metadata.rst b/Documentation/networking/xdp-rx-metadata.rst index 205696780b..a6e0ece18b 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/xdp-rx-metadata.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/xdp-rx-metadata.rst @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + =============== XDP RX Metadata =============== @@ -18,7 +20,13 @@ Currently, the following kfuncs are supported. In the future, as more metadata is supported, this set will grow: .. kernel-doc:: net/core/xdp.c - :identifiers: bpf_xdp_metadata_rx_timestamp bpf_xdp_metadata_rx_hash + :identifiers: bpf_xdp_metadata_rx_timestamp + +.. kernel-doc:: net/core/xdp.c + :identifiers: bpf_xdp_metadata_rx_hash + +.. kernel-doc:: net/core/xdp.c + :identifiers: bpf_xdp_metadata_rx_vlan_tag An XDP program can use these kfuncs to read the metadata into stack variables for its own consumption. Or, to pass the metadata on to other diff --git a/Documentation/networking/xsk-tx-metadata.rst b/Documentation/networking/xsk-tx-metadata.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd033fe95c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/xsk-tx-metadata.rst @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +================== +AF_XDP TX Metadata +================== + +This document describes how to enable offloads when transmitting packets +via :doc:`af_xdp`. Refer to :doc:`xdp-rx-metadata` on how to access similar +metadata on the receive side. + +General Design +============== + +The headroom for the metadata is reserved via ``tx_metadata_len`` in +``struct xdp_umem_reg``. The metadata length is therefore the same for +every socket that shares the same umem. The metadata layout is a fixed UAPI, +refer to ``union xsk_tx_metadata`` in ``include/uapi/linux/if_xdp.h``. +Thus, generally, the ``tx_metadata_len`` field above should contain +``sizeof(union xsk_tx_metadata)``. + +The headroom and the metadata itself should be located right before +``xdp_desc->addr`` in the umem frame. Within a frame, the metadata +layout is as follows:: + + tx_metadata_len + / \ + +-----------------+---------+----------------------------+ + | xsk_tx_metadata | padding | payload | + +-----------------+---------+----------------------------+ + ^ + | + xdp_desc->addr + +An AF_XDP application can request headrooms larger than ``sizeof(struct +xsk_tx_metadata)``. The kernel will ignore the padding (and will still +use ``xdp_desc->addr - tx_metadata_len`` to locate +the ``xsk_tx_metadata``). For the frames that shouldn't carry +any metadata (i.e., the ones that don't have ``XDP_TX_METADATA`` option), +the metadata area is ignored by the kernel as well. + +The flags field enables the particular offload: + +- ``XDP_TXMD_FLAGS_TIMESTAMP``: requests the device to put transmission + timestamp into ``tx_timestamp`` field of ``union xsk_tx_metadata``. +- ``XDP_TXMD_FLAGS_CHECKSUM``: requests the device to calculate L4 + checksum. ``csum_start`` specifies byte offset of where the checksumming + should start and ``csum_offset`` specifies byte offset where the + device should store the computed checksum. + +Besides the flags above, in order to trigger the offloads, the first +packet's ``struct xdp_desc`` descriptor should set ``XDP_TX_METADATA`` +bit in the ``options`` field. Also note that in a multi-buffer packet +only the first chunk should carry the metadata. + +Software TX Checksum +==================== + +For development and testing purposes its possible to pass +``XDP_UMEM_TX_SW_CSUM`` flag to ``XDP_UMEM_REG`` UMEM registration call. +In this case, when running in ``XDK_COPY`` mode, the TX checksum +is calculated on the CPU. Do not enable this option in production because +it will negatively affect performance. + +Querying Device Capabilities +============================ + +Every devices exports its offloads capabilities via netlink netdev family. +Refer to ``xsk-flags`` features bitmask in +``Documentation/netlink/specs/netdev.yaml``. + +- ``tx-timestamp``: device supports ``XDP_TXMD_FLAGS_TIMESTAMP`` +- ``tx-checksum``: device supports ``XDP_TXMD_FLAGS_CHECKSUM`` + +See ``tools/net/ynl/samples/netdev.c`` on how to query this information. + +Example +======= + +See ``tools/testing/selftests/bpf/xdp_hw_metadata.c`` for an example +program that handles TX metadata. Also see https://github.com/fomichev/xskgen +for a more bare-bones example. diff --git a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.rst b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.rst index 53b6a56c46..df9755bfbd 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.rst +++ b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.rst @@ -14,27 +14,28 @@ architectures). II. How does it work? ===================== -There are three per-task flags used for that, PF_NOFREEZE, PF_FROZEN -and PF_FREEZER_SKIP (the last one is auxiliary). The tasks that have -PF_NOFREEZE unset (all user space processes and some kernel threads) are -regarded as 'freezable' and treated in a special way before the system enters a -suspend state as well as before a hibernation image is created (in what follows -we only consider hibernation, but the description also applies to suspend). +There is one per-task flag (PF_NOFREEZE) and three per-task states +(TASK_FROZEN, TASK_FREEZABLE and __TASK_FREEZABLE_UNSAFE) used for that. +The tasks that have PF_NOFREEZE unset (all user space tasks and some kernel +threads) are regarded as 'freezable' and treated in a special way before the +system enters a sleep state as well as before a hibernation image is created +(hibernation is directly covered by what follows, but the description applies +to system-wide suspend too). Namely, as the first step of the hibernation procedure the function freeze_processes() (defined in kernel/power/process.c) is called. A system-wide -variable system_freezing_cnt (as opposed to a per-task flag) is used to indicate -whether the system is to undergo a freezing operation. And freeze_processes() -sets this variable. After this, it executes try_to_freeze_tasks() that sends a -fake signal to all user space processes, and wakes up all the kernel threads. -All freezable tasks must react to that by calling try_to_freeze(), which -results in a call to __refrigerator() (defined in kernel/freezer.c), which sets -the task's PF_FROZEN flag, changes its state to TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE and makes -it loop until PF_FROZEN is cleared for it. Then, we say that the task is -'frozen' and therefore the set of functions handling this mechanism is referred -to as 'the freezer' (these functions are defined in kernel/power/process.c, -kernel/freezer.c & include/linux/freezer.h). User space processes are generally -frozen before kernel threads. +static key freezer_active (as opposed to a per-task flag or state) is used to +indicate whether the system is to undergo a freezing operation. And +freeze_processes() sets this static key. After this, it executes +try_to_freeze_tasks() that sends a fake signal to all user space processes, and +wakes up all the kernel threads. All freezable tasks must react to that by +calling try_to_freeze(), which results in a call to __refrigerator() (defined +in kernel/freezer.c), which changes the task's state to TASK_FROZEN, and makes +it loop until it is woken by an explicit TASK_FROZEN wakeup. Then, that task +is regarded as 'frozen' and so the set of functions handling this mechanism is +referred to as 'the freezer' (these functions are defined in +kernel/power/process.c, kernel/freezer.c & include/linux/freezer.h). User space +tasks are generally frozen before kernel threads. __refrigerator() must not be called directly. Instead, use the try_to_freeze() function (defined in include/linux/freezer.h), that checks @@ -43,31 +44,40 @@ if the task is to be frozen and makes the task enter __refrigerator(). For user space processes try_to_freeze() is called automatically from the signal-handling code, but the freezable kernel threads need to call it explicitly in suitable places or use the wait_event_freezable() or -wait_event_freezable_timeout() macros (defined in include/linux/freezer.h) -that combine interruptible sleep with checking if the task is to be frozen and -calling try_to_freeze(). The main loop of a freezable kernel thread may look +wait_event_freezable_timeout() macros (defined in include/linux/wait.h) +that put the task to sleep (TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE) or freeze it (TASK_FROZEN) if +freezer_active is set. The main loop of a freezable kernel thread may look like the following one:: set_freezable(); - do { - hub_events(); - wait_event_freezable(khubd_wait, - !list_empty(&hub_event_list) || - kthread_should_stop()); - } while (!kthread_should_stop() || !list_empty(&hub_event_list)); - -(from drivers/usb/core/hub.c::hub_thread()). - -If a freezable kernel thread fails to call try_to_freeze() after the freezer has -initiated a freezing operation, the freezing of tasks will fail and the entire -hibernation operation will be cancelled. For this reason, freezable kernel -threads must call try_to_freeze() somewhere or use one of the + + while (true) { + struct task_struct *tsk = NULL; + + wait_event_freezable(oom_reaper_wait, oom_reaper_list != NULL); + spin_lock_irq(&oom_reaper_lock); + if (oom_reaper_list != NULL) { + tsk = oom_reaper_list; + oom_reaper_list = tsk->oom_reaper_list; + } + spin_unlock_irq(&oom_reaper_lock); + + if (tsk) + oom_reap_task(tsk); + } + +(from mm/oom_kill.c::oom_reaper()). + +If a freezable kernel thread is not put to the frozen state after the freezer +has initiated a freezing operation, the freezing of tasks will fail and the +entire system-wide transition will be cancelled. For this reason, freezable +kernel threads must call try_to_freeze() somewhere or use one of the wait_event_freezable() and wait_event_freezable_timeout() macros. After the system memory state has been restored from a hibernation image and devices have been reinitialized, the function thaw_processes() is called in -order to clear the PF_FROZEN flag for each frozen task. Then, the tasks that -have been frozen leave __refrigerator() and continue running. +order to wake up each frozen task. Then, the tasks that have been frozen leave +__refrigerator() and continue running. Rationale behind the functions dealing with freezing and thawing of tasks @@ -96,7 +106,8 @@ III. Which kernel threads are freezable? Kernel threads are not freezable by default. However, a kernel thread may clear PF_NOFREEZE for itself by calling set_freezable() (the resetting of PF_NOFREEZE directly is not allowed). From this point it is regarded as freezable -and must call try_to_freeze() in a suitable place. +and must call try_to_freeze() or variants of wait_event_freezable() in a +suitable place. IV. Why do we do that? ====================== diff --git a/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst b/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst index 1f0d81f44e..c2046dec0c 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst @@ -66,6 +66,10 @@ for aligning variables/macros, for reflowing text and other similar tasks. See the file :ref:`Documentation/process/clang-format.rst ` for more details. +Some basic editor settings, such as indentation and line endings, will be +set automatically if you are using an editor that is compatible with +EditorConfig. See the official EditorConfig website for more information: +https://editorconfig.org/ Abstraction layers ****************** diff --git a/Documentation/process/changes.rst b/Documentation/process/changes.rst index bb96ca0f77..50b3d1cb11 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/changes.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/changes.rst @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ you probably needn't concern yourself with pcmciautils. ====================== =============== ======================================== GNU C 5.1 gcc --version Clang/LLVM (optional) 11.0.0 clang --version -Rust (optional) 1.73.0 rustc --version +Rust (optional) 1.74.1 rustc --version bindgen (optional) 0.65.1 bindgen --version GNU make 3.82 make --version bash 4.2 bash --version @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ binutils 2.25 ld -v flex 2.5.35 flex --version bison 2.0 bison --version pahole 1.16 pahole --version -util-linux 2.10o fdformat --version +util-linux 2.10o mount --version kmod 13 depmod -V e2fsprogs 1.41.4 e2fsck -V jfsutils 1.1.3 fsck.jfs -V @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ mcelog 0.6 mcelog --version iptables 1.4.2 iptables -V openssl & libcrypto 1.0.0 openssl version bc 1.06.95 bc --version -Sphinx\ [#f1]_ 1.7 sphinx-build --version +Sphinx\ [#f1]_ 2.4.4 sphinx-build --version cpio any cpio --version GNU tar 1.28 tar --version gtags (optional) 6.6.5 gtags --version @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Util-linux New versions of util-linux provide ``fdisk`` support for larger disks, support new options to mount, recognize more supported partition -types, have a fdformat which works with 2.4 kernels, and similar goodies. +types, and similar goodies. You'll probably want to upgrade. Ksymoops diff --git a/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst b/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst index 6db37a46d3..c48382c6b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst @@ -735,6 +735,10 @@ for aligning variables/macros, for reflowing text and other similar tasks. See the file :ref:`Documentation/process/clang-format.rst ` for more details. +Some basic editor settings, such as indentation and line endings, will be +set automatically if you are using an editor that is compatible with +EditorConfig. See the official EditorConfig website for more information: +https://editorconfig.org/ 10) Kconfig configuration files ------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/process/cve.rst b/Documentation/process/cve.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e2753eff7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/process/cve.rst @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +==== +CVEs +==== + +Common Vulnerabilities and Exposure (CVE®) numbers were developed as an +unambiguous way to identify, define, and catalog publicly disclosed +security vulnerabilities. Over time, their usefulness has declined with +regards to the kernel project, and CVE numbers were very often assigned +in inappropriate ways and for inappropriate reasons. Because of this, +the kernel development community has tended to avoid them. However, the +combination of continuing pressure to assign CVEs and other forms of +security identifiers, and ongoing abuses by individuals and companies +outside of the kernel community has made it clear that the kernel +community should have control over those assignments. + +The Linux kernel developer team does have the ability to assign CVEs for +potential Linux kernel security issues. This assignment is independent +of the :doc:`normal Linux kernel security bug reporting +process<../process/security-bugs>`. + +A list of all assigned CVEs for the Linux kernel can be found in the +archives of the linux-cve mailing list, as seen on +https://lore.kernel.org/linux-cve-announce/. To get notice of the +assigned CVEs, please `subscribe +`_ to that mailing list. + +Process +======= + +As part of the normal stable release process, kernel changes that are +potentially security issues are identified by the developers responsible +for CVE number assignments and have CVE numbers automatically assigned +to them. These assignments are published on the linux-cve-announce +mailing list as announcements on a frequent basis. + +Note, due to the layer at which the Linux kernel is in a system, almost +any bug might be exploitable to compromise the security of the kernel, +but the possibility of exploitation is often not evident when the bug is +fixed. Because of this, the CVE assignment team is overly cautious and +assign CVE numbers to any bugfix that they identify. This +explains the seemingly large number of CVEs that are issued by the Linux +kernel team. + +If the CVE assignment team misses a specific fix that any user feels +should have a CVE assigned to it, please email them at +and the team there will work with you on it. Note that no potential +security issues should be sent to this alias, it is ONLY for assignment +of CVEs for fixes that are already in released kernel trees. If you +feel you have found an unfixed security issue, please follow the +:doc:`normal Linux kernel security bug reporting +process<../process/security-bugs>`. + +No CVEs will be automatically assigned for unfixed security issues in +the Linux kernel; assignment will only automatically happen after a fix +is available and applied to a stable kernel tree, and it will be tracked +that way by the git commit id of the original fix. If anyone wishes to +have a CVE assigned before an issue is resolved with a commit, please +contact the kernel CVE assignment team at to get an +identifier assigned from their batch of reserved identifiers. + +No CVEs will be assigned for any issue found in a version of the kernel +that is not currently being actively supported by the Stable/LTS kernel +team. A list of the currently supported kernel branches can be found at +https://kernel.org/releases.html + +Disputes of assigned CVEs +========================= + +The authority to dispute or modify an assigned CVE for a specific kernel +change lies solely with the maintainers of the relevant subsystem +affected. This principle ensures a high degree of accuracy and +accountability in vulnerability reporting. Only those individuals with +deep expertise and intimate knowledge of the subsystem can effectively +assess the validity and scope of a reported vulnerability and determine +its appropriate CVE designation. Any attempt to modify or dispute a CVE +outside of this designated authority could lead to confusion, inaccurate +reporting, and ultimately, compromised systems. + +Invalid CVEs +============ + +If a security issue is found in a Linux kernel that is only supported by +a Linux distribution due to the changes that have been made by that +distribution, or due to the distribution supporting a kernel version +that is no longer one of the kernel.org supported releases, then a CVE +can not be assigned by the Linux kernel CVE team, and must be asked for +from that Linux distribution itself. + +Any CVE that is assigned against the Linux kernel for an actively +supported kernel version, by any group other than the kernel assignment +CVE team should not be treated as a valid CVE. Please notify the +kernel CVE assignment team at so that they can work to +invalidate such entries through the CNA remediation process. + +Applicability of specific CVEs +============================== + +As the Linux kernel can be used in many different ways, with many +different ways of accessing it by external users, or no access at all, +the applicability of any specific CVE is up to the user of Linux to +determine, it is not up to the CVE assignment team. Please do not +contact us to attempt to determine the applicability of any specific +CVE. + +Also, as the source tree is so large, and any one system only uses a +small subset of the source tree, any users of Linux should be aware that +large numbers of assigned CVEs are not relevant for their systems. + +In short, we do not know your use case, and we do not know what portions +of the kernel that you use, so there is no way for us to determine if a +specific CVE is relevant for your system. + +As always, it is best to take all released kernel changes, as they are +tested together in a unified whole by many community members, and not as +individual cherry-picked changes. Also note that for many bugs, the +solution to the overall problem is not found in a single change, but by +the sum of many fixes on top of each other. Ideally CVEs will be +assigned to all fixes for all issues, but sometimes we will fail to +notice fixes, therefore assume that some changes without a CVE assigned +might be relevant to take. + diff --git a/Documentation/process/development-process.rst b/Documentation/process/development-process.rst index 61c627e41b..e34d7da58b 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/development-process.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/development-process.rst @@ -3,9 +3,17 @@ A guide to the Kernel Development Process ========================================= -Contents: +The purpose of this document is to help developers (and their managers) +work with the development community with a minimum of frustration. It is +an attempt to document how this community works in a way which is +accessible to those who are not intimately familiar with Linux kernel +development (or, indeed, free software development in general). While +there is some technical material here, this is very much a process-oriented +discussion which does not require a deep knowledge of kernel programming to +understand. .. toctree:: + :caption: Contents :numbered: :maxdepth: 2 @@ -17,12 +25,3 @@ Contents: 6.Followthrough 7.AdvancedTopics 8.Conclusion - -The purpose of this document is to help developers (and their managers) -work with the development community with a minimum of frustration. It is -an attempt to document how this community works in a way which is -accessible to those who are not intimately familiar with Linux kernel -development (or, indeed, free software development in general). While -there is some technical material here, this is very much a process-oriented -discussion which does not require a deep knowledge of kernel programming to -understand. diff --git a/Documentation/process/howto.rst b/Documentation/process/howto.rst index deb8235e20..6c73889c98 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/howto.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/howto.rst @@ -82,8 +82,7 @@ documentation files are also added which explain how to use the feature. When a kernel change causes the interface that the kernel exposes to userspace to change, it is recommended that you send the information or a patch to the manual pages explaining the change to the manual pages -maintainer at mtk.manpages@gmail.com, and CC the list -linux-api@vger.kernel.org. +maintainer at alx@kernel.org, and CC the list linux-api@vger.kernel.org. Here is a list of files that are in the kernel source tree that are required reading: diff --git a/Documentation/process/index.rst b/Documentation/process/index.rst index a1daa309b5..de9cbb7bd7 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/index.rst @@ -15,49 +15,97 @@ to learn about how our community works. Reading these documents will make it much easier for you to get your changes merged with a minimum of trouble. -Below are the essential guides that every developer should read. +An introduction to how kernel development works +----------------------------------------------- + +Read these documents first: an understanding of the material here will ease +your entry into the kernel community. .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 - license-rules howto - code-of-conduct - code-of-conduct-interpretation development-process submitting-patches - handling-regressions + submit-checklist + +Tools and technical guides for kernel developers +------------------------------------------------ + +This is a collection of material that kernel developers should be familiar +with. + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + changes programming-language coding-style - maintainer-handbooks maintainer-pgp-guide email-clients + applying-patches + backporting + adding-syscalls + volatile-considered-harmful + botching-up-ioctls + +Policy guides and developer statements +-------------------------------------- + +These are the rules that we try to live by in the kernel community (and +beyond). + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + license-rules + code-of-conduct + code-of-conduct-interpretation + contribution-maturity-model kernel-enforcement-statement kernel-driver-statement + stable-api-nonsense + stable-kernel-rules + management-style + researcher-guidelines -For security issues, see: +Dealing with bugs +----------------- + +Bugs are a fact of life; it is important that we handle them properly. +The documents below describe our policies around the handling of a couple +of special classes of bugs: regressions and security problems. .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 + handling-regressions security-bugs + cve embargoed-hardware-issues -Other guides to the community that are of interest to most developers are: +Maintainer information +---------------------- + +How to find the people who will accept your patches. + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + maintainer-handbooks + maintainers + +Other material +-------------- + +Here are some other guides to the community that are of interest to most +developers: .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 - changes - stable-api-nonsense - management-style - stable-kernel-rules - submit-checklist kernel-docs deprecated - maintainers - researcher-guidelines - contribution-maturity-model These are some overall technical guides that have been put here for now for lack of a better place. @@ -65,12 +113,7 @@ lack of a better place. .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 - applying-patches - backporting - adding-syscalls magic-number - volatile-considered-harmful - botching-up-ioctls clang-format ../arch/riscv/patch-acceptance ../core-api/unaligned-memory-access diff --git a/Documentation/process/maintainer-netdev.rst b/Documentation/process/maintainer-netdev.rst index 84ee60fcee..fd96e4a3ce 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/maintainer-netdev.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/maintainer-netdev.rst @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ patchwork checks Checks in patchwork are mostly simple wrappers around existing kernel scripts, the sources are available at: -https://github.com/kuba-moo/nipa/tree/master/tests +https://github.com/linux-netdev/nipa/tree/master/tests **Do not** post your patches just to run them through the checks. You must ensure that your patches are ready by testing them locally diff --git a/Documentation/process/security-bugs.rst b/Documentation/process/security-bugs.rst index 692a3ba56c..56c560a00b 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/security-bugs.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/security-bugs.rst @@ -99,9 +99,8 @@ CVE assignment The security team does not assign CVEs, nor do we require them for reports or fixes, as this can needlessly complicate the process and may delay the bug handling. If a reporter wishes to have a CVE identifier -assigned, they should find one by themselves, for example by contacting -MITRE directly. However under no circumstances will a patch inclusion -be delayed to wait for a CVE identifier to arrive. +assigned for a confirmed issue, they can contact the :doc:`kernel CVE +assignment team<../process/cve>` to obtain one. Non-disclosure agreements ------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst b/Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst index 86d346bcb8..66029999b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst @@ -790,10 +790,14 @@ Providing base tree information ------------------------------- When other developers receive your patches and start the review process, -it is often useful for them to know where in the tree history they -should place your work. This is particularly useful for automated CI -processes that attempt to run a series of tests in order to establish -the quality of your submission before the maintainer starts the review. +it is absolutely necessary for them to know what is the base +commit/branch your work applies on, considering the sheer amount of +maintainer trees present nowadays. Note again the **T:** entry in the +MAINTAINERS file explained above. + +This is even more important for automated CI processes that attempt to +run a series of tests in order to establish the quality of your +submission before the maintainer starts the review. If you are using ``git format-patch`` to generate your patches, you can automatically include the base tree information in your submission by @@ -836,6 +840,9 @@ letter or in the first patch of the series and it should be placed either below the ``---`` line or at the very bottom of all other content, right before your email signature. +Make sure that base commit is in an official maintainer/mainline tree +and not in some internal, accessible only to you tree - otherwise it +would be worthless. References ---------- diff --git a/Documentation/rust/arch-support.rst b/Documentation/rust/arch-support.rst index b91e9ef4d0..73203ba1e9 100644 --- a/Documentation/rust/arch-support.rst +++ b/Documentation/rust/arch-support.rst @@ -12,10 +12,11 @@ which uses ``libclang``. Below is a general summary of architectures that currently work. Level of support corresponds to ``S`` values in the ``MAINTAINERS`` file. -============ ================ ============================================== -Architecture Level of support Constraints -============ ================ ============================================== -``um`` Maintained ``x86_64`` only. -``x86`` Maintained ``x86_64`` only. -============ ================ ============================================== +============= ================ ============================================== +Architecture Level of support Constraints +============= ================ ============================================== +``loongarch`` Maintained - +``um`` Maintained ``x86_64`` only. +``x86`` Maintained ``x86_64`` only. +============= ================ ============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/rust/coding-guidelines.rst b/Documentation/rust/coding-guidelines.rst index aa8ed08261..05542840b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/rust/coding-guidelines.rst +++ b/Documentation/rust/coding-guidelines.rst @@ -177,6 +177,19 @@ please take a look at the ``rustdoc`` book at: https://doc.rust-lang.org/rustdoc/how-to-write-documentation.html +In addition, the kernel supports creating links relative to the source tree by +prefixing the link destination with ``srctree/``. For instance: + +.. code-block:: rust + + //! C header: [`include/linux/printk.h`](srctree/include/linux/printk.h) + +or: + +.. code-block:: rust + + /// [`struct mutex`]: srctree/include/linux/mutex.h + Naming ------ diff --git a/Documentation/rust/general-information.rst b/Documentation/rust/general-information.rst index 081397827a..236c6dd3c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/rust/general-information.rst +++ b/Documentation/rust/general-information.rst @@ -77,3 +77,27 @@ configuration: #[cfg(CONFIG_X="y")] // Enabled as a built-in (`y`) #[cfg(CONFIG_X="m")] // Enabled as a module (`m`) #[cfg(not(CONFIG_X))] // Disabled + + +Testing +------- + +There are the tests that come from the examples in the Rust documentation +and get transformed into KUnit tests. These can be run via KUnit. For example +via ``kunit_tool`` (``kunit.py``) on the command line:: + + ./tools/testing/kunit/kunit.py run --make_options LLVM=1 --arch x86_64 --kconfig_add CONFIG_RUST=y + +Alternatively, KUnit can run them as kernel built-in at boot. Refer to +Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/index.rst for the general KUnit documentation +and Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/architecture.rst for the details of kernel +built-in vs. command line testing. + +Additionally, there are the ``#[test]`` tests. These can be run using +the ``rusttest`` Make target:: + + make LLVM=1 rusttest + +This requires the kernel ``.config`` and downloads external repositories. +It runs the ``#[test]`` tests on the host (currently) and thus is fairly +limited in what these tests can test. diff --git a/Documentation/rust/quick-start.rst b/Documentation/rust/quick-start.rst index f382914f41..cc3f11e0d4 100644 --- a/Documentation/rust/quick-start.rst +++ b/Documentation/rust/quick-start.rst @@ -33,14 +33,18 @@ A particular version of the Rust compiler is required. Newer versions may or may not work because, for the moment, the kernel depends on some unstable Rust features. -If ``rustup`` is being used, enter the checked out source code directory -and run:: +If ``rustup`` is being used, enter the kernel build directory (or use +``--path=`` argument to the ``set`` sub-command) and run:: rustup override set $(scripts/min-tool-version.sh rustc) This will configure your working directory to use the correct version of -``rustc`` without affecting your default toolchain. If you are not using -``rustup``, fetch a standalone installer from: +``rustc`` without affecting your default toolchain. + +Note that the override applies to the current working directory (and its +sub-directories). + +If you are not using ``rustup``, fetch a standalone installer from: https://forge.rust-lang.org/infra/other-installation-methods.html#standalone @@ -76,7 +80,7 @@ libclang ``libclang`` (part of LLVM) is used by ``bindgen`` to understand the C code in the kernel, which means LLVM needs to be installed; like when the kernel -is compiled with ``CC=clang`` or ``LLVM=1``. +is compiled with ``LLVM=1``. Linux distributions are likely to have a suitable one available, so it is best to check that first. @@ -229,10 +233,6 @@ at the moment. That is:: make LLVM=1 -For architectures that do not support a full LLVM toolchain, use:: - - make CC=clang - Using GCC also works for some configurations, but it is very experimental at the moment. diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst index f68919800f..6cffffe265 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ This is the (partial) list of the hooks: compat_yield sysctl is turned on; in that case, it places the scheduling entity at the right-most end of the red-black tree. - - check_preempt_curr(...) + - wakeup_preempt(...) This function checks if a task that entered the runnable state should preempt the currently running task. @@ -189,10 +189,10 @@ This is the (partial) list of the hooks: This function chooses the most appropriate task eligible to run next. - - set_curr_task(...) + - set_next_task(...) - This function is called when a task changes its scheduling class or changes - its task group. + This function is called when a task changes its scheduling class, changes + its task group or is scheduled. - task_tick(...) diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/schedutil.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/schedutil.rst index 32c7d69fc8..803fba8fc7 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/schedutil.rst +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/schedutil.rst @@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ For more detail see: - Documentation/scheduler/sched-capacity.rst:"1. CPU Capacity + 2. Task utilization" -UTIL_EST / UTIL_EST_FASTUP -========================== +UTIL_EST +======== Because periodic tasks have their averages decayed while they sleep, even though when running their expected utilization will be the same, they suffer a @@ -99,8 +99,7 @@ though when running their expected utilization will be the same, they suffer a To alleviate this (a default enabled option) UTIL_EST drives an Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) EWMA with the 'running' value on dequeue -- when it is -highest. A further default enabled option UTIL_EST_FASTUP modifies the IIR -filter to instantly increase and only decay on decrease. +highest. UTIL_EST filters to instantly increase and only decay on decrease. A further runqueue wide sum (of runnable tasks) is maintained of: diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys/trusted-encrypted.rst b/Documentation/security/keys/trusted-encrypted.rst index 9bc9db8ec6..e989b9802f 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/keys/trusted-encrypted.rst +++ b/Documentation/security/keys/trusted-encrypted.rst @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ safe. (2) TEE TEEs have well-documented, standardized client interface and APIs. For - more details refer to ``Documentation/staging/tee.rst``. + more details refer to ``Documentation/driver-api/tee.rst``. (3) CAAM diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx-static/custom.css b/Documentation/sphinx-static/custom.css index 084a884f6f..f4285417c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx-static/custom.css +++ b/Documentation/sphinx-static/custom.css @@ -7,6 +7,10 @@ div.body h1 { font-size: 180%; } div.body h2 { font-size: 150%; } div.body h3 { font-size: 130%; } +div.body h4 { font-size: 110%; } + +/* toctree captions are styled like h2 */ +div.toctree-wrapper p.caption[role=heading] { font-size: 150%; } /* Tighten up the layout slightly */ div.body { padding: 0 15px 0 10px; } @@ -20,6 +24,12 @@ div.document { width: auto; } +/* Size the logo appropriately */ +img.logo { + width: 104px; + margin-bottom: 20px; +} + /* * Parameters for the display of function prototypes and such included * from C source files. @@ -73,3 +83,56 @@ input.kernel-toc-toggle { display: none; } h3.kernel-toc-contents { display: inline; } div.kerneltoc a { color: black; } } + +/* Language selection menu */ + +div.admonition { + /* + * Make sure we don't overlap notes and warnings at the top of the + * document. + */ + clear: both; +} + +div.language-selection { + background: #eeeeee; + border: 1px solid #cccccc; + margin-bottom: 1em; + padding: .5em; + + position: relative; + float: right; +} + +div.language-selection a { + display: block; + padding: 0.5em; + color: #333333; + text-decoration: none; +} + +div.language-selection ul { + display: none; + position: absolute; + + /* Align with the parent div */ + top: 100%; + right: 0; + margin: 0; + + list-style: none; + + background: #fafafa; + border: 1px solid #cccccc; + + /* Never break menu item lines */ + white-space: nowrap; +} + +div.language-selection:hover ul { + display: block; +} + +div.language-selection ul li:hover { + background: #dddddd; +} diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx-static/theme_overrides.css b/Documentation/sphinx-static/theme_overrides.css index f6f2b941a5..79000b26e6 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx-static/theme_overrides.css +++ b/Documentation/sphinx-static/theme_overrides.css @@ -81,11 +81,6 @@ div[class^="highlight"] pre { * - hide the permalink symbol as long as link is not hovered */ - .toc-title { - font-size: 150%; - font-weight: bold; - } - caption, .wy-table caption, .rst-content table.field-list caption { font-size: 100%; } diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/automarkup.py b/Documentation/sphinx/automarkup.py index 06b34740bf..a413f8dd51 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/automarkup.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/automarkup.py @@ -7,11 +7,7 @@ from docutils import nodes import sphinx from sphinx import addnodes -if sphinx.version_info[0] < 2 or \ - sphinx.version_info[0] == 2 and sphinx.version_info[1] < 1: - from sphinx.environment import NoUri -else: - from sphinx.errors import NoUri +from sphinx.errors import NoUri import re from itertools import chain @@ -74,6 +70,12 @@ Skipfuncs = [ 'open', 'close', 'read', 'write', 'fcntl', 'mmap', c_namespace = '' +# +# Detect references to commits. +# +RE_git = re.compile(r'commit\s+(?P[0-9a-f]{12,40})(?:\s+\(".*?"\))?', + flags=re.IGNORECASE | re.DOTALL) + def markup_refs(docname, app, node): t = node.astext() done = 0 @@ -90,7 +92,8 @@ def markup_refs(docname, app, node): RE_struct: markup_c_ref, RE_union: markup_c_ref, RE_enum: markup_c_ref, - RE_typedef: markup_c_ref} + RE_typedef: markup_c_ref, + RE_git: markup_git} if sphinx.version_info[0] >= 3: markup_func = markup_func_sphinx3 @@ -276,6 +279,17 @@ def get_c_namespace(app, docname): return match.group(1) return '' +def markup_git(docname, app, match): + # While we could probably assume that we are running in a git + # repository, we can't know for sure, so let's just mechanically + # turn them into git.kernel.org links without checking their + # validity. (Maybe we can do something in the future to warn about + # these references if this is explicitly requested.) + text = match.group(0) + rev = match.group('rev') + return nodes.reference('', nodes.Text(text), + refuri=f'https://git.kernel.org/torvalds/c/{rev}') + def auto_markup(app, doctree, name): global c_namespace c_namespace = get_c_namespace(app, name) diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py b/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py index 4eb150bf50..e6959af254 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py @@ -127,11 +127,7 @@ def setup(app): # Handle easy Sphinx 3.1+ simple new tags: :c:expr and .. c:namespace:: app.connect('source-read', c_markups) - - if (major == 1 and minor < 8): - app.override_domain(CDomain) - else: - app.add_domain(CDomain, override=True) + app.add_domain(CDomain, override=True) return dict( version = __version__, diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py b/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py index 13e885bbd4..97166333b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py @@ -61,13 +61,7 @@ import sphinx from sphinx.util.nodes import clean_astext import kernellog -# Get Sphinx version -major, minor, patch = sphinx.version_info[:3] -if major == 1 and minor > 3: - # patches.Figure only landed in Sphinx 1.4 - from sphinx.directives.patches import Figure # pylint: disable=C0413 -else: - Figure = images.Figure +Figure = images.Figure __version__ = '1.0.0' diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/requirements.txt b/Documentation/sphinx/requirements.txt index 335b53df35..5d47ed4439 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/requirements.txt +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/requirements.txt @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ # jinja2>=3.1 is not compatible with Sphinx<4.0 jinja2<3.1 +# alabaster>=0.7.14 is not compatible with Sphinx<=3.3 +alabaster<0.7.14 Sphinx==2.4.4 +pyyaml diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/templates/kernel-toc.html b/Documentation/sphinx/templates/kernel-toc.html index b58efa99df..41f1efbe64 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/templates/kernel-toc.html +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/templates/kernel-toc.html @@ -12,5 +12,7 @@ diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/templates/translations.html b/Documentation/sphinx/templates/translations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8df5d42d8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/templates/translations.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + +{# Create a language menu for translations #} +{% if languages|length > 0: %} +
+{{ current_language }} + + +
+{% endif %} diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/translations.py b/Documentation/sphinx/translations.py new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..32c2b32b2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/translations.py @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +# +# Copyright © 2023, Oracle and/or its affiliates. +# Author: Vegard Nossum +# +# Add translation links to the top of the document. +# + +import os + +from docutils import nodes +from docutils.transforms import Transform + +import sphinx +from sphinx import addnodes +from sphinx.errors import NoUri + +all_languages = { + # English is always first + None: 'English', + + # Keep the rest sorted alphabetically + 'zh_CN': 'Chinese (Simplified)', + 'zh_TW': 'Chinese (Traditional)', + 'it_IT': 'Italian', + 'ja_JP': 'Japanese', + 'ko_KR': 'Korean', + 'sp_SP': 'Spanish', +} + +class LanguagesNode(nodes.Element): + pass + +class TranslationsTransform(Transform): + default_priority = 900 + + def apply(self): + app = self.document.settings.env.app + docname = self.document.settings.env.docname + + this_lang_code = None + components = docname.split(os.sep) + if components[0] == 'translations' and len(components) > 2: + this_lang_code = components[1] + + # normalize docname to be the untranslated one + docname = os.path.join(*components[2:]) + + new_nodes = LanguagesNode() + new_nodes['current_language'] = all_languages[this_lang_code] + + for lang_code, lang_name in all_languages.items(): + if lang_code == this_lang_code: + continue + + if lang_code is None: + target_name = docname + else: + target_name = os.path.join('translations', lang_code, docname) + + pxref = addnodes.pending_xref('', refdomain='std', + reftype='doc', reftarget='/' + target_name, modname=None, + classname=None, refexplicit=True) + pxref += nodes.Text(lang_name) + new_nodes += pxref + + self.document.insert(0, new_nodes) + +def process_languages(app, doctree, docname): + for node in doctree.traverse(LanguagesNode): + if app.builder.format not in ['html']: + node.parent.remove(node) + continue + + languages = [] + + # Iterate over the child nodes; any resolved links will have + # the type 'nodes.reference', while unresolved links will be + # type 'nodes.Text'. + languages = list(filter(lambda xref: + isinstance(xref, nodes.reference), node.children)) + + html_content = app.builder.templates.render('translations.html', + context={ + 'current_language': node['current_language'], + 'languages': languages, + }) + + node.replace_self(nodes.raw('', html_content, format='html')) + +def setup(app): + app.add_node(LanguagesNode) + app.add_transform(TranslationsTransform) + app.connect('doctree-resolved', process_languages) + + return { + 'parallel_read_safe': True, + 'parallel_write_safe': True, + } diff --git a/Documentation/spi/pxa2xx.rst b/Documentation/spi/pxa2xx.rst index 04f2a3856c..19479b8018 100644 --- a/Documentation/spi/pxa2xx.rst +++ b/Documentation/spi/pxa2xx.rst @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ PXA2xx SPI on SSP driver HOWTO ============================== This a mini HOWTO on the pxa2xx_spi driver. The driver turns a PXA2xx -synchronous serial port into an SPI master controller +synchronous serial port into an SPI host controller (see Documentation/spi/spi-summary.rst). The driver has the following features - Support for any PXA2xx and compatible SSP. - SSP PIO and SSP DMA data transfers. - External and Internal (SSPFRM) chip selects. -- Per slave device (chip) configuration. +- Per peripheral device (chip) configuration. - Full suspend, freeze, resume support. The driver is built around a &struct spi_message FIFO serviced by kernel @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ thread. The kernel thread, spi_pump_messages(), drives message FIFO and is responsible for queuing SPI transactions and setting up and launching the DMA or interrupt driven transfers. -Declaring PXA2xx Master Controllers ------------------------------------ -Typically, for a legacy platform, an SPI master is defined in the -arch/.../mach-*/board-*.c as a "platform device". The master configuration +Declaring PXA2xx host controllers +--------------------------------- +Typically, for a legacy platform, an SPI host controller is defined in the +arch/.../mach-*/board-*.c as a "platform device". The host controller configuration is passed to the driver via a table found in include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h:: struct pxa2xx_spi_controller { @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ is passed to the driver via a table found in include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h:: }; The "pxa2xx_spi_controller.num_chipselect" field is used to determine the number of -slave device (chips) attached to this SPI master. +peripheral devices (chips) attached to this SPI host controller. The "pxa2xx_spi_controller.enable_dma" field informs the driver that SSP DMA should be used. This caused the driver to acquire two DMA channels: Rx channel and @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ See the "PXA2xx Developer Manual" section "DMA Controller". For the new platforms the description of the controller and peripheral devices comes from Device Tree or ACPI. -NSSP MASTER SAMPLE ------------------- +NSSP HOST SAMPLE +---------------- Below is a sample configuration using the PXA255 NSSP for a legacy platform:: static struct resource pxa_spi_nssp_resources[] = { @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Below is a sample configuration using the PXA255 NSSP for a legacy platform:: }, }; - static struct pxa2xx_spi_controller pxa_nssp_master_info = { + static struct pxa2xx_spi_controller pxa_nssp_controller_info = { .num_chipselect = 1, /* Matches the number of chips attached to NSSP */ .enable_dma = 1, /* Enables NSSP DMA */ }; @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Below is a sample configuration using the PXA255 NSSP for a legacy platform:: .resource = pxa_spi_nssp_resources, .num_resources = ARRAY_SIZE(pxa_spi_nssp_resources), .dev = { - .platform_data = &pxa_nssp_master_info, /* Passed to driver */ + .platform_data = &pxa_nssp_controller_info, /* Passed to driver */ }, }; @@ -81,17 +81,17 @@ Below is a sample configuration using the PXA255 NSSP for a legacy platform:: (void)platform_add_device(devices, ARRAY_SIZE(devices)); } -Declaring Slave Devices ------------------------ -Typically, for a legacy platform, each SPI slave (chip) is defined in the +Declaring peripheral devices +---------------------------- +Typically, for a legacy platform, each SPI peripheral device (chip) is defined in the arch/.../mach-*/board-*.c using the "spi_board_info" structure found in "linux/spi/spi.h". See "Documentation/spi/spi-summary.rst" for additional information. -Each slave device attached to the PXA must provide slave specific configuration +Each peripheral device (chip) attached to the PXA2xx must provide specific chip configuration information via the structure "pxa2xx_spi_chip" found in -"include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h". The pxa2xx_spi master controller driver -will uses the configuration whenever the driver communicates with the slave +"include/linux/spi/pxa2xx_spi.h". The PXA2xx host controller driver will use +the configuration whenever the driver communicates with the peripheral device. All fields are optional. :: @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ dma_burst_size == 0. The "pxa2xx_spi_chip.timeout" fields is used to efficiently handle trailing bytes in the SSP receiver FIFO. The correct value for this field is dependent on the SPI bus speed ("spi_board_info.max_speed_hz") and the specific -slave device. Please note that the PXA2xx SSP 1 does not support trailing byte +peripheral device. Please note that the PXA2xx SSP 1 does not support trailing byte timeouts and must busy-wait any trailing bytes. NOTE: the SPI driver cannot control the chip select if SSPFRM is used, so the @@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ asserted around the complete message. Use SSPFRM as a GPIO (through a descriptor to accommodate these chips. -NSSP SLAVE SAMPLE ------------------ +NSSP PERIPHERAL SAMPLE +---------------------- For a legacy platform or in some other cases, the pxa2xx_spi_chip structure is passed to the pxa2xx_spi driver in the "spi_board_info.controller_data" field. Below is a sample configuration using the PXA255 NSSP. @@ -161,16 +161,16 @@ field. Below is a sample configuration using the PXA255 NSSP. .bus_num = 2, /* Framework bus number */ .chip_select = 0, /* Framework chip select */ .platform_data = NULL; /* No spi_driver specific config */ - .controller_data = &cs8415a_chip_info, /* Master chip config */ - .irq = STREETRACER_APCI_IRQ, /* Slave device interrupt */ + .controller_data = &cs8415a_chip_info, /* Host controller config */ + .irq = STREETRACER_APCI_IRQ, /* Peripheral device interrupt */ }, { .modalias = "cs8405a", /* Name of spi_driver for this device */ .max_speed_hz = 3686400, /* Run SSP as fast a possible */ .bus_num = 2, /* Framework bus number */ .chip_select = 1, /* Framework chip select */ - .controller_data = &cs8405a_chip_info, /* Master chip config */ - .irq = STREETRACER_APCI_IRQ, /* Slave device interrupt */ + .controller_data = &cs8405a_chip_info, /* Host controller config */ + .irq = STREETRACER_APCI_IRQ, /* Peripheral device interrupt */ }, }; @@ -193,17 +193,14 @@ mode supports both coherent and stream based DMA mappings. The following logic is used to determine the type of I/O to be used on a per "spi_transfer" basis:: - if !enable_dma then - always use PIO transfers + if spi_message.len > 65536 then + if spi_message.is_dma_mapped or rx_dma_buf != 0 or tx_dma_buf != 0 then + reject premapped transfers - if spi_message.len > 8191 then print "rate limited" warning use PIO transfers - if spi_message.is_dma_mapped and rx_dma_buf != 0 and tx_dma_buf != 0 then - use coherent DMA mode - - if rx_buf and tx_buf are aligned on 8 byte boundary then + if enable_dma and the size is in the range [DMA burst size..65536] then use streaming DMA mode otherwise diff --git a/Documentation/staging/index.rst b/Documentation/staging/index.rst index ded8254bc0..71592f3ce8 100644 --- a/Documentation/staging/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/staging/index.rst @@ -12,5 +12,4 @@ Unsorted Documentation rpmsg speculation static-keys - tee xz diff --git a/Documentation/staging/rpmsg.rst b/Documentation/staging/rpmsg.rst index 1ce353cb23..dba3e5f656 100644 --- a/Documentation/staging/rpmsg.rst +++ b/Documentation/staging/rpmsg.rst @@ -68,13 +68,14 @@ User API :: - int rpmsg_send(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, void *data, int len); + int rpmsg_send(struct rpmsg_endpoint *ept, void *data, int len); -sends a message across to the remote processor on a given channel. -The caller should specify the channel, the data it wants to send, +sends a message across to the remote processor from the given endpoint. +The caller should specify the endpoint, the data it wants to send, and its length (in bytes). The message will be sent on the specified -channel, i.e. its source and destination address fields will be -set to the channel's src and dst addresses. +endpoint's channel, i.e. its source and destination address fields will be +respectively set to the endpoint's src address and its parent channel +dst addresses. In case there are no TX buffers available, the function will block until one becomes available (i.e. until the remote processor consumes @@ -87,17 +88,18 @@ Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error value on failure. :: - int rpmsg_sendto(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, void *data, int len, u32 dst); + int rpmsg_sendto(struct rpmsg_endpoint *ept, void *data, int len, u32 dst); -sends a message across to the remote processor on a given channel, +sends a message across to the remote processor from a given endpoint, to a destination address provided by the caller. -The caller should specify the channel, the data it wants to send, +The caller should specify the endpoint, the data it wants to send, its length (in bytes), and an explicit destination address. The message will then be sent to the remote processor to which the -channel belongs, using the channel's src address, and the user-provided -dst address (thus the channel's dst address will be ignored). +endpoints's channel belongs, using the endpoints's src address, +and the user-provided dst address (thus the channel's dst address +will be ignored). In case there are no TX buffers available, the function will block until one becomes available (i.e. until the remote processor consumes @@ -110,18 +112,19 @@ Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error value on failure. :: - int rpmsg_send_offchannel(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, u32 src, u32 dst, + int rpmsg_send_offchannel(struct rpmsg_endpoint *ept, u32 src, u32 dst, void *data, int len); sends a message across to the remote processor, using the src and dst addresses provided by the user. -The caller should specify the channel, the data it wants to send, +The caller should specify the endpoint, the data it wants to send, its length (in bytes), and explicit source and destination addresses. The message will then be sent to the remote processor to which the -channel belongs, but the channel's src and dst addresses will be -ignored (and the user-provided addresses will be used instead). +endpoint's channel belongs, but the endpoint's src and channel dst +addresses will be ignored (and the user-provided addresses will +be used instead). In case there are no TX buffers available, the function will block until one becomes available (i.e. until the remote processor consumes @@ -134,13 +137,14 @@ Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error value on failure. :: - int rpmsg_trysend(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, void *data, int len); + int rpmsg_trysend(struct rpmsg_endpoint *ept, void *data, int len); -sends a message across to the remote processor on a given channel. -The caller should specify the channel, the data it wants to send, +sends a message across to the remote processor from a given endpoint. +The caller should specify the endpoint, the data it wants to send, and its length (in bytes). The message will be sent on the specified -channel, i.e. its source and destination address fields will be -set to the channel's src and dst addresses. +endpoint's channel, i.e. its source and destination address fields will be +respectively set to the endpoint's src address and its parent channel +dst addresses. In case there are no TX buffers available, the function will immediately return -ENOMEM without waiting until one becomes available. @@ -150,10 +154,10 @@ Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error value on failure. :: - int rpmsg_trysendto(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, void *data, int len, u32 dst) + int rpmsg_trysendto(struct rpmsg_endpoint *ept, void *data, int len, u32 dst) -sends a message across to the remote processor on a given channel, +sends a message across to the remote processor from a given endoint, to a destination address provided by the user. The user should specify the channel, the data it wants to send, @@ -171,7 +175,7 @@ Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error value on failure. :: - int rpmsg_trysend_offchannel(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, u32 src, u32 dst, + int rpmsg_trysend_offchannel(struct rpmsg_endpoint *ept, u32 src, u32 dst, void *data, int len); @@ -284,7 +288,7 @@ content to the console. dev_info(&rpdev->dev, "chnl: 0x%x -> 0x%x\n", rpdev->src, rpdev->dst); /* send a message on our channel */ - err = rpmsg_send(rpdev, "hello!", 6); + err = rpmsg_send(rpdev->ept, "hello!", 6); if (err) { pr_err("rpmsg_send failed: %d\n", err); return err; diff --git a/Documentation/staging/tee.rst b/Documentation/staging/tee.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 22baa077a3..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/staging/tee.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,364 +0,0 @@ -============= -TEE subsystem -============= - -This document describes the TEE subsystem in Linux. - -A TEE (Trusted Execution Environment) is a trusted OS running in some -secure environment, for example, TrustZone on ARM CPUs, or a separate -secure co-processor etc. A TEE driver handles the details needed to -communicate with the TEE. - -This subsystem deals with: - -- Registration of TEE drivers - -- Managing shared memory between Linux and the TEE - -- Providing a generic API to the TEE - -The TEE interface -================= - -include/uapi/linux/tee.h defines the generic interface to a TEE. - -User space (the client) connects to the driver by opening /dev/tee[0-9]* or -/dev/teepriv[0-9]*. - -- TEE_IOC_SHM_ALLOC allocates shared memory and returns a file descriptor - which user space can mmap. When user space doesn't need the file - descriptor any more, it should be closed. When shared memory isn't needed - any longer it should be unmapped with munmap() to allow the reuse of - memory. - -- TEE_IOC_VERSION lets user space know which TEE this driver handles and - its capabilities. - -- TEE_IOC_OPEN_SESSION opens a new session to a Trusted Application. - -- TEE_IOC_INVOKE invokes a function in a Trusted Application. - -- TEE_IOC_CANCEL may cancel an ongoing TEE_IOC_OPEN_SESSION or TEE_IOC_INVOKE. - -- TEE_IOC_CLOSE_SESSION closes a session to a Trusted Application. - -There are two classes of clients, normal clients and supplicants. The latter is -a helper process for the TEE to access resources in Linux, for example file -system access. A normal client opens /dev/tee[0-9]* and a supplicant opens -/dev/teepriv[0-9]. - -Much of the communication between clients and the TEE is opaque to the -driver. The main job for the driver is to receive requests from the -clients, forward them to the TEE and send back the results. In the case of -supplicants the communication goes in the other direction, the TEE sends -requests to the supplicant which then sends back the result. - -The TEE kernel interface -======================== - -Kernel provides a TEE bus infrastructure where a Trusted Application is -represented as a device identified via Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) and -client drivers register a table of supported device UUIDs. - -TEE bus infrastructure registers following APIs: - -match(): - iterates over the client driver UUID table to find a corresponding - match for device UUID. If a match is found, then this particular device is - probed via corresponding probe API registered by the client driver. This - process happens whenever a device or a client driver is registered with TEE - bus. - -uevent(): - notifies user-space (udev) whenever a new device is registered on - TEE bus for auto-loading of modularized client drivers. - -TEE bus device enumeration is specific to underlying TEE implementation, so it -is left open for TEE drivers to provide corresponding implementation. - -Then TEE client driver can talk to a matched Trusted Application using APIs -listed in include/linux/tee_drv.h. - -TEE client driver example -------------------------- - -Suppose a TEE client driver needs to communicate with a Trusted Application -having UUID: ``ac6a4085-0e82-4c33-bf98-8eb8e118b6c2``, so driver registration -snippet would look like:: - - static const struct tee_client_device_id client_id_table[] = { - {UUID_INIT(0xac6a4085, 0x0e82, 0x4c33, - 0xbf, 0x98, 0x8e, 0xb8, 0xe1, 0x18, 0xb6, 0xc2)}, - {} - }; - - MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(tee, client_id_table); - - static struct tee_client_driver client_driver = { - .id_table = client_id_table, - .driver = { - .name = DRIVER_NAME, - .bus = &tee_bus_type, - .probe = client_probe, - .remove = client_remove, - }, - }; - - static int __init client_init(void) - { - return driver_register(&client_driver.driver); - } - - static void __exit client_exit(void) - { - driver_unregister(&client_driver.driver); - } - - module_init(client_init); - module_exit(client_exit); - -OP-TEE driver -============= - -The OP-TEE driver handles OP-TEE [1] based TEEs. Currently it is only the ARM -TrustZone based OP-TEE solution that is supported. - -Lowest level of communication with OP-TEE builds on ARM SMC Calling -Convention (SMCCC) [2], which is the foundation for OP-TEE's SMC interface -[3] used internally by the driver. Stacked on top of that is OP-TEE Message -Protocol [4]. - -OP-TEE SMC interface provides the basic functions required by SMCCC and some -additional functions specific for OP-TEE. The most interesting functions are: - -- OPTEE_SMC_FUNCID_CALLS_UID (part of SMCCC) returns the version information - which is then returned by TEE_IOC_VERSION - -- OPTEE_SMC_CALL_GET_OS_UUID returns the particular OP-TEE implementation, used - to tell, for instance, a TrustZone OP-TEE apart from an OP-TEE running on a - separate secure co-processor. - -- OPTEE_SMC_CALL_WITH_ARG drives the OP-TEE message protocol - -- OPTEE_SMC_GET_SHM_CONFIG lets the driver and OP-TEE agree on which memory - range to used for shared memory between Linux and OP-TEE. - -The GlobalPlatform TEE Client API [5] is implemented on top of the generic -TEE API. - -Picture of the relationship between the different components in the -OP-TEE architecture:: - - User space Kernel Secure world - ~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~ - +--------+ +-------------+ - | Client | | Trusted | - +--------+ | Application | - /\ +-------------+ - || +----------+ /\ - || |tee- | || - || |supplicant| \/ - || +----------+ +-------------+ - \/ /\ | TEE Internal| - +-------+ || | API | - + TEE | || +--------+--------+ +-------------+ - | Client| || | TEE | OP-TEE | | OP-TEE | - | API | \/ | subsys | driver | | Trusted OS | - +-------+----------------+----+-------+----+-----------+-------------+ - | Generic TEE API | | OP-TEE MSG | - | IOCTL (TEE_IOC_*) | | SMCCC (OPTEE_SMC_CALL_*) | - +-----------------------------+ +------------------------------+ - -RPC (Remote Procedure Call) are requests from secure world to kernel driver -or tee-supplicant. An RPC is identified by a special range of SMCCC return -values from OPTEE_SMC_CALL_WITH_ARG. RPC messages which are intended for the -kernel are handled by the kernel driver. Other RPC messages will be forwarded to -tee-supplicant without further involvement of the driver, except switching -shared memory buffer representation. - -OP-TEE device enumeration -------------------------- - -OP-TEE provides a pseudo Trusted Application: drivers/tee/optee/device.c in -order to support device enumeration. In other words, OP-TEE driver invokes this -application to retrieve a list of Trusted Applications which can be registered -as devices on the TEE bus. - -OP-TEE notifications --------------------- - -There are two kinds of notifications that secure world can use to make -normal world aware of some event. - -1. Synchronous notifications delivered with ``OPTEE_RPC_CMD_NOTIFICATION`` - using the ``OPTEE_RPC_NOTIFICATION_SEND`` parameter. -2. Asynchronous notifications delivered with a combination of a non-secure - edge-triggered interrupt and a fast call from the non-secure interrupt - handler. - -Synchronous notifications are limited by depending on RPC for delivery, -this is only usable when secure world is entered with a yielding call via -``OPTEE_SMC_CALL_WITH_ARG``. This excludes such notifications from secure -world interrupt handlers. - -An asynchronous notification is delivered via a non-secure edge-triggered -interrupt to an interrupt handler registered in the OP-TEE driver. The -actual notification value are retrieved with the fast call -``OPTEE_SMC_GET_ASYNC_NOTIF_VALUE``. Note that one interrupt can represent -multiple notifications. - -One notification value ``OPTEE_SMC_ASYNC_NOTIF_VALUE_DO_BOTTOM_HALF`` has a -special meaning. When this value is received it means that normal world is -supposed to make a yielding call ``OPTEE_MSG_CMD_DO_BOTTOM_HALF``. This -call is done from the thread assisting the interrupt handler. This is a -building block for OP-TEE OS in secure world to implement the top half and -bottom half style of device drivers. - -OPTEE_INSECURE_LOAD_IMAGE Kconfig option ----------------------------------------- - -The OPTEE_INSECURE_LOAD_IMAGE Kconfig option enables the ability to load the -BL32 OP-TEE image from the kernel after the kernel boots, rather than loading -it from the firmware before the kernel boots. This also requires enabling the -corresponding option in Trusted Firmware for Arm. The Trusted Firmware for Arm -documentation [8] explains the security threat associated with enabling this as -well as mitigations at the firmware and platform level. - -There are additional attack vectors/mitigations for the kernel that should be -addressed when using this option. - -1. Boot chain security. - - * Attack vector: Replace the OP-TEE OS image in the rootfs to gain control of - the system. - - * Mitigation: There must be boot chain security that verifies the kernel and - rootfs, otherwise an attacker can modify the loaded OP-TEE binary by - modifying it in the rootfs. - -2. Alternate boot modes. - - * Attack vector: Using an alternate boot mode (i.e. recovery mode), the - OP-TEE driver isn't loaded, leaving the SMC hole open. - - * Mitigation: If there are alternate methods of booting the device, such as a - recovery mode, it should be ensured that the same mitigations are applied - in that mode. - -3. Attacks prior to SMC invocation. - - * Attack vector: Code that is executed prior to issuing the SMC call to load - OP-TEE can be exploited to then load an alternate OS image. - - * Mitigation: The OP-TEE driver must be loaded before any potential attack - vectors are opened up. This should include mounting of any modifiable - filesystems, opening of network ports or communicating with external - devices (e.g. USB). - -4. Blocking SMC call to load OP-TEE. - - * Attack vector: Prevent the driver from being probed, so the SMC call to - load OP-TEE isn't executed when desired, leaving it open to being executed - later and loading a modified OS. - - * Mitigation: It is recommended to build the OP-TEE driver as builtin driver - rather than as a module to prevent exploits that may cause the module to - not be loaded. - -AMD-TEE driver -============== - -The AMD-TEE driver handles the communication with AMD's TEE environment. The -TEE environment is provided by AMD Secure Processor. - -The AMD Secure Processor (formerly called Platform Security Processor or PSP) -is a dedicated processor that features ARM TrustZone technology, along with a -software-based Trusted Execution Environment (TEE) designed to enable -third-party Trusted Applications. This feature is currently enabled only for -APUs. - -The following picture shows a high level overview of AMD-TEE:: - - | - x86 | - | - User space (Kernel space) | AMD Secure Processor (PSP) - ~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - | - +--------+ | +-------------+ - | Client | | | Trusted | - +--------+ | | Application | - /\ | +-------------+ - || | /\ - || | || - || | \/ - || | +----------+ - || | | TEE | - || | | Internal | - \/ | | API | - +---------+ +-----------+---------+ +----------+ - | TEE | | TEE | AMD-TEE | | AMD-TEE | - | Client | | subsystem | driver | | Trusted | - | API | | | | | OS | - +---------+-----------+----+------+---------+---------+----------+ - | Generic TEE API | | ASP | Mailbox | - | IOCTL (TEE_IOC_*) | | driver | Register Protocol | - +--------------------------+ +---------+--------------------+ - -At the lowest level (in x86), the AMD Secure Processor (ASP) driver uses the -CPU to PSP mailbox register to submit commands to the PSP. The format of the -command buffer is opaque to the ASP driver. It's role is to submit commands to -the secure processor and return results to AMD-TEE driver. The interface -between AMD-TEE driver and AMD Secure Processor driver can be found in [6]. - -The AMD-TEE driver packages the command buffer payload for processing in TEE. -The command buffer format for the different TEE commands can be found in [7]. - -The TEE commands supported by AMD-TEE Trusted OS are: - -* TEE_CMD_ID_LOAD_TA - loads a Trusted Application (TA) binary into - TEE environment. -* TEE_CMD_ID_UNLOAD_TA - unloads TA binary from TEE environment. -* TEE_CMD_ID_OPEN_SESSION - opens a session with a loaded TA. -* TEE_CMD_ID_CLOSE_SESSION - closes session with loaded TA -* TEE_CMD_ID_INVOKE_CMD - invokes a command with loaded TA -* TEE_CMD_ID_MAP_SHARED_MEM - maps shared memory -* TEE_CMD_ID_UNMAP_SHARED_MEM - unmaps shared memory - -AMD-TEE Trusted OS is the firmware running on AMD Secure Processor. - -The AMD-TEE driver registers itself with TEE subsystem and implements the -following driver function callbacks: - -* get_version - returns the driver implementation id and capability. -* open - sets up the driver context data structure. -* release - frees up driver resources. -* open_session - loads the TA binary and opens session with loaded TA. -* close_session - closes session with loaded TA and unloads it. -* invoke_func - invokes a command with loaded TA. - -cancel_req driver callback is not supported by AMD-TEE. - -The GlobalPlatform TEE Client API [5] can be used by the user space (client) to -talk to AMD's TEE. AMD's TEE provides a secure environment for loading, opening -a session, invoking commands and closing session with TA. - -References -========== - -[1] https://github.com/OP-TEE/optee_os - -[2] http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.den0028a/index.html - -[3] drivers/tee/optee/optee_smc.h - -[4] drivers/tee/optee/optee_msg.h - -[5] http://www.globalplatform.org/specificationsdevice.asp look for - "TEE Client API Specification v1.0" and click download. - -[6] include/linux/psp-tee.h - -[7] drivers/tee/amdtee/amdtee_if.h - -[8] https://trustedfirmware-a.readthedocs.io/en/latest/threat_model/threat_model.html diff --git a/Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst b/Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst index 930dc23998..2d353fb8ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst +++ b/Documentation/subsystem-apis.rst @@ -86,3 +86,4 @@ Storage interfaces misc-devices/index peci/index wmi/index + tee/index diff --git a/Documentation/tee/amd-tee.rst b/Documentation/tee/amd-tee.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..51500fde70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/tee/amd-tee.rst @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +============================================= +AMD-TEE (AMD's Trusted Execution Environment) +============================================= + +The AMD-TEE driver handles the communication with AMD's TEE environment. The +TEE environment is provided by AMD Secure Processor. + +The AMD Secure Processor (formerly called Platform Security Processor or PSP) +is a dedicated processor that features ARM TrustZone technology, along with a +software-based Trusted Execution Environment (TEE) designed to enable +third-party Trusted Applications. This feature is currently enabled only for +APUs. + +The following picture shows a high level overview of AMD-TEE:: + + | + x86 | + | + User space (Kernel space) | AMD Secure Processor (PSP) + ~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + | + +--------+ | +-------------+ + | Client | | | Trusted | + +--------+ | | Application | + /\ | +-------------+ + || | /\ + || | || + || | \/ + || | +----------+ + || | | TEE | + || | | Internal | + \/ | | API | + +---------+ +-----------+---------+ +----------+ + | TEE | | TEE | AMD-TEE | | AMD-TEE | + | Client | | subsystem | driver | | Trusted | + | API | | | | | OS | + +---------+-----------+----+------+---------+---------+----------+ + | Generic TEE API | | ASP | Mailbox | + | IOCTL (TEE_IOC_*) | | driver | Register Protocol | + +--------------------------+ +---------+--------------------+ + +At the lowest level (in x86), the AMD Secure Processor (ASP) driver uses the +CPU to PSP mailbox register to submit commands to the PSP. The format of the +command buffer is opaque to the ASP driver. It's role is to submit commands to +the secure processor and return results to AMD-TEE driver. The interface +between AMD-TEE driver and AMD Secure Processor driver can be found in [1]. + +The AMD-TEE driver packages the command buffer payload for processing in TEE. +The command buffer format for the different TEE commands can be found in [2]. + +The TEE commands supported by AMD-TEE Trusted OS are: + +* TEE_CMD_ID_LOAD_TA - loads a Trusted Application (TA) binary into + TEE environment. +* TEE_CMD_ID_UNLOAD_TA - unloads TA binary from TEE environment. +* TEE_CMD_ID_OPEN_SESSION - opens a session with a loaded TA. +* TEE_CMD_ID_CLOSE_SESSION - closes session with loaded TA +* TEE_CMD_ID_INVOKE_CMD - invokes a command with loaded TA +* TEE_CMD_ID_MAP_SHARED_MEM - maps shared memory +* TEE_CMD_ID_UNMAP_SHARED_MEM - unmaps shared memory + +AMD-TEE Trusted OS is the firmware running on AMD Secure Processor. + +The AMD-TEE driver registers itself with TEE subsystem and implements the +following driver function callbacks: + +* get_version - returns the driver implementation id and capability. +* open - sets up the driver context data structure. +* release - frees up driver resources. +* open_session - loads the TA binary and opens session with loaded TA. +* close_session - closes session with loaded TA and unloads it. +* invoke_func - invokes a command with loaded TA. + +cancel_req driver callback is not supported by AMD-TEE. + +The GlobalPlatform TEE Client API [3] can be used by the user space (client) to +talk to AMD's TEE. AMD's TEE provides a secure environment for loading, opening +a session, invoking commands and closing session with TA. + +References +========== + +[1] include/linux/psp-tee.h + +[2] drivers/tee/amdtee/amdtee_if.h + +[3] http://www.globalplatform.org/specificationsdevice.asp look for + "TEE Client API Specification v1.0" and click download. diff --git a/Documentation/tee/index.rst b/Documentation/tee/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a23bd08847 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/tee/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +============= +TEE Subsystem +============= + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + tee + op-tee + amd-tee + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/tee/op-tee.rst b/Documentation/tee/op-tee.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b0ac097d55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/tee/op-tee.rst @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +==================================================== +OP-TEE (Open Portable Trusted Execution Environment) +==================================================== + +The OP-TEE driver handles OP-TEE [1] based TEEs. Currently it is only the ARM +TrustZone based OP-TEE solution that is supported. + +Lowest level of communication with OP-TEE builds on ARM SMC Calling +Convention (SMCCC) [2], which is the foundation for OP-TEE's SMC interface +[3] used internally by the driver. Stacked on top of that is OP-TEE Message +Protocol [4]. + +OP-TEE SMC interface provides the basic functions required by SMCCC and some +additional functions specific for OP-TEE. The most interesting functions are: + +- OPTEE_SMC_FUNCID_CALLS_UID (part of SMCCC) returns the version information + which is then returned by TEE_IOC_VERSION + +- OPTEE_SMC_CALL_GET_OS_UUID returns the particular OP-TEE implementation, used + to tell, for instance, a TrustZone OP-TEE apart from an OP-TEE running on a + separate secure co-processor. + +- OPTEE_SMC_CALL_WITH_ARG drives the OP-TEE message protocol + +- OPTEE_SMC_GET_SHM_CONFIG lets the driver and OP-TEE agree on which memory + range to used for shared memory between Linux and OP-TEE. + +The GlobalPlatform TEE Client API [5] is implemented on top of the generic +TEE API. + +Picture of the relationship between the different components in the +OP-TEE architecture:: + + User space Kernel Secure world + ~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +--------+ +-------------+ + | Client | | Trusted | + +--------+ | Application | + /\ +-------------+ + || +----------+ /\ + || |tee- | || + || |supplicant| \/ + || +----------+ +-------------+ + \/ /\ | TEE Internal| + +-------+ || | API | + + TEE | || +--------+--------+ +-------------+ + | Client| || | TEE | OP-TEE | | OP-TEE | + | API | \/ | subsys | driver | | Trusted OS | + +-------+----------------+----+-------+----+-----------+-------------+ + | Generic TEE API | | OP-TEE MSG | + | IOCTL (TEE_IOC_*) | | SMCCC (OPTEE_SMC_CALL_*) | + +-----------------------------+ +------------------------------+ + +RPC (Remote Procedure Call) are requests from secure world to kernel driver +or tee-supplicant. An RPC is identified by a special range of SMCCC return +values from OPTEE_SMC_CALL_WITH_ARG. RPC messages which are intended for the +kernel are handled by the kernel driver. Other RPC messages will be forwarded to +tee-supplicant without further involvement of the driver, except switching +shared memory buffer representation. + +OP-TEE device enumeration +------------------------- + +OP-TEE provides a pseudo Trusted Application: drivers/tee/optee/device.c in +order to support device enumeration. In other words, OP-TEE driver invokes this +application to retrieve a list of Trusted Applications which can be registered +as devices on the TEE bus. + +OP-TEE notifications +-------------------- + +There are two kinds of notifications that secure world can use to make +normal world aware of some event. + +1. Synchronous notifications delivered with ``OPTEE_RPC_CMD_NOTIFICATION`` + using the ``OPTEE_RPC_NOTIFICATION_SEND`` parameter. +2. Asynchronous notifications delivered with a combination of a non-secure + edge-triggered interrupt and a fast call from the non-secure interrupt + handler. + +Synchronous notifications are limited by depending on RPC for delivery, +this is only usable when secure world is entered with a yielding call via +``OPTEE_SMC_CALL_WITH_ARG``. This excludes such notifications from secure +world interrupt handlers. + +An asynchronous notification is delivered via a non-secure edge-triggered +interrupt to an interrupt handler registered in the OP-TEE driver. The +actual notification value are retrieved with the fast call +``OPTEE_SMC_GET_ASYNC_NOTIF_VALUE``. Note that one interrupt can represent +multiple notifications. + +One notification value ``OPTEE_SMC_ASYNC_NOTIF_VALUE_DO_BOTTOM_HALF`` has a +special meaning. When this value is received it means that normal world is +supposed to make a yielding call ``OPTEE_MSG_CMD_DO_BOTTOM_HALF``. This +call is done from the thread assisting the interrupt handler. This is a +building block for OP-TEE OS in secure world to implement the top half and +bottom half style of device drivers. + +OPTEE_INSECURE_LOAD_IMAGE Kconfig option +---------------------------------------- + +The OPTEE_INSECURE_LOAD_IMAGE Kconfig option enables the ability to load the +BL32 OP-TEE image from the kernel after the kernel boots, rather than loading +it from the firmware before the kernel boots. This also requires enabling the +corresponding option in Trusted Firmware for Arm. The Trusted Firmware for Arm +documentation [6] explains the security threat associated with enabling this as +well as mitigations at the firmware and platform level. + +There are additional attack vectors/mitigations for the kernel that should be +addressed when using this option. + +1. Boot chain security. + + * Attack vector: Replace the OP-TEE OS image in the rootfs to gain control of + the system. + + * Mitigation: There must be boot chain security that verifies the kernel and + rootfs, otherwise an attacker can modify the loaded OP-TEE binary by + modifying it in the rootfs. + +2. Alternate boot modes. + + * Attack vector: Using an alternate boot mode (i.e. recovery mode), the + OP-TEE driver isn't loaded, leaving the SMC hole open. + + * Mitigation: If there are alternate methods of booting the device, such as a + recovery mode, it should be ensured that the same mitigations are applied + in that mode. + +3. Attacks prior to SMC invocation. + + * Attack vector: Code that is executed prior to issuing the SMC call to load + OP-TEE can be exploited to then load an alternate OS image. + + * Mitigation: The OP-TEE driver must be loaded before any potential attack + vectors are opened up. This should include mounting of any modifiable + filesystems, opening of network ports or communicating with external + devices (e.g. USB). + +4. Blocking SMC call to load OP-TEE. + + * Attack vector: Prevent the driver from being probed, so the SMC call to + load OP-TEE isn't executed when desired, leaving it open to being executed + later and loading a modified OS. + + * Mitigation: It is recommended to build the OP-TEE driver as builtin driver + rather than as a module to prevent exploits that may cause the module to + not be loaded. + +References +========== + +[1] https://github.com/OP-TEE/optee_os + +[2] http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.den0028a/index.html + +[3] drivers/tee/optee/optee_smc.h + +[4] drivers/tee/optee/optee_msg.h + +[5] http://www.globalplatform.org/specificationsdevice.asp look for + "TEE Client API Specification v1.0" and click download. + +[6] https://trustedfirmware-a.readthedocs.io/en/latest/threat_model/threat_model.html diff --git a/Documentation/tee/tee.rst b/Documentation/tee/tee.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd9f8c4ff6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/tee/tee.rst @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +=================================== +TEE (Trusted Execution Environment) +=================================== + +This document describes the TEE subsystem in Linux. + +Overview +======== + +A TEE is a trusted OS running in some secure environment, for example, +TrustZone on ARM CPUs, or a separate secure co-processor etc. A TEE driver +handles the details needed to communicate with the TEE. + +This subsystem deals with: + +- Registration of TEE drivers + +- Managing shared memory between Linux and the TEE + +- Providing a generic API to the TEE diff --git a/Documentation/trace/coresight/coresight.rst b/Documentation/trace/coresight/coresight.rst index 826e59a698..d4f93d6a2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/coresight/coresight.rst +++ b/Documentation/trace/coresight/coresight.rst @@ -624,6 +624,10 @@ They are also listed in the folder /sys/bus/event_source/devices/cs_etm/format/ * - timestamp - Session local version of the system wide setting: :ref:`ETMv4_MODE_TIMESTAMP ` + * - cc_threshold + - Cycle count threshold value. If nothing is provided here or the provided value is 0, then the + default value i.e 0x100 will be used. If provided value is less than minimum cycles threshold + value, as indicated via TRCIDR3.CCITMIN, then the minimum value will be used instead. How to use the STM module ------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace-uses.rst b/Documentation/trace/ftrace-uses.rst index f7d98ae5b8..e198854ace 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace-uses.rst +++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace-uses.rst @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ FTRACE_OPS_FL_SAVE_REGS_IF_SUPPORTED FTRACE_OPS_FL_RECURSION By default, it is expected that the callback can handle recursion. - But if the callback is not that worried about overehead, then + But if the callback is not that worried about overhead, then setting this bit will add the recursion protection around the callback by calling a helper function that will do the recursion protection and only call the callback if it did not recurse. @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ FTRACE_OPS_FL_RECURSION Note, if this flag is not set, and recursion does occur, it could cause the system to crash, and possibly reboot via a triple fault. - Not, if this flag is set, then the callback will always be called + Note, if this flag is set, then the callback will always be called with preemption disabled. If it is not set, then it is possible (but not guaranteed) that the callback will be called in preemptable context. diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst index 23572f6697..7e7b8ec179 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst +++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst @@ -180,6 +180,21 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: Only active when the file contains a number greater than 0. (in microseconds) + buffer_percent: + + This is the watermark for how much the ring buffer needs to be filled + before a waiter is woken up. That is, if an application calls a + blocking read syscall on one of the per_cpu trace_pipe_raw files, it + will block until the given amount of data specified by buffer_percent + is in the ring buffer before it wakes the reader up. This also + controls how the splice system calls are blocked on this file:: + + 0 - means to wake up as soon as there is any data in the ring buffer. + 50 - means to wake up when roughly half of the ring buffer sub-buffers + are full. + 100 - means to block until the ring buffer is totally full and is + about to start overwriting the older data. + buffer_size_kb: This sets or displays the number of kilobytes each CPU @@ -203,6 +218,27 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: This displays the total combined size of all the trace buffers. + buffer_subbuf_size_kb: + + This sets or displays the sub buffer size. The ring buffer is broken up + into several same size "sub buffers". An event can not be bigger than + the size of the sub buffer. Normally, the sub buffer is the size of the + architecture's page (4K on x86). The sub buffer also contains meta data + at the start which also limits the size of an event. That means when + the sub buffer is a page size, no event can be larger than the page + size minus the sub buffer meta data. + + Note, the buffer_subbuf_size_kb is a way for the user to specify the + minimum size of the subbuffer. The kernel may make it bigger due to the + implementation details, or simply fail the operation if the kernel can + not handle the request. + + Changing the sub buffer size allows for events to be larger than the + page size. + + Note: When changing the sub-buffer size, tracing is stopped and any + data in the ring buffer and the snapshot buffer will be discarded. + free_buffer: If a process is performing tracing, and the ring buffer should be @@ -2574,7 +2610,7 @@ want, depending on your needs. - The cpu number on which the function executed is default enabled. It is sometimes better to only trace one cpu (see - tracing_cpu_mask file) or you might sometimes see unordered + tracing_cpumask file) or you might sometimes see unordered function calls while cpu tracing switch. - hide: echo nofuncgraph-cpu > trace_options diff --git a/Documentation/trace/kprobes.rst b/Documentation/trace/kprobes.rst index f825970a14..e1636e579c 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/kprobes.rst +++ b/Documentation/trace/kprobes.rst @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Kernel Probes (Kprobes) :Author: Jim Keniston :Author: Prasanna S Panchamukhi -:Author: Masami Hiramatsu +:Author: Masami Hiramatsu .. CONTENTS @@ -321,6 +321,7 @@ architectures: - mips - s390 - parisc +- loongarch Configuring Kprobes =================== diff --git a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/development-process.rst b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/development-process.rst index f1a6eca308..20e77c9816 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/development-process.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/development-process.rst @@ -8,9 +8,17 @@ Una guida al processo di sviluppo del Kernel ============================================ -Contenuti: +Lo scopo di questo documento è quello di aiutare gli sviluppatori (ed i loro +supervisori) a lavorare con la communità di sviluppo con il minimo sforzo. È +un tentativo di documentare il funzionamento di questa communità in modo che +sia accessibile anche a coloro che non hanno famigliarità con lo sviluppo del +Kernel Linux (o, anzi, con lo sviluppo di software libero in generale). Benchè +qui sia presente del materiale tecnico, questa è una discussione rivolta in +particolare al procedimento, e quindi per essere compreso non richiede una +conoscenza approfondità sullo sviluppo del kernel. .. toctree:: + :caption: Contenuti :numbered: :maxdepth: 2 @@ -22,12 +30,3 @@ Contenuti: 6.Followthrough 7.AdvancedTopics 8.Conclusion - -Lo scopo di questo documento è quello di aiutare gli sviluppatori (ed i loro -supervisori) a lavorare con la communità di sviluppo con il minimo sforzo. È -un tentativo di documentare il funzionamento di questa communità in modo che -sia accessibile anche a coloro che non hanno famigliarità con lo sviluppo del -Kernel Linux (o, anzi, con lo sviluppo di software libero in generale). Benchè -qui sia presente del materiale tecnico, questa è una discussione rivolta in -particolare al procedimento, e quindi per essere compreso non richiede una -conoscenza approfondità sullo sviluppo del kernel. diff --git a/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/SubmitChecklist b/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/SubmitChecklist index 4429447b09..1759c6b452 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/SubmitChecklist +++ b/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/SubmitChecklist @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ Linux カーネルパッチ投稿者向けチェックリスト 9: sparseを利用してちゃんとしたコードチェックをしてください。 -10: 'make checkstack' と 'make namespacecheck' を利用し、問題が発見されたら - 修正してください。'make checkstack' は明示的に問題を示しませんが、どれか +10: 'make checkstack' を利用し、問題が発見されたら修正してください。 + 'make checkstack' は明示的に問題を示しませんが、どれか １つの関数が512バイトより大きいスタックを使っていれば、修正すべき候補と なります。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/disclaimer-sp.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/disclaimer-sp.rst index a400034e95..841c2523e3 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/disclaimer-sp.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/disclaimer-sp.rst @@ -4,3 +4,6 @@ Si tiene alguna duda sobre la exactitud del contenido de esta traducción, la única referencia válida es la documentación oficial en inglés. + Además, por defecto, los enlaces a documentos redirigen a la + documentación en inglés, incluso si existe una versión traducida. + Consulte el índice para más información. diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/howto.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/howto.rst deleted file mode 100644 index f1629738b4..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/howto.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,617 +0,0 @@ -.. include:: ./disclaimer-sp.rst - -:Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/howto.rst ` -:Translator: Carlos Bilbao - -.. _sp_process_howto: - -Cómo participar en el desarrollo del kernel de Linux -==================================================== - -Este documento es el principal punto de partida. Contiene instrucciones -sobre cómo convertirse en desarrollador del kernel de Linux y explica cómo -trabajar con el y en su desarrollo. El documento no tratará ningún aspecto -técnico relacionado con la programación del kernel, pero le ayudará -guiándole por el camino correcto. - -Si algo en este documento quedara obsoleto, envíe parches al maintainer de -este archivo, que se encuentra en la parte superior del documento. - -Introducción ------------- -¿De modo que quiere descubrir como convertirse en un/a desarrollador/a del -kernel de Linux? Tal vez su jefe le haya dicho, "Escriba un driver de -Linux para este dispositivo." El objetivo de este documento en enseñarle -todo cuanto necesita para conseguir esto, describiendo el proceso por el -que debe pasar, y con indicaciones de como trabajar con la comunidad. -También trata de explicar las razones por las cuales la comunidad trabaja -de la forma en que lo hace. - -El kernel esta principalmente escrito en C, con algunas partes que son -dependientes de la arquitectura en ensamblador. Un buen conocimiento de C -es necesario para desarrollar en el kernel. Lenguaje ensamblador (en -cualquier arquitectura) no es necesario excepto que planee realizar -desarrollo de bajo nivel para dicha arquitectura. Aunque no es un perfecto -sustituto para una educación sólida en C y/o años de experiencia, los -siguientes libros sirven, como mínimo, como referencia: - -- "The C Programming Language" de Kernighan e Ritchie [Prentice Hall] -- "Practical C Programming" de Steve Oualline [O'Reilly] -- "C: A Reference Manual" de Harbison and Steele [Prentice Hall] - -El kernel está escrito usando GNU C y la cadena de herramientas GNU. Si -bien se adhiere al estándar ISO C89, utiliza una serie de extensiones que -no aparecen en dicho estándar. El kernel usa un C independiente de entorno, -sin depender de la biblioteca C estándar, por lo que algunas partes del -estándar C no son compatibles. Divisiones de long long arbitrarios o -de coma flotante no son permitidas. En ocasiones, puede ser difícil de -entender las suposiciones que el kernel hace respecto a la cadena de -herramientas y las extensiones que usa, y desafortunadamente no hay -referencia definitiva para estas. Consulte las páginas de información de -gcc (`info gcc`) para obtener información al respecto. - -Recuerde que está tratando de aprender a trabajar con una comunidad de -desarrollo existente. Es un grupo diverso de personas, con altos estándares -de código, estilo y procedimiento. Estas normas han sido creadas a lo -largo del tiempo en función de lo que se ha encontrado que funciona mejor -para un equipo tan grande y geográficamente disperso. Trate de aprender -tanto como le sea posible acerca de estos estándares antes de tiempo, ya -que están bien documentados; no espere que la gente se adapte a usted o a -la forma de hacer las cosas en su empresa. - -Cuestiones legales ------------------- -El código fuente del kernel de Linux se publica bajo licencia GPL. Por -favor, revise el archivo COPYING, presente en la carpeta principal del -código fuente, para detalles de la licencia. Si tiene alguna otra pregunta -sobre licencias, contacte a un abogado, no pregunte en listas de discusión -del kernel de Linux. La gente en estas listas no son abogadas, y no debe -confiar en sus opiniones en materia legal. - -Para preguntas y respuestas más frecuentes sobre la licencia GPL, consulte: - - https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.html - -Documentación --------------- -El código fuente del kernel de Linux tiene una gran variedad de documentos -que son increíblemente valiosos para aprender a interactuar con la -comunidad del kernel. Cuando se agregan nuevas funciones al kernel, se -recomienda que se incluyan nuevos archivos de documentación que expliquen -cómo usar la función. Cuando un cambio en el kernel hace que la interfaz -que el kernel expone espacio de usuario cambie, se recomienda que envíe la -información o un parche en las páginas del manual que expliquen el cambio -a mtk.manpages@gmail.com, y CC la lista linux-api@vger.kernel.org. - -Esta es la lista de archivos que están en el código fuente del kernel y son -de obligada lectura: - - :ref:`Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst ` - Este archivo ofrece una breve descripción del kernel de Linux y - describe lo que es necesario hacer para configurar y compilar el - kernel. Quienes sean nuevos en el kernel deben comenzar aquí. - - :ref:`Documentation/process/changes.rst ` - Este archivo proporciona una lista de los niveles mínimos de varios - paquetes que son necesarios para construir y ejecutar el kernel - exitosamente. - - :ref:`Documentation/process/coding-style.rst ` - Esto describe el estilo de código del kernel de Linux y algunas de los - razones detrás de esto. Se espera que todo el código nuevo siga las - directrices de este documento. La mayoría de los maintainers solo - aceptarán parches si se siguen estas reglas, y muchas personas solo - revisan el código si tiene el estilo adecuado. - - :ref:`Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst ` - Este archivo describe en gran detalle cómo crear con éxito y enviar un - parche, que incluye (pero no se limita a): - - - Contenidos del correo electrónico (email) - - Formato del email - - A quien se debe enviar - - Seguir estas reglas no garantiza el éxito (ya que todos los parches son - sujetos a escrutinio de contenido y estilo), pero en caso de no seguir - dichas reglas, el fracaso es prácticamente garantizado. - Otras excelentes descripciones de cómo crear parches correctamente son: - - "The Perfect Patch" - https://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt - - "Linux kernel patch submission format" - https://web.archive.org/web/20180829112450/http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html - - :ref:`Documentation/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst ` - Este archivo describe la lógica detrás de la decisión consciente de - no tener una API estable dentro del kernel, incluidas cosas como: - - - Capas intermedias del subsistema (por compatibilidad?) - - Portabilidad de drivers entre sistemas operativos - - Mitigar el cambio rápido dentro del árbol de fuentes del kernel (o - prevenir cambios rápidos) - - Este documento es crucial para comprender la filosofía del desarrollo - de Linux y es muy importante para las personas que se mudan a Linux - tras desarrollar otros sistemas operativos. - - :ref:`Documentation/process/security-bugs.rst ` - Si cree que ha encontrado un problema de seguridad en el kernel de - Linux, siga los pasos de este documento para ayudar a notificar a los - desarrolladores del kernel y ayudar a resolver el problema. - - :ref:`Documentation/process/management-style.rst ` - Este documento describe cómo operan los maintainers del kernel de Linux - y los valores compartidos detrás de sus metodologías. Esta es una - lectura importante para cualquier persona nueva en el desarrollo del - kernel (o cualquier persona que simplemente sienta curiosidad por - el campo IT), ya que clarifica muchos conceptos erróneos y confusiones - comunes sobre el comportamiento único de los maintainers del kernel. - - :ref:`Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst ` - Este archivo describe las reglas sobre cómo se suceden las versiones - del kernel estable, y qué hacer si desea obtener un cambio en una de - estas publicaciones. - - :ref:`Documentation/process/kernel-docs.rst ` - Una lista de documentación externa relativa al desarrollo del kernel. - Por favor consulte esta lista si no encuentra lo que están buscando - dentro de la documentación del kernel. - - :ref:`Documentation/process/applying-patches.rst ` - Una buena introducción que describe exactamente qué es un parche y cómo - aplicarlo a las diferentes ramas de desarrollo del kernel. - -El kernel también tiene una gran cantidad de documentos que pueden ser -generados automáticamente desde el propio código fuente o desde -ReStructuredText markups (ReST), como este. Esto incluye un descripción -completa de la API en el kernel y reglas sobre cómo manejar cerrojos -(locking) correctamente. - -Todos estos documentos se pueden generar como PDF o HTML ejecutando:: - - make pdfdocs - make htmldocs - -respectivamente desde el directorio fuente principal del kernel. - -Los documentos que utilizan el markup ReST se generarán en -Documentation/output. También se pueden generar en formatos LaTeX y ePub -con:: - - make latexdocs - make epubdocs - -Convertirse en un/a desarrollador/a de kernel ---------------------------------------------- - -Si no sabe nada sobre el desarrollo del kernel de Linux, debería consultar -el proyecto Linux KernelNewbies: - - https://kernelnewbies.org - -Consiste en una útil lista de correo donde puede preguntar casi cualquier -tipo de pregunta básica de desarrollo del kernel (asegúrese de buscar en -los archivos primero, antes de preguntar algo que ya ha sido respondido en -el pasado.) También tiene un canal IRC que puede usar para hacer preguntas -en tiempo real, y una gran cantidad de documentación útil para ir -aprendiendo sobre el desarrollo del kernel de Linux. - -El sitio web tiene información básica sobre la organización del código, -subsistemas, y proyectos actuales (tanto dentro como fuera del árbol). -También describe alguna información logística básica, como cómo compilar -un kernel y aplicar un parche. - -Si no sabe por dónde quiere empezar, pero quieres buscar alguna tarea que -comenzar a hacer para unirse a la comunidad de desarrollo del kernel, -acuda al proyecto Linux Kernel Janitor: - - https://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors - -Es un gran lugar para comenzar. Describe una lista de problemas -relativamente simples que deben limpiarse y corregirse dentro del código -fuente del kernel de Linux árbol de fuentes. Trabajando con los -desarrolladores a cargo de este proyecto, aprenderá los conceptos básicos -para incluir su parche en el árbol del kernel de Linux, y posiblemente -descubrir en la dirección en que trabajar a continuación, si no tiene ya -una idea. - -Antes de realizar cualquier modificación real al código del kernel de -Linux, es imperativo entender cómo funciona el código en cuestión. Para -este propósito, nada es mejor que leerlo directamente (lo más complicado -está bien comentado), tal vez incluso con la ayuda de herramientas -especializadas. Una de esas herramientas que se recomienda especialmente -es el proyecto Linux Cross-Reference, que es capaz de presentar el código -fuente en un formato de página web indexada y autorreferencial. Una -excelente puesta al día del repositorio del código del kernel se puede -encontrar en: - - https://elixir.bootlin.com/ - -El proceso de desarrollo ------------------------- - -El proceso de desarrollo del kernel de Linux consiste actualmente de -diferentes "branches" (ramas) con muchos distintos subsistemas específicos -a cada una de ellas. Las diferentes ramas son: - - - El código principal de Linus (mainline tree) - - Varios árboles estables con múltiples major numbers - - Subsistemas específicos - - linux-next, para integración y testing - -Mainline tree (Árbol principal) -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -El mainline tree es mantenido por Linus Torvalds, y puede encontrarse en -https://kernel.org o en su repo. El proceso de desarrollo es el siguiente: - - - Tan pronto como se lanza un nuevo kernel, se abre una ventana de dos - semanas, durante este período de tiempo, los maintainers pueden enviar - grandes modificaciones a Linus, por lo general los parches que ya se - han incluido en el linux-next durante unas semanas. La forma preferida - de enviar grandes cambios es usando git (la herramienta de - administración de código fuente del kernel, más información al respecto - en https://git-scm.com/), pero los parches simples también son validos. - - Después de dos semanas, se lanza un kernel -rc1 y la atención se centra - en hacer el kernel nuevo lo más estable ("solido") posible. La mayoría - de los parches en este punto deben arreglar una regresión. Los errores - que siempre han existido no son regresiones, por lo tanto, solo envíe - este tipo de correcciones si son importantes. Tenga en cuenta que se - podría aceptar un controlador (o sistema de archivos) completamente - nuevo después de -rc1 porque no hay riesgo de causar regresiones con - tal cambio, siempre y cuando el cambio sea autónomo y no afecte áreas - fuera del código que se está agregando. git se puede usar para enviar - parches a Linus después de que se lance -rc1, pero los parches también - deben ser enviado a una lista de correo pública para su revisión. - - Se lanza un nuevo -rc cada vez que Linus considera que el árbol git - actual esta en un estado razonablemente sano y adecuado para la prueba. - La meta es lanzar un nuevo kernel -rc cada semana. - - El proceso continúa hasta que el kernel se considera "listo", y esto - puede durar alrededor de 6 semanas. - -Vale la pena mencionar lo que Andrew Morton escribió en las listas de -correo del kernel de Linux, sobre lanzamientos del kernel (traducido): - - *"Nadie sabe cuándo se publicara un nuevo kernel, pues esto sucede - según el estado de los bugs, no de una cronología preconcebida."* - -Varios árboles estables con múltiples major numbers -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Los kernels con versiones de 3 partes son kernels estables. Estos contienen -correcciones relativamente pequeñas y críticas para problemas de seguridad -o importantes regresiones descubiertas para una publicación de código. -Cada lanzamiento en una gran serie estable incrementa la tercera parte de -la versión número, manteniendo las dos primeras partes iguales. - -Esta es la rama recomendada para los usuarios que quieren la versión -estable más reciente del kernel, y no están interesados en ayudar a probar -versiones en desarrollo/experimentales. - -Los árboles estables son mantenidos por el equipo "estable" -, y se liberan (publican) según lo dicten las -necesidades. El período de liberación normal es de aproximadamente dos -semanas, pero puede ser más largo si no hay problemas apremiantes. Un -problema relacionado con la seguridad, en cambio, puede causar un -lanzamiento casi instantáneamente. - -El archivo :ref:`Documentación/proceso/stable-kernel-rules.rst ` -en el árbol del kernel documenta qué tipos de cambios son aceptables para -el árbol estable y cómo funciona el proceso de lanzamiento. - -Subsistemas específicos -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Los maintainers de los diversos subsistemas del kernel --- y también muchos -desarrolladores de subsistemas del kernel --- exponen su estado actual de -desarrollo en repositorios fuente. De esta manera, otros pueden ver lo que -está sucediendo en las diferentes áreas del kernel. En áreas donde el -desarrollo es rápido, se le puede pedir a un desarrollador que base sus -envíos en tal árbol del subsistema del kernel, para evitar conflictos entre -este y otros trabajos ya en curso. - -La mayoría de estos repositorios son árboles git, pero también hay otros -SCM en uso, o colas de parches que se publican como series quilt. Las -direcciones de estos repositorios de subsistemas se enumeran en el archivo -MAINTAINERS. Muchos de estos se pueden ver en https://git.kernel.org/. - -Antes de que un parche propuesto se incluya con dicho árbol de subsistemas, -es sujeto a revisión, que ocurre principalmente en las listas de correo -(ver la sección respectiva a continuación). Para varios subsistemas del -kernel, esta revisión se rastrea con la herramienta patchwork. Patchwork -ofrece una interfaz web que muestra publicaciones de parches, cualquier -comentario sobre un parche o revisiones a él, y los maintainers pueden -marcar los parches como en revisión, aceptado, o rechazado. La mayoría de -estos sitios de trabajo de parches se enumeran en - -https://patchwork.kernel.org/. - -linux-next, para integración y testing -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Antes de que las actualizaciones de los árboles de subsistemas se combinen -con el árbol principal, necesitan probar su integración. Para ello, existe -un repositorio especial de pruebas en el que se encuentran casi todos los -árboles de subsistema, actualizado casi a diario: - - https://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git - -De esta manera, linux-next ofrece una perspectiva resumida de lo que se -espera que entre en el kernel principal en el próximo período de "merge" -(fusión de código). Los testers aventureros son bienvenidos a probar -linux-next en ejecución. - -Reportar bugs -------------- - -El archivo 'Documentación/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst' en el -directorio principal del kernel describe cómo informar un posible bug del -kernel y detalles sobre qué tipo de información necesitan los -desarrolladores del kernel para ayudar a rastrear la fuente del problema. - -Gestión de informes de bugs ------------------------------- - -Una de las mejores formas de poner en práctica sus habilidades de hacking -es arreglando errores reportados por otras personas. No solo ayudará a -hacer el kernel más estable, también aprenderá a solucionar problemas del -mundo real y mejora sus habilidades, y otros desarrolladores se darán -cuenta de tu presencia. La corrección de errores es una de las mejores -formas de ganar méritos entre desarrolladores, porque no a muchas personas -les gusta perder el tiempo arreglando los errores de otras personas. - -Para trabajar en informes de errores ya reportados, busque un subsistema -que le interese. Verifique el archivo MAINTAINERS donde se informan los -errores de ese subsistema; con frecuencia será una lista de correo, rara -vez un rastreador de errores (bugtracker). Busque en los archivos de dicho -lugar para informes recientes y ayude donde lo crea conveniente. También es -posible que desee revisar https://bugzilla.kernel.org para informes de -errores; solo un puñado de subsistemas del kernel lo emplean activamente -para informar o rastrear; sin embargo, todos los errores para todo el kernel -se archivan allí. - -Listas de correo ------------------ - -Como se explica en algunos de los documentos anteriores, la mayoría de -desarrolladores del kernel participan en la lista de correo del kernel de -Linux. Detalles sobre cómo para suscribirse y darse de baja de la lista se -pueden encontrar en: - - http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-kernel - -Existen archivos de la lista de correo en la web en muchos lugares -distintos. Utilice un motor de búsqueda para encontrar estos archivos. Por -ejemplo: - - http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel - -Es muy recomendable que busque en los archivos sobre el tema que desea -tratar, antes de publicarlo en la lista. Un montón de cosas ya discutidas -en detalle solo se registran en los archivos de la lista de correo. - -La mayoría de los subsistemas individuales del kernel también tienen sus -propias lista de correo donde hacen sus esfuerzos de desarrollo. Revise el -archivo MAINTAINERS para obtener referencias de lo que estas listas para -los diferentes grupos. - -Muchas de las listas están alojadas en kernel.org. La información sobre -estas puede ser encontrada en: - - http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html - -Recuerde mantener buenos hábitos de comportamiento al usar las listas. -Aunque un poco cursi, la siguiente URL tiene algunas pautas simples para -interactuar con la lista (o cualquier lista): - - http://www.albion.com/netiquette/ - -Si varias personas responden a su correo, el CC (lista de destinatarios) -puede hacerse bastante grande. No elimine a nadie de la lista CC: sin una -buena razón, o no responda solo a la dirección de la lista. Acostúmbrese -a recibir correos dos veces, una del remitente y otra de la lista, y no -intente ajustar esto agregando encabezados de correo astutos, a la gente no -le gustará. - -Recuerde mantener intacto el contexto y la atribución de sus respuestas, -mantenga las líneas "El hacker John Kernel escribió ...:" en la parte -superior de su respuesta, y agregue sus declaraciones entre las secciones -individuales citadas en lugar de escribiendo en la parte superior del -correo electrónico. - -Si incluye parches en su correo, asegúrese de que sean texto legible sin -formato como se indica en :ref:`Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst `. -Los desarrolladores del kernel no quieren lidiar con archivos adjuntos o -parches comprimidos; y pueden querer comentar líneas individuales de su -parche, que funciona sólo de esa manera. Asegúrese de emplear un programa -de correo que no altere los espacios ni los tabuladores. Una buena primera -prueba es enviarse el correo a usted mismo, e intentar aplicar su -propio parche. Si eso no funciona, arregle su programa de correo o -reemplace hasta que funcione. - -Sobretodo, recuerde de ser respetuoso con otros subscriptores. - -Colaborando con la comunidad ----------------------------- - -El objetivo de la comunidad del kernel es proporcionar el mejor kernel -posible. Cuando envíe un parche para su aceptación, se revisará en sus -méritos técnicos solamente. Entonces, ¿qué deberías ser? - - - críticas - - comentarios - - peticiones de cambios - - peticiones de justificaciones - - silencio - -Recuerde, esto es parte de introducir su parche en el kernel. Tiene que ser -capaz de recibir críticas y comentarios sobre sus parches, evaluar -a nivel técnico y re-elaborar sus parches o proporcionar razonamiento claro -y conciso de por qué no se deben hacer tales cambios. Si no hay respuestas -a su publicación, espere unos días e intente de nuevo, a veces las cosas se -pierden dado el gran volumen. - -¿Qué no debería hacer? - - - esperar que su parche se acepte sin preguntas - - actuar de forma defensiva - - ignorar comentarios - - enviar el parche de nuevo, sin haber aplicados los cambios pertinentes - -En una comunidad que busca la mejor solución técnica posible, siempre habrá -diferentes opiniones sobre lo beneficioso que es un parche. Tiene que ser -cooperativo y estar dispuesto a adaptar su idea para que encaje dentro -del kernel, o al menos esté dispuesto a demostrar que su idea vale la pena. -Recuerde, estar equivocado es aceptable siempre y cuando estés dispuesto a -trabajar hacia una solución que sea correcta. - -Es normal que las respuestas a su primer parche sean simplemente una lista -de una docena de cosas que debe corregir. Esto **no** implica que su -parche no será aceptado, y **no** es personal. Simplemente corrija todos -los problemas planteados en su parche, y envié otra vez. - -Diferencias entre la comunidad kernel y las estructuras corporativas --------------------------------------------------------------------- - -La comunidad del kernel funciona de manera diferente a la mayoría de los -entornos de desarrollo tradicionales en empresas. Aquí hay una lista de -cosas que puede intentar hacer para evitar problemas: - - Cosas buenas que decir respecto a los cambios propuestos: - - - "Esto arregla múltiples problemas." - - "Esto elimina 2000 lineas de código." - - "Aquí hay un parche que explica lo que intento describir." - - "Lo he testeado en 5 arquitecturas distintas..." - - "Aquí hay una serie de parches menores que..." - - "Esto mejora el rendimiento en maquinas típicas..." - - Cosas negativas que debe evitar decir: - - - "Lo hicimos así en AIX/ptx/Solaris, de modo que debe ser bueno..." - - "Llevo haciendo esto 20 años, de modo que..." - - "Esto lo necesita mi empresa para ganar dinero" - - "Esto es para la linea de nuestros productos Enterprise" - - "Aquí esta el documento de 1000 paginas describiendo mi idea" - - "Llevo 6 meses trabajando en esto..." - - "Aquí esta un parche de 5000 lineas que..." - - "He rescrito todo el desastre actual, y aquí esta..." - - "Tengo un deadline, y este parche debe aplicarse ahora." - -Otra forma en que la comunidad del kernel es diferente a la mayoría de los -entornos de trabajo tradicionales en ingeniería de software, es la -naturaleza sin rostro de interacción. Una de las ventajas de utilizar el -correo electrónico y el IRC como formas principales de comunicación es la -no discriminación por motivos de género o raza. El entorno de trabajo del -kernel de Linux acepta a mujeres y minorías porque todo lo que eres es una -dirección de correo electrónico. El aspecto internacional también ayuda a -nivelar el campo de juego porque no puede adivinar el género basado en -el nombre de una persona. Un hombre puede llamarse Andrea y una mujer puede -llamarse Pat. La mayoría de las mujeres que han trabajado en el kernel de -Linux y han expresado una opinión han tenido experiencias positivas. - -La barrera del idioma puede causar problemas a algunas personas que no se -sientes cómodas con el inglés. Un buen dominio del idioma puede ser -necesario para transmitir ideas correctamente en las listas de correo, por -lo que le recomendamos que revise sus correos electrónicos para asegurarse -de que tengan sentido en inglés antes de enviarlos. - -Divida sus cambios ---------------------- - -La comunidad del kernel de Linux no acepta con gusto grandes fragmentos de -código, sobretodo a la vez. Los cambios deben introducirse correctamente, -discutidos y divididos en pequeñas porciones individuales. Esto es casi -exactamente lo contrario de lo que las empresas están acostumbradas a hacer. -Su propuesta también debe introducirse muy temprano en el proceso de -desarrollo, de modo que pueda recibir comentarios sobre lo que está -haciendo. También deje que la comunidad sienta que está trabajando con -ellos, y no simplemente usándolos como un vertedero para su función. Sin -embargo, no envíe 50 correos electrónicos a una vez a una lista de correo, -su serie de parches debe casi siempre ser más pequeña que eso. - -Las razones para dividir las cosas son las siguientes: - -1) Los cambios pequeños aumentan la probabilidad de que sus parches sean - aplicados, ya que no requieren mucho tiempo o esfuerzo para verificar su - exactitud. Un parche de 5 líneas puede ser aplicado por un maintainer - con apenas una segunda mirada. Sin embargo, un parche de 500 líneas - puede tardar horas en ser revisado en términos de corrección (el tiempo - que toma es exponencialmente proporcional al tamaño del parche, o algo - así). - - Los parches pequeños también facilitan la depuración cuando algo falla. - Es mucho más fácil retirar los parches uno por uno que diseccionar un - parche muy grande después de haber sido aplicado (y roto alguna cosa). - -2) Es importante no solo enviar pequeños parches, sino también reescribir - y simplificar (o simplemente reordenar) los parches antes de enviarlos. - -Esta es una analogía del desarrollador del kernel Al Viro (traducida): - - *"Piense en un maestro que califica la tarea de un estudiante de - matemáticas. El maestro no quiere ver los intentos y errores del - estudiante antes de que se les ocurriera la solución. Quiere ver la - respuesta más limpia y elegante. Un buen estudiante lo sabe, y nunca - presentaría su trabajo intermedio antes de tener la solución final.* - - *Lo mismo ocurre con el desarrollo del kernel. Los maintainers y - revisores no quieren ver el proceso de pensamiento detrás de la solución - al problema que se está resolviendo. Quieren ver un solución simple y - elegante."* - -Puede resultar un reto mantener el equilibrio entre presentar una solución -elegante y trabajar junto a la comunidad, discutiendo su trabajo inacabado. -Por lo tanto, es bueno comenzar temprano en el proceso para obtener -"feedback" y mejorar su trabajo, pero también mantenga sus cambios en -pequeños trozos que pueden ser aceptados, incluso cuando toda su labor no -está listo para inclusión en un momento dado. - -También tenga en cuenta que no es aceptable enviar parches para su -inclusión que están sin terminar y serán "arreglados más tarde". - -Justifique sus cambios ----------------------- - -Además de dividir sus parches, es muy importante que deje a la comunidad de -Linux sabe por qué deberían agregar este cambio. Nuevas características -debe justificarse como necesarias y útiles. - -Documente sus cambios ---------------------- - -Cuando envíe sus parches, preste especial atención a lo que dice en el -texto de su correo electrónico. Esta información se convertirá en el -ChangeLog del parche, y se conservará para que todos la vean, todo el -tiempo. Debe describir el parche por completo y contener: - - - por qué los cambios son necesarios - - el diseño general de su propuesta - - detalles de implementación - - resultados de sus experimentos - -Para obtener más detalles sobre cómo debería quedar todo esto, consulte la -sección ChangeLog del documento: - - "The Perfect Patch" - https://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt - -Todas estas cuestiones son a veces son muy difíciles de conseguir. Puede -llevar años perfeccionar estas prácticas (si es que lo hace). Es un proceso -continuo de mejora que requiere mucha paciencia y determinación. Pero no se -rinda, es posible. Muchos lo han hecho antes, y cada uno tuvo que comenzar -exactamente donde está usted ahora. - ----------- - -Gracias a Paolo Ciarrocchi que permitió que la sección "Development Process" -se basara en el texto que había escrito (https://lwn.net/Articles/94386/), -y a Randy Dunlap y Gerrit Huizenga por algunas de la lista de cosas que -debes y no debes decir. También gracias a Pat Mochel, Hanna Linder, Randy -Dunlap, Kay Sievers, Vojtech Pavlik, Jan Kara, Josh Boyer, Kees Cook, -Andrew Morton, Andi Kleen, Vadim Lobanov, Jesper Juhl, Adrian Bunk, -Keri Harris, Frans Pop, David A. Wheeler, Junio Hamano, Michael Kerrisk y -Alex Shepard por su revisión, comentarios y contribuciones. Sin su ayuda, -este documento no hubiera sido posible. - -Maintainer: Greg Kroah-Hartman diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/index.rst index 5c2a213152..c543b495c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/index.rst @@ -76,6 +76,5 @@ Traducciones al español .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 - howto process/index wrappers/memory-barriers diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/handling-regressions.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/handling-regressions.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aa0988985c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/handling-regressions.rst @@ -0,0 +1,797 @@ +.. include:: ../disclaimer-sp.rst + +:Translator: Sergio González Collado + +.. _sp_handling_regressions: + +Gestión de regresiones +++++++++++++++++++++++ + +*No causamos regresiones* -- este documento describe la que es la "primera +regla del desarrollo del kernel de Linux" y que implica en la práctica para +los desarrolladores. Y complementa la documentación: +Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-regressions.rst, que cubre el tema +desde el punto de vista de un usuario; si nunca ha leído ese texto, realice +al menos una lectura rápida del mismo antes de continuar. + +Las partes importantes (el "TL;DR") +=================================== + +#. Asegúrese de que los suscriptores a la lista `regression mailing list + `_ (regressions@lists.linux.dev) + son conocedores con rapidez de cualquier nuevo informe de regresión: + + * Cuando se reciba un correo que no incluyó a la lista, inclúyalo en la + conversación de los correos, mandando un breve "Reply-all" con la + lista en CCed. + + * Mande o redirija cualquier informe originado en los gestores de bugs + a la lista. + +#. Haga que el bot del kernel de Linux "regzbot" realice el seguimiento del + incidente (esto es opcional, pero recomendado). + + * Para reportes enviados por correo, verificar si contiene alguna línea + como ``#regzbot introduced v5.13..v5.14-rc1``. Si no, mandar una + respuesta (con la lista de regresiones en CC) que contenga un párrafo + como el siguiente, lo que le indica a regzbot cuando empezó a suceder + el incidente:: + + #regzbot ^introduced 1f2e3d4c5b6a + + * Cuando se mandan informes desde un gestor de incidentes a la lista de + regresiones(ver más arriba), incluir un párrafo como el siguiente:: + + #regzbot introduced: v5.13..v5.14-rc1 + #regzbot from: Some N. Ice Human + #regzbot monitor: http://some.bugtracker.example.com/ticket?id=123456789 + +#. Cuando se manden correcciones para las regresiones, añadir etiquetas + "Link:" a la descripción, apuntado a todos los sitios donde se informó + del incidente, como se indica en el documento: + Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst y + :ref:`Documentation/process/5.Posting.rst `. + +#. Intente arreglar las regresiones rápidamente una vez la causa haya sido + identificada; las correcciones para la mayor parte de las regresiones + deberían ser integradas en menos de dos semanas, pero algunas pueden + resolverse en dos o tres días. + +Detalles importantes para desarrolladores en la regresiones de kernel de Linux +============================================================================== + +Puntos básicos importantes más en detalle +----------------------------------------- + +Qué hacer cuando se recibe un aviso de regresión. +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Asegúrese de que el programa de gestión de regresiones del kernel de Linux +y los subscritos a la lista de correo `regression mailing list +`_ (regressions@lists.linux.dev) son +conocedores de cualquier nuevo informe de regresión: + + * Cuando se recibe un informe por email que no tiene en CC la lista, + inmediatamente meterla en el la cadena de emails mandado al menos un + breve "Reply-all" con la lista en CC; Intentar asegurar que la lista es + añadida en CC de nuevo en caso de que alguna respuesta la omita de la + lista. + + * Si un informe enviado a un gestor de defectos, llega a su correo, + reenvíelo o redirijalo a la lista. Considere verificar los archivos de + la lista de antemano, si la persona que lo ha informado, lo ha enviado + anteriormente, como se indica en: + Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst. + +Cuando se realice cualquiera de las acciones anteriores, considere +inmediatamente iniciar el seguimiento de la regresión con "regzbot" el +gestor de regresiones del kernel de Linux. + + * Para los informes enviados por email, verificar si se ha incluido un + comando a "regzbot", como ``#regzbot introduced 1f2e3d4c5b6a``. Si no es + así, envíe una respuesta (con la lista de regresiones en CC) con un + párrafo como el siguiente:: + + #regzbot ^introduced: v5.13..v5.14-rc1 + + Esto indica a regzbot el rango de versiones en el cual es defecto + comenzó a suceder; Puede especificar un rango usando los identificadores + de los commits así como un único commit, en caso en el que el informante + haya identificado el commit causante con 'bisect'. + + Tenga en cuenta que el acento circunflejo (^) antes de "introduced": + Esto indica a regzbot, que debe tratar el email padre (el que ha sido + respondido) como el informeinicial para la regresión que quiere ser + seguida. Esto es importante, ya que regzbot buscará más tarde parches + con etiquetas "Link:" que apunten al al informe de losarchivos de + lore.kernel.org. + + * Cuando mande informes de regresiones a un gestor de defectos, incluya un + párrafo con los siguientes comandos a regzbot:: + + #regzbot introduced: 1f2e3d4c5b6a + #regzbot from: Some N. Ice Human + #regzbot monitor: http://some.bugtracker.example.com/ticket?id=123456789 + + Regzbot asociará automáticamente parches con el informe que contengan + las etiquetas "Link:" apuntando a su email o el ticket indicado. + +Qué es importante cuando se corrigen regresiones +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +No se necesita hacer nada especial cuando se mandan las correcciones para +las regresiones únicamente recordar lo que se explica en los documentos: +Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst, +:ref:`Documentation/process/5.Posting.rst `, y +Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst + + * Apunte a todos los lugares donde el incidente se reportó usando la + etiqueta "Link:" :: + + Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/30th.anniversary.repost@klaava.Helsinki.FI/ + Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1234567890 + + * Añada la etiqueta "Fixes:" para indicar el commit causante de la + regresión. + + * Si el culpable ha sido "mergeado" en un ciclo de desarrollo anterior, + marque explícitamente el fix para retro-importarlo usando la etiqueta + ``Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org`` tag. + +Todo esto se espera y es importante en una regresión, ya que estas +etiquetas son de gran valor para todos (incluido usted) que pueda estar +mirando en ese incidente semanas, meses o años después. Estas etiquetas son +también cruciales para las herramientas y scripts usados por otros +desarrolladores del kernel o distribuciones de Linux; una de esas +herramientas es regzbot, el cual depende mucho de las etiquetas "Link:" +para asociar los informes por regresiones con los cambios que las +resuelven. + + +Priorización del trabajo en arreglar regresiones +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Al final, los desarrolladores deberían hacer lo posible para evitar a los +usuarios situaciones donde una regresión les deje solo tres opciones: + + * Ejecutar el kernel con una regresión que afecta seriamente al uso. + + * Cambiar a un kernel nuevo o mas antiguo -- rebajarse a una versión + soportada del kernel que no tenga las funcionalidades requeridas. + + * Continuar ejecutando una versión desfasada y potencialmente insegura del + kernel por más de dos semanas después de que el causante de una regresión + fuese identificado. + +Cómo se ejecuta esto depende mucho de la situación. A continuación se +presentan unas reglas generales, en orden de importancia: + + * Priorice el trabajo en la gestión de los informes de la regresión y + arreglar la regresión por encima de cualquier otro trabajo en el kernel + de Linux, a menos que lo último afecte profundamente a efectos de + seguridad, o cause errores en los que haya pérdida o daño de datos. + + * Considere siempre revertir los commits responsables y re-aplicarlos + después, junto con las correcciones necesarias, ya que esto puede la + forma menos peligrosa y más rápida de arreglar la regresión. + + * Los desarrolladores deberían gestionar la regresión en todos los kernels + soportados de la serie, pero son libres de delegar el trabajo al equipo + permanente el incidente no hubiese ocurrido en la línea principal. + + * Intente resolver cualquier regresión que apareciera en el ciclo de + desarrollo antes de que este acabe. Si se teme que una corrección + pudiera ser demasiado arriesgada para aplicarla días antes de una + liberación de la línea principal de desarrollo, dejar decidir a Linus: + mande la corrección a él de forma separada, tan pronto como sea posible + con una explicación de la situación. El podrá decidir, y posponer la + liberación si fuese necesario, por ejemplo si aparecieran múltiples + cambios como ese. + + * Gestione las regresiones en la rama estable, de largo término, o la + propia rama principal de las versiones, con más urgencia que la + regresiones en las preliberaciones. Esto cambia después de la liberación + de la quinta pre-liberación, aka "-rc5": la rama principal entonces se + vuelve más importante, asegurar que todas las mejoras y correcciones son + idealmente testeados juntos por al menos una semana antes de que Linux + libere la nueva versión en la rama principal. + + * Intente arreglar regresiones en un intervalo de una semana después de + que se ha identificado el responsable, si el incidente fue introducido + en alguno de los siguientes casos: + + * una versión estable/largo-plazo reciente + + * en el último ciclo de desarrollo de la rama principal + + En el último caso (por ejemplo v5.14), intentar gestionar las + regresiones incluso más rápido, si la versión estable precedente (v5.13) + ha de ser abandonada pronto o ya se ha etiquetado como de final de vida + (EOL de las siglas en inglés End-of-Life) -- esto sucede usualmente + sobre tres o cuatro semanas después de una liberación de una versión en + la rama principal. + + * Intente arreglar cualquier otra regresión en un periodo de dos semanas + después de que el culpable haya sido identificado. Dos o tres semanas + adicionales son aceptables para regresiones de rendimiento y otros + incidentes que son molestos, pero no bloquean a nadie la ejecución de + Linux (a menos que se un incidente en el ciclo de desarrollo actual, en + ese caso se debería gestionar antes de la liberación de la versión). + Unas semanas son aceptables si la regresión únicamente puede ser + arreglada con un cambio arriesgado y al mismo tiempo únicamente afecta a + unos pocos usuarios; también está bien si se usa tanto tiempo como fuera + necesario si la regresión está presente en la segunda versión más nueva + de largo plazo del kernel. + +Nota: Los intervalos de tiempo mencionados anteriormente para la resolución +de las regresiones, incluyen la verificación de esta, revisión e inclusión +en la rama principal, idealmente con la corrección incluida en la rama +"linux-next" al menos brevemente. Esto conllevará retrasos que también se +tienen tener en cuenta. + +Se espera que los maintainers de los subsistemas, ayuden en conseguir esos +tiempos, haciendo revisiones con prontitud y gestionando con rapidez los +parches aceptados. Esto puede resultar en tener que mandar peticiones de +git-pull antes o de forma más frecuente que lo normal; dependiendo del +arreglo, podría incluso ser aceptable saltarse la verificación en +linux-next. Especialmente para las correcciones en las ramas de los kernels +estable y de largo plazo necesitan ser gestionadas rápidamente, y las +correcciones necesitan ser incluidas en la rama principal antes de que +puedan ser incluidas posteriormente a las series precedentes. + + +Más aspectos sobre regresiones que los desarrolladores deben saber +------------------------------------------------------------------ + +Cómo tratar con cambios donde se sabe que hay riesgo de regresión +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Evalué cómo de grande es el riesgo de una regresión, por ejemplo realizando +una búsqueda en las distribuciones de linux y en Git forges. Considere +también preguntar a otros desarrolladores o proyectos que pudieran ser +afectados para evaluar o incluso testear el cambio propuesto; si +apareciesen problemas, quizás se pudiera encontrar una solución aceptable +para todos. + +Si al final, el riesgo de la regresión parece ser relativamente pequeño, +entonces adelante con el cambio, pero siempre informe a todas las partes +involucradas del posible riesgo. Por tanto, asegúrese de que la descripción +del parche, se hace explícito este hecho. Una vez el cambio ha sido +integrado, informe al gestor de regresiones de Linux y a las listas de +correo de regresiones sobre el riesgo, de manera que cualquiera que tenga +el cambio en el radar, en el caso de que aparezcan reportes. Dependiendo +del riesgo, quizás se quiera preguntar al mantenedor del subsistema, que +mencione el hecho en su línea principal de desarrollo. + +¿Qué más hay que saber sobre regresiones? +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Repase la documentación: Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-regressions.rst, +esta cubre otros aspectos a tener a en cuenta y conocer: + + * la finalidad de la "regla de no regresión" + + * qué incidencias no se califican como regresión + + * quién es el responsable de identificar la causa raíz de una regresión + + * cómo gestionar situaciones difíciles, como por ejemplo cuando una + regresión es causada por una corrección de seguridad o cuando una + regresión causa otra regresión + +A quién preguntar por consejo cuando se trata de regresiones +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Mande un email a la lista de correo de regresiones +(regressions@lists.linux.dev) y CC al seguidor de regresiones del kernel de +Linux (regressions@leemhuis.info); Si el incidente pudiera ser mejor +gestionarlo en privado, puede omitirse la lista. + + +Más sobre la gestión de regresiones con regzbot +----------------------------------------------- + +¿Por qué el kernel de Linux tiene un gestor de regresiones, y por qué se usa regzbot? +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Reglas como "no regresiones" necesitan asegurar que se cumplen, de otro +modo se romperían accidentalmente o a propósito. La historia ha mostrado +que esto es verdad también para el kernel de Linux. Esto es por lo que +Thorsten Leemhuis se ofreció como voluntario para dar una solución a esto, +con el gestor de regresiones del kernel de Linux. A nadie se le paga por +hacer esto, y esa es la razón por la gestión de regresiones es un servicio +con el "mejor esfuerzo". + +Intentos iniciales de gestionar manualmente las regresiones han demostrado +que es una tarea extenuante y frustrante, y por esa razón se dejaron de +hacer después de un tiempo. Para evitar que volviese a suceder esto, +Thorsten desarrollo regbot para facilitar el trabajo, con el objetivo a +largo plazo de automatizar la gestión de regresiones tanto como fuese +posible para cualquiera que estuviese involucrado. + +¿Cómo funciona el seguimiento de regresiones con regzbot? +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +El bot monitoriza las respuestas de los informes de las regresiones +identificadas. Adicionalmente mira si se han publicado o enviado parches +que hagan referencia a esos informes con la etiqueta: "Link:"; respuestas a +esos parches también se siguen. Combinando esta información, también +proporciona una buena imagen del estado actual del proceso de corrección. + +Regzbot intenta hacer todo este trabajo con tan poco retraso como sea +posible tanto para la gente que lo reporta, como para los desarrolladores. +De hecho, solo los informantes son requeridos para una tarea adicional: +necesitan informar a regzbot con el comando ``#regzbot introduced`` +indicado anteriormente; si no hacen esto, alguien más puede hacerlo usando +``#regzbot ^introduced``. + +Para los desarrolladores normalmente no hay un trabajo adicional que +realizar, únicamente necesitan asegurarse una cosa, que ya se hacía mucho +antes de que regzbot apareciera: añadir las etiquetas "Link:" a la +descripción del parche apuntando a todos los informes sobre el error +corregido. + +¿Tengo que usar regzbot? +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Hacerlo es por el bien de todo el mundo, tanto los mantenedores del kernel, +como Linus Torvalds dependen parcialmente en regzbot para seguir su trabajo +-- por ejemplo cuando deciden liberar una nueva versión o ampliar la fase de +desarrollo. Para esto necesitan conocer todas las regresiones que están sin +corregir; para esto, es conocido que Linux mira los informes semanales que +manda regzbot. + +¿He de informar a regzbot cada regresión que encuentre? +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Idealmente, sí: todos somos humanos y olvidamos fácilmente los problemas +cuando algo más importante aparece inesperadamente -- por ejemplo un +problema mayor en el kernel de Linux o algo en la vida real que nos mantenga +alejados de los teclados por un tiempo. Por eso es mejor informar a regzbot +sobre cada regresión, excepto cuando inmediatamente escribimos un parche y +los mandamos al árbol de desarrollo en el que se integran habitualmente a +la serie del kernel. + +¿Cómo ver qué regresiones esta siguiendo regbot actualmente? +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Verifique el `interfaz web de regzbot `_ +para ver la última información; o `busque el último informe de regresiones +`_, +el cual suele ser enviado por regzbot una vez a la semana el domingo por la +noche (UTC), lo cual es unas horas antes de que Linus normalmente anuncie +las "(pre-)releases". + +¿Qué sitios supervisa regzbot? +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Regzbot supervisa las listas de correo más importantes de Linux, como +también las de los repositorios linux-next, mainline y stable/longterm. + + +¿Qué tipos de incidentes han de ser monitorizados por regzbot? +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +El bot debe hacer seguimiento de las regresiones, y por tanto por favor, +no involucre a regzbot para incidencias normales. Pero es correcto para +el gestor de incidencias de kernel de Linux, monitorizar incidentes +graves, como informes sobre cuelgues, corrupción de datos o errores +internos (Panic, Oops, BUG(), warning, ...). + + +¿Puedo añadir una regresión detectada por un sistema de CI al seguimiento de regzbot? +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Siéntase libre de hacerlo, si la regresión en concreto puede tener un +impacto en casos de uso prácticos y por tanto ser detectado por los usuarios; +Así, por favor no involucre a regzbot en regresiones teóricas que +difícilmente pudieran manifestarse en un uso real. + +¿Cómo interactuar con regzbot? +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Usando el comando 'regzbot' en una respuesta directa o indirecta al correo +con el informe de regresión. Ese comando necesita estar en su propio +párrafo (debe estar separado del resto del texto usando líneas en blanco): + +Por ejemplo ``#regzbot introduced ``, que hace que regzbot +considere el correo como un informe de regressión que se ha de añadir al +seguimiento, como se ha descrito anteriormente; ``#regzbot ^introduced `` +es otro ejemplo del comando, el cual indica a regzbot que considere el email +anterior como el informe de una regresión que se ha de comenzar a monitorizar. + +Una vez uno de esos dos comandos se ha utilizado, se pueden usar otros +comandos regzbot en respuestas directas o indirectas al informe. Puede +escribirlos debajo de uno de los comandos anteriormente usados o en las +respuestas al correo en el que se uso como respuesta a ese correo: + + * Definir o actualizar el título:: + + #regzbot title: foo + + * Monitorizar una discusión o un tiquet de bugzilla.kernel.org donde + aspectos adicionales del incidente o de la corrección se están + comentando -- por ejemplo presentar un parche que corrige la regresión:: + + #regzbot monitor: https://lore.kernel.org/all/30th.anniversary.repost@klaava.Helsinki.FI/ + + Monitorizar solamente funciona para lore.kernel.org y bugzilla.kernel.org; + regzbot considerará todos los mensajes en ese hilo o el tiquet como + relacionados al proceso de corrección. + + * Indicar a un lugar donde más detalles de interés, como un mensaje en una + lista de correo o un tiquet en un gestor de incidencias que pueden estar + levemente relacionados, pero con un tema diferente:: + + #regzbot link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=123456789 + + * Identificar una regresión como corregida por un commit que se ha mandado + aguas arriba o se ha publicado:: + + #regzbot fixed-by: 1f2e3d4c5d + + + * Identificar una regresión como un duplicado de otra que ya es seguida + por regzbot:: + + #regzbot dup-of: https://lore.kernel.org/all/30th.anniversary.repost@klaava.Helsinki.FI/ + + * Identificar una regresión como inválida:: + + #regzbot invalid: wasn't a regression, problem has always existed + + +¿Algo más que decir sobre regzbot y sus comandos? +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Hay información más detallada y actualizada sobre el bot de seguimiento de +regresiones del kernel de Linux en: `project page `_, +y entre otros contiene una `guia de inicio `_ +y `documentación de referencia `_ +Ambos contienen más detalles que las secciones anteriores. + + +Citas de Linus sobre regresiones +-------------------------------- + +A continuación se encuentran unos ejemplos reales (traducidos) de como +Linus Torvalds espera que se gestionen las regresiones: + + + * De 2017-10-26 (1/2) + `_:: + + Si rompes la configuración de los espacios de usuario ESO ES UNA REGRESIÓN. + + No está bien decir "pero nosotros arreglaremos la configuración del espacio + de usuario". + + Realmente. NO ESTÁ BIEN. + + [...] + + La primera regla es: + + - no causamos regresiones + + y el corolario es que cuando una regresión pasa, lo admitimos y lo + arreglamos, en vez de echar la culpa al espacio de usuario. + + El hecho de que aparentemente se haya negado la regresión durante + tres semanas, significa que lo revertiré y dejaré de integrar peticiones + de apparmor hasta que la gente involucrada entienda como se hace + el desarrollo del kernel. + + + * De `2017-10-26 (2/2) + `_:: + + La gente debería sentirse libre de actualizar su kernel y simplemente + no preocuparse por ello. + + Me niego a imponer una limitación del tipo "solo puede actualizar + el kernel si actualiza otro programa". Si el kernel trabaja para tí, + la regla es que continúe trabajando para tí. + + Ha habido algunas excepciones, pero son pocas y separadas entre sí, y + generalmente tienen una razón fundamental para haber sucedido, que era + básicamente inevitable, y la gente intentó evitarlas por todos los + medios. Quizás no podamos mantener el hardware más, después de que han + pasado décadas y nadie los usacon kernel modernos. Quizás haya un + problema de seguridad serio con cómo hicimos las cosas, y la gente + depende de un modelo fundamentalmente roto. Quizás haya algún otro roto + fundamental, que tenga que tener una _flag_ y por razones internas y + fundamentales. + + Y nótese que esto trata sobre *romper* los entornos de la gente. + + Cambios de comportamiento pasan, y quizás no se mantengan algunas + funcionalidades más. Hay un número de campos en /proc//stat que + se imprimen como ceros, simplemente porque ni siquiera existen ya en + kernel, o porque mostrarlos era un error (típica una fuga de + información). Pero los números se sustituyeron por ceros, así que + el código que se usaba para parsear esos campos todavía existe. El + usuario puede no ver todo lo que podía ver antes, y por eso el + omportamiento es claramente diferente, pero las cosas todavía + _funcionan_, incluso si no se puede mostrar información sensible + (o que no es ya importante). + + Pero si algo realmente se rompe, entonces el cambio debe de arreglarse + o revertirse. Y se arregla en el *kernel*. No diciendo "bueno, arreglaremos + tu espacio de usuario". Ha sido un cambio en el kernel el que creo + el problema, entonces ha de ser el kernel el que lo corrija, porque + tenemos un modelo de "actualización". Pero no tenemos una "actualización + con el nuevo espacio de usuario". + + Y yo seriamente me negaré a coger código de gente que no entiende y + honre esta sencilla regla. + + Y esta regla no va a cambiar. + + Y sí, me doy cuenta que el kernel es "especial" en este respecto. Y + estoy orgulloso de ello. + + Y he visto, y puedo señalar, muchos proyectos que dicen "Tenemos que + romper ese caso de uso para poder hacer progresos" o "estabas basandote + en comportamientos no documentados, debe ser duro ser tú" o "hay una + forma mejor de hacer lo que quieres hacer, y tienes que cambiar a esa + nueva forma", y yo simplemente no pienso que eso sea aceptable fuera + de una fase alfa muy temprana que tenga usuarios experimentales que + saben a lo que se han apuntado. El kernel no ha estado en esta + situación en las dos últimas décadas. + + Nosotros rompemos la API _dentro_ del kernel todo el tiempo. Y + arreglaremos los problemas internos diciendo "tú ahora necesitas + hacer XYZ", pero entonces es sobre la API interna del kernel y la + gente que hace esto entonces tendrá obviamente que arreglar todos + los usos de esa API del kernel. Nadie puede decir "ahora, yo he roto + la API que usas, y ahora tú necesitas arreglarlo". Quién rompa algo, + lo arregla también. + + Y nosotros, simplemente, no rompemos el espacio de usuario. + + * De `2020-05-21 + `_:: + + Las reglas sobre regresiones nunca han sido sobre ningún tipo de + comportamiento documentado, o dónde está situado el código. + + Las reglas sobre regresiones son siempre sobre "roturas en el + flujo de trabajo del usuario". + + Los usuarios son literalmente la _única_ cosa que importa. + + Argumentaciones como "no debería haber usado esto" o "ese + comportamiento es indefinido, es su culpa que su aplicación no + funcione" o "eso solía funcionar únicamente por un bug del kernel" son + irrelevantes. + + Ahora, la realidad nunca es blanca o negra. Así hemos tenido situaciones + como "un serio incidente de seguridad" etc que solamente nos fuerza + a hacer cambios que pueden romper el espacio de usuario. Pero incluso + entonces la regla es que realmente no hay otras opciones para que + las cosas sigan funcionando. + + Y obviamente, si los usuarios tardan años en darse cuenta que algo + se ha roto, o si hay formas adecuadas para sortear la rotura que + no causen muchos problemas para los usuarios (por ejemplo: "hay un + puñado de usuarios, y estos pueden usar la línea de comandos del + kernel para evitarlos"; ese tipo de casos), en esos casos se ha sido + un poco menos estricto. + + Pero no, "eso que está documentado que está roto" (si es dado a que + el código estaba en preparación o porque el manual dice otra cosa) eso + es irrelevante. Si preparar el código es tan útil que la gente, + acaba usando, esto implica que básicamente es código del kernel con + una señal diciendo "por favor limpiar esto". + + El otro lado de la moneda es que la gente que habla sobre "estabilidad + de las APIs" están totalmente equivocados. Las APIs tampoco importan. + Se puede hacer cualquier cambio que se quiera a una API ... siempre y + cuando nadie se de cuenta. + + De nuevo, la regla de las regresiones no trata sobre la documentación, + tampoco sobre las APIs y tampoco sobre las fases de la Luna. + + Únicamente trata sobre "hemos causado problemas al espacio de usuario que + antes funcionaba". + + * De `2017-11-05 + `_:: + + Y nuestra regla sobre las regresiones nunca ha sido "el comportamiento + no cambia". Eso podría significar que nunca podríamos hacer ningún + cambio. + + Por ejemplo, hacemos cosas como añadir una nueva gestión de + errores etc todo el tiempo, con lo cual a veces incluso añadimos + tests en el directorio de kselftest. + + Así que claramente cambia el comportamiento todo el tiempo y + nosotros no consideramos eso una regresión per se. + + La regla para regresiones para el kernel es para cuando se + rompe algo en el espacio de usuario. No en algún test. No en + "mira, antes podía hacer X, y ahora no puedo". + + * De `2018-08-03 + `_:: + + ESTÁS OLVIDANDO LA REGLA #1 DEL KERNEL. + + No hacemos regresiones, y no hacemos regresiones porque estás 100% + equivocado. + + Y la razón que apuntas en tú opinión es exactamente *PORQUÉ* estás + equivocado. + + Tus "buenas razones" son honradas y pura basura. + + El punto de "no hacemos regresiones" es para que la gente pueda + actualizar el kernel y nunca tengan que preocuparse por ello. + + > El kernel tiene un bug que ha de ser arreglado + + Eso es *TOTALMENTE* insustancial. + + Chicos, si algo estaba roto o no, NO IMPORTA. + + ¿Porqué? + + Los errores pasan. Eso es un hecho de la vida. Discutir que + "tenemos que romper algo porque estábamos arreglando un error" es + una locura. Arreglamos decenas de errores cada dia, pensando que + "arreglando un bug" significa que podemos romper otra cosa es algo + que simplemente NO ES VERDAD. + + Así que los bugs no son realmente relevantes para la discusión. Estos + suceden y se detectan, se arreglan, y no tienen nada que ver con + "rompemos a los usuarios". + + Porque la única cosa que importa ES EL USUARIO. + + ¿Cómo de complicado es eso de comprender? + + Cualquier persona que use "pero no funcionaba correctamente" es + un argumento no tiene la razón. Con respecto al USUARIO, no era + erróneo - funcionaba para él/ella. + + Quizás funcionaba *porque* el usuario había tenido el bug en cuenta, + y quizás funcionaba porque el usuario no lo había notado - de nuevo + no importa. Funcionaba para el usuario. + + Romper el flujo del trabajo de un usuario, debido a un "bug" es la + PEOR razón que se pueda usar. + + Es básicamente decir "He cogido algo que funcionaba, y lo he roto, + pero ahora es mejor". ¿No ves que un argumento como este es j*didamente + absurdo? + + y sin usuarios, tu programa no es un programa, es una pieza de + código sin finalidad que puedes perfectamente tirar a la basura. + + Seriamente. Esto es *porque* la regla #1 para el desarrollo del + kernel es "no rompemos el espacio de usuario". Porque "He arreglado + un error" PARA NADA ES UN ARGUMENTO si esa corrección del código + rompe el espacio de usuario. + + si actualizamos el kernel TODO EL TIEMPO, sin actualizar ningún otro + programa en absoluto. Y esto es absolutamente necesario, porque + las dependencias son terribles. + + Y esto es necesario simplemente porque yo como desarrollador del + kernel no actualizo al azar otras herramientas que ni siquiera me + importan como desarrollador del kernel, y yo quiero que mis usuarios + se sientan a salvo haciendo lo mismo. + + Así que no. Tu regla está COMPLETAMENTE equivocada. Si no puedes + actualizar el kernel sin actualizar otro binario al azar, entonces + tenemos un problema. + + * De `2021-06-05 + `_:: + + NO HAY ARGUMENTOS VÁLIDOS PARA UNA REGRESIÓN. + + Honestamente, la gente de seguridad necesita entender que "no funciona" + no es un caso de éxito sobre seguridad. Es un caso de fallo. + + Sí, "no funciona" puede ser seguro. Pero en este caso es totalmente + inutil. + + * De `2011-05-06 (1/3) + `_:: + + La compatibilidad de los binarios es más importante. + + Y si los binarios no usan el interfaz para parsear el formato + (o justamente lo parsea incorrectamente - como el reciente ejemplo + de añadir uuid al /proc/self/mountinfo), entonces es una regresión. + + Y las regresiones se revierten, a menos que haya problemas de + seguridad o similares que nos hagan decir "Dios mío, realmente + tenemos que romper las cosas". + + No entiendo porqué esta simple lógica es tan difícil para algunos + desarrolladores del kernel. La realidad importa. Sus deseos personales + NO IMPORTAN NADA. + + Si se crea un interface que puede usarse sin parsear la + descripción del interface, entonces estaḿos atascados en el interface. + La teoría simplemente no importa. + + Podrias alludar a arreglar las herramientas, e intentar evitar los + errores de compatibilidad de ese modo. No hay tampoco tantos de esos. + + De `2011-05-06 (2/3) + `_:: + + Esto claramente NO es un tracepoint interno. Por definición. Y está + siendo usado por powertop. + + De `2011-05-06 (3/3) + `_:: + + Tenemos programas que usan esa ABI y si eso se rompe eso es una + regresión. + + * De `2012-07-06 `_:: + + > Ahora esto me ha dejado preguntandome si Debian _inestable_ + realmente califica + > como espacio de usuario estándar. + + Oh, si el kernel rompe algún espacio de usuario estándar, eso cuenta. + Muchísima gente usa Debian inestable. + + * De `2019-09-15 + `_:: + + Una reversión _en particular_ en el último minuto en el último commit + (no teniendo en cuenta el propio cambio de versión) justo antes + de la liberación, y aunque es bastante incómodo, quizás también es + instructivo. + + Lo que es instructivo sobre esto es que he revertido un commit que no + tenía ningún error. De hecho, hacía exactamente lo que pretendía, y lo + hacía muy bien. De hecho lo hacía _tan_ bien que los muy mejorados + patrones de IO que causaba han acabado revelando una regresión observable + desde el espacio de usuario, debido a un error real en un componente + no relacionado en absoluto. + + De todas maneras, los detalles actuales de esta regresión no son la + razón por la que señalo esto como instructivo. Es más que es un ejemplo + ilustrativo sobre lo que cuenta como una regresión, y lo que conlleva + la regla del kernel de "no regresiones". El commit que ha sido revertido + no cambiaba ninguna API, y no introducía ningún error nuevo en el código. + Pero acabó exponiendo otro problema, y como eso causaba que la + actualización del kernel fallara para el usuario. Así que ha sido + revertido. + + El foco aquí, es que hemos hecho la reversión basándonos en el + comportamiento reportado en el espacio de usuario, no basado en + conceptos como "cambios de ABI" o "provocaba un error". Los mejores + patrones de IO que se han presentado debido al cambio únicamente han + expuesto un viejo error, y la gente ya dependía del benigno + comportamiento de ese viejo error. + + Y que no haya miedo, reintroduciremos el arreglo que mejoraba los + patrones de IO una vez hayamos decidido cómo gestionar el hecho de + que hay una interacción incorrecta con un interfaz en el que la + gente dependía de ese comportamiento previo. Es únicamente que + tenemos que ver cómo gestionamos y cómo lo hacemos (no hay menos de + tres parches diferentes de tres desarrolladores distintos que estamos + evaluando, ... puede haber más por llegar). Mientras tanto, he + revertido lo que exponía el problema a los usuarios de esta release, + incluso cuando espero que el fix será reintroducido (quizás insertado + a posteriormente como un parche estable) una vez lleguemos a un + acuerdo sobre cómo se ha de exponer el error. + + Lo que hay que recordar de todo el asunto no es sobre si el cambio + de kernel-espacio-de-usuario ABI, o la corrección de un error, o si + el código antiguo "en primer lugar nunca debería haber estado ahí". + Es sobre si algo rompe el actual flujo de trabajo del usuario. + + De todas formas, esto era mi pequeña aclaración en todo este + tema de la regresión. Ya que es la "primera regla de la programación + del kernel", me ha parecido que quizás es bueno mencionarlo de + vez en cuando. diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/howto.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/howto.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd793c0f85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/howto.rst @@ -0,0 +1,617 @@ +.. include:: ../disclaimer-sp.rst + +:Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/howto.rst ` +:Translator: Carlos Bilbao + +.. _sp_process_howto: + +Cómo participar en el desarrollo del kernel de Linux +==================================================== + +Este documento es el principal punto de partida. Contiene instrucciones +sobre cómo convertirse en desarrollador del kernel de Linux y explica cómo +trabajar con el y en su desarrollo. El documento no tratará ningún aspecto +técnico relacionado con la programación del kernel, pero le ayudará +guiándole por el camino correcto. + +Si algo en este documento quedara obsoleto, envíe parches al maintainer de +este archivo, que se encuentra en la parte superior del documento. + +Introducción +------------ +¿De modo que quiere descubrir como convertirse en un/a desarrollador/a del +kernel de Linux? Tal vez su jefe le haya dicho, "Escriba un driver de +Linux para este dispositivo." El objetivo de este documento en enseñarle +todo cuanto necesita para conseguir esto, describiendo el proceso por el +que debe pasar, y con indicaciones de como trabajar con la comunidad. +También trata de explicar las razones por las cuales la comunidad trabaja +de la forma en que lo hace. + +El kernel esta principalmente escrito en C, con algunas partes que son +dependientes de la arquitectura en ensamblador. Un buen conocimiento de C +es necesario para desarrollar en el kernel. Lenguaje ensamblador (en +cualquier arquitectura) no es necesario excepto que planee realizar +desarrollo de bajo nivel para dicha arquitectura. Aunque no es un perfecto +sustituto para una educación sólida en C y/o años de experiencia, los +siguientes libros sirven, como mínimo, como referencia: + +- "The C Programming Language" de Kernighan e Ritchie [Prentice Hall] +- "Practical C Programming" de Steve Oualline [O'Reilly] +- "C: A Reference Manual" de Harbison and Steele [Prentice Hall] + +El kernel está escrito usando GNU C y la cadena de herramientas GNU. Si +bien se adhiere al estándar ISO C89, utiliza una serie de extensiones que +no aparecen en dicho estándar. El kernel usa un C independiente de entorno, +sin depender de la biblioteca C estándar, por lo que algunas partes del +estándar C no son compatibles. Divisiones de long long arbitrarios o +de coma flotante no son permitidas. En ocasiones, puede ser difícil de +entender las suposiciones que el kernel hace respecto a la cadena de +herramientas y las extensiones que usa, y desafortunadamente no hay +referencia definitiva para estas. Consulte las páginas de información de +gcc (`info gcc`) para obtener información al respecto. + +Recuerde que está tratando de aprender a trabajar con una comunidad de +desarrollo existente. Es un grupo diverso de personas, con altos estándares +de código, estilo y procedimiento. Estas normas han sido creadas a lo +largo del tiempo en función de lo que se ha encontrado que funciona mejor +para un equipo tan grande y geográficamente disperso. Trate de aprender +tanto como le sea posible acerca de estos estándares antes de tiempo, ya +que están bien documentados; no espere que la gente se adapte a usted o a +la forma de hacer las cosas en su empresa. + +Cuestiones legales +------------------ +El código fuente del kernel de Linux se publica bajo licencia GPL. Por +favor, revise el archivo COPYING, presente en la carpeta principal del +código fuente, para detalles de la licencia. Si tiene alguna otra pregunta +sobre licencias, contacte a un abogado, no pregunte en listas de discusión +del kernel de Linux. La gente en estas listas no son abogadas, y no debe +confiar en sus opiniones en materia legal. + +Para preguntas y respuestas más frecuentes sobre la licencia GPL, consulte: + + https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.html + +Documentación +-------------- +El código fuente del kernel de Linux tiene una gran variedad de documentos +que son increíblemente valiosos para aprender a interactuar con la +comunidad del kernel. Cuando se agregan nuevas funciones al kernel, se +recomienda que se incluyan nuevos archivos de documentación que expliquen +cómo usar la función. Cuando un cambio en el kernel hace que la interfaz +que el kernel expone espacio de usuario cambie, se recomienda que envíe la +información o un parche en las páginas del manual que expliquen el cambio +a mtk.manpages@gmail.com, y CC la lista linux-api@vger.kernel.org. + +Esta es la lista de archivos que están en el código fuente del kernel y son +de obligada lectura: + + :ref:`Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst ` + Este archivo ofrece una breve descripción del kernel de Linux y + describe lo que es necesario hacer para configurar y compilar el + kernel. Quienes sean nuevos en el kernel deben comenzar aquí. + + :ref:`Documentation/process/changes.rst ` + Este archivo proporciona una lista de los niveles mínimos de varios + paquetes que son necesarios para construir y ejecutar el kernel + exitosamente. + + :ref:`Documentation/process/coding-style.rst ` + Esto describe el estilo de código del kernel de Linux y algunas de los + razones detrás de esto. Se espera que todo el código nuevo siga las + directrices de este documento. La mayoría de los maintainers solo + aceptarán parches si se siguen estas reglas, y muchas personas solo + revisan el código si tiene el estilo adecuado. + + :ref:`Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst ` + Este archivo describe en gran detalle cómo crear con éxito y enviar un + parche, que incluye (pero no se limita a): + + - Contenidos del correo electrónico (email) + - Formato del email + - A quien se debe enviar + + Seguir estas reglas no garantiza el éxito (ya que todos los parches son + sujetos a escrutinio de contenido y estilo), pero en caso de no seguir + dichas reglas, el fracaso es prácticamente garantizado. + Otras excelentes descripciones de cómo crear parches correctamente son: + + "The Perfect Patch" + https://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt + + "Linux kernel patch submission format" + https://web.archive.org/web/20180829112450/http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html + + :ref:`Documentation/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst ` + Este archivo describe la lógica detrás de la decisión consciente de + no tener una API estable dentro del kernel, incluidas cosas como: + + - Capas intermedias del subsistema (por compatibilidad?) + - Portabilidad de drivers entre sistemas operativos + - Mitigar el cambio rápido dentro del árbol de fuentes del kernel (o + prevenir cambios rápidos) + + Este documento es crucial para comprender la filosofía del desarrollo + de Linux y es muy importante para las personas que se mudan a Linux + tras desarrollar otros sistemas operativos. + + :ref:`Documentation/process/security-bugs.rst ` + Si cree que ha encontrado un problema de seguridad en el kernel de + Linux, siga los pasos de este documento para ayudar a notificar a los + desarrolladores del kernel y ayudar a resolver el problema. + + :ref:`Documentation/process/management-style.rst ` + Este documento describe cómo operan los maintainers del kernel de Linux + y los valores compartidos detrás de sus metodologías. Esta es una + lectura importante para cualquier persona nueva en el desarrollo del + kernel (o cualquier persona que simplemente sienta curiosidad por + el campo IT), ya que clarifica muchos conceptos erróneos y confusiones + comunes sobre el comportamiento único de los maintainers del kernel. + + :ref:`Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst ` + Este archivo describe las reglas sobre cómo se suceden las versiones + del kernel estable, y qué hacer si desea obtener un cambio en una de + estas publicaciones. + + :ref:`Documentation/process/kernel-docs.rst ` + Una lista de documentación externa relativa al desarrollo del kernel. + Por favor consulte esta lista si no encuentra lo que están buscando + dentro de la documentación del kernel. + + :ref:`Documentation/process/applying-patches.rst ` + Una buena introducción que describe exactamente qué es un parche y cómo + aplicarlo a las diferentes ramas de desarrollo del kernel. + +El kernel también tiene una gran cantidad de documentos que pueden ser +generados automáticamente desde el propio código fuente o desde +ReStructuredText markups (ReST), como este. Esto incluye un descripción +completa de la API en el kernel y reglas sobre cómo manejar cerrojos +(locking) correctamente. + +Todos estos documentos se pueden generar como PDF o HTML ejecutando:: + + make pdfdocs + make htmldocs + +respectivamente desde el directorio fuente principal del kernel. + +Los documentos que utilizan el markup ReST se generarán en +Documentation/output. También se pueden generar en formatos LaTeX y ePub +con:: + + make latexdocs + make epubdocs + +Convertirse en un/a desarrollador/a de kernel +--------------------------------------------- + +Si no sabe nada sobre el desarrollo del kernel de Linux, debería consultar +el proyecto Linux KernelNewbies: + + https://kernelnewbies.org + +Consiste en una útil lista de correo donde puede preguntar casi cualquier +tipo de pregunta básica de desarrollo del kernel (asegúrese de buscar en +los archivos primero, antes de preguntar algo que ya ha sido respondido en +el pasado.) También tiene un canal IRC que puede usar para hacer preguntas +en tiempo real, y una gran cantidad de documentación útil para ir +aprendiendo sobre el desarrollo del kernel de Linux. + +El sitio web tiene información básica sobre la organización del código, +subsistemas, y proyectos actuales (tanto dentro como fuera del árbol). +También describe alguna información logística básica, como cómo compilar +un kernel y aplicar un parche. + +Si no sabe por dónde quiere empezar, pero quieres buscar alguna tarea que +comenzar a hacer para unirse a la comunidad de desarrollo del kernel, +acuda al proyecto Linux Kernel Janitor: + + https://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors + +Es un gran lugar para comenzar. Describe una lista de problemas +relativamente simples que deben limpiarse y corregirse dentro del código +fuente del kernel de Linux árbol de fuentes. Trabajando con los +desarrolladores a cargo de este proyecto, aprenderá los conceptos básicos +para incluir su parche en el árbol del kernel de Linux, y posiblemente +descubrir en la dirección en que trabajar a continuación, si no tiene ya +una idea. + +Antes de realizar cualquier modificación real al código del kernel de +Linux, es imperativo entender cómo funciona el código en cuestión. Para +este propósito, nada es mejor que leerlo directamente (lo más complicado +está bien comentado), tal vez incluso con la ayuda de herramientas +especializadas. Una de esas herramientas que se recomienda especialmente +es el proyecto Linux Cross-Reference, que es capaz de presentar el código +fuente en un formato de página web indexada y autorreferencial. Una +excelente puesta al día del repositorio del código del kernel se puede +encontrar en: + + https://elixir.bootlin.com/ + +El proceso de desarrollo +------------------------ + +El proceso de desarrollo del kernel de Linux consiste actualmente de +diferentes "branches" (ramas) con muchos distintos subsistemas específicos +a cada una de ellas. Las diferentes ramas son: + + - El código principal de Linus (mainline tree) + - Varios árboles estables con múltiples major numbers + - Subsistemas específicos + - linux-next, para integración y testing + +Mainline tree (Árbol principal) +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +El mainline tree es mantenido por Linus Torvalds, y puede encontrarse en +https://kernel.org o en su repo. El proceso de desarrollo es el siguiente: + + - Tan pronto como se lanza un nuevo kernel, se abre una ventana de dos + semanas, durante este período de tiempo, los maintainers pueden enviar + grandes modificaciones a Linus, por lo general los parches que ya se + han incluido en el linux-next durante unas semanas. La forma preferida + de enviar grandes cambios es usando git (la herramienta de + administración de código fuente del kernel, más información al respecto + en https://git-scm.com/), pero los parches simples también son validos. + - Después de dos semanas, se lanza un kernel -rc1 y la atención se centra + en hacer el kernel nuevo lo más estable ("solido") posible. La mayoría + de los parches en este punto deben arreglar una regresión. Los errores + que siempre han existido no son regresiones, por lo tanto, solo envíe + este tipo de correcciones si son importantes. Tenga en cuenta que se + podría aceptar un controlador (o sistema de archivos) completamente + nuevo después de -rc1 porque no hay riesgo de causar regresiones con + tal cambio, siempre y cuando el cambio sea autónomo y no afecte áreas + fuera del código que se está agregando. git se puede usar para enviar + parches a Linus después de que se lance -rc1, pero los parches también + deben ser enviado a una lista de correo pública para su revisión. + - Se lanza un nuevo -rc cada vez que Linus considera que el árbol git + actual esta en un estado razonablemente sano y adecuado para la prueba. + La meta es lanzar un nuevo kernel -rc cada semana. + - El proceso continúa hasta que el kernel se considera "listo", y esto + puede durar alrededor de 6 semanas. + +Vale la pena mencionar lo que Andrew Morton escribió en las listas de +correo del kernel de Linux, sobre lanzamientos del kernel (traducido): + + *"Nadie sabe cuándo se publicara un nuevo kernel, pues esto sucede + según el estado de los bugs, no de una cronología preconcebida."* + +Varios árboles estables con múltiples major numbers +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Los kernels con versiones de 3 partes son kernels estables. Estos contienen +correcciones relativamente pequeñas y críticas para problemas de seguridad +o importantes regresiones descubiertas para una publicación de código. +Cada lanzamiento en una gran serie estable incrementa la tercera parte de +la versión número, manteniendo las dos primeras partes iguales. + +Esta es la rama recomendada para los usuarios que quieren la versión +estable más reciente del kernel, y no están interesados en ayudar a probar +versiones en desarrollo/experimentales. + +Los árboles estables son mantenidos por el equipo "estable" +, y se liberan (publican) según lo dicten las +necesidades. El período de liberación normal es de aproximadamente dos +semanas, pero puede ser más largo si no hay problemas apremiantes. Un +problema relacionado con la seguridad, en cambio, puede causar un +lanzamiento casi instantáneamente. + +El archivo :ref:`Documentación/proceso/stable-kernel-rules.rst ` +en el árbol del kernel documenta qué tipos de cambios son aceptables para +el árbol estable y cómo funciona el proceso de lanzamiento. + +Subsistemas específicos +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Los maintainers de los diversos subsistemas del kernel --- y también muchos +desarrolladores de subsistemas del kernel --- exponen su estado actual de +desarrollo en repositorios fuente. De esta manera, otros pueden ver lo que +está sucediendo en las diferentes áreas del kernel. En áreas donde el +desarrollo es rápido, se le puede pedir a un desarrollador que base sus +envíos en tal árbol del subsistema del kernel, para evitar conflictos entre +este y otros trabajos ya en curso. + +La mayoría de estos repositorios son árboles git, pero también hay otros +SCM en uso, o colas de parches que se publican como series quilt. Las +direcciones de estos repositorios de subsistemas se enumeran en el archivo +MAINTAINERS. Muchos de estos se pueden ver en https://git.kernel.org/. + +Antes de que un parche propuesto se incluya con dicho árbol de subsistemas, +es sujeto a revisión, que ocurre principalmente en las listas de correo +(ver la sección respectiva a continuación). Para varios subsistemas del +kernel, esta revisión se rastrea con la herramienta patchwork. Patchwork +ofrece una interfaz web que muestra publicaciones de parches, cualquier +comentario sobre un parche o revisiones a él, y los maintainers pueden +marcar los parches como en revisión, aceptado, o rechazado. La mayoría de +estos sitios de trabajo de parches se enumeran en + +https://patchwork.kernel.org/. + +linux-next, para integración y testing +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Antes de que las actualizaciones de los árboles de subsistemas se combinen +con el árbol principal, necesitan probar su integración. Para ello, existe +un repositorio especial de pruebas en el que se encuentran casi todos los +árboles de subsistema, actualizado casi a diario: + + https://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git + +De esta manera, linux-next ofrece una perspectiva resumida de lo que se +espera que entre en el kernel principal en el próximo período de "merge" +(fusión de código). Los testers aventureros son bienvenidos a probar +linux-next en ejecución. + +Reportar bugs +------------- + +El archivo 'Documentación/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst' en el +directorio principal del kernel describe cómo informar un posible bug del +kernel y detalles sobre qué tipo de información necesitan los +desarrolladores del kernel para ayudar a rastrear la fuente del problema. + +Gestión de informes de bugs +------------------------------ + +Una de las mejores formas de poner en práctica sus habilidades de hacking +es arreglando errores reportados por otras personas. No solo ayudará a +hacer el kernel más estable, también aprenderá a solucionar problemas del +mundo real y mejora sus habilidades, y otros desarrolladores se darán +cuenta de tu presencia. La corrección de errores es una de las mejores +formas de ganar méritos entre desarrolladores, porque no a muchas personas +les gusta perder el tiempo arreglando los errores de otras personas. + +Para trabajar en informes de errores ya reportados, busque un subsistema +que le interese. Verifique el archivo MAINTAINERS donde se informan los +errores de ese subsistema; con frecuencia será una lista de correo, rara +vez un rastreador de errores (bugtracker). Busque en los archivos de dicho +lugar para informes recientes y ayude donde lo crea conveniente. También es +posible que desee revisar https://bugzilla.kernel.org para informes de +errores; solo un puñado de subsistemas del kernel lo emplean activamente +para informar o rastrear; sin embargo, todos los errores para todo el kernel +se archivan allí. + +Listas de correo +----------------- + +Como se explica en algunos de los documentos anteriores, la mayoría de +desarrolladores del kernel participan en la lista de correo del kernel de +Linux. Detalles sobre cómo para suscribirse y darse de baja de la lista se +pueden encontrar en: + + http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-kernel + +Existen archivos de la lista de correo en la web en muchos lugares +distintos. Utilice un motor de búsqueda para encontrar estos archivos. Por +ejemplo: + + http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel + +Es muy recomendable que busque en los archivos sobre el tema que desea +tratar, antes de publicarlo en la lista. Un montón de cosas ya discutidas +en detalle solo se registran en los archivos de la lista de correo. + +La mayoría de los subsistemas individuales del kernel también tienen sus +propias lista de correo donde hacen sus esfuerzos de desarrollo. Revise el +archivo MAINTAINERS para obtener referencias de lo que estas listas para +los diferentes grupos. + +Muchas de las listas están alojadas en kernel.org. La información sobre +estas puede ser encontrada en: + + http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html + +Recuerde mantener buenos hábitos de comportamiento al usar las listas. +Aunque un poco cursi, la siguiente URL tiene algunas pautas simples para +interactuar con la lista (o cualquier lista): + + http://www.albion.com/netiquette/ + +Si varias personas responden a su correo, el CC (lista de destinatarios) +puede hacerse bastante grande. No elimine a nadie de la lista CC: sin una +buena razón, o no responda solo a la dirección de la lista. Acostúmbrese +a recibir correos dos veces, una del remitente y otra de la lista, y no +intente ajustar esto agregando encabezados de correo astutos, a la gente no +le gustará. + +Recuerde mantener intacto el contexto y la atribución de sus respuestas, +mantenga las líneas "El hacker John Kernel escribió ...:" en la parte +superior de su respuesta, y agregue sus declaraciones entre las secciones +individuales citadas en lugar de escribiendo en la parte superior del +correo electrónico. + +Si incluye parches en su correo, asegúrese de que sean texto legible sin +formato como se indica en :ref:`Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst `. +Los desarrolladores del kernel no quieren lidiar con archivos adjuntos o +parches comprimidos; y pueden querer comentar líneas individuales de su +parche, que funciona sólo de esa manera. Asegúrese de emplear un programa +de correo que no altere los espacios ni los tabuladores. Una buena primera +prueba es enviarse el correo a usted mismo, e intentar aplicar su +propio parche. Si eso no funciona, arregle su programa de correo o +reemplace hasta que funcione. + +Sobretodo, recuerde de ser respetuoso con otros subscriptores. + +Colaborando con la comunidad +---------------------------- + +El objetivo de la comunidad del kernel es proporcionar el mejor kernel +posible. Cuando envíe un parche para su aceptación, se revisará en sus +méritos técnicos solamente. Entonces, ¿qué deberías ser? + + - críticas + - comentarios + - peticiones de cambios + - peticiones de justificaciones + - silencio + +Recuerde, esto es parte de introducir su parche en el kernel. Tiene que ser +capaz de recibir críticas y comentarios sobre sus parches, evaluar +a nivel técnico y re-elaborar sus parches o proporcionar razonamiento claro +y conciso de por qué no se deben hacer tales cambios. Si no hay respuestas +a su publicación, espere unos días e intente de nuevo, a veces las cosas se +pierden dado el gran volumen. + +¿Qué no debería hacer? + + - esperar que su parche se acepte sin preguntas + - actuar de forma defensiva + - ignorar comentarios + - enviar el parche de nuevo, sin haber aplicados los cambios pertinentes + +En una comunidad que busca la mejor solución técnica posible, siempre habrá +diferentes opiniones sobre lo beneficioso que es un parche. Tiene que ser +cooperativo y estar dispuesto a adaptar su idea para que encaje dentro +del kernel, o al menos esté dispuesto a demostrar que su idea vale la pena. +Recuerde, estar equivocado es aceptable siempre y cuando estés dispuesto a +trabajar hacia una solución que sea correcta. + +Es normal que las respuestas a su primer parche sean simplemente una lista +de una docena de cosas que debe corregir. Esto **no** implica que su +parche no será aceptado, y **no** es personal. Simplemente corrija todos +los problemas planteados en su parche, y envié otra vez. + +Diferencias entre la comunidad kernel y las estructuras corporativas +-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +La comunidad del kernel funciona de manera diferente a la mayoría de los +entornos de desarrollo tradicionales en empresas. Aquí hay una lista de +cosas que puede intentar hacer para evitar problemas: + + Cosas buenas que decir respecto a los cambios propuestos: + + - "Esto arregla múltiples problemas." + - "Esto elimina 2000 lineas de código." + - "Aquí hay un parche que explica lo que intento describir." + - "Lo he testeado en 5 arquitecturas distintas..." + - "Aquí hay una serie de parches menores que..." + - "Esto mejora el rendimiento en maquinas típicas..." + + Cosas negativas que debe evitar decir: + + - "Lo hicimos así en AIX/ptx/Solaris, de modo que debe ser bueno..." + - "Llevo haciendo esto 20 años, de modo que..." + - "Esto lo necesita mi empresa para ganar dinero" + - "Esto es para la linea de nuestros productos Enterprise" + - "Aquí esta el documento de 1000 paginas describiendo mi idea" + - "Llevo 6 meses trabajando en esto..." + - "Aquí esta un parche de 5000 lineas que..." + - "He rescrito todo el desastre actual, y aquí esta..." + - "Tengo un deadline, y este parche debe aplicarse ahora." + +Otra forma en que la comunidad del kernel es diferente a la mayoría de los +entornos de trabajo tradicionales en ingeniería de software, es la +naturaleza sin rostro de interacción. Una de las ventajas de utilizar el +correo electrónico y el IRC como formas principales de comunicación es la +no discriminación por motivos de género o raza. El entorno de trabajo del +kernel de Linux acepta a mujeres y minorías porque todo lo que eres es una +dirección de correo electrónico. El aspecto internacional también ayuda a +nivelar el campo de juego porque no puede adivinar el género basado en +el nombre de una persona. Un hombre puede llamarse Andrea y una mujer puede +llamarse Pat. La mayoría de las mujeres que han trabajado en el kernel de +Linux y han expresado una opinión han tenido experiencias positivas. + +La barrera del idioma puede causar problemas a algunas personas que no se +sientes cómodas con el inglés. Un buen dominio del idioma puede ser +necesario para transmitir ideas correctamente en las listas de correo, por +lo que le recomendamos que revise sus correos electrónicos para asegurarse +de que tengan sentido en inglés antes de enviarlos. + +Divida sus cambios +--------------------- + +La comunidad del kernel de Linux no acepta con gusto grandes fragmentos de +código, sobretodo a la vez. Los cambios deben introducirse correctamente, +discutidos y divididos en pequeñas porciones individuales. Esto es casi +exactamente lo contrario de lo que las empresas están acostumbradas a hacer. +Su propuesta también debe introducirse muy temprano en el proceso de +desarrollo, de modo que pueda recibir comentarios sobre lo que está +haciendo. También deje que la comunidad sienta que está trabajando con +ellos, y no simplemente usándolos como un vertedero para su función. Sin +embargo, no envíe 50 correos electrónicos a una vez a una lista de correo, +su serie de parches debe casi siempre ser más pequeña que eso. + +Las razones para dividir las cosas son las siguientes: + +1) Los cambios pequeños aumentan la probabilidad de que sus parches sean + aplicados, ya que no requieren mucho tiempo o esfuerzo para verificar su + exactitud. Un parche de 5 líneas puede ser aplicado por un maintainer + con apenas una segunda mirada. Sin embargo, un parche de 500 líneas + puede tardar horas en ser revisado en términos de corrección (el tiempo + que toma es exponencialmente proporcional al tamaño del parche, o algo + así). + + Los parches pequeños también facilitan la depuración cuando algo falla. + Es mucho más fácil retirar los parches uno por uno que diseccionar un + parche muy grande después de haber sido aplicado (y roto alguna cosa). + +2) Es importante no solo enviar pequeños parches, sino también reescribir + y simplificar (o simplemente reordenar) los parches antes de enviarlos. + +Esta es una analogía del desarrollador del kernel Al Viro (traducida): + + *"Piense en un maestro que califica la tarea de un estudiante de + matemáticas. El maestro no quiere ver los intentos y errores del + estudiante antes de que se les ocurriera la solución. Quiere ver la + respuesta más limpia y elegante. Un buen estudiante lo sabe, y nunca + presentaría su trabajo intermedio antes de tener la solución final.* + + *Lo mismo ocurre con el desarrollo del kernel. Los maintainers y + revisores no quieren ver el proceso de pensamiento detrás de la solución + al problema que se está resolviendo. Quieren ver un solución simple y + elegante."* + +Puede resultar un reto mantener el equilibrio entre presentar una solución +elegante y trabajar junto a la comunidad, discutiendo su trabajo inacabado. +Por lo tanto, es bueno comenzar temprano en el proceso para obtener +"feedback" y mejorar su trabajo, pero también mantenga sus cambios en +pequeños trozos que pueden ser aceptados, incluso cuando toda su labor no +está listo para inclusión en un momento dado. + +También tenga en cuenta que no es aceptable enviar parches para su +inclusión que están sin terminar y serán "arreglados más tarde". + +Justifique sus cambios +---------------------- + +Además de dividir sus parches, es muy importante que deje a la comunidad de +Linux sabe por qué deberían agregar este cambio. Nuevas características +debe justificarse como necesarias y útiles. + +Documente sus cambios +--------------------- + +Cuando envíe sus parches, preste especial atención a lo que dice en el +texto de su correo electrónico. Esta información se convertirá en el +ChangeLog del parche, y se conservará para que todos la vean, todo el +tiempo. Debe describir el parche por completo y contener: + + - por qué los cambios son necesarios + - el diseño general de su propuesta + - detalles de implementación + - resultados de sus experimentos + +Para obtener más detalles sobre cómo debería quedar todo esto, consulte la +sección ChangeLog del documento: + + "The Perfect Patch" + https://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt + +Todas estas cuestiones son a veces son muy difíciles de conseguir. Puede +llevar años perfeccionar estas prácticas (si es que lo hace). Es un proceso +continuo de mejora que requiere mucha paciencia y determinación. Pero no se +rinda, es posible. Muchos lo han hecho antes, y cada uno tuvo que comenzar +exactamente donde está usted ahora. + +---------- + +Gracias a Paolo Ciarrocchi que permitió que la sección "Development Process" +se basara en el texto que había escrito (https://lwn.net/Articles/94386/), +y a Randy Dunlap y Gerrit Huizenga por algunas de la lista de cosas que +debes y no debes decir. También gracias a Pat Mochel, Hanna Linder, Randy +Dunlap, Kay Sievers, Vojtech Pavlik, Jan Kara, Josh Boyer, Kees Cook, +Andrew Morton, Andi Kleen, Vadim Lobanov, Jesper Juhl, Adrian Bunk, +Keri Harris, Frans Pop, David A. Wheeler, Junio Hamano, Michael Kerrisk y +Alex Shepard por su revisión, comentarios y contribuciones. Sin su ayuda, +este documento no hubiera sido posible. + +Maintainer: Greg Kroah-Hartman diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/index.rst index d6f3ccfb16..2239373b39 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/index.rst @@ -24,3 +24,7 @@ contribution-maturity-model security-bugs embargoed-hardware-issues + handling-regressions + management-style + submit-checklist + howto diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/management-style.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/management-style.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4db33fbf89 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/management-style.rst @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +.. include:: ../disclaimer-sp.rst + +:Original: Documentation/process/management-style.rst +:Translator: Avadhut Naik + +.. _sp_managementstyle: + + +Estilo de gestión del kernel de Linux +===================================== + +Este es un documento breve que describe el estilo de gestión preferido (o +inventado, dependiendo de a quién le preguntes) para el kernel de Linux. +Está destinado a reflejar el documento +:ref:`translations/sp_SP/process/coding-style.rst ` hasta +cierto punto y está escrito principalmente para evitar responder a [#f1]_ +las mismas preguntas (o similares) una y otra vez. + +El estilo de gestión es muy personal y mucho más difícil de cuantificar +que reglas simples de estilo de codificación, por lo que este documento +puede o no tener relación con la realidad. Comenzó como una broma, pero +eso no significa que no pueda ser realmente cierto. Tendrás que decidir +por ti mismo. + +Por cierto, cuando se hable de “gerente de kernel”, se refiere a las +personas lideres técnicas, no de las personas que hacen la gestión +tradicional dentro de las empresas. Si firmas pedidos de compra o tienes +alguna idea sobre el presupuesto de tu grupo, es casi seguro que no eres +un gerente de kernel. Estas sugerencias pueden o no aplicarse a usted. + +En primer lugar, sugeriría comprar “Seven Habits of Highly Effective +People” y NO leerlo. Quemarlo, es un gran gesto simbólico. + +.. [#f1] Este documento lo hace no tanto respondiendo a la pregunta, sino + haciendo dolorosamente obvio para el interrogador que no tenemos ni idea + de cuál es la respuesta. + +De todos modos, aquí va: + +.. _decisiones: + +1) Decisiones +------------- + +Todos piensan que los gerentes toman decisiones, y que la toma de +decisiones en importante. Cuanto más grande y dolorosa sea la decisión, +más grande debe ser el gerente para tomarla. Eso es muy profundo y obvio, +pero en realidad no es cierto. + +El nombre del partido es **evitar** tener que tomar una decisión. En +particular, si alguien te dice “elige (a) o (b), realmente necesitamos +que decidas sobre esto”, estas en problemas como gerente. Es mejor que +las personas a las que diriges conozcan los detalles mejor que tú, así +que, si acuden a ti para tomar una decisión técnica, estas jodido. +Claramente no eres competente para tomar una decisión por ellos. + +(Corolario: Si las personas a las que diriges no conocen los detalles +mejor que tú, también estas jodido, aunque por una razón totalmente +diferente. Es decir, que estas en el trabajo equivocado y que **ellos** +deberían gestionando tu brillantez en su lugar). + +Así que el nombre del partido es **evitar** las decisiones, al menos las +grandes y dolorosas. Tomar decisiones pequeñas y sin consecuencias está +bien, y te hace parecer que sabes lo que estás haciendo, así que lo que +un gerente de kernel necesita hacer es convertir las decisiones grandes +y dolorosas en cosas pequeñas a los que a nadie realmente le importa. + +Ayuda darse cuenta de que la diferencia clave entre una decisión grande +y una pequeña es si puede arreglar su decisión después. Cualquier +decisión se puede hacer pequeña simplemente asegurándose siempre de que +si te equivocaste (u **estarás** equivocado), siempre puede deshacer el +daño más tarde retrocediendo. De repente, llegas a ser doblemente +gerencial por tomar **dos** decisiones intrascendentes - la equivocada +**y** la correcta. + +Y las personas incluso verán eso como un verdadero liderazgo (*tos* +mierda *tos*). + +Por lo tanto, la llave para evitar las grandes decisiones se convierte en +simplemente evitar hacer cosas que no se pueden deshacer. No te dejes +llevar a una esquina del que no puedas escapar. Una rata acorralada puede +ser peligrosa – un gerente acorralado es directamente lamentable. + +Resulta que, dado que nadie sería tan estúpido como para dejar que un +gerente de kernel tenga una gran responsabilidad **de todos modos**, +generalmente es bastante fácil retroceder. Dado que no vas a poder +malgastar grandes cantidades de dinero que tal vez no puedas pagar, lo +único que puedes revertir es una decisión técnica, y ahí retroceder es +muy fácil: simplemente diles a todos que fuiste un bobo incompetente, +pide disculpas y deshaz todo el trabajo inútil que hiciste trabajar a la +gente durante el año pasado. De repente, la decisión que tomaste hace un +año no era una gran decisión después de todo, ya que se podía deshacer +fácilmente. + +Resulta que algunas personas tienen problemas con este enfoque, por dos +razones: + + - admitir que eras un idiota es más difícil de lo que parece. A todos + nos gusta mantener las apariencias, y salir en público a decir que te + equivocaste a veces es muy duro. + - que alguien te diga que lo que trabajaste durante el último año no + valió la pena después de todo también puede ser duro para los pobres + ingenieros humildes, y aunque el **trabajo** real fue bastante fácil + de deshacer simplemente eliminándolo, es posible que hayas perdido + irrevocablemente la confianza de ese ingeniero. Y recuerda: + “irrevocablemente” fue lo que tratamos de evitar en primer lugar, y + tu decisión terminó siendo muy grande después de todo. + +Afortunadamente, estas dos razones pueden mitigarse eficazmente +simplemente admitiendo inicialmente que no tienes ni idea, y diciéndole +a la gente que tu decisión es puramente preliminar, y podría ser la cosa +equivocada. Siempre te debes reservar el derecho de cambiar de opinión, y +hacer que la gente sea muy **consciente** de eso. Y es mucho más fácil +admitir que eres estúpido cuando **aun** no has hecho la cosa realmente +estúpida. + +Entonces, cuando realmente resulta ser estúpido, la gente simplemente +pone los ojos y dice “Ups, otra vez no”. + +Esta admisión preventiva de incompetencia también podría hacer que las +personas que realmente hacen el trabajo piensen dos veces sobre si vale la +pena hacerlo o no. Después de todo, si **ellos** no están seguros de si es +una buena idea, seguro que no deberías alentarlos prometiéndoles que lo +que trabajan será incluido. Haz que al menos lo piensen dos veces antes de +embarcarse en un gran esfuerzo. + +Recuerda: Es mejor que sepan más sobre los detalles que tú, y +generalmente ya piensan que tienen la respuesta a todo. Lo mejor que puede +hacer como gerente no es inculcar confianza, sino más bien una dosis +saludable de pensamiento crítico sobre lo que hacen. + +Por cierto, otra forma de evitar una decisión es quejarse lastimeramente +de “no podemos hacer ambas cosas?” y parecer lamentable. Créeme, funciona. +Si no está claro cuál enfoque es mejor, lo descubrirán. La respuesta puede +terminar siendo que ambos equipos se sientan tan frustrados por la +situación que simplemente se den por vencidos. + +Eso puede sonar como un fracaso, pero generalmente es una señal de que +había algo mal con ambos proyectos, y la razón por la que las personas +involucradas no pudieron decidir fue que ambos estaban equivocados. +Terminas oliendo a rosas y evitaste otra decisión que podrías haber +metido la pata. + +2) Gente +-------- + +La mayoría de las personas son idiotas, y ser gerente significa que +tendrás que lidiar con eso, y quizás lo más importante, que **ellos** +tienen que lidiar **contigo**. + +Resulta que, si bien es fácil deshacer los errores técnicos, no es tan +fácil deshacer los trastornos de personalidad. Solo tienes que vivir +con los suyos - y el tuyo. + +Sin embargo, para prepararse como gerente del kernel, es mejor recordar +no quemar ningún puente, bombardear a ningún aldeano inocente o alienar +a demasiados desarrolladores del kernel. Resulta que alienar a las +personas es bastante fácil, y desalienarlas es difícil. Por lo tanto, +“alienar” cae inmediatamente debajo del título “no reversible”, y se +convierte en un no-no según :ref:`decisiones`. + +Aquí solo hay algunas reglas simples: + + (1) No llames a la gente pen*ejos (al menos no en público) + (2) Aprende a disculparte cuando olvidaste la regla (1) + +El problema con #1 es que es muy fácil de hacer, ya que puedes decir +“eres un pen*ejo” de millones de manera diferentes [#f2]_, a veces sin +siquiera darte cuenta, y casi siempre con una convicción ardiente de que +tienes razón. + +Y cuanto más convencido estés de que tienes razón (y seamos sinceros, +puedes llamar a casi **cualquiera** un pen*ejo, y a menudo **tendrás** +razón), más difícil termina siendo disculparse después. + +Para resolver este problema, realmente solo tienes dos opciones: + + - Se muy buenos en las disculpas. + - Difunde el “amor” de manera tan uniforme que nadie termina sintiendo + que es atacado injustamente. Hazlo lo suficientemente ingenioso, e + incluso podría divertirse. + +La opción de ser infaliblemente educado realmente no existe. Nadie +confiará en alguien que está ocultando tan claramente su verdadero +carácter. + +.. [#f2] Paul Simon cantó “Cincuenta maneras de dejar a tu amante” porque, + francamente, “Un millón de maneras de decirle a un desarrollador que es + un pen*ejo” no escanea tan bien. Pero estoy seguro de que lo pensó. + +3) Gente II – el Buen Tipo +-------------------------- + +Aunque resulta que la mayoría de las personas son idiotas, el corolario +de eso es, tristemente, que tú también seas uno, y aunque todos podemos +disfrutar del conocimiento seguro de que somos mejores que la persona +promedio (somos realistas, nadie cree que nunca que son promedio o debajo +del promedio), también debemos admitir que no somos el cuchillo más +afilado alrededor, y habrá otras personas que son menos idiotas que tú. + +Algunas personas reaccionan mal a las personas inteligentes. Otras se +aprovechan de ellos. + +Asegúrate de que tú, como mantenedor del kernel, estás en el segundo +grupo. Aguanta con ellos, porque son las personas que te facilitarán el +trabajo. En particular, podrán tomar tus decisiones por ti, que es de lo +que se trata el juego. + +Así que cuando encuentras a alguien más inteligente que tú, simplemente +sigue adelante. Sus responsabilidades de gestión se convierten en gran +medida en las de decir “Suena como una buena idea, - hazlo sin +restricciones”, o “Eso suena bien, pero ¿qué pasa con xxx?". La segunda +versión en particular es una excelente manera de aprender algo nuevo +sobre “xxx” o parecer **extra** gerencial al señalar algo que la persona +más inteligente no había pensado. En cualquier caso, sales ganando. + +Una cosa para tener en cuenta es darse cuenta de que la grandeza en un +área no necesariamente se traduce en otras áreas. Así que puedes impulsar +a la gente en direcciones específicas, pero seamos realistas, pueden ser +buenos en lo que hacen, y ser malos en todo lo demás. La buena noticia es +que las personas tienden a gravitar naturalmente hacia lo que son buenos, +por lo que no es como si estuvieras haciendo algo irreversible cuando los +impulsas en alguna dirección, simplemente no presiones demasiado. + +4) Colocar la culpa +------------------- + +Las cosas saldrán mal, y la gente quiere culpar a alguien. Etiqueta, tú +lo eres. + +En realidad, no es tan difícil aceptar la culpa, especialmente si la gente +se da cuenta de que no fue **toda** tu culpa. Lo que nos lleva a la mejor +manera de asumir la culpa: hacerlo por otra persona. Te sentirás bien por +asumir la caída, ellos se sentirán bien por no ser culpados, y la persona +que perdió toda su colección de pornografía de 36 GB debido a tu +incompetencia admitirá a regañadientes que al menos intentaste escapar +de ella. + +Luego haz que el desarrollador que realmente metió la pata (si puedes +encontrarlo) sepa **en privado** que metió la pata. No solo para que +pueda evitarlo en futuro, sino para que sepan que te deben uno. Y, quizás +aún más importante, también es probable que sea la persona que puede +solucionarlo. Porque, seamos sinceros, seguro que no eres tú. + +Asumir la culpa también es la razón por la que llegas a ser un gerente +en primer lugar. Es parte de lo que hace que la gente confíe en ti y te +permita la gloria potencial porque eres tú quien puede decir “metí la +pata”. Y si has seguido las reglas anteriores, ya serás bastante bueno +para decir eso. + +5) Cosas que evitar +------------------- + +Hay una cosa que la gente odia incluso más que ser llamado “pen*ejo”, +y que es ser llamado “pen*ejo” en una voz mojigata. Por lo primero, +puedes disculparte, por lo segundo, realmente, no tendrás la oportunidad. +Es probable que ya no estén escuchando, incluso si de lo contrario haces +un buen trabajo. + +Todos pensamos que somos mejores que los demás, lo que significa que +cuando alguien más se da aires, **realmente** nos molesta. Puedes ser +moral e intelectualmente superior a todos los que te rodean, pero no +trates de hacerlo demasiado obvio a menos que tengas **la intención** +real de irritar a alguien [#f3]_. + +Del mismo modo, no seas demasiado educado o sutil acerca de las cosas. La +cortesía fácilmente termina yendo demasiado lejos y ocultado el problema, +y como dicen “En internet, nadie puede oírte ser sutil”. Usa un gran +objeto contundente para enfatizar el punto, porque realmente no puedes +depender de que las personas entiendan tu punto de otra manera. + +Un poco de humor puede ayudar a suavizar tanto la franqueza como la +moralización. Exagerar hasta el punto de ser ridículo puede reforzar un +punto sin hacer que sea doloroso para el destinatario, quien simplemente +piensa que estas siendo tonto. Por lo tanto, puede ayudarnos a superar el +bloqueo mental personal que todos tenemos sobre la crítica. + +.. [#f3] La pista: Los grupos de noticias de Internet que no están + directamente relacionados con tu trabajo son excelentes maneras de + desahogar tus frustraciones con otras personas. Escribe mensajes + insultantes con una mueca de desprecio solo para entrar en un humor de + vez en cuando, y te sentirás limpio. Eso sí, no te cagues demasiado + cerca de casa. + +6) ¿Por qué a mí? +----------------- + +Dado que tu principal responsabilidad parece ser asumir la culpa de los +errores de otras personas y hacer dolorosamente obvio para todos los +demás que eres incompetente, la pregunta obvia es: ¿por qué hacerlo en +primer lugar? + +Pase lo que pase, **tendrás** una sensación inmensa de logro personal por +estar “a cargo”. No importa el hecho de que realmente estés liderando al +tratar de mantenerte al día con todos los demás y correr detrás de ellos +lo más rápido que puedes. Todo el mundo seguirá pensando que eres la +persona a cargo. + +Es un gran trabajo si puedes descifrarlo. diff --git a/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/submit-checklist.rst b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/submit-checklist.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d6651f9d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/submit-checklist.rst @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +.. include:: ../disclaimer-sp.rst + +:Original: Documentation/process/submit-checklist.rst +:Translator: Avadhut Naik + +.. _sp_submitchecklist: + +Lista de comprobación para enviar parches del kernel de Linux +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Aquí hay algunas cosas básicas que los desarrolladores deben hacer si +quieren que sus envíos de parches del kernel sean aceptados más +rápidamente. + +Todo esto está más allá de la documentación que se proporciona en +:ref:`Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/submitting-patches.rst ` +y en otros lugares con respecto al envío de parches del kernel de Linux. + +1) Si utiliza una funcionalidad, #include el archivo que define/declara + esa funcionalidad. No dependa de otros archivos de encabezado que + extraigan los que utiliza. + +2) Compile limpiamente: + + a) Con las opciones ``CONFIG`` aplicables o modificadas ``=y``, ``=m``, + y ``=n``. Sin advertencias/errores del compilador ``gcc``, ni + advertencias/errores del linker. + + b) Aprobar ``allnoconfig``, ``allmodconfig`` + + c) Compila correctamente cuando se usa ``O=builddir`` + + d) Cualquier documentación o cambios se compilan correctamente sin + nuevas advertencias/errores. Utilice ``make htmldocs`` o + ``make pdfdocs`` para comprobar la compilación y corregir cualquier + problema. + +3) Se compila en varias arquitecturas de CPU mediante herramientas de + compilación cruzada locales o alguna otra granja de compilación. + +4) ppc64 es una buena arquitectura para verificar la compilación cruzada + por que tiende a usar ``unsigned long`` para cantidades de 64-bits. + +5) Verifique su parche para el estilo general según se detalla en + :ref:`Documentation/translations/sp_SP/process/coding-style.rst `. + Verifique las infracciones triviales con el verificador de estilo de + parches antes de la entrega (``scripts/checkpatch.pl``). + Debería ser capaz de justificar todas las infracciones que permanezcan + en su parche. + +6) Cualquier opción ``CONFIG`` nueva o modificada no altera el menú de + configuración y se desactiva por defecto, a menos que cumpla con los + criterios de excepción documentados en + ``Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.rst`` Atributos del menú: valor por defecto. + +7) Todas las nuevas opciones de ``Kconfig`` tienen texto de ayuda. + +8) Ha sido revisado cuidadosamente con respecto a las combinaciones + relevantes de ``Kconfig``. Esto es muy difícil de hacer correctamente + con las pruebas -- la concentración mental da resultados aquí. + +9) Verifique limpiamente con sparse. + +10) Use ``make checkstack`` y solucione cualquier problema que encuentre. + + .. note:: + + ``checkstack`` no señala los problemas explícitamente, pero + cualquier función que use más de 512 bytes en la pila es + candidata para el cambio. + +11) Incluya :ref:`kernel-doc ` para documentar las API + globales del kernel. (No es necesario para funciones estáticas, pero + también está bien.) Utilice ``make htmldocs`` o ``make pdfdocs`` + para comprobar el :ref:`kernel-doc ` y solucionar + cualquier problema. + +12) Ha sido probado con ``CONFIG_PREEMPT``, ``CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT``, + ``CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB``, ``CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC``, ``CONFIG_DEBUG_MUTEXES``, + ``CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK``, ``CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP`` + ``CONFIG_PROVE_RCU`` y ``CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS_RCU_HEAD`` todos + habilitados simultáneamente. + +13) Ha sido probado en tiempo de compilación y ejecución con y sin + ``CONFIG_SMP`` y ``CONFIG_PREEMPT``. + +14) Todas las rutas de código se han ejercido con todas las + características de lockdep habilitadas. + +15) Todas las nuevas entradas de ``/proc`` están documentadas en + ``Documentation/``. + +16) Todos los nuevos parámetros de arranque del kernel están documentados + en ``Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst``. + +17) Todos los nuevos parámetros del módulo están documentados con + ``MODULE_PARM_DESC()``. + +18) Todas las nuevas interfaces de espacio de usuario están documentadas + en ``Documentation/ABI/``. Consulte ``Documentation/ABI/README`` para + obtener más información. Los parches que cambian las interfaces del + espacio de usuario deben ser CCed a linux-api@vger.kernel.org. + +19) Se ha comprobado con la inyección de al menos errores de asignación + de slab y página. Consulte ``Documentation/fault-injection/``. + + Si el nuevo código es sustancial, la adición de la inyección de + errores específica del subsistema podría ser apropiada. + +20) El nuevo código añadido ha sido compilado con ``gcc -W`` (use + ``make KCFLAGS=-W``). Esto generara mucho ruido per es buena para + encontrar errores como "warning: comparison between signed and unsigned". + +21) Se prueba después de que se haya fusionado en el conjunto de + parches -mm para asegurarse de que siga funcionando con todos los + demás parches en cola y varios cambios en VM, VFS y otros subsistemas. + +22) Todas las barreras de memoria {p.ej., ``barrier()``, ``rmb()``, + ``wmb()``} necesitan un comentario en el código fuente que explique + la lógica de lo que están haciendo y por qué. + +23) Si se añaden algún ioctl en el parche, actualice también + ``Documentation/userspace-api/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst``. + +24) Si su código fuente modificado depende o utiliza cualquiera de las + API o características del kernel que están relacionadas con los + siguientes símbolos ``Kconfig`` entonces pruebe varias compilaciones + con los símbolos ``Kconfig`` relacionados deshabilitados y/o ``=m`` + (si esa opción esta disponible) [no todos estos al mismo tiempo, solo + varias/aleatorias combinaciones de ellos]: + + ``CONFIG_SMP``, ``CONFIG_SYSFS``, ``CONFIG_PROC_FS``, ``CONFIG_INPUT``, ``CONFIG_PCI``, ``CONFIG_BLOCK``, ``CONFIG_PM``, ``CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ`` + ``CONFIG_NET``, ``CONFIG_INET=n`` (pero luego con ``CONFIG_NET=y``). diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/boot.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/boot.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c26190958 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/boot.rst @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. include:: ../../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst + +:Original: Documentation/arch/riscv/boot.rst + +:翻译: + + 龙进 Jin Long + +======================== +RISC-V内核启动要求和限制 +======================== + +:Author: Alexandre Ghiti +:Date: 23 May 2023 + +这份文档描述了RISC-V内核对引导加载程序和固件的期望，以及任何开发者在接触 +早期启动过程时必须牢记的约束。在这份文档中， ``早期启动过程`` 指的是在最 +终虚拟映射设置之前运行的任何代码。 + +内核预加载的要求和限制 +====================== + +RISC-V内核对引导加载程序和平台固件有以下要求： + +寄存器状态 +---------- + +RISC-V内核期望： + + * ``$a0`` 应包含当前核心的hartid。 + * ``$a1`` 应包含内存中设备树的地址。 + +CSR 寄存器状态 +-------------- + +RISC-V内核期望： + + * ``$satp = 0``： 如果存在MMU，必须将其禁用。 + +为常驻固件保留的内存 +-------------------- + +RISC-V内核在直接映射中不能映射任何常驻内存或用PMPs保护的内存， +因此固件必须根据设备树规范 和/或 UEFI规范正确标记这些区域。 + +内核的位置 +---------- + +RISC-V内核期望被放置在PMD边界（对于rv64为2MB对齐，对于rv32为4MB对齐）。 +请注意，如果不是这样，EFI stub 将重定位内核。 + +硬件描述 +-------- + +固件可以将设备树或ACPI表传递给RISC-V内核。 + +设备树可以直接从前一阶段通过$a1寄存器传递给内核，或者在使用UEFI启动时， +可以通过EFI配置表传递。 + +ACPI表通过EFI配置表传递给内核。在这种情况下，EFI stub 仍然会创建一个 +小的设备树。请参阅下面的"EFI stub 和设备树"部分，了解这个设备树的详细 +信息。 + +内核入口 +-------- + +在SMP系统中，有两种方法可以进入内核： + +- ``RISCV_BOOT_SPINWAIT``：固件在内核中释放所有的hart，一个hart赢 + 得抽奖并执行早期启动代码，而其他的hart则停在那里等待初始化完成。这种 + 方法主要用于支持没有SBI HSM扩展和M模式RISC-V内核的旧固件。 +- ``有序启动``：固件只释放一个将执行初始化阶段的hart，然后使用SBI HSM + 扩展启动所有其他的hart。有序启动方法是启动RISC-V内核的首选启动方法， + 因为它可以支持CPU热插拔和kexec。 + +UEFI +---- + +UEFI 内存映射 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +使用UEFI启动时，RISC-V内核将只使用EFI内存映射来填充系统内存。 + +UEFI固件必须解析 ``/reserved-memory`` 设备树节点的子节点，并遵守设备 +树规范，将这些子节点的属性（ ``no-map`` 和 ``reusable`` ）转换为其正 +确的EFI等价物（参见设备树规范v0.4-rc1的"3.5.4/reserved-memory和 +UEFI"部分）。 + +RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +使用UEFI启动时，EFI stub 需要引导hartid以便将其传递给 ``$a1`` 中的 +RISC-V内核。EFI stub使用以下方法之一获取引导hartid： + +- ``RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL`` （**首选**）。 +- ``boot-hartid`` 设备树子节点（**已弃用**）。 + +任何新的固件都必须实现 ``RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL``，因为基于设备树 +的方法现已被弃用。 + +早期启动的要求和约束 +==================== + +RISC-V内核的早期启动过程遵循以下约束： + +EFI stub 和设备树 +----------------- + +使用UEFI启动时，EFI stub 会用与arm64相同的参数补充（或创建）设备树， +这些参数在Documentation/arch/arm/uefi.rst中的 +"UEFI kernel supporton ARM"段落中有描述。 + +虚拟映射安装 +------------ + +在RISC-V内核中，虚拟映射的安装分为两步进行： + +1. ``setup_vm()`` 在 ``early_pg_dir`` 中安装一个临时的内核映射，这 + 允许发现系统内存。 此时只有内核文本/数据被映射。在建立这个映射时， + 不能进行分配（因为系统内存还未知），所以``early_pg_dir``页表是静 + 态分配的（每个级别只使用一个表）。 + +2. ``setup_vm_final()`` 在 ``swapper_pg_dir`` 中创建最终的内核映 + 射，并利用发现的系统内存 创建线性映射。在建立这个映射时，内核可以 + 分配内存，但不能直接访问它（因为直接映射还不存在），所以它使用fixmap + 区域的临时映射来访问新分配的页表级别。 + +为了让 ``virt_to_phys()`` 和 ``phys_to_virt()`` 能够正确地将直接 +映射地址转换为物理地址，它们需要知道DRAM的起始位置。这发生在步骤1之后， +就在步骤2安装直接映射之前（参见arch/riscv/mm/init.c中的 +``setup_bootmem()`` 函数）。在安装最终虚拟映射之前使用这些宏时必须 +仔细检查。 + +通过fixmap进行设备树映射 +------------------------ + +由于 ``reserved_mem`` 数组是用 ``setup_vm()`` 建立的虚拟地址初始化 +的，并且与``setup_vm_final()``建立的映射一起使用，RISC-V内核使用 +fixmap区域来映射设备树。这确保设备树可以通过两种虚拟映射访问。 + +Pre-MMU执行 +----------- + +在建立第一个虚拟映射之前，需要运行一些代码。这些包括第一个虚拟映射的安装本身， +早期替代方案的修补，以及内核命令行的早期解析。这些代码必须非常小心地编译，因为： + +- ``-fno-pie``：这对于使用``-fPIE``的可重定位内核是必需的，否则，任何对 + 全局符号的访问都将通过 GOT进行，而GOT只是虚拟地重新定位。 +- ``-mcmodel=medany``：任何对全局符号的访问都必须是PC相对的，以避免在设 + 置MMU之前发生任何重定位。 +- *所有* 的仪表化功能也必须被禁用（包括KASAN，ftrace和其他）。 + +由于使用来自不同编译单元的符号需要用这些标志编译该单元，我们建议尽可能不要使用 +外部符号。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/index.rst index 3b041c1161..9657345910 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arch/riscv/index.rst @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ RISC-V 体系结构 .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 + boot boot-image-header vm-layout patch-acceptance diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/core-api/printk-basics.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/core-api/printk-basics.rst index 59c6efb3fc..cafa01bccf 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/core-api/printk-basics.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/core-api/printk-basics.rst @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ printk()的用法通常是这样的:: 为了调试，还有两个有条件编译的宏： pr_debug()和pr_devel()，除非定义了 ``DEBUG`` (或者在pr_debug()的情况下定义了 -``CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG`` )，否则它们会被编译。 +``CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG`` )，否则它们不会被编译。 函数接口 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/index.rst index 02577c3790..c2db3e566b 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/index.rst @@ -14,11 +14,8 @@ 有关测试专用工具的简要概述，参见 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst -.. class:: toc-title - - 目录 - .. toctree:: + :caption: 目录 :maxdepth: 2 testing-overview diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst index 69e7e4cb20..c91f9b60f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst :Original: Documentation/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst -:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen +:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> ============ 内核测试指南 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/driver-api/gpio/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/driver-api/gpio/index.rst index 9ab64e94ac..9a6a14162a 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/driver-api/gpio/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/driver-api/gpio/index.rst @@ -14,9 +14,8 @@ 通用型输入/输出（GPIO） ======================= -目录: - .. toctree:: + :caption: 目录 :maxdepth: 2 legacy diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/driver-api/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/driver-api/index.rst index ba354e1f4e..92ff1b7fc3 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/driver-api/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/driver-api/index.rst @@ -17,11 +17,8 @@ Linux驱动实现者的API指南 内核提供了各种各样的接口来支持设备驱动的开发。这份文档只是对其中一些接口进行了 一定程度的整理——希望随着时间的推移，它能变得更好！可用的小节可以在下面看到。 -.. class:: toc-title - - 目录列表： - .. toctree:: + :caption: 目录列表 :maxdepth: 2 gpio/index diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/development-process.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/development-process.rst index 30cffe66c0..c10d8e2e21 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/development-process.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/development-process.rst @@ -8,9 +8,10 @@ 内核开发过程指南 ================ -内容: +本文档的目的是帮助开发人员（及其经理）以最小的挫折感与开发社区合作。它试图记录这个社区如何以一种不熟悉Linux内核开发（或者实际上是自由软件开发）的人可以访问的方式工作。虽然这里有一些技术资料，但这是一个面向过程的讨论，不需要深入了解内核编程就可以理解。 .. toctree:: + :caption: 内容 :numbered: :maxdepth: 2 @@ -22,5 +23,3 @@ 6.Followthrough 7.AdvancedTopics 8.Conclusion - -本文档的目的是帮助开发人员（及其经理）以最小的挫折感与开发社区合作。它试图记录这个社区如何以一种不熟悉Linux内核开发（或者实际上是自由软件开发）的人可以访问的方式工作。虽然这里有一些技术资料，但这是一个面向过程的讨论，不需要深入了解内核编程就可以理解。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/index.rst index a1a35f88f4..3ca02d281b 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/index.rst @@ -5,10 +5,11 @@ .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst -:Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/index.rst ` -:Translator: Alex Shi +:Original: Documentation/process/index.rst -.. _cn_process_index: +:翻译: + + Alex Shi ======================== 与Linux 内核社区一起工作 @@ -23,29 +24,55 @@ .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 + license-rules howto code-of-conduct code-of-conduct-interpretation + development-process submitting-patches programming-language coding-style - development-process + maintainer-pgp-guide email-clients - license-rules kernel-enforcement-statement kernel-driver-statement +TODOLIST: + +* handling-regressions +* maintainer-handbooks + +安全方面, 请阅读: + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + embargoed-hardware-issues + +TODOLIST: + +* security-bugs + 其它大多数开发人员感兴趣的社区指南： .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 - submit-checklist stable-api-nonsense - stable-kernel-rules management-style - embargoed-hardware-issues + stable-kernel-rules + submit-checklist + +TODOLIST: + +* changes +* kernel-docs +* deprecated +* maintainers +* researcher-guidelines +* contribution-maturity-model + 这些是一些总体性技术指南，由于不大好分类而放在这里： @@ -54,6 +81,16 @@ magic-number volatile-considered-harmful + ../arch/riscv/patch-acceptance + ../core-api/unaligned-memory-access + +TODOLIST: + +* applying-patches +* backporting +* adding-syscalls +* botching-up-ioctls +* clang-format .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/magic-number.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/magic-number.rst index 4a92ebb619..4e4aeaca79 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/magic-number.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/magic-number.rst @@ -1,58 +1,67 @@ -.. _cn_magicnumbers: - .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst -:Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/magic-number.rst ` +:Original: Documentation/process/magic-number.rst + +:翻译: -如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接发信到LKML。如果你使用英文交流有困难的话，也可 -以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻译存在问题，请联系中文版维护者:: + 贾威威 Jia Wei Wei - 中文版维护者： 贾威威 Jia Wei Wei - 中文版翻译者： 贾威威 Jia Wei Wei - 中文版校译者： 贾威威 Jia Wei Wei +:校译: + + 司延腾 Yanteng Si Linux 魔术数 ============ -这个文件是有关当前使用的魔术值注册表。当你给一个结构添加了一个魔术值，你也应该把这个魔术值添加到这个文件，因为我们最好把用于各种结构的魔术值统一起来。 +这个文件是有关当前使用的魔术值注册表。当你给一个结构体添加了一个魔术值，你也 +应该把这个魔术值添加到这个文件，因为我们最好把用于各种结构体的魔术值统一起来。 -使用魔术值来保护内核数据结构是一个非常好的主意。这就允许你在运行期检查(a)一个结构是否已经被攻击，或者(b)你已经给一个例行程序通过了一个错误的结构。后一种情况特别地有用---特别是当你通过一个空指针指向结构体的时候。tty源码，例如，经常通过特定驱动使用这种方法并且反复地排列特定方面的结构。 +使用魔术值来保护内核数据结构是一个 **非常好的主意** 。这就允许你在运行时检 +查一个结构体(a)是否已经被攻击，或者(b)你已经给一个例程传递了一个错误的结构 +体。最后一种情况特别地有用---特别是当你通过一个空指针指向结构体的时候。例如， +tty源码经常通过特定驱动使用这种方法用来反复地排列特定方面的结构体。 -使用魔术值的方法是在结构的开始处声明的，如下:: +使用魔术值的方法是在结构体的开头声明它们，如下:: struct tty_ldisc { int magic; ... }; -当你以后给内核添加增强功能的时候，请遵守这条规则！这样就会节省数不清的调试时间，特别是一些古怪的情况，例如，数组超出范围并且重新写了超出部分。遵守这个规则，这些情况可以被快速地，安全地避免。 +当你以后给内核添加增强功能的时候，请遵守这条规则！这样就会节省数不清的调试 +时间，特别是一些古怪的情况，例如，数组超出范围并且覆盖写了超出部分。利用这 +个规则，这些情况可以被快速地，安全地检测到这些案例。 + +变更日志:: - Theodore Ts'o - 31 Mar 94 + Theodore Ts'o + 31 Mar 94 -给当前的Linux 2.1.55添加魔术表。 + 给当前的Linux 2.1.55添加魔术表。 - Michael Chastain - - 22 Sep 1997 + Michael Chastain + + 22 Sep 1997 -现在应该最新的Linux 2.1.112.因为在特性冻结期间，不能在2.2.x前改变任何东西。这些条目被数域所排序。 + 现在应该最新的Linux 2.1.112.因为在特性冻结期间，不能在2.2.x前改变任 + 何东西。这些条目被数域所排序。 - Krzysztof G.Baranowski - - 29 Jul 1998 + Krzysztof G.Baranowski + + 29 Jul 1998 -更新魔术表到Linux 2.5.45。刚好越过特性冻结，但是有可能还会有一些新的魔术值在2.6.x之前融入到内核中。 + 更新魔术表到Linux 2.5.45。刚好越过特性冻结，但是有可能还会有一些新的魔 + 术值在2.6.x之前融入到内核中。 - Petr Baudis - - 03 Nov 2002 + Petr Baudis + + 03 Nov 2002 -更新魔术表到Linux 2.5.74。 + 更新魔术表到Linux 2.5.74。 - Fabian Frederick - - 09 Jul 2003 + Fabian Frederick + + 09 Jul 2003 ===================== ================ ======================== ========================================== 魔术数名 数字 结构 文件 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/maintainer-pgp-guide.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/maintainer-pgp-guide.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb12694a4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/maintainer-pgp-guide.rst @@ -0,0 +1,789 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst + +:Original: Documentation/process/maintainer-pgp-guide.rst + +:翻译: + + 司延腾 Yanteng Si + +:校译: + + +=================== +内核维护者 PGP 指南 +=================== + +:作者: Konstantin Ryabitsev + +本文档面向 Linux 内核开发者，特别是子系统维护人员。文档中含有Linux 基金 +会发布的更通用的 `保护代码完整性`_ 指南中讨论的内容子集。阅读该文档，以更 +深入地讨论本指南中提到的一些主题。 + +.. _`保护代码完整性`: https://github.com/lfit/itpol/blob/master/protecting-code-integrity.md + +PGP 在 Linux 内核开发中的作用 +============================= + +PGP 有助于确保 Linux 内核开发社区产出代码的完整性，并在较小程度上，通过 +PGP 签名的电子邮件交换，在开发者之间建立可信的交流渠道。 + +Linux 内核源代码主要有两种（维护）方式: + +- 分布式源仓库 (git) +- 定期发布快照 (tarballs) + +git 仓库和 tarball 都带有创建官方内核版本的内核开发者的 PGP 签名。这 +些签名提供了加密保证，即保证 kernel.org 或任何其他镜像提供的可下载版本 +与这些开发者在其工作站上的版本相同。为此: + +- git 仓库在所有标签上提供 PGP 签名 +- tarball 为所有下载提供独立的 PGP 签名 + +信任开发者，不要信基础设施 +-------------------------- + +自从 2011 年 kernel.org 核心系统遭到入侵以来，内核存档项目的主要运行原 +则就是假定基础设施的任何部分都可能随时受到入侵。因此，管理员特意采取措施， +强调必须始终信任开发者，不能信任代码托管基础设施，无论后者的安全实践有多好。 + +上述指导原则正是需要本指南的原因。希望确保通过对开发者的信任，我们不会简 +单地将未来潜在安全事件的责任归咎于其他人。目的是提供一套指导开发者可以用 +来创建安全的工作环境并保护用于建立 Linux 内核本身完整性的 PGP 密钥。 + +PGP 工具 +======== + +使用 GnuPG 2.2 或更高版本 +------------------------- + +默认情况下，你的发行版应该已经安装了 GnuPG，你只需要验证你使用的是相当新的 +版本即可。要检查，请运行:: + + $ gpg --version | head -n1 + +如果你有 2.2 或更高版本，那么你就可以开始了。如果你的版本早于 2.2，则本指 +南中的某些命令可能不起作用。 + +配置 gpg-agent 选项 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +GnuPG agent是一个辅助工具，每当你使用该命令时，它都会自动启动gpg，并在 +后台运行，目的是缓存私钥密码。你应该知道两个选项，以便调整密码何时从缓存 +过期: + +- ``default-cache-ttl`` (秒): 如果在生命周期结束之前再次使用相同的 + 密钥，倒计时将重置为另一段时间。默认值为 600（10 分钟）。 +- ``max-cache-ttl`` (秒): 无论你自输入初始密码以来多久使用过密钥， + 如果最大生存时间倒计时结束，你都必须再次输入密码。默认值为 30 分钟。 + +如果你发现这些默认值太短（或太长），你可以编辑 ``~/.gnupg/gpg-agent.conf`` +文件以设置你自己的值:: + + # 常规ttl设置为30分钟，最大ttl设置为2小时 + default-cache-ttl 1800 + max-cache-ttl 7200 + +.. note:: + + 不需要在 shell 会话开始时手动启动 gpg-agent。你可能需要检查 + rc 文件来删除旧版本 GnuPG 中的所有内容，因为它可能不再做正确 + 的事情。 + +保护你的 PGP 密钥 +================= + +本指南假定你已经拥有用于 Linux 内核开发目的的 PGP 密钥。如果你还没 +有，请参阅前面提到的 "`保护代码完整性`_" 文档，以获取有关如何创建新 +密钥的指导。 + +如果你当前的密钥低于 2048 位 (RSA)，你还应该创建一个新密钥。 + +了解 PGP 子密钥 +--------------- + +PGP 密钥很少由单个密钥对组成 - 通常它是独立子密钥的集合，这些子密钥 +可根据其功能用于不同的目的，并在创建时分配。PGP 定义了密钥可以具有的 +四种功能: + +- **[S]** 密钥可用于签名 +- **[E]** 密钥可用于加密 +- **[A]** 密钥可用于身份验证 +- **[C]** 密钥可用于验证其他密钥 + +具有 **[C]** 功能的密钥通常称为“主”密钥，但该术语具有误导性，因为 +它意味着可以使用Certify密钥来代替同一链上的任何其他子密钥（如物理 +“主密钥”可用于打开为其他钥匙制作的锁）。由于情况并非如此，本指南将 +其称为“认证密钥”以避免任何歧义。 + +充分理解以下内容至关重要: + +1. 所有子项彼此完全独立。如果你丢失了私有子密钥，则无法从链上的任何 + 其他私钥恢复或重新创建它。 +2. 除 Certify 密钥外，可以有多个具有相同功能的子密钥（例如，你可 + 以有 2 个有效的加密子密钥、3 个有效的签名子密钥，但只有 1 个有 + 效的认证子密钥）。所有子密钥都是完全独立的——加密到一个 **[E]** + 子密钥的信息（messages）无法使用你可能拥有的任何其他 **[E]** + 子密钥解密。 +3. 单个子密钥可能具有多种功能（例如，你的 **[C]** 密钥也可以是你 + 的 **[S]** 密钥）。 + +携带 **[C]** （证明）能力的密钥是唯一可以用来指示与其他密钥的关系 +的密钥。仅 **[C]** 密钥可用于: + +- 添加或撤销具有 S/E/A 功能的其他密钥（子密钥） +- 添加、更改或撤销与密钥关联的身份 (uid) +- 添加或更改其本身或任何子密钥的到期日期 +- 出于信任网络的目的签署其他人的密钥 + +默认情况下，GnuPG 在生成新密钥时创建以下内容: + +- 一个子密钥同时具有认证和签名功能 (**[SC]**) +- 具有加密功能的单独子密钥 (**[E]**) + +如果你在生成密钥时使用了默认参数，那么这就是你将得到的。你可以通过 +运行命令来验证，例如： ``gpg --list-secret-keys`` + +:: + + sec ed25519 2022-12-20 [SC] [expires: 2024-12-19] + 000000000000000000000000AAAABBBBCCCCDDDD + uid [ultimate] Alice Dev + ssb cv25519 2022-12-20 [E] [expires: 2024-12-19] + +在 ``sec`` 这行下面长长的一行就是你的密钥指纹-无论在下文任何地方 +看到 ``[fpr]`` 都指的是这40个字符。 + +确保你的密码强度高 +------------------ + +GnuPG 在将私钥存储到磁盘之前使用密码对其进行加密。这样，即使你的 +``.gnupg`` 目录全部泄露或被盗，攻击者在没有事先获取密码来解密的 +情况下也无法使用你的私钥。 + +你的私钥受到强密码保护是绝对必要的。要设置或更改它，请使用:: + + $ gpg --change-passphrase [fpr] + +创建一个单独的签名子密钥 +------------------------ + +我们的目的是通过将你的证书密钥移动到离线媒介来保护它，因此如果你只 +有组合的 **[SC]** 密钥，那么你应该创建一个单独的签名子密钥:: + + $ gpg --quick-addkey [fpr] ed25519 sign + +.. note:: GnuPG 中的 ECC 支持 + + 请注意，如果你打算使用不支持 ED25519 ECC 密钥的硬件密钥，则 + 应选择“nistp256”或“ed25519”。请参阅下面有关推荐硬件设备的 + 部分。 + + +备份你的证书密钥以进行灾难恢复 +------------------------------ + +你的 PGP 密钥上来自其他开发者的签名越多，出于灾难恢复的原因，你就越 +有理由创建一个位于数字媒体之外的备份版本。 + +创建私钥的可打印硬拷贝的最佳方法是使用 ``paperkey`` 为此目的编写 +的软件。有关输出格式及其相对于其他解决方案的优势的更多详细信息，请参 +阅 ``paperkey`` 参考资料。大多数发行版都应该已经打包了 Paperkey。 + +运行以下命令来创建私钥的硬拷贝备份:: + + $ gpg --export-secret-key [fpr] | paperkey -o /tmp/key-backup.txt + +打印出该文件（或将输出直接传输到 lpr），然后用笔在纸的边缘写下你的密 +码。 **强烈建议这样做**，因为密钥打印输出仍然使用该密码进行加密，并且 +如果你更改了它，你将不记得创建备份时它曾经是什么 - *保证*。 + +将生成的打印输出和手写密码放入信封中，并存放在安全且受到良好保护的地 +方，最好远离你的家，例如银行保险柜。 + +.. note:: + + 你的打印机可能不再是连接到并行端口的简单哑设备，但由于输出仍然使 + 用你的密码进行加密，因此即使“云端打印”的现代打印机也应该保持相 + 对安全的操作 + +备份整个 GnuPG 目录 +------------------- + +.. warning:: + + **!!!不要跳过这个步骤!!!** + +如果你需要恢复 PGP 密钥，拥有一个随时可用的备份非常重要。这与我们 +所做的灾难级准备不同 ``paperkey`` 。每当你需要使用你的证书密钥时， +例如在会议和峰会后更改你自己的密钥或签署其他人的密钥时，你还将依赖 +这些外部副本。 + +首先获取一个小型 USB “拇指” 驱动器（最好是两个！），用于备份目的。 +你需要使用 LUKS 对其进行加密——请参阅你的发行版文档以了解如何完成 +此操作。 + +对于加密密码，你可以使用与 PGP 密钥相同的密码。 + +加密过程完成后，重新插入 USB 驱动器并确保其正确安装。将整个 ``.gnupg`` +目录复制到加密存储:: + + $ cp -a ~/.gnupg /media/disk/foo/gnupg-backup + +你现在应该测试一下，确保一切依然能正常工作:: + + $ gpg --homedir=/media/disk/foo/gnupg-backup --list-key [fpr] + +如果没有出现任何错误，那么就可以开始了。卸下 USB 驱动器，给它贴上 +明显的标签，这样下次需要使用随机 USB 驱动器时就不会把它吹走，然后 +放在安全的地方 - 但不要太远，因为你每次都需要使用它时不时地用于诸 +如编辑身份、添加或撤销子密钥或签署其他人的密钥之类的事情。 + +从你的 homedir 中删除 Certify 密钥 +---------------------------------- + +我们的主目录中的文件并没有我们想象的那么受到保护。它们可以通过多种 +不同的方式泄露或被盗: + +- 在制作快速主目录备份以设置新工作站时意外发生 +- 系统管理员的疏忽或恶意 +- 通过不安全的备份 +- 通过桌面应用程序（浏览器、pdf 查看器等）中的恶意软件 +- 跨越国界时通过胁迫 + +使用良好的密码短语保护你的密钥极大地有助于降低上述任何风险，但密码 +短语可以通过键盘记录器、肩窥或任何其他方式发现。因此，建议的设置是 +从主目录中删除你的证书密钥并将其存储在离线存储中。 + +.. warning:: + + 请参阅上一节并确保你已完整备份 GnuPG 目录。如果你没有可用的 + 备份，我们要做的事情将使你的密钥毫无用处！ + +首先，确定你的证书密钥的keygrip:: + + $ gpg --with-keygrip --list-key [fpr] + +输出将是这样的:: + + pub ed25519 2022-12-20 [SC] [expires: 2022-12-19] + 000000000000000000000000AAAABBBBCCCCDDDD + Keygrip = 1111000000000000000000000000000000000000 + uid [ultimate] Alice Dev + sub cv25519 2022-12-20 [E] [expires: 2022-12-19] + Keygrip = 2222000000000000000000000000000000000000 + sub ed25519 2022-12-20 [S] + Keygrip = 3333000000000000000000000000000000000000 + +找到该线 ``pub`` 下方的keygrip项 （位于“认证密钥指纹”的正下方）。 +这将直接对应于你``~/.gnupg`` 目录中的一个文件:: + + $ cd ~/.gnupg/private-keys-v1.d + $ ls + 1111000000000000000000000000000000000000.key + 2222000000000000000000000000000000000000.key + 3333000000000000000000000000000000000000.key + +你所要做的只是删除与证书密钥 keygrip 对应的 .key 文件:: + + $ cd ~/.gnupg/private-keys-v1.d + $ rm 1111000000000000000000000000000000000000.key + +现在，如果你发出命令 ``--list-secret-keys`` ，它将显示证书密钥丢 +失（ 表示 ``#`` 它不可用）:: + + $ gpg --list-secret-keys + sec# ed25519 2022-12-20 [SC] [expires: 2024-12-19] + 000000000000000000000000AAAABBBBCCCCDDDD + uid [ultimate] Alice Dev + ssb cv25519 2022-12-20 [E] [expires: 2024-12-19] + ssb ed25519 2022-12-20 [S] + +你还应该删除 ``~/.gnupg``目录中的所有 ``secring.gpg`` 文件 ，这些 +文件可能是以前版本的 GnuPG 留下的。 + +如果你没有“private-keys-v1.d”目录 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +如果你没有 ``~/.gnupg/private-keys-v1.d`` 目录，那么你的密钥仍存 +储在 GnuPG v1 使用的旧文件 ``secring.gpg`` 中。对密钥进行任何更改 +（例如更改密码或添加子密钥）应该会自动转换旧 ``secring.gpg`` 格式以 +供使用 ``private-keys-v1.d`` 。 + +完成此操作后，请确保删除过时的 ``secring.gpg`` 文件，其中仍然包含你 +的私钥。 + + +将子密钥移至专用加密设备 +======================== + +尽管 Certify 密钥现在不会被泄露或被盗，但子密钥仍然位于你的主目录中。 +任何设法获得这些内容的人都将能够解密你的通信或伪造你的签名（如果他们知 +道密码）。此外，每次执行 GnuPG 操作时，密钥都会加载到系统内存中，并 +可能被足够高级的恶意软件（例如 Meltdown 和 Spectre）从那里窃取。 + +完全保护密钥的最佳方法是将它们转移到能够进行智能卡操作的专用硬件设备上。 + +智能卡的好处 +------------ + +智能卡包含一个加密芯片，能够存储私钥并直接在卡本身上执行加密操作。由于 +密钥内容永远不会离开智能卡，因此插入硬件设备的计算机的操作系统无法自行 +检索私钥。这与我们之前用于备份目的的加密 USB 存储设备有很大不同——当 +USB 设备插入并安装时，操作系统能够访问私钥内容。 + +使用外部加密 USB 介质并不能替代具有智能卡功能的设备。 + +可用的智能卡设备 +---------------- + +除非你的所有笔记本电脑和工作站都有智能卡读卡器，否则最简单的方法是获 +取实现智能卡功能的专用 USB 设备。有多种选择：: + +- `Nitrokey Start`_: 开放硬件和免费软件，日本基于FSI的 `Gnuk` 。 + 少数支持 ED25519 ECC 密钥的商用设备之一，但提供的安全功能最少 + （例如防篡改或某些旁路攻击）。 +- `Nitrokey Pro 2`_: 与 Nitrokey Start 类似，但更防篡改并提供 + 更多安全功能。Pro 2 支持 ECC 加密 (NISTP)。 +- `Yubikey 5`_: 专有硬件和软件，但比 Nitrokey Pro 便宜，并且以 + USB-C 形式提供，对于较新的笔记本电脑更有用。提供额外的安全功能， + 例如 FIDO U2F 等，现在终于支持 NISTP 和 ED25519 ECC 密钥。 + +你的选择将取决于成本、你所在地理区域的货运便利性以及开放/专有硬件考虑 +因素。 + +.. note:: + + 如果你位列于 MAINTAINERS 中或在 kernel.org 上拥有帐户，则你有 + 资格获得Linux 基金会提供的_`qualify for a free Nitrokey Start` 。 + +.. _`Nitrokey Start`: https://shop.nitrokey.com/shop/product/nitrokey-start-6 +.. _`Nitrokey Pro 2`: https://shop.nitrokey.com/shop/product/nkpr2-nitrokey-pro-2-3 +.. _`Yubikey 5`: https://www.yubico.com/products/yubikey-5-overview/ +.. _Gnuk: https://www.fsij.org/doc-gnuk/ +.. _`qualify for a free Nitrokey Start`: https://www.kernel.org/nitrokey-digital-tokens-for-kernel-developers.html + +配置你的智能卡设备 +------------------ + +当你将智能卡设备插入任何现代 Linux 工作站时，它就应该可以正常工作 +(TM)。你可以通过运行来验证它:: + + $ gpg --card-status + +如果你看到完整的智能卡详细信息，那么你就可以开始了。不幸的是，对所有 +可能无法正常工作的原因进行故障排除超出了本指南的范围。如果你在使该卡 +与 GnuPG 配合使用时遇到问题，请通过常规支持渠道寻求帮助。 + +要配置你的智能卡，你需要使用 GnuPG 菜单系统，因为没有方便的命令行开 +关:: + + $ gpg --card-edit + [...omitted...] + gpg/card> admin + Admin commands are allowed + gpg/card> passwd + +你应该设置用户 PIN (1)、管理员 PIN (3) 和重置代码 (4)。请确保将 +这些信息记录并存储在安全的地方，尤其是管理员 PIN 码和重置代码（它允 +许你完全擦除智能卡）。你很少需要使用管理员 PIN 码，如果你不记录它， +你将不可避免地忘记它是什么。 + +回到主卡菜单，你还可以设置其他值（例如姓名、性别、登录数据等），但这 +不是必需的，并且如果你丢失智能卡，还会泄露有关智能卡的信息。 + +.. note:: + + 尽管名称为“PIN”，但卡上的用户 PIN 和管理员 PIN 都不需要是数字。 + +.. warning:: + + 某些设备可能要求你将子密钥移至设备上，然后才能更改密码。请检查设 + 备制造商提供的文档。 + +将子密钥移至你的智能卡 +---------------------- + +退出卡菜单（使用“q”）并保存所有更改。接下来，让我们将子密钥移至智能卡 +上。对于大多数操作，你将需要 PGP 密钥密码和卡的管理员 PIN:: + + $ gpg --edit-key [fpr] + + Secret subkeys are available. + + pub ed25519/AAAABBBBCCCCDDDD + created: 2022-12-20 expires: 2024-12-19 usage: SC + trust: ultimate validity: ultimate + ssb cv25519/1111222233334444 + created: 2022-12-20 expires: never usage: E + ssb ed25519/5555666677778888 + created: 2017-12-07 expires: never usage: S + [ultimate] (1). Alice Dev + + gpg> + +使用 ``--edit-key`` 使我们再次进入菜单模式，你会注意到按键列表有点 +不同。从现在开始，所有命令都在此菜单模式内完成，如 所示 ``gpg>``。 + +首先，让我们选择要放入卡上的密钥 - 你可以通过键入 ``key 1`` （它是 +列表中的第一个， **[E]** 子密钥）来完成此操作： + + gpg> key 1 + +在输出中，你现在在 **[E]** 子密钥应该看到 ``ssb*`` 。意味着这个子 +密钥当前被选中。它用作切换键，这意味着如果你再次输入 ``key 1`` ， +``*`` 将会消失并且该键将不再被选择。 + +现在，让我们将该密钥移至智能卡上:: + + gpg> keytocard + Please select where to store the key: + (2) Encryption key + Your selection? 2 + +由于它是我们的 **[E]** 密钥，因此将其放入加密槽中是有意义的。当你提 +交选择时，系统将首先提示你输入 PGP 密钥密码，然后输入管理员 PIN 码。 +如果命令返回且没有错误，则你的密钥已被移动。 + +**重要提示**：现在再次键入 ``key 1`` 以取消选择第一个键，并 ``key 2`` +选择 **[S]** 密钥:: + + gpg> key 1 + gpg> key 2 + gpg> keytocard + Please select where to store the key: + (1) Signature key + (3) Authentication key + Your selection? 1 + +你可以使用 **[S]** 密钥进行签名和身份验证，但我们希望确保它位于签名槽中， +因此选择 (1)。跟之前一样，如果你的命令返回且没有错误，则操作成功:: + + gpg> q + Save changes? (y/N) y + +保存更改将删除你从主目录移动到卡上的密钥（但这没关系，因为我们还有备份， +让我们需要替换智能卡时再次执行此操作）。 + +验证密钥是否已移动 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +如果你现在执行 ``--list-secret-keys`` ，你将看到输出中存在细微的差异:: + + $ gpg --list-secret-keys + sec# ed25519 2022-12-20 [SC] [expires: 2024-12-19] + 000000000000000000000000AAAABBBBCCCCDDDD + uid [ultimate] Alice Dev + ssb> cv25519 2022-12-20 [E] [expires: 2024-12-19] + ssb> ed25519 2022-12-20 [S] + +在 ``ssb>``中的 ``>`` 输出意味着子密钥只能在智能卡上可用，如果你返回 +密钥目录并查看那里的内容，你会注意到 ``.key`` 那里的文件已被存根替换:: + + $ cd ~/.gnupg/private-keys-v1.d + $ strings *.key | grep 'private-key' + +输出应包含 ``shadowed-private-key`` 指示这些文件只是存根，实际内容 +位于智能卡上。 + +验证智能卡是否正常工作 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +要验证智能卡是否按预期工作，你可以创建签名:: + + $ echo "Hello world" | gpg --clearsign > /tmp/test.asc + $ gpg --verify /tmp/test.asc + +在你的第一条命令执行时，应该会询问你智能卡的PIN，然后在你运行 +``gpg --verify`` 后显示"Good signature"。 + +恭喜，你已成功使窃取你的数字开发者身份变得极其困难！ + +其他常见的 GnuPG 操作 +--------------------- + +以下是你需要使用 PGP 密钥执行的一些常见操作的快速参考。 + +安装你的安全离线存储 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +你将需要你的证书密钥来执行以下任何操作，因此你首先需要安装备份离线存储 +并告诉 GnuPG 使用它:: + + $ export GNUPGHOME=/media/disk/foo/gnupg-backup + $ gpg --list-secret-keys + +你需要确保你看到 ``sec`` 而不是 ``sec#`` 在输出中（ ``#`` 意味着 +密钥不可用并且你仍在使用常规主目录位置）。 + +延长密钥有效期 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +证书密钥的默认到期日期为自创建之日起 2 年。这样做既是出于安全原因，也 +是为了使过时的密钥最终从密钥服务器中消失。 + +要将密钥的有效期从当前日期延长一年，只需运行:: + + $ gpg --quick-set-expire [fpr] 1y + +如果更容易记住，你也可以使用特定日期（例如你的生日、1 月 1 日或加拿大 +国庆日）:: + + $ gpg --quick-set-expire [fpr] 2025-07-01 + +请记住将更新后的密钥发送回密钥服务器:: + + $ gpg --send-key [fpr] + +进行任何更改后更新你的工作目录 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +使用离线存储对密钥进行任何更改后，你需要将这些更改导入回常规工作目录 +中:: + + $ gpg --export | gpg --homedir ~/.gnupg --import + $ unset GNUPGHOME + +通过 ssh 使用 gpg-agent +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +如果你需要在远程系统上签署标签或提交，你可以通过 ssh 转发你的 +gpg-agent。 + +请参考 GnuPG wiki 上提供的说明: + +- `Agent通过SSH转发`_ + +如果你可以修改远程端的 sshd 服务器设置，则工作会更顺利。 + +.. _`Agent通过SSH转发`: https://wiki.gnupg.org/AgentForwarding + +将 PGP 与 Git 结合使用 +====================== + +Git 的核心功能之一是它的分散性——一旦将仓库克隆到你的系统，你就拥有该 +项目的完整历史记录，包括其所有标签、提交和分支。然而，随着数百个克隆仓 +库的出现，人们如何验证他们的 linux.git 副本没有被恶意第三方篡改？ + +或者，如果在代码中发现后门，并且提交中的“Author”行表示它是由你完成的， +而你非常确定 `自己与它无关`_ ，会发生什么？ + +为了解决这两个问题，Git 引入了 PGP 集成。签名的标签通过确保其内容与创 +建标签的开发人员的工作站上的内容完全相同来证明仓库的完整性，而签名的提 +交使其他人几乎不可能在无法访问你的 PGP 密钥的情况下冒充你。 + +.. _`自己与它无关`: https://github.com/jayphelps/git-blame-someone-else + +配置 git 使用你的 PGP 密钥 +-------------------------- + +如果你的密钥环中只有一个密钥，那么你实际上不需要执行任何额外操作，因为 +它会成为你的默认密钥。但是，如果你碰巧有多个密钥，你可以告诉 git 应该 +使用哪个密钥（``[fpr]`` 是你密钥的指纹）:: + + $ git config --global user.signingKey [fpr] + +如何使用签名标签 +---------------- + +要创建签名标签，只需将 ``-s`` 开关传递给 tag 命令:: + + $ git tag -s [tagname] + +我们的建议是始终签署 git 标签，因为这可以让其他开发人员确保他们从中提 +取的 git 仓库没有被恶意更改。 + +如何验证签名标签 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +要验证签名标签，只需使用以下 ``verify-tag`` 命令:: + + $ git verify-tag [tagname] + +如果你从项目仓库的另一个分支中拉取标签，git 应该自动验证你拉取的顶 +部的签名，并在合并操作期间向你显示结果:: + + $ git pull [url] tags/sometag + +合并消息将包含如下内容:: + + Merge tag 'sometag' of [url] + + [Tag message] + + # gpg: Signature made [...] + # gpg: Good signature from [...] + +如果你正在验证其他人的 git 标签，那么你将需要导入他们的 PGP 密钥。 +请参阅下面的":ref:`身份验证`"部分。 + +配置 git 始终对带注释的标签（annotated tags）进行签名annotated tags +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +如果你要创建带注释的标签，你很可能会想要对其进行签名。要强制 git 始终签 +署带注释的标签，你可以设置一个全局配置选项:: + + $ git config --global tag.forceSignAnnotated true + +如何使用签名的提交 +------------------ + +创建签名提交很容易，但在 Linux 内核开发中使用它们要困难得多，因为它依赖 +于发送到邮件列表的补丁，并且此工作流程不保留 PGP 提交签名。此外，当重新 +调整仓库以匹配上游时，甚至你自己的 PGP 提交签名最终也会被丢弃。因此，大 +多数内核开发人员不会费心签署他们的提交，并且会忽略他们在工作中依赖的任何 +外部仓库中的签名提交。 + +但是，如果你的工作 git 树在某些 git 托管服务（kernel.org、 +infradead.org、ozlabs.org 或其他）上公开可用，那么建议你签署所有 git +提交，即使上游开发人员不直接受益于这种做法。 + +我们推荐这样做的原因如下: + +1. 如果需要执行代码取证或跟踪代码来源，即使是外部维护的带有 PGP 提交签名 + 的树对于此类问题也很有价值。 +2. 如果你需要重新克隆本地仓库（例如，在磁盘故障后），这可以让你在恢复工 + 作之前轻松验证仓库的完整性。 +3. 如果有人需要挑选你的提交，这可以让他们在应用之前快速验证其完整性。 + +创建签名提交 +~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +要创建签名提交，你只需将 ``-S`` 标志传递给 ``git commit`` 命令（由于 +与另一个标志冲突，所以它是大写的 ``-S`` ）:: + + $ git commit -S + +配置 git 始终对提交进行签名 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +你可以告诉 git 总是签署提交:: + + git config --global commit.gpgSign true + +.. note:: + + 确保 ``gpg-agent`` 在打开此功能之前进行配置。 + +.. _身份验证: + + +如何使用签名补丁 +---------------- + +可以使用你的 PGP 密钥来签署发送到内核开发人员邮件列表的补丁。由于现有的 +电子邮件签名机制（PGP-Mime 或 PGP-inline）往往会导致常规代码审查任务 +出现问题，因此你应该使用为此创建的 kernel.org 工具，该工具将加密证明签 +名放入消息标头中（a-la DKIM）: + +- `Patatt Patch Attestation`_ + +.. _`Patatt Patch Attestation`: https://pypi.org/project/patatt/ + +安装和配置 patatt +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Patatt 已针对许多发行版进行了打包，因此请先检查那里。你还可以使用 +“ ``pip install patatt`` ”从 pypi 安装它。 + +如果你已经使用 git 配置了 PGP 密钥（通过``user.signingKey`` 配置参数）， +则 patatt 不需要进一步配置。你可以通过在所需的仓库中安装 git-send-email +钩子来开始签署补丁:: + + patatt install-hook + +现在，你使用 ``git send-email`` 发送的任何补丁都将自动使用你的加密签 +名进行签名 + +检查 patatt 签名 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +如果你用于 ``b4`` 检索和应用补丁，那么它将自动尝试验证它遇到的所有 +DKIM 和 patatt 签名，例如:: + + $ b4 am 20220720205013.890942-1-broonie@kernel.org + [...] + Checking attestation on all messages, may take a moment... + --- + ✓ [PATCH v1 1/3] kselftest/arm64: Correct buffer allocation for SVE Z registers + ✓ [PATCH v1 2/3] arm64/sve: Document our actual ABI for clearing registers on syscall + ✓ [PATCH v1 3/3] kselftest/arm64: Enforce actual ABI for SVE syscalls + --- + ✓ Signed: openpgp/broonie@kernel.org + ✓ Signed: DKIM/kernel.org + +.. note:: + + Patatt 和 b4 仍在积极开发中，你应该检查这些项目的最新文档以了解任 + 何新功能或更新功能。 + +如何验证内核开发者身份 +====================== + +签署标签和提交很容易，但是如何验证用于签署某项内容的密钥是否属于实际的内 +核开发人员而不是恶意冒名顶替者？ + +使用 WKD 和 DANE 配置auto-key-locate（自动密钥检索） +---------------------------------------------------- + +如果你还没有广泛收集其他开发人员的公钥，那么你可以依靠密钥自动发现和自动 +检索来快速启动你的密钥环。如果从头开始创建自己的信任 Web 的预期太令人畏 +惧， GnuPG 可以借助其他委托信任技术（即 DNSSEC 和 TLS）来帮助你继续前 +进。 + +将以下内容添加到你的 ``~/.gnupg/gpg.conf``:: + + auto-key-locate wkd,dane,local + auto-key-retrieve + +基于 DNS 的命名实体身份验证（“DANE”）是一种在 DNS 中发布公钥并使用 +DNSSEC 签名区域保护它们的方法。Web 密钥目录（“WKD”）是使用 https +查找来达到相同目的的替代方法。当使用 DANE 或 WKD 查找公钥时，GnuPG +将分别验证 DNSSEC 或 TLS 证书，然后将自动检索的公钥添加到本地密钥环。 + +Kernel.org 为所有拥有 kernel.org 帐户的开发人员发布 WKD。一旦你的 +``gpg.conf`` 中进行了上述更改，你就可以自动检索 Linus Torvalds 和 +Greg Kroah-Hartman 的密钥（如果你还没有它们）:: + + $ gpg --locate-keys torvalds@kernel.org gregkh@kernel.org + +如果你有 kernel.org 帐户，那么你应该 `添加 kernel.org UID 到你的密钥中`_ +添加到你的密钥中，以使 WKD 对其他内核开发人员更有用。 + +.. _`添加 kernel.org UID 到你的密钥中`: https://korg.wiki.kernel.org/userdoc/mail#adding_a_kernelorg_uid_to_your_pgp_key + +信任网 (WOT) 与首次使用信任 (TOFU) +----------------------------------- + +PGP 结合了称为“信任网”的信任委托机制。从本质上讲，这是一次尝试取代 +HTTPS/TLS 世界对集中式证书颁发机构的需求。PGP 将这一责任留给每个 +用户，而不是由各种软件制造商规定谁应该是你值得信赖的认证实体。 + +不幸的是，很少有人了解信任网是如何运作的。虽然它仍然是 OpenPGP 规 +范的一个重要方面，但最新版本的 GnuPG（2.2 及更高版本）已经实现了 +一种称为“首次使用信任”(TOFU) 的替代机制。你可以将 TOFU 视为“类似 +SSH 的信任方法”。使用 SSH，第一次连接到远程系统时，其密钥指纹会被 +记录并记住。如果将来密钥发生变化，SSH 客户端将向你发出警报并拒绝连 +接，迫使你决定是否选择信任更改后的密钥。同样，第一次导入某人的 PGP +密钥时，它被认为是有效的。如果将来的任何时候 GnuPG 遇到具有相同标 +识的另一个密钥，则先前导入的密钥和新密钥都将被标记为无效，你将需要手 +动确定保留哪一个。 + +我们建议你使用 TOFU+PGP 组合信任模型（这是 GnuPG v2 中新默认的）。 +若要设置它，在 ``~/.gnupg/gpg.conf`` 中添加（或修改） +``trust-model`` 设置:: + + trust-model tofu+pgp + +使用 kernel.org 信任网仓库 +-------------------------- + +Kernel.org 维护着一个包含开发人员公钥的 git 仓库，作为复制密钥服 +务器网络的替代品，而在过去几年中，该网络几乎已经陷入黑暗。有关如何将 +该仓库设置为公钥来源的完整文档可以在此处找到: + +- `内核开发者密钥环`_ + +如果你是内核开发人员，请考虑提交你的密钥以将其包含到该密钥环中。 + +.. _`内核开发者密钥环`: https://korg.docs.kernel.org/pgpkeys.html diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submit-checklist.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submit-checklist.rst index 3d6ee21c74..10536b74ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submit-checklist.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submit-checklist.rst @@ -53,8 +53,7 @@ Linux内核补丁提交检查单 9) 通过 sparse 清查。 （参见 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/sparse.rst ） -10) 使用 ``make checkstack`` 和 ``make namespacecheck`` 并修复他们发现的任何 - 问题。 +10) 使用 ``make checkstack`` 并修复他们发现的任何问题。 .. note:: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst index 3076402406..abc6709ec3 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ p->se.vruntime。一旦p->se.vruntime变得足够大，其它的任务将成为 CFS使用纳秒粒度的计时，不依赖于任何jiffies或HZ的细节。因此CFS并不像之前的调度器那样 有“时间片”的概念，也没有任何启发式的设计。唯一可调的参数（你需要打开CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG）是： - /sys/kernel/debug/sched/min_granularity_ns + /sys/kernel/debug/sched/base_slice_ns 它可以用来将调度器从“桌面”模式（也就是低时延）调节为“服务器”（也就是高批处理）模式。 它的默认设置是适合桌面的工作负载。SCHED_BATCH也被CFS调度器模块处理。 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ array）。 这个函数的行为基本上是出队，紧接着入队，除非compat_yield sysctl被开启。在那种情况下， 它将调度实体放在红黑树的最右端。 - - check_preempt_curr(...) + - wakeup_preempt(...) 这个函数检查进入可运行状态的任务能否抢占当前正在运行的任务。 @@ -155,9 +155,9 @@ array）。 这个函数选择接下来最适合运行的任务。 - - set_curr_task(...) + - set_next_task(...) - 这个函数在任务改变调度类或改变任务组时被调用。 + 这个函数在任务改变调度类，改变任务组时，或者任务被调度时被调用。 - task_tick(...) diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/scheduler/schedutil.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/scheduler/schedutil.rst index d1ea680075..7c8d87f21c 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/scheduler/schedutil.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/scheduler/schedutil.rst @@ -89,16 +89,15 @@ r_cpu被定义为当前CPU的最高性能水平与系统中任何其它CPU的最 - Documentation/translations/zh_CN/scheduler/sched-capacity.rst:"1. CPU Capacity + 2. Task utilization" -UTIL_EST / UTIL_EST_FASTUP -========================== +UTIL_EST +======== 由于周期性任务的平均数在睡眠时会衰减，而在运行时其预期利用率会和睡眠前相同， 因此它们在再次运行后会面临（DVFS）的上涨。 为了缓解这个问题，（一个默认使能的编译选项）UTIL_EST驱动一个无限脉冲响应 （Infinite Impulse Response，IIR）的EWMA，“运行”值在出队时是最高的。 -另一个默认使能的编译选项UTIL_EST_FASTUP修改了IIR滤波器，使其允许立即增加， -仅在利用率下降时衰减。 +UTIL_EST滤波使其在遇到更高值时立刻增加，而遇到低值时会缓慢衰减。 进一步，运行队列的（可运行任务的）利用率之和由下式计算： diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/userspace-api/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/userspace-api/index.rst index 5dc0f2e69c..5b14721c82 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/userspace-api/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/userspace-api/index.rst @@ -17,11 +17,8 @@ Linux 内核用户空间API指南 在代码树中仍然可以找到有关用户空间的部分信息。这个手册意在成为这些信息 聚集的地方。 -.. class:: toc-title - - 目录 - .. toctree:: + :caption: 目录 :maxdepth: 2 no_new_privs diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/IRQ.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/IRQ.txt index fd78ca7202..8115a76183 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/IRQ.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/IRQ.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated or if there is a problem with the translation. Maintainer: Eric W. Biederman -Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen +Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> --------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation/core-api/irq/index.rst 的繁體中文翻譯 @@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ Documentation/core-api/irq/index.rst 的繁體中文翻譯 者翻譯存在問題，請聯繫繁體中文版維護者。 英文版維護者： Eric W. Biederman -繁體中文版維護者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen -繁體中文版翻譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen -繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen +繁體中文版維護者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> +繁體中文版翻譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> +繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 以下爲正文 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/README.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/README.rst index 4cb581f599..a6e34c200e 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/README.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/README.rst @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ :譯者: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> Linux內核6.x版本 ========================================= diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst index 3f10a9f8f2..1efe913b8d 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-bisect.rst @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ :譯者: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 二分（bisect）缺陷 +++++++++++++++++++ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst index 631fd26509..c139ec99ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/bug-hunting.rst @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ :譯者: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 追蹤缺陷 ========= diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst index 6961006b4a..a3e82ff9da 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/clearing-warn-once.rst @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst -:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen +:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 清除 WARN_ONCE -------------- diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst index cc046f3b7f..4c25a2105b 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst -:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen +:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> ======== CPU 負載 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/index.rst index aba8939351..9335c0e910 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/index.rst @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ :Original: :doc:`../../../admin-guide/index` :Translator: Alex Shi - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> Linux 內核用戶和管理員指南 ========================== diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/init.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/init.rst index be6e34f5f7..4cef1994c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/init.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/init.rst @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ :譯者: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 解釋“No working init found.”啓動掛起消息 ========================================= diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst index fe5a5a07d5..bc132b25f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ :譯者: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 報告問題 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst index c0e9fc2476..cfe1e58e11 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ :譯者: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 安全缺陷 ========= diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst index 47629f6b05..0d8046576d 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ :譯者: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 受污染的內核 ------------- diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/unicode.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/unicode.rst index a2b48b5d0a..f43edb2b5e 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/unicode.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/admin-guide/unicode.rst @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ :譯者: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> Unicode（統一碼）支持 ====================== diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/amu.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/amu.rst index 1b451eae2b..3726c1671a 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/amu.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/amu.rst @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/arch/arm64/amu.rst ` Translator: Bailu Lin - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> ================================== AArch64 Linux 中擴展的活動監控單元 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/booting.txt index be0de91ece..f1ac96370a 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/booting.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/booting.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation. M: Will Deacon zh_CN: Fu Wei -zh_TW: Hu Haowen +zh_TW: Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> C: 55f058e7574c3615dea4615573a19bdb258696c6 --------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation/arch/arm64/booting.rst 的中文翻譯 @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/booting.rst 的中文翻譯 中文版維護者： 傅煒 Fu Wei 中文版翻譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei 中文版校譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei -繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen +繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 本文翻譯提交時的 Git 檢出點爲： 55f058e7574c3615dea4615573a19bdb258696c6 以下爲正文 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst index d2c1c2f238..cada25303e 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/arch/arm64/elf_hwcaps.rst ` Translator: Bailu Lin - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> ================ ARM64 ELF hwcaps diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/hugetlbpage.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/hugetlbpage.rst index a17858c978..b6849935e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/hugetlbpage.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/hugetlbpage.rst @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/arch/arm64/hugetlbpage.rst ` Translator: Bailu Lin - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> ===================== ARM64中的 HugeTLBpage diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/index.rst index a62b5f06b6..8601434679 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/index.rst @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/arch/arm64/index.rst ` :Translator: Bailu Lin - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_arm64_index: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt index 7d1f0593d7..5c664555a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation. Maintainer: Punit Agrawal Suzuki K. Poulose Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei -Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen +Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> --------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.rst 的中文翻譯 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/legacy_instructions.rst 的中文翻譯 中文版維護者： 傅煒 Fu Wei 中文版翻譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei 中文版校譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei -繁體中文版校譯者：胡皓文 Hu Haowen +繁體中文版校譯者：胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 以下爲正文 --------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/memory.txt index e41c518e71..6ee2239c29 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/memory.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation. Maintainer: Catalin Marinas Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei -Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen +Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> --------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation/arch/arm64/memory.rst 的中文翻譯 @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/memory.rst 的中文翻譯 中文版維護者： 傅煒 Fu Wei 中文版翻譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei 中文版校譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei -繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen +繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 以下爲正文 --------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/perf.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/perf.rst index 405d5f6696..ce083ba638 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/perf.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/perf.rst @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/arch/arm64/perf.rst ` Translator: Bailu Lin - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> ============= Perf 事件屬性 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.txt index 70371807ca..16d73b6c30 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation. M: Will Deacon zh_CN: Fu Wei -zh_TW: Hu Haowen +zh_TW: Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> C: 1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4 --------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.rst 的中文翻譯 @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/silicon-errata.rst 的中文翻譯 中文版維護者： 傅煒 Fu Wei 中文版翻譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei 中文版校譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei -繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen +繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 本文翻譯提交時的 Git 檢出點爲： 1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4 以下爲正文 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt index 9812d99549..e86ffa893e 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation. Maintainer: Will Deacon Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei -Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen +Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> --------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.rst 的中文翻譯 @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Documentation/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.rst 的中文翻譯 中文版維護者： 傅煒 Fu Wei 中文版翻譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei 中文版校譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei -繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen +繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 以下爲正文 --------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/sparse.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/sparse.rst index 11d64709d6..55f0ad2c0b 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/sparse.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/sparse.rst @@ -6,19 +6,19 @@ communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated or if there is a problem with the translation. -Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> +------------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst 的繁體中文翻譯 如果想評論或更新本文的內容，請直接聯繫原文檔的維護者。如果你使用英文 交流有困難的話，也可以向繁體中文版維護者求助。如果本翻譯更新不及時或 者翻譯存在問題，請聯繫繁體中文版維護者。 -繁體中文版維護者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen -繁體中文版翻譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen +繁體中文版維護者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> +繁體中文版翻譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 以下爲正文 ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +------------------------------------------------------------------------- Copyright 2004 Linus Torvalds Copyright 2004 Pavel Machek diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst index fb3f691f46..3b08aad1da 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_TW.rst :Original: Documentation/dev-tools/testing-overview.rst -:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen +:Translator: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> ============ 內核測試指南 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/disclaimer-zh_TW.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/disclaimer-zh_TW.rst index 0d0ffb1ca4..28b734c223 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/disclaimer-zh_TW.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/disclaimer-zh_TW.rst @@ -7,5 +7,5 @@ .. note:: 如果您發現本文檔與原始文件有任何不同或者有翻譯問題，請聯繫該文件的譯者， - 或者發送電子郵件給胡皓文以獲取幫助：。 + 或者發送電子郵件給胡皓文以獲取幫助：<2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn>。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/debugfs.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/debugfs.rst index 78e2e08af9..cda7d0e18b 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/debugfs.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/debugfs.rst @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Debugfs 中文版維護者： 羅楚成 Chucheng Luo 中文版翻譯者： 羅楚成 Chucheng Luo 中文版校譯者: 羅楚成 Chucheng Luo - 繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 繁體中文版校譯者: 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/index.rst index d7f9d61f65..88f0e632bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/index.rst @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/filesystems/index.rst ` :Translator: Wang Wenhu - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_filesystems_index: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/sysfs.txt index ebe90651fc..978462d5fe 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/sysfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/sysfs.txt @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.rst 的中文翻譯 中文版維護者： 傅煒 Fu Wei 中文版翻譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei 中文版校譯者： 傅煒 Fu Wei -繁體中文版校譯者：胡皓文 Hu Haowen +繁體中文版校譯者：胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 以下爲正文 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/virtiofs.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/virtiofs.rst index 6150ad964e..704a0ee44f 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/virtiofs.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/filesystems/virtiofs.rst @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ 中文版維護者： 王文虎 Wang Wenhu 中文版翻譯者： 王文虎 Wang Wenhu 中文版校譯者： 王文虎 Wang Wenhu - 繁體中文版校譯者：胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 繁體中文版校譯者：胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> =========================================== virtiofs: virtio-fs 主機<->客機共享文件系統 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/gpio.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/gpio.txt index 555e4b11a5..b9b48012c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/gpio.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation. Maintainer: Grant Likely Linus Walleij -Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen +Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> --------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation/admin-guide/gpio 的繁體中文翻譯 @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ Documentation/admin-guide/gpio 的繁體中文翻譯 英文版維護者： Grant Likely Linus Walleij -繁體中文版維護者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen -繁體中文版翻譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen -繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen +繁體中文版維護者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> +繁體中文版翻譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> +繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 以下爲正文 --------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/index.rst index 563ac9bfc6..660a74d202 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/index.rst @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ .. note:: 內核文檔繁體中文版的翻譯工作正在進行中。如果您願意並且有時間參與這項工 - 作，歡迎提交補丁給胡皓文 。 + 作，歡迎提交補丁給胡皓文 <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn>。 與Linux 內核社區一起工作 ------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/io_ordering.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/io_ordering.txt index 03f86840c1..00b374092d 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/io_ordering.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/io_ordering.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated or if there is a problem with the translation. -Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen +Traditional Chinese maintainer: Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> --------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation/driver-api/io_ordering.rst 的繁體中文翻譯 @@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ Documentation/driver-api/io_ordering.rst 的繁體中文翻譯 交流有困難的話，也可以向繁體中文版維護者求助。如果本翻譯更新不及時或 者翻譯存在問題，請聯繫繁體中文版維護者。 -繁體中文版維護者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen -繁體中文版翻譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen -繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen +繁體中文版維護者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> +繁體中文版翻譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> +繁體中文版校譯者： 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 以下爲正文 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/1.Intro.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/1.Intro.rst index 6e754ac489..345c4cbe9b 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/1.Intro.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/1.Intro.rst @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ :校譯: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_development_process_intro: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/2.Process.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/2.Process.rst index 49385d65c2..f45ddba623 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/2.Process.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/2.Process.rst @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ :校譯: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_development_process: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/3.Early-stage.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/3.Early-stage.rst index a6959e6350..a58fc9e0ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/3.Early-stage.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/3.Early-stage.rst @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ :校譯: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_development_early_stage: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/4.Coding.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/4.Coding.rst index 7a4e01eabd..bdd2abe4da 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/4.Coding.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/4.Coding.rst @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ :校譯: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_development_coding: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/5.Posting.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/5.Posting.rst index d398dda427..7d66a1c638 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/5.Posting.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/5.Posting.rst @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ :校譯: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_development_posting: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/6.Followthrough.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/6.Followthrough.rst index bcc885ae1b..f3b1959666 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/6.Followthrough.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/6.Followthrough.rst @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ :校譯: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_development_followthrough: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst index db74d8ca3f..b449d67e3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/7.AdvancedTopics.rst @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ :校譯: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_development_advancedtopics: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/8.Conclusion.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/8.Conclusion.rst index a0c00741f9..d1634421b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/8.Conclusion.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/8.Conclusion.rst @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ :校譯: 吳想成 Wu XiangCheng - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_development_conclusion: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst index 48df918000..fbe66b0013 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/code-of-conduct-interpretation.rst ` :Translator: Alex Shi - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_code_of_conduct_interpretation: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct.rst index a7a31de035..d24f1695bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/code-of-conduct.rst @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/code-of-conduct.rst ` :Translator: Alex Shi - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_code_of_conduct: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst index 5749363de4..f11dbb65ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/coding-style.rst @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ - 管旭東 Xudong Guan - Li Zefan - Wang Chen - - Hu Haowen + - Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> Linux 內核代碼風格 ================== diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/development-process.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/development-process.rst index 7d803d3db8..305d9472b0 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/development-process.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/development-process.rst @@ -4,16 +4,17 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/development-process.rst ` :Translator: Alex Shi - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_development_process_main: 內核開發過程指南 ================ -內容: +本文檔的目的是幫助開發人員（及其經理）以最小的挫折感與開發社區合作。它試圖記錄這個社區如何以一種不熟悉Linux內核開發（或者實際上是自由軟體開發）的人可以訪問的方式工作。雖然這裡有一些技術資料，但這是一個面向過程的討論，不需要深入了解內核編程就可以理解。 .. toctree:: + :caption: 內容 :numbered: :maxdepth: 2 @@ -27,4 +28,3 @@ 8.Conclusion 本文檔的目的是幫助開發人員（及其經理）以最小的挫折感與開發社區合作。它試圖記錄這個社區如何以一種不熟悉Linux內核開發（或者實際上是自由軟件開發）的人可以訪問的方式工作。雖然這裏有一些技術資料，但這是一個面向過程的討論，不需要深入瞭解內核編程就可以理解。 - diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst index 55e10d3fc2..a5ac9400a9 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/email-clients.rst @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ - Yinglin Luan - Xiaochen Wang - yaxinsn - - Hu Haowen + - Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> Linux郵件客戶端配置信息 ======================= diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst index b9f6ab7b66..3cce7db2ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/embargoed-hardware-issues.rst ` :Translator: Alex Shi - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 被限制的硬件問題 ================ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/howto.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/howto.rst index 306f5b77b4..80c416483e 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/howto.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/howto.rst @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ 鍾宇 TripleX Chung 陳琦 Maggie Chen 王聰 Wang Cong - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 如何參與Linux內核開發 ===================== diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/index.rst index 6a0d98b2f9..65922d9faa 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/index.rst @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/index.rst ` :Translator: Alex Shi - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_process_index: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst index e967089d2e..23d5cae968 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/kernel-driver-statement.rst ` :Translator: Alex Shi - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 內核驅動聲明 ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-enforcement-statement.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-enforcement-statement.rst index 2861f4a157..524eb4ac26 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-enforcement-statement.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/kernel-enforcement-statement.rst @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/kernel-enforcement-statement.rst ` :Translator: Alex Shi - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> Linux 內核執行聲明 ------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst index 2c43bcf2ac..594255856b 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/license-rules.rst @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/license-rules.rst ` :Translator: Alex Shi - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_kernel_licensing: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/magic-number.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/magic-number.rst index 5657d5cd18..199cd5d639 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/magic-number.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/magic-number.rst @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ 中文版維護者： 賈威威 Jia Wei Wei 中文版翻譯者： 賈威威 Jia Wei Wei 中文版校譯者： 賈威威 Jia Wei Wei - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> Linux 魔術數 ============ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/management-style.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/management-style.rst index f3913e3c15..7cb912e890 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/management-style.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/management-style.rst @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/management-style.rst ` :Translator: Alex Shi - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_managementstyle: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/programming-language.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/programming-language.rst index e33389676e..d2c64a5599 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/programming-language.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/programming-language.rst @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ :Original: :ref:`Documentation/process/programming-language.rst ` :Translator: Alex Shi - Hu Haowen + Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_programming_language: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst index 6839d25bb2..4b8597fed5 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ 中文版維護者： 鍾宇 TripleX Chung 中文版翻譯者： 鍾宇 TripleX Chung 中文版校譯者： 李陽 Li Yang - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> Linux 內核驅動接口 ================== diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst index bd82a8ff39..2f8f064f86 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ 中文版校譯者： - 李陽 Li Yang - Kangkai Yin - - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 所有你想知道的事情 - 關於linux穩定版發佈 ======================================== diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst index 942962d1e2..43f2e3c5b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submit-checklist.rst @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ :Translator: - Alex Shi - Wu XiangCheng - - Hu Haowen + - Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> .. _tw_submitchecklist: @@ -56,8 +56,7 @@ Linux內核補丁提交檢查單 9) 通過 sparse 清查。 （參見 Documentation/translations/zh_CN/dev-tools/sparse.rst ） -10) 使用 ``make checkstack`` 和 ``make namespacecheck`` 並修復他們發現的任何 - 問題。 +10) 使用 ``make checkstack`` 並修復他們發現的任何問題。 .. note:: diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst index 8272b3218b..99fa0f2fe6 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/submitting-patches.rst @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ :校譯: - 李陽 Li Yang - 王聰 Wang Cong - - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 提交補丁：如何讓你的改動進入內核 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/volatile-considered-harmful.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/volatile-considered-harmful.rst index a609620aff..e2723f3cbb 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/volatile-considered-harmful.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_TW/process/volatile-considered-harmful.rst @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ 中文版校譯者： 張漢輝 Eugene Teo 楊瑞 Dave Young 時奎亮 Alex Shi - 胡皓文 Hu Haowen + 胡皓文 Hu Haowen <2023002089@link.tyut.edu.cn> 爲什麼不應該使用“volatile”類型 ============================== diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.rst b/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.rst index 29072c166d..077dfac7ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.rst +++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.rst @@ -448,15 +448,17 @@ Function-specific configfs interface The function name to use when creating the function directory is "ncm". The NCM function provides these attributes in its function directory: - =============== ================================================== - ifname network device interface name associated with this - function instance - qmult queue length multiplier for high and super speed - host_addr MAC address of host's end of this - Ethernet over USB link - dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this - Ethernet over USB link - =============== ================================================== + ======================= ================================================== + ifname network device interface name associated with this + function instance + qmult queue length multiplier for high and super speed + host_addr MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + max_segment_size Segment size required for P2P connections. This + will set MTU to 14 bytes + ======================= ================================================== and after creating the functions/ncm. they contain default values: qmult is 5, dev_addr and host_addr are randomly selected. diff --git a/Documentation/usb/raw-gadget.rst b/Documentation/usb/raw-gadget.rst index 818a1648b3..59b2132b58 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/raw-gadget.rst +++ b/Documentation/usb/raw-gadget.rst @@ -81,9 +81,6 @@ feature must be kept in the implementation. Potential future improvements ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -- Report more events (suspend, resume, etc.) through - ``USB_RAW_IOCTL_EVENT_FETCH``. - - Support ``O_NONBLOCK`` I/O. This would be another mode of operation, where Raw Gadget would not wait until the completion of each USB request. diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/dcdbas.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/dcdbas.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..309cc57a7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/dcdbas.rst @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +=================================== +Dell Systems Management Base Driver +=================================== + +Overview +======== + +The Dell Systems Management Base Driver provides a sysfs interface for +systems management software such as Dell OpenManage to perform system +management interrupts and host control actions (system power cycle or +power off after OS shutdown) on certain Dell systems. + +Dell OpenManage requires this driver on the following Dell PowerEdge systems: +300, 1300, 1400, 400SC, 500SC, 1500SC, 1550, 600SC, 1600SC, 650, 1655MC, +700, and 750. Other Dell software such as the open source libsmbios project +is expected to make use of this driver, and it may include the use of this +driver on other Dell systems. + +The Dell libsmbios project aims towards providing access to as much BIOS +information as possible. See http://linux.dell.com/libsmbios/main/ for +more information about the libsmbios project. + + +System Management Interrupt +=========================== + +On some Dell systems, systems management software must access certain +management information via a system management interrupt (SMI). The SMI data +buffer must reside in 32-bit address space, and the physical address of the +buffer is required for the SMI. The driver maintains the memory required for +the SMI and provides a way for the application to generate the SMI. +The driver creates the following sysfs entries for systems management +software to perform these system management interrupts:: + + /sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/smi_data + /sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/smi_data_buf_phys_addr + /sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/smi_data_buf_size + /sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/smi_request + +Systems management software must perform the following steps to execute +a SMI using this driver: + +1) Lock smi_data. +2) Write system management command to smi_data. +3) Write "1" to smi_request to generate a calling interface SMI or + "2" to generate a raw SMI. +4) Read system management command response from smi_data. +5) Unlock smi_data. + + +Host Control Action +=================== + +Dell OpenManage supports a host control feature that allows the administrator +to perform a power cycle or power off of the system after the OS has finished +shutting down. On some Dell systems, this host control feature requires that +a driver perform a SMI after the OS has finished shutting down. + +The driver creates the following sysfs entries for systems management software +to schedule the driver to perform a power cycle or power off host control +action after the system has finished shutting down: + +/sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/host_control_action +/sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/host_control_smi_type +/sys/devices/platform/dcdbas/host_control_on_shutdown + +Dell OpenManage performs the following steps to execute a power cycle or +power off host control action using this driver: + +1) Write host control action to be performed to host_control_action. +2) Write type of SMI that driver needs to perform to host_control_smi_type. +3) Write "1" to host_control_on_shutdown to enable host control action. +4) Initiate OS shutdown. + (Driver will perform host control SMI when it is notified that the OS + has finished shutting down.) + + +Host Control SMI Type +===================== + +The following table shows the value to write to host_control_smi_type to +perform a power cycle or power off host control action: + +=================== ===================== +PowerEdge System Host Control SMI Type +=================== ===================== + 300 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE1 + 1300 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE1 + 1400 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 + 500SC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 + 1500SC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 + 1550 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 + 600SC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 + 1600SC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 + 650 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 + 1655MC HC_SMITYPE_TYPE2 + 700 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE3 + 750 HC_SMITYPE_TYPE3 +=================== ===================== diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst index 031df47a7c..09f61bd2ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst @@ -9,11 +9,8 @@ While much of the kernel's user-space API is documented elsewhere also be found in the kernel tree itself. This manual is intended to be the place where this information is gathered. -.. class:: toc-title - - Table of contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of contents :maxdepth: 2 no_new_privs @@ -33,6 +30,10 @@ place where this information is gathered. sysfs-platform_profile vduse futex2 + lsm + tee + isapnp + dcdbas .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst index 4ea5b83739..457e16f06e 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst @@ -128,7 +128,6 @@ Code Seq# Include File Comments 'F' all linux/fb.h conflict! 'F' 01-02 drivers/scsi/pmcraid.h conflict! 'F' 20 drivers/video/fsl-diu-fb.h conflict! -'F' 20 drivers/video/intelfb/intelfb.h conflict! 'F' 20 linux/ivtvfb.h conflict! 'F' 20 linux/matroxfb.h conflict! 'F' 20 drivers/video/aty/atyfb_base.c conflict! @@ -349,6 +348,10 @@ Code Seq# Include File Comments 0xB1 00-1F PPPoX +0xB2 00 arch/powerpc/include/uapi/asm/papr-vpd.h powerpc/pseries VPD API + +0xB2 01-02 arch/powerpc/include/uapi/asm/papr-sysparm.h powerpc/pseries system parameter API + 0xB3 00 linux/mmc/ioctl.h 0xB4 00-0F linux/gpio.h 0xB5 00-0F uapi/linux/rpmsg.h diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/isapnp.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/isapnp.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d6fceb19b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/isapnp.rst @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +======================= +ISA Plug & Play support +======================= + +Interface /proc/isapnp +====================== + +The interface was removed in kernel 2.5.53. See pnp.rst for more details. + +Interface /proc/bus/isapnp +========================== + +This directory allows access to ISA PnP cards and logical devices. +The regular files contain the contents of ISA PnP registers for +a logical device. diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/lsm.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/lsm.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a76da37384 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/lsm.rst @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. Copyright (C) 2022 Casey Schaufler +.. Copyright (C) 2022 Intel Corporation + +===================================== +Linux Security Modules +===================================== + +:Author: Casey Schaufler +:Date: July 2023 + +Linux security modules (LSM) provide a mechanism to implement +additional access controls to the Linux security policies. + +The various security modules may support any of these attributes: + +``LSM_ATTR_CURRENT`` is the current, active security context of the +process. +The proc filesystem provides this value in ``/proc/self/attr/current``. +This is supported by the SELinux, Smack and AppArmor security modules. +Smack also provides this value in ``/proc/self/attr/smack/current``. +AppArmor also provides this value in ``/proc/self/attr/apparmor/current``. + +``LSM_ATTR_EXEC`` is the security context of the process at the time the +current image was executed. +The proc filesystem provides this value in ``/proc/self/attr/exec``. +This is supported by the SELinux and AppArmor security modules. +AppArmor also provides this value in ``/proc/self/attr/apparmor/exec``. + +``LSM_ATTR_FSCREATE`` is the security context of the process used when +creating file system objects. +The proc filesystem provides this value in ``/proc/self/attr/fscreate``. +This is supported by the SELinux security module. + +``LSM_ATTR_KEYCREATE`` is the security context of the process used when +creating key objects. +The proc filesystem provides this value in ``/proc/self/attr/keycreate``. +This is supported by the SELinux security module. + +``LSM_ATTR_PREV`` is the security context of the process at the time the +current security context was set. +The proc filesystem provides this value in ``/proc/self/attr/prev``. +This is supported by the SELinux and AppArmor security modules. +AppArmor also provides this value in ``/proc/self/attr/apparmor/prev``. + +``LSM_ATTR_SOCKCREATE`` is the security context of the process used when +creating socket objects. +The proc filesystem provides this value in ``/proc/self/attr/sockcreate``. +This is supported by the SELinux security module. + +Kernel interface +================ + +Set a security attribute of the current process +----------------------------------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: security/lsm_syscalls.c + :identifiers: sys_lsm_set_self_attr + +Get the specified security attributes of the current process +------------------------------------------------------------ + +.. kernel-doc:: security/lsm_syscalls.c + :identifiers: sys_lsm_get_self_attr + +.. kernel-doc:: security/lsm_syscalls.c + :identifiers: sys_lsm_list_modules + +Additional documentation +======================== + +* Documentation/security/lsm.rst +* Documentation/security/lsm-development.rst diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/cec/cec-api.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/cec/cec-api.rst index 4d229ed8a1..578303d484 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/cec/cec-api.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/cec/cec-api.rst @@ -10,13 +10,8 @@ Part V - Consumer Electronics Control API This part describes the CEC: Consumer Electronics Control -.. only:: html - - .. class:: toc-title - - Table of Contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of Contents :maxdepth: 5 :numbered: diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/index.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/index.rst index 1726f8ec86..2252063593 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/index.rst @@ -21,13 +21,8 @@ more details. For more details see the file COPYING in the source distribution of Linux. -.. only:: html - - .. class:: toc-title - - Table of Contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of Contents :maxdepth: 5 :numbered: @@ -41,4 +36,5 @@ For more details see the file COPYING in the source distribution of Linux. npcm-video omap3isp-uapi st-vgxy61 + thp7312 uvcvideo diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/thp7312.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/thp7312.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7c777e6fb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/thp7312.rst @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only + +THine THP7312 ISP driver +======================== + +The THP7312 driver implements the following driver-specific controls: + +``V4L2_CID_THP7312_LOW_LIGHT_COMPENSATION`` + Enable/Disable auto-adjustment, based on lighting conditions, of the frame + rate when auto-exposure is enabled. + +``V4L2_CID_THP7312_AUTO_FOCUS_METHOD`` + Set method of auto-focus. Only takes effect when auto-focus is enabled. + + .. flat-table:: + :header-rows: 0 + :stub-columns: 0 + :widths: 1 4 + + * - ``0`` + - Contrast-based auto-focus + * - ``1`` + - PDAF + * - ``2`` + - Hybrid of contrast-based and PDAF + + Supported values for the control depend on the camera sensor module + connected to the THP7312. If the module doesn't have a focus lens actuator, + this control will not be exposed by the THP7312 driver. If the module has a + controllable focus lens but the sensor doesn't support PDAF, only the + contrast-based auto-focus value will be valid. Otherwise all values for the + controls will be supported. + +``V4L2_CID_THP7312_NOISE_REDUCTION_AUTO`` + Enable/Disable auto noise reduction. + +``V4L2_CID_THP7312_NOISE_REDUCTION_ABSOLUTE`` + Set the noise reduction strength, where 0 is the weakest and 10 is the + strongest. diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/dvb/dvbapi.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/dvb/dvbapi.rst index 1dda69343f..4ac0c1bc54 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/dvb/dvbapi.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/dvb/dvbapi.rst @@ -27,13 +27,8 @@ Part II - Digital TV API **Version 5.10** -.. only:: html - - .. class:: toc-title - - Table of Contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of Contents :maxdepth: 5 :numbered: diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/index.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/index.rst index d839904be0..337ef6c7c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/index.rst @@ -21,13 +21,8 @@ Documentation/driver-api/media/index.rst media devices; -.. only:: html - - .. class:: toc-title - - Table of Contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of Contents :maxdepth: 1 intro diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/mediactl/media-controller.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/mediactl/media-controller.rst index 508dd693bf..73a87f82f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/mediactl/media-controller.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/mediactl/media-controller.rst @@ -7,13 +7,8 @@ Part IV - Media Controller API ############################## -.. only:: html - - .. class:: toc-title - - Table of Contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of Contents :maxdepth: 5 :numbered: diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/rc/remote_controllers.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/rc/remote_controllers.rst index f892918386..483f9ae92a 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/rc/remote_controllers.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/rc/remote_controllers.rst @@ -7,13 +7,8 @@ Part III - Remote Controller API ################################ -.. only:: html - - .. class:: toc-title - - Table of Contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of Contents :maxdepth: 5 :numbered: diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/v4l2.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/v4l2.rst index ad7a2bf0cf..cf8ae56a00 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/v4l2.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/v4l2.rst @@ -11,13 +11,8 @@ This part describes the Video for Linux API version 2 (V4L2 API) specification. **Revision 4.5** -.. only:: html - - .. class:: toc-title - - Table of Contents - .. toctree:: + :caption: Table of Contents :numbered: :maxdepth: 5 diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.rst index a048a9f6b7..49232c9006 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.rst @@ -116,9 +116,13 @@ than the number requested. - ``flags`` - Specifies additional buffer management attributes. See :ref:`memory-flags`. - * - __u32 - - ``reserved``\ [6] + - ``max_num_buffers`` + - If the V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_MAX_NUM_BUFFERS capability flag is set + this field indicates the maximum possible number of buffers + for this queue. + * - __u32 + - ``reserved``\ [5] - A place holder for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set the array to zero. diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.rst index f9f73530a6..4d56c0528a 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.rst @@ -295,6 +295,14 @@ still cause this situation. - ``p_av1_film_grain`` - A pointer to a struct :c:type:`v4l2_ctrl_av1_film_grain`. Valid if this control is of type ``V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_AV1_FILM_GRAIN``. + * - struct :c:type:`v4l2_ctrl_hdr10_cll_info` * + - ``p_hdr10_cll_info`` + - A pointer to a struct :c:type:`v4l2_ctrl_hdr10_cll_info`. Valid if this control is + of type ``V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_HDR10_CLL_INFO``. + * - struct :c:type:`v4l2_ctrl_hdr10_mastering_display` * + - ``p_hdr10_mastering_display`` + - A pointer to a struct :c:type:`v4l2_ctrl_hdr10_mastering_display`. Valid if this control is + of type ``V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_HDR10_MASTERING_DISPLAY``. * - void * - ``ptr`` - A pointer to a compound type which can be an N-dimensional array diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.rst index 099fa66951..0b3a41a45d 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.rst @@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ aborting or finishing any DMA in progress, an implicit .. _V4L2-BUF-CAP-SUPPORTS-ORPHANED-BUFS: .. _V4L2-BUF-CAP-SUPPORTS-M2M-HOLD-CAPTURE-BUF: .. _V4L2-BUF-CAP-SUPPORTS-MMAP-CACHE-HINTS: +.. _V4L2-BUF-CAP-SUPPORTS-MAX-NUM-BUFFERS: .. raw:: latex diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.rst index 8def4c05d3..c935bacc3b 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.rst @@ -107,8 +107,7 @@ appropriately. The generic error codes are described at the :ref:`Generic Error Codes ` chapter. EINVAL - The struct - :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_frame_interval_enum` - ``pad`` references a non-existing pad, one of the ``code``, - ``width`` or ``height`` fields are invalid for the given pad or the - ``index`` field is out of bounds. + The struct :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_frame_interval_enum` ``pad`` references a + non-existing pad, the ``which`` field has an unsupported value, one of the + ``code``, ``width`` or ``height`` fields are invalid for the given pad, or + the ``index`` field is out of bounds. diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.rst index e3ae84df54..65f0cfeca9 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.rst @@ -126,7 +126,6 @@ appropriately. The generic error codes are described at the :ref:`Generic Error Codes ` chapter. EINVAL - The struct - :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_frame_size_enum` - ``pad`` references a non-existing pad, the ``code`` is invalid for - the given pad or the ``index`` field is out of bounds. + The struct :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_frame_size_enum` ``pad`` references a + non-existing pad, the ``which`` field has an unsupported value, the ``code`` + is invalid for the given pad, or the ``index`` field is out of bounds. diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.rst index 4ad7dec27e..3050966b19 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.rst @@ -158,7 +158,6 @@ appropriately. The generic error codes are described at the :ref:`Generic Error Codes ` chapter. EINVAL - The struct - :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_mbus_code_enum` - ``pad`` references a non-existing pad, or the ``index`` field is out - of bounds. + The struct :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_mbus_code_enum` ``pad`` references a + non-existing pad, the ``which`` field has an unsupported value, or the + ``index`` field is out of bounds. diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-client-cap.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-client-cap.rst index 20f12a1cc0..810b6a859d 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-client-cap.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-client-cap.rst @@ -71,6 +71,11 @@ is unknown to the kernel. of 'stream' fields (referring to the stream number) with various ioctls. If this is not set (which is the default), the 'stream' fields will be forced to 0 by the kernel. + * - ``V4L2_SUBDEV_CLIENT_CAP_INTERVAL_USES_WHICH`` + - The client is aware of the :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_frame_interval` + ``which`` field. If this is not set (which is the default), the + ``which`` field is forced to ``V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE`` by the + kernel. Return Value ============ diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.rst index 1d267f7e79..92d933631f 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.rst @@ -118,10 +118,9 @@ EBUSY ``VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP`` EINVAL - The struct :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_crop` ``pad`` - references a non-existing pad, the ``which`` field references a - non-existing format, or cropping is not supported on the given - subdev pad. + The struct :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_crop` ``pad`` references a non-existing pad, + the ``which`` field has an unsupported value, or cropping is not supported + on the given subdev pad. EPERM The ``VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP`` ioctl has been called on a read-only subdevice diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.rst index ed253a1e44..4a2b4e4f01 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-fmt.rst @@ -140,9 +140,8 @@ EBUSY fix the problem first. Only returned by ``VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT`` EINVAL - The struct :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_format` - ``pad`` references a non-existing pad, or the ``which`` field - references a non-existing format. + The struct :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_format` ``pad`` references a non-existing + pad, or the ``which`` field has an unsupported value. EPERM The ``VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT`` ioctl has been called on a read-only subdevice diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.rst index 842f962d2a..c8022809ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-frame-interval.rst @@ -58,8 +58,9 @@ struct contains the current frame interval as would be returned by a ``VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL`` call. -Calling ``VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL`` on a subdev device node that has been -registered in read-only mode is not allowed. An error is returned and the errno +If the subdev device node has been registered in read-only mode, calls to +``VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL`` are only valid if the ``which`` field is set +to ``V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY``, otherwise an error is returned and the errno variable is set to ``-EPERM``. Drivers must not return an error solely because the requested interval @@ -93,7 +94,11 @@ the same sub-device is not defined. - ``stream`` - Stream identifier. * - __u32 - - ``reserved``\ [8] + - ``which`` + - Active or try frame interval, from enum + :ref:`v4l2_subdev_format_whence `. + * - __u32 + - ``reserved``\ [7] - Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must set the array to zero. @@ -112,11 +117,10 @@ EBUSY ``VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL`` EINVAL - The struct - :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_frame_interval` - ``pad`` references a non-existing pad, or the pad doesn't support - frame intervals. + The struct :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_frame_interval` ``pad`` references a + non-existing pad, the ``which`` field has an unsupported value, or the pad + doesn't support frame intervals. EPERM The ``VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL`` ioctl has been called on a read-only - subdevice. + subdevice and the ``which`` field is set to ``V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE``. diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-routing.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-routing.rst index 72677a280c..26b5004bfe 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-routing.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-routing.rst @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ On a successful ``VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_ROUTING`` call the driver updates the * - __u32 - ``which`` - - Format to modified, from enum + - Routing table to be accessed, from enum :ref:`v4l2_subdev_format_whence `. * - struct :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_route` - ``routes[]`` @@ -140,8 +140,9 @@ ENOSPC all the available routes the subdevice exposes. EINVAL - The sink or source pad identifiers reference a non-existing pad, or reference - pads of different types (ie. the sink_pad identifiers refers to a source pad). + The sink or source pad identifiers reference a non-existing pad or reference + pads of different types (ie. the sink_pad identifiers refers to a source + pad), or the ``which`` field has an unsupported value. E2BIG The application provided ``num_routes`` for ``VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_ROUTING`` is diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.rst index 6b629c1916..19e6c3e9c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.rst @@ -116,10 +116,9 @@ EBUSY ``VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION`` EINVAL - The struct :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_selection` - ``pad`` references a non-existing pad, the ``which`` field - references a non-existing format, or the selection target is not - supported on the given subdev pad. + The struct :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_selection` ``pad`` references a + non-existing pad, the ``which`` field has an unsupported value, or the + selection target is not supported on the given subdev pad. EPERM The ``VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION`` ioctl has been called on a read-only diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/index.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/index.rst index 62725dafbb..c1b6765cc9 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/index.rst @@ -16,4 +16,6 @@ Netlink documentation for users. genetlink-legacy netlink-raw -See also :ref:`Documentation/core-api/netlink.rst `. +See also: + - :ref:`Documentation/core-api/netlink.rst ` + - :ref:`Documentation/networking/netlink_spec/index.rst ` diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/intro.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/intro.rst index 7b1d401210..aacffade8f 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/intro.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/intro.rst @@ -234,6 +234,10 @@ ACK attributes may be present:: | ** optionally extended ACK | ---------------------------------------------- +Note that some implementations may issue custom ``NLMSG_DONE`` messages +in reply to ``do`` action requests. In that case the payload is +implementation-specific and may also be absent. + .. _res_fam: Resolving the Family ID diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/netlink-raw.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/netlink-raw.rst index f07fb9b9c1..1e14f5f22b 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/netlink-raw.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/netlink-raw.rst @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ Specification The netlink-raw schema extends the :doc:`genetlink-legacy ` schema with properties that are needed to specify the protocol numbers and multicast IDs used by raw netlink families. See :ref:`classic_netlink` for more -information. +information. The raw netlink families also make use of type-specific +sub-messages. Globals ------- @@ -56,3 +57,96 @@ group registration. - name: rtnlgrp-mctp-ifaddr value: 34 + +Sub-messages +------------ + +Several raw netlink families such as +:doc:`rt_link<../../networking/netlink_spec/rt_link>` and +:doc:`tc<../../networking/netlink_spec/tc>` use attribute nesting as an +abstraction to carry module specific information. + +Conceptually it looks as follows:: + + [OUTER NEST OR MESSAGE LEVEL] + [GENERIC ATTR 1] + [GENERIC ATTR 2] + [GENERIC ATTR 3] + [GENERIC ATTR - wrapper] + [MODULE SPECIFIC ATTR 1] + [MODULE SPECIFIC ATTR 2] + +The ``GENERIC ATTRs`` at the outer level are defined in the core (or rt_link or +core TC), while specific drivers, TC classifiers, qdiscs etc. can carry their +own information wrapped in the ``GENERIC ATTR - wrapper``. Even though the +example above shows attributes nesting inside the wrapper, the modules generally +have full freedom to define the format of the nest. In practice the payload of +the wrapper attr has very similar characteristics to a netlink message. It may +contain a fixed header / structure, netlink attributes, or both. Because of +those shared characteristics we refer to the payload of the wrapper attribute as +a sub-message. + +A sub-message attribute uses the value of another attribute as a selector key to +choose the right sub-message format. For example if the following attribute has +already been decoded: + +.. code-block:: json + + { "kind": "gre" } + +and we encounter the following attribute spec: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + - + name: data + type: sub-message + sub-message: linkinfo-data-msg + selector: kind + +Then we look for a sub-message definition called ``linkinfo-data-msg`` and use +the value of the ``kind`` attribute i.e. ``gre`` as the key to choose the +correct format for the sub-message: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + sub-messages: + name: linkinfo-data-msg + formats: + - + value: bridge + attribute-set: linkinfo-bridge-attrs + - + value: gre + attribute-set: linkinfo-gre-attrs + - + value: geneve + attribute-set: linkinfo-geneve-attrs + +This would decode the attribute value as a sub-message with the attribute-set +called ``linkinfo-gre-attrs`` as the attribute space. + +A sub-message can have an optional ``fixed-header`` followed by zero or more +attributes from an ``attribute-set``. For example the following +``tc-options-msg`` sub-message defines message formats that use a mixture of +``fixed-header``, ``attribute-set`` or both together: + +.. code-block:: yaml + + sub-messages: + - + name: tc-options-msg + formats: + - + value: bfifo + fixed-header: tc-fifo-qopt + - + value: cake + attribute-set: tc-cake-attrs + - + value: netem + fixed-header: tc-netem-qopt + attribute-set: tc-netem-attrs + +Note that a selector attribute must appear in a netlink message before any +sub-message attributes that depend on it. diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/specs.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/specs.rst index c1b9516491..1b50d97d8d 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/specs.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/netlink/specs.rst @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ kernel headers directly. Internally kernel uses the YAML specs to generate: - the C uAPI header - - documentation of the protocol as a ReST file + - documentation of the protocol as a ReST file - see :ref:`Documentation/networking/netlink_spec/index.rst ` - policy tables for input attribute validation - operation tables diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/tee.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/tee.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e2368dbc34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/tee.rst @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. tee: + +================================================== +TEE (Trusted Execution Environment) Userspace API +================================================== + +include/uapi/linux/tee.h defines the generic interface to a TEE. + +User space (the client) connects to the driver by opening /dev/tee[0-9]* or +/dev/teepriv[0-9]*. + +- TEE_IOC_SHM_ALLOC allocates shared memory and returns a file descriptor + which user space can mmap. When user space doesn't need the file + descriptor any more, it should be closed. When shared memory isn't needed + any longer it should be unmapped with munmap() to allow the reuse of + memory. + +- TEE_IOC_VERSION lets user space know which TEE this driver handles and + its capabilities. + +- TEE_IOC_OPEN_SESSION opens a new session to a Trusted Application. + +- TEE_IOC_INVOKE invokes a function in a Trusted Application. + +- TEE_IOC_CANCEL may cancel an ongoing TEE_IOC_OPEN_SESSION or TEE_IOC_INVOKE. + +- TEE_IOC_CLOSE_SESSION closes a session to a Trusted Application. + +There are two classes of clients, normal clients and supplicants. The latter is +a helper process for the TEE to access resources in Linux, for example file +system access. A normal client opens /dev/tee[0-9]* and a supplicant opens +/dev/teepriv[0-9]. + +Much of the communication between clients and the TEE is opaque to the +driver. The main job for the driver is to receive requests from the +clients, forward them to the TEE and send back the results. In the case of +supplicants the communication goes in the other direction, the TEE sends +requests to the supplicant which then sends back the result. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/hyperv/index.rst b/Documentation/virt/hyperv/index.rst index 4a7a1b738b..de447e11b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/hyperv/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/hyperv/index.rst @@ -10,3 +10,4 @@ Hyper-V Enlightenments overview vmbus clocks + vpci diff --git a/Documentation/virt/hyperv/vpci.rst b/Documentation/virt/hyperv/vpci.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b65b2126ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/hyperv/vpci.rst @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +PCI pass-thru devices +========================= +In a Hyper-V guest VM, PCI pass-thru devices (also called +virtual PCI devices, or vPCI devices) are physical PCI devices +that are mapped directly into the VM's physical address space. +Guest device drivers can interact directly with the hardware +without intermediation by the host hypervisor. This approach +provides higher bandwidth access to the device with lower +latency, compared with devices that are virtualized by the +hypervisor. The device should appear to the guest just as it +would when running on bare metal, so no changes are required +to the Linux device drivers for the device. + +Hyper-V terminology for vPCI devices is "Discrete Device +Assignment" (DDA). Public documentation for Hyper-V DDA is +available here: `DDA`_ + +.. _DDA: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/virtualization/hyper-v/plan/plan-for-deploying-devices-using-discrete-device-assignment + +DDA is typically used for storage controllers, such as NVMe, +and for GPUs. A similar mechanism for NICs is called SR-IOV +and produces the same benefits by allowing a guest device +driver to interact directly with the hardware. See Hyper-V +public documentation here: `SR-IOV`_ + +.. _SR-IOV: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/drivers/network/overview-of-single-root-i-o-virtualization--sr-iov- + +This discussion of vPCI devices includes DDA and SR-IOV +devices. + +Device Presentation +------------------- +Hyper-V provides full PCI functionality for a vPCI device when +it is operating, so the Linux device driver for the device can +be used unchanged, provided it uses the correct Linux kernel +APIs for accessing PCI config space and for other integration +with Linux. But the initial detection of the PCI device and +its integration with the Linux PCI subsystem must use Hyper-V +specific mechanisms. Consequently, vPCI devices on Hyper-V +have a dual identity. They are initially presented to Linux +guests as VMBus devices via the standard VMBus "offer" +mechanism, so they have a VMBus identity and appear under +/sys/bus/vmbus/devices. The VMBus vPCI driver in Linux at +drivers/pci/controller/pci-hyperv.c handles a newly introduced +vPCI device by fabricating a PCI bus topology and creating all +the normal PCI device data structures in Linux that would +exist if the PCI device were discovered via ACPI on a bare- +metal system. Once those data structures are set up, the +device also has a normal PCI identity in Linux, and the normal +Linux device driver for the vPCI device can function as if it +were running in Linux on bare-metal. Because vPCI devices are +presented dynamically through the VMBus offer mechanism, they +do not appear in the Linux guest's ACPI tables. vPCI devices +may be added to a VM or removed from a VM at any time during +the life of the VM, and not just during initial boot. + +With this approach, the vPCI device is a VMBus device and a +PCI device at the same time. In response to the VMBus offer +message, the hv_pci_probe() function runs and establishes a +VMBus connection to the vPCI VSP on the Hyper-V host. That +connection has a single VMBus channel. The channel is used to +exchange messages with the vPCI VSP for the purpose of setting +up and configuring the vPCI device in Linux. Once the device +is fully configured in Linux as a PCI device, the VMBus +channel is used only if Linux changes the vCPU to be interrupted +in the guest, or if the vPCI device is removed from +the VM while the VM is running. The ongoing operation of the +device happens directly between the Linux device driver for +the device and the hardware, with VMBus and the VMBus channel +playing no role. + +PCI Device Setup +---------------- +PCI device setup follows a sequence that Hyper-V originally +created for Windows guests, and that can be ill-suited for +Linux guests due to differences in the overall structure of +the Linux PCI subsystem compared with Windows. Nonetheless, +with a bit of hackery in the Hyper-V virtual PCI driver for +Linux, the virtual PCI device is setup in Linux so that +generic Linux PCI subsystem code and the Linux driver for the +device "just work". + +Each vPCI device is set up in Linux to be in its own PCI +domain with a host bridge. The PCI domainID is derived from +bytes 4 and 5 of the instance GUID assigned to the VMBus vPCI +device. The Hyper-V host does not guarantee that these bytes +are unique, so hv_pci_probe() has an algorithm to resolve +collisions. The collision resolution is intended to be stable +across reboots of the same VM so that the PCI domainIDs don't +change, as the domainID appears in the user space +configuration of some devices. + +hv_pci_probe() allocates a guest MMIO range to be used as PCI +config space for the device. This MMIO range is communicated +to the Hyper-V host over the VMBus channel as part of telling +the host that the device is ready to enter d0. See +hv_pci_enter_d0(). When the guest subsequently accesses this +MMIO range, the Hyper-V host intercepts the accesses and maps +them to the physical device PCI config space. + +hv_pci_probe() also gets BAR information for the device from +the Hyper-V host, and uses this information to allocate MMIO +space for the BARs. That MMIO space is then setup to be +associated with the host bridge so that it works when generic +PCI subsystem code in Linux processes the BARs. + +Finally, hv_pci_probe() creates the root PCI bus. At this +point the Hyper-V virtual PCI driver hackery is done, and the +normal Linux PCI machinery for scanning the root bus works to +detect the device, to perform driver matching, and to +initialize the driver and device. + +PCI Device Removal +------------------ +A Hyper-V host may initiate removal of a vPCI device from a +guest VM at any time during the life of the VM. The removal +is instigated by an admin action taken on the Hyper-V host and +is not under the control of the guest OS. + +A guest VM is notified of the removal by an unsolicited +"Eject" message sent from the host to the guest over the VMBus +channel associated with the vPCI device. Upon receipt of such +a message, the Hyper-V virtual PCI driver in Linux +asynchronously invokes Linux kernel PCI subsystem calls to +shutdown and remove the device. When those calls are +complete, an "Ejection Complete" message is sent back to +Hyper-V over the VMBus channel indicating that the device has +been removed. At this point, Hyper-V sends a VMBus rescind +message to the Linux guest, which the VMBus driver in Linux +processes by removing the VMBus identity for the device. Once +that processing is complete, all vestiges of the device having +been present are gone from the Linux kernel. The rescind +message also indicates to the guest that Hyper-V has stopped +providing support for the vPCI device in the guest. If the +guest were to attempt to access that device's MMIO space, it +would be an invalid reference. Hypercalls affecting the device +return errors, and any further messages sent in the VMBus +channel are ignored. + +After sending the Eject message, Hyper-V allows the guest VM +60 seconds to cleanly shutdown the device and respond with +Ejection Complete before sending the VMBus rescind +message. If for any reason the Eject steps don't complete +within the allowed 60 seconds, the Hyper-V host forcibly +performs the rescind steps, which will likely result in +cascading errors in the guest because the device is now no +longer present from the guest standpoint and accessing the +device MMIO space will fail. + +Because ejection is asynchronous and can happen at any point +during the guest VM lifecycle, proper synchronization in the +Hyper-V virtual PCI driver is very tricky. Ejection has been +observed even before a newly offered vPCI device has been +fully setup. The Hyper-V virtual PCI driver has been updated +several times over the years to fix race conditions when +ejections happen at inopportune times. Care must be taken when +modifying this code to prevent re-introducing such problems. +See comments in the code. + +Interrupt Assignment +-------------------- +The Hyper-V virtual PCI driver supports vPCI devices using +MSI, multi-MSI, or MSI-X. Assigning the guest vCPU that will +receive the interrupt for a particular MSI or MSI-X message is +complex because of the way the Linux setup of IRQs maps onto +the Hyper-V interfaces. For the single-MSI and MSI-X cases, +Linux calls hv_compse_msi_msg() twice, with the first call +containing a dummy vCPU and the second call containing the +real vCPU. Furthermore, hv_irq_unmask() is finally called +(on x86) or the GICD registers are set (on arm64) to specify +the real vCPU again. Each of these three calls interact +with Hyper-V, which must decide which physical CPU should +receive the interrupt before it is forwarded to the guest VM. +Unfortunately, the Hyper-V decision-making process is a bit +limited, and can result in concentrating the physical +interrupts on a single CPU, causing a performance bottleneck. +See details about how this is resolved in the extensive +comment above the function hv_compose_msi_req_get_cpu(). + +The Hyper-V virtual PCI driver implements the +irq_chip.irq_compose_msi_msg function as hv_compose_msi_msg(). +Unfortunately, on Hyper-V the implementation requires sending +a VMBus message to the Hyper-V host and awaiting an interrupt +indicating receipt of a reply message. Since +irq_chip.irq_compose_msi_msg can be called with IRQ locks +held, it doesn't work to do the normal sleep until awakened by +the interrupt. Instead hv_compose_msi_msg() must send the +VMBus message, and then poll for the completion message. As +further complexity, the vPCI device could be ejected/rescinded +while the polling is in progress, so this scenario must be +detected as well. See comments in the code regarding this +very tricky area. + +Most of the code in the Hyper-V virtual PCI driver (pci- +hyperv.c) applies to Hyper-V and Linux guests running on x86 +and on arm64 architectures. But there are differences in how +interrupt assignments are managed. On x86, the Hyper-V +virtual PCI driver in the guest must make a hypercall to tell +Hyper-V which guest vCPU should be interrupted by each +MSI/MSI-X interrupt, and the x86 interrupt vector number that +the x86_vector IRQ domain has picked for the interrupt. This +hypercall is made by hv_arch_irq_unmask(). On arm64, the +Hyper-V virtual PCI driver manages the allocation of an SPI +for each MSI/MSI-X interrupt. The Hyper-V virtual PCI driver +stores the allocated SPI in the architectural GICD registers, +which Hyper-V emulates, so no hypercall is necessary as with +x86. Hyper-V does not support using LPIs for vPCI devices in +arm64 guest VMs because it does not emulate a GICv3 ITS. + +The Hyper-V virtual PCI driver in Linux supports vPCI devices +whose drivers create managed or unmanaged Linux IRQs. If the +smp_affinity for an unmanaged IRQ is updated via the /proc/irq +interface, the Hyper-V virtual PCI driver is called to tell +the Hyper-V host to change the interrupt targeting and +everything works properly. However, on x86 if the x86_vector +IRQ domain needs to reassign an interrupt vector due to +running out of vectors on a CPU, there's no path to inform the +Hyper-V host of the change, and things break. Fortunately, +guest VMs operate in a constrained device environment where +using all the vectors on a CPU doesn't happen. Since such a +problem is only a theoretical concern rather than a practical +concern, it has been left unaddressed. + +DMA +--- +By default, Hyper-V pins all guest VM memory in the host +when the VM is created, and programs the physical IOMMU to +allow the VM to have DMA access to all its memory. Hence +it is safe to assign PCI devices to the VM, and allow the +guest operating system to program the DMA transfers. The +physical IOMMU prevents a malicious guest from initiating +DMA to memory belonging to the host or to other VMs on the +host. From the Linux guest standpoint, such DMA transfers +are in "direct" mode since Hyper-V does not provide a virtual +IOMMU in the guest. + +Hyper-V assumes that physical PCI devices always perform +cache-coherent DMA. When running on x86, this behavior is +required by the architecture. When running on arm64, the +architecture allows for both cache-coherent and +non-cache-coherent devices, with the behavior of each device +specified in the ACPI DSDT. But when a PCI device is assigned +to a guest VM, that device does not appear in the DSDT, so the +Hyper-V VMBus driver propagates cache-coherency information +from the VMBus node in the ACPI DSDT to all VMBus devices, +including vPCI devices (since they have a dual identity as a VMBus +device and as a PCI device). See vmbus_dma_configure(). +Current Hyper-V versions always indicate that the VMBus is +cache coherent, so vPCI devices on arm64 always get marked as +cache coherent and the CPU does not perform any sync +operations as part of dma_map/unmap_*() calls. + +vPCI protocol versions +---------------------- +As previously described, during vPCI device setup and teardown +messages are passed over a VMBus channel between the Hyper-V +host and the Hyper-v vPCI driver in the Linux guest. Some +messages have been revised in newer versions of Hyper-V, so +the guest and host must agree on the vPCI protocol version to +be used. The version is negotiated when communication over +the VMBus channel is first established. See +hv_pci_protocol_negotiation(). Newer versions of the protocol +extend support to VMs with more than 64 vCPUs, and provide +additional information about the vPCI device, such as the +guest virtual NUMA node to which it is most closely affined in +the underlying hardware. + +Guest NUMA node affinity +------------------------ +When the vPCI protocol version provides it, the guest NUMA +node affinity of the vPCI device is stored as part of the Linux +device information for subsequent use by the Linux driver. See +hv_pci_assign_numa_node(). If the negotiated protocol version +does not support the host providing NUMA affinity information, +the Linux guest defaults the device NUMA node to 0. But even +when the negotiated protocol version includes NUMA affinity +information, the ability of the host to provide such +information depends on certain host configuration options. If +the guest receives NUMA node value "0", it could mean NUMA +node 0, or it could mean "no information is available". +Unfortunately it is not possible to distinguish the two cases +from the guest side. + +PCI config space access in a CoCo VM +------------------------------------ +Linux PCI device drivers access PCI config space using a +standard set of functions provided by the Linux PCI subsystem. +In Hyper-V guests these standard functions map to functions +hv_pcifront_read_config() and hv_pcifront_write_config() +in the Hyper-V virtual PCI driver. In normal VMs, +these hv_pcifront_*() functions directly access the PCI config +space, and the accesses trap to Hyper-V to be handled. +But in CoCo VMs, memory encryption prevents Hyper-V +from reading the guest instruction stream to emulate the +access, so the hv_pcifront_*() functions must invoke +hypercalls with explicit arguments describing the access to be +made. + +Config Block back-channel +------------------------- +The Hyper-V host and Hyper-V virtual PCI driver in Linux +together implement a non-standard back-channel communication +path between the host and guest. The back-channel path uses +messages sent over the VMBus channel associated with the vPCI +device. The functions hyperv_read_cfg_blk() and +hyperv_write_cfg_blk() are the primary interfaces provided to +other parts of the Linux kernel. As of this writing, these +interfaces are used only by the Mellanox mlx5 driver to pass +diagnostic data to a Hyper-V host running in the Azure public +cloud. The functions hyperv_read_cfg_blk() and +hyperv_write_cfg_blk() are implemented in a separate module +(pci-hyperv-intf.c, under CONFIG_PCI_HYPERV_INTERFACE) that +effectively stubs them out when running in non-Hyper-V +environments. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst index 7025b37510..09c7e585ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst @@ -147,10 +147,29 @@ described as 'basic' will be available. The new VM has no virtual cpus and no memory. You probably want to use 0 as machine type. +X86: +^^^^ + +Supported X86 VM types can be queried via KVM_CAP_VM_TYPES. + +S390: +^^^^^ + In order to create user controlled virtual machines on S390, check KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL and use the flag KVM_VM_S390_UCONTROL as privileged user (CAP_SYS_ADMIN). +MIPS: +^^^^^ + +To use hardware assisted virtualization on MIPS (VZ ASE) rather than +the default trap & emulate implementation (which changes the virtual +memory layout to fit in user mode), check KVM_CAP_MIPS_VZ and use the +flag KVM_VM_MIPS_VZ. + +ARM64: +^^^^^^ + On arm64, the physical address size for a VM (IPA Size limit) is limited to 40bits by default. The limit can be configured if the host supports the extension KVM_CAP_ARM_VM_IPA_SIZE. When supported, use @@ -608,18 +627,6 @@ interrupt number dequeues the interrupt. This is an asynchronous vcpu ioctl and can be invoked from any thread. -4.17 KVM_DEBUG_GUEST --------------------- - -:Capability: basic -:Architectures: none -:Type: vcpu ioctl -:Parameters: none) -:Returns: -1 on error - -Support for this has been removed. Use KVM_SET_GUEST_DEBUG instead. - - 4.18 KVM_GET_MSRS ----------------- @@ -6192,6 +6199,130 @@ to know what fields can be changed for the system register described by ``op0, op1, crn, crm, op2``. KVM rejects ID register values that describe a superset of the features supported by the system. +4.140 KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION2 +--------------------------------- + +:Capability: KVM_CAP_USER_MEMORY2 +:Architectures: all +:Type: vm ioctl +:Parameters: struct kvm_userspace_memory_region2 (in) +:Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION2 is an extension to KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION that +allows mapping guest_memfd memory into a guest. All fields shared with +KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION identically. Userspace can set KVM_MEM_GUEST_MEMFD +in flags to have KVM bind the memory region to a given guest_memfd range of +[guest_memfd_offset, guest_memfd_offset + memory_size]. The target guest_memfd +must point at a file created via KVM_CREATE_GUEST_MEMFD on the current VM, and +the target range must not be bound to any other memory region. All standard +bounds checks apply (use common sense). + +:: + + struct kvm_userspace_memory_region2 { + __u32 slot; + __u32 flags; + __u64 guest_phys_addr; + __u64 memory_size; /* bytes */ + __u64 userspace_addr; /* start of the userspace allocated memory */ + __u64 guest_memfd_offset; + __u32 guest_memfd; + __u32 pad1; + __u64 pad2[14]; + }; + +A KVM_MEM_GUEST_MEMFD region _must_ have a valid guest_memfd (private memory) and +userspace_addr (shared memory). However, "valid" for userspace_addr simply +means that the address itself must be a legal userspace address. The backing +mapping for userspace_addr is not required to be valid/populated at the time of +KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION2, e.g. shared memory can be lazily mapped/allocated +on-demand. + +When mapping a gfn into the guest, KVM selects shared vs. private, i.e consumes +userspace_addr vs. guest_memfd, based on the gfn's KVM_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTE_PRIVATE +state. At VM creation time, all memory is shared, i.e. the PRIVATE attribute +is '0' for all gfns. Userspace can control whether memory is shared/private by +toggling KVM_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTE_PRIVATE via KVM_SET_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES as needed. + +4.141 KVM_SET_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES +------------------------------- + +:Capability: KVM_CAP_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES +:Architectures: x86 +:Type: vm ioctl +:Parameters: struct kvm_memory_attributes (in) +:Returns: 0 on success, <0 on error + +KVM_SET_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES allows userspace to set memory attributes for a range +of guest physical memory. + +:: + + struct kvm_memory_attributes { + __u64 address; + __u64 size; + __u64 attributes; + __u64 flags; + }; + + #define KVM_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTE_PRIVATE (1ULL << 3) + +The address and size must be page aligned. The supported attributes can be +retrieved via ioctl(KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION) on KVM_CAP_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES. If +executed on a VM, KVM_CAP_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES precisely returns the attributes +supported by that VM. If executed at system scope, KVM_CAP_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES +returns all attributes supported by KVM. The only attribute defined at this +time is KVM_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTE_PRIVATE, which marks the associated gfn as being +guest private memory. + +Note, there is no "get" API. Userspace is responsible for explicitly tracking +the state of a gfn/page as needed. + +The "flags" field is reserved for future extensions and must be '0'. + +4.142 KVM_CREATE_GUEST_MEMFD +---------------------------- + +:Capability: KVM_CAP_GUEST_MEMFD +:Architectures: none +:Type: vm ioctl +:Parameters: struct kvm_create_guest_memfd(in) +:Returns: 0 on success, <0 on error + +KVM_CREATE_GUEST_MEMFD creates an anonymous file and returns a file descriptor +that refers to it. guest_memfd files are roughly analogous to files created +via memfd_create(), e.g. guest_memfd files live in RAM, have volatile storage, +and are automatically released when the last reference is dropped. Unlike +"regular" memfd_create() files, guest_memfd files are bound to their owning +virtual machine (see below), cannot be mapped, read, or written by userspace, +and cannot be resized (guest_memfd files do however support PUNCH_HOLE). + +:: + + struct kvm_create_guest_memfd { + __u64 size; + __u64 flags; + __u64 reserved[6]; + }; + +Conceptually, the inode backing a guest_memfd file represents physical memory, +i.e. is coupled to the virtual machine as a thing, not to a "struct kvm". The +file itself, which is bound to a "struct kvm", is that instance's view of the +underlying memory, e.g. effectively provides the translation of guest addresses +to host memory. This allows for use cases where multiple KVM structures are +used to manage a single virtual machine, e.g. when performing intrahost +migration of a virtual machine. + +KVM currently only supports mapping guest_memfd via KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION2, +and more specifically via the guest_memfd and guest_memfd_offset fields in +"struct kvm_userspace_memory_region2", where guest_memfd_offset is the offset +into the guest_memfd instance. For a given guest_memfd file, there can be at +most one mapping per page, i.e. binding multiple memory regions to a single +guest_memfd range is not allowed (any number of memory regions can be bound to +a single guest_memfd file, but the bound ranges must not overlap). + +See KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION2 for additional details. + 5. The kvm_run structure ======================== @@ -6824,6 +6955,30 @@ array field represents return values. The userspace should update the return values of SBI call before resuming the VCPU. For more details on RISC-V SBI spec refer, https://github.com/riscv/riscv-sbi-doc. +:: + + /* KVM_EXIT_MEMORY_FAULT */ + struct { + #define KVM_MEMORY_EXIT_FLAG_PRIVATE (1ULL << 3) + __u64 flags; + __u64 gpa; + __u64 size; + } memory_fault; + +KVM_EXIT_MEMORY_FAULT indicates the vCPU has encountered a memory fault that +could not be resolved by KVM. The 'gpa' and 'size' (in bytes) describe the +guest physical address range [gpa, gpa + size) of the fault. The 'flags' field +describes properties of the faulting access that are likely pertinent: + + - KVM_MEMORY_EXIT_FLAG_PRIVATE - When set, indicates the memory fault occurred + on a private memory access. When clear, indicates the fault occurred on a + shared access. + +Note! KVM_EXIT_MEMORY_FAULT is unique among all KVM exit reasons in that it +accompanies a return code of '-1', not '0'! errno will always be set to EFAULT +or EHWPOISON when KVM exits with KVM_EXIT_MEMORY_FAULT, userspace should assume +kvm_run.exit_reason is stale/undefined for all other error numbers. + :: /* KVM_EXIT_NOTIFY */ @@ -7858,6 +8013,27 @@ This capability is aimed to mitigate the threat that malicious VMs can cause CPU stuck (due to event windows don't open up) and make the CPU unavailable to host or other VMs. +7.34 KVM_CAP_MEMORY_FAULT_INFO +------------------------------ + +:Architectures: x86 +:Returns: Informational only, -EINVAL on direct KVM_ENABLE_CAP. + +The presence of this capability indicates that KVM_RUN will fill +kvm_run.memory_fault if KVM cannot resolve a guest page fault VM-Exit, e.g. if +there is a valid memslot but no backing VMA for the corresponding host virtual +address. + +The information in kvm_run.memory_fault is valid if and only if KVM_RUN returns +an error with errno=EFAULT or errno=EHWPOISON *and* kvm_run.exit_reason is set +to KVM_EXIT_MEMORY_FAULT. + +Note: Userspaces which attempt to resolve memory faults so that they can retry +KVM_RUN are encouraged to guard against repeatedly receiving the same +error/annotated fault. + +See KVM_EXIT_MEMORY_FAULT for more information. + 8. Other capabilities. ====================== @@ -8374,6 +8550,7 @@ PVHVM guests. Valid flags are:: #define KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_EVTCHN_2LEVEL (1 << 4) #define KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_EVTCHN_SEND (1 << 5) #define KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_RUNSTATE_UPDATE_FLAG (1 << 6) + #define KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_PVCLOCK_TSC_UNSTABLE (1 << 7) The KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_HYPERCALL_MSR flag indicates that the KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG ioctl is available, for the guest to set its hypercall page. @@ -8417,6 +8594,11 @@ behave more correctly, not using the XEN_RUNSTATE_UPDATE flag until/unless specifically enabled (by the guest making the hypercall, causing the VMM to enable the KVM_XEN_ATTR_TYPE_RUNSTATE_UPDATE_FLAG attribute). +The KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_PVCLOCK_TSC_UNSTABLE flag indicates that KVM supports +clearing the PVCLOCK_TSC_STABLE_BIT flag in Xen pvclock sources. This will be +done when the KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM ioctl sets the +KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_PVCLOCK_TSC_UNSTABLE flag. + 8.31 KVM_CAP_PPC_MULTITCE ------------------------- @@ -8596,6 +8778,24 @@ block sizes is exposed in KVM_CAP_ARM_SUPPORTED_BLOCK_SIZES as a 64-bit bitmap (each bit describing a block size). The default value is 0, to disable the eager page splitting. +8.41 KVM_CAP_VM_TYPES +--------------------- + +:Capability: KVM_CAP_MEMORY_ATTRIBUTES +:Architectures: x86 +:Type: system ioctl + +This capability returns a bitmap of support VM types. The 1-setting of bit @n +means the VM type with value @n is supported. Possible values of @n are:: + + #define KVM_X86_DEFAULT_VM 0 + #define KVM_X86_SW_PROTECTED_VM 1 + +Note, KVM_X86_SW_PROTECTED_VM is currently only for development and testing. +Do not use KVM_X86_SW_PROTECTED_VM for "real" VMs, and especially not in +production. The behavior and effective ABI for software-protected VMs is +unstable. + 9. Known KVM API problems ========================= diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.rst index 3a034db5e5..02880d5552 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.rst @@ -43,10 +43,9 @@ On x86: - vcpu->mutex is taken outside kvm->arch.hyperv.hv_lock and kvm->arch.xen.xen_lock -- kvm->arch.mmu_lock is an rwlock. kvm->arch.tdp_mmu_pages_lock and - kvm->arch.mmu_unsync_pages_lock are taken inside kvm->arch.mmu_lock, and - cannot be taken without already holding kvm->arch.mmu_lock (typically with - ``read_lock`` for the TDP MMU, thus the need for additional spinlocks). +- kvm->arch.mmu_lock is an rwlock; critical sections for + kvm->arch.tdp_mmu_pages_lock and kvm->arch.mmu_unsync_pages_lock must + also take kvm->arch.mmu_lock Everything else is a leaf: no other lock is taken inside the critical sections. -- cgit v1.2.3